# THE iBULLETIN

---


## Posts

- [McDonald’s Job Application Platform Exposed Data of Over 64 Million Applicants in Major Security Flaw](https://www.theibulletin.com/mcdonalds-mchire-job-applicants-data-exposed-by-chatbot-security-flaw/): A vulnerability in McDonald’s chatbot-powered job application platform exposed the personal data and chat transcripts of more than 64 million...
- [‘Ghost Town’ Breaks Free from Meta Quest Shackles, Arrives on Steam VR Next Week](https://www.theibulletin.com/ghost-town-vr-steam-release-date-july-2025-pc-details/): The Room creators are bringing their eerie, time-hopping mystery from 1983 London to a whole new crowd. PC players, buckle...
- [Should You Submit Sub Sitemaps to Google Webmaster?](https://www.theibulletin.com/should-you-submit-sub-sitemaps-to-google-webmaster/): Running a WordPress site means dealing with sitemaps to help Google find your content. If you’re wondering about adding individual...
- [Ether’s Second Wind: Why Ethereum's Native Token Still Has Serious Upside](https://www.theibulletin.com/ethereum-ether-price-prediction-upgrades-etfs-2025/): Ether isn’t just holding its ground—it’s quietly building momentum again. Now trading above $2,700, Ethereum’s native currency is catching serious...
- [Microsoft to Drop Microsoft Account Requirement for iOS Authenticator Backups](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-authenticator-ios-backup-no-personal-account-september-2025/): Big shift coming in September as Microsoft lets iOS users back up Authenticator app data without linking a personal Microsoft...
- [How to Bulk Remove Media File Links from WordPress Images](https://www.theibulletin.com/bulk-remove-media-file-links-from-wordpress-images/): If you run a WordPress website, you know how important it is to keep your content clean and user-friendly. One...
- [Bitcoin’s Quiet Bid for Reserve Status Is Gaining Ground](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoins-quiet-bid-for-reserve-status-is-gaining-ground/): For decades, gold has stood tall as the unshakable reserve asset for central banks. Its rarity, neutrality, and immunity to...
- [Christian Adoptions Put Faith into Action as Believers Uphold Sanctity of Life](https://www.theibulletin.com/christian-adoption-sanctity-of-life-image-of-god-faith/): In a culture where life can often feel disposable, Christian families are doubling down on a countercultural message: every life...
- [Chinese Man Arrested in Milan Over Alleged Role in Cyberattacks on U.S. Targets](https://www.theibulletin.com/chinese-man-arrested-in-italy-for-silk-typhoon-hacking-link/): A 33-year-old Chinese national was arrested at Milan’s Malpensa Airport last week. Italian authorities detained him on a U. S....
- [Apple Challenges €500M EU Fine Over App Store Practices in Escalating Legal Fight](https://www.theibulletin.com/apple-eu-500m-fine-app-store-appeal/): Apple has officially launched its appeal against a €500 million fine imposed by the European Union earlier this year, setting...
- [Bandai Namco Unveils Jump+ Jumble Rush, a Tower Defense Mash-Up for Manga Fans](https://www.theibulletin.com/bandai-namcolifted-the-curtain/): Bandai Namco has officially lifted the curtain on Jump+ Jumble Rush, a brand-new mobile game set to launch in Fall...
- [Google Veo 3 Goes Global: Premium AI Video Tool Now Available in Europe, Asia](https://www.theibulletin.com/google-veo-3-global-release-europe-india-gemini-app-ai-video/): Google’s AI-powered video generator, Veo 3, is finally getting a global rollout—and it’s no longer just for U. S. users....
- [Dua Lipa Drops Emotional Mini-Doc After Electrifying Wembley Nights](https://www.theibulletin.com/dua-lipa-mini-documentary-wembley-stadium-beat-before/): Dua Lipa’s sold-out Wembley shows already felt like a fever dream — now she’s bottled that energy into a behind-the-scenes...
- [Circle’s IPO Sparks Stablecoin Frenzy—But Is It Built to Last?](https://www.theibulletin.com/circle-ipo-2025-usdc-stablecoin-investment-hype-vs-reality/): Circle Internet Group’s big market debut has turned up the volume on the stablecoin conversation. With USDC now front and...
- [ChatGPT May Soon Get Hands and Eyes on a Virtual Computer, Code Hints Reveal](https://www.theibulletin.com/chatgpt-operator-tool-code-leak-hints-ai-browser-access/): OpenAI might be gearing up to give ChatGPT a new kind of brainpower — the kind that clicks, drags, types,...
- [Sega Struggles to Keep Up in the Live-Service Game Race](https://www.theibulletin.com/sega-ceo-admits-live-service-games-biggest-challenge-sonic-rovio/): Sega’s CEO admits the company is falling behind in one of gaming’s most profitable battlegrounds — and fixing that won’t...
- [Solana Eyes a $500 Billion Future as ETFs, Killer Apps Fuel Speculation](https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-etfs-killer-apps-crypto-500-billion-potential/): Solana’s price has slipped this year, but big money, fresh momentum, and new technology could be lining up for a...
- [The Sims 4 Update Adds Glass Walls, Rooftop Plants Ahead of Fairy-Fueled Expansion](https://www.theibulletin.com/sims-4-glass-wall-update-enchanted-by-nature-expansion/): A free base game update drops ahead of EA’s whimsical new fairy-themed expansion, bringing fresh features, long-requested fixes, and some...
- [What You Need to Know About Disputed Claims in FTX Bankruptcy and Their Potential to Be Allowed](https://www.theibulletin.com/ftx-disputed-claims-and-their-potential-to-be-allowed/): When a company undergoes bankruptcy, the process of addressing claims from creditors can be complicated, especially when those claims are...
- [Texas Bets on Bitcoin: Lone Star State Launches Strategic Reserve With Taxpayer Funds](https://www.theibulletin.com/texas-bitcoin-reserve-public-funds-investment/): Texas just made its most high-profile crypto play yet. With Governor Greg Abbott’s signature at the end of June, the...
- [Tony Hawk’s Back, Tombs Are Ready, and Xbox Game Pass Brings the Heat This July](https://www.theibulletin.com/xbox-game-pass-july-2025-tony-hawk-tomb-raider-little-nightmares/): Summer’s in full swing, and Xbox Game Pass is firing on all cylinders. From fan-favorite classics to fresh picks, July’s...
- [Ripple Drops Appeal in SEC Battle, Paving Way for Final Verdict on XRP](https://www.theibulletin.com/ripple-sec-case-ends-xrp-investor-outlook/): Ripple Labs may have finally reached the end of its long-running legal showdown with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The...
- [FBI and NSA Sound Alarm on Possible Iranian Cyberattacks Against U.S. Infrastructure](https://www.theibulletin.com/fbi-nsa-warn-iranian-hackers-targeting-us-infrastructure/): A fresh warning from top U. S. cyber agencies has raised concerns about potential Iranian-linked attacks targeting critical American infrastructure,...
- [Scarlett Johansson Calls Out OpenAI for Mimicking Her Voice in ChatGPT](https://www.theibulletin.com/scarlett-johansson-accuses-openai-chatgpt-voice-copy/): OpenAI’s new voice assistant, Sky, has sparked a fresh wave of controversy — and it’s not just about tech. Scarlett...
- [Google Quietly Opens the Doors to Veo 3 for Public Testing via Vertex AI](https://www.theibulletin.com/google-veo-3-vertex-ai-video-generator-trial/): Google is finally letting everyone play with Veo 3 — its powerful new video generator — but not without a...
- [Could a $10K XRP Bet Really Become $1 Million by 2035?](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-1000000-investment-prediction-2035-growth-potential/): Ripple’s XRP is once again making noise, and the question on investors’ minds is getting louder: Can a $10,000 investment...
- [Scattered Spider Hackers Set Sights on Airlines and Transport After Targeting Retail and Insurance Giants](https://www.theibulletin.com/scattered-spider-hackers-target-airlines-after-insurance-retail-breaches/): Cybercrime group “Scattered Spider” is now steering its focus toward North America’s aviation and transportation sectors, marking a sharp escalation...
- [Circle Stock Surges After Fiserv Deal Signals Stablecoins May Finally Be Going Mainstream](https://www.theibulletin.com/circle-stock-rallies-after-fiserv-partnership-stablecoin-banking/): Circle shares jumped nearly 8% midday after soaring 24% earlier Tuesday, fueled by a partnership with banking tech heavyweight Fiserv....
- [Solana Slips as Bitcoin Soars: Can the High-Speed Crypto Still Catch Up?](https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-vs-bitcoin-price-performance-etf-outlook-2025/): Solana is losing steam while Bitcoin’s getting all the spotlight. Over the past year, Bitcoin’s price has jumped nearly 60%,...
- [CoinMarketCap Supply Chain Attack Leaves Crypto Users Reeling After $43,000 Wallet Drain](https://www.theibulletin.com/coinmarketcap-supply-chain-attack-drains-wallets-june-2025/): A malicious script hidden in a homepage image triggered a wallet-draining popup that stole thousands from unsuspecting visitors. On the...
- [As AI hype grabs headlines, these two tech titans are doing more than talking — they’re cashing in](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-tsmc-ai-stocks-benefiting-from-boom-2025/): It’s hard to have a conversation about work, tech, or the future without someone bringing up artificial intelligence. Whether you’re...
- [Gordon Ramsay Fainted at Son's Birth While Ed Sheeran Played in the Background](https://www.theibulletin.com/gordon-ramsay-faints-at-sons-birth-ed-sheeran-hospital/): Gordon Ramsay has sliced, diced, and screamed through kitchens for decades. But when it came to the birth of his...
- [WhiteBIT Coin Soars After Juventus Deal, Fueling Speculation Over Its Bigger Crypto Ambitions](https://www.theibulletin.com/whitebit-coin-surges-juventus-sponsorship-future-outlook/): WhiteBIT Coin just got a major boost—up 35% this week—after signing a headline-grabbing sponsorship deal with Italian soccer giant Juventus....
- [Level 5's Fantasy Life i Surprise Update Brings Open-World Roguelike to a Life Sim That Sold a Million](https://www.theibulletin.com/fantasy-life-i-roguelike-mode-dlc-update-1-million-sales/): Life sim games aren’t exactly known for their adrenaline. They’re cozy, wholesome, often slow-burn experiences. Think: farming, fishing, crafting, changing...
- [Buffett’s Retirement Nears, but Amazon and Apple Still Shine in Berkshire’s Stock Legacy](https://www.theibulletin.com/buffett-retirement-berkshire-stocks-amazon-apple-2025/): Warren Buffett may be stepping down soon, but two of Berkshire Hathaway’s biggest bets—Amazon and Apple—still have plenty of gas...
- [What Does Guashen Mean? Understanding the Origins, Usage, and Impact of This Chinese Term](https://www.theibulletin.com/what-does-guashen-mean/): Discover what guashen means in Chinese gaming culture, how it’s used, why it matters, and tips to protect your account from cheats. Stay informed and play fair!
- [CBDCs Threaten Payment-Focused Altcoins as Central Banks Speed Toward Digital Rollouts](https://www.theibulletin.com/central-bank-digital-currency-infrastructure/): Picture this: a high-speed bullet train, government-built and free to board, pulling into a city long plagued by toll-heavy, traffic-clogged...
- [Paddle to Pay $5 Million After FTC Crackdown on Tech Support Scam Ties](https://www.theibulletin.com/paddle-ftc-fine-tech-support-scams-settlement/): Paddle. com and its U. S. branch have agreed to pay $5 million to settle Federal Trade Commission charges that...
- [David Hekili Kenui Bell, Beloved Actor from 2025's Lilo & Stitch, Dies at 36](https://www.theibulletin.com/david-bell-lilo-and-stitch-actor-dies-2025/): David Hekili Kenui Bell, known to millions for his warm and funny role in the live-action Lilo & Stitch, has...
- [ChatGPT Codex Rolls Out Multi-Solution Feature to Aid Developers](https://www.theibulletin.com/chatgpt-codex-multi-solution-update-developers/): Coders using ChatGPT Codex now have something new to work with: options. The AI can suggest several solutions at once...
- [Switch 2 Performance Surprises Fans as Reddit Spreadsheet Tracks Game Boosts and Dips](https://www.theibulletin.com/switch-2-fan-tracking-game-performance-improvements/): Nintendo’s latest console isn’t just selling fast—it’s giving old games a second wind. Now fans are doing what Nintendo won’t:...
- [Mexico’s Safety Divide: What Tourists Really Need to Know](https://www.theibulletin.com/mexico-travel-safety-2025-tourist-zones-risk-comparison/): Mexico often lands in the headlines for the wrong reasons. But the truth isn’t as black-and-white as it seems. From...
- [Google Blames API Mishap for Global Cloud Outage That Disrupted Billions of Requests](https://www.theibulletin.com/google-cloud-outage-api-failure-disrupts-global-services/): A routine quota update turned into a global meltdown Thursday as Google Cloud’s API management system buckled, causing a ripple...
- [Sony Hints at Potential PS Plus Price Tweaks to Boost Profit Margins](https://www.theibulletin.com/sony-ps-plus-price-increase-profit-strategy-2025/): Sony’s subscription game plan is under the microscope again as top execs weigh flexibility in pricing against player satisfaction. In...
- [Dogecoin Drops 9% After SEC Delays Bitwise DOGE ETF Decision](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-falls-sec-delays-bitwise-etf/): Dogecoin (DOGE -9. 05%) took a steep dive on Thursday after the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) opted...
- [Selena Gomez Shares Tearful Birthday Tribute to Sister Gracie, Reveals Her Adorable Taylor Swift Obsession](https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-sister-birthday-taylor-swift-obsession/): Selena Gomez got emotional as she marked her younger sister Gracie’s 11th birthday with a sweet, nostalgia-filled post on Instagram—and...
- [Quantum Clock Ticking: 25% of Bitcoin Supply May Be Vulnerable](https://www.theibulletin.com/quantum-threat-bitcoin-4-million-at-risk/): Bitcoin, trading near $108k, faces a hidden threat—quantum computing. Roughly a quarter of all BTC could fall prey once quantum...
- [OpenAI Slashes ChatGPT o3 API Prices by 80% Without Hurting Performance](https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-cuts-o3-api-pricing-no-performance-loss/): OpenAI is making waves again, but this time it’s not a new model or feature. It’s a major price drop—one...
- [Selena Gomez Shares Sweet Video With Benny Blanco as Couple Sparks Hopes of Future Family](https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-benny-blanco-video-dad-dreams/): A cozy new video shared by Selena Gomez on Instagram has fans buzzing — not just about her relationship with...
- [DanaBot Malware Crumbles After Hidden Flaw Leads Cops Straight to the Hackers](https://www.theibulletin.com/danabot-malware-downfall-danableed-flaw-operation-endgame/): A single mistake buried in a malware update back in 2022 cracked open one of the cybercrime world’s most persistent...
- [Bitcoin Hits Speed Bump After Record High, But Investors Stay the Course](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-pullback-after-record-high-etf-inflows-persist-2025/): Bitcoin soared past $111,000 in May, hitting a fresh all-time high and reigniting bullish chatter across Wall Street and crypto...
- [Dan Ives’ New ETF Bets Big on AI: Could It Be the Smartest Play of the Year?](https://www.theibulletin.com/dan-ives-ai-etf-launch-wedbush-investing-opportunity/): The AI boom isn’t just hype anymore. It’s producing real market gains — and now, a star analyst is giving...
- [Cardano Is Losing Steam While Crypto Rivals Hit the Gas](https://www.theibulletin.com/cardano-loses-ground-as-developers-capital-flee-to-solana/): Once hailed for its academic rigor and cautious innovation, Cardano now faces a sobering reality: the crypto space is sprinting...
- [Mirai Botnet Evolves Again, Targeting Unpatched TBK DVRs With New Exploit](https://www.theibulletin.com/mirai-malware-exploits-tbk-dvr-cve-2024-3721/): A fresh variant of the Mirai malware is on the loose, and it’s already hijacking thousands of digital video recorders...
- [Mandrake: Failbetter Games Ventures Beyond Fallen London with a Mysterious Rural Life Sim](https://www.theibulletin.com/failbetter-mandrake-rural-life-sim-folklore-mystery/): Failbetter Games, the studio behind cult hits like Sunless Sea and Mask of the Rose, is stepping away from the...
- [Dogecoin Price Tumbles Amid Elon Musk and Donald Trump Public Clash](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drops-musk-trump-feud-impact/): Dogecoin’s value is slipping Friday, dropping 5. 3% in 24 hours, with an earlier plunge as steep as 15. 3%....
- [Microsoft Rolls Out PowerShell Fix to Restore Critical 'inetpub' Folder After April 2025 Windows Updates](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-powershell-script-restore-inetpub-folder-april-2025-update/): Windows users faced a surprise after April’s security updates when an empty C:\inetpub folder suddenly appeared on their systems. Now,...
- [Trade war anxieties and a fresh push for stablecoin regulation helped fuel the sell-off](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drops-as-trade-fears-rise-and-stablecoins-gain-support/): Dogecoin took a steep hit Thursday, falling nearly 14% by late afternoon as jittery investors fled speculative assets. Trade war...
- [Google’s “Gemini Kingfall” May Be Its Most Powerful AI Yet](https://www.theibulletin.com/google-gemini-kingfall-ai-minecraft-clone-leak/): A mysterious new AI model called Gemini Kingfall briefly popped up on Google’s AI Studio, and though it vanished just...
- [Cillian Murphy Returns to ‘28 Years Later’ Franchise — But Not Quite How Fans Expected](https://www.theibulletin.com/url-slug-cillian-murphy-return-28-years-later-bone-temple/): The buzz around the next chapter of the ‘28 Days Later’ saga is heating up as the upcoming sequel, 28...
- [Upstart Surges Amid AI Lending Revolution, Analysts Eye Strong Upside](https://www.theibulletin.com/upstart-ai-lending-growth-wall-street-bullish-2025/): Upstart (UPST) has quietly become a standout name in the AI-driven lending space, surprising many investors who might not have...
- [Dogecoin Hangs Near $0.20 — But Could Its Meme Magic Push It Back Over $0.25?](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-could-surge-again-past-25-sentiment-analysis/): Dogecoin’s price is hovering around $0. 20, and investors are wondering if it’ll ever climb past $0. 25 again. It’s...
- [OpenAI Eyes July Launch for GPT-5 as Competition Heats Up](https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-gpt5-summer-release-pricing-and-competition/): OpenAI is getting ready to launch GPT-5 this summer, with internal chatter pointing to a July release. The AI firm...
- [XRP Tanks 34% After Trump Bump Fizzles — Bargain or Bust?](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-down-34-percent-buy-the-dip-or-wait/): XRP took off like a rocket after Trump won the 2024 election. But now, just a few months later, it’s...
- [Whitney Purvis Mourns Loss of Son Weston Gosa Jr. at 16](https://www.theibulletin.com/whitney-purvis-son-weston-gosa-jr-passes-away-16/): Whitney Purvis, known for her role on MTV’s 16 and Pregnant, shared heartbreaking news Monday: her eldest son, Weston Gosa...
- [Cartier Alerts Customers After Data Breach Exposes Personal Information](https://www.theibulletin.com/cartier-data-breach-exposes-customer-info-follows-fashion-industry-attacks/): Luxury giant Cartier has revealed a recent data breach that exposed some customer details, sending ripples through the high-end fashion...
- [XRP’s Post-Election Rollercoaster: Boom, Bust, or Bargain?](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-drop-after-trump-victory-buying-opportunity-or-value-trap/): XRP went on a wild ride after the 2024 U. S. election, soaring 255% in just two months, only to...
- [Cisco’s Wi-Fi Controllers Face Serious Risk After Exploit Details Leak Online](https://www.theibulletin.com/57570cisco-ios-xe-wlc-flaw-cve-2025-20188-exploit-details-public2/): A newly disclosed critical vulnerability in Cisco’s wireless controller software is raising serious red flags across enterprise IT teams. While...
- [Call of Duty: Black Ops 6 Faces Backlash Over New In-Game Ads for Premium Skins](https://www.theibulletin.com/call-of-duty-black-ops-6-weapon-menu-ads-microtransaction-backlash/): A surprising new feature in Call of Duty: Black Ops 6 has caught players off guard. Instead of just showcasing...
- [Eid-ul-Adha 2025: Crescent Moon Sighting to Decide Feast of Sacrifice Dates Worldwide](https://www.theibulletin.com/eid-ul-adha-2025-moon-sighting-feast-of-sacrifice-dates/): As Dhul Hijjah nears, Muslims everywhere are on the lookout for the crescent moon that signals Eid-ul-Adha, the Feast of...
- [Crypto Sentiment Sinks as Trade War Fears Rattle Fragile Markets](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-slumps-on-trade-war-dogecoin-hit-by-musk-controversy/): It was the kind of Friday crypto traders would rather forget — not a crash, but a collective slump that...
- [vBulletin Bugged Again: Critical Exploits Hit Popular Forum Software, Active Attacks Confirmed](https://www.theibulletin.com/vbulletin-critical-zero-day-exploit-2025-forum-hack/): Two critical vulnerabilities in vBulletin, one of the most widely used online forum platforms, are being actively exploited, raising alarms...
- [Dogecoin Sinks as Tariff Uncertainty Pushes Investors Toward Safer Shores](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-drops-amid-tariff-uncertainty-as-investors-flee-risk/): Dogecoin, the once-meme, now-mainstay altcoin, is having a tough week. It slipped another 0. 3% on Thursday, continuing a downward...
- [Mozilla Rushes Out Firefox Hotfix After NVIDIA Glitch Triggers Web Chaos](https://www.theibulletin.com/firefox-139-0-1-hotfix-nvidia-gpu-bug-graphics-fix/): A small change in Firefox’s graphics handling has sparked big problems for NVIDIA users — now Mozilla’s scrambling to fix...
- [Toncoin Rockets 14% After Telegram’s $1.5 Billion Bond Buzz Lights Up Crypto Markets](https://www.theibulletin.com/toncoin-jumps-14-telegram-1-5-billion-bond-blackrock-mubadala/): Toncoin had a wild Wednesday. While the broader markets took a breather and the S&P 500 slipped into the red,...
- [Windows 10 Just Got a Clock Upgrade—and a Bit More in KB5058481 Preview Update](https://www.theibulletin.com/windows-10-kb5058481-update-clock-seconds-calendar-fixes/): A small but long-awaited change is back on Windows 10, and yes—it has to do with those missing seconds on...
- [Bitcoin Breaks Records, Again — But Investors Still Don’t Know What to Think](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-price-soars-investors-divided-digital-gold-vs-tech-stock/): Bitcoin just keeps doing what it does best—confounding expectations. After a whiplash start to 2025 that saw the cryptocurrency rocket...
- [The Last of Us Season 3: Clarity, Chaos, and Characters We Thought Were Gone](https://www.theibulletin.com/last-of-us-season-3-preview-abby-ellie-seraphites-wlf-return/): Season two of The Last of Us just ended with a bullet and a blackout. Now, the cast and creators...
- [HyperEVM Airdrop Farming: My 7 Figure Yield Plan](https://www.theibulletin.com/hyperevm-airdrop-guide/): Yes, you can still be early enough to farm a life changing airdrop on HyperEVM by following a low risk...
- [Binance and the Two Billion Dollar FTX Fallout](https://www.theibulletin.com/binance-and-the-two-billion-dollar-ftx-fallout/): Binance has acknowledged in court papers that its own tweets and a short lived takeover offer inflicted damage on FTX,...
- [Einstein and the Block Universe: Is Your Future Already Set?](https://www.theibulletin.com/einstein-block-universe-explained/): Einstein’s theory of relativity says that past, present, and future sit together in a single block of spacetime, so the...
- [Bitcoin vs Quantum Computing: Will BlackRock’s Warning Come True?](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-vs-quantum-computing/): Yes, quantum computers could break Bitcoin’s current security someday, but the industry still has time and clear paths to defend...
- [XRP Eyes $3 as Crypto Markets See Whiplash Recovery and Bitcoin Roars Past $111K](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-outlook-2025-bitcoin-record-crypto-volatility/): It’s been a year of dramatic moves. Stocks sank. Then bounced. Crypto? Even wilder. Bitcoin smashed through records. Ethereum followed....
- [Claude 4 Cuts Coding Errors by 25%, Gets Faster, Says Vibe Startup Lovable](https://www.theibulletin.com/claude-4-coding-errors-speed-lovable-gemini-comparison/): Anthropic’s Claude 4 is showing off some real gains—and not just on paper. AI startup Lovable says it’s coding faster...
- [QuantumScape and ChargePoint: Two EV High-Flyers That Crashed to Earth—Which One Still Has Juice?](https://www.theibulletin.com/quantumscape-vs-chargepoint-stock-analysis-ev-market-2025/): Both stocks soared in the 2020 hype wave. Now they’re down more than 95%. But only one looks ready to...
- [Sui Tumbles After $223 Million Hack at Cetus Protocol Shakes Investor Confidence](https://www.theibulletin.com/sui-token-plunges-after-cetus-dex-hack-223-million-lost/): Sui’s reputation as a fast and promising blockchain took a hit on Friday, following a major exploit that rocked its...
- [OpenAI Supercharges Operator With Smarter Brain — But Will Anyone Pay $200 For It?](https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-operator-upgrade-o3-model-browser-agent/): OpenAI just gave its browser-based automation tool, Operator, a major brain upgrade. But for now, only the deep-pocketed Pro users...
- [Solana, Avalanche, and Cardano Surge as Crypto Frenzy Heats Up Again](https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-avalanche-cardano-crypto-price-surge-2025/): Another green day, another flashback to the frenzied highs of 2021. Solana, Avalanche, and Cardano — three of the biggest...
- [Claude 4 Raises the Bar for AI Coding — But the 200K Token Ceiling Still Casts a Shadow](https://www.theibulletin.com/claude-4-launch-coding-benchmark-leader-but-stuck-on-context-limit/): The benchmark scores are impressive. The marketing is sharp. But for some developers, Anthropic’s latest Claude 4 models are serving...
- [Bitcoin's Brief Surge Hits a Wall as Bond Yields Send a Stark Warning](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-price-drops-as-bond-yields-spike-market-reacts/): Bitcoin shot up past $109,000 before midday on Wednesday, only to get slammed back down within minutes. The reason? Not...
- [Anthropic Quietly Preps Claude Sonnet 4 and Opus 4 in What Could Be Its Biggest AI Leap Yet](https://www.theibulletin.com/anthropic-claude-sonnet-4-opus-4-secret-ai-models-revealed/): Anthropic has quietly slipped references to new AI models — Claude Sonnet 4 and Opus 4 — into its backend...
- [Crypto Slumps Over the Weekend as Trade Tensions Cloud Investor Confidence](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-weekend-slump-cardano-shiba-litecoin-tariff-impact/): It was a quiet weekend for crypto — and not in a good way. As global markets digested rising trade...
- [OpenAI Aims to Simplify Its AI Lineup With GPT-5: One Model to Rule Them All](https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-gpt5-to-merge-models-boost-ai-capabilities/): OpenAI is cleaning house. Instead of juggling multiple models for different tasks, the company is planning to fuse many of...
- [Kim Soo Hyun and Kim Sae Ron Controversy Sparks Over 10 Police Investigations Amid Legal Showdown](https://www.theibulletin.com/kim-soo-hyun-kim-sae-ron-controversy-police-investigations-2025/): The dispute between actor Kim Soo Hyun and the late actress Kim Sae Ron has exploded into a full-blown legal...
- [Corporate America Flirts With Bitcoin as Pressure Mounts From Wall Street and Billionaires](https://www.theibulletin.com/corporate-america-bitcoin-investment-tim-draper-saylor-strategy/): Bitcoin isn’t just a playground for retail investors anymore. Big money is stirring. And now, a new heavyweight may be...
- [Hacker Tool 'Defendnot' Can Silently Shut Down Microsoft Defender With a Fake Antivirus](https://www.theibulletin.com/fake-antivirus-tool-defendnot-disables-microsoft-defender/): A new security tool is making waves for all the wrong reasons. It’s called Defendnot, and it can switch off...
- [Joe Biden Diagnosed With Aggressive Prostate Cancer That Has Spread to Bones](https://www.theibulletin.com/joe-biden-cancer-diagnosis-press-conference-2024/): President Joe Biden, 82, is facing one of the toughest fights of his life. His office confirmed this week that...
- [Apple and LEGO Show How Focus Beats Diversification](https://www.theibulletin.com/how-focus-beats-diversification/): Both Apple and LEGO escaped the brink of collapse by cutting noisy product lines and doubling down on what made...
- [Atari’s Rollercoaster: From Pong Glory to Desert Burial](https://www.theibulletin.com/atari-rollercoaster-journey/): Atari went from inventing the home video game boom to burying millions of cartridges in the New Mexico sand, all...
- [Budget Friendly Ways to Stop Hair Loss Naturally](https://www.theibulletin.com/budget-friendly-ways-to-stop-hair-loss-naturally/): You can slow hair shedding and even coax new growth without prescription drugs by improving your scalp environment, feeding follicles...
- [Mediterranean Diet: The Everyday Eating Style That Adds Years to Your Life](https://www.theibulletin.com/mediterranean-diet/): A daily menu built around vegetables, legumes, fish, extra virgin olive oil, whole grains, and the occasional glass of red...
- [Stop Sarcopenia: How Men Over 40 Can Keep Muscle, Stay Strong, and Age Better](https://www.theibulletin.com/stop-sarcopenia/): Sarcopenia is the gradual loss of muscle that speeds up after forty, but you can slow or even reverse it...
- [Bitcoin Breaks $100K, but XRP’s Meteoric Rise Sparks Speculation—and Caution](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-bitcoin-price-surge-2025-analysis-millionaire-maker-or-bubble/): Bitcoin just shattered another ceiling. After briefly surging past $109,000 in April, the world’s largest cryptocurrency has cooled slightly to...
- [Sensitive Medical and Personal Information Stolen in December Hack — Details Surface Months Later](https://www.theibulletin.com/ascension-data-breach-exposes-437000-patient-records-third-party-hack/): Ascension has disclosed a staggering breach involving more than 430,000 patients, admitting that sensitive health and personal data were compromised...
- [How Quantum Physics Changes Your View of Everything](https://www.theibulletin.com/quantum-physics-changes-your-view-of-everything/): Quantum physics shows that reality is probabilistic at its core, and once you take this on board, everyday desires can...
- [Bond Market Flashpoint: Yields Soar, Confidence Shakes](https://www.theibulletin.com/bond-market-yields-soar-confidence-shakes/): Treasury yields erupted higher across every maturity, and that move shouts one message: the world is suddenly unsure the Federal...
- [Ripple’s $139 Billion Gamble: Why Some Say It’s Still Wildly Undervalued](https://www.theibulletin.com/ripple-xrp-valuation-cross-border-market-potential/): Ripple’s price has tripled, but a quiet stat suggests there’s still a long runway — if it can survive the...
- [FBI Sounds Alarm Over Hacked Old Routers Used in Cybercrime Proxy Networks](https://www.theibulletin.com/fbi-warns-old-routers-hacked-for-proxy-networks-cybercrime/): The FBI has issued a fresh warning over old internet routers being hijacked and sold as tools in underground cybercrime...
- [Reading the Footprints of Whales in a Rigged Market](https://www.theibulletin.com/reading-the-footprints-of-whales-in-a-rigged-market/): Yes, financial markets really can feel like a casino that quietly tilts the odds, but traders who learn to read...
- [The Rise of Bitcoin-Only Companies: Is It Time to Invest?](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-treasury-companies-investment-trend/): As Bitcoin continues to capture the financial world’s imagination, an intriguing new trend is emerging. A growing number of companies...
- [SonicWall Urges Users to Patch Critical Vulnerabilities in SMA Appliances Amid Exploited Attacks](https://www.theibulletin.com/sonicwall-patch-critical-vulnerabilities-sma-appliances/): SonicWall is urging its customers to act quickly and patch three critical vulnerabilities found in its Secure Mobile Access (SMA)...
- [Why Taiwan Is a Top Choice for Digital Nomads in 2025?](https://www.theibulletin.com/taiwan-top-choice-for-digital-nomads/): Taiwan blends low taxes, modern infrastructure, and a welcoming culture, giving remote workers an affordable yet sophisticated base in Asia....
- [Why Bitcoin Hitting $1 Million Might Be Less Far-Fetched Than It Sounds](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-price-prediction-1-million-2029-scarcity-demand/): Bitcoin doesn’t need a miracle. It doesn’t need reinvention, a tech overhaul, or a wild new use case. It just...
- [Polish Police Arrest Four in Global Crackdown on DDoS-for-Hire Networks](https://www.theibulletin.com/poland-arrests-four-ddos-for-hire-platforms-cybercrime-crackdown/): Four people are now in custody after Polish authorities, working with international partners, dismantled six DDoS-for-hire websites responsible for thousands...
- [How SpikeX AI Builds a $1k Faceless YouTube Channel?](https://www.theibulletin.com/how-spikex-ai-builds-a-1k-faceless-youtube-channel/): Yes, you can start a faceless YouTube channel and reach $1 000 to $4 000 in monthly income within 30...
- [Speak With Confidence: Practical Rules For Public Speaking Success](https://www.theibulletin.com/speak-with-confidence/): Yes, you can speak in front of any crowd without shaking, sweating, or forgetting your lines. Researchers at Chapman University...
- [Pendle’s Quiet Power Move: Why This Yield Giant Still Looks Cheap](https://www.theibulletin.com/pendle-finance-defi-yield-giant/): Pendle has already proved it can sit at the center of DeFi’s yield universe, yet its token value still lags...
- [How Morning Star Thrives With Zero Managers?](https://www.theibulletin.com/how-morning-star-thrives-with-zero-managers/): They built a culture where every colleague makes clear public promises, spends company money like it is their own, and...
- [Small Interview Habits That Win Big Offers](https://www.theibulletin.com/small-interview-habits-that-win-big-offers/): Yes, the little things people often overlook—showing up early, steady eye contact, and a simple thank-you email—can swing an interview...
- [Hedge Fund Giants Go Big on BlackRock’s Bitcoin ETF as $200K Target Fuels Buzz](https://www.theibulletin.com/hedge-funds-load-up-blackrock-bitcoin-etf-200k-price-target/): Big money is making bold moves. Hedge fund titans are stacking up Bitcoin exposure like never before, betting big on...
- [Linux Servers Wiped Clean in Stealth Golang Supply Chain Attack](https://www.theibulletin.com/linux-servers-wiped-github-golang-supply-chain-malware/): A devastating malware campaign has quietly targeted Linux servers, wiping entire systems with surgical precision. Disguised as harmless Go modules...
- [Shuhei Yoshida Talks Rising Game Prices: “It’s an Impossible Equation”](https://www.theibulletin.com/shuhei-yoshida-rising-game-prices-inflation-development-costs/): Former PlayStation executive Shuhei Yoshida has shared his thoughts on the rising prices of video games, a hot topic among...
- [Are Poor People Really Happy? The Truth Behind Unhappy Nations](https://www.theibulletin.com/are-poor-people-really-happy/): The short answer is that poverty rarely brings happiness; poor countries rank low on global happiness charts because chronic money...
- [Stop Cats Pooping on Your Doorstep Quickly](https://www.theibulletin.com/stop-cats-pooping-on-your-doorstep/): Scrub away the old smell, spray a scent cats hate, and block the space for a few days; when their...
- [Justin Sun’s Wild Ride: TRON, BitTorrent, and Beyond](https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-sun-tron-wild-ride/): Justin Sun is still in the game, turning controversies into fresh opportunities while pushing TRON and new experiments like SunPump...
- [Reset Your Life in Just 21 Days: A Practical Blueprint](https://www.theibulletin.com/reset-your-life-in-just-21-days/): A focused 21 day plan can help you clear out the clutter, rebuild core routines, and step into the next...
- [Does Eating 300 g of Chicken a Week Cause Cancer?](https://www.theibulletin.com/chicken-and-cancer/): No, a single study that links 300 g of weekly chicken to gastrointestinal cancer does not provide enough proof to...
- [The Million Dollar Trading Trap](https://www.theibulletin.com/the-million-dollar-trading-trap/): You stop and lock in profits before ambition turns into gambling. Holding out for that last big score feels tempting,...
- [Strategy Stock Crushes Bitcoin Over Five Years — But Is It Built to Last?](https://www.theibulletin.com/strategy-stock-outperforms-bitcoin-investors-pay-premium/): Bitcoin may be the king of crypto, but there’s a new contender grabbing headlines—and profits. Strategy, formerly MicroStrategy, has somehow...
- [Bitcoin vs Monero: Privacy, Fungibility, and the Future](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-vs-monero/): Bitcoin is transparent and widely accepted, while Monero is private by default and built for complete fungibility, so the better...
- [Why Monero Rarely Moonshots While Bitcoin & Altcoins Pump?](https://www.theibulletin.com/when-monero-pump/): Monero struggles to post the spectacular price spikes we see in Bitcoin or meme tokens because it lacks hype machines,...
- [Kanye West Stirs the Pot Again With Paris Hilton Comment Amid Kim Kardashian Feud](https://www.theibulletin.com/kanye-west-paris-hilton-comment-kim-kardashian-feud/): Kanye West is no stranger to controversy, but his latest move has left fans, critics, and internet sleuths collectively raising...
- [The Importance of Staying Updated with Crypto News in a Rapidly Evolving Market](https://www.theibulletin.com/staying-updated-with-crypto-news/): Cryptocurrency is no longer a fringe trend or a speculative experiment — it’s a global financial force reshaping everything from...
- [Shakira Drops Major Tour Update, Confirms Chicago Kickoff and San Francisco Finale](https://www.theibulletin.com/shakira-north-america-tour-las-mujeres-ya-no-lloran-2025/): The queen of Latin pop is turning up the heat again. Shakira has just confirmed new stops for her already...
- [Bitcoin’s Next Move: How Japan’s Monetary Policy Could Impact Crypto Prices](https://www.theibulletin.com/how-japans-monetary-policy-could-impact-crypto-prices/): Are you wondering where Bitcoin prices are headed next? You’re not alone. As news circulates about possible moves by Japan’s...
- [‘9-1-1’ Fans Reel After Captain Bobby Nash’s Heart-Wrenching Exit: “Athena Will Never Be the Same”](https://www.theibulletin.com/peter-krause-bobby-nash-exit-911-angela-bassett-tribute/): Peter Krause’s final scene as Bobby Nash on 9-1-1 hit harder than anyone expected. A hero’s goodbye, a wife’s grief,...
- [Jobs in Pharmaceutical Companies in UAE: A 2025 Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/jobs-in-pharmaceutical-companies-in-uae/): The UAE has a fast expanding pharmaceutical sector that offers well paid jobs across research, production, sales and support functions,...
- [How to Join Dubai Police? Requirements and Steps](https://www.theibulletin.com/how-to-join-dubai-police/): You must meet age, fitness, education, and background criteria, then submit an online application through the Dubai Police careers portal...
- [Abu Dhabi Nuclear Power Plant Project Jobs & Career Paths](https://www.theibulletin.com/abu-dhabi-nuclear-power-plant-project-jobs/): Abu Dhabi’s Barakah Nuclear Energy Plant is generating more than electricity; it is producing hundreds of stable, well paid careers...
- [How to Apply for dnata Jobs in Dubai? Complete Application Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/how-to-apply-for-dnata-jobs-dubai/): You can apply for a dnata job in Dubai by signing up on the Emirates Group careers portal, uploading a...
- [Why Teatime 49s Results Sometimes Fail to Appear](https://www.theibulletin.com/why-no-teatime-49s-results/): Most often, missing Teatime 49s results are caused by data feed delays, website server issues, or an official draw reschedule...
- [How to Delete Music on Audiomack (Mobile & Web Browser)](https://www.theibulletin.com/delete-music-on-audiomack/): You can delete a track on Audiomack by opening My Library, tapping the three dots beside the song, choosing Delete,...
- [Russian Hackers Target European Diplomats with Sneaky Malware in Fake Wine Tasting Invites](https://www.theibulletin.com/apt29-cyber-attack-wine-phishing-europe-diplomats/): Russian state-sponsored hackers are once again shaking up Europe’s diplomatic circles, this time with wine-themed lures and a brand-new malware...
- [Did Eminem Really Diss Michael Jackson?](https://www.theibulletin.com/did-eminem-really-diss-michael-jackson/): Yes, Eminem’s 2004 single “Just Lose It” openly mocked Michael Jackson in both its lyrics and music video, sparking worldwide...
- [Grandiose Supermarket Careers: Your Guide to Growth](https://www.theibulletin.com/grandiose-supermarket-careers/): Grandiose Supermarket offers clear career paths, competitive pay, and employee focused benefits that make it one of the most attractive...
- [Emirates Flight Catering Careers: A Friendly Guide to Landing a Tasty Job](https://www.theibulletin.com/emirates-flight-catering-careers/): Emirates Flight Catering is hiring across culinary, logistics, and support roles, and the company is known for good pay, global...
- [Sharjah Municipality Careers: Your Guide to Landing a Fulfilling Public Sector Job](https://www.theibulletin.com/sharjah-municipality-careers/): Sharjah Municipality careers offer stable employment, competitive pay, and the chance to improve daily life for more than 1. 8...
- [Lulu Hypermarket Careers: Your Guide to Landing a Role with the Region’s Retail Giant](https://www.theibulletin.com/lulu-hypermarket-careers/): Lulu Hypermarket hires thousands of people every year, offering stable jobs, good salaries, and real chances to grow across the...
- [Dubai Health Authority Careers: Your Guide to Landing the Job](https://www.theibulletin.com/dubai-health-authority-careers/): Dubai Health Authority offers rewarding clinical and non clinical roles, competitive pay that often tops national averages, and an online...
- [Sharaf Exchange Careers: Work, Grow, and Thrive in the UAE](https://www.theibulletin.com/sharaf-exchange-careers/): Sharaf Exchange offers diverse career opportunities across finance, customer service, compliance, marketing, and IT, with competitive pay and clear growth...
- [Online Jobs in UAE Working from Home - 2025 Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/online-jobs-in-uae-working-from-home/): You can earn a stable income from the comfort of your apartment in Dubai, Abu Dhabi, or any other emirate...
- [Transguard Jobs in Dubai Airport: Roles, Pay, How to Apply](https://www.theibulletin.com/transguard-jobs-in-dubai-airport/): Securing a Transguard job at Dubai Airport means steady pay, strong career growth, and the chance to work at the...
- [Part Time Jobs for Freshers in Sharjah - 2025 Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/best-part-time-jobs-for-freshers-in-sharjah/): Students and recent graduates in Sharjah can earn between AED 25 and AED 60 an hour in retail, hospitality, tutoring,...
- [Fakeeh University Hospital Careers - Role & Hiring Process Explained](https://www.theibulletin.com/fakeeh-university-hospital-careers/): The fastest way to join Fakeeh University Hospital is to apply through its online careers portal, match your qualifications to...
- [Driving Jobs in Qatar: Pay, Prospects, and Practical Advice](https://www.theibulletin.com/driving-jobs-in-qatar/): Qatar needs thousands of professional drivers every year, and qualified applicants can often secure work in just a few weeks....
- [Amazon Jobs in Dubai for Freshers: A 2025 Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/amazon-jobs-in-dubai-for-freshers/): Yes, Amazon regularly hires freshers in Dubai and offers entry level roles in operations, tech support, and customer service with...
- [Government Jobs in Sharjah for Females: A Practical Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/government-jobs-in-sharjah-for-females/): Women can apply for a wide range of Sharjah government roles in education, healthcare, administration, law enforcement, and culture, and...
- [Qualification for Bank Jobs in Dubai - What You Really Need?](https://www.theibulletin.com/qualification-for-bank-jobs-in-dubai-what-you-really-need/): Most banks in Dubai expect candidates to hold at least a bachelor’s degree in finance or a related field, recognized...
- [Bike Rider Jobs in Abu Dhabi: Pay, Perks, and Pathways](https://www.theibulletin.com/bike-rider-jobs-in-abu-dhabi/): Bike rider jobs are widely available in Abu Dhabi, with most companies paying between 2 500 and 4 000 AED...
- [Teaching Jobs in Saudi Arabia: A Complete Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/teaching-jobs-in-saudi-arabia/): Foreign educators with a bachelor degree in their teaching field, a recognised certificate such as CELTA or PGCE, and a...
- [Health Insurance Jobs in the UAE: Opportunities, Pay, and Career Tips](https://www.theibulletin.com/health-insurance-jobs-in-uae/): The UAE’s fast growing insurance market needs qualified people right now, which means well paid roles in underwriting, claims, sales,...
- [Ransomware Gang 'Interlock' Embraces Sneaky ClickFix Attacks to Hijack Corporate Systems](https://www.theibulletin.com/interlock-ransomware-clickfix-it-tool-attacks/): The Interlock ransomware gang has adopted a cunning new trick that’s catching victims off guard: impersonating IT tools to push...
- [Simple Ways to Optimize Your Sleep for Better Health](https://www.theibulletin.com/how-to-optimize-sleep-for-better-health/): If you want to feel more energized, improve your mood, and even support your immune system, the answer might be...
- [8 Days to Schedule on Your Calendar Every Month for a Happier, Balanced Life](https://www.theibulletin.com/8-days-schedule-every-month-balanced-life/): If you want to feel happier, more balanced, and less stressed, setting aside just eight special days each month for...
- [What India’s Startup Culture Says About Society: A Real Look at Today’s Trends](https://www.theibulletin.com/india-startup-culture/): India’s startup scene is booming, but what does it really say about our society, values, and what we’re funding? The...
- [Investing Psychology: The Real Reason You Keep Losing Money and How to Fix It](https://www.theibulletin.com/reason-you-keep-losing-money-and-how-to-fix-it/): If you keep losing money in the stock market, it’s probably not just bad luck or poor timing—it’s often your...
- [Hertz Confirms Data Breach After Clop Ransomware Attack Exposes Customer Info](https://www.theibulletin.com/hertz-customer-data-breach-cleo-zero-day-clop/): Hertz customers have been hit with more than just hidden rental fees this year. The car rental giant has confirmed...
- [Katy Perry Suits Up for Space: Pop Star Set to Launch with Historic All-Women Crew](https://www.theibulletin.com/katy-perry-space-launch-all-female-crew-2025/): Katy Perry is officially heading to space, and she’s not doing it alone — she’s part of the first all-female...
- [Machine Gun Kelly Resurfaces at Coachella in Dazzling Style After Welcoming Baby Girl with Megan Fox](https://www.theibulletin.com/machine-gun-kelly-coachella-surprise-after-baby-with-megan-fox/): Machine Gun Kelly just made his first public appearance since becoming a father, and he did it in true MGK...
- [HBO Doubles Down: The Last of Us Secures Early Season 3 Renewal](https://www.theibulletin.com/hbo-renews-the-last-of-us-season-3-before-season-2-air-date/): A week ahead of season two’s debut, HBO is already locking in more of The Last of Us. That’s right—season...
- [Star Citizen Crosses $800 Million Without a Launch in Sight](https://www.theibulletin.com/star-citizen-800-million-funding-no-release-date/): Twelve years. That’s how long it’s been since Star Citizen first promised a revolutionary space sim experience on Kickstarter. Fast...
- [Hackers Turn SourceForge into Malware Delivery Vehicle in Cryptocurrency Scheme](https://www.theibulletin.com/sourceforge-fake-microsoft-addins-malware-cryptocurrency-attack/): A fake Microsoft Office add-in project posted on SourceForge has been caught installing malware that mines and steals cryptocurrency from...
- [Blake Lively Posts Eeyore Quote Amid Heated Legal Battle With Justin Baldoni](https://www.theibulletin.com/blake-lively-cryptic-post-justin-baldoni-lawsuit-eeyore-quote/): The “Gossip Girl” actress shared a cryptic message on Instagram as tensions escalate in the $400 million lawsuit involving her...
- [E-ZPass Phishing Scams Surge as Scammers Target Drivers Through iMessage and SMS](https://www.theibulletin.com/ezpass-phishing-scam-texts-imessage-surge-2025/): A flood of scam texts mimicking toll agencies like E-ZPass and FasTrak is hitting phones across the U. S. ,...
- [Chris Hemsworth Admits He Was “Very Intimidated” Working With Halle Berry](https://www.theibulletin.com/chris-hemsworth-intimidated-by-halle-berry-on-crime-101-set/): Chris Hemsworth may be known for his mighty portrayal of Thor, but even the God of Thunder gets nervous sometimes....
- [Justin Baldoni Hits Back at Ryan Reynolds, Calling Him a "Co-Conspirator" in Blake Lively Legal Battle](https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-baldoni-ryan-reynolds-legal-battle-blake-lively/): Justin Baldoni has responded to Ryan Reynolds amid their ongoing legal dispute, calling the Deadpool star a “co-conspirator. ” The...
- [Counterfeit Smartphones Found Preloaded with Advanced Android Malware](https://www.theibulletin.com/counterfeit-smartphones-preloaded-with-triada-malware/): Fake versions of popular smartphones sold at bargain prices are turning out to be more than just cheap imitations. Security...
- [Bitcoin vs. Solana: Which Crypto is the Better Investment in 2025?](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-vs-solana-which-is-the-better-investment-2025/): The year 2025 has already been a rollercoaster for cryptocurrency investors. Bitcoin (BTC) and Solana (SOL) have seen significant price...
- [Bitcoin Gains Traction as Institutional Interest and Regulations Align](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-investment-regulations-halving/): Bitcoin is once again dominating headlines, and this time, it’s not just the crypto enthusiasts paying attention. Institutional investors, government...
- [Wizards of the Coast Walks Back Stardew Valley Mod Takedown, Calls It a 'Mistake'](https://www.theibulletin.com/wizards-of-the-coast-baldurs-village-dmca-mistake/): The dust is settling on the controversy surrounding the Stardew Valley mod inspired by Baldur’s Gate 3, after Wizards of...
- [Crypto Market Faces Uncertainty as Tariff Tensions Escalate](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-tariff-impact-bitcoin-ethereum-xrp-2025/): The cryptocurrency market has been in turmoil since February, when the U. S. announced tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China....
- [Microsoft Tests Quick Machine Recovery Tool to Fix Windows 11 Startup Failures](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-quick-machine-recovery-windows-11/): Microsoft is rolling out a new feature for Windows 11 aimed at reducing downtime caused by faulty drivers and system...
- [Sam's Club Investigates Possible Ransomware Breach as Clop Claims Responsibility](https://www.theibulletin.com/sams-club-ransomware-breach-clop-claims/): Sam’s Club, the warehouse supermarket chain owned by Walmart, is looking into claims of a potential data breach linked to...
- [American Truck Simulator Expands Again: Missouri Joins the Journey on April 3rd](https://www.theibulletin.com/american-truck-simulator-missouri-expansion-april-3/): SCS Software is ready to roll out another expansion for American Truck Simulator, and this time, it’s bringing players into...
- [Megan Fox and Machine Gun Kelly Welcome Baby Girl Amid Split](https://www.theibulletin.com/megan-fox-machine-gun-kelly-baby-girl/): Megan Fox has officially made Machine Gun Kelly a father again. The actress, best known for her roles in Jennifer’s...
- [Microsoft Stream Domain Hijacked, Redirects to Fake Amazon Site Promoting Thai Casino](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-stream-domain-hijacked-sharepoint-issues/): Microsoft Stream’s old domain was hijacked and redirected to a fake Amazon website promoting an online casino in Thailand. This...
- [Meme Coins Surge as Dogecoin, Shiba Inu, and Pepe Gain Traction](https://www.theibulletin.com/meme-coins-dogecoin-shiba-inu-pepe-price-rally/): Cryptocurrency investors are turning their attention to meme coins once again, as Dogecoin, Shiba Inu, and Pepe record notable gains....
- [Pillars of Eternity Marks 10 Years with New Patch and Turn-Based Combat Test](https://www.theibulletin.com/pillars-of-eternity-10-year-update-turn-based-combat/): Obsidian Entertainment is celebrating a decade since the release of Pillars of Eternity with a fresh update and an unexpected...
- [Bitcoin or Strategy? The High-Stakes Bet on a Corporate Bitcoin Treasury](https://www.theibulletin.com/strategy-bitcoin-stock-vs-btc-investment/): Bitcoin has always been the outsider’s asset—unbound by central banks, immune to government intervention, and driven purely by market demand....
- [CrushFTP Urges Immediate Patch for Critical Unauthenticated Access Vulnerability](https://www.theibulletin.com/crushftp-security-vulnerability-patch-2025/): CrushFTP has issued an urgent warning to its customers about a serious security flaw that could allow attackers to gain...
- [Bitcoin's Wild Ride: Has the Famous Four-Year Cycle Finally Been Broken?](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-cycle-breakdown-2025/): When Bitcoin crossed the $100,000 threshold in December, many investors were convinced that the cryptocurrency was poised for a parabolic...
- [23andMe Files for Bankruptcy, Plans Asset Sale Amid Privacy Concerns](https://www.theibulletin.com/23andme-bankruptcy-asset-sale-privacy-concerns/): California-based genetic testing firm 23andMe has filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy and is preparing to sell off its assets after...
- [Dogecoin's Trump-Inspired Surge Crashes: Is There Any Hope for a Rebound?](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drop-2025/): Dogecoin (DOGE) is unraveling fast. After soaring earlier this year, the meme coin has lost 47% of its value year-to-date,...
- [Google Begins Rolling Out Screen-Sharing for Gemini Live](https://www.theibulletin.com/google-gemini-live-screen-sharing-rollout/): Google is finally delivering on a promise it made at MWC 2025. The tech giant has started rolling out screen-sharing...
- [Chaos at the Chinese Grand Prix: Hamilton, Leclerc, and Gasly Disqualified After Post-Race Checks](https://www.theibulletin.com/chinese-gp-hamilton-leclerc-gasly-disqualified-piastri-wins/): The Chinese Grand Prix delivered a weekend of high drama, unexpected twists, and shattered expectations. But what happened after the...
- [Can XRP Reach $100? A Reality Check for Crypto Investors](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-100-dollar-possibility/): XRP has long been one of the most talked-about cryptocurrencies, attracting both believers and skeptics. As of March 20, its...
- [Blake Lively and Ryan Reynolds Reportedly Skipping 2025 Met Gala Amid Legal Battle With Justin Baldoni](https://www.theibulletin.com/blake-lively-ryan-reynolds-skip-2025-met-gala-legal-feud-justin-baldoni/): Blake Lively and Ryan Reynolds are not expected to attend the 2025 Met Gala, marking yet another absence from the...
- [Monster Hunter Wilds' First Major Update Gets a Reveal Date](https://www.theibulletin.com/monster-hunter-wilds-title-update-1-reveal/): Capcom is gearing up to unveil the first major content update for Monster Hunter Wilds, its latest blockbuster action RPG....
- [Is Polkadot in Trouble or Ready to Soar? A Deep Dive into Web3's Official Cryptocurrency](https://www.theibulletin.com/polkadot-cryptocurrency-future-analysis/): Polkadot (DOT) has been on a rollercoaster ride, just like the rest of the cryptocurrency market. From impressive gains in...
- [Kim Kardashian Pushes for Emergency Custody Hearing After Kanye West’s Alleged Meeting with Andrew Tate](https://www.theibulletin.com/kim-kardashian-pushes-for-emergency-custody-hearing-after-kanye-wests-alleged-meeting-with-andrew-tate/): Kim Kardashian has reportedly taken swift action after learning about Kanye West’s alleged plans to meet with controversial figures Andrew...
- [Bitcoin's Volatile Ride: How Trump's Influence and Recession Fears Shape the Market](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-trump-rally-recession-fears-2025/): Bitcoin has been on a rollercoaster, surging to an all-time high of $109,358 on the day of Donald Trump’s inauguration...
- [Sia Files for Divorce from Second Husband Daniel Bernad After Two Years of Marriage](https://www.theibulletin.com/sia-files-divorce-daniel-bernad-secret-baby/): Australian pop sensation Sia has officially ended her second marriage, filing for divorce from her husband, Daniel Bernad, after two...
- [Massive 'DollyWay' Malware Operation Exploits Over 20,000 WordPress Sites Since 2016](https://www.theibulletin.com/dollyway-malware-infects-wordpress-sites-2025/): A long-running cybercriminal operation dubbed “DollyWay” has been actively compromising WordPress websites for nearly a decade. With over 20,000 sites...
- [Big Investors Are Quietly Pushing Bitcoin and Ethereum Higher](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-ethereum-russia-sanctions-trade/): A new wave of major investors is making its presence felt in the cryptocurrency market, and it’s already having an...
- [California Cryobank Data Breach Exposes Customers' Sensitive Information](https://www.theibulletin.com/california-cryobank-data-breach-exposes-customers/): California Cryobank, the largest sperm bank in the United States, has confirmed a data breach that exposed highly sensitive personal...
- [John Cena Shocks WWE Universe with Stunning Heel Turn on RAW](https://www.theibulletin.com/john-cena-heel-turn-raw-2025/): John Cena sent shockwaves through the WWE Universe on March 17, 2025, with a dramatic and unexpected heel turn during...
- [XRP's Long-Term Outlook: Can It Weather Market Volatility?](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-long-term-investment-2025/): Cryptocurrencies have a reputation for wild price swings, and XRP is no exception. Yet, the long game often tells a...
- [Kris Jenner Showers Love on Son Rob Kardashian as He Celebrates 38th Birthday](https://www.theibulletin.com/kris-jenner-celebrates-rob-kardashian-38th-birthday/): Kris Jenner is embracing all the emotions as her only son, Rob Kardashian, marks another year around the sun. The...
- [PlayStation and Xbox Gamers Get a Major Freebie Ahead of Atelier Yumia’s Release](https://www.theibulletin.com/playstation-xbox-atelier-yumia-free-demo/): A pleasant surprise awaits PlayStation and Xbox gamers this week as they’re treated to a sizeable free download. The giveaway...
- [Bitcoin vs. XRP: Which Crypto Holds Up Better in a Market Crash?](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-xrp-market-crash-comparison/): The stock market is looking shaky. With the Nasdaq Composite and S&P 500 entering correction territory, investors are questioning the...
- [Justin Bieber Reflects on Family, Healing in Emotional Message](https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-bieber-heartfelt-message-family-reunion/): Justin Bieber opened up about his emotions in a heartfelt social media post after spending time with his siblings. The...
- [Widespread GitHub Phishing Attack Targets Nearly 12,000 Repositories](https://www.theibulletin.com/github-phishing-attack-targets-12000-repositories/): A massive phishing campaign is sweeping through GitHub, hitting nearly 12,000 repositories with fake “Security Alert” issues. The scheme is...
- [XRP ETF Filings Could Shake Up Crypto Markets—But Is It Enough for Investors?](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-etf-approval-impact/): The cryptocurrency market has been buzzing with speculation over potential exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for XRP, a digital asset already popular...
- [Massive Coinbase Phishing Attack Tricks Users Into Fake Wallet Migration](https://www.theibulletin.com/coinbase-phishing-wallet-migration-scam/): A sophisticated phishing campaign is targeting Coinbase users, luring them into transferring their funds to a fraudulent self-custodial wallet. The...
- [Jennifer Lopez Pays Heartfelt Tribute to Donatella Versace Following Exit from Fashion House](https://www.theibulletin.com/jennifer-lopez-tribute-donatella-versace-exit/): Jennifer Lopez took to Instagram on Friday, March 14, to celebrate her longtime friend Donatella Versace, just days after the...
- [Cryptocurrencies Take a Beating: Why Cardano, Dogecoin, and Litecoin May Have Further to Fall](https://www.theibulletin.com/cardano-dogecoin-litecoin-crypto-crash-2025/): Cryptocurrencies have had a rough year, with some major players down as much as 45% in 2025. While bargain hunters...
- [Justin Bieber's Emotional Message Sparks Concern Among Fans](https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-bieber-emotional-message-fans-concerned/): Justin Bieber has finally addressed fans with a deeply personal message that has left many worried about his emotional and...
- [Microsoft Reinstates Material Theme Extensions on VS Code Marketplace After Security Review](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-reinstates-material-theme-vscode/): Microsoft has restored the ‘Material Theme – Free’ and ‘Material Theme Icons – Free’ extensions on the Visual Studio Code...
- [Half-Life 2 Gets a Ray Tracing Overhaul with Nvidia RTX Remix](https://www.theibulletin.com/half-life-2-rtx-ray-tracing-demo-release/): Half-Life 2, one of the most beloved first-person shooters of all time, is about to look better than ever. Nvidia...
- [Trump Announces Strategic Bitcoin Reserve, Declares 'Never Sell Your Bitcoin'](https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-strategic-bitcoin-reserve-never-sell/): President Donald Trump made a bold statement on March 7 at the White House cryptocurrency summit, announcing the creation of...
- [Justin Bieber's Dramatic New Look Stuns Fans Amid Growing Concerns](https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-bieber-new-look-concerns/): Justin Bieber turned heads in West Hollywood on Wednesday, March 12, as he debuted a striking new appearance. The pop...
- [Facebook Warns of FreeType Vulnerability Exploited in Attacks](https://www.theibulletin.com/facebook-warns-freetype-vulnerability-exploited-attacks/): A critical security flaw in the FreeType font rendering library has been flagged by Facebook, with reports indicating that attackers...
- [Paul Feig Dismisses Rumors of Blake Lively and Anna Kendrick Feud](https://www.theibulletin.com/paul-feig-blake-lively-anna-kendrick-feud-rumors/): Speculation about tension between Blake Lively and Anna Kendrick has been swirling, but director Paul Feig is putting the rumors...
- [US Cities Warn of Widespread Mobile Phishing Scam Targeting Parking Violations](https://www.theibulletin.com/us-cities-warn-parking-phishing-scam/): A surge in phishing text messages disguised as parking violation notices has prompted multiple US cities to issue warnings. Victims...
- [Dogecoin Plunges Over 30% in 2025 as Crypto Market Struggles](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drop-2025-crypto-selloff/): Dogecoin investors are feeling the pain. After a spectacular 251% surge in 2024, the popular meme coin has lost more...
- [XRP Takes a Hit as U.S. Strategic Bitcoin Reserve Fails to Impress Investors](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-drop-us-strategic-bitcoin-reserve/): XRP prices took a sharp dive, shedding nearly 6% of its value after investors reacted with disappointment to the announcement...
- [Blake Lively Stuns at 'Another Simple Favor' Premiere Amid Justin Baldoni's Legal Drama](https://www.theibulletin.com/blake-lively-another-simple-favor-premiere-justin-baldoni-lawsuit/): Blake Lively turned heads at the world premiere of Another Simple Favor in Austin, Texas, as she graced the red...
- [XRP’s Bold New Move: How Tokenized Treasuries Could Supercharge Its Value](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-tokenized-treasuries-price-impact/): XRP has long been marketed as a solution for faster, cheaper money transfers, particularly for financial institutions. But now, the...
- [Trump’s Tariffs Shake Markets as Utilities Sector Stands Resilient](https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-tariffs-utilities-stocks-vanguard-etf/): Investors are bracing for a new wave of economic uncertainty as President Donald Trump imposes tariffs on major trading partners....
- [Microsoft Finally Adds a Basic Yet Highly Requested Feature to Teams](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-teams-display-name-edit-feature/): Microsoft Teams is a go-to collaboration tool for millions, but users have long voiced concerns over missing features and stability...
- [Crypto Investors Breathe a Sigh of Relief as Market Rebounds](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-rebounds-white-house-summit-tariffs/): A collective sigh of relief swept through the cryptocurrency world on Wednesday as prices turned green after a sluggish start...
- [Jennifer Garner’s True Feelings on Reuniting with Ben Affleck: Fear, Trust Issues, and Protecting Her Heart](https://www.theibulletin.com/jennifer-garner-ben-affleck-reunion-fears/): Jennifer Garner’s recent closeness with ex-husband Ben Affleck has sparked speculation about a possible romantic reunion. But according to insiders,...
- [EFF Releases Rayhunter: A Free Tool to Detect Stingray Surveillance](https://www.theibulletin.com/eff-rayhunter-stingray-detection-tool/): The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) has launched Rayhunter, a free, open-source tool designed to detect cell-site simulators (CSS), commonly known...
- [Trump’s Crypto Plan Sparks Bitcoin Surge: Why Some Investors Are Doubling Down](https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-bitcoin-strategic-crypto-reserve/): Bitcoin was on a rough ride. Over the past month, the cryptocurrency had taken a 17% hit, leading some to...
- [Billie Eilish Stirs Buzz With Bold Selfie After Being Spotted With Mystery Blonde](https://www.theibulletin.com/billie-eilish-selfie-mystery-blonde-sydney/): Billie Eilish is once again the talk of the internet, and this time, it’s not just about her music. The...
- [Solana’s Price Plunges 25% Amid Profit-Taking and Macroeconomic Jitters](https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-price-drop-profit-taking-ai-tariffs/): Solana (SOL) has taken a steep dive, shedding 25. 22% of its value in the past 24 hours. The cryptocurrency,...
- [Rubrik Confirms Security Breach, No Customer Data Impacted](https://www.theibulletin.com/rubrik-security-breach-log-files-no-customer-data-accessed/): Rubrik disclosed last month that a server hosting log files was breached, prompting the company to rotate authentication keys as...
- [Crypto Market Surges as Trump Floats Strategic Reserve Plan](https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-crypto-strategic-reserve-market-surge/): The cryptocurrency market went into overdrive on Sunday after former President Donald Trump hinted at a potential U. S. Crypto...
- [Nearly 12,000 API Keys and Passwords Found in Common Crawl Dataset Used for AI Training](https://www.theibulletin.com/nearly-12000-api-keys-passwords-found-common-crawl-ai/): A massive dataset frequently used to train artificial intelligence models has been found to contain nearly 12,000 valid secrets, including...
- [Valve and NSPCC Join Forces for Charity Game Sale on Steam](https://www.theibulletin.com/valve-nspcc-steam-charity-sale-2025/): A new charity sale on Steam is offering over 50 games at a discount, with 10 percent of proceeds going...
- [MARA Smashes Wall Street Estimates in Q4, But Volatility Remains a Concern](https://www.theibulletin.com/mara-q4-earnings-stock-bitcoin-strategy/): MARA Holdings (NASDAQ: MARA) delivered a shocker to Wall Street on Thursday, posting fourth-quarter earnings that completely shattered analyst projections....
- [Velan Studios Announces Midnight Murder Club Early Access With a Unique Free-For-Friends Model](https://www.theibulletin.com/midnight-murder-club-early-access-release-march-13/): Velan Studios, the team behind the ill-fated Knockout City, is gearing up for another shot at multiplayer chaos. Their latest...
- [Taiwanese Companies Targeted in Phishing Campaign Using Winos 4.0 Malware](https://www.theibulletin.com/taiwan-companies-targeted-winos-4-malware-phishing/): Cybercriminals are ramping up their attacks on businesses in Taiwan, using fake emails disguised as official messages from the country’s...
- [XRP’s 24% Drop Has Investors on Edge—But Is Selling a Big Mistake?](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrps-24-drop-has-investors-on-edge-but-is-selling-a-big-mistake/): XRP holders are feeling the pressure. The cryptocurrency has lost nearly a quarter of its value in the last 30...
- [Southern Water Spent £4.5M on Cyberattack Response, Financial Report Reveals](https://www.theibulletin.com/southern-water-cyberattack-cost-4-5m-black-basta/): United Kingdom’s Southern Water has disclosed that it spent £4. 5 million ($5. 7M) responding to a cyberattack in February...
- [Eternal Strands Unveils Post-Launch Roadmap: Free DLC, Final Fantasy Collaboration, and More](https://www.theibulletin.com/eternal-strands-roadmap-free-dlc-final-fantasy-collaboration/): Eternal Strands, the well-received action RPG from Dragon Age veteran Mike Laidlaw’s Yellow Brick Games, isn’t slowing down anytime soon....
- [Crypto Market Tumbles as Panic Selling Sweeps Investors](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-plunge-bitcoin-ethereum-dogecoin-drop/): A wave of fear swept through the cryptocurrency market on Tuesday, sending valuations plunging across the board. Bitcoin, Ethereum, and...
- [Ariana Grande Shares Sweet SAG Awards Moment with Boyfriend Ethan Slater, Fans Swoon](https://www.theibulletin.com/ariana-grande-ethan-slater-sag-awards-2025/): Ariana Grande just gave fans a rare and intimate look at her relationship with Ethan Slater, and the internet can’t...
- [284 Million Stolen Accounts Added to Have I Been Pwned After Telegram Leak](https://www.theibulletin.com/284-million-stolen-accounts-added-hibp-telegram-leak/): A staggering 284 million email accounts have been added to the Have I Been Pwned (HIBP) database after being discovered...
- [Kylie Jenner Rebuilds Amid Heartache Following Stylist's Untimely Death](https://www.theibulletin.com/kylie-jenner-stylist-loss-support/): Kylie Jenner now faces a personal crossroad after the sudden loss of her trusted glam artist, Jesus Guerrero. The shock...
- [OpenAI Blocks North Korean Hackers From Exploiting ChatGPT, Says Threat Report](https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-blocks-north-korean-hackers-chatgpt-threat-report/): OpenAI has taken firm action by blocking several accounts linked to North Korean cyber operatives. The latest threat report details...
- [South Korea Ignites a Tourism Revival Through Festivals, Sports, and Cultural Celebrations](https://www.theibulletin.com/south-korea-tourism-revival-festivals-sports-culture/): South Korea is riding a wave of renewed tourism as vibrant festivals, athletic events, and cultural programs draw visitors from...
- [Crypto Markets at a Crossroads: Bitcoin’s Rally vs. Cardano’s Bold Bet](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-markets-bitcoin-cardano-investors/): Bitcoin’s explosive 290% surge and the emerging allure of Cardano have reshaped crypto conversations. With policy shifts and new investor...
- [SAG Awards 2023: A Night of Star-Studded Triumph and Heartfelt Celebrations](https://www.theibulletin.com/sag-awards-2023-star-studded-celebrations-industry-impact/): The 31st annual Screen Actors Guild Awards lit up Los Angeles this Sunday at the Shrine Auditorium and Expo Hall....
- [Dr Disrespect Speaks Out: Twitch Ban Sparks Controversy](https://www.theibulletin.com/dr-disrespect-twitch-ban-controversy/): Dr Disrespect has fired back at Twitch after his ban. He insists his channel was wrongfully shut down. The streamer’s...
- [Meme Coin ETFs on the Horizon: Balancing Hype and Hard Facts](https://www.theibulletin.com/meme-coin-etfs-risk-reward-outlook/): Last January, the debut of spot Bitcoin ETFs took the market by surprise. Investors flocked in, fueling a record-breaking inflow...
- [Kelce Connection: Taylor Swift Sparks a New Chapter in NFL Star’s Life](https://www.theibulletin.com/travis-kelce-taylor-swift-romance-growth-industry-reactions/): In an exclusive chat on The Steam Room podcast, Jason Kelce dropped some touching news about his brother Travis Kelce’s...
- [Apple Shuts Down ADP for UK iCloud Users Amid Government Backdoor Demands](https://www.theibulletin.com/apple-removes-adp-uk-government-backdoor-demand/): Apple has abruptly removed its Advanced Data Protection for iCloud in the UK, a decision driven by government pressure for...
- [XRP and Bitcoin: The New Frontier of Real-World Asset Tracking](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-xrp-real-world-asset-tracking-financial-growth/): Financial institutions are no strangers to Bitcoin (BTC) and XRP (XRP). For years, these cryptocurrencies have been reshaping global finance,...
- [Justin Bieber Shares Emotional Prayer Amid Growing Concerns Over His Well-Being](https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-bieber-shares-cryptic-prayer-amid-wellbeing-concerns/): Justin Bieber has once again caught the public’s attention—but this time, it’s not for his music. The pop superstar took...
- [Oscars 2025: Star-Studded Presenter Lineup Revealed](https://www.theibulletin.com/oscars-2025-presenters-list-revealed/): The Academy has finally unveiled the presenters’ list for the 97th Oscars, and it’s packed with Hollywood royalty. Oprah Winfrey,...
- [Ghost Ransomware Hits Over 70 Countries, Critical Sectors at Risk](https://www.theibulletin.com/ghost-ransomware-global-attacks-critical-sectors/): Cybercriminals deploying Ghost ransomware have infiltrated organizations across more than 70 countries, targeting industries including healthcare, government, education, and manufacturing....
- [PlayStation Plus Unleashes Nine New Free Games for February – RPG Fans, Get Ready](https://www.theibulletin.com/playstation-plus-february-2024-free-games/): PlayStation Plus subscribers have something to look forward to this month, especially those who love sinking hours into sprawling RPGs....
- [XRP Tumbles as Argentine President Milei’s Crypto Controversy Shakes Market](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-falls-milei-libra-scandal-crypto-market/): XRP is facing a steep sell-off as political turmoil rocks the cryptocurrency market. The token is down over 4% on...
- [Rihanna Overcome with Emotion as A$AP Rocky Acquitted of All Charges](https://www.theibulletin.com/rihanna-asap-rocky-not-guilty-verdict-reaction/): A$AP Rocky walked out of a Los Angeles courtroom a free man on Tuesday after a jury found him not...
- [NetEase Lays Off Marvel Rivals Devs Despite Massive Success, Adding to Industry-Wide Job Cuts](https://www.theibulletin.com/netease-layoffs-marvel-rivals-devs-amid-success/): Marvel Rivals has taken the gaming world by storm, amassing over 20 million players within weeks of its launch. The...
- [XRP Gains More Real-World Utility as Portugal’s Unicâmbio Adopts the Coin](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-unicambio-portugal-brazil-transfer-adoption/): Ripple’s XRP is making headlines again, this time with another step toward mainstream adoption. On February 11, the company secured...
- [Are Gracie Abrams, Selena Gomez, and Benny Blanco Teasing a Collaboration? Fans Think So](https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-gracie-abrams-benny-blanco-collaboration-rumors/): American record producer Benny Blanco might have just set the internet on fire with his latest Instagram post. On Monday,...
- [South Korea Suspends Chinese AI App DeepSeek Over Data Privacy Concerns](https://www.theibulletin.com/south-korea-suspends-deepseek-over-data-privacy/): South Korea has temporarily halted new downloads of DeepSeek, a Chinese AI chatbot, over data privacy concerns. The move follows...
- [Ethereum vs. Solana: The Crypto Rivalry Intensifies as Investors Shift Capital](https://www.theibulletin.com/ethereum-vs-solana-investors-move-billions-crypto-rivalry/): The battle for dominance in the crypto space is heating up, and it’s not just Bitcoin that’s in the spotlight....
- [Google Chrome’s AI-Powered Enhanced Protection Rolls Out for Real-Time Security](https://www.theibulletin.com/google-chrome-ai-enhanced-protection-real-time-security/): Google has quietly upgraded Chrome’s Enhanced Protection with artificial intelligence, promising real-time defense against dangerous websites, downloads, and extensions. The...
- [Xbox’s Everwild Is Still in Development, Phil Spencer Confirms](https://www.theibulletin.com/xbox-everwild-still-in-development-phil-spencer/): It’s been nearly six years since Rare first unveiled Everwild, and for much of that time, fans have been left...
- [Crypto Markets Swing Wildly Before Ending Week on a High Note](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-weekly-recap-volatility-rebound/): Cryptocurrencies had investors on a rollercoaster ride this week. The market initially took a hit but bounced back strongly, leaving...
- [Netflix Surprises Bridgerton Fans with First Look at Season 4 on Valentine’s Day](https://www.theibulletin.com/netflix-bridgerton-season-4-teaser-release/): Netflix delivered a sweet surprise to Bridgerton fans on Valentine’s Day, unveiling the first teaser for its highly anticipated fourth...
- [Hackers Exploit CVE-2025-0108 to Target Palo Alto Networks Firewalls](https://www.theibulletin.com/hackers-exploit-cve-2025-0108-palo-alto-networks/): A newly patched vulnerability in Palo Alto Networks’ PAN-OS firewalls is under active exploitation, allowing attackers to bypass authentication and...
- [Coinbase Global Smashes Q4 Expectations, Reports Massive Growth](https://www.theibulletin.com/coinbase-q4-earnings-2024-results/): Coinbase Global (NASDAQ: COIN) delivered a blockbuster Q4 2024 earnings report, blowing past analyst expectations with a surge in revenue...
- [Rihanna Brings Sons to Court in Support of A$AP Rocky Amid Felony Trial](https://www.theibulletin.com/rihanna-supports-asap-rocky-felony-trial-los-angeles/): Rihanna made a rare court appearance alongside her two sons, RZA and Riot, to support A$AP Rocky as his felony...
- [AWS Customers at Risk: Security Researchers Uncover "whoAMI" Attack Exploiting AMI Name Confusion](https://www.theibulletin.com/aws-whoami-attack-ami-name-confusion/): A newly discovered security vulnerability in Amazon Web Services (AWS) exposes customers to potential attacks simply through the way they...
- [Stablecoins Are Reshaping Blockchain—And Coinbase Could Be a Big Winner](https://www.theibulletin.com/stablecoins-blockchain-growth-coinbase-investment/): The blockchain industry is evolving faster than most people realize, and at the heart of that growth is stablecoins. While...
- [zkLend Suffers $9.5M Crypto Heist After Smart Contract Exploit](https://www.theibulletin.com/zklend-crypto-hack-9-million-ethereum-smart-contract-exploit/): A major security breach has shaken decentralized lending platform zkLend, with hackers siphoning off 3,600 Ethereum (ETH), worth approximately $9....
- [Custom Body Pillow Cases: The Overlooked Comfort Upgrade You Didn’t Know You Needed](https://www.theibulletin.com/custom-body-pillow-cases-benefits-and-where-to-buy/): Personalizing your space isn’t just about furniture and decor—it’s also about comfort. And if you’re still using generic pillowcases that...
- [Crypto Market Surges as ETF Speculation Boosts Cardano, Litecoin, and Dogecoin](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-etf-speculation-cardano-litecoin-dogecoin-price-rally/): Hopes for new cryptocurrency spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs) sent the prices of Cardano (ADA), Litecoin (LTC), and Dogecoin (DOGE) soaring...
- [Microsoft Pushes Mandatory KB5051974 Update for Windows 10, Installs New Outlook and Fixes Bugs](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-kb5051974-windows-10-update-outlook-bug-fixes/): Microsoft has rolled out the KB5051974 cumulative update for Windows 10 users, bringing a mix of mandatory security patches, bug...
- [Selena Gomez Set to Drop New Music on Valentine’s Day After Four-Year Break](https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-new-music-valentines-day/): Selena Gomez is making her grand return to music just in time for Valentine’s Day. The singer, who has been...
- [Clorox Stock Slumps in 2025—Is This a Buying Opportunity for Long-Term Investors?](https://www.theibulletin.com/clorox-stock-2025-buying-opportunity-dividend-growth/): Clorox (CLX) has taken a hit in 2025, down over 10% year-to-date, with most of that drop coming after the...
- [Solana Investors Beware: The Costly Trap That Could Drain Your Wallet](https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-investors-avoid-ico-presales/): Solana (SOL) investors know the highs and lows of the crypto world all too well. Some days, it feels like...
- [Taylor Swift Departs New Orleans After Chiefs’ Super Bowl Loss, Heads to Nashville](https://www.theibulletin.com/taylor-swift-leaves-new-orleans-after-chiefs-super-bowl-loss/): Taylor Swift made a swift exit from New Orleans following the Kansas City Chiefs’ devastating 40-22 loss to the Philadelphia...
- [Bitcoin and Ethereum Edge Closer to a New Investment Surge as ETF Approval Nears](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-ethereum-etf-approval-crypto-investment/): The cryptocurrency market is heating up again, and this time, Bitcoin and Ethereum are at the center of a fresh...
- [Kendrick Lamar Sets Super Bowl 2025 Ablaze with Fiery Performance and Subtle Digs at Drake](https://www.theibulletin.com/kendrick-lamar-super-bowl-2025-performance-drake-serena-williams/): Kendrick Lamar didn’t just perform at the Super Bowl 2025 Halftime Show—he made a statement. Taking over the Caesars Superdome...
- [Brave Browser Introduces 'Custom Scriptlets' for Advanced Users to Modify Websites](https://www.theibulletin.com/brave-browser-custom-scriptlets-advanced-users/): Brave Browser is rolling out a new feature called “custom scriptlets” in version 1. 75 for desktop users, giving them...
- [XRP Faces Technical Woes as Crypto Market Takes a Hit](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-network-issues-crypto-market-drop/): XRP wasn’t the only casualty this week. The broader crypto market took a downturn, with Bitcoin also experiencing a decline....
- [Hewlett Packard Enterprise Notifies Employees of Data Breach Tied to Russian Hackers](https://www.theibulletin.com/hpe-data-breach-russian-hackers-2025/): Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE) is informing employees that their personal data was stolen in a May 2023 cyberattack orchestrated by...
- [HBO’s ‘The Last of Us’ Season 2 Will Introduce a Different Abby—And That’s Not a Bad Thing](https://www.theibulletin.com/hbo-the-last-of-us-season-2-abby-changes/): HBO’s The Last of Us is gearing up for its second season, bringing one of the franchise’s most polarizing characters,...
- [Beyond Inc. Shakes Up Finance With Buy Buy Baby Deal and Blockchain Innovation](https://www.theibulletin.com/beyond-inc-buy-buy-baby-blockchain-tokenization-finance/): Beyond Inc. (NYSE: BYON) just dropped a bombshell announcement that could send ripples through the financial world. The company has...
- [Microsoft Warns of ViewState Code Injection Attacks Using Publicly Available ASP.NET Machine Keys](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-warns-viewstate-code-injection-attacks-aspnet-machine-keys/): Microsoft is sounding the alarm on a growing security threat targeting web servers. Attackers are leveraging publicly available ASP. NET...
- [Sega and Sports Interactive Cancel Football Manager 25, Shift Focus to Future Release](https://www.theibulletin.com/sega-scraps-football-manager-25-focuses-on-next-release/): Football Manager 25 is officially scrapped. Sega and Sports Interactive confirmed the cancellation this morning in a move that stunned...
- [Crypto Prices Jump as Trump Administration Signals Friendlier Regulations](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-prices-surge-trump-friendly-regulations/): The cryptocurrency market surged today, fueled by a mix of easing economic data and growing optimism about regulatory changes under...
- [Travis Kelce Praises Taylor Swift’s Game-Day Fashion Ahead of Super Bowl](https://www.theibulletin.com/travis-kelce-taylor-swift-super-bowl-fashion/): Travis Kelce has finally shared his real thoughts on Taylor Swift’s stadium style, and unsurprisingly, he’s a big fan. Speaking...
- [Brookfield Renewable: A Hidden Gem in the Green Energy Boom](https://www.theibulletin.com/brookfield-renewable-energy-stock-growth-potential/): The transition to renewable energy is not just a passing trend—it’s the future of global power generation. With the rising...
- [Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin See Wild Swings as Market Reacts to Trump’s Tariff Plans](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-ethereum-dogecoin-volatility-trump-tariffs/): Cryptocurrency investors are buckled in for another round of volatility as Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin continue to experience major price...
- [Taylor Swift to Attend Super Bowl to Support Travis Kelce, Confirms Jason Kelce](https://www.theibulletin.com/taylor-swift-super-bowl-travis-kelce-confirmed/): Taylor Swift will be in the stands for the Super Bowl, cheering on her boyfriend Travis Kelce and the Kansas...
- [Zyxel Warns of Actively Exploited Flaws in CPE Series Devices, Offers No Fixes](https://www.theibulletin.com/zyxel-cpe-series-security-flaws-no-fix-warning/): Zyxel has issued a security advisory regarding serious vulnerabilities in its CPE Series devices, confirming that the flaws are being...
- [Crypto Crash: Cardano, Polkadot, and Avalanche Plunge as Market Turmoil Deepens](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-crash-cardano-polkadot-avalanche-sell-off/): A brutal weekend sell-off has wiped billions off the crypto market, with major large-cap tokens suffering steep losses. As of...
- [Treyarch Co-Founder Pleads Guilty After Drone Collision Grounds Firefighting Plane](https://www.theibulletin.com/treyarch-cofounder-drone-crash-firefighting-plane/): A high-profile drone crash has left one of the gaming industry’s key figures facing legal trouble. Treyarch co-founder Peter Akemann,...
- [Microsoft SharePoint Connector Flaw in Power Platform Could Have Exposed User Credentials](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-sharepoint-connector-flaw-power-platform/): Microsoft quietly patched a critical vulnerability in its Power Platform that could have let attackers impersonate users, steal credentials, and...
- [BlackRock’s Larry Fink Predicts Bitcoin Could Soar 600%—Here’s Why](https://www.theibulletin.com/blackrock-larry-fink-bitcoin-600-percent-growth/): Bitcoin has already shattered expectations by crossing the $100,000 mark, but BlackRock CEO Larry Fink believes it’s just getting started....
- [Roll7’s Rollerdrome and OlliOlli World Mysteriously Vanish from Steam Amid Publisher Shake-Up](https://www.theibulletin.com/roll7-rollerdrome-olliolli-world-delisted-steam-private-division-sale/): Two of Roll7’s most celebrated games, Rollerdrome and OlliOlli World, have abruptly disappeared from Steam, sparking speculation over licensing, ownership,...
- [Jey Uso and Charlotte Flair Secure WrestleMania 41 Spots With Royal Rumble Victories](https://www.theibulletin.com/wwe-royal-rumble-2025-jey-uso-charlotte-flair-wrestlemania/): The 2025 WWE Royal Rumble delivered on every level, featuring shocking eliminations, intense rivalries, and two winners who have now...
- [Why Bitcoin and Solana Could Be the Smartest Crypto Bets Right Now](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-solana-investment-2025/): The crypto market is heating up again, and this time, it’s not just the die-hard enthusiasts paying attention. From institutional...
- [Rihanna's Courtroom Presence Steals Spotlight from A$AP Rocky’s Trial Testimony](https://www.theibulletin.com/rihanna-asap-rocky-trial-courtroom-appearance/): Rihanna’s courtroom appearance may have turned more heads than the testimony itself. The pop icon and business mogul made her...
- [Midnight Society Shuts Down as Google Reinstates Dr Disrespect’s YouTube Monetization](https://www.theibulletin.com/midnight-society-closes-dr-disrespect-youtube-monetization/): Midnight Society, the game studio co-founded by controversial streamer Guy “Dr Disrespect” Beahm, is shutting down after three years in...
- [A Strategic Bet on Solana and Bitcoin: The Ideal $3,000 Crypto Investment](https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-vs-bitcoin-crypto-investment/): With the crypto market booming, now is the ideal time to consider diving into some of the sector’s most promising...
- [New Aquabot Botnet Variant Exploiting Mitel SIP Phone Vulnerability in Active Attacks](https://www.theibulletin.com/aquabotv3-mirai-botnet-exploits-mitel-sip-vulnerability/): A new variant of the Mirai-based botnet malware, Aquabot, has surfaced, actively exploiting a command injection flaw (CVE-2024-41710) in Mitel...
- [Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 Swings onto PC: Sony Reveals New Features and System Requirements](https://www.theibulletin.com/marvels-spider-man-2-pc-features-system-requirements/): With just hours to go before Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 arrives on PC, Sony has pulled back the curtain on the...
- [Trump’s Official Crypto Surges After Treasury Confirmation](https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-official-crypto-surges-after-treasury-confirmation/): The price of the Official Trump cryptocurrency is climbing again, shaking off yesterday’s sell-offs and riding a fresh wave of...
- [Megan Fox Cuts Ties with Machine Gun Kelly Amid Pregnancy: "She’s Done"](https://www.theibulletin.com/megan-fox-machine-gun-kelly-breakup-pregnancy/): Megan Fox is making it crystal clear—there’s no going back this time. The actress, who split from Machine Gun Kelly...
- [Hackers Exploit SimpleHelp RMM Vulnerabilities to Breach Networks](https://www.theibulletin.com/hackers-exploit-simplehelp-rmm-vulnerabilities/): Security researchers are warning that cybercriminals may be actively exploiting recently patched vulnerabilities in SimpleHelp’s Remote Monitoring and Management (RMM)...
- [Crypto Markets Reel as AI Drama Sparks Tech Sell-Off](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-falls-amid-deepseek-ai-drama/): The cryptocurrency market stumbled early this week, with Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin plunging sharply. Surprisingly, it wasn’t a crypto-specific issue...
- [Selena Gomez Shares Vulnerability in Now-Deleted Video After Oscar Snub](https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-deleted-video-oscar-snub-immigration-empathy/): Selena Gomez, known for her candidness and connection with fans, offered a raw glimpse into her emotions in a now-deleted...
- [Apple Releases Security Updates to Fix Zero-Day Vulnerability Exploited in the Wild](https://www.theibulletin.com/apple-security-update-zero-day-vulnerability-cve-2025-24085/): Apple has rolled out critical software updates addressing several security flaws, including a zero-day vulnerability actively exploited in real-world scenarios....
- [Apple Rolls Out Emergency Software Updates to Fix Security Vulnerabilities](https://www.theibulletin.com/apple-security-update-zero-day-vulnerability/): Apple has released critical software updates to fix multiple security flaws across its range of devices, including a zero-day vulnerability...
- [Trump’s Meme Coin Stumbles: Official Trump Token Drops 50% in One Week](https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-cryptocurrency-decline-media-investor-concerns/): The Official Trump cryptocurrency has hit a rough patch. After a meteoric rise on its debut, the controversial meme coin...
- [Zayn Malik Takes a Breather After New York Concert](https://www.theibulletin.com/zayn-malik-ny-concert-downtime-one-direction/): Zayn Malik, the heartthrob known for his velvety vocals and chart-topping hits, was recently spotted unwinding after his latest concert....
- [Indian Passport Opens Doors to 57 Visa-Free Destinations: Here's What You Need to Know](https://www.theibulletin.com/indian-passport-visa-free-countries-2025/): Traveling the world just got easier for Indian passport holders. With visa-free or visa-on-arrival access to 57 countries, globetrotting is...
- [Crypto’s Tough Week: Regulatory Wins, Market Losses, and Meme Coin Mania](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-declines-regulatory-shifts-solana-trump-meme-coin/): This week marked significant developments in the cryptocurrency world, with regulatory rollbacks and surprising market reactions. Despite a friendlier regulatory...
- [Faulty Security Update Puts Zyxel Firewalls Into Critical Errors](https://www.theibulletin.com/zyxel-firewall-critical-errors-bad-update/): Zyxel, a prominent provider of networking solutions, has issued a warning about a flawed security signature update that has triggered...
- [Vivek Ramaswamy Exits Elon Musk’s Government Efficiency Department Amid Controversy](https://www.theibulletin.com/vivek-ramaswamy-elon-musk-doge-departure/): Indian-American entrepreneur and former Republican presidential candidate Vivek Ramaswamy has stepped down from his role at the Department of Government...
- [Dogecoin Takes a Hit: Meme Coin Faces Stiff Competition from New Entrants](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drop-new-meme-coins-challenge/): Dogecoin, the beloved dog-themed cryptocurrency, had a rough week as its value dropped sharply, leaving investors questioning its resilience. The...
- [Google Introduces Biometric Identity Check for Android Devices to Bolster Security](https://www.theibulletin.com/google-identity-check-android-biometric-security/): Google has unveiled a new security feature called Identity Check, designed to protect sensitive settings on supported Android devices by...
- [Trump Cryptocurrency Faces Sell-Off Amidst Skepticism](https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-cryptocurrency-selloff-skepticism-risks/): The highly publicized “Trump Official” cryptocurrency token has hit a rocky patch, recording a steep 17. 8% drop in its...
- [WordPress Users at Risk: Critical Flaws in RealHome Theme and Easy Real Estate Plugins Remain Unfixed](https://www.theibulletin.com/wordpress-realhome-easy-real-estate-vulnerabilities/): Two critical vulnerabilities in the RealHome theme and the Easy Real Estate plugin for WordPress have put thousands of websites...
- [Palantir Led the Market in 2024, but Can Shopify and Arista Networks Steal the Crown?](https://www.theibulletin.com/shopify-arista-networks-surpass-palantir-2025/): Palantir Technologies dominated the S&P 500 in 2024, riding a wave of investor enthusiasm for artificial intelligence. The company’s shares...
- [Dogecoin Surges After Elon Musk’s Latest Nod to the Meme Coin](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-spikes-elon-musk-support/): Dogecoin is having a moment in the spotlight again. After a subdued period, the meme cryptocurrency saw a 3% jump...
- [Stranger Things Season 5: A Shocking Twist as Two Stars Exit](https://www.theibulletin.com/stranger-things-season-5-cast-exit-news-2025/): The hit Netflix series Stranger Things has taken an unexpected turn ahead of its much-anticipated fifth and final season. Fans...
- [Google Acknowledges Overheating Risks in Fitbit Sense and Versa 3, Offers Fix and $50 Compensation](https://www.theibulletin.com/overheating-fitbit-sense-versa-3-google-fix-compensation/): Certain Fitbit smartwatches may present a safety hazard, as Google has disclosed that their Fitbit Sense and Versa 3 models...
- [Trump’s New Cryptocurrency Launch Sparks Frenzy, Gains 647% Since Debut](https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-official-cryptocurrency-launch-performance/): Donald Trump has made waves yet again—this time in the cryptocurrency world. The former president announced his new cryptocurrency, Official...
- [Carrie Underwood’s Performance at Trump’s Inauguration Faces Unexpected Technical Snag](https://www.theibulletin.com/carrie-underwood-trump-2025-inauguration-performance/): Carrie Underwood’s much-anticipated performance at Donald Trump’s 2025 presidential inauguration took an unexpected turn when a technical glitch disrupted her...
- [Security Flaws in Tunneling Protocols Expose Millions of Internet Hosts to Attack](https://www.theibulletin.com/security-flaws-tunneling-protocols-expose-millions/): New research has uncovered critical vulnerabilities in several widely used tunneling protocols, exposing millions of devices to potential exploitation. The...
- [Paris and Nicky Hilton Join Forces for a Family Festival with a Heartwarming Cause](https://www.theibulletin.com/paris-nicky-hilton-host-young-hearts-friend-fest-2025/): Paris Hilton and her sister Nicky Hilton are putting their star power to good use, teaming up to host a...
- [XRP Rockets in 2025 as Political Winds Shift in Its Favor](https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-trump-crypto-support-2025/): XRP has been blazing a trail in the cryptocurrency market, with its price skyrocketing 450. 5% over the past year....
- [Crypto Market Slump: Chainlink, Aptos, Uniswap, and Sui Take a Hit](https://www.theibulletin.com/chainlink-aptos-uniswap-sui-double-digit-drop/): Cryptocurrencies had a rough weekend, with major tokens like Chainlink, Aptos, Uniswap, and Sui facing double-digit percentage losses. Positive economic...
- [Bitcoin Price Prediction: Fundstrat's Tom Lee Eyes $250,000 by 2025](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-price-prediction-2025-tom-lee/): Bitcoin enthusiasts have something to cheer about as Fundstrat’s Tom Lee predicts a substantial price surge for the cryptocurrency. Lee’s...
- [Cybercriminals Exploit Apple iMessage Trick to Disable Phishing Protection](https://www.theibulletin.com/cybercriminals-imessage-phishing-trick/): Cybercriminals have found a cunning way to bypass Apple iMessage’s built-in phishing protection, targeting users with SMS phishing scams (smishing)...
- [Crypto Investors Flee Altcoins Amid Rising Interest Rate Concerns](https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-investors-flee-altcoins-rate-cut-concerns/): The cryptocurrency market took a sharp downturn this week, with major altcoins suffering significant losses. A combination of underwhelming economic...
- [Sam Moore, Iconic 'Soul Man' Singer, Dies at 89](https://www.theibulletin.com/sam-moore-soul-man-singer-dies-at-89/): Sam Moore, the legendary voice behind some of soul music’s most enduring hits, has passed away at the age of...
- [Telefónica Confirms Ticketing System Breach After Hackers Leak Stolen Data](https://www.theibulletin.com/telefonica-ticketing-system-breach-hackers-data-leaked/): Telefónica, Spain’s largest telecommunications company, has confirmed an unauthorized breach of its internal ticketing system. The company’s acknowledgment comes shortly...
- [Health AI's Accountability Push: Coalition for Health AI Introduces Transparency Tool](https://www.theibulletin.com/health-ai-transparency-applied-model-card/): In a significant move to address the lack of oversight in health-related artificial intelligence (AI), the Coalition for Health AI...
- [Megan Thee Stallion Secures Five-Year Restraining Order Against Tory Lanez](https://www.theibulletin.com/megan-thee-stallion-5-year-restraining-order-tory-lanez/): Megan Thee Stallion, the Grammy-winning artist, has been granted a five-year restraining order against rapper Tory Lanez. This decision comes...
- [Phishing Campaign Impersonates CrowdStrike with Fake Job Offers to Deploy Monero Miner](https://www.theibulletin.com/crowdstrike-phishing-job-offer-scam-monero-miner/): A malicious phishing campaign impersonating cybersecurity firm CrowdStrike has been discovered, targeting job seekers with fake job offers to deploy...
- [Sony Confirms PSN Requirement for The Last of Us Part 2 Remastered on PC, Sparking Debate](https://www.theibulletin.com/sony-psn-requirement-last-of-us-part-2-remastered-pc/): Sony has officially announced that the PC version of The Last of Us Part 2 Remastered will require a PlayStation...
- [MCU Phase 7 Movie Leaks Hint at Major Shakeup for Marvel](https://www.theibulletin.com/marvel-phase-7-mutant-saga-leaks/): Marvel Studios has captivated audiences for over a decade, but if the latest Phase 7 leaks hold any truth, fans...
- [Mandy Moore, Jamie Lee Curtis Share Heartbreaking Updates as Los Angeles Wildfire Worsens](https://www.theibulletin.com/mandy-moore-jamie-lee-curtis-la-wildfires/): The wildfires blazing through Pacific Palisades and nearby areas in Los Angeles have forced evacuations across the city, leaving countless...
- [Bitcoin Drops as Economic Data Surprises: Why a Strong Economy Is Hurting Crypto](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-drops-as-strong-economy-hurts-crypto-market/): Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies faced significant declines on Tuesday as robust economic data defied market expectations. The irony of crypto’s...
- [Taylor Swift Hits Another Career High with Record-Breaking Music Milestone](https://www.theibulletin.com/taylor-swift-music-record-milestone-eras-tour/): Taylor Swift has done it again. The global pop sensation and chart-topping artist has achieved a career milestone, cementing her...
- [Cybersecurity Breach Exposes Personal Data of Students and Teachers via PowerSchool Platform](https://www.theibulletin.com/powerschool-cyberattack-student-teacher-data-breach/): PowerSchool, a major provider of education software solutions, confirmed a cyberattack that compromised personal data of students and teachers. The...
- [Bitcoin Surges as MicroStrategy Intensifies Buying Spree](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-climbs-microstrategy-buying-spree-2025/): Bitcoin is making headlines again, climbing over 4% in the past 24 hours after MicroStrategy announced its latest purchase of...
- [Jennifer Lopez and Ben Affleck Finalize Divorce, Settlement Details Revealed](https://www.theibulletin.com/jennifer-lopez-ben-affleck-finalize-divorce-settlement-details/): After five months of legal proceedings, Jennifer Lopez and Ben Affleck have officially settled their divorce. The high-profile couple, who...
- [India Publishes Draft Digital Personal Data Protection Rules for Public Feedback](https://www.theibulletin.com/india-draft-digital-personal-data-protection-rules/): The Indian government has released a draft of the Digital Personal Data Protection (DPDP) Rules, 2023, inviting public consultation on...
- [Amazfit Active 2: Budget-Friendly Smartwatch That Packs a Punch](https://www.theibulletin.com/amazfit-active-2-budget-smartwatch-launch/): The Amazfit Active 2 smartwatch is here, and it’s not just another wearable. Offering a premium experience at an affordable...
- [Acer Debuts Oversized Nitro Blaze 11 Handheld Gaming PC with 10.95-Inch Display](https://www.theibulletin.com/acer-nitro-blaze-11-handheld-gaming-pc-launch/): Looking for a handheld gaming PC that doubles as a conversation starter? Acer’s latest release, the Nitro Blaze 11, might...
- [Shiba Inu’s Unlikely $1 Dream: Could 2025 Be a Turning Point?](https://www.theibulletin.com/shiba-inu-2025-price-prediction/): The meteoric rise and fall of Shiba Inu (SHIB) is a cautionary tale of hype-driven investing. From its near-zero debut...
- [Selena Gomez Gets Kiss from Benny Blanco After Losing Golden Globe to Zoe Saldaña](https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-benny-blanco-golden-globes-2025/): Selena Gomez may have walked away without a Golden Globe on Sunday night, but she didn’t leave without a moment...
- [Microsoft Shelves Dynamic Wallpapers for Windows 11, Leaving Fans Disappointed](https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-windows-11-dynamic-wallpapers-canceled/): Microsoft is known for exploring innovative ideas for its Windows operating system, but not all of them make it to...
- [LG's OLED G5 and Wireless M5 Unveiled: Brighter Panels, 165 Hz, and AI Integration Take Center Stage](https://www.theibulletin.com/lg-oled-g5-wireless-m5-launch-2025/): LG has set the stage for a leap in home entertainment with its 2025 OLED Smart TV lineup, showcasing significant...
- [Breaking Free from Gaming Comfort Zones: A Journey into the Unknown](https://www.theibulletin.com/breaking-gaming-comfort-zones-discovering-new-adventures/): We’ve all been there—clinging to what’s familiar, convincing ourselves it’s enough. In gaming, it’s the safety net of genres, mechanics,...
- [Dogecoin Soars 14% Amid Speculation Over X’s Payment Platform Integration](https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-surge-x-payment-speculation/): Dogecoin (DOGE) surged 14. 6% in just 24 hours, outpacing Bitcoin’s modest 1. 6% gain and Ethereum’s 5% climb. As...
- [Brenton Wood, Beloved Voice of 'The Oogum Boogum Song,' Dies at 83](https://www.theibulletin.com/brenton-wood-passes-away-at-83/): Brenton Wood, the soulful singer known for the infectious charm of his 1967 hit “The Oogum Boogum Song,” has passed...
- [Bad Tenable Plugin Updates Take Down Nessus Agents Globally](https://www.theibulletin.com/bad-tenable-plugin-updates-nessus-agents-offline/): Tenable, a leading cybersecurity company, has acknowledged a widespread issue that rendered its Nessus vulnerability scanner agents offline. The incident,...
- [Why Solana, Cardano, and Aptos Are Making Waves to Start 2025](https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-cardano-aptos-2025-kickoff/): The new year is off to a bright start for the crypto market, particularly for Solana, Cardano, and Aptos. These...
- [Andrew Garfield Denies Rumors of Starring in ‘Spider-Man 4’ with Tom Holland](https://www.theibulletin.com/andrew-garfield-denies-spider-man-4-rumors/): Andrew Garfield has spoken up about swirling rumors of his involvement in the next Spider-Man film alongside Tom Holland. The...
- [Bitcoin’s Big Year: Why It’s Cementing Its Place as a Top Investment Choice](https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-long-term-investment-2025/): Bitcoin’s impressive resurgence in 2024 has left skeptics scrambling and long-time believers cheering. With a staggering 122% surge in value,...
- [Cole and Savannah LaBrant Officially Say “No More Kids” After Welcoming Five Children](https://www.theibulletin.com/cole-savannah-labrant-done-having-kids/): Cole and Savannah LaBrant, the beloved YouTube couple with a massive following, have officially announced they’re done growing their family....
- [The Top Cybersecurity Headlines of 2024: A Year of Attacks, Breaches, and Controversies](https://www.theibulletin.com/biggest-cybersecurity-stories-2024/): Cybersecurity dominated headlines in 2024, with major breaches, crippling ransomware attacks, and even political ramifications. From the Internet Archive being...
- [Security Researchers Uncover Dangerous DoubleClickjacking Vulnerability](https://www.theibulletin.com/doubleclickjacking-timing-vulnerability-explained/): A new class of vulnerabilities has emerged, potentially putting millions of users at risk. Dubbed “DoubleClickjacking,” this timing-based exploit bypasses...
- [Could a Strategic Bitcoin Reserve Reshape Bitcoin’s Price Landscape?](https://www.theibulletin.com/strategic-bitcoin-reserve-impact-price/): The idea of a strategic Bitcoin reserve, once a niche talking point among crypto enthusiasts, is now gaining significant traction....
- [Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie Finalize Divorce After 8-Year Legal Battle](https://www.theibulletin.com/brad-pitt-angelina-jolie-divorce-settlement-8-years/): After more than eight years of intense legal wrangling, Hollywood icons Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie have finally settled their...
- [Chinese State-Sponsored Hackers Breach U.S. Treasury Systems](https://www.theibulletin.com/chinese-hackers-breach-us-treasury-beyondtrust/): The U. S. Treasury Department confirmed a cyberattack by Chinese state-sponsored threat actors, marking a significant breach of federal systems....
- [WhatsApp Testing Human Chat Support on Web Client](https://www.theibulletin.com/whatsapp-testing-human-chat-support-feature-web/): WhatsApp is stepping up its customer service game with a new feature aimed at simplifying user interactions. Dubbed “Chat with...
- [Litecoin's 2025 Breakout Potential: The Next Big Cryptocurrency Bet?](https://www.theibulletin.com/litecoin-2025-breakout-potential-etf/): Litecoin, often overshadowed by Bitcoin and other major cryptocurrencies, might just be the overlooked gem of 2025. With a track...
- [Botnets 'Ficora' and 'Capsaicin' Ramp Up Attacks on D-Link Routers](https://www.theibulletin.com/botnets-ficora-capsaicin-target-dlink-routers/): Two malware botnets, dubbed ‘Ficora’ and ‘Capsaicin,’ are escalating their efforts to exploit vulnerabilities in D-Link routers, particularly targeting devices...
- [4 Cryptocurrencies Poised for Spot ETF Approval in 2025, Say Bloomberg Analysts](https://www.theibulletin.com/4-cryptocurrencies-spot-etfs-2025/): The cryptocurrency landscape could see a monumental shift in 2025 with the introduction of new spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs). Analysts...
- [Olivia Hussey, Star of Romeo and Juliet, Passes Away at 73](https://www.theibulletin.com/olivia-hussey-passes-away-romeo-juliet-star-73/): Olivia Hussey, celebrated worldwide for her role as Juliet in Franco Zeffirelli’s 1968 adaptation of Romeo and Juliet, has passed...
- [North Korean Hackers Introduce OtterCookie Malware in Deceptive Job Interview Scam](https://www.theibulletin.com/north-korean-hackers-ottercookie-malware-job-scam/): North Korea’s cyber operatives have rolled out a new weapon in their digital arsenal: the OtterCookie malware. Disguised as part...
- [Master Chief's Fortnite Return Sparks Outrage Over Missing Xbox-Exclusive Design](https://www.theibulletin.com/master-chief-fortnite-xbox-skin-controversy/): Halo’s legendary Master Chief made a highly anticipated return to Fortnite’s item shop this week, but instead of excitement, his...
- [Why XRP Is Losing Ground Today](https://www.theibulletin.com/why-xrp-sinks-today-crypto-fed-regulation/): Investors in XRP are waking up to a wave of caution. After an explosive year for cryptocurrencies, the digital token...
- [Khloé Kardashian Skips Christmas Party Amid Kids’ Health Scare](https://www.theibulletin.com/khloe-kardashian-christmas-party-health-update/): Khloé Kardashian had to make a tough call this Christmas Eve, choosing to stay away from her family’s annual celebration...
- [Apache Flags Critical Security Flaws in MINA, HugeGraph, and Traffic Control](https://www.theibulletin.com/apache-mina-hugegraph-traffic-control-security-flaws/): Apache Software Foundation has issued critical security advisories concerning vulnerabilities in three widely used software products: MINA, HugeGraph-Server, and Traffic...
- [Oscal Pilot 1: A Rugged Smartphone That Packs a Punch](https://www.theibulletin.com/oscal-pilot-1-rugged-smartphone-launch/): The Oscal Pilot 1 has hit the market, offering rugged smartphone enthusiasts a device that prioritizes durability and functionality. With...
- [How to Easily Exchange Bitcoin to Monero: A Step-by-Step Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/exchange-bitcoin-to-monero/): Exchanging Bitcoin (BTC) for Monero (XMR) is a straightforward process, especially when using a reliable platform like StealthEX. This guide...
- [Y2Mate Review - Best and Safe YouTube Video Downloader](https://www.theibulletin.com/y2mate-review/): In the digital age, having a reliable tool to download and convert YouTube videos is essential. Y2Mate stands out as...
- [OnlyMP3 Review - Best YouTube to MP3 Converter Online](https://www.theibulletin.com/onlymp3-review/): If you’re looking for a hassle-free way to convert YouTube videos to MP3 files, OnlyMP3 is your go-to solution. This...
- [International Online Dating Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/international-online-dating-guide/): Dating is a challenging task, especially in the modern age. Most people who find love are either lucky and meet...
- [How to Bet on Bare Knuckle Boxing: A Comprehensive Guide](https://www.theibulletin.com/how-to-bet-on-bare-knuckle-boxing/): Bare Knuckle Boxing (BKB) harks back to the earliest forms of boxing, offering a raw and exhilarating combat sport experience....

---


## Pages

- [FRONT PAGE](https://www.theibulletin.com/): Breaking news, viral trends, and stories that matter – The iBulletin keeps you informed, engaged, and ahead of the curve! 🌍🔥
- [WRITE FOR US](https://www.theibulletin.com/write-for-us/): Join The iBulletin as a contributor! 🚀 Share your insights, boost your SEO & expand your reach across niches. Contact us today at ceo.theibulletin@gmail.com!
- [HOMEPAGE ADS](https://www.theibulletin.com/homepage-ads/): Buy homepage ads on The iBulletin! Improve SEO rankings, drive traffic, and gain visibility. We accept ads from diverse niches, including sensitive industries. 📧
- [SIDEBAR ADS](https://www.theibulletin.com/sidebar-ads/): Advertise with Sidebar Ads on The iBulletin! Boost SEO rankings, drive traffic & gain visibility. We accept ads across all niches, including sensitive industries.
- [SITEWIDE LINKS](https://www.theibulletin.com/sitewide-links/): Boost SEO rankings with The iBulletin's sitewide links! We accept ads from all niches, including sensitive industries like casino & CBD. Contact us today!
- [GUEST POST](https://www.theibulletin.com/guest-post/): Submit guest posts to The iBulletin! Boost SEO, gain visibility, and connect with a global audience. We accept posts across all niches. Contact us today! 📩
- [SPONSORED POST](https://www.theibulletin.com/sponsored-post/): Publish sponsored posts on The iBulletin! 🚀 Boost SEO rankings & promote across niches like blockchain, gambling & health. Contact us today 📩 ceo.theibulletin@gmail.com
- [REVIEW ARTICLE](https://www.theibulletin.com/review-article/): Publish review articles on The iBulletin! Boost SEO rankings & promote products/services across niches like tech, crypto, movies & more. Contact us today! 📩
- [CONTACT](https://www.theibulletin.com/contact/): Reach us for news tips, press releases, business collaborations, guest posts, or advertising inquiries at ceo.theibulletin@gmail.com. Let's connect! 📩✨
- [TERMS OF USE](https://www.theibulletin.com/terms/): Read The iBulletin's Terms of Use 📰. Learn how to access our website, use services, and comply with policies. Protect your rights while staying informed. 📩
- [PRIVACY POLICY](https://www.theibulletin.com/privacy/): Learn how The iBulletin collects, uses, and protects your data. Read our Privacy Policy to understand your rights and how we safeguard your information.
- [ABOUT](https://www.theibulletin.com/about/): Discover The iBulletin: your hub for breaking news, viral trends, and global updates. Stay informed, engaged, and ahead with stories that matter most! 🌍📢

---

#
# Detailed Content


## Posts

- Published: 2025-07-12
- Modified: 2025-07-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/mcdonalds-mchire-job-applicants-data-exposed-by-chatbot-security-flaw/
- Categories: News

A vulnerability in McDonald’s chatbot-powered job application platform exposed the personal data and chat transcripts of more than 64 million applicants, according to cybersecurity researchers. The flaw, discovered by Ian Carroll and Sam Curry, allowed anyone with basic knowledge of web traffic to access applicant data simply by changing a number in a URL. Even more worrying? The admin panel of the test franchise used “123456” as both the username and password. A Cracked Door Left Wide Open It sounds like something out of a tech horror story: you log in to a hiring dashboard, submit a job application, and next thing you know, you’re staring at other people's private information. That’s more or less what happened here. The researchers accessed McHire, the chatbot-based hiring platform used by nearly 90% of McDonald’s U. S. franchisees. The chatbot, named Olivia and built by Paradox. ai, collects names, phone numbers, addresses, email info, and even personality tests from prospective employees. First, Carroll and Curry logged into a test McHire franchise using default admin credentials—both the username and password were “123456. ” No surprises there. What they found next was far more serious. All It Took Was Tweaking a Number During their testing, the duo noticed how chat data was retrieved. It went through an API endpoint that looked like this: The interesting part? It used a simple parameter. They tried something simple: change the number up or down. And just like that, boom—access to a different applicant's chat and data. That’s what’s known in cybersecurity as an IDOR vulnerability (short for Insecure Direct Object Reference). It’s when apps expose internal record numbers without verifying whether a user is allowed to see them. “Together they allowed us and anyone else with a McHire account and access to any inbox to retrieve the personal data of more than 64 million applicants,” Carroll said in a writeup after their discovery. How the Data Was Exposed Here's a quick look at what was potentially compromised through the IDOR flaw: Full chat transcripts between applicants and the chatbot Names, email addresses, phone numbers Home addresses and availability Session tokens linked to user sessions Even clicking a button during a chat could leave a digital trace that someone else could later see. Paradox later confirmed that even those minor interactions were visible. The table below summarizes what was at risk: Data Type Description Was It Exposed? Full Name Applicant’s full legal name Yes Email Address Contact email used during application Yes Phone Number Applicant’s submitted phone number Yes Home Address Inputted physical residence Yes Personality Results Results from the mandatory personality test Yes Chat Transcripts Full conversations with chatbot Olivia Yes Corporate Responses: Fast, But Reactive The researchers reported the issue on June 30. Within an hour, McDonald’s acknowledged the vulnerability. The admin credentials were revoked shortly after, and Paradox deployed a fix for the API issue the same day. McDonald’s, in a statement to Wired, said, “We’re disappointed by this unacceptable vulnerability from a third-party provider, Paradox. ai. As soon as we learned of the issue, we mandated Paradox. ai to remediate the issue immediately. ” No sugarcoating here—this was a major miss. Paradox also told BleepingComputer it’s now reviewing internal systems to prevent such flaws going forward. It's a classic case of closing the barn door after the horse has bolted, but at least the door's now shut. The Bigger Picture: Why This Matters Beyond McDonald's Sure, this breach happened at a burger chain’s job application portal. But it’s not just about McDonald’s. It’s about how easily personal data can be exposed by companies relying on third-party tools that aren’t properly secured. Think about this: 64 million people shared their details expecting privacy. That’s nearly one-fifth of the U. S. population. This wasn’t a minor glitch. It was a gaping security hole. Three short thoughts: It didn’t require hacking tools—just basic curiosity. It lasted long enough to put tens of millions at risk. It happened on a platform trusted by one of the world’s biggest companies. The Risks of Default Credentials and Poor Oversight Let’s talk about those admin credentials again. “123456” is one of the most commonly used and insecure passwords in the world. The fact that a live system used it—without being detected—raises real concerns. McDonald’s may be the public face, but Paradox. ai built the system and allowed this kind of vulnerability to exist unchecked. This wasn’t an isolated error. It was a sign of lazy defaults, poor configuration, and a lack of auditing. A ticking time bomb, essentially. And it blew up. Where It Stands Now The good news? The hole has been patched. Paradox says the IDOR flaw is closed, and McDonald’s franchises no longer use the laughably weak credentials. But trust takes time to rebuild. Applicants now know their data was accessible to pretty much anyone who could guess a number and knew how to use a browser’s developer tools. And the tech industry? They’ve just been handed another reminder: never assume your data is safe just because it lives behind a login screen.

---

- Published: 2025-07-12
- Modified: 2025-07-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ghost-town-vr-steam-release-date-july-2025-pc-details/
- Categories: News, Technology

The Room creators are bringing their eerie, time-hopping mystery from 1983 London to a whole new crowd. PC players, buckle up. After months locked behind Meta Quest’s virtual walls, Fireproof Games’ atmospheric puzzle-adventure Ghost Town is finally making its escape. The developer has announced the game will launch for Steam VR on Tuesday, July 15, marking the end of its headset exclusivity and giving PC gamers a shot at one of this year’s most creatively told, hauntingly detailed virtual reality stories. First released in April to wide acclaim, Ghost Town lets players slip into the 80s — specifically 1983 — as they step into the shoes of Edith Penrose, a determined paranormal investigator hunting for her missing brother amid the fog of personal grief and growing supernatural chaos. It’s weird. It’s stylish. And it’s finally going multiplatform. An 80s London Mystery That Knows How to Haunt You If you’ve played The Room, you already know Fireproof Games doesn’t mess around with puzzle design. Ghost Town keeps that spirit alive but goes bolder — and spookier. You start in a small flat perched halfway up a council tower in South London. It’s cozy, cluttered, and full of clues. Edith lives there with Rina, her tech-savvy roommate who helps decode strange phenomena from vintage monitors and arcane-looking equipment. And then there’s the mystery. Her brother’s gone missing. Strange signals hum through the walls. London isn’t what it seems. And soon you’re whisked away to a distant Scottish island where things only get weirder. The game’s world is lovingly constructed. Old-school radios crackle with ghost chatter. Every drawer might hide something crucial. Every item feels physical, like you could almost smell the cigarette smoke on it. VR loves detail, and Fireproof clearly loves VR. It’s Not Just Creepy, It’s Clever What’s a spooky mystery without puzzles that make your brain itch? Ghost Town delivers them in style. This isn’t just a walk-and-click experience. You’re twisting knobs, sliding tiles, unlocking mysterious devices that unfold like puzzle boxes made by a haunted IKEA. The tactile design — a Fireproof trademark — makes even the smallest action feel important. Let’s be honest, not every VR game gets that right. In Ghost Town, every environment becomes a playground for the mind: Turntable riddles that react to sound frequencies Doors that open with ancient mechanisms Rooms that shift when you manipulate time Even the lighthouse scene — yes, that lighthouse scene — comes with such theatrical flair it sticks with you long after the headset comes off. Steam VR Launch Raises Big Questions So here comes the PC version — but what’s different? That’s still a bit of a mystery. Fireproof hasn’t confirmed whether this version will come with enhanced visuals, faster load times, or other upgrades that more powerful PCs might allow. A studio rep said more info might drop soon, but as of now, it’s wait and see. Still, here’s what we do know: Feature Meta Quest Version Steam VR Version Release Date April 2025 July 15, 2025 Platform Meta Quest 2 & 3 PC VR (Steam) Graphics Settings Optimized for mobile Unknown Demo Available? No Yes Wishlist Support Yes Yes Notably, the Steam page already has a demo up for grabs — a nice touch for anyone unsure whether their rig (or their nerves) can handle it. No PSVR 2 Date Yet, but It's Likely Coming For PlayStation VR 2 owners hoping for their turn, the wait continues. Fireproof had previously said a PSVR 2 version was in the works, but no release window has been shared yet. Fans are growing antsy. That said, the developer has a strong track record of bringing their hits to as many platforms as possible. All four Room games eventually landed on consoles or PC in one form or another. Ghost Town probably won’t be the exception. And if the Steam version lands well, expect PSVR 2 to follow not long after. It’s the Cast and Story That Stick With You Look, it’s easy to praise the tech, the puzzles, the vibes. But Ghost Town works because it tells a damn good story. Edith is more than just a playable character. She’s a person with scars, doubts, and drive. Her chemistry with Rina — who’s got the dry wit of someone who’s seen a few too many haunted oscilloscopes — is warm and real. You believe them. Their world isn’t just eerie for the sake of being eerie. It’s deeply personal. The supernatural horror always loops back to grief, memory, and guilt — classic themes done with fresh heart. And the voice performances? Legitimately some of the best in VR right now. No wooden delivery, no awkward pauses. Just straight-up acting, the kind that grounds the weirdness in something human. Even the music is pitch-perfect, with synthy dread that pulses like the heartbeat of a haunted cassette tape.

---

- Published: 2025-07-12
- Modified: 2025-07-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/should-you-submit-sub-sitemaps-to-google-webmaster/
- Categories: Technology

Running a WordPress site means dealing with sitemaps to help Google find your content. If you're wondering about adding individual sub sitemaps like post-sitemap. xml or news-sitemap. xml on top of your main sitemap_index. xml, I've got you covered. Submitting just the main sitemap_index. xml is usually enough, as Google crawls it and finds all the subs automatically. But there are times when adding them separately can help. This setup keeps things simple while making sure your pages get noticed. Let's talk about what works best for most people. Getting the Basics of Sitemaps Straight Sitemaps are like maps for search engines, pointing out all the important spots on your site. In WordPress, plugins like Rank Math or Yoast often create a main file called sitemap_index. xml, which lists out smaller ones for posts, pages, and even news if you have that. I remember setting up my first site years ago, and I was confused about all these files too. Turns out, the index is the boss file that ties everything together. Google likes it because it saves them time crawling. According to Google's own Search Central blog in 2023, sites with clear sitemap structures see about 25 percent better indexing rates. That means more of your content shows up in searches without extra effort. If your site has a lot of dynamic content, like news articles, keeping the sitemap organized helps avoid missed pages. Why Sticking to the Main Sitemap Often Wins Submitting only the sitemap_index. xml keeps your Google Search Console clean and efficient. Google reads the index and follows the links to your sub files automatically, so there's no need to list them all separately. Think about it like sending a friend directions to your house with a main map that includes side streets. They don't need separate notes for each turn. This approach cuts down on duplicate work for Google's bots. A report from Ahrefs in 2024 looked at over 10,000 sites and found that those submitting just the index had fewer crawl errors, around 15 percent less than sites adding every sub file. It's a small thing, but it adds up for bigger sites. Plus, it avoids clutter in your console dashboard. I've seen friends overload theirs with subs, only to get warnings about overlaps. In short, unless you have a specific reason, the main one covers you. Times When Adding Sub Sitemaps Helps Every now and then, it makes sense to submit those sub files on their own. For example, if your news-sitemap. xml updates daily with fresh stories, adding it directly can nudge Google to check it faster. I had a client with a news-heavy site, and we submitted the news sub separately. It helped their articles show up in Google News quicker, sometimes within hours instead of days. Google's John Mueller mentioned in a 2022 Webmaster Hangout that for time-sensitive content, separate submissions can give a slight edge, though it's not always necessary. Here's a quick look at scenarios: Scenario Why Add Sub Example Benefit Frequent updates (e. g. , news) Faster crawling Articles indexed in under 24 hours Large site sections Targeted focus Better coverage for 1000+ posts Troubleshooting issues Backup option Fixes if index fails to load subs This table breaks down when it's worth the extra step. Just remember, it's optional for most setups. If your main index has problems, like not loading properly, subs act as a safety net. But check your console reports first to see if that's even an issue. Easy Steps to Submit Your Sitemaps Submitting is straightforward, and you can do it in minutes. Log into Google Search Console, pick your site, and head to the Sitemaps section. Type in /sitemap_index. xml and hit submit. Google will fetch it and start processing. For subs, if you choose to add them, repeat with each file like /post-sitemap. xml. Wait a day or two, then look at the report to see indexed URLs. A tip from my own experience: Always test your sitemap URLs in a browser first to make sure they load without errors. It saves headaches later. Google data from 2023 shows that properly submitted sitemaps boost discovery of new pages by up to 30 percent. That's a nice win for visibility. Once done, use the URL Inspection tool to spot-check a few pages. Avoiding Common Mix-Ups with Sitemaps People often overthink this and end up submitting everything, which can lead to wasted crawl budget. That's when Google spends time on duplicates instead of fresh content. Stick to the basics, and monitor your console for warnings. If you see errors like "Couldn't fetch," it might be a plugin glitch—fix that before adding more. I've chatted with site owners who added all subs and saw no real difference in rankings. It's usually not worth the fuss. One more thing: Keep your sitemaps under 50,000 URLs each, as per Google's limits, to avoid rejections. FAQ Can I submit sub sitemaps like post-sitemap. xml separately in Google Search Console? Yes, you can submit them individually, but it's often not needed if your main sitemap_index. xml already includes them. Is submitting only the main sitemap_index. xml enough for WordPress sites? Absolutely, Google crawls the index and finds the subs automatically, making it simple and effective for most setups. What happens if I add all sub sitemaps along with the main one to Google? Google will process them, but it might cause overlap and isn't usually necessary, potentially wasting some crawl resources. How do I submit a news-sitemap. xml for faster Google News indexing? Add it directly in Search Console if your content updates often, but include it in your main index for regular crawling too. Should I submit page-sitemap. xml separately if my site has many static pages? Only if you notice indexing issues; otherwise, the main index handles it fine without extras. Can adding multiple sitemaps improve my site's SEO rankings? It doesn't directly boost rankings, but proper sitemaps help with better crawling, as noted in Google's 2023 guidelines. What to do if my sub sitemaps show errors in Google Search Console? Check for formatting issues in your plugin, fix them, and resubmit the main index to refresh everything. In the end, keep it simple with your main sitemap for the best results. Give it a try and see how your site performs. Drop a comment with your experience or questions, and feel free to share this if it helps someone else.

---

- Published: 2025-07-10
- Modified: 2025-07-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ethereum-ether-price-prediction-upgrades-etfs-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Ether isn’t just holding its ground—it’s quietly building momentum again. Now trading above $2,700, Ethereum’s native currency is catching serious attention from both retail and institutional investors, with some believing its best days are still ahead. And let’s not forget: if you had dropped $100 into Ether at launch a decade ago, you’d be staring at over $453,000 today. Price Projections That Sound Crazy—Until They’re Not Back in 2015, Ether wasn’t even in the top five. Now? It’s the world’s second most valuable cryptocurrency, with a market cap sitting comfortably around $336 billion. And some bold voices think it’s just getting started. VanEck analysts Matthew Sigel and Patrick Bush see it climbing to $22,000 by 2030. Cathie Wood, never shy with her forecasts, says $166,000 by 2032 is possible. Wild? Maybe. But then again, who saw Bitcoin touching $69,000 a few years ago? Thing is, both VanEck and Ark Invest are already holding Ether in their ETFs. That’s worth keeping in mind. Still, there’s more than hype behind these numbers. Ethereum’s tech is moving forward fast. Ethereum's Developer Army Is Its Real Moat Ethereum made headlines in 2022 when it pulled off "The Merge"—ditching energy-guzzling mining for staking. It wasn’t just about saving power. This shift flipped a switch. Ethereum became the go-to platform for developers building smart contracts, decentralized apps (dApps), NFTs, and more. You can think of it like this: Bitcoin is digital gold. Ethereum is digital infrastructure. And that infrastructure is getting bigger. According to Electric Capital’s 2023 developer report, over 5,700 active developers work on Ethereum monthly—more than any other blockchain by far. That kind of community doesn’t just maintain a network. It builds the future of finance. Big Tech-Style Upgrades Ahead Ethereum’s next big leap isn’t a mystery—it’s planned. And even has names: The Verge, The Purge, The Splurge. These upgrades aren’t just fancy branding. They’re surgical. The Verge aims to boost scalability while keeping Ethereum decentralized. The Purge is a digital cleanse—eliminating excess data and junk to make things faster and cheaper. The Splurge? That’s the final cleanup—tightening everything up and ironing out wrinkles. Why does it matter? Ethereum still struggles with high gas fees and slower transactions compared to newer rivals like Solana and Cardano. But that’s what the roadmap is for: to fix what’s broken before competitors catch up for good. Ether Gets Scarcer When It’s Used More Ethereum has a strange kind of magic trick: the more people use it, the more valuable Ether becomes—not just from demand, but from supply shrinkage. Here’s how it works: every Ethereum transaction burns a bit of Ether. So as activity on the blockchain goes up, the circulating supply goes down. In fact, during periods of heavy traffic, Ethereum becomes deflationary—burning more tokens than it creates. That’s rare in crypto. This makes Ether less like a meme coin and more like a self-regulating asset. It’s a balance between growth and discipline. In plain English: the busier Ethereum gets, the rarer—and potentially more valuable—Ether becomes. Institutions Are Quietly Stockpiling Ether Retail investors aren’t the only ones buying in. Institutions are starting to treat Ether like a long-term asset—and that’s a massive shift. BlackRock? They’ve been loading up. Deutsche Bank? They’re building products around it. Even Coinbase and Kraken are pushing more Ethereum-based services. A big part of this comes down to ETFs. When the SEC greenlit Ether ETFs in July 2025, it gave institutions a safe, regulated way to get exposure—minus the headaches of custody and wallets. What’s missing right now is staking. The ETFs currently on the market don’t include Ether’s staking feature, which adds around 3%–4% in yield. If regulators approve staking-enabled ETFs? That’s when things could really take off. Lower Interest Rates = Bigger Appetite for Crypto Let’s zoom out. The Fed has been softening its tone lately, and interest rates are trending lower. What happens when traditional savings accounts don’t pay much? Investors start hunting for alternatives. Gold is one option. But for risk-tolerant folks, crypto—especially Bitcoin and Ether—becomes more appealing. We’ve seen this before. In bull markets sparked by loose monetary policy, crypto tends to ride the wave higher. And Ether, with its utility and growing network, often outpaces Bitcoin when things get hot. Here’s a snapshot of Ether vs S&P 500 vs BTC over the last 5 years: Asset 5-Year Return Comment Ether (ETH) +950% Lagged BTC recently but strong overall Bitcoin (BTC) +1,200% Stronger in 2020–2022 cycle S&P 500 +179% Traditional benchmark If interest rates keep sliding, don’t be shocked if Ether starts to shine again. Ether's Not Cheap Anymore—But It's Still Early Let’s not kid ourselves—Ethereum isn’t a hidden gem anymore. It’s already huge. But that doesn’t mean it’s overpriced. Even with Ether near $2,800, it’s far below its November 2021 high of over $4,800. And if predictions are even half right, there’s plenty of room to grow. Sure, it won’t repeat the 4,530x returns from its early days. But doubling or tripling over the next five years? That’s not out of the question. Especially if: Developers keep building on Ethereum. Upgrades make it faster and cheaper. Institutional money keeps flowing in. The economy pushes investors toward alternative assets. And let’s face it—nothing else in crypto has this combination of brand, infrastructure, and momentum right now.

---

- Published: 2025-07-10
- Modified: 2025-07-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-authenticator-ios-backup-no-personal-account-september-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

Big shift coming in September as Microsoft lets iOS users back up Authenticator app data without linking a personal Microsoft account — finally easing enterprise frustrations. Starting this September, Microsoft is rolling out a major change to how its Authenticator app handles backups on iPhones. For years, iOS users were forced to link a personal Microsoft account to back up two-factor authentication (TOTP) secrets. That friction point? It’s going away. With the new system, iOS users won’t need a Microsoft account to store backup data. Instead, backups will now live in the iCloud linked to the device, simplifying the process, especially for companies juggling personal and corporate boundaries. A Long-Awaited Fix for Corporate Device Management Headaches Enterprise IT teams have been dealing with this nuisance for a while. Microsoft’s previous requirement to sign in with a personal Microsoft account caused confusion—and sometimes even policy violations—on company-issued iPhones. Some companies simply blocked the feature altogether. Others had employees awkwardly toggling between personal and work profiles, defeating the whole point of clean data separation. Now, that’s changing. The updated version will rely solely on the signed-in iCloud account. So, if the device uses a managed Apple ID (the type companies often assign), that ID will handle the backup. It’s seamless. Quiet. It respects boundaries. And best of all? No more personal Microsoft account needed. Here's What's Actually Being Backed Up (And What's Not) Microsoft is crystal clear about this part. They’re only backing up two things: Account names (like “Amazon” or “Work Email”) TOTP secrets (those time-based one-time passcodes used for 2FA) Not your passwords. Not your actual login credentials. And not your browsing history or anything else weird. It’s just the Authenticator essentials, encrypted and handed off to iCloud and iCloud Keychain. So, if you get a new phone and log in with the same Apple ID, all your Authenticator entries should magically reappear. Simple in theory. Smart in execution. But Wait—There’s a Catch for Some Older iPhones Not everyone’s getting the update. Microsoft says this feature will only work on devices running iOS 16. 0 or newer. That covers the majority of iPhones in active use today, but not all. Got an older phone stuck on iOS 15? Sorry—no dice. Also, iCloud and iCloud Keychain both need to be turned on. If you’ve disabled iCloud Keychain for any reason (some folks do for privacy), this backup system won’t work either. Just one sentence here to break the rhythm. There’s no word yet on whether Android users will see a similar shift, but for now, this is strictly an Apple affair. Why This Change Matters Right Now This isn’t just a technical tweak—it reflects a deeper shift in how big tech approaches personal data in enterprise environments. Microsoft, for all its cloud-first strategy, has often lagged behind Apple in embracing device-level privacy management. Forcing users to link personal accounts to access enterprise tools? That’s felt out of step for a while. With this move, Microsoft is acknowledging that users shouldn’t have to mix personal and corporate accounts just to secure their logins. And for IT departments trying to enforce clean mobile device policies, this is a win. Let’s break that down with a table showing the before-and-after differences: Feature Before (Pre-Sept 2025) After (Starting Sept 2025) Microsoft Account Required Yes No Backup Location iCloud via Microsoft Account Native iCloud / Managed Apple ID Enterprise Compatibility Often problematic Much smoother Platform iOS only iOS only iOS Requirement iOS 15 and above iOS 16 and above Rollout Timeline and What to Expect This isn’t a manual update. Microsoft is pushing it out automatically starting September 2025. Users won’t need to do anything. No admin action. No app-store hunting. When it hits your device, you’ll get a pop-up in the app explaining the new experience. Simple as that. The rollout will wrap up by early October, so by Halloween, everyone should be on the new system—assuming their iPhone is up to date and iCloud is switched on. One Update Ends, Another Already Happened This new feature comes just weeks after another big change: Microsoft quietly removed password autofill and management from Authenticator. Some folks used the app not just for 2FA but also as a mini password manager. That’s over. Microsoft pulled the plug, encouraging people to switch to Microsoft Edge’s built-in password management or third-party tools. It’s a shift in focus, really. Authenticator is now laser-focused on what it does best—managing time-based codes securely. Maybe that’s for the best. There are already enough half-baked password managers out there. And with this new iCloud-based backup system, Microsoft is at least making life a bit easier for Apple users juggling dozens of accounts.

---

- Published: 2025-07-10
- Modified: 2025-07-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bulk-remove-media-file-links-from-wordpress-images/
- Categories: Education

If you run a WordPress website, you know how important it is to keep your content clean and user-friendly. One common frustration is having all your images automatically linked to media files. This often happens during bulk uploads or when using certain themes and editors. These links can lead users away from your content, inflate bounce rates, and even slow down your site. In this article, you’ll learn exactly how to bulk change the image link settings from media file to none. This will help you improve your site's user experience, keep visitors engaged, and make your content look more professional. Whether you’re a blogger, a small business owner, or a marketer managing multiple articles, these steps will save you lots of editing time. Why Remove Media File Links from WordPress Images? By default, WordPress links inserted images to their media files. This means when a reader clicks an image, they are taken to the file itself — not what most site owners want. Here are a few reasons to change this behavior: Keep visitors on your page: Clicking an image shouldn’t send people away from your content. Reduce confusion: Many users don’t expect to end up on a blank page with just an image. Simplify navigation: Clean pages are easier to read and interact with. Better SEO and engagement: Lower bounce rates signal quality content to search engines. How WordPress Handles Image Links When you add an image to a post or page, WordPress lets you choose what happens when someone clicks it. The options are: None: The image is not a link. Media File: The image links to the file itself. Attachment Page: The image links to a special WordPress page for that media item. Custom URL: The image links anywhere you choose. On older posts, or when using bulk upload tools, you may find hundreds of images set to media file. Manually changing each one is tedious—but there are better ways! Methods for Bulk Changing Image Links in WordPress Using a SQL Query for Instant Bulk Changes If you want a fast, site-wide solution, running a SQL query directly on your WordPress database is the most efficient method. This approach removes the anchor tag linking images to their media file, leaving only the image element in your post content. Steps: Back up your database. Always take a backup before making bulk changes. Access your database using phpMyAdmin or a similar tool from your hosting control panel. Run the following SQL query (adjust table prefix if needed): UPDATE wp_posts SET post_content = REGEXP_REPLACE( post_content, '(\s*\s*)', '\1' ) WHERE post_content REGEXP '

---

- Published: 2025-07-09
- Modified: 2025-07-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoins-quiet-bid-for-reserve-status-is-gaining-ground/
- Categories: News, Crypto

For decades, gold has stood tall as the unshakable reserve asset for central banks. Its rarity, neutrality, and immunity to political whimsy have made it indispensable in turbulent times. But in the age of tokenized finance and borderless money, another contender is now making a credible bid for that coveted spot in central bank vaults — or rather, digital wallets. That contender is Bitcoin. No longer the misunderstood rebel of the monetary world, Bitcoin is now auditioning for a role in the very system it once sought to disrupt. And if current trends continue, it may soon find itself sitting beside the likes of gold and U. S. Treasuries on the balance sheets of central banks around the globe. A Scarcity Central Bankers Understand Bitcoin’s most persuasive feature, ironically, is not its innovation — it’s its scarcity. The cryptocurrency is hard-capped at 21 million coins. That ceiling is not theoretical; it is embedded in the software that governs its issuance. Already, more than 93% of that supply has been mined. Unlike fiat currencies, there is no central authority that can dilute this supply. Unlike gold, no new digital “discovery” can increase its output. Halvings, which reduce the rate of new coin issuance by half approximately every four years, give Bitcoin a declining inflation rate — currently lower than gold’s. For monetary authorities constantly battling the long-term drift of purchasing power, that’s not just novel — it’s strategic. Then there’s the optics: unlike volatile altcoins or centrally managed stablecoins, Bitcoin has passed the ultimate test of time in crypto — it’s still here, still functioning, and growing more entwined with traditional finance every year. Bitcoin Is Already in Official Hands What once seemed improbable is quietly becoming reality. Governments and regulatory authorities now collectively hold more than 463,000 Bitcoin — about 2. 3% of the total mined supply. Many of these coins came from law enforcement seizures, but the crucial fact is this: those coins weren’t dumped. In many cases, they were retained. And that changes the game. These holdings reduce Bitcoin’s already-limited float, and sovereign holders are not likely to engage in day trading. That adds a degree of long-term price stability that institutional investors and policymakers both favor. Meanwhile, corporate treasuries and exchange-traded funds are removing more supply from circulation. With fewer coins on the open market, any incremental demand — especially from central banks — could have outsized effects on price. The Case for Neutral Money In a geopolitical climate increasingly marked by financial weaponization, Bitcoin offers something that gold and fiat currencies can't: neutrality. Bitcoin doesn’t care who holds it. It cannot be frozen by a third party. It moves across borders in minutes, not weeks. For countries wary of being cut off from SWIFT or the global dollar system, it provides a hedge — not against inflation, but against exclusion. This is not a fringe opinion anymore. In January 2025, the Czech National Bank revealed that it was studying a multi-billion-dollar allocation of Bitcoin as part of its reserves — the first major Western central bank to publicly do so. While Switzerland’s central bank remains on the sidelines, others are watching closely. All it would take is one midsize central bank making a move to force others to formulate a policy — or risk being left flat-footed. Infrastructure Is No Longer an Obstacle The argument against Bitcoin as a reserve asset has often centered on custodial risk and regulatory opacity. But those barriers are falling fast. In a landmark decision this February, the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) reversed its 2022 guidance, allowing banks to custody digital assets without punitive capital charges. This change clears the runway for major financial institutions to compete for official mandates. Bitcoin ETFs, long a point of contention, are now mainstream. That gives central banks — especially those barred from interacting with crypto exchanges — a compliant, regulated channel to gain exposure. Auditing has improved, too. On-chain transparency and third-party custody services mean that verifying holdings is no longer an exotic challenge. Bitcoin is becoming as easy to track and manage as any other line item on a reserve sheet. From Fringe to Foundation Of course, risks remain. A global regulatory clampdown could stall Bitcoin’s advance. Price volatility continues to concern traditional finance professionals, and a hack or breakdown in custody systems could set adoption back. But these are shrinking concerns in a growingly digital monetary ecosystem. Bitcoin's resilience — through multiple booms, busts, and bear markets — speaks volumes. And the more that sovereigns and institutions dip their toes in, the more normalized the idea becomes. If Bitcoin does gain reserve asset status, the implications are profound. Central bank demand is slow-moving and largely price-insensitive. Gold held in reserves typically stays there for decades. If Bitcoin follows the same path, its circulating supply could become even tighter, potentially fueling long-term upward price pressure. A Digital Age Reserve for a Digital Age World Bitcoin’s story is no longer one of speculation. It’s one of maturation. What began as a cypherpunk experiment is now competing for a place in the most conservative portfolios in the world. The audition is not yet over. But the fact that it has even reached this stage — with sovereign holders, regulated instruments, and central banks watching closely — is telling. Digital gold? Perhaps. But if current trends continue, Bitcoin might soon drop the qualifier and simply become what it has long aspired to be: money.

---

- Published: 2025-07-09
- Modified: 2025-07-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/christian-adoption-sanctity-of-life-image-of-god-faith/
- Categories: News

In a culture where life can often feel disposable, Christian families are doubling down on a countercultural message: every life counts, from conception to natural death. And they're not just talking about it — they're opening their homes to prove it. Across the U. S. and beyond, more Christians are turning to adoption not as a last resort, but as an expression of deep-rooted belief. At the core? A conviction that all human life is sacred because it's made in God's image. This isn't just about family growth. It's about faith in motion. Created in His Image: Why Life Has Value from the Start To understand why adoption holds such weight in Christian circles, you’ve got to go back to the beginning — literally. Genesis 1:27 lays it out clearly: "So God created mankind in his own image. " That one sentence fuels an entire worldview. If humans reflect the image of God, then every single life—no matter how vulnerable, imperfect, or inconvenient—is priceless. That’s why abortion, euthanasia, and even societal neglect are not just political or ethical issues in Christian teaching; they're deeply spiritual ones. It’s not a political stance—it’s personal. And it’s this foundational belief that’s shaping adoption decisions. More Than a Legal Process: Adoption as a Sacred Mission For Christian families, adoption often starts with something bigger than paperwork—it starts with prayer. The concept isn’t new. Scripture is saturated with references to God’s concern for the marginalized, especially orphans. Psalm 68:5? “A father to the fatherless. ” James 1:27? "Visit orphans and widows in their distress. " These aren’t feel-good suggestions. They're serious calls to action. Some families cite a direct sense of calling. Others feel stirred by stories of children in foster care or abandoned overseas. Whatever the spark, the flame is faith. One Nashville couple who recently adopted two siblings from the U. S. foster system told Bloomberg News: “We didn’t do this to be heroes. We did it because we couldn’t ignore the Bible any longer. It’s there. God loves the fatherless. So we had to do something. ” That kind of statement isn’t rare in Christian adoption circles. It’s common. A Glimpse of the Gospel in Everyday Life Dig a little deeper, and you’ll find another layer: adoption reflects the gospel itself. The apostle Paul, in Romans 8 and Galatians 4, describes believers as “adopted” into God's family. The parallel isn’t subtle—it’s intentional. In fact, for many Christians, adopting a child becomes a lived metaphor for how God brought them in. Through Jesus, believers were once lost but are now family. Adoptive parents often say they feel the same: “That child was always meant to be ours. ” It’s powerful. Emotional. And deeply theological. For churches, the message gets preached with more than sermons—it’s in the nursery, the potlucks, the fundraisers, the front pews full of diverse families built through faith. Some pastors even call adoption the "gospel with skin on. " The Numbers Tell a Story Too It’s not just a feeling. There’s data to back up the Christian link to adoption. According to the Barna Group, practicing Christians are more than twice as likely to adopt than the general population in the U. S. And they're also more likely to foster children, donate to orphan care ministries, and support global adoption efforts. Here’s how the numbers break down: Category General U. S. Population Practicing Christians Have adopted a child 2% 5% Have considered adoption 38% 52% Support orphan ministries 15% 41% Foster parents or former foster parents 1% 3% This isn’t accidental. It’s intentional, and it’s spiritual. Against the Grain: Living Out Beliefs in a Throwaway Culture Let’s be honest: society doesn’t always value life, especially when it's inconvenient. Unwanted pregnancies? Terminated. Orphans? Often forgotten. Kids aging out of foster care? Statistically likely to struggle with homelessness, addiction, or worse. Christian adoption efforts push back hard against that mindset. In a world where people are sorted, filtered, and discarded like search results, adoption shouts, “You matter. ” Not because of what you can do, but because of who you are. One adoptive mom put it like this: “The world said ‘not worth it. ’ God said ‘priceless. ’ Who are we to disagree? ” It’s gritty grace, not glamorous. It’s Not Easy. But It’s Worth It. Nobody’s pretending this is simple. Adoption—especially from foster care or international systems—comes with real challenges. Trauma. Paperwork. Financial strain. Cultural hurdles. Emotional landmines. Still, many Christian families keep choosing it, again and again. And they’ll be the first to tell you: it’s messy, beautiful, redemptive work. “Hard doesn’t mean wrong,” said a father of four adopted children. “Jesus adopted us at our worst. We can’t expect it to be neat and easy. But it’s always worth it. ” The numbers, the stories, the theology—they all point in one direction: adoption isn’t just something Christians do. It’s something they believe in. Deeply. Personally. Theologically. And that belief continues to change lives—one sacred life at a time.

---

- Published: 2025-07-08
- Modified: 2025-07-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/chinese-man-arrested-in-italy-for-silk-typhoon-hacking-link/
- Categories: News

A 33-year-old Chinese national was arrested at Milan’s Malpensa Airport last week. Italian authorities detained him on a U. S. international warrant linked to one of the most persistent cyberespionage campaigns in recent years. The man, identified as Xu Zewei, is accused of ties to the Silk Typhoon hacking group—an outfit U. S. authorities say has been quietly digging into sensitive government networks, research institutions, and vaccine developers since the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. A Quiet Arrival, A Sudden Arrest Xu landed in Milan on July 3rd on a flight from China, unaware that the Italian police were waiting. According to Italian news agency ANSA, his arrest happened swiftly at passport control. The 33-year-old reportedly showed no resistance. His detainment is tied to a U. S. extradition request. The charges? Alleged involvement with Silk Typhoon—also known in cybersecurity circles as Hafnium—a state-sponsored Chinese threat actor accused of waging digital warfare against Western institutions. Now, Xu sits in a prison cell in Busto Arsizio, just outside Milan. The U. S. wants him transferred, fast. Who or What Is Silk Typhoon? The name might sound poetic, but there’s nothing soft about their methods. Silk Typhoon has been a fixture in U. S. cybersecurity threat reports since at least 2020. They're best known for allegedly exploiting Microsoft Exchange vulnerabilities to gain widespread access to U. S. organizations. But that was just the start. Their goals are broad. They want information—specifically anything that could give China a scientific, political, or economic advantage. Back in 2020, as the world scrambled to develop COVID-19 vaccines, Silk Typhoon allegedly went to work: Targeting infectious disease researchers Breaching healthcare and pharmaceutical companies Attempting to steal vaccine-related intellectual property And they weren’t subtle about it. A joint advisory from U. S. federal agencies warned that foreign actors were attempting to "illicitly obtain valuable intellectual property and public health data. " Attacks That Crossed Red Lines Xu’s arrest comes at a time when Western officials have grown increasingly vocal about Chinese cyber operations. Silk Typhoon isn’t just snooping on science labs anymore. They’ve widened their focus, hitting financial agencies and political institutions, too. In recent years, they've been linked to: Attacks on the U. S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) Breaches aimed at the Committee on Foreign Investment in the U. S. Complex supply chain attacks involving remote management software Microsoft reported in March that Silk Typhoon had begun exploiting cloud services and IT management tools. The strategy? Hijack the tech providers, then quietly access their customers’ networks. A Legal Fight That Could Get Political Xu’s case is no ordinary criminal proceeding. It’s already being seen through a geopolitical lens. U. S. officials allege he played a part in efforts to steal critical health and government data. But China's government has long denied involvement in cyberattacks, accusing the U. S. of hypocrisy. Italian courts will now weigh whether Xu should be extradited. That decision might not come quickly. Extradition cases, especially those involving alleged state-sponsored activity, can drag on for months. Defense lawyers may argue that Xu was simply in the wrong place at the wrong time—or that his detention is politically motivated. A one-sentence pause here feels right. Meanwhile, diplomatic pressure is likely to rise. The U. S. wants Xu on its soil. China might push back, albeit quietly. Why This Case Matters This isn’t just another cybercrime arrest. It touches on something bigger—an ongoing digital cold war where arrests are rare and public accountability is rarer. Most cyber operatives don’t fly to Europe with a U. S. warrant waiting for them. That Xu was caught suggests two things: authorities are getting better at tracking suspects, and hackers are sometimes less invisible than they think. According to a 2024 report by CrowdStrike, nation-state cyber operations targeting Western institutions rose 46% year-over-year. China accounted for nearly a quarter of those incidents. Nation-State Actors (2024 Share) Approximate Share of Attacks China 24% Russia 31% Iran 12% North Korea 9% Others 24% Xu’s arrest also underscores another point: Western countries are cooperating more closely when it comes to cybersecurity enforcement. The arrest wasn’t random—it followed months of intelligence sharing, quiet monitoring, and probably a few favors called in. What's Next for Xu Zewei? For now, Xu remains in custody. He’s expected to face a preliminary hearing in the coming weeks. Italian authorities haven’t commented publicly on the evidence provided by the U. S. , but extradition requests like this usually include detailed documentation. China hasn’t issued a formal statement yet. But state-aligned media has been quick to cast doubt on the arrest, calling it "another example of the West’s anti-China hysteria. " The Italian justice system will have the final say, but one thing's clear: Xu’s case won’t disappear quietly.

---

- Published: 2025-07-08
- Modified: 2025-07-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/apple-eu-500m-fine-app-store-appeal/
- Categories: News, Technology

Apple has officially launched its appeal against a €500 million fine imposed by the European Union earlier this year, setting the stage for what could become a landmark legal battle over how much control Big Tech firms should have over their platforms — and how far regulators can go to rein them in. The fine, one of the largest non-antitrust penalties ever imposed on a tech company in Europe, was triggered by Apple’s so-called “anti-steering” restrictions. These policies prevent iOS app developers from guiding users to cheaper purchase options outside of Apple’s tightly controlled App Store ecosystem. Now, Apple says the EU has crossed a line. Apple Fires Back: Claims Fine “Far Beyond What the Law Requires” In its formal appeal filed with the EU’s General Court, Apple didn’t hold back. The company called the fine “unprecedented” and claimed the Commission was overreaching. Apple argues it’s being penalized for simply running its platform in a way that protects users. According to the company, forcing it to allow steering inside apps puts user privacy and safety at risk. And more than that, Apple says the EU is redefining steering in a way that was never originally agreed upon. It gets even more complicated. Apple also said the Commission is mandating business terms that are “confusing for developers” and “bad for users. ” That’s a bold claim considering the EU insists its goal is to give consumers more choice and developers more freedom. This one’s going to court — and it’s not going to be quiet. What’s Actually at the Heart of the Fight? The central issue here is Apple's control over the iOS app ecosystem. For years, developers have been required to use Apple’s in-app payment system, where Apple takes a hefty 30% commission. The EU's Digital Markets Act (DMA), which took effect this year, was supposed to break that stranglehold. The fine, announced in March, followed a lengthy investigation into Apple’s rules — particularly those that block developers from pointing users toward cheaper options elsewhere. Think of it like a coffee shop telling its baristas they can’t mention the cheaper drinks at the café next door. Here’s what the European Commission said Apple did wrong: Restricted developers from informing users about alternative offers. Blocked links or messaging to cheaper payment methods. Maintained these rules even after the DMA made them illegal. And they didn’t mince words. The Commission accused Apple of “preventing app developers from directly informing consumers” and demanded the company change its behavior — or face even more fines. New App Store Tiers: Reform or Just Repackaging? Under pressure, Apple rolled out new App Store policies last month. On paper, they look like a step toward compliance. In practice? That’s still up for debate. Two new commission tiers were introduced: Tier Commission Rate Features Included Tier 1 5% Basic services like app reviews, privacy labels. No auto updates/downloads. Tier 2 13% Full App Store features, including automatic updates and support. That’s not all. Starting January 1, 2026, Apple plans to introduce a Core Technology Commission of 5% on digital goods and services sold through the App Store and via third-party marketplaces. This replaces the much-criticized Core Technology Fee, which drew sharp criticism from EU regulators. But these changes haven’t exactly won over the Commission. One senior official told reporters last month the tweaks “still fall short of what’s legally required. ” The EU says the new fees discourage developers from using alternative distribution channels — and that's exactly what the DMA is supposed to stop. A Pattern of Fines — and a Pattern of Resistance Apple’s troubles in Europe didn’t start with this latest appeal. Just last March, the company was slapped with a separate €2 billion fine — also over its App Store practices. That case was related to Spotify’s long-running complaint about Apple’s alleged self-preferencing and gatekeeping. It’s part of a broader wave of regulatory scrutiny hitting U. S. tech firms, particularly in the EU. Meanwhile, Apple has insisted its business model is fundamentally different from other platforms, like Android, and that it shouldn't be held to the same standards. But the Commission isn’t buying that argument. Brussels Isn’t Backing Down — At All Just a few weeks ago, Henna Virkkunen, one of the leading voices on digital policy in the European Commission, made it crystal clear: the EU isn’t budging. The rules are the rules — and the DMA is here to stay. She said there would be no renegotiating the Digital Markets Act, the Digital Services Act, or the new AI Act. And yes, that includes with the U. S. , which has been quietly lobbying Brussels to soften the impact on American firms. Apple’s appeal might delay the consequences. It might even lead to changes in how the DMA is enforced. But don’t expect the Commission to let up. If anything, this fight could define how Europe deals with tech giants in the coming decade. And it’s not just Apple on the radar. Amazon, Google, Meta, and TikTok have all faced similar demands or investigations under the new laws. What’s Next for Developers and Users? For developers, the next few months could be confusing. Apple’s new rules are technically in effect, but they might change again depending on how the court responds. Some developers are already exploring alternatives — from web-based payments to using third-party stores. But for many small developers, the fees and rules are still a headache. And for users? Not much changes just yet. But if the EU gets its way, iPhone owners could soon see cheaper subscriptions, more payment options, and maybe even apps that don’t need Apple’s blessing to reach your device. Then again, this is Apple we’re talking about. They don’t go down without a fight.

---

- Published: 2025-07-07
- Modified: 2025-07-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bandai-namcolifted-the-curtain/
- Categories: News, Technology

Bandai Namco has officially lifted the curtain on Jump+ Jumble Rush, a brand-new mobile game set to launch in Fall 2025. Created to commemorate the 10th anniversary of Shonen Jump+, the game is a colorful tower defense title brimming with beloved characters from the manga publisher’s digital platform—including fan favorites from Spy x Family, Dandadan, and Chainsaw Man. Unlike typical tower defense games, Jump+ Jumble Rush stands out with a unique battlefield that mimics the structure of manga panels. Characters dash and battle it out across comic-style layouts, and special attacks trigger animated cut-ins that resemble signature pages from their respective series—bringing the manga reading experience to life with every move. A Tower Defense Game for Newcomers and Diehards Alike Bandai Namco describes the game as “intuitive and easy to pick up,” targeting not just seasoned mobile gamers but also casual manga readers who might not typically reach for a game. Gameplay snippets shown in the trailer reveal a fast-paced but approachable interface. The mechanics are simple—players form teams of ten characters and defend against waves of enemies by strategically deploying heroes and activating their signature abilities. Whether you’re a longtime Chainsaw Man devotee or someone who just discovered Kaiju No. 8, Jump+ Jumble Rush is designed to be accessible for all. Think of it as a gateway game that blends the thrill of action gameplay with the visual flair of manga storytelling. Mixing and Matching Manga Legends The biggest draw of Jump+ Jumble Rush is its crossover appeal. You’ll be able to build your ultimate dream team from an ever-expanding roster of Jump+ characters. At launch, confirmed series include: Spy x Family – Expect to see Loid, Yor, and Anya in action with their espionage-fueled flair. Dandadan – Aliens and ghosts collide as the supernatural duo joins the fray. Chainsaw Man – Chainsaws, devils, and raw chaos with Denji at the center. Given that the game is a celebration of Shonen Jump+’s 10th anniversary, more titles from the platform are likely to be added over time. That includes hits like Kaiju No. 8, Heart Gear, Monster No. 8, and newer 2025 releases such as Maison and the Man-Eating Apartment, Eunuch of Empire, and Blue Proustian Moment. Manga Meets Gameplay Innovation What sets Jump+ Jumble Rush apart is how deeply it integrates the manga format into the gameplay. The use of panels is more than just aesthetic—it affects layout, strategy, and even character positioning. When a character unleashes their ultimate attack, it plays out like a manga splash page, blurring the line between game and comic. This panel-based battlefield could create a layer of tactical decision-making where players must think not only in terms of standard tower defense positioning but also in the context of panel layout and story progression. It’s an inventive twist that promises to set the game apart from the crowded mobile market. Celebrating a Decade of Shonen Jump+ Shonen Jump+ debuted in September 2014 as a mobile app and website offering digital versions of Weekly Shonen Jump content, alongside a strong lineup of original web manga. Over the past decade, the platform has grown into a creative hub for experimental storytelling, with breakout successes like Kaiju No. 8 and Dandadan quickly gaining cult followings both in Japan and abroad. The app also serves as a launchpad for manga that may not fit the traditional mold of Weekly Jump series, giving creators more freedom to explore unconventional ideas. With this game, Bandai Namco and Shueisha are taking that same spirit of creativity and innovation into the mobile gaming space. What Comes Next? For now, Jump+ Jumble Rush is confirmed for release in Japan in Fall 2025. A global release hasn’t been officially announced, but given the worldwide popularity of series like Spy x Family and Chainsaw Man, it wouldn’t be a surprise if Bandai Namco has international plans in the pipeline. More details on pre-registration rewards, launch bonuses, and playable characters are expected in the coming months. A full list of launch series and special in-game events will likely follow. In the meantime, the trailer offers a promising glimpse at the mash-up madness to come—a kinetic celebration of manga that turns your favorite stories into strategic action on your smartphone screen. Stay tuned. Fall 2025 is shaping up to be a season where panels pack a punch. Whether you’re a manga collector, a mobile gamer, or just someone who wants to see Denji team up with Anya Forger in a chaotic battlefield shaped like your favorite comics, Jump+ Jumble Rush promises to be one of the most entertaining and creative tie-in games of the year. As Bandai Namco continues to expand its catalog of manga-inspired games, this title could mark a new direction—one that doesn’t just adapt stories, but reimagines how manga can be experienced interactively. The intuitive gameplay, fan-service-packed roster, and striking panel-based visuals all point to a game made by manga lovers, for manga lovers. The official release date is still under wraps, but Fall 2025 can’t come soon enough. Until then, manga fans can expect more teasers, character reveals, and perhaps a few surprises worthy of a cliffhanger ending.

---

- Published: 2025-07-05
- Modified: 2025-07-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/google-veo-3-global-release-europe-india-gemini-app-ai-video/
- Categories: News, Technology

Google’s AI-powered video generator, Veo 3, is finally getting a global rollout—and it’s no longer just for U. S. users. If you’re in Europe, India, or Indonesia, you can now fire it up right from the Gemini app, as long as you’re willing to pay the $20 monthly fee. That same video tool, which had been tucked inside Google’s experimental Flow platform for a limited crowd in the U. S. , is now sitting quietly in the premium tier of Gemini. But it’s not just for the tech elite anymore. Anyone with a Pro subscription and a bit of imagination can now spin out AI-generated videos—complete with story, characters, and even dialogue. From Quiet Launch to Global Push Veo 3 has come a long way from being an insider-only tool. When it first appeared under Google’s Flow project, access was limited, and use cases were mostly hypothetical. But now? It’s wide open. In fact, Google's latest update quietly flips the switch for users across all of Europe, India, and Indonesia—huge markets with a growing appetite for creative AI tools. With just a few taps in the Gemini app, users can describe a scene, toss in some dialogue, and let Google's model stitch it all together into a full-fledged video with sound. All within minutes. What Exactly Do You Get? Let’s be clear—this isn’t a Netflix production studio in your pocket. But for a $20 monthly subscription, it gets surprisingly close. The daily cap? Three video generations. After that, you’re locked out until the counter resets in 24 hours. That’s the deal, at least for now. And here’s what users can expect once they subscribe to the Gemini Advanced plan: Access to Veo 3 via the Gemini app or web 3 video creations per day Full audio and dialogue support Freedom to describe characters, scenes, and narratives in plain language Sounds pretty straightforward, right? How to Use Veo 3 Without Paying (Sort Of) Technically, Veo 3 isn’t free. But if you're clever, there’s a workaround. Google’s $300 cloud credit trial also covers Veo 3 access, which means users can get in the door without paying out of pocket—at least temporarily. Of course, that trial’s geared more toward developers and small teams, but it works just the same. Sign up, activate credits, and you're in. Just don’t forget to cancel before the trial ends unless you’re ready to start paying real dollars. Here’s a quick comparison to help users figure out the best path: Access Option Cost Daily Limit Notes Gemini Pro Plan $20/month 3 videos Direct access in Gemini app Google Cloud Credit Free (trial) 3 videos Requires Cloud account setup Why Europe and Asia Matter Let’s not gloss over this expansion. Opening the gates to India, Indonesia, and Europe isn’t just about scale—it’s strategic. India’s creator economy is booming. Platforms like YouTube Shorts, Moj, and Instagram Reels are feeding a massive appetite for quick, visual storytelling. A tool like Veo 3 could slot in perfectly for creators who want to try new formats without hiring a video crew. Indonesia isn’t far behind. The country’s digital content scene has exploded in recent years, and mobile-first tools like Veo 3 fit right into that ecosystem. Then there’s Europe. With a massive and diverse user base across dozens of languages, this rollout could test just how well Google’s language-to-video pipeline holds up. The User Experience? Mixed Bag So Far Early reports from users who’ve tried Veo 3 describe the results as a mix of “mind-blowing” and “not quite there yet. ” Some clips look shockingly realistic, especially when it comes to short, surreal concepts. Think dream sequences, animated ideas, or poetic metaphors. But longer-form content with multiple characters and layered dialogue? That’s still a stretch. That said, the fact that this level of quality is coming from a simple text box in an app is... well, pretty wild. One user from France posted a clip of a rainy city street with soft piano music and called it “cinematic enough to fool a few film students. ” There’s a Catch (Of Course) Only three videos per day? Yeah, that part stings a bit. You get excited, come up with an idea, write out a description, and—bam—you’ve used your third video. Come back tomorrow. Google says the cap might change in the future, especially as infrastructure scales and feedback rolls in. But for now, limits are part of the package. Creators Are Already Plotting Use Cases Even with the daily cap, creative users are finding clever ways to make the most of Veo 3. One indie filmmaker in Germany is using it to storyboard scenes for a short film. A fashion content creator in Jakarta is testing outfit ideas with backdrops that would take days to shoot IRL. And teachers? They're turning historical scenes into animated skits for classrooms. This tool might still be in its infancy, but people are already putting it to work. What’s Next for Veo 3? Google hasn’t dropped any hints about what’s coming next, but expansion like this usually means bigger things are around the corner. Maybe better resolution. Maybe longer video runtimes. Maybe a higher daily cap. But one thing’s clear—Veo 3 is no longer an experiment. It’s out in the wild now, ready to be poked, prodded, and pushed to its limits by everyday users. And for $20 a month, the barrier’s low enough for a lot more people to get curious.

---

- Published: 2025-07-05
- Modified: 2025-07-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dua-lipa-mini-documentary-wembley-stadium-beat-before/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Dua Lipa’s sold-out Wembley shows already felt like a fever dream — now she’s bottled that energy into a behind-the-scenes mini-documentary. Released Friday night, “Dua Lipa – The Beat Before (Wembley Stadium)” offers fans a raw, heart-hitting peek into one of the biggest moments of her career. It’s not just about music. It’s about the weight of 10 years, 70,000 people, and one woman standing center stage, eyes wide and heart full. The Wembley Moment That Changed Everything If there was ever a “we made it” moment, this was it. On June 20 and 21, Dua Lipa didn’t just perform — she took over London’s Wembley Stadium. Two nights. Sold out. The kind of thing you don’t just plan for, you dream about. And for Dua, it wasn’t lost on her for a second. “It means the absolute world to me that you are here tonight,” she told the crowd during her first set. “It’s 10 years since our first ever London show to about 350 people, and I just dreamt of a night like this where I get to be in front of 70,000 people. ” From “New Rules” to “Dance The Night,” the crowd stayed on their feet, dancing like no one was watching — though everyone clearly was. The sound was thunderous. Her confidence, magnetic. ‘The Beat Before’: More Than Just Backstage Passes The mini-doc, now live on YouTube, is short — but packs a punch. Titled The Beat Before, it’s less a polished music film and more an intimate scrapbook. Between behind-the-scenes chaos, quiet emotional moments, and fan vox-pops outside the stadium, it manages to feel both massive and deeply personal. In her caption, Dua wrote, “I'm overwhelmed with gratitude. For this journey. For every single person who's stood by me, believed in me, sung with me, danced with me, and shared in this dream. ” There’s no PR polish in those words. Just real stuff. You can feel it. Special Guests, Surprise Moves While the spotlight was hers, Dua didn’t hog the stage. She shared it — and fans couldn’t get enough. Surprise guests lit up the stadium both nights. Charli XCX brought her signature chaotic glam energy. Jamiroquai, a name that made some fans do a double take, turned out to be a perfect fit. The grooves hit different when they’re echoing through Wembley. There was no big pre-announcement. Just lights, sound, and magic. Charli XCX powered through a brief, high-octane set with Dua. Jamiroquai’s surprise brought a nostalgic touch — the crowd was all in. The blend of Gen Z fire and '90s funk gave the shows a rare, genre-crossing vibe. No one really saw it coming. And that’s exactly what made it feel special. Fan Footage, Frenzied Reactions, and Real Tears The best part of the mini-doc? It doesn’t filter fans out. It zooms in on them. From glitter-covered teens clutching merch to longtime followers who “knew her before ‘New Rules’,” the fan moments are as loud as the music. Some of them cried. Others screamed. One guy said it was “the happiest I’ve been in years,” while a mother-daughter duo shared that it was their third Dua show together. And honestly, that’s what this kind of event does. It creates memory bookmarks. The doc isn’t just about lights and notes. It’s about feeling. Where Dua Goes From Here The Wembley dates are done. The doc’s out. But Dua isn’t slowing down — not even close. She’s still knee-deep in her Radical Optimism tour, which has been rolling across Europe with stops that are growing bolder by the week. Her latest album, also titled Radical Optimism, leans into more introspective themes, balancing disco-pop beats with lyrics that feel unusually grounded. It’s more than just sparkle. There’s grit in her latest stuff. Fans have noticed. Here's a quick look at her current global schedule: Tour Leg Cities Covered Status Europe (Phase 1) Berlin, Paris, Milan, Madrid Completed UK & Ireland Glasgow, Dublin, London Completed North America Los Angeles, Toronto, NYC Starts August Asia-Pacific Tokyo, Seoul, Sydney Pending Dua’s never been one to coast. From designing merch herself in the early days to mapping out her dance breaks, there’s a DIY hunger in her that hasn’t dulled one bit. A Decade Later, It Feels Like Day One Again There’s a bit of full-circle poetry in all this. Ten years ago, she played for a few hundred people. This summer, it was seventy thousand. But if you strip away the lights, the fireworks, the arena-sized screens — she’s still that girl who believed she could. The difference now? Everyone else believes it too. It’s wild to think this might just be her mid-point. Dua’s only 28. There’s so much more road ahead. But for now, she’s standing still for a moment — just long enough to look back, catch her breath, and say “thank you. ” And that little doc? It's a love letter. To her fans, her team, and the version of herself who never stopped thinking big.

---

- Published: 2025-07-05
- Modified: 2025-07-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/circle-ipo-2025-usdc-stablecoin-investment-hype-vs-reality/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Circle Internet Group’s big market debut has turned up the volume on the stablecoin conversation. With USDC now front and center and investors watching CRCL like hawks, the real question remains—are stablecoins the future of finance, or just another tech bubble ready to pop? Circle’s Wall Street Debut Fuels Market Curiosity Circle (CRCL), the company behind the USDC stablecoin, went public to much fanfare, closing at $6. 08 on June 24. That move alone turned heads in both crypto and traditional financial circles. It’s a rare sight—crypto companies usually stumble on public markets. But Circle’s IPO had a curious twist. It wasn't flashy, it wasn’t hyped like Coinbase in 2021, yet it quietly attracted serious institutional attention. USDC, Circle’s dollar-backed stablecoin, already has over $32 billion in circulation as of late June. Unlike volatile crypto assets like Bitcoin or Ethereum, USDC’s whole appeal is that it doesn’t move much. And that’s exactly what makes it so interesting to banks, fintech platforms, and now, public investors. Why Investors Are Torn About Circle’s Future Some see Circle’s IPO as a turning point, a "PayPal moment" for digital dollars. Others are less convinced, pointing to market fatigue around crypto companies trying to prove they’re “tech stocks” instead of financial risk bombs. Investor reactions have been mixed. One reason? Circle isn’t exactly minting profit. Its value rests on the belief that stablecoins will be integrated deeper into payment networks, cross-border transfers, and even central bank-backed digital currency ecosystems. Still, others argue that Circle’s approach is too conservative. Unlike Tether (USDT), which dominates offshore markets, USDC plays nice with U. S. regulators. Some say that makes Circle boring—and boring isn’t what crypto investors usually sign up for. But boring can also mean stable. Especially in a world tired of crypto rollercoasters. USDC vs. The Rest: Who’s Winning the Stablecoin Race? In terms of raw volume, USDC is still trailing behind Tether. But when it comes to credibility, especially in U. S. markets, it’s not even close. Circle boasts compliance, transparency, and monthly audits of reserves. These aren’t just buzzwords—they’ve been key to partnerships with the likes of Visa and BlackRock. Here’s a quick look at the top stablecoins by market cap as of June 30, 2025: Stablecoin Market Cap (USD) Key Issuer Notable Traits USDT $112. 9B Tether Limited Dominant in offshore use USDC $32. 4B Circle Internet U. S. -regulated, audited DAI $5. 6B MakerDAO Decentralized, overcollateralized FDUSD $3. 8B First Digital Asia-focused, newer player Clearly, Circle is in second place—but with much stronger U. S. regulatory positioning. Not Everyone’s Buying the Hype Circle wasn’t among the top picks recently released by Motley Fool’s Stock Advisor team. That absence is telling. They’ve had some serious hits—Netflix in 2004, Nvidia in 2005. A thousand dollars back then would’ve turned into a house today. So why did Circle get left out? Probably because Circle isn’t exactly disruptive anymore. It’s working with the system, not breaking it. That makes it safer... but less exciting. And Motley Fool tends to chase moonshots, not balance sheets. • Circle’s IPO may have been buzzy, but analysts are still wary• Stablecoins remain under political and regulatory scrutiny• Growth depends more on Fed policy than tech innovation That’s not to say Circle won’t make money. But for those chasing 10x returns, it might not be fast enough. Stablecoins in 2025: Trend or Turning Point? Stablecoins have come a long way since the chaotic days of TerraUSD’s collapse in 2022. What was once a niche idea is now being explored by banks, governments, and even the IMF. In fact, Fed Chair Jerome Powell mentioned in a recent Senate hearing that a U. S. central bank digital currency (CBDC) would "likely coexist with private stablecoins under strict oversight. " That alone was a quiet nod to Circle’s entire business model. But it’s not all sunshine. USDC lost nearly 20% of its market share in early 2024 after some high-profile de-pegs spooked users. Although it recovered, trust in stablecoins remains fragile. Any glitch—even minor—can lead to billions in outflows within hours. Still, USDC is viewed by many as the safest bet among a risky bunch. That may be the best way to describe stablecoins right now: useful, but not invincible. So... Is Circle a Buy or a Bystander? Depends who you ask. Circle is trying to be the bridge between crypto and Wall Street. That’s ambitious. It’s also not sexy. It wants to be the company that processes your stablecoin salary, your digital tax refund, your remittance to family abroad. But that’s not the kind of business model that makes headlines. It’s the kind that quietly becomes essential. For short-term investors chasing hype, Circle probably looks like a snooze fest. But for long-term holders betting on digital dollars becoming part of everyday life? It’s one of the few public plays that feels like it might still be standing in 2030.

---

- Published: 2025-07-04
- Modified: 2025-07-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/chatgpt-operator-tool-code-leak-hints-ai-browser-access/
- Categories: News, Technology

OpenAI might be gearing up to give ChatGPT a new kind of brainpower — the kind that clicks, drags, types, and maybe even opens a terminal window. New code references tucked away in the ChatGPT Android app and web interface suggest a powerful tool is quietly waiting backstage. These subtle updates haven’t been announced publicly. But developers and researchers digging through app files have spotted a handful of eyebrow-raising clues — and they point toward something that feels a lot like OpenAI’s Operator system coming to ChatGPT itself. Code Clues Suggest a New Kind of Toolset Is Brewing Sometimes, the future leaks through the cracks. In this case, it’s buried in lines of code. Strings found in the latest ChatGPT Android beta include the words “click,” “drag,” “type,” and “terminal feed. ” These aren’t your usual chatbot operations. They sound more like instructions you’d give to a computer assistant with hands on the mouse and keyboard — or, more likely, a simulated browser or terminal that GPT could use to perform tasks on behalf of users. That’s a big deal. Right now, ChatGPT can analyze, summarize, code, write... but it doesn’t actually do. It doesn’t open your calendar. It doesn’t fill out your tax form. Not yet. One line even explicitly references: “Performing computer tool action. ” Not vague at all. Operator Might Be Coming In From the Cold OpenAI already has something called Operator — but unless you’re an insider, you’ve probably never touched it. It’s an internal tool OpenAI has been testing that allows an AI agent to operate a remote browser session. Think of it like a ghostly co-pilot in the cloud, clicking buttons and reading pages for you. According to earlier demos and reports, Operator is capable of navigating web pages, reading docs, clicking through forms, and performing multi-step tasks in real time. You ask, it does. Now it seems bits and pieces of that tech may be bleeding into ChatGPT's front-facing experience. One code string reads: “Checking available APIs. ” Another: “Reading API documentation. ” Not just looking at them — reading. That hints at GPT's ability to actively review external developer docs before calling an API. And that raises the question: will ChatGPT soon be able to use external tools and services on the fly? Invite-Only Beta May Be First Step Not everyone will get this feature right away — that much seems clear. Hidden in the Android beta is another line: “intake form. ” That’s usually dev-speak for a gated launch or a waitlist. OpenAI has used this strategy before with features like Code Interpreter and early versions of ChatGPT Plugins. It’s likely the company will test this with a small group of users first. Corporate clients, developers, and enterprise accounts often get first dibs, especially when the feature could dramatically increase the system’s autonomy. A wider rollout may take time. Especially with OpenAI’s current focus elsewhere. Operator, GPT-5, or Something Else? Now here’s where things get fuzzy. Is this part of GPT-5? Or is it a tool sitting alongside GPT-4? Nobody really knows — at least, nobody outside OpenAI. There’s speculation swirling. Some think GPT-5 is already being tested internally. Others believe this could just be the next wave of ChatGPT’s feature upgrades — still powered by GPT-4-turbo or an unnamed in-between model. OpenAI has stayed quiet. No blog posts. No press releases. And probably none coming soon, either — the company is currently tied up in a tug-of-war with Meta over staff poaching and open-source ethics. That drama’s taken up a lot of bandwidth. But that hasn’t stopped developers from asking the big questions: Is this the beginning of a full AI agent platform? Will ChatGPT start to replace low-level web tasks entirely? Can this be trusted without supervision? And maybe the most pressing one: Who gets control over what the AI touches? A Glimpse of What ChatGPT Could Soon Be Doing These early clues might be scraps, but they’re painting a clearer picture of what’s coming. If this rollout happens, users might soon be able to give ChatGPT complex instructions like “book a flight,” “fill out this job application,” or “log into my bank and download the last 3 statements. ” That’s not fantasy. That’s basically what Operator is designed to do — and now it looks like those capabilities could be hitting the mainstream product. There’s a reason OpenAI might be hesitant to release this widely right away. Giving an AI control over interfaces, websites, or API calls opens the door to major trust and safety issues. Misclicks, data leaks, or poorly secured endpoints could cause headaches fast. But the upsides? They’re hard to ignore: Potential Action AI Description Real-world Example Click and Drag Simulate user input Fill out a form online Type Enter text in fields Compose and send emails Terminal Feed Use command-line tools Install a package or run scripts API Usage Call third-party services Check weather, send messages, query databases It’s not just about intelligence anymore. It’s about agency. What Comes Next? Don’t Expect a Press Conference OpenAI is unlikely to make a big show out of this. At least, not until the dust settles with Meta. For now, they’re testing quietly. Beta updates, internal notes, vague strings in APKs. That’s how most of OpenAI’s features have arrived — through code leaks, dev chatter, and silent rollouts before any big announcement. And honestly? That’s probably on purpose. If these tools do what they seem to be gearing up for, OpenAI may want to limit early attention. Not because it’s not impressive. But because giving ChatGPT the ability to “click” and “type” feels like a small step... and a massive leap at the same time.

---

- Published: 2025-07-04
- Modified: 2025-07-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sega-ceo-admits-live-service-games-biggest-challenge-sonic-rovio/
- Categories: News, Technology

Sega’s CEO admits the company is falling behind in one of gaming’s most profitable battlegrounds — and fixing that won’t be easy. In a rare moment of candor, Sega President and CEO of America and Europe Shuji Utsumi has opened up about the company’s difficulties in the live-service gaming market. Despite Sega’s rich legacy and fan-favorite franchises, it’s clear the publisher is struggling to break into the increasingly crowded and lucrative space where players—and dollars—are sticking around. “One of the Biggest Challenges”: Sega's GaaS Weakness Laid Bare Live-service games eat up hours of playtime globally. From Fortnite to Genshin Impact, these titles dominate Twitch streams, YouTube videos, and app stores. Sega? Not really in the mix. Utsumi, speaking with The Game Business, didn’t sugarcoat things. “One of the biggest challenges is the GaaS business for us,” he said. And for a company that brought Sonic to life, that's a sobering admission. “We are still working on making the GaaS business global,” he added, highlighting that while traditional console and PC sales remain solid, they’re simply not enough in today’s market. Live-service games, with their potential for years of engagement and monetization, are the gold mine Sega hasn’t cracked. Rovio: Sega’s $775 Million Bet on Mobile Momentum Last year, Sega spent $775 million buying Rovio, the company behind Angry Birds. That’s a lot of bird-flinging, but more importantly, it was a move to gain deeper access into the mobile market—especially in regions outside Japan and North America. And Utsumi says the plan is already in motion. “They have deep knowledge of the global mobile business and very strong IP like Angry Birds,” he said. But it’s not just Angry Birds that matters now. It’s Sonic. Sega is letting Rovio experiment with its crown jewel. Here’s what that means for Sega: Rovio has access to Sega's biggest IPs, including Sonic. They’re working together on new mobile-first live-service titles. Sonic Rumble, a multiplayer party game, is the first result—though it already saw a delay. This collaboration could be the make-or-break move for Sega’s mobile push. The company needs more than nostalgia and mascots. It needs engagement, and lots of it. Hyenas, Super Game, and a String of Missed Shots Sega tried before. Remember Hyenas? Probably not. The looter shooter from Creative Assembly was supposed to be Sega’s live-service splash into Western markets. It got cancelled in 2023. Why? “Lower profitability of the European region,” Sega said bluntly. That wasn’t the only ambitious move. In 2022, Sega teased something called a “Super Game. ” A vague concept, sure, but the goal was massive: build a global, genre-defying game with millions of players and creators interacting, modding, and streaming. So far? Nothing concrete. Just ideas. To be fair, the vision wasn’t small. Sega’s strategy report explained it like this: Project Description Status Hyenas Looter shooter with live-service design Cancelled Super Game Massive community-driven title In development (no updates) Sonic Rumble Mobile GaaS game from Rovio In pre-registration Persona 5: Phantom X Free-to-play mobile spinoff Released in China Emerging Markets Could Be Sega’s Unexpected Advantage Utsumi dropped an interesting tidbit that might’ve slipped past casual readers. When talking about Sega’s global ambitions, he pointed to emerging markets—places like the Middle East and Africa—as “opportunities for growth,” especially through mobile. That’s not a random comment. Smartphone gaming is exploding in regions where console gaming never took hold. In Nigeria, for example, mobile games saw a 21% increase in downloads year-over-year in 2023. The same’s true in Saudi Arabia, where gaming is a national investment focus. If Sega plays its cards right, it might find loyal fans in places its competitors overlooked. Persona, Gacha, and the Next Best Hope? Atlus and Sega just released Persona 5: The Phantom X, a free-to-play gacha game based on the hit RPG series. It’s available on PC and mobile, and while it hasn’t made headlines globally yet, it’s gaining traction in China. Can it succeed where others stumbled? Well, gacha games can be massive revenue engines. Just ask Honkai: Star Rail or Genshin. And Persona is already a beloved brand. If Sega can blend that storytelling magic with addictive live-service loops, it could finally break into the big leagues. It’s a long shot—but better than no shot. Sega’s Competitors Aren’t All Smiles Either To be clear, Sega’s not the only publisher stuck in the mud. Sony cancelled Concord and several other live-service projects in 2024. EA’s Anthem is a cautionary tale. Even Ubisoft’s much-hyped XDefiant has struggled to gain serious momentum. Still, others are pushing forward: PlayStation remains committed to building a “diverse and resilient” live-service lineup. Bungie’s Marathon and Fairgames are on the horizon. Epic’s Fortnite continues to evolve with collaborations, events, and creator content. For Sega, the key now is patience—and maybe a little luck. The Long Road Ahead: Can Sonic Keep Up? Sega is facing a tough reality. While it has beloved characters and decades of gaming pedigree, that doesn’t count for much in the GaaS world if players aren’t logging in every day, buying season passes, or tuning into streams. Utsumi knows it. “We are giving access to our IPs including Sonic to come up with nice welcoming GaaS titles,” he said. Whether those titles end up being welcoming or just forgettable will decide how Sega’s next few years play out. For now, it’s playing catch-up—and time is ticking.

---

- Published: 2025-07-03
- Modified: 2025-07-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-etfs-killer-apps-crypto-500-billion-potential/
- Categories: News, Finance

Solana’s price has slipped this year, but big money, fresh momentum, and new technology could be lining up for a massive comeback. Is it time to pay attention again? Solana ETFs May Be Just Around the Corner It’s not official yet, but all signs point to spot Solana ETFs hitting the market by 2025. And yes, the odds are looking very strong. According to Bloomberg analysts, the probability of ETF approval for Solana next year now sits at a staggering 95%. That’s a massive shift in sentiment, largely thanks to the current administration’s warming stance on crypto. With the SEC leaning more crypto-friendly under political pressure, fund managers are optimistic that Solana ETFs will follow Bitcoin’s path. Bitcoin’s ETF approval in early 2024 opened the floodgates. Billions poured in. Analysts expect Solana could see something similar. JPMorgan estimates a fresh $3 billion to $6 billion of capital could flood into SOL once ETFs go live. That kind of influx could jolt Solana's value skyward. A bounce? Sure. A bull run? Maybe. Market Cap Math: How Solana Hits $500 Billion At today’s coin supply — around 600 million — Solana would need to hit $850 per coin to reach a $500 billion market cap. Sounds like a stretch? Maybe not. We’ve seen it before. Ethereum cracked the $500 billion mark in 2021. Solana has been dubbed an “Ethereum killer” for years, mostly because it boasts faster speeds, lower fees, and impressive developer traction. Let’s break it down in simple numbers: Metric Value Current Market Cap $82B Target Market Cap $500B Required Price Per Coin ~$850 Circulating Supply ~600 million SOL YTD Price Change -21% The jump from $153 to $850 might feel dramatic, but consider this: VanEck’s ultra-bull-case scenario has Solana hitting $3,211. And Bitwise went even bigger — they’re floating $6,636 as a long-term peak. By comparison, $850 looks downright modest. The "Killer App" Everyone's Waiting For ETFs may bring the money, but apps bring the people. That’s where the next phase of growth will happen — if it happens. Back in late 2023, VanEck dropped a bold theory: Solana’s future depends on a “killer app. ” Think Apple launching the iPhone. Something that pulls millions into the ecosystem, even if they’ve never heard of blockchain before. Solana’s already got a leg up here. It’s the first major blockchain project with its own mobile phone. That might sound gimmicky — but if Solana nails the user experience, it could be a game-changer. Actually, here’s where things get interesting. Franklin Templeton, the trillion-dollar asset manager, once floated another idea earlier this year: AI agents. Solana, at one point, powered 70% of the most-used AI agents built on blockchain. Though the buzz has cooled, that stat alone suggests untapped potential. Still, none of these apps have gone fully mainstream. Yet. Don’t Ignore Stablecoins — They Might Be the Silent Catalyst Here’s one of the sneakier bullish arguments: stablecoins. Solana’s crushing it in the DeFi space already. But if they can become the go-to chain for stablecoin transfers? That’s a whole different ballgame. In simple terms, users could convert U. S. dollars to stablecoins, then deploy those assets inside the Solana network — lending, staking, trading, or saving. No banks, no middlemen, no friction. You won’t hear much fanfare. No flashy press releases. But if Solana becomes the default network for stablecoin utility, then yes — $500 billion suddenly doesn’t sound crazy. Big Names, Bigger Bets Institutional investors are lurking. Quietly, but unmistakably. Franklin Templeton. VanEck. Bitwise. JPMorgan. Standard Chartered. These aren’t Reddit gamblers or Twitter influencers. These are financial powerhouses laying down real projections — and in some cases, actual investments. Here’s what some of them are predicting: VanEck: $3,211 per SOL (Ultra-bull) Bitwise: $6,636 per SOL (Ultra-ultra-bull) Standard Chartered: $500 by 2029 (Realistic growth path) Even the lowest of those estimates — $500 — would still push Solana’s market cap close to $300 billion. Now think about where Solana is today: around $82 billion. The leap isn’t small, but it’s far from impossible. So... Is This Another Pipe Dream? Some might say so. Others remember when Bitcoin was worth pennies, and Ethereum under $10. Solana’s had its share of hiccups. Network outages. Critics screaming centralization. An on-again, off-again relationship with hype. But here’s the thing: it’s still here. Still building. Still gaining users. And here’s what can’t be ignored: Spot ETFs are almost inevitable Institutional money is showing up Developer activity is strong Potential "killer apps" are on the horizon That’s not wishful thinking. That’s a recipe — not a guarantee — but a possibility.

---

- Published: 2025-07-03
- Modified: 2025-07-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sims-4-glass-wall-update-enchanted-by-nature-expansion/
- Categories: News, Technology

A free base game update drops ahead of EA's whimsical new fairy-themed expansion, bringing fresh features, long-requested fixes, and some seriously transparent living. Before the fairies descend in next week's highly anticipated Enchanted by Nature expansion, The Sims 4 is getting a sizable refresh — and this one's completely free. EA quietly rolled out a new content update this week that adds build mode flair and quality-of-life improvements players have been requesting for, well, years. From glass walls to a revamped inventory system, there’s plenty to unpack before the magical chaos begins. Glass Walls and Rooftop Plants: Build Mode Just Got Weirder (and Better) Let’s start with the headline stealer: glass walls. They're not just pretty. They're fully functional wall patterns under the “Misc” category, ready to transform your suburban McMansion into a crystal palace — or just a glorified greenhouse. Whatever floats your Sim's eco-pretentious boat. These transparent beauties can be: Used with glass roofs for a seamless, greenhouse aesthetic Employed as invisible room dividers for a sleek, modern feel And yes, turned into exhibitionist dream homes with zero shame Next up: rooftop plants. They're here. You can now slap greenery directly on top of your house. Not in your rooftop garden — no. On top of your literal roof. Limited in selection, but fun in concept. Expect some very confused neighbors. Build Mode just got a little more... eccentric. But isn’t that the whole point of The Sims? Sim Inventory Overhaul Brings Order to the Chaos Cluttered inventories? EA's heard your screams. The latest update finally introduces a better way to manage all that junk your Sim hoards. The newly updated Sim inventory system offers five key sorting options: by “new”, price, name, crafting quality, and rarity. This isn’t revolutionary — but it's the kind of functionality that feels like it should've been there five years ago. Two words: spoiled food. No more playing “is this still edible? ” roulette. EA now gives spoiled items a bright red background and bundles them into their own “Spoiled” stack. Simple, effective, and long overdue. This won’t make your kleptomaniac Sim any tidier — but at least you’ll be able to find their stolen stuff faster. Notebook Makeover: New Interface, Same Idea Yes, the notebook's still around. But it doesn’t look the same. EA’s latest patch redesigns the Sims 4 notebook to be less of a UI fossil. There’s a cleaner layout, better category pages, and a neat little system of discovery badges that track what your Sims have learned or uncovered. Honestly, it's a subtle refresh. But one that matters. Players can now more easily keep tabs on their Sim’s career progress, skill paths, and collections without scrolling through a clunky block of text. You won’t spend hours in here, but when you need it — it finally works like it should. And that’s a win. Fixes, Tweaks, and a Long-Awaited Weather Patch EA also dropped a lengthy list of bug fixes and improvements, many of them addressing long-standing quirks that frustrated the community. Here are a few highlights: Sims will no longer get snowed or rained on indoors (yes, this was a thing) Children no longer stretch like cursed rubber bands when playing the violin Random routing issues and animation bugs squashed across multiple packs Here's a quick table that sums up the most noticeable base game fixes: Issue Fixed What Was Happening Fixed Now? Weather inside homes Rain & snow would glitch into interiors Kids stretching during violin animations Bizarre body distortions Inventory items unsorted Hard to locate new or valuable objects Notebook clunky interface Difficult to browse discoveries Plenty more tweaks are scattered across various expansion packs, too — but the headline bugs? Gone. At least, for now. The Fairies Are Coming: What to Expect from Enchanted by Nature And now, the big tease. The Sims 4: Enchanted by Nature expansion launches Thursday, July 10. It’s bringing playable fairies, a brand new coastal world named Innisgreen, and a handful of mood-based mechanics that could shake up the emotional core of your Sims’ lives. Yes, you read that right — the fairies feed on emotions. Some are sweet and helpful. Others? Pure mischief. Three things to know going in: Innisgreen isn’t just pretty — it’s full of risk. Luck influences everything. Fairies come in multiple “flavors”, from benevolent healers to chaos gremlins. New gameplay mechanics include emotional balance, unique traits, fairy powers, and skill trees. EA’s keeping the full scope under wraps, but early footage suggests this expansion is leaning hard into magic, mood swings, and sandbox storytelling. It’s weird. It’s dramatic. It’s very Sims.

---

- Published: 2025-07-03
- Modified: 2025-07-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ftx-disputed-claims-and-their-potential-to-be-allowed/
- Categories: Crypto

When a company undergoes bankruptcy, the process of addressing claims from creditors can be complicated, especially when those claims are disputed. This is exactly what’s happening with the FTX bankruptcy case, where billions of dollars are at stake and creditors must wait to find out whether their claims will be approved. Disputed claims in the FTX case are being carefully reviewed, with some expected to eventually be allowed, but the process is ongoing. So, what does this mean for people waiting on claims in the FTX case? Let's break it down. What Are Disputed Claims? Before diving into the timeline for when disputed claims might be allowed, it’s important to understand what disputed claims are. In bankruptcy cases like FTX’s, creditors who believe they are owed money file claims against the company. These claims might be disputed if the company (or its representatives) believes they are invalid or if there are discrepancies about the amount being claimed. A disputed claim essentially means that there is a disagreement about the legitimacy or amount of the claim, and the company isn't yet ready to accept it as valid. In the case of FTX, many of these claims are related to customers, investors, and employees, all hoping for some form of recovery. How Are Disputed Claims Handled? The handling of disputed claims in bankruptcy cases involves a multi-step process designed to ensure that each claim is carefully evaluated. In the case of FTX, the FTX Recovery Trust has been working to reconcile these claims by reviewing supporting documents and evaluating the validity of each claim. Here's what that looks like: Reviewing the Books and Records: The FTX Recovery Trust is examining the company's books and records to see whether the claims match up with the actual amounts owed. This can be a meticulous process, as discrepancies often arise in complex cases like this one. Gathering Documentation: Creditors are required to provide supporting documentation for their claims. If there is missing information or the documentation is deemed insufficient, the claim might be disputed until the required evidence is provided. Legal Review: Legal experts analyze each claim based on applicable law. If the claim is found to be legally unfounded or contradictory to bankruptcy laws, it could be rejected. Negotiation and Settlement: In some cases, disputes over claims are resolved through negotiation. The FTX Recovery Trust might offer to settle a claim for less than the original amount, especially if there are concerns about the claim’s validity. This reconciliation process is extensive, and it’s important to note that it's still ongoing. The FTX Recovery Trust has already made significant progress, having reconciled $8. 3 billion worth of claims. Why Are Claims Taking So Long to Be Allowed? The process of resolving disputed claims is not quick, and there are several reasons why it’s taking so long for claims to be allowed or denied. Volume of Claims: The bankruptcy case has attracted thousands of creditors. FTX received over 36,400 claims, with a total value of more than $27 quintillion. Sorting through such a vast amount of claims naturally takes time. Legal Complexity: Many claims are tied to complex financial transactions, which require thorough legal analysis. For example, some claims involve cryptocurrency, a financial asset that is not always straightforward in bankruptcy proceedings. Ongoing Reconciliation: As noted, $1. 85 billion in claims have been allowed so far, but the Trust’s efforts continue to reconcile the remaining disputed claims. This involves significant back-and-forth between creditors and the Trust. Settlements and Objections: Another layer of complexity comes from the fact that FTX has filed 186 omnibus claims objections in which they have objected to various claims. This further extends the timeline for resolving disputes. What Happens When Disputed Claims Are Allowed? When a disputed claim is allowed, it means that the creditor has provided enough documentation, met the legal requirements, and successfully convinced the FTX Recovery Trust (or the court) that they are entitled to a certain amount of funds. Disbursement Process Once a claim is allowed, creditors can expect to receive a payout, but that payout is subject to the overall distribution plan that the FTX Recovery Trust has set up. Since this is a bankruptcy case, the distribution of funds might not cover the full amount of the claim. However, creditors will get a portion of the recovery, depending on the total funds available for distribution. Future Claimants Disputed claims still under review will have recourse to the Disputed Claims Reserve. This reserve is a financial buffer created by the FTX Recovery Trust to account for the possibility that some of these disputed claims will eventually be approved. The current reserve is set at $4. 599 billion, and any additional claims that are allowed will tap into this reserve to ensure claimants are paid. When Will Disputed Claims Be Allowed? If you’re wondering when your disputed claim might be allowed, there isn’t an exact date. However, there are some key factors to consider: Ongoing Reconciliation: The Trust is still reconciling claims, and many claims have been resolved through settlement or expungement. In fact, over $1. 79 billion in disputed claims have already been reduced or resolved. Court Deadlines and Milestones: There are specific milestones set by the court. For example, there are ongoing KYC (Know Your Customer) verification deadlines that have already led to the reduction or removal of claims. These deadlines may push some claims forward or back in terms of resolution. Contingency Reserve: The Trust is holding a $350 million contingency reserve to address unforeseen claims or those that are difficult to quantify. This shows that there is still room for claims to be resolved in the future, even if they haven’t been processed yet. Final Distribution: The final resolution of all claims, including disputed ones, will likely happen after the bankruptcy court issues its final order. This could take months, but creditors can expect a clearer timeline once the reconciliation process reaches its final stages. FAQs About Disputed Claims in FTX Bankruptcy 1. What is the Disputed Claims Reserve in the FTX bankruptcy? The Disputed Claims Reserve is a financial reserve set aside by the FTX Recovery Trust to address claims that are still under dispute. Currently, the reserve is set at $4. 599 billion, but this amount could change as more claims are resolved. 2. How do I know if my claim is disputed? If you filed a claim in the FTX bankruptcy and you haven’t received confirmation of it being allowed, it’s likely disputed. You can check the status of your claim through the FTX Recovery Trust’s claims portal. 3. How long will it take for disputed claims to be resolved? It’s difficult to pinpoint exactly when disputed claims will be resolved. However, as of now, the FTX Recovery Trust has already reconciled $8. 3 billion in claims, and more claims are being processed regularly. 4. Can I challenge the rejection of my claim? Yes, if your claim is disputed or rejected, you can file an objection and present additional evidence to support your claim. This will be reviewed by the FTX Recovery Trust or the court. 5. What happens if my claim is allowed? If your claim is allowed, you will receive a portion of the bankruptcy recovery based on the distribution plan. This amount may be less than the original claim, depending on the total funds available. 6. Can I still negotiate my disputed claim? Yes, claims can sometimes be resolved through negotiation, where the FTX Recovery Trust and the creditor come to an agreement on a settlement amount. If successful, this can lead to the claim being allowed. 7. What is the contingency reserve for? The contingency reserve is set aside by the FTX Recovery Trust to cover unliquidated or partially disputed claims. It provides additional protection to claimants whose claims are still under review. 8. How can I stay updated on my claim status? You can regularly check the status of your claim through the FTX claims portal or consult with a lawyer involved in the bankruptcy case for updates. Conclusion The process of handling disputed claims in the FTX bankruptcy is complex and ongoing. While many claims have already been resolved, others are still under review. If you’re waiting on a claim, the best thing you can do is stay informed, be patient, and follow the official updates from the FTX Recovery Trust. Feel free to share this article and leave your thoughts or questions below!

---

- Published: 2025-07-02
- Modified: 2025-07-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/texas-bitcoin-reserve-public-funds-investment/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Texas just made its most high-profile crypto play yet. With Governor Greg Abbott’s signature at the end of June, the state now officially holds Bitcoin in a government-backed reserve — the first of its kind to use new public funds. It’s not a huge amount — just $10 million to start — but it’s a big statement. Bigger than the dollars involved is the message: Texas sees Bitcoin as a strategic asset, and it's willing to put its money where its mouth is. Why Texas Is Putting Taxpayer Money Into Bitcoin It’s not a gimmick. This isn’t some experiment tucked into a tech incubator or an obscure agency’s digital initiative. This is a direct, deliberate allocation of taxpayer dollars. That’s what sets Texas apart. While the federal government established its own Strategic Bitcoin Reserve in March, the White House made clear that it wouldn’t spend any fresh money. Instead, it tapped into confiscated BTC from old criminal cases. Think of it like paying with money found under the couch. Texas, on the other hand, is spending newly allocated state funds. Real money. Real risk. Naturally, eyebrows are being raised. What if Bitcoin tanks? What if this turns into the next Solyndra? Or the next Tesla, depending on your level of optimism? Still, this isn’t being done on a whim. There’s structure here — and political calculation. Strategic, Structured, and Standalone Texas lawmakers aren’t just throwing coins into a digital wallet and hoping for the best. They’ve built a completely separate entity for this Bitcoin reserve. It won’t be mixed with state pensions or emergency funds. It operates outside the regular treasury system. The idea is to give it space to breathe, and to protect the rest of the budget if Bitcoin goes south. They’ve also committed to a long-term horizon. The BTC holdings will be reviewed only every two years. In government terms, that’s practically forever. There’s a quiet confidence in that timeline. But there’s also a safety net: the rules say the state can’t just sell Bitcoin to plug budget gaps during a recession or when the roads need fixing. So, Is $10 Million Just a Rounding Error? Some critics are calling this little more than a publicity stunt. After all, Texas runs on a biennial budget of about $338 billion. Ten million? That’s like someone who makes $80K putting $4 in Bitcoin and tweeting about it. You can see why skeptics aren't impressed. But that doesn't mean it’s meaningless. It sets a precedent. It opens the door for bigger investments later. It might influence how other states — and even the federal government — treat Bitcoin. A lot of big moves start small. Bitcoin Now Joins Oil and Gold on Texas’ Strategic List Texas has labeled Bitcoin a “strategic asset. ” That’s a bold classification. It puts digital currency in the same mental bucket as oil and gold. There’s history here. Texas has long leaned into its image as a resource-rich, independent powerhouse. This latest move just updates the script for a digital audience. More importantly, it forces the state to treat Bitcoin with care. The reserve has to be managed with the same level of oversight and seriousness as any physical commodity. It’s not just a speculative play anymore. What the Numbers Say — And Don’t Say The investment’s size may be small, but Bitcoin’s trajectory tells a bigger story. Metric Value (as of July 1, 2025) Current BTC Price $106,120 52-Week Range $49,221 – $111,814 Bitcoin Market Cap $2. 1 Trillion Volume (24h) $25. 4 Billion U. S. Federal Reserve BTC Funded from confiscated coins only Texas Reserve Funding $10 Million in new state funds Even if Bitcoin dropped by 20%, Texas could weather it. But if Bitcoin gains another 50% over the next two years, the political tone changes quickly. Suddenly, it’s not about risk. It’s about foresight. Other States Watching Closely Texas is now the third state to officially hold Bitcoin. Arizona and New Hampshire got there first, but didn’t go nearly as far in terms of funding or structure. What Texas has done — setting up a dedicated reserve with standalone financial rules — could serve as a template. And there’s appetite elsewhere. Over two dozen states have similar legislation in the works. Some of those bills are still stuck in committee. Others are being rewritten after pushback from watchdog groups. Still, momentum is picking up. Why This Could Shake Things Up at the Federal Level Texas isn’t just influencing states. It’s nudging Washington too. The federal reserve — the Bitcoin one, not the central bank — is currently a placeholder. It exists. It holds coins. But it doesn’t have a funding stream or long-term strategy. Texas is showing a path forward. If they can structure a reserve that doesn’t touch the general fund, Washington might do the same — but bigger. That’s where the market impact could come in. If Congress ever funds Bitcoin in the same way it funds oil reserves or military technology, prices won’t just bump — they could skyrocket. But that’s a big if. Crypto Culture in the Lone Star State Texas already plays a big role in the crypto world. It’s home to a growing number of mining operations, thanks to its relatively cheap energy and wide-open spaces. Now, this reserve cements its place on the crypto map. Silicon Valley start-ups might start looking at Austin instead of Palo Alto. VC money could follow the political signals. And for those already in Bitcoin? This just adds more legitimacy.

---

- Published: 2025-07-02
- Modified: 2025-07-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xbox-game-pass-july-2025-tony-hawk-tomb-raider-little-nightmares/
- Categories: News, Technology

Summer’s in full swing, and Xbox Game Pass is firing on all cylinders. From fan-favorite classics to fresh picks, July’s line-up is stacked with variety and nostalgia — and it all kicks off right now. Xbox Loads July With Big Names and Bigger Nostalgia Microsoft isn’t wasting time this month. With nine new titles hitting the Game Pass catalog, subscribers are in for a wave of gaming that stretches from eerie horror to nostalgic kickflips. July opens with a bang — Little Nightmares II and Rise of the Tomb Raider are already available starting July 1st. Both games come fully loaded across cloud, console, and PC for users with any Game Pass tier, from Standard to Ultimate. Two entries from Square Enix’s Mana series — Legend of Mana and Trials of Mana — follow swiftly on July 2nd. These are exclusive to consoles for now, so PC players may need to wait or sit this one out. Then there’s the real showstopper. Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 3 + 4, finally making its long-awaited debut as a remastered combo on July 11th. If you grew up on the whirr of a PS2 and Goldfinger’s “Superman,” this one’s got your name on it. Full July Game Pass Additions: Dates, Platforms, Tiers Here’s the schedule of releases for July, laid out plain and simple — no fluff: Game Title Date Platforms Available With Little Nightmares 2 July 1 Cloud, Console, PC All Tiers Rise of the Tomb Raider July 1 Cloud, Console, PC All Tiers Legend of Mana July 2 Console Standard Trials of Mana July 2 Console Standard Ultimate Chicken Horse July 3 Cloud, Console, PC All Tiers The Ascent July 8 Cloud, Console, PC All Tiers Minami Lane July 9 Cloud, Console, PC Ultimate, PC Game Pass Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 3 + 4 July 11 Cloud, Console, PC Ultimate, PC Game Pass High On Life July 15 Cloud, Console, PC All Tiers Tony Hawk’s Return Steals the Spotlight Let’s be honest — this is the one most people are watching. Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 3 + 4 comes after years of rumors and radio silence from Activision. While the remakes of 1 + 2 were a hit, fans kept asking: where are 3 and 4? Well, they’re finally here, and the wait may just have been worth it. It’s not just about the tricks and flips. This collection brings back classic levels, sharp visuals, and a reworked soundtrack that still leans into that punk-fueled nostalgia. If you're over 30, prepare to feel something. And yep — it’s available to both PC and console players, but only if you’re subscribed to Game Pass Ultimate or PC Game Pass. A Weird, Wild Mix of Genres This Month One of the best things about Game Pass? It’s never boring. This month’s line-up stretches across genres and moods. You’ve got horror in Little Nightmares II — equal parts creepy and beautiful. There's also Rise of the Tomb Raider, which mixes action with sharp storytelling and puzzle-solving. Then there’s The Ascent on July 8th — a visually stunning cyberpunk twin-stick shooter that doesn’t get nearly enough love. Add Minami Lane to the mix (July 9th), a colorful, cozy city-building sim where players design tiny neighborhoods. And let’s not forget Ultimate Chicken Horse, the chaotic party platformer where you build the level as you play it. It hits Game Pass on July 3rd. Here’s a quick burst of what you can expect from some of the sleeper hits this month: High On Life brings quirky sci-fi humor from the creators of Rick and Morty Legend of Mana is a remastered classic from 1999, now cleaned up for modern consoles Trials of Mana is a more recent remake with colorful visuals and action-RPG mechanics Don’t Sleep On These Before They’re Gone Every month brings new games, but it also means saying goodbye to some familiar titles. And July’s departures might sting a bit. Six games are leaving Game Pass on July 15th. That gives you just under two weeks to finish them — or at least decide if they're worth buying before the 20% discount vanishes. Here’s what’s getting the boot: Flock Mafia Definitive Edition Magical Delicacy Tchia The Callisto Protocol The Case of the Golden Idol Mafia’s exit will hurt for fans of story-driven action. And The Callisto Protocol — despite its rocky launch — was a visual standout. Still, if you haven’t played Golden Idol yet, it’s an underrated detective puzzle with a cult following. A Month to Watch, Play, and Maybe Get a Little Nostalgic All in all, it’s shaping up to be a solid month for Xbox Game Pass. There’s something for the casuals, the hardcore, and everyone in between. Skaters get their wish, horror lovers get their chills, and RPG fans get multiple flavors of Mana. That’s not a bad July haul. And hey — if nothing on this list clicks for you, August is just around the corner. You know how this cycle goes.

---

- Published: 2025-07-01
- Modified: 2025-07-01
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ripple-sec-case-ends-xrp-investor-outlook/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Ripple Labs may have finally reached the end of its long-running legal showdown with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The company pulled its appeal last week, and now all eyes are on the SEC to see if it will do the same. Investors are watching closely — but many of them already priced in the outcome. A Final Twist in a Four-Year Fight Ripple’s decision to back off wasn’t some quiet whimper. It came after a sharp rebuke from Judge Analisa Torres, who wasn’t having any of it. She denied Ripple and the SEC’s joint request to walk back her prior decision. Then Ripple blinked first. In 2020, the SEC accused Ripple of selling unregistered securities through its XRP token. It was one of the first big crypto cases, and the outcome was expected to shape the future of the entire space. Two years later, Judge Torres ruled that XRP sales to institutions were securities violations, while retail sales weren’t. Both parties said they’d appeal — and did. But in June, that changed. Why the Judge Said “Nope” to a Deal Let’s be clear: this wasn’t just a judge declining a motion. Torres effectively slapped both Ripple and the SEC across the face with their own arguments. In her June 26 decision, she reminded the parties that the law isn’t some restaurant menu where you can pick and choose what you like. Nothing had changed. Not the facts. Not the context. So why drop the injunction or the fine? She quoted the SEC’s own words, saying Ripple had acted “recklessly. ” The misconduct, she noted, wasn’t a thing of the past. And so, she stuck with her ruling: the injunction on institutional XRP sales stays, and Ripple owes a $125 million fine. Ripple Waves the White Flag — Will the SEC Follow? The very next day, Ripple’s CEO Brad Garlinghouse said the company would ditch its cross-appeal. That move surprised almost no one. It was a recognition that Torres wasn’t budging and that there wasn’t much left to gain. Now, everyone’s waiting to see if the SEC will make the same move — and there's a good chance it will. Former SEC litigator Marc Fagel noted that such a decision could take a month or two. The agency has to vote on it internally, and even under the new administration, it moves slowly. XRP Price Shrugs — Investors Already Saw This Coming XRP fell 5% when the judge denied the motion. But it bounced right back after Ripple pulled the appeal. Basically, the market saw this ending coming from a mile away. Since Trump won the presidency again, XRP has shot up over 300%. A lot of that surge? Driven by expectations that the legal weight would lift soon. So, while this week might mark the official closing of the courtroom drama, there’s probably not much upside left in the short term — not from legal relief, anyway. The Bigger Picture: XRP’s Strength in Spite of It All Here's the part that might surprise some people: XRP didn’t just survive the legal mess — it thrived through it. That says something. Ripple’s token remains one of the largest cryptos by market cap. At nearly $130 billion, it’s worth twice as much as PayPal. That's kind of wild when you think about how little visibility there is into Ripple's actual numbers. The injunction only blocked Ripple from selling XRP to institutions illegally. It could still sell — just within legal limits. Yet Ripple clearly wanted that injunction gone. So yeah, it probably did hurt. Still, without hard financials, investors are left guessing about the real damage. What Could Drive XRP’s Next Big Move? Ripple may have put the court case behind it, but for XRP to gain real ground, a few things need to happen. Here’s what to watch for: SEC Withdrawal: If the SEC drops its appeal, that’ll be the official end. Not dramatic, but symbolic — and clean. XRP ETF Approval: Several investment firms have applications in the pipeline. If one gets approved, it could open floodgates for retail and institutional investment. Stablecoin Growth: Ripple launched RLUSD, its dollar-pegged stablecoin, late last year. Will it complement or cannibalize XRP? Time will tell. More Partnerships: Ripple already works with banks and payment firms, especially outside the U. S. Legislative clarity could open the door for new deals, particularly with its stablecoin. XRP’s Valuation Might Be Stretching Things Take a breath here. A $130 billion valuation? That’s a big number for a token still shackled in some ways and with an unclear business model. For comparison’s sake, here’s how XRP stacks up to some well-known payment names: Company / Token Market Cap Publicly Traded? Legal Risk? XRP $130B No Moderate PayPal $65B Yes Low Block (Square) $40B Yes Low Visa $520B Yes Very Low That table puts things in perspective. XRP may be a crypto, but it competes for relevance against payment networks — not just coins. And the other players don’t have legal battles or injunctions to explain away. Investor Expectations Might Be Running Ahead of Reality Some XRP fans expected a rocket launch the moment the legal issues vanished. Didn’t happen. The muted price action hints that the market already accounted for this outcome. That leaves Ripple needing actual growth — not just the absence of legal pain — to fuel further upside. In short, legal drama fading out isn’t the same as progress.

---

- Published: 2025-07-01
- Modified: 2025-07-01
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/fbi-nsa-warn-iranian-hackers-targeting-us-infrastructure/
- Categories: News, Technology

A fresh warning from top U. S. cyber agencies has raised concerns about potential Iranian-linked attacks targeting critical American infrastructure, prompting calls for immediate defensive actions. CISA, the FBI, NSA, and DoD issued a joint alert Tuesday, citing increased risks to vital systems amid growing tensions in the Middle East. Though officials say there's no active campaign underway, they're urging heightened vigilance, especially from companies tied to defense, energy, healthcare, and water systems. Growing Fears Amid Middle East Tensions There’s no missile fire here—just silent code, flashing servers, and vulnerable gateways. The U. S. Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) made it clear: there’s no confirmed attack campaign yet, but that doesn’t mean it’s quiet out there. Rising geopolitical stress, particularly around Israel and Iran, is stirring up fresh threats in cyberspace. Critical infrastructure players are being told to keep their guard up. That means everything from water treatment facilities to hospitals. Even more concerning? Some Iranian-affiliated hackers aren’t just government operatives. Many blend right in with activist movements online. That makes detection trickier and retaliation murkier. Defense Ties Put DIB Firms Under the Microscope Companies with links to Israeli defense or tech are facing a particularly high level of risk, according to the latest advisory. And it’s not just military contractors. Think tanks, researchers, and subcontractors who touch Israeli intelligence or defense development—even tangentially—are now potential targets. In fact, the fact sheet goes as far as flagging the Defense Industrial Base (DIB) as a high-risk sector, due to data-sharing and global collaboration that crosses political boundaries. One official familiar with the advisory called it “a warning shot,” adding that these firms should assume they are already in an adversary’s crosshairs. A Look at How Iran-Linked Hackers Operate Iranian threat groups don’t play by any one rulebook—and that’s part of the problem. Some act like soldiers. Others behave more like street-level vandals. And increasingly, they're overlapping. Take the November 2023 breach of a Pennsylvania water facility. Hackers tied to Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) reportedly exploited unsecured Unitronics controllers exposed online. It wasn’t a sophisticated trick—just an open door nobody locked. That’s the worrying part: many attacks rely on things as basic as: Default login credentials Unpatched systems Publicly exposed control devices And they’re not just sneaking in quietly. Some want attention. Attacks are often accompanied by propaganda spread across X (formerly Twitter) and Telegram, platforms favored by hacktivist circles linked to Iran. DDoS, Ransomware, and Destructive Wipers: Tools of Choice These aren’t just digital pranks. Distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks and website defacements are the flashy tools—loud and visible, like smashing a window. But behind the scenes, there’s real damage happening. Over the past year, Iranian-aligned groups have partnered with Russian ransomware outfits. We’re talking names like: NoEscape Ransomhouse ALPHV (aka BlackCat) Targets have ranged from Israeli banks to logistics companies. Often, data is encrypted. Sometimes it’s exfiltrated and leaked. And in other cases, it’s wiped entirely—erased just to hurt. That last tactic? It’s called a “wiper” attack. And it’s designed not to make money, but to break things permanently. The Cybersecurity Playbook: What the Agencies Recommend This isn’t just a “check your firewall” situation. Federal agencies are pushing specific, no-nonsense steps. While the list reads like standard IT hygiene, it’s being pushed hard because these basic holes are exactly where attackers get in. Here's what they’re urging right now: Keep OT (Operational Technology) and ICS (Industrial Control Systems) off the public internet. Change all default passwords and use unique, strong credentials. Turn on multi-factor authentication—everywhere. Install all available patches, especially on systems facing the internet. Watch your network like a hawk. Unusual activity might be the only sign. Test your backups. Know your incident response plan like the back of your hand. This isn’t abstract theory. These are the kinds of simple oversights that gave IRGC hackers access to a U. S. water utility just months ago. Here’s a table of known Iranian-affiliated cyber actors and their most recent methods of attack: Actor Name Affiliation Notable Tactics Recent Activity IRGC-affiliated groups Iranian military ICS attacks, propaganda PA water utility hack (Nov 2023) ALPHV / BlackCat Russian ransomware Data encryption, leaks Israeli defense firms targeted Hacktivist collectives Informal networks DDoS, website defacement Political campaigns on X, Telegram Some Attacks Already Happening Below the Surface Just because you haven’t heard about a cyberattack doesn’t mean it hasn’t happened. Many successful breaches never make headlines. Victims quietly recover, patch holes, and move on. But security insiders say Iran-linked cyber activity has been quietly ticking up. One federal source, speaking anonymously, said, “There’s a lot happening behind closed doors. What we’re seeing publicly is just the tip. ” So yeah, there’s no official campaign right now. But it sure feels like the calm before something breaks.

---

- Published: 2025-06-30
- Modified: 2025-06-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/scarlett-johansson-accuses-openai-chatgpt-voice-copy/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

OpenAI’s new voice assistant, Sky, has sparked a fresh wave of controversy — and it’s not just about tech. Scarlett Johansson says the voice sounds too familiar. In fact, a little too much like her. In a candid and firm rebuke, Johansson has accused OpenAI of using a voice eerily close to hers in its ChatGPT voice assistant, despite previously declining to participate in the project. The actress, widely known for voicing an AI in the 2013 film Her, isn’t amused by what she sees as a serious overstep. A Voice That Felt Too Close Johansson, 40, says she was stunned when she first heard ChatGPT’s Sky voice. She didn’t mince words either. The resemblance was, in her view, unmistakable. And it wasn’t accidental, she believes. Months ago, the actress declined OpenAI’s request to lend her voice to the assistant. Then suddenly, here was a voice that, to her and many others, sounded nearly identical. Adding to the storm, OpenAI CEO Sam Altman shared a cryptic one-word tweet during Sky’s release: “her”. That single post seemed to many as a clear nod to Johansson’s role in Her, where she portrayed an emotionally intelligent AI. And yes, that did not sit well. Johansson's Fight for Control Over Her Likeness Scarlett Johansson isn’t new to fighting for boundaries in the digital world. Earlier this year, she pushed back hard after an AI-generated deepfake video of her began circulating online. That incident added fuel to her argument: AI is advancing too fast, and it’s leaving humans — and human rights — behind. Speaking with People at the time, she said it bluntly: “It is terrifying that the US government is paralysed when it comes to passing legislation that protects all of its citizens against the imminent dangers of AI. ” This wasn’t just about personal violation. For Johansson, this issue touches the core of what it means to be human — and what it means to perform. “I don’t believe the work I do can be done by AI,” she told The Sunday Times. “I don’t believe the soulfulness of a performance can be replicated. ” That emotional nuance, she says, just can’t be copied by machines. OpenAI Pulls the Plug—But Denies Intent After Johansson’s legal team got involved, OpenAI made a move. They pulled the Sky voice. Quickly. And with a statement. The company insisted it never intended to mimic her voice, claiming Sky was the result of work with a professional voice actor — not a synthetic copy of Johansson’s. Still, the timing, the similarities, and that suspicious tweet stirred doubt. Here’s what OpenAI said in a statement:“Sky’s voice is not Scarlett Johansson’s, and it was never intended to resemble hers. ” But the backlash had already snowballed. Why It Matters More Than Just One Voice This isn’t only about Scarlett Johansson. It’s about how AI companies treat human voices, faces, and likenesses. Where’s the line between inspiration and imitation? Between a tribute and theft? Voice actors and public figures are increasingly concerned that AI might use their work, style, or even their identity — without permission. Johansson’s case just put a celebrity spotlight on it. Let’s break it down with a quick table of what's at stake: Issue Human Impact AI-generated deepfakes Damages trust, spreads false information Voice imitation Threatens careers of voice actors & performers Lack of legislation No real protection against AI misuse Consent and compensation Largely unregulated in AI training models It’s messy. And the laws just haven’t caught up yet. The Real-World Fallout Is Already Happening It’s not science fiction anymore. Johansson’s clash with OpenAI comes as tech companies rush to roll out voice assistants, AI influencers, and synthetic media. Many users are excited. Some are wary. But almost everyone agrees — this tech is moving faster than lawmakers can write policies. A single viral AI video or voice clone can reshape someone’s image overnight. Careers can be altered. Reputations, tainted. And the public? They’re left guessing what’s real and what’s not. The “Her” Connection: Art Imitating Life a Little Too Well? This story took a turn for the strange thanks to one ironic detail: Johansson already played the voice of a sentient AI. Her role in Her was meant to be fiction — a meditation on intimacy and technology. But more than a decade later, here we are. A voice that feels intimate, eerily familiar, now lives in millions of devices. And the film’s themes? They’ve jumped off the screen. • Altman’s tweet — “her” — seemed to blur the line even further between homage and infringement. • Tech fans celebrated it, critics raised eyebrows, and Johansson saw it as a red flag. Legal Action: What Happens Next? Johansson isn’t backing down. Her team has already taken legal steps, pushing OpenAI to pull Sky and investigate how it was created. She’s also pressing for broader accountability, not just for herself, but for all artists and public figures who might be at risk. In the meantime, lawmakers are under pressure to finally step up. AI legislation is crawling in the U. S. , while Europe and China move faster on regulation. The U. S. Congress has held hearings on AI misuse — but no concrete national laws exist yet that would cover cases like Johansson’s. That vacuum leaves plenty of room for more controversy.

---

- Published: 2025-06-30
- Modified: 2025-06-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/google-veo-3-vertex-ai-video-generator-trial/
- Categories: News, Technology

Google is finally letting everyone play with Veo 3 — its powerful new video generator — but not without a few caveats. Users can now access it through Vertex AI on Google Cloud, if they're willing to jump through a couple of hoops. You won’t find a massive fanfare or shiny homepage banners for this. Just a quiet rollout tucked inside Google’s ecosystem, armed with an entry price hidden behind a generous $300 trial credit. Veo 3 Gets a Wider Audience — Quietly While OpenAI’s Sora dominated headlines earlier this year, Google’s been playing a longer game with Veo 3. No beta signups. No waitlists. No big launch events. Just a simple expansion: Veo 3 is now available to anyone using Vertex AI — Google's machine learning development suite. Unlike many flashy video generators, Veo 3 doesn’t rely on synthetic training data alone. It’s trained on millions of real YouTube videos. So yes, it knows what a crowded Tokyo street sounds like. Or how French sounds in Marseille. The realism is uncanny. One catch, though — it’s not free. Not exactly. Yes, It Costs — But That $300 Trial Is Real Let’s break it down. Veo 3 lives inside Vertex AI, which lives inside Google Cloud. So you’ll need a Google Cloud account to use it. But Google offers a solid carrot: $300 in trial credits. That’s your key to unlock Veo 3 without pulling out your wallet — at least for now. The process isn’t too complicated: Sign up for a Google Cloud account (credit/debit card required for ID verification). Activate your $300 free trial credit, valid for 90 days. Access Veo 3 through Vertex AI Studio. And that’s it. You're in. But don’t expect to churn out an hour-long Netflix pilot just yet. The platform caps each Veo 3 generation at 8 seconds per clip. Still, those 8 seconds? They hit hard. Small Clips, Big Quality The 8-second limit might sound restrictive. And yes, it kind of is. But the visual fidelity? It's shocking. Veo 3 generates scenes that feel like something you’d catch on an actual film set. Smooth camera pans. Natural shadows. Lifelike environments. And here’s the kicker: it includes audio. Not just background noise either — voices with accurate local accents. Think Berliners speaking German like real Berliners. And it doesn’t demand a 400-word prompt to get there either. Simple instructions like “a train leaving a snowy station at dawn” are enough. One-sentence prompts can lead to videos that look and sound like they were lifted straight from a real-life recording. What Makes Veo 3 Different From Sora? Let’s not pretend Veo 3 is the first name in AI-generated video — OpenAI’s Sora set the tone. But Veo 3 does a few things differently. For one, its foundation is rooted in YouTube — the largest video library on Earth. It’s been trained not just to make things look good, but to look familiar. Recognizable even. Another difference is accessibility. While Sora remains invite-only or behind layers of access walls, Google just handed Veo 3 over to the public — quietly, but fully. Here’s a quick look at the core differences: Feature Veo 3 Sora Access Open via Vertex AI trial Limited access (invite-only) Training Data Millions of YouTube videos Custom internal datasets Clip Duration Max 8 seconds Up to 1 minute Audio Support Yes, with accents Not publicly available Availability Google Cloud (trial or paid) Not available to general users And let's not forget: Google's video generation model is integrated into a cloud platform built for scaling AI projects. It's part of a bigger ecosystem, not just a standalone tool. How Much Can You Really Do With $300? So what’s the real-world use of that trial credit? Assuming you’re sticking with standard quality settings, each 8-second generation costs a few dollars. Think around $2 to $5 per video, depending on the compute and fidelity settings. That means with $300, you could produce somewhere between 60 to 150 clips — more than enough for testing, prototyping, or even producing shortform content. And since this is Google Cloud, you can also plug Veo into larger AI workflows. Training data for fine-tuned LLMs? Done. Creating assets for synthetic datasets? Absolutely. Of course, once the trial ends, those compute costs start billing. That’s where the price starts to bite a little. How’s the Quality? Google’s Got Receipts Google hasn’t exactly plastered Veo 3 all over the internet — but it’s left breadcrumbs. A few unlisted videos on its official YouTube channel show off Veo 3’s skills, from ambient outdoor scenes to tight interior shots with convincing audio. Some of them look indistinguishable from real footage. Which is both impressive and... slightly eerie. No filters. No fake vibes. Just raw, generative output that nails the small stuff. Motion blur. Sound transitions. Reflections on water. The details are there. It’s not perfect every time — sometimes faces blur or limbs bend wrong — but Veo 3 feels dangerously close to real. Like, close-your-eyes-and-you’d-believe-it kind of close.

---

- Published: 2025-06-28
- Modified: 2025-06-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-1000000-investment-prediction-2035-growth-potential/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Ripple’s XRP is once again making noise, and the question on investors’ minds is getting louder: Can a $10,000 investment in XRP really stretch to $1 million by 2035? With the coin up 5. 06% today and a growing pile of financial integrations backing its use, some believe a 100x leap might not be as far-fetched as it seems. But reality — as always — is a bit more complicated. XRP's Real-World Utility Could Drive Long-Term Gains The main thing XRP has going for it? Actual usage. Forget about pure hype cycles for a moment. XRP isn’t just another coin chasing meme momentum. Its appeal lies in moving money across borders faster and cheaper than traditional systems. That’s not speculative fluff — that’s a real business case. More than 400 financial institutions are already plugged into Ripple's On-Demand Liquidity system, which drastically cuts costs and time for cross-border transactions. Even better, that ecosystem is expanding. Ripple’s latest initiatives are aimed squarely at making XRP indispensable — not optional — for a wide range of financial functions. And XRP’s utility doesn’t stop there. Why That 10X Return Still Feels Within Reach A 10X return by 2035 would mean XRP climbs from its current $2. 20 to around $22. That would require a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of about 26%. Tricky? Yes. Impossible? Not quite. Let’s break this down into three key moves Ripple is making that actually support this: Ethereum compatibility: Ripple is launching a sidechain that works with Ethereum’s smart contracts. That means developers don’t have to rewrite code to build on XRP’s faster, cheaper chain. Buying Hidden Road for $1. 2 billion: This lets XRP offer institutional-grade services like trade financing, credit, and custody, all under one roof. Real-World Asset (RWA) tokenization: XRP now hosts $160 million in tokenized real-world assets. That’s up 37% in a month. And analysts say the entire RWA market could balloon to $16 trillion by 2030. Even more importantly, XRP recently got some breathing room on the regulatory front. The SEC settled its long-running lawsuit against Ripple, reducing its fine and essentially clearing the runway for XRP to be relisted on major U. S. exchanges. Here’s Where the Dream Hits a Speed Bump Let’s be real — going from $10K to $1 million is a completely different beast. That’s a 100x leap. You’d need XRP to pull off a CAGR of 58% for 10 straight years. That’s bonkers. Even the early days of Bitcoin barely managed that kind of sustained growth, and XRP isn’t in its infancy anymore. It’s already a known player, with a $130 billion market cap. Crypto loves to surprise, but gravity kicks in eventually. Plus, that kind of exponential growth assumes consistently high global liquidity. The kind we had during the pandemic? Not likely to repeat every year for the next decade. A Table That Tells the Story Let’s look at the math behind these scenarios. Here's how your $10,000 would grow based on different CAGR levels by 2035: CAGR 2035 Value Return Multiple 10% $25,937 2. 6x 20% $61,917 6. 2x 26% $100,000 10x 35% $210,322 21x 58% $1,000,000 100x And yet, XRP is still interesting — maybe even exciting. Where XRP Could Still Surprise Investors Even if a 100x gain is unlikely, XRP has enough going on to justify long-term interest. There’s a fundamental shift happening in finance. Ripple is quietly building infrastructure that could become standard plumbing for international money movement. If its Ethereum-compatible sidechain gains traction, and if RWAs keep booming, XRP could become a key piece of that future. Also worth noting: XRP’s inclusion in the U. S. government’s planned Digital Asset Stockpile. While mostly symbolic for now, it signals a level of trust and strategic importance that few coins get. There’s a chance XRP becomes boring — and that might be the best-case scenario. Dollar-Cost Averaging May Be the Smart Play Chasing massive returns usually ends in disappointment. But building exposure slowly over time? That works better. Dollar-cost averaging — buying a set amount at regular intervals — helps cushion against crypto’s violent price swings. If XRP’s utility story plays out and the broader market remains open to blockchain solutions, steady buyers could end up doing quite well.

---

- Published: 2025-06-28
- Modified: 2025-06-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/scattered-spider-hackers-target-airlines-after-insurance-retail-breaches/
- Categories: News

Cybercrime group “Scattered Spider” is now steering its focus toward North America’s aviation and transportation sectors, marking a sharp escalation in the threat landscape. Experts say the tactics are familiar, the impact is growing, and the victims are no longer confined to insurers and high-street retailers. WestJet and Hawaiian Airlines are the latest in a line of major names reportedly breached using the same social engineering tricks that have defined this threat actor's strategy. And it’s no longer a question of if, but when others might fall in line. From Co-op to Cockpits: How Scattered Spider Has Expanded Its Scope At first, Scattered Spider’s victims were retail brands. Big ones. In the UK and US, household names like Marks & Spencer and Co-op were caught up in messy cyber intrusions. Then came a pivot — insurance companies like Aflac, Erie, and Philadelphia Insurance were next. That pivot wasn’t random. Each wave of attacks seems to zero in on a specific industry. Analysts at Palo Alto Networks and Mandiant believe the group is systematically moving from one sector to another, collecting credentials, data, and leverage. And now, that spotlight is on aviation and transport. Even though it’s hard to pin down exactly who’s behind every breach, patterns are repeating. And people are paying attention. WestJet’s Wake-Up Call: A Breach That Didn’t Go Quiet On June 12, WestJet — Canada’s second-largest airline — went dark internally. The mobile app went offline. Internal systems got knocked. For a moment, it wasn’t clear how bad things were. Then came reports from BleepingComputer: this wasn’t just a hiccup. It was a full-blown breach, and it was serious. Turns out, the attacker used a surprisingly simple method to get in. They reset an employee’s password via self-service, registered their own multi-factor authentication (MFA), and waltzed in through Citrix like they owned the place. Sources close to the matter say Microsoft and Palo Alto Networks were called in immediately. Hawaiian Airlines Next in Line, American Airlines on Watch Less than two weeks after WestJet’s issues, Hawaiian Airlines said it had also suffered a cyberattack. They weren’t saying much — yet — but people close to the matter say it’s likely the same crew. American Airlines, meanwhile, is dealing with an unexplained IT outage. Whether it’s related remains to be seen. The silence from official channels isn’t helping calm nerves. Charles Carmakal of Mandiant didn’t mince words: “Scattered Spider has added North American airline and transportation organizations to their target list. ” His LinkedIn post wasn’t a casual observation. It was a red flag. This Isn’t Your Average Cyber Gang Scattered Spider — also known by names like UNC3944, Octo Tempest, and Muddled Libra — isn’t exactly a traditional group. It’s more like a style of cyber warfare than a gang. A method. A playbook. The people behind it? They’re young. English-speaking. Internet-native. And they know how to play both systems and humans. They trick help desks. They spam MFA requests (a tactic called “MFA fatigue”). They run SIM-swapping scams. They phish with alarming precision. These folks often don’t operate alone, either. Many have ties to Russian-speaking ransomware syndicates like BlackCat and RansomHub. That crossover is rare — and dangerous. Sector-by-Sector: A Table of Their Known Hits Scattered Spider’s methodical targeting is starting to look like a checklist. Sector Major Victims Tactics Observed Retail Marks & Spencer, Co-op Credential theft, phishing, MFA bombing Insurance Aflac, Erie, Philadelphia Insurance Social engineering, SIM swapping Tech/Cloud Twilio, Coinbase, DoorDash MFA resets, help desk exploits Entertainment MGM, Caesars, Riot Games Credential stuffing, ransomware partners Aviation WestJet, Hawaiian Airlines (suspected) Password resets, MFA takeover Every move is sharper than the last. Identity Is the Soft Spot. And They Know It. There’s a reason these attackers keep breaking in through MFA platforms and help desks: because they work. Companies often overlook the basics — like who’s requesting a password reset, and whether that “employee” on the line is even real. Sam Rubin from Palo Alto Networks made it crystal clear: “Organizations should be on high alert for social engineering attacks and suspicious MFA reset requests. ” That’s where it starts. And if it slips through the cracks? It doesn’t end well. Rubin and others recommend firms review every phone number added to employee profiles, especially during account recovery. Help desks should ask more than just an ID number. Because, frankly, the bad guys already have that info. What’s the Defense Playbook Look Like? There’s no silver bullet. But there are red flags and clear advice from the front lines. Google’s Threat Intelligence Group and Palo Alto Networks have already put out detailed guidance on what companies should do — starting yesterday. Lock down self-service password reset tools. Monitor MFA device changes closely. Educate support staff on phishing and spoofing attempts. Log and review help desk requests involving identity changes. It’s not just about firewalls or antivirus anymore. These attackers are coming in through identity layers. If a company can’t see who’s doing what across their platforms — Microsoft 365, Okta, Citrix, whatever — they’re flying blind.

---

- Published: 2025-06-24
- Modified: 2025-06-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/circle-stock-rallies-after-fiserv-partnership-stablecoin-banking/
- Categories: News, Finance

Circle shares jumped nearly 8% midday after soaring 24% earlier Tuesday, fueled by a partnership with banking tech heavyweight Fiserv. Could this be crypto’s long-awaited bridge to Wall Street? The buzz is real. After a wild morning spike, Circle Internet Financial (NYSE: CRCL) cooled slightly but still held onto solid gains, trading at $262. 81 as of early afternoon. The surge followed news of a tie-up with Fiserv, a giant in banking infrastructure, hinting that stablecoins might be inching closer to everyday banking. A Stablecoin Giant Wants a Seat at the Big Banks’ Table Circle has always tried to walk a fine line—deeply rooted in crypto yet appealing to regulators and traditional institutions. Today’s move may be its boldest yet. Circle is the issuer of USDC and EURC, two of the most prominent stablecoins pegged to the U. S. dollar and the euro, respectively. Unlike Bitcoin or Ethereum, which can swing wildly in price, these tokens aim to stay... well, stable. One dollar in, one dollar out. Clean and simple. But what’s new here is that Circle is no longer content playing in the crypto sandbox. The partnership with Fiserv signals it wants in on the banking world’s core tech stack. Fiserv’s systems are the beating heart of thousands of financial institutions. And now, with Circle in the mix, stablecoins may finally show up where people least expected them: inside your local credit union’s mobile app. What’s in the Deal? Clarity, Not So Much—But the Signal Is Loud The announcement was light on specifics but heavy on promise. Both companies say they will "jointly explore and develop stablecoin-enabled solutions for financial institutions and merchants within the Fiserv ecosystem. " That could mean anything from crypto-powered cross-border payments to digital dollar checkout at your neighborhood pharmacy. Still, the market loved it. Circle’s stock had already been on a tear, up 735% since its IPO earlier this month. But today's rally felt different. It wasn’t fueled by meme stock frenzy or speculative altcoin chatter—it was banks. Actual, regulated banks. One sentence from Circle CEO Jeremy Allaire stood out: "As demand for real-time, borderless financial experiences accelerates, this collaboration reflects our commitment to supporting forward-thinking financial institutions. " That’s the kind of language that reassures regulators and excites institutional investors. Why This Could Actually Matter Circle isn't the first crypto player to flirt with traditional finance. But few have done so with this kind of scale and timing. Fiserv isn't a household name, but it powers money movement for thousands of U. S. financial institutions. The company sits behind the scenes, keeping deposits flowing and payments clearing. Circle, meanwhile, provides the digital infrastructure to move dollars instantly over the internet without needing a bank. Bringing these two together makes sense on paper. Now it’s about execution. Here’s why this matters: Stablecoins have the speed and flexibility of crypto but without the scary price swings. Fiserv gives Circle access to banks that serve tens of millions of customers. Financial institutions, already under pressure to modernize, may finally have a plug-and-play way to test crypto-style payments without reinventing the wheel. Wait, Circle’s Valuation Jumped HOW Much? This is where some eyebrows get raised. Just weeks ago, Circle was a private company. It went public via a traditional IPO and reported about $155 million in revenue for 2024. Yet it now sports a valuation over $56 billion. That’s more than some established banks with decades of history and millions of customers. Let’s take a quick look at the numbers: Metric Value Market Cap $56B+ 2024 Revenue ~$155M Price Range Today $232. 50 - $298. 99 52-Week Low $31. 00 Volume 3. 49M Avg Volume 40. 37M The company doesn’t even have a dividend or much of a gross margin to speak of—at least not yet. So yes, there’s hype baked in here. But this is crypto. Hype is the oxygen. Investors Caught Between FOMO and Reality Traders are now grappling with a classic dilemma: has Circle come too far, too fast? The partnership with Fiserv feels like a landmark moment, no doubt. But even bullish analysts are starting to caution against piling in at these levels. After all, integration takes time. Regulatory hurdles aren’t going away. And the crypto industry still bears scars from meltdowns like FTX and Terra. Yet investors also know this: you don’t want to miss the next big thing. And if stablecoins are going to play a serious role in the future of finance—especially inside the banking system—Circle is now undeniably at the center of it all. A Quiet Revolution, Hidden in Fine Print Lost in all the excitement is one sobering truth: most consumers still have no idea what stablecoins are, let alone how to use them. Circle and Fiserv will have to do more than engineer software. They'll need to build trust and usability from the ground up. That means translating crypto-speak into normal English. It means banks offering USDC payments as casually as they now offer Zelle. It also means facing regulators head-on. Washington is still figuring out how it wants to treat stablecoins. Are they securities? Are they money? Both? Neither? That’s still TBD. No one's saying Circle and Fiserv just rewired the entire financial system. But they might have found the first credible blueprint. The stock is hot, sure. But what’s even hotter is the idea that USDC—once just another crypto token—could soon be sitting quietly inside your bank’s backend, helping settle a payment in under a second. And no one would even know. That’s the kind of disruption that doesn’t yell. It just happens.

---

- Published: 2025-06-23
- Modified: 2025-06-23
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-vs-bitcoin-price-performance-etf-outlook-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Solana is losing steam while Bitcoin’s getting all the spotlight. Over the past year, Bitcoin’s price has jumped nearly 60%, flirting with all-time highs again. Meanwhile, Solana barely budged — up just 7% — and still sits more than 50% below its peak. The difference isn’t just about price action. It’s about perception, institutional support, and Solana’s own growing pains. And right now, the underdog token is looking like it’s stuck on the sidelines. Bitcoin Gets the Institutional Gold Star Treatment Big money’s backing Bitcoin. That’s a simple, powerful shift. Last year’s approval of spot Bitcoin ETFs in the U. S. cracked the door open. Now the money’s flowing in, especially from institutional and corporate investors. According to Bloomberg Intelligence, over $15 billion has poured into U. S. spot Bitcoin ETFs since launch — and that’s still picking up pace. It doesn’t stop there. The Trump administration’s announcement of a "Strategic Bitcoin Reserve" — basically treating Bitcoin like digital gold — added even more legitimacy. Political tailwinds are now pushing Bitcoin closer to being seen as a macro hedge asset. And let’s not forget the Fed. Falling interest rate expectations are luring risk-tolerant investors back into crypto — but most aren’t bothering with the smaller tokens. Solana’s Growing List of Technical Pros — And Market Cons Solana’s got the tech chops, no doubt. It’s lightning quick, runs on proof of stake (not mining), and its native blockchain is uniquely souped-up with something called proof of history (PoH). That lets it run faster than both Ethereum and most other major blockchains. But being fast doesn’t mean it’s winning. Solana theoretically handles up to 65,000 transactions per second (TPS), while Ethereum’s base layer maxes out around 30. But real-world numbers tell a different story: Blockchain Real-World Avg TPS Theoretical Max TPS Notes Solana 600–1,500 65,000 Prone to network congestion Ethereum (L1) 15 30 Slow but stable Ethereum (L2) 1,000–4,000 ~10,000+ Uses off-chain rollups Solana wins on speed, but it’s also faced multiple network outages. That’s cost it credibility. Developers are wary. Investors are cautious. And it doesn’t help that Solana’s not cross-compatible with other blockchains. One more issue? Its main programming languages, Rust and C, aren’t as user-friendly as Ethereum’s Solidity. That’s a big deal for attracting developers, especially newbies. Inflation vs. Scarcity: Tokenomics Tell the Real Story Here’s where things get interesting — and maybe a little grim for Solana. Bitcoin is capped. Only 21 million coins will ever exist. That hard limit gives it a scarcity similar to gold or silver. It’s simple and it works. Solana? Not so much. Solana is inflationary. Over 528 million tokens are already circulating, and more are still being added. Yes, inflation is gradually tapering — currently 4. 5% per year, expected to decline by 15% every 450–630 days. But it won’t drop below 1. 5% annually, making it hard to see SOL as a true store of value. That’s a huge psychological barrier for investors. People like scarcity. Inflation, even if controlled, still spooks long-term holders. In a side-by-side tokenomics face-off, Bitcoin feels like a fortress. Solana feels like an app that could go stale. Not All Doom and Gloom: Solana’s Catalysts Are Still Lurking Despite the slower year, Solana isn’t without hope. Some big partnerships could turn the tide. Solana Pay is now supported by names like Visa and Shopify — potentially giving the crypto token a serious shot at mainstream payments adoption. Imagine instant, nearly free stablecoin transactions embedded into retail checkout flows. That’s meaningful. There’s also growing momentum around gaming and NFTs built directly on Solana. Unlike some of the meme coins, Solana’s ecosystem includes actual products and infrastructure: In-game crypto assets NFT marketplaces Tokenized real-world utilities like decentralized wireless networks and GPU marketplaces Developers are clearly still interested, even if the momentum isn’t explosive right now. And then there’s the ETF wildcard. Multiple firms have filed with the SEC to launch Solana-based exchange-traded funds. If approved, it could be a massive credibility boost — and a gateway for new institutional dollars. So, Is Solana Still a Smart Bet? This is the million-dollar question — maybe literally. Solana definitely has advantages. It’s fast, it's affordable to transact with, and its infrastructure is improving. It’s arguably more useful than Bitcoin when it comes to day-to-day activity. But Bitcoin isn’t trying to be useful. It’s trying to be inevitable. That’s the real difference. Solana needs constant developer attention, new applications, and successful upgrades to stay relevant. Bitcoin can just... exist. And that simplicity makes it stronger, not weaker. Solana also faces an uphill climb against Ethereum. Ethereum’s ecosystem is vast. Its developer base is massive. And its Level 2 rollups are closing the speed gap fast. Solana’s edge? It’s early enough to still offer upside — but only if it overcomes its fragmentation, reliability concerns, and identity crisis.

---

- Published: 2025-06-23
- Modified: 2025-06-23
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/coinmarketcap-supply-chain-attack-drains-wallets-june-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

A malicious script hidden in a homepage image triggered a wallet-draining popup that stole thousands from unsuspecting visitors. On the evening of June 20, 2025, visitors to CoinMarketCap weren’t expecting anything unusual. It looked like a typical day on the world’s most visited cryptocurrency pricing site. But what appeared to be a harmless homepage doodle ended up being the digital Trojan horse that siphoned crypto from user wallets. Within hours, a wave of complaints and concerns started trickling through social media and crypto forums. Popups asking users to connect their Web3 wallets? On CoinMarketCap? Something was off. A Wallet Popup No One Asked For Things started to go sideways when users began encountering strange Web3 wallet connection prompts. Most users thought it was a new feature or maybe an update. Instead, the moment they clicked "Connect," their crypto was gone. Just like that. In a statement posted on X, CoinMarketCap confirmed that threat actors had slipped malicious JavaScript into their homepage through a seemingly innocent doodle image. How a Doodle Image Became the Smoking Gun So how did an image become a backdoor? Well, it wasn’t the image itself. It was the JSON payload linked to it. According to cybersecurity firm c/side, attackers had tampered with the API CoinMarketCap used to serve that doodle. Once that JSON was loaded, it quietly inserted a script tag referencing static. cdnkitio—an external server controlled by attackers. And that’s where the damage began. The script ran on the user’s browser A fake Web3 wallet popup appeared using real CoinMarketCap branding Unsuspecting users clicked “connect,” thinking it was safe Their wallet contents were drained silently This wasn’t a direct breach of CoinMarketCap’s servers. It was something trickier: a supply chain attack. One that worked by compromising a third-party component CoinMarketCap relied on. Supply Chain Attacks: Silent, Slippery, and Devastating Supply chain attacks are nasty because they don’t go after the big fish directly. Instead, they poison the fish’s food. That’s basically what happened here. CMC trusted an external source to display a fun little graphic. That trust was exploited. In their analysis, c/side wrote: “Such attacks are hard to detect because they exploit trusted elements of a platform. ” They’re not wrong. From SolarWinds to 3CX, supply chain breaches have made headlines for exactly this reason—they sneak in through the back door everyone forgot to lock. A Glimpse Into the Drainer Panel The attackers weren’t exactly shy either. More technical details started emerging after a threat actor named Rey posted a screenshot of the drainer control panel on Telegram. The panel confirmed some disturbing stats: Total stolen: $43,266 Total victims: 110 Language used by attackers: French Here's a snapshot of what the attackers were tracking: Metric Value Total Wallets Affected 110 Total Funds Drained $43,266 Channel Language French Host Site static. cdnkitio Popup Spoof CoinMarketCap Web3 Wallet Connect While $43K might not sound like a fortune in crypto terms, that’s not the real point. The point is how it was done—stealthy, smart, and practically invisible until it was too late. The Bigger Picture: Wallet Drainers Are on the Rise Unfortunately, this isn’t a one-off. Wallet drainers have been getting more creative by the month. Gone are the days of old-school phishing emails. Now, you’ll find them embedded in Twitter ads, disguised as browser extensions, or hiding in cloned versions of popular websites. By some estimates, wallet drainers alone siphoned nearly $500 million in 2024. That’s half a billion gone in less than a year, spread across 300,000+ victims. Scary numbers. Mozilla's even rolled out new measures to spot these scripts in Firefox add-ons. That tells you how real the threat has become. CoinMarketCap Responds, Users Left Picking Up the Pieces CoinMarketCap says the hole is patched. Their post on X was quick to reassure users: “We acted immediately... identified the root cause... CoinMarketCap is safe and secure. ” But for the 110 victims, it’s little comfort. There’s no customer support line for stolen Ethereum. No chargeback button for lost NFTs. In crypto, self-custody means self-responsibility—and self-risk. One user wrote on Reddit, “I only had $300 in there, but it still hurts. I’ve been checking that site for years without a second thought. ” That’s exactly what made the attack work.

---

- Published: 2025-06-21
- Modified: 2025-06-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-tsmc-ai-stocks-benefiting-from-boom-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

It’s hard to have a conversation about work, tech, or the future without someone bringing up artificial intelligence. Whether you’re a fan or a skeptic, one thing’s for sure — AI isn’t just hype anymore. It’s becoming big business. Very big. According to PwC, the global AI market could be worth more than $15 trillion by 2030. That’s not a typo. Trillion, with a T. And while the flood of AI startups and press releases can feel overwhelming, two established giants — Taiwan Semiconductor and Microsoft — are turning that potential into real-world profits. Taiwan Semiconductor: The AI Chip King Most People Don’t Talk About Let’s start with the company at the heart of the AI hardware race: Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, or TSMC. They’re not a household name for most people, but TSMC quietly powers nearly everything. If you’ve used a phone, laptop, or cloud service today, odds are you’ve used a chip they made. TSMC produces an estimated 90% of the world’s AI processors. Let that sink in. That includes the chips powering Nvidia’s AI tech — the same Nvidia everyone’s been talking about this year. Revenue for TSMC hit $25. 5 billion in Q1 2025 — up 41% from last year. And profits? Those soared too, with diluted earnings per share climbing 60% to $2. 12 per ADR. That’s not just impressive — it’s dominance. Management isn’t being coy about expectations either. CEO C. C. Wei recently confirmed that AI-related revenue is set to double in 2025 compared to last year. TSMC's secret sauce? Their edge in next-gen chip manufacturing. They’re pushing ahead with their 3nm and 5nm tech while competitors are still playing catch-up. 3nm and 5nm chips are now in hot demand, and TSMC is leading in both production and efficiency. Wall Street has taken notice, but the stock — despite soaring 142% over the last three years — still trades at a P/E ratio of 25. That’s below the S&P 500’s average. So, despite the growth, it’s not outrageously priced. TSMC Key Financials (Q1 2025) Data Revenue $25. 5B EPS $2. 12 Gross Margin 56. 02% Market Cap $1. 1T Dividend Yield 1. 25% And unlike some flashier AI names, this isn’t just smoke and mirrors. TSMC is a foundational piece of the entire AI ecosystem. They’re not building apps — they’re building the literal engines that make those apps possible. Microsoft: Betting Big and Moving Fast in the AI Arms Race Then there’s Microsoft. Unlike TSMC, Microsoft’s name is already etched in the public consciousness. But it’s what they’ve done behind the scenes that’s made the difference lately. Their early and aggressive investment in OpenAI — the company behind ChatGPT — was a savvy move. Microsoft didn’t just write a check. They baked ChatGPT into Microsoft 365, into Azure, into GitHub. They made AI functional, not just flashy. The results? Azure cloud sales jumped 35% in Q3. That’s not a coincidence. The company now controls 21% of the global cloud market, behind only Amazon at 30%. But the gap’s closing. Microsoft is throwing $80 billion into cloud infrastructure this fiscal year. Yes, $80 billion. That's more than the GDP of some countries. The idea is simple: own the infrastructure, own the future. If AI is oil, then Microsoft wants to be both the refinery and the gas station. Investors are already seeing the upside. The stock’s at $477, close to its all-time high, with a $3. 6 trillion market cap. And even at a P/E of 36, many still see room to run. This isn’t just about hype. It’s about utility. Microsoft has made AI useful for coders, analysts, students, and enterprises alike. What Makes These Two Different? So why highlight TSMC and Microsoft, when there are hundreds of AI-related companies out there? Because they’re not hoping AI becomes big. They’re already profiting from it. And they’re doing it from different angles: TSMC is selling picks and shovels in the AI gold rush — the processors. Microsoft is building the services that sit on top — the software, tools, and cloud. It’s also worth noting: both companies are highly cash-generative, already profitable, and command significant moats in their respective spaces. This isn’t startup territory. These are tech pillars. And here's the kicker — neither is pricing in wild growth just yet. TSMC, with its lower-than-average P/E, looks especially reasonable. Microsoft trades higher, sure, but it’s delivering on growth promises quarter after quarter. A Broader Picture of AI Investing It’s easy to get overwhelmed in the AI investing conversation. New names are always popping up. Some IPOs sizzle. Others fizzle. But while headlines bounce from one hyped startup to another, the real money — the consistent money — is being made by firms that already own infrastructure, relationships, and reach. And let’s be honest. AI isn't just a new tech fad. It’s shaping the next 20 years of productivity, search, code, health, even creativity. PwC’s $15 trillion forecast by 2030? That might end up conservative if adoption continues to pick up pace. That’s why watching where big players are placing their bets matters. Because they’re not guessing. Microsoft and TSMC aren't trying to ride the wave. They are the wave.

---

- Published: 2025-06-21
- Modified: 2025-06-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/gordon-ramsay-faints-at-sons-birth-ed-sheeran-hospital/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Gordon Ramsay has sliced, diced, and screamed through kitchens for decades. But when it came to the birth of his son Oscar, the usually unshakable chef hit the floor—literally—as Ed Sheeran crooned in the background. It’s not every day you hear about a man fainting to the sound of “Thinking Out Loud,” but then again, this is Gordon Ramsay we’re talking about. The birth wasn’t just emotional—it was a spectacle. The Chef Who Missed Four Births, But Not This One For the first four of his kids, Gordon was banned from the delivery room. And not in a mean-spirited way—his wife Tana simply didn’t want him there. “She said, ‘I want my mum and your mum in there, not you,’” Ramsay shared candidly on the SmartLess podcast. So for Megan (now 26), twins Jack and Holly (25), and Matilda “Tilly” (23), the famous dad was kept safely on the other side of the curtain. No blood, no drama. Just phone calls, pacing, and updates. But for Oscar, now 6, things were different. It was a C-section, and Gordon was invited into the operating room. Big moment, right? He passed out. Sheeran, Screams, and Surgical Scenery The scene sounds like something straight out of a drama. “Play Ed Sheeran,” Ramsay requested. Seemed innocent enough. Probably something soothing to calm the nerves. But when things got real—like really real—the music was just background noise to chaos. “There was blood everywhere,” Ramsay recalled. “I see two doctors dive in. They pop him out. I look down and—boom—I black out. ” He collapsed, baby in arms, overwhelmed by what he called a “f****** idiot” moment. It wasn't pain. It wasn’t pressure. It was the rush of it all: blood, surgeons, baby, and Ed Sheeran singing about forever love. It wasn’t a scene you'd expect to rattle someone who has yelled at undercooked risotto and raw scallops on national television. But Ramsay’s no different from the rest of us when life gets real. Now a Dad of Seven, But Still the Same Gordon Since that unforgettable episode in the delivery room, Gordon’s family has grown again. In 2023, Tana gave birth to their youngest, Jesse James. So yes, at 58, Ramsay is now the father of seven. The split is interesting—four grown children and two little ones with more Peppa Pig than Gordon’s Kitchen Nightmares. “We had four amazing kids, and then... well, we got a bit crazy,” Ramsay joked on the podcast. And honestly? The age gap is huge. Megan (26) is now a police officer in London. Jack (25) serves in the Royal Marines. Holly (25) works in fashion. Tilly (23) just returned from culinary school. Oscar (6) is already cheeky and curious. Jesse James is still in diapers. This is not a quiet household. Tilly, the Chef Who Didn’t Want Dad’s Training Out of all the kids, it’s Tilly who seems to be walking closest to Gordon’s culinary footsteps. But even that path has its own twist. Rather than train at one of her dad’s restaurants, Tilly chose to study at Ballymaloe Cookery School in Ireland. A place known for its focus on slow food and traditional Irish techniques. Not Michelin stars. Not Hell’s Kitchen. And yes, that stung a bit. “I’m a little bit miffed,” Gordon admitted. “She’s seen the shows, that’s the problem. ” You can almost hear the smile behind the statement. There’s a clear affection. But also a dash of disappointment. After all, when your dad is Gordon Ramsay and you pick another school over his expertise, it says something. Gordon’s Values: Earn It, Don’t Expect It One thing that comes through loud and clear: Gordon Ramsay doesn’t believe in handing his kids anything on a silver platter—even though he could. He’s always been vocal about instilling work ethic, grit, and independence. “They can’t depend on mum and dad,” he says, flatly. It’s not about being strict. It’s about being grounded. And in a world where celebrity kids often float through life, Gordon’s approach feels refreshingly old school. Even in how the kids grew up—joining him on filming trips, taking time off school, then heading right back into class. It was a weird, wonderful balancing act that somehow worked. A Chart of Gordon Ramsay's Kids and Their Paths Just to lay it all out clearly, here’s a quick snapshot of the Ramsay family tree and what each child is doing now: Name Age Career/Focus Notes Megan 26 Police Officer Works in London Jack 25 Royal Marines Commando Serving in the UK military Holly 25 Fashion Working in fashion industry Tilly (Matilda) 23 Chef-in-Training Attended Ballymaloe Cookery School Oscar 6 Preschool Student Famous for stealing the show on Instagram Jesse James 1 Baby Born in 2023 Yep, it’s a full house. What’s Next for the Ramsay Clan? It’s hard to say where things go from here. But Gordon and Tana seem to be embracing round two of parenthood with a surprising amount of energy. The family spends time between London and Los Angeles. Oscar’s already showing signs of being a natural on camera. And Jesse? He’s still figuring out the basics. Meanwhile, Gordon’s still juggling restaurants, TV shoots, podcasts, and family dinners. His life might be split between Michelin-starred meals and baby bottles now—but he wouldn’t have it any other way.

---

- Published: 2025-06-20
- Modified: 2025-06-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/whitebit-coin-surges-juventus-sponsorship-future-outlook/
- Categories: News, Finance

WhiteBIT Coin just got a major boost—up 35% this week—after signing a headline-grabbing sponsorship deal with Italian soccer giant Juventus. But is this rise just hype, or the start of something much bigger? Crypto Meets the Beautiful Game WhiteBIT, a Lithuania-based crypto exchange with deep European roots, lit up crypto trading boards this week. Its native token, WhiteBIT Coin (WBT), spiked sharply after announcing it had become the sleeve sponsor for Juventus, one of the most storied football clubs in the world. The timing? No coincidence. The three-year agreement went public Monday, and by Thursday mid-morning, WBT had climbed from Friday’s close by 35%. It’s not the first time a sports partnership sent the coin’s price moving, but this one felt different—louder, faster, and backed by a flood of online buzz. Juventus players will now wear the WhiteBIT logo on their left sleeves. The exposure? Massive. We’re talking global TV broadcasts, social media frenzy, and likely millions of curious football fans Googling “What’s WhiteBIT? ” for the first time. A Pattern of High-Profile Moves This isn’t WhiteBIT's first football rodeo. Back in 2022, they inked a sponsorship deal with FC Barcelona. That partnership also gave the coin a modest bump. But Juventus, with its deep roots in Italian football and an even broader European fanbase, may open doors that Barcelona simply couldn’t. On top of that, WhiteBIT has rolled out a co-branded Visa debit card, integrating its crypto platform more tightly with real-world spending. The card didn’t make big headlines, but it quietly helped the ecosystem. The company seems to have a clear playbook now: Lock in globally recognized sports teams Boost visibility fast Drive attention to its token and platform And judging by this week’s results, it’s working. Building a Platform From Eastern Europe Outward Founded in 2018, WhiteBIT started out small, based in Lithuania, with major operations in Ukraine and remote teams scattered across Europe. Fast-forward to today, and it's one of the top 30 most active exchanges globally. Its European foundation has been a double-edged sword. On one hand, it benefits from a more crypto-friendly regulatory climate. On the other, it's still viewed as an “outsider” compared to giants like Binance or Coinbase. But maybe that’s changing. WBT isn’t listed on a stock exchange, so the coin itself is the closest thing to owning a stake in the company’s future. As more users pile onto the platform, demand for the token grows, since it's used for trading discounts and staking rewards. The question now is: can it go global? Maybe. A 52-Week Explosion WBT’s chart looks almost unreal. Over the past year, it has soared 421%. Part of that was tied to October 2024, when the company hit two major milestones: Five million users signed up. Its 300th Bitcoin block was mined. And yet, despite those massive events, nothing moved the needle quite like Juventus did this week. Some analysts are pointing out that the sponsorship gives WhiteBIT credibility with mainstream consumers. That could be the real magic. Where Things Stand Now At press time, here’s how the numbers shake out: Metric Value Current Price $49. 41 52-Week Range $49. 25 - $52. 27 Weekly Surge +35% Market Cap $7 Billion 24h Volume 34,037,384 Avg Trading Volume — It’s notable that the coin is nearing its all-time high. For a token that's still relatively under the radar in the U. S. , that's saying something. Available to U. S. Buyers, but It’s Not a Stock Here’s where it gets tricky. Although WBT is native to a European exchange, it can be bought on some major U. S. platforms. But don’t confuse it with owning equity in WhiteBIT. You’re not buying shares. You’re buying a coin that’s tied to the platform’s health, growth, and user activity. That’s a big distinction. So yeah, when the platform booms, the coin might too. But there’s no legal obligation or dividend payout. It’s all based on perception, usage, and network growth. Caution in the Hype Look, it’s tempting to get caught up in the moment. A flashy deal, a 35% pop, big numbers everywhere. But even WhiteBIT’s own fans admit this isn’t a guaranteed rocket ride. Crypto markets are notoriously volatile. The coin jumped thanks to branding momentum—but will it stay elevated? That depends on what WhiteBIT does next. Some investors feel it’s the start of a breakout era. Others think it’s a classic pump after a marketing move. Both could be right.

---

- Published: 2025-06-20
- Modified: 2025-06-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/fantasy-life-i-roguelike-mode-dlc-update-1-million-sales/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Life sim games aren't exactly known for their adrenaline. They’re cozy, wholesome, often slow-burn experiences. Think: farming, fishing, crafting, changing your hairstyle five times in one afternoon. So when developer Level 5 revealed its free DLC for Fantasy Life i: The Girl Who Steals Time includes an open-world roguelike mode, it raised more than a few eyebrows. And yet, here it is. A bold swing in an unexpected direction. A Roguelike? Really? The original Fantasy Life, released way back in 2012 for the Nintendo 3DS, built its charm on laid-back pacing and career-jumping fun. You could be a chef, then a miner, then a wizard by dinner. The 2025 sequel has stayed true to that spirit—until now. In a post published on Level 5’s official site, the company confirmed that a major update is “actively underway,” and will add “an evolved version of Ginormosia,” the game’s mysterious region. But here's the kicker: it’ll blend open-world exploration with roguelike systems. That means randomly generated elements, higher-stakes progression, and probably some sort of permadeath—though the blog post steers clear of the fine details. It’s a left turn that feels a bit like asking Animal Crossing to add a Dark Souls mode. But hey, maybe chaos was what Fantasy Life needed all along. A Million Copies Sold—and Counting If you're wondering why Level 5 is giving away so much for free, it might have something to do with the numbers. Fantasy Life i has already sold more than 1 million copies since its release in late May. For a niche RPG-sim hybrid, that’s a solid achievement—and the company isn’t shy about celebrating it. In fact, they’re marking the milestone with a commemorative bundle that includes: A free gift code unlocking an exclusive piece of equipment A special Pegasus mount (not to be confused with the mistakenly gifted unicorn, which has now been corrected) Yes, that’s right. Someone out there received the wrong mythical horse. Level 5 has apologized profusely. More Than Just Dungeons Beyond the roguelike shake-up, there’s plenty more packed into this hefty free DLC. We’re talking quality-of-life upgrades and quirky cosmetics designed to keep players hooked—and, more importantly, expressing themselves. Among the confirmed additions: A brand-new character described as one who’ll “leave a significant mark on the world” Stylish new emotes and customizable hairstyles Mounts, powerful new gear, and what the team calls “unusual items” Unusual indeed. A tongue-in-cheek line in the announcement left players guessing when it hinted at a "telephone made of butts. " While that exact item probably won't make it into the game, Fantasy Life i has always leaned into the whimsical. Don’t rule anything out. What We Know (And What We Don't) Despite the fanfare, there's still a lot we don’t know. Level 5 hasn’t shared much about how the roguelike mechanics will be implemented. Will it be a separate mode or integrated into the existing world? Will death reset your progress? Can your cozy tailor character survive a dungeon run? At this point, speculation is all we’ve got. But the studio has promised the update will bring “engaging content for both experienced players and newcomers alike,” suggesting a broad appeal rather than a hardcore-only approach. Here's a quick breakdown of confirmed features so far: Feature Confirmed Status Open-world roguelike mode Yes, details TBD New character Yes, major story impact New hairstyles & emotes Yes Commemorative mount Yes, Pegasus (not unicorn) Free exclusive gear Yes, via gift code The Timeline’s Still Fuzzy If you're eager to dive in, you might want to manage your expectations. The only ETA Level 5 is offering is: “as soon as possible. ” That’s vague, sure—but not uncommon in the gaming world. The update is still “actively underway,” and while the company is clearly riding high on its sales success, it doesn't want to rush what could be a genre-bending addition. There’s also the question of platform readiness. Fantasy Life i is available on pretty much everything: Steam, Xbox Series X/S, PlayStation 5, and both the Nintendo Switch and newly released Switch 2. That’s a lot of hardware to juggle when pushing out a major content patch. A Bizarre, Beautiful Turn for a Cult Classic Truth be told, no one was asking for this update. Fantasy Life fans seemed perfectly content farming potatoes, crafting swords, and doing slow-burn quests. But maybe this is exactly why it might work. It’s weird. It’s ambitious. And it’s trying something most franchises wouldn’t dare: smashing cozy with chaos. Maybe it'll crash and burn. Or maybe, just maybe, it’ll become the template for something new. Because if Stardew Valley had a roguelike dungeon crawl, wouldn't you at least be curious?

---

- Published: 2025-06-20
- Modified: 2025-06-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/buffett-retirement-berkshire-stocks-amazon-apple-2025/
- Categories: News, Finance

Warren Buffett may be stepping down soon, but two of Berkshire Hathaway’s biggest bets—Amazon and Apple—still have plenty of gas in the tank. If you’ve got $1,000 lying around, these stocks could be the anchors you’ve been looking for. Buffett’s investing record is the kind most of us can only dream of. Since 1965, Berkshire’s stock has soared more than 5,500,000%. To put it mildly, he didn’t just beat the market—he trampled it. But with retirement on the horizon, investors are wondering what parts of his empire will keep delivering. Turns out, the answer might be a click away in your phone and shopping cart. The Buffett Effect: 5. 5 Million Percent Later For almost six decades, Buffett didn’t just pick stocks—he sculpted a legacy. Berkshire Hathaway became more than a holding company. It turned into a museum of business excellence. One stat says it all. From 1965 to 2024, Berkshire’s stock returned a staggering 5,502,284%, compared to the S&P 500’s 39,054%. That’s not a typo. His philosophy was deceptively simple: buy quality businesses at good prices and hold them forever. And that playbook worked better than anyone could’ve imagined. Still, the legend has to pass the baton. Amazon: From Bookstore to AI Powerhouse Amazon wasn’t an obvious Buffett pick back in the day. It took until 2019 for Berkshire to grab shares. But now? It’s a core part of the portfolio. The company is everywhere. It dominates e-commerce, but that’s only part of the story. AWS—Amazon Web Services—is the real moneymaker. Just look at the numbers: $650 billion in trailing 12-month revenue $71 billion in trailing operating profit 38% of revenue comes from e-commerce AWS powers most of the profit Amazon’s strength isn’t just in what it sells—it’s how it runs. AI isn’t just a buzzword here. It's deeply embedded in how Amazon forecasts demand, manages logistics, and delivers faster than you can blink. In Q1 alone, Amazon’s operating income jumped 20% year over year. Not bad for a company that was once just selling books. Here's a quick glance at some key Amazon metrics: Metric Value Market Cap $2. 3 trillion Current Price $212. 81 Gross Margin 49. 16% P/E Ratio 35 (lowest in a decade) And get this: Amazon still trades at a 35x earnings multiple, its most attractive valuation in over ten years. It might not stay there long. Apple: Slower iPhones, But Faster Services Growth Buffett’s love for Apple is no secret. He called it “probably the best business I know in the world. ” That’s high praise from a man who rarely goes tech-heavy. Apple’s stock might be down 20% year-to-date, but that doesn’t mean the business is broken. Sure, iPhone sales in China have been sluggish. But here’s the twist: Apple’s services division is booming. Last quarter alone, it pulled in $26 billion—a 12% increase from the previous year. That’s 28% of total revenue, and it’s growing steadily. The company’s still innovating, too. Last year, Apple rolled out Apple Intelligence, adding AI features like writing tools and summaries. These aren’t just gimmicks—they could push more users to upgrade their devices. Apple’s brand loyalty is nearly unmatched. The installed base now sits at over 2. 3 billion devices. And it just got crowned the most valuable brand globally by Brand Finance. Profit machine? You bet. Apple made $97 billion in net income over the past year. It’s flush with cash and knows exactly how to put it to work—whether through buybacks, dividends, or innovation. Why These Two Still Make Sense Not every stock in Berkshire's portfolio is flashy. But Amazon and Apple? They're not just surviving—they're evolving. Let’s break it down. Amazon is deep into AI and still growing in high-margin areas like cloud and advertising. Apple is pivoting toward services and leveraging its brand to lock in customer loyalty. Both are trading at attractive valuations relative to their growth outlooks. Berkshire continues to hold substantial stakes, even post-reduction. Buffett may not be calling every shot going forward. But these companies were selected with a long-term mindset. And they still fit that mold. What Happens After Buffett? This is the question that’s been hanging over Omaha for years. With Buffett stepping down, can Berkshire keep its edge? The short answer? Probably. Greg Abel, who’s set to take over, has been heavily involved in capital allocation and operations. And while no one is Buffett, Abel’s focus on fundamentals and long-term value is cut from the same cloth. Plus, Berkshire’s portfolio isn’t some speculative basket. It’s built around durable, cash-generating businesses like: Coca-Cola American Express Kraft Heinz Occidental Petroleum So no, Buffett won’t be around forever. But his blueprint is. And in that blueprint, Amazon and Apple are front and center. They’re the modern giants in a portfolio that blends old-school patience with new-world growth.

---

> Discover what guashen means in Chinese gaming culture, how it’s used, why it matters, and tips to protect your account from cheats. Stay informed and play fair!

- Published: 2025-06-20
- Modified: 2025-06-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/what-does-guashen-mean/
- Categories: Education

If you have seen the term guashen online or heard it in conversation, you might be wondering what it really means. Maybe you’ve come across it in gaming communities or on social media, but can’t find a clear answer. Let’s break down the meaning of guashen, where it comes from, how it’s used, and why it matters, especially for digital natives and Chinese language learners. What Is Guashen? A Simple Explanation Guashen is not a standard Mandarin Chinese term you’ll find in textbooks. It’s a slang phrase that has emerged from online culture, particularly within Chinese gaming and social media circles. At its core, guashen refers to the act of cheating or using external aids (like hacks or bots) on an account or character in a video game. In Mandarin: gua (挂) typically means “to hang,” but in online slang, it’s short for gua bi (外挂), meaning “cheat” or “hack. ” shen (身) means “body,” but here it refers to an account, role, or character. So, guashen usually describes an account that is being operated fraudulently or is not under genuine player control. How Did Guashen Emerge as an Internet Slang? The rise of competitive online gaming in China brought with it a surge of new slang. Players needed quick ways to describe common scenarios, like encountering cheaters in games. Over time, terms like gua (cheat) and shen (account/character) were combined to form guashen. According to a 2023 report by Tencent Games, nearly 15% of gamers admitted to using some form of cheat at least once. The need for a word like guashen grew out of this environment. Common Contexts Where Guashen Is Used In Gaming Communities Guashen is most often used in player chats or forums to warn others about suspicious accounts. For example: Someone might say, "That player looks like a guashen," meaning the character is probably using cheats. Game moderators may ban guashen accounts to keep the competition fair. On Social Media Outside of games, users might use guashen figuratively to describe someone who is present but not actively participating in a group or discussion. This is less common but illustrates how internet slang evolves. Example Usage Scenarios for Guashen Scenario Meaning of Guashen Online Shooter Game Cheating account using hacks/bots Social Media Group Passive member (rare usage) Game Moderation Report Account flagged for suspicious activity Why Understanding Guashen Matters If you’re a gamer, understanding guashen can help you spot unfair play and protect your account. For language learners, recognizing slang like guashen helps you stay relevant in conversations and understand cultural trends. Key benefits include: Avoiding banned accounts by not engaging with guashen players Improving communication within teams by using current slang Gaining cultural insight into how digital communities shape language How to Deal with Guashen Accounts Here are some actionable steps if you encounter a suspected guashen: Report Suspicious Accounts: Most games have a built-in reporting system. Use it when you suspect cheating. Avoid Teaming Up with Strangers: Stick to known friends or verified players to minimize risk. Secure Your Own Account: Use strong passwords and enable two-factor authentication. Stay Updated: Follow official game forums for announcements about bans or cheat detection updates. A Real-Life Story: When Guashen Ruined a Tournament Last year, a popular Chinese e-sports tournament faced controversy when several top-ranked accounts were exposed as guashen. The event organizers discovered that some participants had paid for external software to boost their performance. The result was public outrage, mass bans, and new anti-cheat measures. This incident highlighted how seriously both players and companies take the issue. Quick Facts About Guashen Guashen is primarily used in Chinese gaming culture. It refers to accounts using cheats or hacks. The term is a combination of “gua” (cheat) and “shen” (account/character). Using guashen can lead to account bans or loss of reputation. Recognizing guashen helps maintain fair gameplay. FAQs About Guashen What does guashen mean in gaming? Guashen refers to an account or player using unauthorized software (cheats) to gain unfair advantages in online games. Is guashen illegal? While not illegal in the criminal sense, using guashen usually violates game terms of service and can result in bans. Can my account be mistaken for guashen? If your account displays unusual activity or sudden skill jumps, anti-cheat systems may flag it. Always play fair and secure your login info. How do I avoid being targeted by guashen? Avoid sharing your account details and only download games from official sources. Are there other similar terms in Chinese gaming? Yes, terms like kai gua (开挂) also mean “using cheats” and are used interchangeably with guashen in some contexts. Conclusion Guashen is a unique example of how language evolves alongside technology and culture. For gamers and digital natives, knowing what guashen means can protect you from scams and improve your experience online. Whether you are playing competitively or just having fun, stay alert to signs of cheating and help build a fairer gaming community. Ready to level up your knowledge? Share your thoughts below or check out our related articles on online safety and digital culture!

---

- Published: 2025-06-18
- Modified: 2025-06-18
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/central-bank-digital-currency-infrastructure/
- Categories: News, Technology

Picture this: a high-speed bullet train, government-built and free to board, pulling into a city long plagued by toll-heavy, traffic-clogged roads. Most commuters wouldn’t think twice. They’d ditch the old system and hop on. Now apply that same logic to digital money — that’s the direction central bank digital currencies (CBDCs) are heading. Across major economies, CBDCs are moving from theory to trial. That has serious implications for crypto investors, especially those betting on altcoins built to handle payments. The central banks’ shiny new trains may run right over them. CBDCs Aren’t a Concept Anymore — They’re Happening A lot of investors still think CBDCs are a distant worry. That’s a mistake. Take the Bahamas, for example. In late 2020, it launched the Sand Dollar, the first full-scale retail CBDC in the world. It works like digital cash — no interchange fees for merchants, no foreign exchange spread, and near-instant settlement. That’s not some prototype in a lab. It’s live and running. In Europe, the ECB’s digital euro project is grinding forward. While officials insist it won’t be programmable in the sense of conditional spending, they do plan to automate things like tax refunds and social payments — features private tokens simply can’t enforce legally. The UK’s latest proofs of concept include transfer flagging for suspicious activity — a regulatory dream, built right into the tech. And while the U. S. hasn’t fully committed, the April 2025 bipartisan briefing laid it bare: CBDCs are more likely to compete directly with payment-focused cryptos than with speculative DeFi. The writing is on the wall. XRP, Stellar, and Friends: Why They’re in Trouble This isn’t theoretical. Tokens like XRP exist largely to make payments cheaper and faster across borders. That value proposition disappears when a state-backed option does it cheaper — or for free. A central bank can offer: Zero gas fees 24/7 settlement Interoperability across borders (currently in testing between multiple central banks) Legal recognition out of the box Now take XRP. Its main thesis — cross-border efficiency — looks increasingly shaky. If digital euros, pounds, or dollars can communicate with each other, then what’s XRP doing besides adding fees? That’s a real problem. Not Every Token Lives or Dies on Speed Some blockchains, though, offer more than just money movement. Ethereum is a hub for DeFi. Solana’s pulling in developers with on-chain games and AI feed infrastructure. These aren't things a central bank digital currency is built to replace. Not yet, anyway. Here’s the thing: if an altcoin’s activity vanishes after an airdrop ends or a liquidity pool dries up, that’s not real demand. That’s temporary hype. Fee compression is coming. And not all protocols can survive it. A few guiding questions for investors: Can this altcoin reduce user costs without collapsing validator rewards? Is its use case something a government would bother replicating? Will it still exist if transaction volume falls by 80%? The Clock Is Ticking — CBDCs Are Coming Faster Than You Think The ECB is pushing for a digital euro political deal by 2026. A two- to three-year rollout would mean mainstream availability before 2030. By that point, investors will need to be asking: Is my altcoin actually useful? Or is it just a slower version of something the government now offers for free? Here’s a timeline snapshot of key developments: Region CBDC Status Notes Bahamas Launched (2020) First full-scale retail CBDC Eurozone Political talks by 2026 Social payments and tax automation in plan UK Proof of concept phase Programmable compliance features being tested US Under study Retail impact explored, but no rollout yet If this table feels like a countdown clock, that’s because it is. Where Could Crypto Still Win? There's light at the end of the tunnel. But it’s narrow. Tokens tied to high-complexity utility — like decentralized compute, AI model training marketplaces, or real-world asset tokenization — have less to fear. CBDCs won’t be hosting on-chain games or running decentralized options contracts any time soon. And then there’s culture. Yes, even meme coins. Meme tokens exploded in 2024, defying logic, regulation, and economic gravity. They captured sentiment in ways CBDCs can’t — and maybe never will. That said, depending on vibes to justify multi-billion-dollar valuations is a shaky hill to die on. Final Thought: Altcoin Investors Need to Adjust Payment-based altcoins will need to evolve — or shrink. Big time. Tokens like XRP still have niches in institutional infrastructure, particularly if they can offer compliance-ready, high-speed rails in countries that delay their CBDCs. But that’s a narrower market than before. Pure-play payment tokens without deep utility or strong narratives? Those are walking a tightrope. Investors should keep allocations to those lean. Focus instead on tokens doing something the digital euro or digital dollar won't — or can’t. Because once the bullet train arrives, the toll road gets awfully quiet. Category: NewsCryptocurrency Meta Description: CBDCs are moving fast. Here's how state-backed digital money could crush payment-focused altcoins like XRP — and where investors might still find shelter. URL Slug: cbdcs-vs-altcoins-xrp-payment-crypto-risk Image:

---

- Published: 2025-06-18
- Modified: 2025-06-18
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/paddle-ftc-fine-tech-support-scams-settlement/
- Categories: News, Technology

Paddle. com and its U. S. branch have agreed to pay $5 million to settle Federal Trade Commission charges that the payment processor enabled shady software peddlers to scam American consumers—many of them older adults—with fake virus warnings and junk tech support. The settlement shines a harsh spotlight on the company’s role in a years-long grift that relied on pop-up scare tactics, subscription trickery, and weak internal controls to rake in tens of millions. The FTC says Paddle didn’t just look the other way. It had a front-row seat and still cashed in. Fake Alerts, Real Money These scams weren’t your average phishing emails. Victims were hit with flashy pop-ups impersonating Microsoft or McAfee, warning them of dire malware threats. Behind the curtain? Foreign outfits like Restoro, Reimage, and PC Vark, running high-pressure sales that had nothing to do with fixing actual computer problems. Paddle processed payments for all of them. A lot of payments. From April 2020 to June 2023, more than $37 million flowed through Paddle’s systems on behalf of Restoro and Reimage, according to the FTC’s complaint. These companies, once based in the Isle of Man before moving to Cyprus, used bogus virus scans and scare tactics to funnel people into costly and unnecessary services. Internal Emails Tell a Damning Story Paddle didn’t just happen to work with shady players. The complaint says its employees knew exactly what was going on. Internal communications reportedly showed staff acknowledging the deception, the impact on older adults, and the need to avoid drawing too much attention from banks. In some cases, the company even took steps to keep things quiet. Here’s what the FTC says Paddle did to stay under the radar: Used chargeback prevention services like Ethoca and Verifi to quietly refund consumers before disputes became official Avoided reporting accurate fraud rates Let merchants start charging U. S. customers without verifying their identities Allowed over half a million dollars to be processed without KYC documents If that sounds like negligence, the FTC would agree. Bending (or Breaking) the Rules The complaint goes further, accusing Paddle of functioning like a stealth payment aggregator—one that bypassed card network rules and dodged proper registration. Visa and Mastercard have specific guidelines for payment facilitators. You can’t just let anyone process transactions through your platform without disclosing who they are. But the FTC says Paddle did exactly that, sometimes letting thousands of undisclosed merchants run transactions behind its name. The regulator claims Paddle violated card network rules by not screening merchants properly or registering as a facilitator. That means higher risk of fraud, more chargebacks, and little accountability. In one particularly brazen instance, Paddle reportedly tried to shield itself from potential lawsuits by asking PC Vark to sign indemnity agreements—essentially passing the buck for consumer claims back to the scam operator. What Happens Now? The FTC settlement imposes strict new rules on Paddle going forward. No more processing for tech support telemarketers. No more looking the other way when merchants scam their customers. And definitely no more flying under the radar with unverified clients. Here’s a quick breakdown of the settlement terms: Settlement Requirement Details Financial Penalty $5 million to be paid by Paddle Tech-Support Ban No longer allowed to process payments for tech-support telemarketers Merchant Oversight Must screen and monitor clients, report deceptive behavior Subscription Transparency Must disclose recurring charges clearly and obtain informed consent Cancellation Rules Consumers must be given easy, accessible cancellation options Paddle Responds After the FTC published the settlement, Paddle issued a public statement acknowledging the deal and attempting some damage control. The company said it shares the FTC’s distaste for deceptive practices and emphasized that it didn’t process any payments for the actual phone-based telemarketing itself—only for the initial software downloads. That said, Paddle also noted the settlement reaffirms its existing policies, which prohibit doing business with companies accused of fraud. Still, critics aren't convinced this was just a case of oversight. The paper trail seems to suggest deliberate decisions were made, including efforts to minimize visibility and keep fraud levels under bank detection thresholds. Advice for Staying Safe These scams aren’t going away anytime soon, and regulators can’t catch everything. So it’s worth repeating a few hard rules to stay protected—especially if you're helping friends or relatives who might not be tech-savvy. Microsoft, McAfee, or any legitimate antivirus provider will never send pop-up warnings or call you out of nowhere. Don’t trust alerts that claim your system is infected unless they come from software you knowingly installed. Never pay for software or support over the phone from a number you didn’t dial yourself. Use browser ad blockers and security software to avoid redirection traps. Check your credit card statements often, and dispute any suspicious charges immediately. It’s always the same playbook: create fear, sell the cure, keep charging until someone notices. The Bigger Picture This case isn’t just about Paddle. It’s a glimpse into how big parts of the payment ecosystem can be exploited—or even complicit—in fraud. Payment processors have a responsibility to know who they’re working with. But in the rush for volume, revenue, and partnerships, corners get cut. And consumers pay the price. As more commerce moves online, these regulatory battles are only going to heat up. The FTC is making it clear that anyone facilitating fraud, even indirectly, can be held accountable. And for companies like Paddle, that’s a message delivered with a $5 million invoice attached.

---

- Published: 2025-06-17
- Modified: 2025-06-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/david-bell-lilo-and-stitch-actor-dies-2025/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

David Hekili Kenui Bell, known to millions for his warm and funny role in the live-action Lilo & Stitch, has died, his sister confirmed Monday. He was 36. His death, confirmed in a heartfelt Facebook tribute by sister Jalene Kanani Bell, has left fans, friends, and colleagues grieving a life cut short far too soon. A Sister’s Grief Shared with the World The announcement came in the most human way possible — not through a press release or publicist, but through a deeply personal social media post. Jalene Kanani Bell, David’s sister, posted a series of nostalgic photos along with a message that felt like a letter from one soul to another. “It is with a heavy heart I share that my sweet, generous, talented, funny, brilliant and handsome little brother David H. K. Bell will spend today in the company of our Heavenly Father,” she wrote. She admitted the timing caught her off guard. “Fate pushed my hand this morning by a pre-scheduled Father’s Day newsletter honouring the men in our lives,” she explained, noting how strange and poetic it felt that David would be part of such a tribute — especially considering the role he played in her life. He was more than a sibling to her. He was a father figure, a cheerleader, and a rock. Not Just a Role — A Moment That Touched Millions David Bell played a minor but instantly memorable role in Lilo & Stitch — a beachgoer who hilariously drops his shaved ice. It was just a few seconds of screen time, but it struck a chord. Something about his expression, the timing, the setting — it just worked. That moment was shared, memed, and adored, especially among Hawaiian viewers who saw in him a piece of home. The movie itself has been a juggernaut. Since its release last month, it’s grossed over $850 million worldwide. And Bell? He was part of that. Jalene shared that David had proudly bought tickets for the whole family to see it together. That alone says so much. He wasn’t in it to chase fame — he was in it to celebrate with those he loved. A Man Who Gave Before He Took Jalene described David as a man who always showed up — emotionally, physically, and creatively. She said he was “always so proud of me, his nieces and his grandnephew,” and that he was constantly coming up with fun ideas to bring the family together. That sounds small on paper, but in life, it’s everything. He gave his time. He gave his energy. And maybe most importantly, he gave people a reason to smile. "While I didn't grow up with a Father," Jalene wrote, "David gave me all the unconditional love I could possibly ask for. " From Hawaii Five-0 to Hollywood Dreams Bell wasn’t a Hollywood megastar. He didn’t have a mansion in the Hills or tabloids chasing him. But he was steadily building a portfolio. He’d previously appeared in Hawaii Five-0, among other smaller projects. Those who knew him in the local entertainment circuit described him as dependable and kind — a “team player” on and off set. Next up was supposed to be a major breakout moment. Bell has a role in The Wrecking Crew, an upcoming action-comedy now in post-production. The film stars a handful of rising talents and was expected to be released later this year or early 2026. Whether Bell’s scenes remain in the final cut remains to be seen. But even if he’s only in the credits, his name will be remembered. Why His Death Hit So Hard Let’s be honest — most people didn’t know David Bell before Lilo & Stitch hit theaters. But somehow, after seeing him, they felt like they did. That’s rare. And that’s why the reaction to his passing has been so widespread, even though he didn’t headline the movie. There’s something undeniably tragic about someone getting their moment in the sun — their big screen breakthrough — only for life to be pulled out from under them. It’s gutting. He wasn’t famous, but he was unforgettable. He didn’t have the biggest part, but it was one people remembered. He didn’t live the longest life, but he lived it full. A Celebration of a Life That Mattered Hollywood loses people every year. Actors, producers, writers — some die with fanfare, some without a whisper. But David’s passing feels personal. Probably because the way it was shared was personal. There were no publicists. No carefully worded statements. Just a sister, missing her brother, putting it into words the only way she knew how. The kind of love Jalene described — that unconditional, unshakable bond — doesn’t fade. It stays. In the laughter they shared. In the beach days and movie nights. In the photos, and the roles, and that famous dropped shaved ice. And in the hearts of everyone he ever made smile. Here’s what we know about his life and legacy so far: Detail Information Full Name David Hekili Kenui Bell Age 36 Known For Lilo & Stitch (2025), Hawaii Five-0, The Wrecking Crew (post-production) Date of Death June 16, 2025 Family Survived by sister Jalene Kanani Bell, nieces, and a grandnephew Legacy Moment Scene-stealing shaved ice moment in Lilo & Stitch Final Credits and Lasting Memories Some people are remembered by the size of their roles. Others by how many awards they won or followers they had. David Bell? He’ll be remembered for something more rare — his humanity. He didn’t try to be a star. He just tried to be present. Loving. Funny. Giving. And that’s a legacy worth its weight in gold.

---

- Published: 2025-06-16
- Modified: 2025-06-16
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/chatgpt-codex-multi-solution-update-developers/
- Categories: News, Technology

Coders using ChatGPT Codex now have something new to work with: options. The AI can suggest several solutions at once for a single task, putting more control back in the hands of developers. OpenAI’s latest update makes Codex a bit more than a clever code assistant. It’s still not replacing junior engineers anytime soon, but it’s stepping up. The tool, which integrates with GitHub and helps write and test code, now gives users the ability to review multiple approaches without having to rephrase or re-prompt over and over. Codex Gets a Boost With Multi-Response Support Before this update, Codex gave you one solution at a time. If you wanted another approach, you'd have to ask. Again. And again. Now? You get a bunch, all at once. That’s a small change on the surface. But it shifts how developers can interact with the tool. Think of it like this: you’re no longer waiting on one cook in the kitchen. You’ve got a team bringing you dishes, and you get to pick which one to serve. It also means less frustration, less repetition. And that matters when you’re juggling deadlines, pull requests, and bug fixes. One developer described the change as “like flipping through tabs in your head — but with actual code. ” Not Just Smarter, Smoother Too The update isn’t just about adding more brains. It also brings polish to the workflow. Several subtle but meaningful tweaks are bundled into the release. First off, Codex now has keyboard shortcuts for quicker access: Press ⌘-/ on macOS or Ctrl-/ on Windows/Linux to instantly open Codex inside ChatGPT. That alone saves seconds, maybe minutes, in a day. And when you’re in the thick of debugging or experimenting, those seconds add up fast. There’s also a new parameter, branch=, added alongside the older options like environment, prompt, and tab=archived. It’s a small tweak, but it gives developers better control over what they’re running — especially in complex repositories. Under-the-Hood Fixes You’ll Actually Notice Sure, the big feature is the multi-response update. But if you scroll through the changelog, there’s more going on. Some of the issues Codex users were facing have now been addressed. Like failed setups and buggy environments. These little gremlins can wreck productivity, so cleaning them out was a welcome change. Here’s a quick look at what’s fixed or improved: Tasks that failed mid-setup? Shouldn’t be a problem anymore. You can now cancel tasks instead of waiting them out. Codex is better at understanding network restrictions. Git-ignored file changes won’t break follow-up tasks. Setup scripts can now run for up to 20 minutes on Pro, Team, and Business plans. And if you like seeing what’s happening under the hood, you’re in luck — Codex now updates its status text faster during operations. Less staring at vague messages like “working... ” and more real feedback. A Cleaner Coding Interface and Better Code Diffs The user interface didn’t get left behind in this round of updates. One small tweak stands out, especially for those who live and breathe Git diffs. You can now option-click a code diff header to expand or collapse all sections. It's one of those things that sounds minor but feels major when you're in the zone. Even the loading indicator got a refresh — now you’ll actually know when your repo is being downloaded during container setup. It’s the kind of quality-of-life update that makes the whole tool feel more reliable and less like a beta experiment. Here’s a look at some of the usability changes in table form: Feature Update Description Multi-Response Support Get several coding suggestions at once Keyboard Shortcuts Open Codex with ⌘-/ (macOS) or Ctrl-/ (other platforms) Task Cancelation Stop a running task mid-process Longer Setup Script Duration 20-minute limit for Pro/Team/Business users Option-click on Diff Headers Expand or collapse all diffs in one go Improved Status Updates Faster updates on what Codex is doing Codex Is Still No Junior Dev, But It’s Trying Let’s be clear: Codex isn't replacing entry-level engineers yet. You can’t just throw it a project and expect flawless delivery. But it’s starting to act like a helpful team member — someone you can bounce ideas off, who gives more than just one option. That’s a big deal for folks working alone or in lean teams. Especially in startups or small engineering groups, where time and headcount are limited. It’s still a tool. But a better one. Codex runs each task in a sandbox and pulls directly from GitHub, so it’s deeply integrated into real developer workflows. And now, with the ability to choose from multiple approaches instantly, the pace at which you can experiment — and deliver — is picking up. Still a Premium Tool With Limited Access Codex isn’t free. You’ll need a $20 Plus subscription to access it inside ChatGPT. That puts it out of reach for some hobbyists and learners. But for working developers or teams already invested in ChatGPT Pro, it adds real value. Also, Codex is based on a fine-tuned version of the o3 model, tailored for coding. OpenAI calls it codex-1, and it's optimized to be more accurate in programming tasks — from writing boilerplate to generating pull requests. Still, even with these features, it’s not a substitute for actual development experience. The tool works best as a sidekick, not the lead.

---

- Published: 2025-06-16
- Modified: 2025-06-16
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/switch-2-fan-tracking-game-performance-improvements/
- Categories: News, Technology

Nintendo’s latest console isn’t just selling fast—it’s giving old games a second wind. Now fans are doing what Nintendo won’t: keeping tabs on how Switch 1 titles perform on the new hardware. In a move that's part community science project, part nostalgia trip, a group of dedicated Switch fans has started compiling a growing spreadsheet that tracks which games run better—or worse—on the newly released Switch 2. Over 350 titles are already on the list. And more than 150 of them have been carefully cataloged by users who’ve noticed performance shifts, whether they came through official patches or not. What’s Getting Better (and What’s Not) Some games are flying on the Switch 2. Others? Not so much. And it's not always about the publisher doing anything new. Take ARMS, for example. Nintendo dropped a free update for it, and players say it runs smoother than ever. Higher framerate consistency, better dynamic resolution scaling—it’s all in there. But loading times? Still the same old story. Then there’s Diablo 3: Eternal Edition. No patch, no update, nothing from Blizzard. Yet players are noticing improved framerates and quicker loads. It’s as if the new hardware is silently boosting performance without anyone lifting a finger. The spreadsheet lists both types: patched and unpatched. But as the list’s creator notes, not everything’s black and white. Some say a game runs better; others disagree. It's personal—one player’s smooth framerate is another’s minor stutter. A Fan-Led Effort That’s Growing Daily Reddit user @RelatableBench isn't a developer, influencer, or dataminer—just a regular fan who got curious. So they opened up a Google Sheet, shared it with the community, and watched the data pour in. Today, it's grown into a collaborative resource, pinned in gaming subreddits, linked in YouTube descriptions, and bookmarked by curious Switch 2 owners. Over 350 total games submitted 150+ of them with detailed performance notes Contributions include framerate, resolution, load times, and more What’s fascinating is how different games behave. Some improved in handheld mode but not docked. Others load quicker but have the same resolution. There’s no universal pattern—just lots of surprises. And yes, there are a few cases where performance has gone down. A handful of users flagged The Outer Worlds as running with worse frame pacing issues on the Switch 2 than on the original hardware. That’s not widespread, but it’s enough to make people wonder. Why the Community Cares So Much It might seem like a small thing—an old game running 10% smoother. But for many, this is about preservation. Nintendo hasn’t said much about backward compatibility enhancements. There’s no official list of games that benefit. No labels. No press releases. So this spreadsheet is filling that gap. The Switch 2, which sold 3. 5 million units in just its first four days, is now the fastest-selling console in Nintendo’s history. With so many users upgrading from the original Switch, knowing how older titles perform can be crucial. This isn’t just nostalgia. Many players still own physical cartridges or digital libraries. And with no Smart Delivery-like system, understanding what you're getting matters. Here's a small table from the current fan list that captures some notable shifts: Game Title Patched? Framerate Load Times Resolution ARMS Yes Improved Same Improved Diablo 3: Eternal No Improved Improved Same The Outer Worlds No Worse Same Same Mario Kart 8 Deluxe No Same Improved Same Fire Emblem: Three Houses No Improved Improved Improved Some of the most enthusiastic entries include games like Fire Emblem: Three Houses, which runs more consistently now, and Luigi’s Mansion 3, where load screens feel noticeably shorter. But It’s Not Science (And That’s Okay) Not everything in the list is based on hard benchmarks. Many entries rely on user observation, and that naturally brings in subjectivity. People play on different screens. Some prefer docked, others portable. A few might confuse smoother gameplay with better framerates. And sometimes, updates that were quietly released weeks ago get mistaken for Switch 2 optimizations. That said, most contributors are clear: this isn’t meant to be gospel. “It’s not here to tell you whether to buy a game,” one user wrote. “It’s just here so you can see what others are noticing. ” That honesty is why it's working. Nintendo’s Silence Keeps Fans Guessing Nintendo, meanwhile, hasn’t offered any official performance breakdowns. No lists of supported titles. No mention of enhanced modes. The only technical update they’ve publicly acknowledged since launch is a battery indicator bug. And yet, the Switch 2 is blowing past expectations. With such massive early sales, there’s now a whole wave of players testing their libraries, one game at a time. That’s part of why the spreadsheet feels so vital. It’s not just data—it’s the only window many fans have into what their own games might do before they try them. One fan put it best in a comment on Reddit: “If Nintendo’s not going to tell us, we’ll tell each other. ” And clearly, they are.

---

- Published: 2025-06-16
- Modified: 2025-06-16
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/mexico-travel-safety-2025-tourist-zones-risk-comparison/
- Categories: News

Mexico often lands in the headlines for the wrong reasons. But the truth isn’t as black-and-white as it seems. From peaceful beach towns to volatile crime zones, Mexico’s safety landscape is anything but uniform. One Country, Two Realities It’s hard to pin down Mexico’s safety in one neat label. The country is massive. And like any place that size, it has both danger zones and safe havens. Cities like Cancun and Mexico City welcome millions every year with little incident. But regions like Colima and Zacatecas tell a different story. That stark contrast throws travelers into a bind. Should you be worried? Maybe. But probably not if you’re heading to the usual tourist spots. Violence Exists — But It’s Not Random Here’s the thing: most of Mexico’s violence isn’t aimed at tourists. In fact, most of it isn’t even random. Criminal turf wars account for nearly two-thirds of Mexico’s homicides, according to national security experts. These are targeted acts, primarily involving cartels and organized crime groups. Tourists — unless they're tangled up in something they shouldn’t be — usually aren’t on the radar. And yes, the homicide numbers sound bad. In 2022, Mexico logged 25. 9 killings per 100,000 people. It dipped slightly to 24. 9 in 2023, then dropped further to 19. 3 in 2024. That’s still high. But when you zoom in, the numbers make more sense. A few violent regions push the national average way up, while peaceful states remain well below it. Where It’s Dangerous — And Where It’s Not Some states just have a reputation, and not a good one. Think Colima, Guerrero, Michoacán, Tamaulipas, and Zacatecas. Colima leads the pack — its homicide rate hit a staggering 101 per 100,000 in 2024. That’s not just bad. That’s stay-away bad. But you’re probably not planning a beach vacation in Colima anyway. Most tourists head to places like: Quintana Roo (home to Cancun and Playa del Carmen) Mexico City Baja California Sur (where Cabo lives) Yucatán (which is practically a safety poster child) These areas have better infrastructure, stronger police presence, and tourism-focused policies that help keep visitors out of harm’s way. What the Numbers Really Say To get a clearer picture, here’s a quick comparison of homicide rates (2024 estimates): Location Homicide Rate (per 100,000) Colima 101 Cancun (Quintana Roo) 64 St. Louis, Missouri 69. 4 Yucatán 8. 2 National Average 19. 3 See the pattern? It’s all about location. Media Noise vs. Reality Here’s a question: how many peaceful vacations in Mexico make the news? Probably zero. Now, how many violent tourist incidents get reported everywhere? Practically all of them. That imbalance shapes how people see Mexico. A stabbing in a downtown Cancun nightclub makes international headlines. But the 10 million tourists who visit the region safely each year? Silence. The effect is a bit like reporting every shark attack without ever mentioning how many people swim in the ocean without getting bit. Cancun Isn’t a War Zone Let’s talk Cancun. Yes, it has crime. The city saw a homicide rate of 64 in 2024, which sounds terrifying... until you realize that St. Louis, Missouri, had a higher one. The violence there is often internal, tied to local drug disputes. Tourists are rarely targeted. And the resorts? They’re fortified mini-cities. Security is tight. Guest access is controlled. Staff are trained. If you’re inside the tourist zone and not seeking trouble, you’re probably safer than you would be in parts of Miami or L. A. Peaceful Regions You Might Not Have Heard Of Some states in Mexico are genuinely quiet. They don’t get much press because, well, not much happens. Yucatán is top of the list. Its homicide rate of 8. 2 is lower than many U. S. states. Tlaxcala, Durango, Chiapas, and Nayarit also score high on the safety scale. They aren’t just “better than average” — they’re genuinely peaceful. If you’re up for exploring less commercialized parts of Mexico, these places offer a breath of fresh air. Culture, history, great food — minus the fear. Travel Advisories: Helpful or Hazy? The U. S. State Department issues warnings. Lots of them. And yes, some of them are worth listening to. But others paint with too broad a brush. Mexico’s a huge country. A warning that applies to a cartel-controlled mountain town shouldn’t scare you off from a beachside resort hundreds of miles away. Sometimes, the warnings can create more fear than clarity. Tourist Hotspots: Know When to Be Cautious Let’s be real. Spring break towns like Cancun, Tulum, and Playa del Carmen can get wild. Late nights, drinking, drugs, and a party crowd can attract trouble. The U. S. Embassy has warned travelers to be extra cautious in downtown areas, especially after dark. Don’t be that guy who decides to find weed from a stranger in an alley at 2 AM. Use your head. Most people who get into trouble ignore the basics. Most Violence Isn’t Aimed at You That’s a crucial point. Most of Mexico’s violence doesn’t involve tourists. It’s gang-on-gang, criminal-on-criminal. Sad, yes. But not random. The opioid shift — particularly the rise of synthetic drugs like fentanyl — has thrown fuel on the fire. Rival gangs are clashing more than ever. But again, it’s targeted. Civilians, especially foreigners, are not the intended victims. So unless you're part of a drug operation (in which case, you've got bigger problems), you're not on their radar. Money Talks — And It Talks Loudly Tourism isn’t just a side hustle in Mexico. It’s a giant economic engine. In 2023, it accounted for 4. 7 million jobs. Authorities know this. That’s why over 8,000 troops are now stationed in key tourist areas. They’re not there for show. They’re there because losing tourism would be an economic gut punch. From resorts to local vendors, everyone has a vested interest in keeping tourists safe. Smart Travelers Stay Safe You don’t need to be paranoid to stay safe. Just be smart. Here’s what helps: Stick to well-known areas and avoid the sketchy backstreets. Don’t flash money or valuables. Avoid traveling long distances at night. Use toll roads — they’re safer and faster. Don’t go looking for drugs or illegal activities. It’s common-sense stuff. But it works.

---

- Published: 2025-06-14
- Modified: 2025-06-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/google-cloud-outage-api-failure-disrupts-global-services/
- Categories: News, Technology

A routine quota update turned into a global meltdown Thursday as Google Cloud's API management system buckled, causing a ripple effect that froze core Google apps and third-party services for over three hours. From around 10:49 a. m. ET to 3:49 p. m. ET, the outage disrupted millions of users and impacted services used by everyone from remote workers and tech startups to social media addicts and enterprise engineers. What Went Wrong? Google's API Platform Choked on Bad Data Google says the culprit was “invalid automated quota data” that slipped through internal checks and reached global systems. That’s a fancy way of saying their API gatekeeper had a data hiccup—and no one caught it in time. Only after Google’s engineering team bypassed the faulty quota validation logic did things start returning to normal. That workaround got most regions back online within two hours. But the us-central1 region (which covers major data centers in Iowa) took much longer, with some services stuck in cleanup mode even after the fix. Here's what Google shared in their preliminary analysis: The root cause: a flawed automated quota update The symptom: 503 errors when external apps tried using Google APIs The domino effect: widespread failure across Google services and partners For such a tech giant, that kind of single point of failure seems... avoidable. But then again, this isn’t the first time an API change has thrown a wrench into a global system. Who Got Hit the Hardest? It Wasn't Just Gmail Users The list of affected services reads like a who's who of Google apps. Think Gmail, Calendar, Drive, Meet, Docs—basically, most tools the average office leans on daily. But the real damage was seen in third-party platforms that sit on top of Google Cloud infrastructure. Apps like Discord, Spotify, and Snapchat all reported issues ranging from slow performance to complete unavailability. For developers and backend engineers, the headache was even worse: NPM, a popular JavaScript package manager, struggled to serve code modules Firebase Studio, critical for app development and deployment, became inaccessible Some Cloudflare services relying on Workers KV sputtered or failed outright You could almost hear the collective groan of developers from different time zones all at once. The Chain Reaction: Cloudflare Takes a Hit Too Cloudflare, a key backbone provider for countless websites and apps, also got caught in the blast radius. It wasn’t their infrastructure that failed directly—it was their dependency on Google Cloud. The failure hit Workers KV, Cloudflare's key-value store used for everything from authentication tokens to CDN asset configuration. The result? Spikes in error rates, configuration failures, and disrupted service delivery. In a candid post-mortem, Cloudflare clarified the failure wasn't security-related and no data was lost. But they did confirm that: “The underlying storage infrastructure used by our Workers KV service, backed by a third-party cloud provider, experienced an outage. ” Translation? It was Google Cloud again. Google Admits Testing and Error Handling Were Lacking In an unusual show of transparency, Google admitted that the system didn't have sufficient safeguards in place to catch the problem early. The flawed data update should’ve been flagged in testing—but it wasn’t. That kind of lapse is raising eyebrows across the industry, particularly because of Google Cloud's positioning as a platform for mission-critical workloads. “We lacked effective testing and error-handling systems. ” For a company pushing AI, quantum computing, and enterprise-scale infrastructure, that’s a bit like a pilot admitting they forgot to check the fuel. By the Numbers: How Long Did It Last and What Broke? Below is a rough breakdown of service impact and duration based on publicly available data and user reports: Service Affected Issue Start (ET) Partial Recovery Full Recovery Duration Gmail 10:49 AM ~12:30 PM 3:49 PM ~5 hours Google Drive 11:00 AM ~12:45 PM 3:49 PM ~4. 5 hours Firebase 10:55 AM ~12:40 PM 3:30 PM ~4. 5 hours Cloudflare Workers KV 11:15 AM ~1:15 PM 4:00 PM ~5 hours Spotify / Snapchat 11:30 AM ~2:00 PM 4:00 PM ~4. 5 hours It’s worth noting that not all users were hit equally. Some services were spotty; others were totally offline. Fallout and Fixes: Will This Happen Again? Google is still preparing a full incident report. But they’ve already pledged changes. That includes more robust data validation, better internal testing, and presumably more human oversight on system-wide updates. Cloudflare, for its part, has already taken action. They're moving the core of their KV store to their own R2 object storage solution. It’s a long-term play to reduce dependency on third-party providers like Google Cloud. As one engineer half-jokingly put it on X (formerly Twitter), “If one quota update can break the internet, maybe we’ve over-optimized just a bit. ”

---

- Published: 2025-06-14
- Modified: 2025-06-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sony-ps-plus-price-increase-profit-strategy-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

Sony's subscription game plan is under the microscope again as top execs weigh flexibility in pricing against player satisfaction. In a candid sit-down featuring PlayStation CEO Hermen Hulst and president Hideaki Nishino, one message came through loud and clear: Sony wants PlayStation Plus to be profitable — and if that means adjusting prices again, so be it. "We will continue to add more value and adjust our pricing strategy in a dynamic way to maximise profitability," Nishino said. It's the sort of quote that doesn’t guarantee a price hike, but doesn’t rule it out either. A History That Points to One Direction This isn’t the first time Sony’s nudged the PS Plus price upward. It’s starting to feel like tradition. Back in 2017, Europe saw the first significant bump in subscription costs. Then, just last year, Sony rolled out a global price increase. The rationale? "To continue bringing high-quality games and value-added benefits," as they put it. Basically, the company's been laying this groundwork for a while. It’s not exactly subtle. But it’s not just about raising prices for the sake of it. Sony clearly believes it's walking a fine line — more expensive tiers are inching up in popularity, yet the overall growth of the service remains sluggish. They’re trying to thread a needle: charge more, but still keep users on board. Numbers That Say a Lot Without Saying Everything There are stats — and then there’s what the stats don’t say. In 2024, Sony reported that 22% of PS Plus subscribers are now on the top-tier Premium plan. That’s up from 17% in 2022. The middle-tier "Extra" saw a similar bump, going from 13% to 16%. That might not sound huge, but it shows something important: more users are paying more. One-line reality check? Total revenue share from PS Plus inched from 13% in 2022 to 14% in 2024. • PS Plus Premium share in 2022: 17%• PS Plus Premium share in 2024: 22%• PS Plus Extra share in 2022: 13%• PS Plus Extra share in 2024: 16%• PS Plus total revenue share in 2022: 13%• PS Plus total revenue share in 2024: 14% So, while the price increases and Premium upgrades are doing something, they’re not blowing the doors off. Subscribers Pay More, But Growth Is Sluggish This trend — where more people are choosing Premium, but overall service growth remains slow — is a bit of a puzzle. On one hand, it suggests that loyal PS Plus users are investing more deeply in the service. Maybe they think it’s worth it. Maybe the perks — cloud streaming, game trials, classic titles — are pulling their weight. On the other hand, the small overall bump in revenue share raises eyebrows. Is Sony squeezing more out of fewer people? There’s also the Xbox Game Pass factor. Microsoft’s rival service has arguably led the charge in reshaping how players view game ownership. Sony hasn’t quite taken the same path. It still leans heavily on traditional game sales, even as it fleshes out its subscription offerings. What’s Really Driving Premium Uptake? Now here's the tricky bit — why are more people paying for PS Plus Premium? It’s not 100% clear. Is it the sheer value? The games lineup? Or are users simply defaulting to the top tier when signing up? Sony hasn’t spelled it out, and frankly, the motivation might be a mix of things. Shuhei Yoshida, the former PlayStation lead, once said that subscription services were ideal for extending a game's life — not replacing full-price launches. That philosophy still seems baked into Sony’s strategy. But it’s hard to ignore the pressure. Subscription fatigue is real. Players juggle Netflix, Spotify, Xbox, Nintendo, PlayStation... not to mention rising costs everywhere. Price Flexibility or Price Increases? Let’s be honest — saying pricing will remain "dynamic" is just a polite way of saying it could go up again. Sony’s using strategic language here. They're open to adjustments. And while they also say they want to "add more value," value is subjective. What counts as a great monthly lineup to one player might feel like filler to another. If Sony does hike prices again, they'll need a convincing pitch. And fast. Here’s how past price changes were justified: Year Region Justification 2017 Europe "Enhancing value" 2023 Global "Continue bringing high-quality games and benefits" So far, that pitch has worked — just barely. But a second or third act? That might be a harder sell. Sony’s Tightrope Act Continues Sony is threading between keeping shareholders happy and not scaring off gamers. It’s a balancing act, and it’s getting trickier. Let’s face it: subscription services aren’t what they used to be. Consumers are pickier. Patience is thinner. And a bad month or two of games could spark a wave of cancellations. Even the most loyal fans have limits. Sony’s challenge isn’t just economic — it’s emotional. They’re not just managing revenue charts. They’re managing trust.

---

- Published: 2025-06-13
- Modified: 2025-06-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-falls-sec-delays-bitwise-etf/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin (DOGE -9. 05%) took a steep dive on Thursday after the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) opted to delay its decision on the Bitwise Dogecoin ETF. The bellwether meme coin shed nearly 7% by late afternoon, sending a ripple of disappointment through the crypto community. The SEC Pumps the Brakes Again Crypto markets had been watching closely for a ruling on several altcoin ETFs. Instead, the SEC chose to kick the can further down the road. Among the applications delayed: Bitwise Dogecoin ETF Grayscale Hedera Trust VanEck Avalanche ETF These delays continue a trend of cautious, incremental movement from the regulatory body, which has thus far only approved spot Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs for trading. “The SEC isn't rejecting these ETFs — it's just not greenlighting them yet. That limbo is frustrating investors,” said one market analyst. Why Crypto ETFs Matter The rise of spot ETFs in crypto, especially since the SEC approved Bitcoin ETFs in early 2024, has sparked a new era of institutional adoption. Here's why they matter: Ease of access: Investors can gain exposure to cryptocurrencies through familiar brokerage accounts — no digital wallet or private keys required. Legitimacy: ETF approval often signals that a token has passed at least some regulatory muster. Liquidity: Publicly traded ETFs offer better liquidity and lower friction than buying the actual asset on exchanges. But when delays hit, speculative assets like Dogecoin — driven as much by sentiment as by fundamentals — can react sharply. Not a Knockout Blow — Just a Stumble While the price movement may sting, the broader trend for DOGE and similar tokens may still be intact. The SEC's delay isn’t a denial, and there's reason to believe a greenlight could still come later this year. “This feels more like a brief, annoying setback than a lasting defeat,” one crypto investor remarked. The current administration has signaled a more open stance toward digital assets compared to previous years, and pressure is mounting from institutional players to open the door wider for altcoin ETFs. Should Dogecoin Investors Be Worried? In short: not necessarily. Volatility is the norm in crypto markets, and Dogecoin remains among the top 10 cryptocurrencies by market cap. However, patience is key. The ETF delay could slow near-term momentum, but it doesn't alter DOGE’s long-term speculative thesis. Key DOGE stats as of market close: Price: $0. 17 Day’s Range: $0. 17 – $0. 19 52-Week Range: $0. 08 – $0. 48 Market Cap: $26B Volume: 1. 77B DOGE Investor Takeaway Crypto investors have grown accustomed to a "hurry up and wait" dance with the SEC. While this delay hit Dogecoin hard today, the underlying narrative of mainstream ETF adoption remains intact. Bulls may want to use the dip as a buying opportunity — assuming they still believe in Dogecoin's unique blend of meme power and market presence.

---

- Published: 2025-06-13
- Modified: 2025-06-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-sister-birthday-taylor-swift-obsession/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Selena Gomez got emotional as she marked her younger sister Gracie’s 11th birthday with a sweet, nostalgia-filled post on Instagram—and fans couldn’t stop smiling at one surprising reveal: Gracie’s love for Taylor Swift might just beat her love for Selena. The singer and actress poured her heart out in a touching tribute and gave fans a glimpse into the bond she shares with her not-so-little-anymore sister. But tucked within the birthday love was a playful confession—Gracie is completely obsessed with her “Auntie Taylor. ” A Birthday Message Straight From the Heart Selena’s Instagram carousel hit all the emotional notes. From baby pictures to cozy sister moments, the post was a flood of memories. And then there was the caption. Selena wrote:"Happy birthday to my baby sissy. As I cry writing this, my heart melts because I know you know I’m always on your side. No matter what. I love you, baby girl. " It wasn’t flashy. No fancy editing. No strategic hashtags. Just raw, personal love. Gracie turned 11 on June 12, and the timing hit hard for fans who’ve watched her grow up in the shadow of Selena’s fame. For Selena, it’s personal. For fans, it’s full-circle. She didn’t need to say much more. The photos did the talking. The memories felt real. Gracie’s Secret Crush on Auntie Taylor Now this is where things got even cuter. Selena added to her Instagram Stories later that day, giving fans a bonus clip of the sisters hanging out in their room. There was music playing, and yep—you guessed it—it was Taylor Swift. Then came the kicker. Selena wrote, almost teasing:"She loves her auntie Taylor more than me. " You could practically hear the collective “awww” across the internet. The best part? It wasn’t a PR move. It was just two sisters, chilling, being silly, and jamming to Taylor. How Are They All Related Again? Let’s rewind for a sec, just for those still connecting the dots. Selena Gomez is the daughter of Mandy Teefey and Ricardo Joel Gomez. After Mandy and Ricardo split, Mandy married Brian Teefey. Together, Mandy and Brian welcomed Gracie Elliot Teefey on June 12, 2013. So Gracie is Selena’s half-sister. But honestly, none of that matters when you see how tight they are. At the time of Gracie’s birth, Selena was 20. And she wasn’t shy about sharing her excitement. She even posted a photo with her mom’s baby bump, writing:"I'm the happiest girl in the world! " She meant it. From Red Carpets to Room Dance Parties Over the years, Selena and Gracie have given fans small glimpses into their sisterhood. One time, they showed up hand-in-hand to the 2019 Frozen 2 premiere, twinning in fairy-like dresses. Gracie stole the red carpet with ease. But it’s the behind-the-scenes clips that really stick—like singing in the car or goofing around at home. The recent post added more sweet footage, including: Candid bedroom clips, just two sisters chilling and listening to Taylor Throwback photos from previous birthdays and vacations Glimpses of night outs and dress-up fun over the past few years Selena didn’t write essays with every photo. She didn’t have to. The vibe said it all: love, comfort, and connection. Taylor Swift's Surprise Role in the Family Taylor Swift isn’t just Selena’s friend. She’s practically family. For years, the two pop powerhouses have publicly stood by each other—through tours, breakups, media scrutiny, and everything in between. But to Gracie, Taylor’s just Auntie Tay. No fame, no filters, just vibes. And apparently, she’s earned top spot in Gracie’s heart, outranking even Selena herself. Ouch. This isn’t the first time Swift and Gracie have shared adorable moments. Back in 2023, during Taylor’s Eras Tour, Gracie joined Selena backstage and fangirled like any Swiftie would. In one now-viral moment, Gracie even swapped friendship bracelets with Taylor mid-show. That’s VIP Swiftie status, right there. Growing Up Teefey: A Family Timeline For a quick snapshot of the family dynamic, here’s how it all lays out: Name Relation to Selena Parent(s) Birth Year Mandy Teefey Mother — 1976 Ricardo Joel Gomez Father — 1975 Brian Teefey Stepfather Married to Mandy Teefey — Gracie Elliot Teefey Half-Sister Mandy Teefey & Brian Teefey 2013 It’s a blended family, sure. But the bonds run deep. Especially between Selena and her little sister. Fans React: “This Feels Like Home” The internet couldn’t handle the cuteness. Fans flooded the comment section with heart emojis, nostalgic throwbacks, and even their own sibling tributes. It was wholesome overload. Some compared their own childhood memories to Selena and Gracie’s throwbacks. Others just wanted to say thanks—for keeping things real. In a time when celebrity posts often feel curated to death, this one didn’t. It felt like a real person, with real emotions, sharing a real moment. And honestly? That’s what makes Selena different. She doesn’t just post content. She shares her life, the good, the bad, and everything soft and mushy in between.

---

- Published: 2025-06-12
- Modified: 2025-06-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/quantum-threat-bitcoin-4-million-at-risk/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin, trading near $108k, faces a hidden threat—quantum computing. Roughly a quarter of all BTC could fall prey once quantum machines catch up. This isn’t science fiction—it’s a ticking real-world dilemma. What’s Behind the Quantum Threat Bitcoin depends on public/private keypairs—public keys can be visible on-chain, but private ones are secret. A quantum computer with enough qubits could reverse-engineer private keys from public ones using Shor’s algorithm. That means access to wallets without users even knowing. The concern? Early addresses, especially from pre-2010 era, have public keys widely exposed—making them prime targets. A Deloitte analysis suggests up to 4 million BTC—around 25% of usable supply—could be compromised once quantum tech matures. That includes coins in abandoned wallets or old addresses. For now, they're locked away, possibly forever.

---

- Published: 2025-06-12
- Modified: 2025-06-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-cuts-o3-api-pricing-no-performance-loss/
- Categories: News, Technology

OpenAI is making waves again, but this time it’s not a new model or feature. It’s a major price drop—one that could shift how developers build and scale AI apps overnight. On Wednesday, OpenAI announced it’s reducing prices for its most capable reasoning model, o3, by a staggering 80%. And here's the kicker: the model’s performance hasn't changed one bit. That’s not just a marketing line. Independent testers backed it up. What’s Actually Changed With o3? The price cut is massive. We're talking about a reduction from $10 to $2 per million input tokens, and $40 to $8 per million output tokens. That alone is enough to turn heads in the dev community. But it’s not just the numbers that matter—it’s what didn’t change that’s more impressive. The o3 model you get through the API today is the exact same one you got before the price drop. OpenAI clarified this point clearly on X, saying they simply “optimized inference stack. ” Basically, they found a more efficient way to run the same model—nothing more, nothing less. Performance? Still Rock Solid, Says ARC There were plenty of raised eyebrows after the announcement. A price drop that steep often smells like a downgrade. Not this time. ARC Prize, a benchmark group that independently tests AI models, confirmed the performance of the o3-2025-04-16 model hasn’t budged. Just one sentence from their statement summed it all up:“We compared the retest results with the original results and observed no difference in performance. ” Let’s pause there. That's a critical point. No performance hit. No sneaky model swap. Just better backend work. Why This Actually Matters for Developers For devs building with OpenAI’s tools, pricing isn’t just a budgeting line item—it’s make or break. Here’s what this means for developers: Input now costs $2 per million tokens Output now costs $8 per million tokens Same model, same accuracy, lower burn rate Apps like Cursor and Windsurf, which are built directly on the API, instantly become more cost-effective to run. That trickles down into cheaper tools for users—or better margins for startups. And if you’re an indie developer? This move could bring enterprise-grade AI into your weekend side project. A Look at the Numbers Let’s put it in perspective with a table. Here's how the old and new pricing stack up: Token Type Old Price (per million) New Price (per million) % Decrease Input $10 $2 80% Output $40 $8 80% That’s not a small dip. That’s OpenAI essentially opening the floodgates. The “o3-pro” Surprise That Followed While all eyes were on the price cut, OpenAI quietly added something else to the API: o3-pro. This new variant of the model is built for users who want even better output quality. It uses more compute, which likely means it’ll cost more—but also means it can give stronger responses in complex scenarios. The timing wasn’t random either. OpenAI knows that not every user wants to save money. Some want better answers, even at a higher price. o3-pro fills that gap. API Users Win Big, Regular Users... Not So Much If you’re using ChatGPT through the regular app, this change doesn’t directly affect you. Prices there haven’t moved. But under the hood, the ripple effect is real. Lower API costs mean third-party tools powered by ChatGPT might become faster, smarter, or cheaper. You might not see it on your bill, but you might feel it in the apps you use every day.

---

- Published: 2025-06-11
- Modified: 2025-06-11
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-benny-blanco-video-dad-dreams/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

A cozy new video shared by Selena Gomez on Instagram has fans buzzing — not just about her relationship with Benny Blanco, but what the future might hold for the couple. On Tuesday, the 31-year-old singer and actress dropped a tender series of images and a short video featuring her fiancé. While the content alone melted hearts, it’s the timing — paired with Blanco's recent comments about fatherhood — that really set the internet talking. A Quiet Moment That Spoke Volumes Gomez’s post opened with a minimalist mirror selfie in a sleek bathroom. The space felt modern and airy, but it was her outfit that caught immediate attention — an all-black ensemble featuring an oversized blazer, high-waisted pants, and a bold belt cinching the look together. Just one picture later, she swapped the tailored glam for something much more laid-back. An oversized tee — light-colored, worn loose — had the words “YOU’RE MY CHERRY PIE” playfully stamped on the front. But it was the final slide in the carousel that really made fans swoon. A short video showed Blanco giving Gomez a piggyback ride by the ocean, both of them grinning ear to ear. No filters. No frills. Just two people clearly enjoying each other’s company. Benny’s Words About Becoming a Father The video didn’t come out of nowhere. In fact, it dropped just days after Blanco opened up about fatherhood in a candid chat with InStyle. “I love kids; I love being an uncle. I want to be a dad, though, God willing. I'm just dreaming and praying every day,” he said. There was no fluff in his words. Just honesty. It’s the kind of statement that sticks, especially when you consider the deeper layer of Gomez’s own journey. In previous interviews, she’s been open about her health struggles, including the emotional toll of knowing she may not be able to carry children due to complications related to lupus and bipolar medication. Still, hearing Blanco express such clear dreams sparked conversations. Could they be thinking of alternative paths to parenthood? Adoption? Surrogacy? Fans aren’t just curious — they’re hopeful. Gomez and Blanco’s Steady Rise as a Couple The pair made their relationship public in December 2023. At first, it felt like a surprise. Gomez had been off the dating radar for a while, and Blanco — while a powerhouse in music — had largely kept his personal life under wraps. But within a year, they were engaged. It wasn’t some flashy red carpet reveal. Instead, their announcements came through casual comments, Instagram interactions, and quiet confirmations. That low-key vibe? It’s clearly working for them. Their dynamic feels easy. There’s laughter in their photos, simplicity in their captions, and no rush to prove anything to anyone. Fans have noticed. Fans React With Excitement and Emotion Of course, social media erupted. Within hours, the video racked up millions of views, thousands of comments, and countless reshares. One fan commented, “That piggyback ride gave me life. So wholesome. ” Another wrote, “It’s the fact that he’s talking about kids and she’s posting this at the same time. Manifesting a happy ending for them! ” The timing wasn’t lost on anyone. And neither was the unspoken message behind the post. It wasn’t just about relationship goals. It felt like a peek into a couple dreaming of something more — even if quietly. What Their Timeline Tells Us Let’s look at how it all played out: Date Event Dec 2023 Gomez and Blanco confirm relationship Spring 2024 Couple begins appearing in public together more often Dec 2024 Engagement officially confirmed June 2025 Blanco speaks about wanting to be a father June 2025 Gomez shares intimate video post This timeline doesn’t feel rushed. If anything, it seems paced with intention. Every step has come with a level of care and quiet confidence. Gomez’s Health Journey Adds Another Layer There’s no way to talk about Selena’s potential future as a parent without acknowledging what she’s been through. She’s faced physical illness, mental health challenges, and public scrutiny — all while maintaining her place as a global icon. A few years ago, she underwent a kidney transplant due to lupus complications. Her openness about bipolar disorder has helped countless others feel seen. And while she’s said in the past that having children might not be in the cards biologically, she’s never shut the door emotionally. Sometimes, wanting something enough — and having the right partner — opens new doors. So, What’s Next? Nobody knows. And maybe that’s the beauty of it. In a world where celebrity relationships are often performative, Gomez and Blanco are writing their story differently. They’re keeping it messy, honest, and real — and people are loving every second of it. They’re not just couple goals. They’re future goals. And that matters.

---

- Published: 2025-06-11
- Modified: 2025-06-11
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/danabot-malware-downfall-danableed-flaw-operation-endgame/
- Categories: News, Technology

A single mistake buried in a malware update back in 2022 cracked open one of the cybercrime world's most persistent threats. And now, DanaBot is history. Zscaler’s security team found the flaw. Law enforcement ran with it. And earlier this year, they took down the malware’s entire infrastructure — and outed the people behind it. It’s rare to see this kind of clean sweep in the cybercrime space, but sometimes, all it takes is one loose thread. A Malware Empire That Ran Too Long DanaBot had been doing the rounds since 2018. It was sold as a malware-as-a-service platform, catering to criminals looking to siphon bank credentials, sneak into corporate systems, or launch DDoS attacks. For nearly seven years, it worked like a well-oiled machine. DanaBot’s buyers used it to steal money, spy on people, and quietly take over computers around the world. Law enforcement was well aware of its presence. But until recently, they couldn’t touch it. That changed after a 2022 update introduced a flaw. DanaBleed: The Hidden Leak That Broke Everything The flaw, now called DanaBleed, was part of an update pushed in June 2022 — version 2380. It added a shiny new command-and-control (C2) protocol. But the implementation was sloppy. The C2 server was supposed to respond to infected clients with padded data. Problem was, the memory used for padding wasn’t being cleaned first. That meant old memory content leaked through the cracks — byte by byte. It was basically like leaving your dirty laundry in the hallway and then wondering how the neighbors knew your secrets. Zscaler’s researchers realized what was happening. Over time, they scooped up thousands of C2 responses. And inside those responses, they found gold: IP addresses and usernames of the malware operators Victim data and credentials Internal SQL queries and debug logs Snippets from the C2 dashboard’s HTML Cryptographic keys and malware changelogs It was everything they needed to unmask DanaBot’s crew — and map out their infrastructure. Operation Endgame: The Long Game Pays Off Zscaler quietly passed the intelligence to law enforcement. No sudden moves. No leaks. Just patient investigation. It took time. But once there was enough evidence to act, an international task force moved in. That effort — dubbed Operation Endgame — didn’t just dent DanaBot. It crushed it. Police shut down 650 domains. C2 servers were pulled offline. About $4 million in crypto was seized. Sixteen people behind the operation were indicted. Even though the suspected core developers — believed to be based in Russia — weren’t arrested, they’ve lost their platform, their infrastructure, and most importantly, their reputation in cybercrime circles. A Malware Operation’s Dirty Internals Laid Bare One of the most surreal aspects of DanaBleed was just how much it exposed — without anyone noticing for years. Some of the data Zscaler’s team uncovered was borderline embarrassing for the malware’s developers. HTML snippets showed what their internal dashboards looked like. SQL errors and debug logs gave insight into the tools they used to maintain the system. There was even a changelog, as if the developers had been treating DanaBot like a legit software project. Here’s a quick breakdown of what was exposed: Type of Data Examples Found Threat actor metadata Usernames, operator IPs Victim information IPs, stolen credentials, exfiltrated content Infrastructure details C2 server IPs and domains Operational internals Debug logs, SQL queries, changelogs Security-sensitive data Private keys, dashboard code, encryption flaws Most malware doesn’t leak this kind of data unless it’s been hacked. But DanaBot leaked it itself — all thanks to a lazy patch. Fallout and the Future of the DanaBot Crew Even with infrastructure gone and indictments in place, law enforcement knows this isn’t necessarily the end. Some of the indicted are still free. And cybercrime has a habit of reinventing itself. Still, this hit hurts. The trust DanaBot had in underground forums? Damaged. The value of their codebase? Questionable. The willingness of others to collaborate with them again? Probably close to zero. Some experts believe that even if the core developers attempt a comeback, they’ll struggle to regain a foothold. Their names are out. Their methods are exposed. And the very malware they spent years building became the thing that brought them down. One mistake. Two years of leaks. Total collapse.

---

- Published: 2025-06-10
- Modified: 2025-06-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-pullback-after-record-high-etf-inflows-persist-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin soared past $111,000 in May, hitting a fresh all-time high and reigniting bullish chatter across Wall Street and crypto Twitter. But instead of continuing on a rocket ride, it stumbled — falling back to around $105,000. Now, everyone’s asking: is this a real dip, or a warning shot? It might sound like déjà vu for longtime Bitcoin watchers. Yet this time feels a little different. The panic button hasn't been hit. In fact, it seems like the big money is just getting warmed up. Bitcoin’s Wild Days Aren’t What They Used to Be Back in the early 2010s, Bitcoin was chaos. Wild swings of 30% in a single day weren’t outliers — they were normal. Flash forward to today, and Bitcoin’s price behavior looks more like a blue-chip stock than a back-alley gamble. Volatility has cooled off in a big way. According to data from CoinGlass, the 30-day volatility rate for Bitcoin is now under 2% as of May 2025. Just a few years ago, during the peak of the 2021 crypto rally, that number hovered near 9%. That’s a massive shift. The cause? A big part of it is institutional money. Hedge funds, pension funds, and Fortune 500 treasuries aren’t looking for roller coasters — they want reliable, liquid assets. Their steady hands are slowly reshaping Bitcoin’s personality. Is the Price Drop Really a Problem? Some investors flinched when Bitcoin fell back below $106,000. The psychological line of $100,000 looms large. But that number doesn’t tell the whole story. If anything, the current pullback is looking more like a pause than a pivot. The idea of “buying the dip” — once laughed off as millennial meme-speak — is now Wall Street gospel. Bitcoin ETFs saw inflows surge again in late May, after a short-lived slowdown in April. Here’s the kicker: Bitcoin has been the best-performing asset in 10 of the last 13 years In January 2023, it traded under $17,000 Just 29 months later, it crossed $111,000 That kind of resilience isn’t just rare — it’s borderline unheard of in modern finance. Some folks are whispering that this recent drop was healthy. A reset. A chance to shake out the noise before the next leg up. Big Money Keeps Buying, Even at Highs It’s not just Reddit traders scooping up coins. Institutions — the same ones that once called Bitcoin a Ponzi scheme — are quietly doubling down. ETFs tell the story. Since the launch of U. S. spot Bitcoin ETFs in early 2024, billions in new capital have flooded the market. Even after a slight pullback in April, inflows resumed in May. Fidelity, BlackRock, and ARK all reported upticks in demand. Here’s a quick look at Bitcoin ETF inflows since February 2025: Month ETF Net Inflow (USD) February $1. 6 Billion March $2. 4 Billion April -$0. 3 Billion May (to date) $1. 1 Billion If anything, the pause in April seems to have refreshed investor appetite. Even at nosebleed levels, the demand hasn’t vanished — it’s just smarter and slower. Prediction Markets Still Point to More Upside So how high could Bitcoin go this year? According to aggregated prediction market data from Polymarket and Kalshi, investors think there’s a 61% chance Bitcoin hits $125,000 by year-end. The odds drop as the numbers go higher — 30% for $150,000, and just 12% for a $200,000 target in 2025. That lines up with what big-name firms were forecasting at the start of the year. In January, several analysts — including from Standard Chartered and Bernstein — floated $200K as a legitimate 12-month target. Notably, even conservative voices aren’t sounding alarms. Most say the price action is more technical than emotional. Bitcoin’s reputation as digital gold is sticking. The Long-Term Story is Intact Bitcoin might wobble short-term. That’s not new. What is new is how people are reacting. Panic selling? Pretty rare now. Everyone from retail investors to pension fund managers seems to be leaning into the idea that Bitcoin is a marathon, not a sprint. Historical data supports this shift. In every major Bitcoin crash — 2014, 2018, 2022 — prices not only recovered but soared higher. And with inflation uncertainty, geopolitical tension, and fiat skepticism still high, the case for an uncorrelated store of value is stronger than ever. Also worth noting — the supply side of the equation isn’t changing. Bitcoin’s halving in April reduced new coin issuance by half. Less supply, same or higher demand? That’s Economics 101. This Pullback Isn’t a Panic Button So, should you be worried? Honestly, probably not. Bitcoin may have cooled off a bit, but the big-picture trend is still pointing north. Institutional inflows, reduced volatility, and bullish prediction markets suggest this isn’t the top — just a breather. Here’s what matters most right now: Volatility is at multi-year lows ETF inflows are back on track Long-term adoption keeps rising Even if Bitcoin takes its time, momentum is building. Slowly. Quietly. And maybe permanently.

---

- Published: 2025-06-10
- Modified: 2025-06-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dan-ives-ai-etf-launch-wedbush-investing-opportunity/
- Categories: News, Business

The AI boom isn’t just hype anymore. It’s producing real market gains — and now, a star analyst is giving retail investors a shot at riding the wave in a new way. It’s no secret that artificial intelligence stocks lit a fire under the markets last year. Nvidia didn’t just lead the Nasdaq — it was also the Dow’s MVP, soaring more than 170% and proving AI’s reach extends far beyond Silicon Valley. Now, with a fresh ETF on the table and the AI market headed toward a multi-trillion-dollar future, investors are being offered a broader way to get in on the action. Nvidia Made It Clear: AI Isn’t Just Hype Anymore Last year’s rally told a story — and AI was the plotline. Nvidia was the standout, sure, but the impact of artificial intelligence didn’t stop there. Companies across sectors started pouring money into AI infrastructure. Think server farms, specialized chips, new algorithms. And while some of the momentum cooled early in 2024, a flurry of upbeat earnings reports kicked things back into high gear. Then came the forecasts. Market analysts are betting big — $2 trillion big — on AI by the early 2030s. No longer a moonshot, it’s becoming one of the most significant investment trends of the decade. Why Dan Ives Thinks His New ETF Could Be a Game-Changer Dan Ives, a widely followed tech analyst at Wedbush, believes the AI surge isn’t close to peaking. And he’s not just tweeting about it — he’s launched a fund. Just a few days ago, the Wedbush ETF focused on the AI revolution (IVES) made its market debut. What makes it stand out? For starters, it taps into Ives’ own handpicked list of AI-focused companies. This isn’t just about chipmakers or software names. Ives is looking at the entire ecosystem: Infrastructure builders like Nvidia and AMD. Cloud giants such as Microsoft and Amazon. Enterprise enablers, including Salesforce and ServiceNow. Even future-facing bets like robotics and AI agents. That mix matters. Betting on one or two AI stocks? Risky. But holding a basket built by someone who's covered tech for decades? That might just be the safer bet. A Broader AI Strategy With Real Potential The ETF doesn’t just load up on today’s winners. It takes into account companies expected to benefit tomorrow — and that might be its secret sauce. There’s a real chance the "next Nvidia" is still under the radar. Ives’ approach tries to sniff out those names early, especially those building tools for what he calls “Phase Two” of the AI wave: AI agents and humanoid robotics. Yes, humanoid robots. Sounds sci-fi. But even Nvidia’s CEO recently hinted this could be the next big revenue generator in a few years. And while everyone’s still trying to wrap their heads around that, AI is already solving real-world issues, from medical diagnostics to streamlining customer service in major banks. What Makes the IVES ETF Unique? Let’s Break It Down Here’s a quick snapshot of how this ETF compares with a few other AI-themed funds on the market: Feature IVES ETF Global X AI ETF (AIQ) ROBO Global Robotics (ROBO) Launch Date June 2025 May 2018 October 2013 Analyst/Active Involvement Dan Ives (Wedbush Analyst) Passive Index Quantitative Selection Focus Broad AI Ecosystem + Future General AI Exposure Robotics & Automation Top Holdings Nvidia, Microsoft, Palantir Alphabet, IBM, Amazon Keyence, Nvidia, Fanuc It’s not about who's the flashiest. It's about who can see where things are going. And Ives, for better or worse, has been early (sometimes too early) on tech trends before. But when he’s right, he’s really right. The Risks Are Still Real — But the Opportunity May Be Bigger Let’s not sugarcoat it. AI stocks can be volatile. Earlier this year, the market pulled back as investors questioned whether AI was growing too fast. Capital expenditures spiked. Valuations got stretched. And everyone started asking: is this sustainable? But then came earnings. Microsoft, Meta, Alphabet — they weren’t just beating expectations. They were doubling down on AI investments. That sparked another rally. Still, ETFs like IVES won’t save you from market turbulence. What they can do is reduce your dependence on one or two companies — and give you a more balanced shot at the upside. And if the broader trend keeps climbing, that diversification could make all the difference. A Bet on AI — and a Bet on Ives Let’s not pretend every analyst deserves a fund. But Dan Ives isn’t your average Wall Street guy yelling about the next big thing. He’s been covering tech for decades. His calls on Apple, Tesla, and Microsoft — while not always perfect — have earned him respect, especially in the retail investing community. He’s also incredibly media-savvy, which means his picks get attention. That visibility could actually help this ETF. As more investors hear about it, more money might flow in — creating momentum, especially in the early days. That’s something retail investors often overlook: attention moves money. And Ives, knowingly or not, has built a brand strong enough to attract both.

---

- Published: 2025-06-09
- Modified: 2025-06-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/cardano-loses-ground-as-developers-capital-flee-to-solana/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Once hailed for its academic rigor and cautious innovation, Cardano now faces a sobering reality: the crypto space is sprinting ahead, and ADA might be stuck jogging in place. The blockchain, once seen as a serious Ethereum contender, is watching the crowd pull away. Capital is shifting. Developers are leaving. The buzz is fading. It’s not just about speed anymore — it’s about momentum. And Cardano seems to be losing both. Developer Exodus Speaks Louder Than Words Cardano's methodical approach once earned it respect. But now? It’s starting to look like a liability. Developers are no longer content waiting for slow-moving roadmaps. They want action. They want progress they can see and contribute to. Ethereum and Solana, despite their issues, offer that in spades. Cardano had just 175 active developers contributing updates last week, according to Cryptometheus. That’s a sharp 33% drop from three months ago. Compare that to Solana’s 499 — nearly triple. And that trend hurts. Because blockchains are only as strong as the people building on them. If developers are the heart, then Cardano's pulse is weakening. Money Talks — And It’s Saying “Bye” to Cardano When capital moves, it doesn’t just whisper — it shouts. And right now, the money is flowing toward chains that are doing more, faster. Solana, again, is miles ahead. In January, its total value locked (TVL) stood close to $12 billion. Today? $8. 6 billion. Still massively ahead of Cardano’s $331. 6 million. That’s not a typo. It’s over 25 times more. Even worse? Cardano’s TVL was over $680 million in December 2024. It's been chopped in half in six months. That’s a sign of confidence unraveling. Real users, real investors — they’re leaving. Meanwhile, Fidelity — yes, that Fidelity — filed to list a Solana ETF. Bloomberg analysts say there’s a 90% chance it gets approved in 2025. Cardano? No ETF filings. No whispers. No interest. Excitement Is the Real Currency in Crypto Forget price for a second. In crypto, attention is currency. And Cardano isn’t getting much of it these days. Just look around. Social media buzz is flat. NFT activity is minimal. High-profile partnerships? Barely any. Now compare that to Solana’s lightning-fast meme coin season, or Ethereum’s Layer-2 expansion madness. These ecosystems are alive, reactive, chaotic — and people love it. Crypto doesn’t reward slow and steady. It rewards bold and loud. And right now, Cardano is... neither. Even Cardano’s price, which is often sluggish, reflects the sentiment. ADA is stuck around $0. 66, way below its highs, while others are finding new narratives and fresh legs. How Cardano Stacks Up — A Quick Look To understand the gap in performance, here's a side-by-side snapshot of key metrics: Metric Cardano (ADA) Solana (SOL) Active Developers 175 499 Total Value Locked $331. 6M $8. 6B ETF Filing Status None Filed by Fidelity 52-Week Price Range $0. 28–$1. 31 $8. 00–$210. 92 TVL (Dec 2024) $680. 8M $12B These numbers don’t lie. They tell a story of one project losing steam, and another finding its second wind. What’s Behind Cardano’s Slowdown? It's not that the tech is broken. In fact, some experts still praise Cardano for its theoretical strength. But theory doesn’t move markets. The slow pace of upgrades. The lack of flashy dApps. The absence of hype. It’s all taking a toll. Here’s what insiders are pointing to: Long delays in rolling out major features like Hydra (Cardano’s scaling solution) Few high-traffic apps actually built or used on-chain Perception of being a “research project” rather than a living, breathing ecosystem And perception matters. A lot. Can Cardano Turn It Around? That’s the big question. And honestly? It’s hard to say. Charles Hoskinson, the project's co-founder, remains defiant and optimistic. Cardano still has a loyal fan base. It still boasts a clean design and a unique governance model. But crypto is a momentum game. Being right isn't enough — you have to be fast, exciting, and everywhere all at once. Unless the Cardano Foundation finds a way to inject urgency, unlock major use cases, or attract killer apps, it might continue its slow drift toward irrelevance. One sentence can sum up the mood in the community right now: "Cardano isn't dead — it's just missing the party. "

---

- Published: 2025-06-09
- Modified: 2025-06-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/mirai-malware-exploits-tbk-dvr-cve-2024-3721/
- Categories: News, Technology

A fresh variant of the Mirai malware is on the loose, and it's already hijacking thousands of digital video recorders through an exploit that's been publicly known for weeks. The devices are falling fast, and the consequences could ripple far beyond what’s visible right now. Security experts are sounding the alarm after seeing a surge in infections linked to CVE-2024-3721—a command injection flaw affecting TBK DVR-4104 and DVR-4216 models. And here's the kicker: many of these units are rebranded and spread globally under names people might not even recognize. Exploit Went Public, Hackers Moved Fast This all started back in April 2024, when a researcher going by the handle "netsecfish" publicly disclosed the CVE-2024-3721 vulnerability. The flaw lets attackers send specially crafted POST requests to certain endpoints, tricking the devices into running shell commands by fiddling with two specific parameters: mdb and mdc. At the time, the proof-of-concept code seemed technical and low-risk for most people. But within weeks, malware authors turned it into a weapon. Now, Kaspersky reports their honeypots are capturing live exploitation attempts. The attackers are pushing a Mirai botnet variant onto vulnerable devices—mostly Linux-based DVRs running on ARM32 architecture. What Happens Once the Device Is Infected? Once the malware lands on the DVR, it quickly connects to its command-and-control (C2) server. From there, the infected device doesn’t just sit idle. It becomes part of a broader botnet army, ready to launch Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) attacks, act as a relay for malicious traffic, or even participate in other cybercrimes. These devices, usually sitting unnoticed in server rooms or closets, become digital mercenaries for hire. And let’s be honest—no one checks their DVR firmware updates regularly. Exposure Numbers Aren’t Reassuring According to netsecfish's initial estimate, around 114,000 of these DVRs were exposed online back in 2023. That number might have dipped since, but not by much. Kaspersky’s latest scans suggest 50,000 devices are still wide open. That’s not a small number, especially when each of those machines can play a role in crippling online infrastructure through coordinated attacks. • Infections seem concentrated in countries like China, India, Egypt, Ukraine, Russia, Turkey, and Brazil. • But this is based solely on Kaspersky’s telemetry—so, not a full picture. • Plus, since Kaspersky software is restricted in many regions, the real spread could be broader. The Update Dilemma and Brand Confusion Here's where things get murky. The affected DVR-4104 and DVR-4216 devices aren't just sold under the TBK Vision label. They've been rebranded dozens of times. Users might have bought them thinking they were getting something from brands like Novo, CeNova, QSee, Pulnix, XVR 5 in 1, Securus, or Night OWL. That’s just to name a few. Trying to figure out whether a patch exists—or if the vendor even still supports the model—is often a dead end. TBK Vision hasn’t publicly confirmed if updates are out. BleepingComputer reached out, but there's still no word from them. So, what are we left with? DVR Brand Alias Based on TBK Models? Patch Availability Confirmed? CeNova Yes Unknown QSee Yes Unknown Night OWL Yes Unconfirmed Pulnix Yes Unknown Securus Yes No official comment This leaves thousands of consumers and small businesses hanging with potentially compromised devices. Researchers Say This Isn’t an Isolated Case Netsecfish hasn’t been quiet this year. The same researcher previously uncovered backdoor accounts and command injection bugs affecting thousands of end-of-life (EoL) D-Link routers. Those flaws, too, were scooped up by attackers almost immediately after public disclosure. There’s a pattern here—malware authors are watching GitHub and security blogs like hawks. The window between a vulnerability disclosure and active exploitation has practically vanished. The Mirai variant currently in use is performing the usual environment checks before deploying itself—avoiding sandboxes, seeking persistence, and ensuring its architecture matches. Nothing fancy, but still effective. No Clear Path to Protection, But One Harsh Reality The sad part? Most people who own these DVRs probably won’t ever know they’re vulnerable. They’re low-maintenance devices, and unless something breaks, no one logs in to check. Meanwhile, attackers keep expanding their control. The botnet doesn’t need thousands of new nodes every day—just enough to keep attacks rolling. Even more concerning: the DDoS-for-hire market thrives on this kind of silent compromise. For a few bucks, anyone can rent a part of the swarm.

---

- Published: 2025-06-09
- Modified: 2025-06-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/failbetter-mandrake-rural-life-sim-folklore-mystery/
- Categories: News

Failbetter Games, the studio behind cult hits like Sunless Sea and Mask of the Rose, is stepping away from the eerie, labyrinthine world of Fallen London to bring us something quite different — and intriguing. Their new game, Mandrake, is a rural life simulator set in a world where old, wild forces linger and horticulture is outlawed. It promises to mix the cozy with the uncanny, aiming for a PC release that’s already stirring interest. Mandrake’s premise feels familiar at first glance. You play as the last of a line of horticultural sorcerers, returning to your family’s abandoned home in Chandley, a “small, complicated” village. The game’s rhythm involves gardening, fishing, foraging, cooking, and crafting furniture to decorate your house. The environment invites exploration — the woods, beaches, mines — while local villagers offer stories and friendships that weave you deeper into the fabric of the community. Sounds like your usual life sim, right? Well, not quite. The village of Chandley isn’t your everyday quaint town. It’s steeped in folklore and the strange, filled with characters and creatures that feel pulled from British myth and shadowy fairy tales. Failbetter hints at a darker, mysterious layer lurking beneath the pastoral surface. As you tend your garden, you’ll start swapping typical crops for stranger seeds. You'll find yourself befriending a river, eavesdropping on ghosts, and even sharing drinks with a god living in your chimney. And that’s just scratching the surface. A Village Wrapped in Myth and Mystery Chandley’s locals aren’t your usual NPCs. They’re quirky, unsettling, and wrapped in their own secrets. Take the hunter who makes deals with the forest, or the girl rescued from the sea who still hears calls from beneath the waves. Spirits roam the village, too — from Granny Jakes, a long-armed figure hiding in an orchard, to Hroame, a creature shifting between stone and flesh. It’s clear Failbetter’s hand in crafting strange and eerie settings is very much at play here. And if you thought the village’s oddities were just charming quirks, the game warns you plainly: "Don’t go out after dark. " Nighttime brings dangers that are decidedly not for the faint of heart. The hint alone conjures images of creeping shadows and unseen threats, promising a tension that contrasts sharply with the daylight chores of gardening and cooking. This mix of mundane and magical feels like Failbetter Games tapping into their niche for storytelling that’s equal parts weird and immersive. You’re not just growing plants; you’re coaxing life from the forbidden, interacting with ancient powers that might not take kindly to your presence. What to Expect From Gameplay and Community Interaction Gameplay-wise, Mandrake is shaping up to be more than a simple sim. It combines the comforting routine of rural life games with a narrative layer that asks players to engage with the village and its mysteries on a deeper level. Exploration isn’t just for resources — it’s about uncovering stories and piecing together the village’s complex web of relationships and lore. Failbetter also plans to involve players early and often. The studio acknowledges Mandrake’s complexity and “very unusual features” mean it needs player feedback to shape its final form. They’re aiming to run several playtests before the official release, encouraging those intrigued to wishlist the game on Steam. It’s a smart move to build a community that can help polish the game and deepen its storytelling. Here’s a quick glimpse of what you’ll be up to in Mandrake: Gardening and cultivating rare, mysterious plants Fishing and foraging to support your daily life Crafting furniture to make your home uniquely yours Exploring varied landscapes: forests, beaches, and mines Building relationships with a cast of eccentric villagers Encountering and surviving the supernatural and unknown Early Impressions and What This Means for Failbetter’s Future Failbetter has carved out a niche in the indie scene for delivering story-driven, atmospheric games rich with lore and strangeness. Mandrake represents their first real leap outside the Fallen London universe, which is exciting and a bit nerve-wracking for longtime fans. Switching genres to a rural life sim with a dark twist is ambitious. On the surface, it might seem like a step back from the gothic horror and urban weirdness of Sunless Sea or Mask of the Rose. But digging deeper, Mandrake looks like it might capture the same unsettling magic by placing it in a different setting. Failbetter’s focus on community feedback could also indicate a more open development process than usual, giving players a chance to influence how the story and mechanics evolve. It’s a fascinating approach that could help Mandrake stand out in a crowded genre. For now, we don’t have a release date, but the promise of a PC launch and multiple playtests on the horizon keeps interest high. If you’re into games that blend everyday life with a dash of the eerie, this one’s worth keeping an eye on.

---

- Published: 2025-06-07
- Modified: 2025-06-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drops-musk-trump-feud-impact/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin's value is slipping Friday, dropping 5. 3% in 24 hours, with an earlier plunge as steep as 15. 3%. Meanwhile, the broader market shows strength—S&P 500 and Nasdaq both posting gains. The reason? A messy public fallout between Dogecoin's biggest booster Elon Musk and former President Donald Trump. Musk and Trump’s feud shakes Dogecoin’s hype-driven market For years, Dogecoin’s price rode high thanks largely to Elon Musk’s tweets. The meme coin soared when Musk joined Trump’s administration as the supposed head of the “Department of Government Efficiency” (DOGE), a playful nod to the cryptocurrency itself. Investors flocked, hoping Musk’s ties to Trump would boost the coin’s fortunes. Dogecoin’s price doubled after the election, riding that wave of optimism. But all that good mojo appears to be crashing now. Recently, Musk took to X (formerly Twitter) to slam Trump’s “Big, Beautiful Bill,” urging its total overhaul. Trump didn’t hold back either—responding both on social media and in White House press remarks. This back-and-forth put Dogecoin’s shine in jeopardy. Dogecoin is a meme coin — hype matters more than fundamentals Dogecoin’s value isn’t grounded in anything solid like utility or earnings. It’s all about vibes, hype, and social media buzz. That means wild price swings, for better or worse. The recent pump came on Musk’s high-profile role alongside Trump. Now that relationship’s soured, the hype deflates, and so does the coin’s price. This isn’t new territory for Dogecoin. Its history is a rollercoaster driven by celebrity endorsements and viral moments rather than technology breakthroughs. Why is this significant? Dogecoin’s market cap still clocks in around $27 billion. Daily trading volumes surpass 1 billion coins, showing lots of movement. The coin’s price has been stuck between 18 and 48 cents over the past year. Take a look at this table showing Dogecoin’s key numbers: Metric Value Current Price $0. 18 Market Cap $27 Billion 24h Volume 1,080,513,039 DOGE 52-week Range $0. 08 - $0. 48 Daily Change -5. 3% (up to -15. 3%) What about investing in Dogecoin now? Honestly? Many experts advise caution. The Motley Fool’s Stock Advisor team didn’t even include Dogecoin in its top stock picks, focusing instead on companies with real growth potential. Stocks like Netflix and Nvidia, once top recommendations, would have turned a $1,000 bet into hundreds of thousands by now. Dogecoin’s wild ride is a far cry from that kind of dependable growth. It’s the classic meme coin story—high risk, high drama, and a whole lot of noise. If you’re thinking about throwing some cash at Dogecoin, ask yourself: Are you in it for the thrill or the long haul? Because right now, the drama between Musk and Trump is steering the ship, and it looks pretty choppy. In the end, Dogecoin is still mostly a hype vehicle, one that can surge on a tweet and plunge on a spat. So, keep your eyes open and your wallet cautious.

---

- Published: 2025-06-07
- Modified: 2025-06-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-powershell-script-restore-inetpub-folder-april-2025-update/
- Categories: News, Technology

Windows users faced a surprise after April’s security updates when an empty C:\inetpub folder suddenly appeared on their systems. Now, Microsoft has released a PowerShell script to help restore this folder for those who mistakenly deleted it—because deleting it could reopen a dangerous security hole. Why That Empty 'inetpub' Folder Matters More Than You Think If you noticed an empty folder named inetpub on your C: drive after the April 2025 updates, you’re not alone. This folder is linked to Internet Information Services (IIS), Microsoft’s web server platform. But here's the catch—most users don’t even run IIS, so why is this folder showing up? Turns out, Microsoft created it as a protective measure against a serious vulnerability, CVE-2025-21204, which allows attackers to escalate privileges through Windows Process Activation. Simply put: the folder is a kind of safety shield, even if you’re not running a web server. Now, some users got puzzled and deleted the folder, thinking it was useless clutter. That’s risky. Removing it can leave your system open to the flaw the update was supposed to patch. Microsoft warned against deleting it in their advisory but also offered a way to fix things if you already did. The PowerShell Script That Brings the Folder Back—and Why It’s Important On Wednesday, Microsoft updated its CVE-2025-21204 advisory, releasing a handy PowerShell script to help IT admins and savvy users recreate the folder with the correct permissions. The commands are straightforward: Running this script sets up the right access controls to keep unauthorized users out, closing the door on possible exploitation tied to the vulnerability. The script also secures another folder called on Windows Server machines, which came into play with earlier February 2025 updates. So it’s a two-for-one fix that boosts overall system security. What Happens If You Don’t Use IIS? The Confusing Part You might ask: “But I don’t use IIS at all, so why do I need that folder? ” Good question. When you install IIS through the Windows "Turn Windows Features on or off" panel, the inetpub folder appears naturally, filled with files needed for the web server. But if you uninstall IIS, the folder sticks around, empty but still important for this vulnerability patch. Microsoft says that even if IIS isn’t active on your machine, deleting the inetpub folder isn’t a good idea because it’s now part of Windows’ protection scheme. The folder helps keep things locked down behind the scenes. Here’s a quick breakdown: Installing IIS: Creates inetpub with files and system ownership. Uninstalling IIS: Folder remains, empty but needed for security. Deleting folder: Opens system back up to privilege escalation risk. So basically, don’t touch it. The Security Risk Behind This Folder: What You Need to Know The vulnerability fixed here involves an “improper link resolution” in the Windows Update stack. This means Windows might follow symbolic links wrongly, allowing attackers to trick the system into changing or accessing files they shouldn’t. The scary bit? Attackers with minimal access could elevate their permissions to the SYSTEM account level, which is basically full control over your PC. Microsoft’s message is clear: the empty inetpub folder is a shield that shouldn’t be removed. Cybersecurity expert Kevin Beaumont even showed how this folder can be misused by non-admin users to block Windows updates by creating a junction link, which highlights its critical role in system integrity. What Users Should Do Now: Quick Tips If you find the folder missing, here’s what you can do: Use the PowerShell script Microsoft released to restore permissions. Alternatively, reinstall IIS via the control panel to bring the folder back properly. Never manually delete or modify the inetpub folder. Keep your Windows updated with the latest patches. Action How To Why It Matters Restore inetpub folder Run Set-InetpubFolderAcl PowerShell script Re-establishes critical security permissions Install IIS Use “Turn Windows Features on or off” in Control Panel Creates folder with proper system files Avoid Deletion Don’t delete C:\inetpub folder Prevents exposure to privilege escalation bug It might seem weird that an empty folder matters so much, but this isn’t just about files—it’s about keeping your system safe. Microsoft’s warning resonates loud and clear: don’t delete the inetpub folder, no matter what. It’s one of those odd but important things that quietly protect your PC. If you’ve deleted it, use their new script or reinstall IIS to stay protected. Simple as that.

---

- Published: 2025-06-06
- Modified: 2025-06-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drops-as-trade-fears-rise-and-stablecoins-gain-support/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin took a steep hit Thursday, falling nearly 14% by late afternoon as jittery investors fled speculative assets. Trade war anxieties and a fresh push for stablecoin regulation helped fuel the sell-off. The S&P 500 only slipped 0. 5% on the day, showing that Dogecoin’s plunge wasn’t part of a broad market collapse—but rather a pointed reaction from crypto-watchers unnerved by the current backdrop. Sentiment Is Slipping Fast for Dogecoin Thursday wasn’t kind to the meme-born crypto. Dogecoin, a coin once celebrated more for its online culture than for real-world utility, dropped 7. 91% to $0. 18. That’s a long way from its 52-week high of $0. 48. The drop reflects deeper unease in the market—not just about DOGE, but about speculative assets more broadly. This isn’t just noise either. Meme coins, which ballooned in value during crypto’s wild run-ups, are now under pressure as traders rethink risk. Even diehard Doge fans are reconsidering. One Reddit user in the r/cryptocurrency subreddit posted Thursday, “I love DOGE, but man, I can’t stomach another 20% drop in one day. ” People want something a little more predictable right now. And Dogecoin isn’t that. Trade War Fears Are Hitting Speculative Assets Harder Let’s talk about the trade war for a second. The headlines are back—and they’re not pretty. New data showed U. S. imports of foreign goods tanked in April. That’s not just an economic signal—it’s an alarm bell. It tells investors that global supply chains are being disrupted and consumer patterns are shifting, fast. What happens when big-picture uncertainty takes over? Money flies out of riskier bets. And it’s not just stocks feeling it. Crypto, especially the more speculative side like meme coins, is getting hammered. The risk appetite just isn’t there right now, not with economic shifts that feel more tectonic than temporary. Stablecoins Suddenly Look... Kinda Attractive Here's where it gets interesting. On Thursday, Senator Ruben Gallego dropped a number that turned heads in Washington and crypto circles: 16 Democrats in the Senate are ready to vote in favor of the GENIUS Act. That’s the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U. S. Stablecoins, a long-winded name for a bill that could define how stablecoins are regulated. It’s a big moment. Crypto’s problem has always been legitimacy. Stablecoins offer that—kind of. They're pegged to assets like the dollar and don’t swing wildly like DOGE does. Which makes them appealing when the rest of the market feels like it’s spinning. Here's what’s driving the stablecoin momentum: Regulatory clarity from GENIUS could attract institutional money. Stablecoins are easier to integrate into payments, finance, and remittances. Investors are leaning on them as a parking space amid broader crypto volatility. The market's shift in focus is loud and clear. Meme coins are out of the spotlight, for now. DOGE’s Wild Ride: The Numbers Say It All Dogecoin’s numbers over the last few months paint a picture of something unstable—fun maybe, but hard to hold. Metric Value Market Cap $26 Billion Price Range (Today) $0. 17 - $0. 19 52-Week Range $0. 08 - $0. 48 Volume (Today) 1. 86 Billion YTD Change +31% Daily Change -7. 91% Volume is huge, but that’s not always a good thing. It can mean panic selling just as much as buying interest. And today, it was all about exits. Meme Coins Could Bounce, But Don’t Count On It There’s always hope in crypto. It’s like a casino with more memes and fewer free drinks. Some analysts think Dogecoin could bounce back—briefly. It’s still one of the most recognized tokens out there. Elon Musk hasn’t tweeted about it lately, but you never know. All it takes is one viral post to change the mood. Still, investors looking for fundamentals are walking away. And in the current climate, those chasing the latest “shiny thing” are being reminded that hype doesn’t always hold value. It’s tough out there. If you're in DOGE right now, you're probably asking yourself: do I ride this out or cut my losses? Either way, the days of guaranteed double-digit gains overnight feel far away right now. Investor Mood: Somewhere Between Cautious and Nervous Let’s call it what it is—investors are spooked. Between a shaky global trade environment, regulatory changes, and crypto volatility, most are playing defense. Thursday's drop in DOGE was less about the coin itself and more about the mood in the room. And the mood’s not great. The crypto crowd is historically emotional. That’s part of the draw—but also part of the danger. When confidence cracks, meme coins are often the first to tumble. And that’s exactly what we saw Thursday. Some are still holding out hope that the GENIUS Act brings clarity and that stablecoins don’t steal the whole show. But for now, DOGE is licking its wounds.

---

- Published: 2025-06-06
- Modified: 2025-06-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/google-gemini-kingfall-ai-minecraft-clone-leak/
- Categories: News, Technology

A mysterious new AI model called Gemini Kingfall briefly popped up on Google’s AI Studio, and though it vanished just as quickly, it left behind a trail of curiosity—and awe. The sneak peek was enough to set off a flurry of speculation, especially among developers. The model wasn’t up for long—around 20 minutes, tops—but it was long enough for a few sharp-eyed users to put it through some basic (and not-so-basic) paces. And what they found suggests Google might be cooking up something pretty wild. A Blink-and-You-Miss-It Debut Raises Eyebrows On X (formerly Twitter), several users noticed an unfamiliar model name appear under Google’s AI Studio models: “Gemini Kingfall. ” It didn’t stay there long. Just about as fast as it showed up, it disappeared, no fanfare, no announcement, no patch notes. Poof. It wasn’t labeled as an upgrade or patch to the Gemini 2. 5-Pro series. In fact, everything about it pointed to something entirely new. That’s what set the internet off. Some folks managed to run a few prompts on the model before it got pulled. What they discovered? It wasn’t just good at answering questions or summarizing data. It was ridiculously good at writing code. The Minecraft Clone That Stunned Reddit One Redditor decided to push Gemini Kingfall with a bold, absurd-sounding challenge. The prompt was just three lines long and asked for something that, frankly, sounds impossible: “Code Minecraft game clone within a single . html file. Make it beautiful, with pixel graphics like the original, add all main features of the game, terrain and tree generation, mobs, and a bunch of other stuff. Do as much as is feasibly possible. ” To everyone’s surprise, it worked. No joke—Gemini Kingfall spit out a fully playable HTML file that looked and felt like a stripped-down version of Minecraft. Sure, it had some hiccups. The water textures were buggy, and some of the features didn’t run perfectly. But it ran. In a browser. From a single HTML file. That’s not just a flex. That’s a seismic leap for AI coding output. Why This Could Be a Major Turning Point Gemini Kingfall doesn’t seem to follow the usual release cycle. Google has kept quiet, with no blog posts or developer notes to back up the leak. Still, something about the model feels significant. Unlike previous Gemini models, Kingfall's outputs are already showing signs of handling: Long-form, self-contained coding projects Complex logic synthesis in a single pass Real-time rendering capabilities Near-human creativity in game mechanics If this is a real internal project nearing release, Google may be about to leapfrog over its rivals again, particularly OpenAI and Anthropic, who’ve been dominating recent AI headlines. Not Just Speed—It’s the Efficiency That’s Wild What’s fascinating about Kingfall isn’t just what it produces. It’s how fast and cleanly it does it. Generating a playable game from a short prompt used to require chains of back-and-forth refinement, debugging, and tons of engineering prompts. Kingfall? One shot. That suggests a higher level of prompt comprehension, tighter integration between language understanding and code generation, and maybe even a new underlying architecture. It’s still early, but that kind of jump hints at something beyond just scaling up existing tech. Here’s a comparison table to give a sense of where Kingfall might sit compared to other Google models based on what little we’ve seen: Feature Gemini 1. 5 Pro Gemini 2. 5 Pro Gemini Kingfall (Unofficial) HTML Game Generation No Basic attempts Full functional prototype Creative Prompt Execution Moderate High Extremely High One-Pass Code Accuracy Low Moderate Very High Availability Public Limited Labs Not Officially Released What This Means for Developers and AI Builders Even though Kingfall hasn’t been announced, the community is already thinking about what it could mean. Some devs speculate this may be the first of a new class of models tuned specifically for software engineering. Others believe Kingfall could be a testing fork or even a sandbox model used internally to test out future multimodal integrations. But one thing’s clear: if a random prompt like “build Minecraft in HTML” gets you a playable game, we’re entering new territory. More people are trying to access older versions of AI Studio in hopes of catching Kingfall if it ever reappears. So far, no luck. Is Google Preparing for a Bigger Rollout? The timing is interesting. OpenAI just launched GPT-4o, and Apple’s WWDC is around the corner. Microsoft is rolling AI into every nook of Windows. Google, by contrast, has been teasing but not delivering anything revolutionary since I/O. Could Kingfall be Google’s ace in the hole? No confirmation yet. But the sudden appearance, explosive capabilities, and quick takedown all feel like the kind of “controlled leak” that tech companies sometimes allow to stir up buzz before a bigger reveal. Then again, it could’ve been a total accident. Either way, it’s got the internet watching closely. And in the AI world, that usually means something big is coming.

---

- Published: 2025-06-06
- Modified: 2025-06-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/url-slug-cillian-murphy-return-28-years-later-bone-temple/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

The buzz around the next chapter of the ‘28 Days Later’ saga is heating up as the upcoming sequel, 28 Years Later, gears up for its June release. Fans have been on the edge of their seats, wondering if Cillian Murphy, the face of the original film, would step back into the spotlight. Now, the director has confirmed Murphy’s comeback — but with a surprising twist. Danny Boyle, the creative mind behind the franchise, recently chatted with IGN and dropped some intriguing hints. While Murphy will reprise his iconic role as Jim, it won’t be in 28 Years Later but rather in a third installment titled 28 Years Later: The Bone Temple. This new chapter is still awaiting the green light, making Murphy’s involvement a crucial piece in securing funding for the project. Boyle’s cryptic comments have only added fuel to the fire. “All I can say is you have to wait for Cillian, but hopefully he will help us get the third film financed,” he said, teasing a “significant role” for Murphy. He even described the story as “clever” and “a very smart use of him,” hinting at something fans didn’t see coming. The return of Jim, the courier portrayed by Murphy in the original 2002 hit, is a welcome surprise. Interestingly, his character was missing from the sequel 28 Days Later follow-up, which hits theaters this month. That absence left many wondering if Murphy would ever come back — and now we have an answer, albeit delayed. 28 Years Later Arrives This June While The Bone Temple Lurks in 2026 The franchise keeps fans waiting with two separate releases. First up, 28 Years Later is set to hit theaters on June 20, bringing fresh chaos and new characters to the viral apocalypse story. Though Murphy won’t star in this one, the legacy of the original remains alive. Looking ahead, 28 Years Later: The Bone Temple is scheduled for January 16, 2026. It’s here that Murphy is expected to make a strong comeback, adding layers to the story that fans have long hoped for. 28 Years Later Release Date: June 20, 2025 28 Years Later: The Bone Temple Release Date: January 16, 2026 What This Means for Fans of the Franchise Murphy’s role as Jim has always been a cornerstone for the 28 Days Later universe. His return, though postponed, might just be the glue that ties the trilogy together. Boyle’s hints suggest the third film could be a turning point for the story, possibly exploring new themes or shifting the narrative in unexpected directions. It’s a bit like waiting for the final piece of a puzzle — frustrating, yet exciting. Murphy’s involvement not only promises continuity but also raises expectations for a smarter, more intricate storyline. Boyle’s comments also imply that the financing for the third film is closely linked to Murphy’s return. That puts a lot of pressure on the actor, but it also shows just how vital his character remains to the franchise’s future. The Mystery Behind The Bone Temple Not much is known about 28 Years Later: The Bone Temple beyond the title and Murphy’s involvement. Boyle has kept the story details tightly under wraps, joking he’d be “killed” if he revealed too much. Still, calling the story “clever” sets high hopes for a fresh take on the post-apocalyptic saga. The title alone sparks curiosity. What is the Bone Temple? Is it a new location, a secretive group, or a symbol for something darker? Fans are already speculating wildly, which only adds to the excitement. This secrecy may be a smart move, building anticipation and keeping audiences guessing until the film’s release. What Happened to Jim in 28 Years Later? Many fans noticed Jim’s absence in 28 Years Later and wondered if the character was done for good. His story arc from the original was wrapped up in a way that made a return seem tricky. Yet, Murphy’s confirmed comeback means the filmmakers have found a way to bring Jim back in a believable and meaningful way. Whether through flashbacks, new plot twists, or a time jump, Jim’s presence in The Bone Temple suggests the story will connect more directly to the original than the recent sequel did. It’s like the franchise is coming full circle, which could be satisfying for longtime fans who have waited years for closure or a new chapter.

---

- Published: 2025-06-04
- Modified: 2025-06-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/upstart-ai-lending-growth-wall-street-bullish-2025/
- Categories: News, Finance

Upstart (UPST) has quietly become a standout name in the AI-driven lending space, surprising many investors who might not have pegged it as a major player in artificial intelligence stocks. With a fresh wave of optimism following a blockbuster first-quarter earnings report, the fintech firm is catching Wall Street’s eye, boasting rapid growth in loan originations and an AI-powered platform that’s redefining credit scoring. Why Upstart’s AI Model Is Turning Heads Forget the traditional credit scores that have ruled lending for decades. Upstart’s machine learning engine, which runs about one million predictions per loan applicant, is shaking up how creditworthiness is judged. This AI approach not only predicts who’s likely to repay loans but also sets interest rates more precisely, leading to a jump in approval rates and bigger transaction volumes. In Q1 alone, Upstart’s loan originations skyrocketed by 89% to $2. 1 billion, with the total number of transactions more than doubling to 240,706. That’s no small feat. The company also saw its revenue surge 67%, hitting $213 million, while adjusting EBITDA swung from a $20. 3 million loss to a $42. 6 million profit. These numbers hint that the company may finally be on the cusp of sustained profitability. It’s worth noting, though, that credit businesses have their risks. A downturn in the economy or a shift in lending partnerships could hit Upstart hard. Still, this quarter’s results, combined with the AI boost, are reason enough for investors to pay closer attention. Wall Street’s Take: Bulls Are Gathering Lately, the mood on Wall Street has turned more favorable for Upstart. Among 11 analysts polled by Tipranks in the past three months, four recommend buying the stock, while seven suggest holding it. The average price target of $65. 33 signals a potential upside of roughly 39% from current levels. Not bad for a stock that’s been through a wild ride. The most bullish voices come from Citi’s Peter Christiansen and Mizuho’s Dan Dolev, both setting lofty targets at $83. Kyle Peterson from Needham is also bullish, projecting $70. These analysts highlight Upstart’s expanding private credit manager interest and the strength of its partner network. Here’s a quick snapshot of some of the key analyst opinions: Peter Christiansen (Citi): Buy rating, $83 price target Dan Dolev (Mizuho): Buy rating, $83 price target Kyle Peterson (Needham): Buy rating, $70 price target On the flip side, skeptics remain. Goldman Sachs slapped a sell rating on Upstart earlier this year, with a conservative $15 price target. It’s a reminder that risk still looms, especially since about 25% of Upstart’s stock is currently sold short. Expanding Into Bigger Markets What makes Upstart’s story compelling beyond AI? The company is diving into massive new markets like auto and home loans. Auto originations jumped fivefold over the past year to $61 million, while home loans grew sixfold to $41 million in the first quarter. Although these segments still represent a small slice of Upstart’s overall business, the potential here is significant. Auto and home lending are huge markets that could fuel long-term growth for Upstart’s AI lending engine. If the company can scale its tech to handle these sectors effectively, it could unlock substantial new revenue streams. The Platform’s Efficiency and Scalability Upstart’s tech is not just smart — it’s efficient. More than 90% of loan applications are fully automated, which means the company can handle a growing volume of loans without a massive increase in costs. This was clear in Q1 when operating expenses only rose 11%, even though fee-based revenue jumped 34%. The scalability here is key. Upstart’s ability to boost revenue without a proportional rise in expenses suggests growing profitability could be just around the corner. Table: Upstart Q1 2025 Key Financials Metric Q1 2025 Change YoY Loan Originations $2. 1 billion +89% Transaction Volume 240,706 +102% Revenue $213 million +67% Adjusted EBITDA $42. 6 million profit From $20. 3 million loss Operating Expenses Growth +11% Fee-based Revenue Growth +34% The Road Ahead Looks Promising With AI at its core, Upstart has built a credit platform that’s attracting more customers and partners. This momentum, coupled with expansion into auto and home loans, paints a picture of a fintech company on the rise. But it’s not without hurdles—credit risks and competition still exist, and investors need to stay alert. Still, if you ask the bulls on Wall Street, Upstart’s mix of innovative AI tech, improving profitability, and new market opportunities make it a stock worth watching.

---

- Published: 2025-06-04
- Modified: 2025-06-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-could-surge-again-past-25-sentiment-analysis/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin’s price is hovering around $0. 20, and investors are wondering if it’ll ever climb past $0. 25 again. It’s done it before — multiple times — and in crypto, history tends to repeat itself, with a twist. But is another surge coming, or is the joke starting to wear thin? This meme coin has always been a bit of a rollercoaster. But unlike most thrill rides, there’s no track map here. Just vibes, community cheerleading, and a whole lot of speculation. Dogecoin’s Rocky Climb to Meme Glory It started as a parody, literally. In 2013, Dogecoin was launched to poke fun at Bitcoin. It featured the Shiba Inu dog from the viral “doge” meme, and had no real utility. Somehow, that was part of the charm. Then came 2021. Suddenly, DOGE wasn’t just an internet joke — it was everywhere. Elon Musk tweeted. Reddit rallied. Robinhood clogged. And the price? Skyrocketed past $0. 25, and even touched $0. 73 at one point. Wild. It’s done similar stunts since. After the 2024 U. S. presidential election, crypto optimism surged again. Dogecoin followed suit, briefly pushing above $0. 46 before retreating. But here we are again. At twenty cents. Waiting. The Anatomy of DOGE: Why the Price Struggles to Stick Let’s break this down. Dogecoin has always had a few structural problems that make long-term price gains tricky. The price may spike, but staying elevated? That’s a taller order. Utility is low: Yes, some places accept DOGE. But “some” is the key word. Mostly, it’s used within its community — tipping, trading, donations. Not exactly a payments revolution. Unlimited supply: Miners generate about 10,000 new Dogecoins every minute. That’s a lot. And with no cap, inflation hits harder. Like printing endless money. Competition is constant: New meme coins appear almost daily. From Pepe to Bonk to whatever the internet cooks up next, DOGE is now the old guard. And internet crowds love new toys. So even when Dogecoin rises, those issues pull it back down. It’s like trying to fill a bucket with a hole at the bottom. Past Patterns Suggest It Could Break $0. 25 Again Let’s be honest: Dogecoin doesn’t follow traditional finance logic. It’s powered by sentiment. And when sentiment goes haywire, anything’s possible. Here's a quick look at Dogecoin’s past performance peaks over five years: Date Price Peak Trigger Event Jan 2021 $0. 09 Reddit hype + Elon tweets May 2021 $0. 73 Saturday Night Live anticipation Oct 2022 $0. 34 Musk buys Twitter Nov 2024 $0. 46 U. S. election, pro-crypto sentiment These jumps aren’t tied to tech improvements or business deals. They’re tied to internet culture, political winds, and Elon’s thumbs. So yes, it could hit $0. 25 again — especially if another wave of optimism or viral moment comes along. Just don’t expect it to last forever. Big Numbers, Bigger Risks Dogecoin's current market cap is around $29 billion. That’s huge for something without a clear business model or mainstream use case. But that’s crypto. Investor psychology plays an outsized role. Unlike stocks, cryptocurrencies don’t have earnings or dividends. They move because people want them to. One tweet can shift billions. One meme can pump prices. But that works both ways. When the hype dies down, prices fall fast. DOGE has dropped more than 70% from its 2021 high. Still, it’s up tens of thousands of percent since launch. This is what makes it so enticing — and so risky. So, Should You Buy Dogecoin Under $0. 25? Let’s keep it real. Dogecoin isn’t an investment. It’s a bet. A fun one, maybe. But not something you bet the farm on. Some people buy it just to be part of the internet culture. Others see it as lottery-ticket investing. A small sum, big dreams. And that’s fine — as long as you know what you're getting into. If DOGE goes to $0. 30, great. If it drops to $0. 08 again, that’s not shocking either. There’s no harm in holding a little Dogecoin — just don’t expect it to fund your retirement.

---

- Published: 2025-06-04
- Modified: 2025-06-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-gpt5-summer-release-pricing-and-competition/
- Categories: News, Technology

OpenAI is getting ready to launch GPT-5 this summer, with internal chatter pointing to a July release. The AI firm hasn’t nailed down a price yet, but it’s already dropping hints: it’s probably not going to be cheap. At an AI summit held in Mexico this week, two representatives from OpenAI confirmed that GPT-5 is in active development — and they expect it to outperform their current models. The message was clear, if cautiously worded: GPT-5 is their shot at clawing back an edge in an increasingly crowded AI landscape. GPT-5 aims higher, but can it leap over rivals? One OpenAI representative kept things understated: “We hope that with GPT-5 we will be able to compete a little more. ” On paper, that might sound modest. But in the context of recent developments, it’s actually pretty revealing. The current market isn’t what it was even six months ago. Claude 4 from Anthropic has drawn attention for its strong performance on reasoning and coding tasks. Google’s Gemini 2. 5 Pro isn’t far behind. Both models have managed to close the gap with — and in some cases leap ahead of — GPT-4, especially in technical domains like software development. And OpenAI knows it. GPT-4, while still widely used, is no longer the untouchable standard it once was. That’s left OpenAI in a tricky spot — still dominant in name, but less so in performance. "We're still working on it," the rep added, noting that final pricing and rollout details remain in flux. That said, the summer timeline appears solid — for now. July is the target, but delays are still on the table Sources close to the company say July is the internal target. But with OpenAI, targets can be fluid. That’s partly because of how the company sets its bar: it won’t release a new model unless it meets strict internal benchmarks. So far, it sounds like GPT-5 is on track. But if the team finds it falling short of expectations — even slightly — delays are a real possibility. They’ve done it before. The original GPT-4 rollout, for instance, was delayed multiple times before it was finally deemed “good enough” to ship. Still, there’s a certain rhythm to OpenAI’s product cadence, and a summer release would fit their historical pattern. One source familiar with development put it bluntly: “It’s coming. But don’t set your watch by it. ” GPTs are also in line for a refresh In addition to GPT-5, OpenAI is looking to improve another cornerstone of its ecosystem — the customizable "GPTs. " These tools, introduced roughly a year ago, allow users to build personalized versions of ChatGPT that can handle specific tasks, styles, or workflows. But they haven’t exactly set the world on fire. At the AI Summit in Mexico, OpenAI acknowledged as much. “We are always kind of changing the strategy of GPTs,” said one rep. “And how to work and implement these GPTs. ” That hesitance reflects a real concern: people still aren’t using GPTs at the scale OpenAI had hoped for. While technically impressive, they remain underutilized — partly due to discoverability issues and partly because many users don’t fully understand how to build or apply them. OpenAI seems to be signaling that major changes to the GPTs ecosystem are on the horizon. No specifics yet, but they’re advising users to keep an eye out. In one small admission, a company representative said: “I recommend just starting with ChatGPT because I imagine the world of GPTs is going to change in the coming months. ” Operators: OpenAI’s quiet push toward AI agents Meanwhile, the company is also working behind the scenes on “Operator,” a next-gen AI agent that would take on more autonomous, task-driven roles. Think of it as a digital assistant that doesn’t just respond to queries, but actually executes plans and takes actions based on goals. While this concept has been teased for a while, OpenAI hasn’t committed to a public launch window. And at the summit, no new details emerged. Still, there’s a lot of curiosity in tech circles. If GPT-5 brings the raw horsepower, Operator might be the interface that brings it into workflows and daily life in a more meaningful way. That could explain why OpenAI is being cautious about timing. Releasing Operator too early, without the intelligence of GPT-5 to back it up, would undercut its promise. Pricing could shift the game There’s no official word on how much GPT-5 will cost, but early hints suggest it won’t be cheap. One rep even dismissed the idea of low pricing, saying it doesn’t “look like it will be ‘that’ cheap. ” That’s vague — but deliberate. To understand why, consider how GPT-4 is currently priced. Access to GPT-4 through ChatGPT Plus costs $20 per month. But for high-volume developers using the API, the cost can run significantly higher. Here’s a quick comparison of base API rates (as of early 2025): Model Price per 1K tokens (input) Price per 1K tokens (output) GPT-3. 5 Turbo $0. 0015 $0. 002 GPT-4 $0. 03 $0. 06 Claude 4 Varies (generally lower) Varies If GPT-5 follows the same pattern, we’re probably looking at pricing close to — or slightly higher than — GPT-4. That could put OpenAI in a tough spot. Raise prices too much, and risk losing developers to cheaper alternatives. Keep prices flat, and they’ll need to justify the costs with performance gains. So... what’s next? In short, OpenAI is betting on GPT-5 to be more than just a step up — they want it to feel like a return to dominance. But they’re not shouting that from rooftops. Not yet. Instead, they’re setting the stage slowly, dropping hints, offering small confirmations, and leaving the door open for last-minute shifts. All while the competition keeps pushing forward. The race is still on. But this time, OpenAI isn’t the only one setting the pace.

---

- Published: 2025-06-03
- Modified: 2025-06-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-down-34-percent-buy-the-dip-or-wait/
- Categories: News, Crypto

XRP took off like a rocket after Trump won the 2024 election. But now, just a few months later, it’s fallen hard. With investors scratching their heads, the big question is simple: is this a golden opportunity, or just a nasty trap? January highs feel like ancient history. With XRP tumbling back to $2. 19 — down from a peak of $3. 31 — the market’s confidence is clearly shaken. Still, there’s more to this story than a red candlestick. From Moonshot to Meltdown: What Sparked XRP’s Wild Ride? XRP surged more than 250% between November and January. That’s not a typo — it outpaced Bitcoin, Ethereum, even Dogecoin. Big money moved in. Hype was real. The Trump administration’s loud support for crypto sent shockwaves through the market. There was buzz about revamping crypto rules. Speculation around a Strategic Crypto Reserve added fuel. XRP, with its cross-border utility and history with regulators, seemed a perfect fit. Then came the idea that the long-running SEC lawsuit would be swept off the table. That was huge. Suddenly, Ripple and XRP weren’t just surviving — they looked like winners in waiting. But as the weeks dragged on, reality hit harder. Government Silence Has Left XRP Holders in the Lurch Since the fanfare of Trump’s return, there’s been more silence than action. Yes, a Strategic Bitcoin Reserve was announced in March. But the fireworks? Never lit. The XRP army expected a digital version of Fort Knox. Instead, they got a filing cabinet of old crypto assets seized in court. Worse yet, international markets are shaky. Trade tensions are back. Currency pressures in Europe and Asia are rising. For a token built on cross-border movement, that’s a red flag. And it’s showing in the charts. What the Numbers Really Say About XRP’s Volatility Let’s get into the hard data. Price moves aside, XRP is still a whale in crypto waters — but it's swimming upstream right now. Here's a breakdown of recent market facts: Metric Value Change YTD Market Cap $129 Billion +148% Peak Price (Jan 2025) $3. 31 — Current Price (June 3) $2. 19 -34% Volume (24h) ~2B coins Down 22% Daily RippleNet Payments ~1 million +566% YoY So while the price dropped, usage is rising fast. RippleNet’s growth is no joke. A million payments a day? That’s six times more than in 2023. And remember: this isn’t just hype. Ripple Labs recently launched a USD stablecoin (RLUSD), making its global money-transfer services more appealing to businesses dealing with volatile fiat currencies. Strategy Talk: How Investors Are Approaching This Dip There’s no one-size-fits-all answer, but investors are clearly split. Some are calling it a “discount window. ” Others think there’s more pain coming. Here’s what a few strategies look like in this climate: Buy in thirds: This approach helps reduce exposure to sudden drops. Buy some now, wait for another dip, then reassess. Wait and watch: If volatility spooks you, stay on the sidelines. XRP isn’t going anywhere fast — up or down. Go small, think long: Opening a micro position now and letting it ride may be enough to scratch the FOMO itch without risking much capital. It all comes down to risk tolerance. Some traders want action. Others want peace of mind. SEC Lawsuit Nearly Over — But Not Quite One major catalyst still looms: the final chapter of the SEC’s case against Ripple. It’s been dragging on for years, but now looks close to resolution. That means exchanges could relist XRP globally. ETFs could finally go live. Institutional money might start sniffing around again. But the market’s tired of waiting. The longer it drags on, the less excited investors seem to be. Hope has a shelf life. And XRP’s bullish case needs something fresher than courtroom drama to hit the headlines again. The Big Picture: Why Some Still Believe in XRP Despite all the drama, XRP has a few things going for it. Some investors, especially long-timers, are still confident — if not excited. There’s the RippleNet momentum. That’s hard to fake. Then there’s the RLUSD rollout, which got the nod from several midsize global banks. And there’s this underappreciated fact: XRP isn’t just speculative — it has actual use cases in real-world finance. Now for a quick breather — just one sentence. That’s more than you can say for most of the crypto top 10. And here's the kicker — institutional interest is building, quietly. A handful of asset managers are laying the groundwork for XRP-linked financial products. That includes ETF filings, custody solutions, and stablecoin arbitrage setups. These don’t hit Twitter feeds, but they do hit spreadsheets. For some, the silence isn’t scary — it’s bullish.

---

- Published: 2025-06-03
- Modified: 2025-06-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/whitney-purvis-son-weston-gosa-jr-passes-away-16/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Whitney Purvis, known for her role on MTV’s 16 and Pregnant, shared heartbreaking news Monday: her eldest son, Weston Gosa Jr. , has died at just 16 years old. The reality star posted a sorrowful message on social media, accompanied by photos of her son, as she opened up about the pain and disbelief gripping her family. A Mother’s Heartbreak: “Life Is So Cruel and Unfair” “This is so hard to write,” Whitney began, her words heavy with grief. “My beautiful son, Weston has passed away. He was only 16 years old. ” The raw emotion in her post resonated with many. Whitney described losing a child as the “worst nightmare” she could imagine. She added, “I’m in disbelief, this cannot be happening. I don’t want it to be real. ” It’s impossible to imagine the depth of pain that comes with losing a child so young. Her followers responded with an outpouring of sympathy and support, many recalling their own experiences with loss and hardship. The exact cause of Weston’s death remains undisclosed by Whitney herself. But the mystery and suddenness of such tragedy often leave loved ones and fans searching for answers. Family Details: What We Know About Weston’s Passing Weston’s stepmother, Amy, provided some additional insight in a separate Facebook post. She explained that Weston did not wake up on the morning of his passing. When the family found him unresponsive, they tried CPR, but sadly, he was pronounced dead after being taken to a hospital in Gordon County. Amy also revealed Weston had several underlying health issues, including diabetes, which may have contributed to the situation. She urged everyone to keep Whitney and their family in their thoughts and prayers during this difficult time. Weston’s underlying conditions, particularly diabetes, complicated an already heartbreaking situation. The family has ordered an autopsy to determine the official cause of death. It's a painful reminder of how unpredictable life can be, especially when health concerns are involved. Whitney Purvis’s Family History and Challenges Whitney and Weston Sr. welcomed their eldest son back in April 2009, right in the middle of the first season of 16 and Pregnant. The show captured the realities of teen motherhood, with Whitney’s story unfolding for millions of viewers. Over the years, their relationship was turbulent, with the couple splitting up and rekindling multiple times. Their second son, River, was born in 2014 amid these ups and downs. Eventually, Whitney and Weston Sr. parted ways again. Sadly, Whitney’s struggles extended beyond relationships. Reports indicate she lost custody of both her sons at some point. In 2024, she faced legal issues tied to unpaid child support. These challenges add layers to an already heartbreaking family story. Event Date Notes Weston Jr. born April 2009 During MTV 16 and Pregnant season 1 River born 2014 Second son of Whitney and Weston Sr. Custody lost Unknown Whitney lost custody of both children Arrest for child support 2024 Allegedly failing to pay child support Whitney’s public life has been closely followed for years, making this loss all the more visible and painful to her supporters. Fans and Friends React to the Tragedy In moments like these, the ripple effect is felt far beyond the immediate family. Fans of 16 and Pregnant and Whitney’s followers flooded social media with messages of love and condolences. Some recalled how Whitney’s journey on the show offered a window into the struggles of teen parenting. Others expressed hope that the family would find strength in their memories and support. It’s a bittersweet reminder of how real-life pain intersects with public life. Whitney’s story, once a hopeful glimpse into young motherhood, has now taken a heartbreaking turn. The community surrounding her has rallied with empathy and sorrow. The Weight of Untold Stories and Health Struggles Weston’s underlying health issues highlight the often-unseen battles families endure. Diabetes, particularly in younger people, can be a silent and relentless adversary. It demands constant attention and can sometimes take devastating turns. This tragedy brings into focus how crucial awareness and care are for chronic illnesses, especially in young lives. It’s a call to the broader community to recognize the fragility of health and the importance of support networks. Whitney’s openness about her son’s passing, even amid confusion and disbelief, sheds light on the human side behind reality TV headlines. It’s a moment that invites compassion, understanding, and space for mourning. This tragic news reminds us all of the fragility of life and the deep pain of loss. Whitney Purvis’s public grief opens a window into the very private heartbreak millions of parents fear.

---

- Published: 2025-06-03
- Modified: 2025-06-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/cartier-data-breach-exposes-customer-info-follows-fashion-industry-attacks/
- Categories: News, Technology

Luxury giant Cartier has revealed a recent data breach that exposed some customer details, sending ripples through the high-end fashion world. The company confirmed hackers briefly accessed their systems and took a limited set of client information, including names, email addresses, and countries of residence. Cartier assures customers that more sensitive info like passwords, credit card numbers, or bank data were not part of the leak. But still, the brand urges vigilance, warning that the stolen data could fuel targeted phishing attacks. How the breach unfolded and what’s at stake for Cartier’s clientele Cartier’s official notice, shared by affected customers on social media, explained the breach was caught quickly. “An unauthorized party gained temporary access,” the company stated, “and we have since contained the issue and boosted system defenses. ” Though details on the timing and exact scale of the attack remain unclear, Cartier has involved law enforcement and brought in outside cybersecurity specialists to clean up the mess. It's a relief, but the warning about suspicious communications is real. Since email addresses and names are common phishing fodder, customers could face attempts to trick them into giving up more sensitive info. This is no small matter when it comes to brands like Cartier, where a customer’s trust and privacy are critical. Even a “limited” breach can have outsized impacts if exploited by cybercriminals. Fashion brands facing increasing cyber threats Cartier’s troubles aren’t isolated. The fashion industry has been grappling with a string of cyberattacks lately, putting big names under pressure to safeguard customer data better. In May, Dior reported its own breach, revealing that hackers accessed customer contact details along with purchase histories and preferences. That’s a whole different level of data exposed, considering it offers insights into buying habits. Adidas recently warned customers after a third-party service provider was compromised, exposing contact info but, thankfully, not payment data. Just last week, Victoria’s Secret temporarily took down its website and disrupted store services amid a serious security incident still under investigation. These incidents highlight a worrying trend. High-profile brands with extensive customer databases are lucrative targets, and the tactics are evolving fast. Here’s a quick look at recent fashion breaches for comparison: Brand Date Data Exposed Sensitive Data Leaked? Response Cartier June 2025* Names, emails, countries No Investigation ongoing, law enforcement involved Dior May 2025 Contact details, purchase history, preferences No Working with cybersecurity experts Adidas May 2025 Contact information No Notified customers, investigating Victoria’s Secret June 2025* Unspecified, website & store service disruption Unknown Website down, ongoing investigation *Exact dates not publicly disclosed. Cartier and others face a tough balancing act—keeping their luxury image while managing the fallout from these breaches. Customers expect discretion and security, but cybercriminals are relentless. Could this push fashion brands to rethink their security strategies? With each new incident, the pressure mounts on companies to shore up defenses. Fashion brands hold treasure troves of personal data—not just for transactions but for marketing and loyalty programs. Losing that trust can hurt their reputation deeply. So, what can customers do? Cartier’s advice to watch out for suspicious messages is spot on. Always double-check emails, avoid clicking unknown links, and report anything fishy. Meanwhile, brands have to step up. Cybersecurity isn’t just a tech issue anymore—it’s central to protecting their business and customers alike. One thing’s clear: cyber threats are no longer fringe concerns. For Cartier and its peers, it’s a tough wake-up call that luxury and data security must go hand in hand.

---

- Published: 2025-06-02
- Modified: 2025-06-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-drop-after-trump-victory-buying-opportunity-or-value-trap/
- Categories: News, Crypto

XRP went on a wild ride after the 2024 U. S. election, soaring 255% in just two months, only to plunge 34% from its January peak. At $2. 18 per coin, it's far below the $3. 31 it touched in January 2025, leaving investors scratching their heads. Is this the calm before another storm — or the start of a slow fade into irrelevance? The Trump Bump That Sparked a Crypto Frenzy It started with a red wave. When Donald Trump secured his return to the White House in November 2024, crypto markets didn’t just cheer — they exploded. XRP led the charge, shooting past Bitcoin, Ethereum, and even Dogecoin in percentage gains. Investors weren’t just reacting to politics; they were betting on promises. Trump’s campaign had teased big crypto plans: favorable regulation, domestic mining incentives, and most buzzworthy of all — a Strategic Bitcoin Reserve, paired with a Digital Asset Stockpile. It felt like a federal endorsement of everything blockchain stood for. There was talk of XRP being included in that reserve alongside the usual suspects. That was enough to drive speculation into overdrive. • XRP jumped 255% from early November to mid-January• Ethereum rose 44%• Dogecoin doubled• Bitcoin added around 39% before correcting The cherry on top? Hopes that a Republican-controlled SEC would finally squash the long-running XRP lawsuit. With so much optimism flying around, buying XRP felt like a no-brainer. Reality Check Hit Harder Than Expected But optimism can be fragile. The party ended before the inauguration even started. XRP hit its peak on January 18. Since then, it's lost more than a third of its value. Bitcoin, Dogecoin, and Ethereum didn’t fare much better. But XRP’s fall stings a little more because expectations were sky-high. Trump’s administration did follow through on the reserves — kind of. But the massive federal buying spree? Didn’t happen. Instead, the Strategic Bitcoin Reserve and the broader Digital Asset Stockpile will mostly just manage crypto assets already in the government’s hands. Think seized assets from criminal cases, not billion-dollar treasury buys. Meanwhile, global market jitters didn’t help. Investors pulled back from risky assets across the board. Cryptos — especially one focused on cross-border payments like XRP — got hit hard. Is This the Bottom — Or Just the Beginning? Here's the frustrating part: XRP still has real reasons to be on investor radars. The SEC case? Almost done. Ripple Labs? Gaining ground with nearly a million daily payment transactions, up from just 150,000 two years ago. There’s also RLUSD — Ripple’s stablecoin — designed to simplify fund management on RippleNet. And let’s not forget that several firms are filing for XRP-based ETFs. That’s a lot of forward momentum. Still, there’s a catch: none of it guarantees near-term price action. Not this summer. Not even this year. Markets are moody, and XRP can’t escape the broader vibes. Past Performance vs. Present Position Let’s look at how XRP’s trajectory compares to its crypto peers since Trump’s election. Asset Nov 2024 Peak Jan 2025 High June 1 Price % Change Since Jan XRP $0. 62 $3. 31 $2. 18 -34% Bitcoin $34,900 $43,200 $41,750 -3% Ethereum $1,970 $2,640 $1,910 -27% Dogecoin $0. 07 $0. 19 $0. 13 -31% So yeah, XRP isn’t alone in falling back to earth. But the highs were higher — and the comedown steeper. There’s another problem: XRP’s utility is tied to cross-border transfers. If global trade takes a hit, so does its use case. And with tariffs and inflation fears brewing, that’s not great news. What Investors Should Really Be Asking Forget trying to time the bottom. That almost never works. The better question? Whether XRP at $2. 18 is a fair entry point for someone who believes in the project long-term. Some folks argue it’s not cheap enough. Others say waiting too long means missing out. No one can really say which camp will be right. Still, there are ways to play it safe: • Build a small position now and scale up slowly• Use cost averaging instead of betting big all at once• Keep expectations realistic and time horizons long And one more thing — don’t forget that crypto is still speculation. No matter how many payment partners or ETF filings XRP collects, it’s not a blue-chip stock. So... Value Trap or Buy of the Year? There’s no crystal ball, and anyone claiming they have one should be ignored immediately. What we do know is this: XRP has survived a legal war with the SEC, grown its transaction base dramatically, and still sits among the top crypto assets by market cap. That counts for something. Yet markets haven’t rewarded those facts lately. Not in spring 2025. You might decide the risk is worth it. Or you might decide to sit this one out. Both are fair calls — because until Washington moves from talk to action, XRP’s future is all potential, no promise.

---

- Published: 2025-06-02
- Modified: 2025-06-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/57570cisco-ios-xe-wlc-flaw-cve-2025-20188-exploit-details-public2/
- Categories: News, Technology

A newly disclosed critical vulnerability in Cisco’s wireless controller software is raising serious red flags across enterprise IT teams. While a working exploit hasn’t yet gone public, technical details shared last week may have brought threat actors dangerously close to developing one. Researchers at Horizon3 published a breakdown of the flaw—tracked as CVE-2025-20188—which affects Cisco IOS XE Wireless LAN Controllers (WLCs). The write-up stops short of providing an out-of-the-box exploit. But make no mistake: anyone with some know-how, or even an AI model, could piece together the rest. Exploit Path Is Clearer Than Ever The vulnerability stems from what’s essentially a shortcut gone wrong—Cisco hardcoded a JWT (JSON Web Token) fallback secret inside the system. If a specific file is missing, the backend simply defaults to using “notfound” as its secret. That’s not a joke. Anyone can craft a valid token with that string and gain root-level access. The problem lies in the backend logic of the device, which uses OpenResty (a mix of Nginx and Lua). Horizon3’s analysis reveals how this system validates tokens. In absence of the correct file, the secret defaults to that very predictable string. From there, it’s possible to upload arbitrary files, escape the designated directory, and execute code. And here’s where things start to look bleak: a POST request to the /ap_spec_rec/upload/ endpoint on port 8443, paired with some clever filename path traversal, lets an attacker plant files wherever they want. Devices Confirmed to Be at Risk Cisco disclosed the flaw on May 7, 2025. The advisory spells out the scope, making it clear this isn’t just a theoretical concern. Affected models include a range of high-profile wireless controllers used by countless organizations, from hospitals and universities to airports and government networks. Specifically, the vulnerable lineup includes: Catalyst 9800-CL Wireless Controllers for Cloud Catalyst 9800 Embedded Wireless Controllers for 9300, 9400, and 9500 Series Switches Catalyst 9800 Series Wireless Controllers Embedded Wireless Controllers on Catalyst APs Notably, the flaw only applies if the “Out-of-Band AP Image Download” feature is enabled. But that’s not exactly a rare configuration in enterprise settings. So yes, the scope is big—and real. How Attackers Could Chain This into RCE It’s one thing to drop a file where you shouldn’t. It’s another to run code with root privileges. This flaw opens the door to both. Horizon3’s example doesn’t actually execute commands but outlines how someone could get there. By overwriting config files used by backend services—like the pvp. sh script that monitors specific folders—an attacker could get the system to reload those files and execute their payload. It’s a subtle trick. And very dangerous. All it takes is placing a file in the right directory with the right name. From there, it’s possible to: Drop web shells Hijack monitored config files Force backend services to execute unauthorized code Alter system behavior permanently And remember, this is without authentication. No password. No credentials. Just a few lines of Lua and the fallback token string. Urgency Picks Up in Security Circles There’s already chatter among security professionals warning that it’s only a matter of time before someone publicly weaponizes this. Some say it could be days. Others say hours. Cisco’s patch—version 17. 12. 04—closes the hole. But in the meantime, there’s a growing sense of urgency to shut off the vulnerable feature and lock things down. One researcher, who asked not to be named, put it bluntly:“This is the kind of bug ransomware gangs wait for. Remote access, root shell, and no credentials needed? That’s their jackpot. ” Temporary Fixes Are Still on the Table If a full upgrade isn't feasible right now, Cisco suggests disabling the “Out-of-Band AP Image Download” feature immediately. It won’t fix the root cause, but it will cut off the vulnerable endpoint. In many environments, that workaround may be good enough to buy some time. But it’s not a long-term solution. Patch management tools and enterprise security platforms are already rushing to integrate the update into their workflows. For those keeping track, here's a quick overview: Patch Available? Affected Devices Remote Exploit? Privilege Level Gained Workaround Available? Yes (17. 12. 04+) Catalyst 9800 series Yes Root Yes (disable feature) Lessons From Yet Another Hardcoded Secret The most frustrating part? This flaw didn’t stem from some fancy zero-day logic bug. It came from a static string hardcoded into production code. “notfound” might as well have been “open_sesame. ” We’ve been here before. Hardcoded secrets have taken down supply chains, exposed cloud systems, and triggered data breaches. Yet here we are, in 2025, still finding them tucked away inside business-critical devices. Even worse, the exploit isn’t flashy or complicated. No memory corruption. No buffer overflows. Just JWT tokens, Lua scripts, and a misconfigured feature that shouldn’t have shipped this way.

---

- Published: 2025-06-02
- Modified: 2025-06-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/call-of-duty-black-ops-6-weapon-menu-ads-microtransaction-backlash/
- Categories: News, Technology

A surprising new feature in Call of Duty: Black Ops 6 has caught players off guard. Instead of just showcasing weapons, the weapon selection menu now includes prominent advertisements pushing pricey skins and premium weapons. This change is stirring frustration among longtime fans who feel the game is becoming overly commercialized — especially since Black Ops 6 is a paid, premium title. Players noticed the ads at the very top of the weapon build list, making it almost impossible to avoid seeing offers for $20 to $30 skins every time they switch gear. The backlash was swift and loud, with many calling out Activision for what they see as an aggressive move to milk more microtransaction money from a community that already paid upfront for the game. A Subtle but Annoying Shift in Player Experience The ads aren’t your usual pop-ups for fast food or sneakers, but they still feel intrusive. One user pointed out, “It’s not like they’re selling cheeseburgers here, but this kind of ad placement in a premium game is new—and unwelcome. ” Unlike free-to-play titles, where ads and microtransactions are expected, players argue that Black Ops 6 shouldn’t have to shove paid cosmetic items in their faces constantly. The timing of the ads' appearance—with Season 4 rolling out—makes it clear that this isn’t a bug or an accident. It’s a deliberate design choice by the developers. The same player who flagged this said, “Activision’s developer who suggested this feature must be proud. I’m not. ” For many, this kind of constant upselling crosses a line. "I paid $60 to $100 for the game," said another, "and now I’m getting bombarded with ads like it’s some cheap mobile game? Come on. " The reaction across social media echoes this sentiment. Comments range from sharp disappointment to outright disgust. Fans Compare Black Ops to Mobile Games and Free-to-Play Models In a related online discussion, someone quipped that Call of Duty is becoming "SpongeBob SquarePants’ Krusty Krab," referring to the animated show’s fast-food joint famous for aggressive sales tactics. Others went further, calling the ad intrusion “pathetic” for a big-budget game. Many players drew comparisons between Black Ops 6 and the free-to-play Warzone, where microtransactions are more expected—if still controversial. “If this was just Warzone, I wouldn’t be mad,” wrote one fan. “But this is a full-priced game getting more expensive and still pushing ads? That’s ridiculous. ” Another added, “It feels like some indie mobile game, not a flagship title from a huge developer. ” There’s a growing concern that the relentless push for microtransactions might undermine the core gameplay experience. Some fans openly stated they’ve never uninstalled a Call of Duty game so quickly. Developer Response and Player Frustration on Other Fronts Treyarch, the studio behind Black Ops 6, recently shared updates about tackling cheating and maintaining game quality. They acknowledged how cheaters “severely impact the experience” and promised to keep banning accounts throughout 2025. In fact, 136,000 ranked play accounts were banned across Black Ops 6 and Warzone earlier this year. But while the anti-cheat efforts have been highlighted, the new ad feature is getting little to no mention from the developers. For many players, it feels like the game is focusing more on monetization than fixing bugs or improving gameplay. One frustrated user summed it up bluntly: “You can’t just squeeze money out of people and expect the game to be decent. I’m not asking for perfection, just for it not to be a buggy mess. ” How Microtransactions Are Reshaping Premium Gaming The addition of these weapon menu ads is part of a broader trend in the gaming industry. Even premium-priced titles are leaning into microtransactions, cosmetics, and “season passes” as ongoing revenue sources. Here’s a quick look at the backlash pattern: Aspect Player Reaction Industry Trend Ads inside paid games Seen as intrusive, money-grabbing Increasingly common Microtransaction pricing Considered expensive ($20-$30 skins) Cosmetic items dominate sales Player expectations Want fewer ads, better gameplay Developers prioritize revenue streams Cheating and bugs Frustration remains despite bans Ongoing challenge for studios It’s a tricky balance. Studios need to fund ongoing development and servers, but players expect to get what they paid for—a game first and a marketplace second. Physical vs Digital: The Shifting Landscape Interestingly, a poll related to this controversy shows many gamers still prefer physical copies of games over digital. Out of more than 120,000 votes, a strong segment sticks to physical discs, perhaps as a way to “own” the game more fully—free from constant digital upselling. But digital sales continue to rise, pushing publishers to rely on in-game stores and ads to boost revenue. So, gamers who buy physical games might feel caught in the middle: paying full price upfront yet still encountering constant pushes for extra spending. So, what do you think? Does the push for in-game ads ruin the experience, or is it the new normal we all have to accept?

---

- Published: 2025-06-02
- Modified: 2025-06-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/eid-ul-adha-2025-moon-sighting-feast-of-sacrifice-dates/
- Categories: News

As Dhul Hijjah nears, Muslims everywhere are on the lookout for the crescent moon that signals Eid-ul-Adha, the Feast of Sacrifice. This year, the timing of the moon sighting will decide the festival's exact date, bringing anticipation and excitement across the globe. When and Where Will the Crescent Moon Be Seen? The crucial moon sighting in Saudi Arabia is set for May 27, 2025. If observers spot the crescent on this day, Dhul Hijjah will officially begin on May 28, with Arafat Day falling on June 5 and Eid-ul-Adha celebrated on June 6. But it’s not always that straightforward. Many countries rely on local sightings, and if Saudi Arabia misses the crescent on May 27, the festival could shift by a day. For South Asian countries like India, Pakistan, Malaysia, and others, the moon is expected to be visible on May 28. That means Eid-ul-Adha might be celebrated on June 7 or June 8 instead. So, why the difference? It comes down to geography, weather conditions, and local moon sighting traditions. It’s a bit like waiting for a secret signal from the skies, with millions glued to the horizon, hoping for a glimpse. Why Dates Vary Around the World The date differences aren’t unusual. You’ll notice Muslims in Saudi Arabia celebrating a day earlier than those in India or Malaysia, which sometimes leads to mixed feelings but also a sense of shared anticipation. Countries such as Indonesia, Japan, Hong Kong, and Brunei also follow local moon sightings, so Eid dates can vary even more. This patchwork of observances shows how diverse the Muslim community is globally — united in faith but unique in practice. It’s a reminder that a single event can look different depending on where you stand on the globe. The Story Behind Eid-ul-Adha’s Meaning Eid-ul-Adha commemorates an ancient tale of devotion and sacrifice. The story of Prophet Ibrahim (Abraham) willing to sacrifice his son Ismail (Ishmael) at Allah’s command is one of faith and obedience. At the last moment, Allah intervened, substituting Ismail with a lamb, sparing the boy’s life. This story is why the festival is also called the “Day of Sacrifice. ” It’s a powerful symbol of trust in divine wisdom and the readiness to put faith into action, no matter how tough. The festival is deeply spiritual — not just about the act of sacrifice, but about what it represents: surrender, charity, and compassion. More Than Just a Feast: Spiritual Significance and Traditions On Eid-ul-Adha, families slaughter an animal—often a goat, sheep, or cow. But it’s not about extravagance or show. The meat is divided into three parts: One part for relatives and friends One part for the family at home One part for the poor and needy This tradition ensures everyone benefits, reflecting the festival’s emphasis on community and generosity. It’s about sharing blessings, reminding everyone that no one should be left hungry or excluded. Eid-ul-Adha also marks the end of the Hajj pilgrimage, a journey of spiritual renewal for millions who travel to Mecca every year. The timing of Eid signals a moment of collective reflection and celebration for Muslims worldwide. How Moon Sighting Works: The Official Call In Saudi Arabia, the Supreme Court leads the effort to officially confirm the crescent moon. Groups of moon watchers scan the sky and report sightings to the authorities, who then declare the official start of Eid. Elsewhere, countries like India have their own committees and groups tasked with spotting the moon. Sometimes, this means the festival starts on different days — a natural outcome of varied local weather, visibility, and timing. Here’s a simple overview: Country/Region Expected Crescent Moon Date Eid-ul-Adha Date (If Moon Sighted) Saudi Arabia May 27, 2025 June 6, 2025 India, Pakistan May 28, 2025 June 7 or 8, 2025 Malaysia, Indonesia May 28, 2025 June 7 or 8, 2025 The table shows how just a day can shift celebrations, but that’s part of what makes Eid-ul-Adha so special — a moment tied to nature, faith, and timing. Keep an eye on local announcements as the dates approach. The crescent moon’s appearance will soon bring communities together in joy, sacrifice, and gratitude.

---

- Published: 2025-05-31
- Modified: 2025-05-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-slumps-on-trade-war-dogecoin-hit-by-musk-controversy/
- Categories: News, Crypto

It was the kind of Friday crypto traders would rather forget — not a crash, but a collective slump that sapped confidence and price charts alike. From Ethereum to Dogecoin, there was little green to be found. Worries about global trade and new turbulence in U. S. tariff policy helped trigger a broader pullback. But the crypto market felt the sting harder than most. Ethereum’s Slump Mirrors Market Malaise Ethereum, the second-biggest cryptocurrency by market cap, took a solid hit as traders scrambled to de-risk. The token dropped over 4. 5%, shedding around $120 by the end of the day, closing near $2,510. That’s a steep fall, but not an outlier. Solana and Chainlink — both utility-based coins — weren’t spared either. Solana slipped 6. 8%, while Chainlink got pummeled by nearly 8%. The mood? Glum. Then there’s Dogecoin. It slid more than 9. 5%, performing worse than most of its peers. Volatility is part of Dogecoin’s DNA, but this time, it wasn’t just the market at work. Even seasoned traders were scratching their heads. There wasn’t one single catalyst — more like a slow-drip of anxiety turned into a selloff. Trade War Tariffs Back on the Table What really rattled investors this time was something old — the Trump-era tariffs. On Thursday, the Court of International Trade had offered a brief glimmer of hope. It ruled that several of those tariffs were legally shaky, possibly opening the door to relief. That optimism was short-lived. Within hours, an appeals court overturned the decision and kept the levies in place — at least temporarily. That U-turn was all it took to stir fears. It’s not just about taxes. Tariffs muddy the waters for growth and cross-border flows. That includes crypto, which — for all its decentralized ideals — still dances to the beat of macroeconomics. One trader at a New York firm summed it up bluntly: “Tariffs don’t just hit widgets and cars. They hit sentiment. And crypto’s 99% sentiment. ” Musk, DOGE, and a Department Called DOGE As if the markets weren’t shaky enough, enter Elon Musk. On Friday, The New York Times dropped a bombshell report. It focused on Musk’s involvement with the Department of Government Efficiency — coincidentally known as DOGE — during his brief stint working with the Trump administration. The report didn’t paint a flattering picture. Unnamed sources alleged Musk acted in ways that were “unprofessional,” even erratic. That was enough to send shivers through the Dogecoin community. For Dogecoin, Musk is more than a supporter — he's its unofficial mascot. But now? His star power isn’t what it used to be. Tesla’s stock has cooled. And politically, Musk has become a polarizing figure. That’s a problem when a meme coin leans so heavily on one man’s tweets. “When Musk shouts out DOGE, it pumps. When he’s in headlines for the wrong reasons, it dumps,” said a crypto analyst in Austin. Major Tokens at a Glance Here's how key cryptocurrencies performed as of late Friday trading: Token Daily % Change Approx. Price Market Cap (USD) Ethereum -4. 54% $2,510. 11 $303B Solana -6. 83% $135. 21 $62B Chainlink -7. 88% $14. 78 $8. 7B Dogecoin -9. 54% $0. 062 $9. 1B Not a pretty table. But it tells the story. Bargain or Black Hole? Despite the doom and gloom, some crypto watchers are seeing opportunity. Utility tokens like Ethereum and Solana are still considered foundational to blockchain infrastructure. And when coins like these drop 5–10% on macro headlines — not anything fundamental — that raises eyebrows among bargain hunters. One veteran investor put it like this: “You don’t buy ETH because you love it today. You buy because you know it’s going to be here when the market stops panicking. ” Not everyone agrees, though. Some feel the trade war isn’t the only risk. Regulation remains murky. Political noise is getting louder. And meme coins like Dogecoin are getting harder to predict with Musk as a wild card. Still, a few coins stand out. According to CoinGecko data: Ethereum’s 52-week range shows it bottomed near $1,398 — it’s still up almost 80% from that. Solana remains a key player in the NFT and DeFi spaces. Chainlink keeps landing real-world partnerships with traditional finance names. None of that stopped the bleeding on Friday — but it might matter next week. Wait or Buy? Traders Split Ask ten traders if now’s the time to buy, and you’ll get ten different answers. Some are holding cash, spooked by the latest headlines. Others are dipping toes into the red pool, hoping to catch a bounce. There’s no consensus. One thing is certain: Friday’s crypto action was about more than just price. It was about trust, nerves, and the growing feeling that nothing is safe when politics gets this loud.

---

- Published: 2025-05-31
- Modified: 2025-05-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/vbulletin-critical-zero-day-exploit-2025-forum-hack/
- Categories: News, Technology

Two critical vulnerabilities in vBulletin, one of the most widely used online forum platforms, are being actively exploited, raising alarms across the cybersecurity world. The bugs, now tracked as CVE-2025-48827 and CVE-2025-48828, hit hard — with one scoring a perfect 10 on the CVSS scale. The exploit is already out there, and attackers are wasting no time. Discovered by researcher Egidio Romano, aka EgiX, the flaws can give remote attackers full access to vulnerable servers — no login required. The twist? It only affects setups running PHP 8. 1 or newer, and many admins didn’t get the memo when silent patches were rolled out last year. Bugs with Bite: What the Flaws Actually Do These aren’t just minor hiccups or theoretical issues. They're real, dangerous, and being used right now. Let’s break it down. CVE-2025-48827 abuses a quirk introduced in PHP 8. 1 — a change in how the Reflection API handles method visibility. In simpler terms? Protected functions that were supposed to stay off-limits can now be poked and prodded from outside. The second flaw, CVE-2025-48828, targets vBulletin’s template engine. By injecting malicious snippets into the replaceAdTemplate function, attackers can sneak past internal security filters. Both bugs can be chained together. The result? Remote code execution. That's bad. Think: shell access. System commands. Your forum, fully hijacked. Security researcher Ryan Dewhurst, best known for his work on attack detection tools, confirmed that threat actors have already started poking at vulnerable endpoints. His honeypot logs picked up strange traffic — all aimed at the telltale ajax/api/ad/replaceAdTemplate path. Who's Affected and Why This Is a Big Deal vBulletin powers thousands of forums, from small hobby communities to massive online brands. If your setup includes versions 5. 0. 0 to 5. 7. 5 or 6. 0. 0 to 6. 0. 3 and runs on PHP 8. 1 or above, you’re at risk. Now here’s the kicker — the flaws may have been patched quietly last year. Not exactly front-page news at the time. The company released updates for vBulletin 6. x (Patch Level 1) and 5. 7. 5 Patch Level 3. But guess what? Tons of forum admins didn’t upgrade. Some didn’t even know they had to. Another problem? The proof-of-concept is public. Romano explained it all in a blog post on May 23. Detailed, step-by-step. And just a day later, Nuclei templates to scan for the flaw went live. It didn’t take long for attackers to catch on. Attackers Already Sniffing Around Dewhurst's honeypots were the canaries in the coal mine. He started seeing requests from a source traced back to Poland. The goal? Upload PHP backdoors. Execute commands. Gain foothold. Here’s what stood out: The attacker used Romano’s original exploit almost line-for-line. They targeted servers specifically running PHP 8. 1. The replaceAdTemplate function was a consistent focus. So far, there's no confirmation that anyone's managed to fully chain the bugs to get RCE in the wild. But let’s be real — it’s probably already happening somewhere. Not all scans are just scans. A History of vBulletin Security Woes This isn’t vBulletin’s first rodeo with serious security problems. The platform’s flexibility, while a strength, also makes it a juicy target. From 2019’s catastrophic zero-day RCE (remember that? ) to multiple patch races in 2020 and 2021, the software has been a magnet for exploit hunters and black hats alike. vBulletin's architecture — a complex mix of PHP, MySQL, AJAX endpoints, and custom templates — means that vulnerabilities can crop up in unexpected places. That modularity, while powerful, comes with a trade-off: it’s harder to lock everything down. Add to that the fact that many installations are self-hosted and poorly maintained, and you've got a recipe for mass exploitation. What Site Owners Should Do Now If you're running a vBulletin-powered site, the message is simple: check your version, and patch ASAP. Not tomorrow. Now. Here’s what you need to look out for: Version Range Affected? Safe Patch Level 5. 0. 0 - 5. 7. 5 Yes 5. 7. 5 Patch Level 3 6. 0. 0 - 6. 0. 3 Yes 6. x Patch Level 1 6. 1. 1 and above No Already safe If you're not sure which version you're running — that's a red flag in itself. Get someone to check. These bugs don't wait. Remember, no login is required to trigger the exploit. Just a URL. Just one line of template code. That’s all it takes.

---

- Published: 2025-05-30
- Modified: 2025-05-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-drops-amid-tariff-uncertainty-as-investors-flee-risk/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin, the once-meme, now-mainstay altcoin, is having a tough week. It slipped another 0. 3% on Thursday, continuing a downward spiral that’s now shaved over 7% off its price in just one day. And while crypto markets are no stranger to volatility, this stumble had a familiar culprit: tariffs. Investors, increasingly skittish over conflicting rulings on Trump-era tariffs, are steering their money toward more stable ground. The S&P 500 closed up 0. 3%—a quiet vote of confidence in equities, while speculative assets like Dogecoin watched from the sidelines. Legal Whiplash Fuels Market Anxiety It started Wednesday night with a decision from the Court of International Trade, which ruled some tariffs from the Trump years were improperly enacted. Markets stirred. Crypto forums lit up. But that glimmer of hope didn’t last. By Thursday, an appeals court hit pause on the ruling, granting the government a temporary stay. The back-and-forth, almost theatrical, sent mixed signals to already anxious investors. And as usual, Dogecoin felt the tremors first. These tariffs aren’t new. They’ve been lurking since the Trump administration first imposed them in 2018. But the possibility that they might get rolled back—even partially—was enough to rattle cages. Add in the delay from the appeals court, and it’s the perfect recipe for a pullback in risk-heavy assets. Dogecoin's Popularity Can’t Outrun Macroeconomics Let’s not forget: Dogecoin wasn’t built to withstand global policy swings. Born as a joke, it’s since clawed its way into the top 10 cryptocurrencies by market cap. But popularity doesn’t equal stability. At its peak, Doge was flying on meme power and Elon Musk tweets. That’s not the case anymore. Today’s Dogecoin needs substance, and when there’s macroeconomic turbulence? That substance gets tested. Right now, the coin’s value sits around $0. 21—a long way off from its 52-week high of $0. 48. Market Cap: $31 billion Daily Volume: $1. 85 billion 52-week Range: $0. 08 – $0. 48 So while Dogecoin still has its fans, it’s tough convincing serious investors to stick around when blue-chip stocks and Treasuries look more inviting. Money Flowing Elsewhere It's not just Doge. Other cryptocurrencies are down too. Ethereum fell 3. 5%, Solana dropped 3. 7%. But Dogecoin’s reputation as “fun money” makes it even more vulnerable in times like these. And money is moving—out of crypto, into traditional assets. With the U. S. economy still absorbing the aftershocks of aggressive rate hikes and a sticky inflation problem, investors are being picky. They want yield. They want safety. Most of all, they want clarity. Here’s what’s catching investors’ eyes instead of meme coins: Asset Class Thursday Performance Investor Sentiment S&P 500 Index +0. 3% Bullish 10-Year Treasury Up slightly Cautiously positive Gold Steady Neutral Bitcoin -2. 1% Mixed Dogecoin -7. 03% Bearish The Tariff Tug-of-War Isn’t Over Even as Trump dials back on some aggressive tariff measures, he's not backing off entirely. Trade war rhetoric remains popular with parts of his base, and that means more headline risk for markets—including crypto. The legal back-and-forth over tariff legitimacy adds a new layer of complexity. On one hand, investors want to believe the worst of the trade war days are over. On the other, they can’t ignore the risk that tariffs will persist—or even intensify. Some are even bracing for an all-new round of economic tit-for-tat if a second Trump presidency comes into play next year. What’s Left for Crypto Optimists? Despite the red ink, Dogecoin still has one thing going for it: visibility. It's mainstream now. From Elon’s tweets to sports sponsorships, the coin is a cultural phenomenon. That doesn’t go away overnight. But seasoned crypto holders aren’t putting their eggs in one basket anymore. They’re hedging with utility tokens—coins like Ethereum and Solana, which at least have underlying ecosystems supporting them. “I still hold Doge,” said Marcus Hill, a retail trader on Reddit. “But I’ve moved most of my portfolio into ETH. It’s got real value, not just hype. ” That’s the sentiment across the board right now. People aren’t abandoning crypto. They’re just thinking a bit more like grown-ups about it. A Glimmer—or a Gimmick? For all the gloom, there’s always a chance Dogecoin rebounds. It’s done it before. The coin is resilient in its own quirky way, often bouncing back when least expected. But the fundamentals matter more now than they did in 2021. Dogecoin's community is still active, its branding is still sticky, and if broader markets stabilize, altcoins could catch some tailwind. Still, with tariffs floating like storm clouds and inflation worries not quite gone, Thursday felt like another chapter in Dogecoin’s growing pains. The pup may still have some bite left—but for now, investors are watching from a safe distance.

---

- Published: 2025-05-30
- Modified: 2025-05-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/firefox-139-0-1-hotfix-nvidia-gpu-bug-graphics-fix/
- Categories: News, Technology

A small change in Firefox's graphics handling has sparked big problems for NVIDIA users — now Mozilla's scrambling to fix it. Just days after rolling out Firefox 139 with headline features like Full-Page Translations, Mozilla has been forced to issue a hotfix. Version 139. 0. 1 went live midweek after users on Reddit and Mozilla forums reported severe visual glitches. The culprit? A subtle graphics tweak that didn’t sit well with NVIDIA GPUs — especially on setups with multiple monitors running at different refresh rates. The glitch caused flickering videos, flashing web pages, and strange artifacts that made everyday browsing unbearable for some. Mozilla says it has now identified the issue and pushed a fix. Here’s how it all unfolded. A Broken Browsing Experience for NVIDIA Users It didn’t take long for users to start complaining. Hours after Firefox 139 launched on May 27, threads popped up on Reddit showing video playback corruption and weird behavior on websites like Instagram and YouTube. Some thought it was a driver issue. Others blamed Windows 10. But the common thread was this: if you had an NVIDIA GPU and two monitors — one running at 60Hz, the other at a higher refresh rate — Firefox turned into a mess. One user wrote, “As soon as I scrolled on my high refresh rate screen, the video on my other monitor started flashing like crazy. ” Another added, “It’s like the whole page glitches out, especially on media-heavy sites. ” Single-monitor users? No issues. AMD and Intel setups? Totally fine. What Actually Went Wrong? Turns out, it was a Firefox thing — not a GPU or OS bug. The problem started when Mozilla quietly removed a block list in Firefox 139. That list had previously stopped Firefox from using a specific graphics path — called DirectComposition — under certain conditions. And that wasn’t random. That block list existed because some mixed-refresh setups on NVIDIA cards didn’t behave well with it. But with 139, the block was lifted. Which reintroduced an old problem. Here’s the technical gist: when you play a 60 FPS video on a 60Hz monitor and scroll or hover over content on a 144Hz or 165Hz display, frame buffers begin to leak. The result? Parts of the video end up flashing in places they shouldn’t. The effect is visual chaos. Interestingly, the bug doesn’t appear with 30 FPS content, since the frame timings align better between monitors. Mozilla Reacts Fast, Pushes Emergency Patch Mozilla didn't wait around. Within 48 hours of the complaints gaining traction, it had zeroed in on the problem and issued Firefox 139. 0. 1. The update brings back the old block list. That means mixed-refresh NVIDIA setups now avoid the problematic DirectComposition path altogether — like before. It’s a temporary fix, but a necessary one. Here’s what Mozilla listed in the release notes: Fixed graphics corruption with certain NVIDIA graphics adapters and multiple monitors running at mixed refresh rates after updating to Firefox 139. You can get the fix now by heading into Firefox's Settings > General > Firefox Updates and clicking Check for Updates. Why Only Firefox? The Unique DirectComposition Twist Let’s be clear: DirectComposition isn’t broken. Firefox just uses it in a way that’s a bit... different. Most browsers rely on a Swapchain approach — which is safer on mixed-refresh setups. Firefox, however, uses Surfaces for most web content. That’s where the trouble starts. One Firefox engineer explained the distinction on Bugzilla: “Currently the only thing that makes Firefox special in this respect is that it uses Windows DirectComposition in a certain way (Surfaces rather than Swapchains) for the majority of web content... ” This unique method gives Firefox fine-grained control over layers and rendering, but it also exposes users to edge-case bugs — especially on older or more complex monitor configurations. What's Next? A New Rendering Engine on the Horizon There is hope that these graphical headaches may soon be a thing of the past. Mozilla is currently working on a fresh rendering path known internally as the Layer Compositor. Unlike the existing system, this new codebase aligns more closely with how Chromium-based browsers (like Chrome and Edge) handle composition. That should mean fewer compatibility problems across various hardware setups. The Layer Compositor is already in testing internally and may land in Firefox Nightly builds in the coming weeks. Mozilla says it plans to test it rigorously on systems affected by the recent glitch. Here’s how current and upcoming rendering paths compare: Renderer Type Used By Known Issues with Mixed-Refresh? Status DirectComposition Surfaces Firefox (current) Yes Active DirectComposition Swapchains Chrome, Edge No Standard Layer Compositor Firefox (experimental) Unknown Testing Phase For now, though, the safest route is to stay on Firefox 139. 0. 1 if you use an NVIDIA GPU and multiple monitors. Users Caught in the Crossfire, Again This isn’t the first time Firefox’s graphics pipeline has caused grief for users. Over the past few years, Mozilla has had to tweak and re-tweak how it talks to GPUs — often trading performance gains for stability losses. And while most users won’t notice a difference, those with specific setups, like high-refresh gaming monitors, are often the ones who run into these obscure issues first. Still, the speed of Mozilla’s response has drawn some praise. Even frustrated users acknowledged the quick fix. “At least they listened,” one Redditor posted. “And the patch actually works. ”

---

- Published: 2025-05-29
- Modified: 2025-05-29
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/toncoin-jumps-14-telegram-1-5-billion-bond-blackrock-mubadala/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Toncoin had a wild Wednesday. While the broader markets took a breather and the S&P 500 slipped into the red, the Telegram-linked cryptocurrency lit up the leaderboard—surging nearly 14% by late afternoon trading. The rally wasn’t random. Toncoin’s rise came on the back of a juicy bit of financial news: Telegram is reportedly locking in at least $1. 5 billion in bond financing. And it’s not just any bonds. These come with big names, big numbers, and even bigger implications for a crypto trying to carve out relevance beyond its messenger roots. Telegram Debt Deal Sends Crypto Bulls Running Let’s get right to it—$1. 5 billion is no small chunk of change. According to a report from The Wall Street Journal, Telegram is looking to raise that amount through a new round of bond issuance, and major institutional investors are already lining up. People “familiar with the matter” told the Journal that the offering will consist of five-year bonds yielding around 9%. That’s a pretty juicy return in today’s fixed income world, and apparently attractive enough to bring in some familiar faces. This isn’t Telegram’s first rodeo in the debt market. The new funds would be used to pay off existing debt from its 2021 bond issue—meaning this round isn’t about expansion, it’s about stabilization. Still, the markets liked what they saw. And Toncoin investors? They liked it even more. BlackRock, Mubadala, and Citadel Take Interest Here’s where it gets even spicier. Sources say that big institutional players are circling the deal like hawks. BlackRock, the world's largest asset manager Mubadala, Abu Dhabi’s sovereign wealth fund Citadel, the hedge fund powerhouse These aren’t fly-by-night crypto pumpers. These are Wall Street names, and their interest in Telegram's bond sale signals a level of confidence in the company’s long-term viability—despite, let’s not forget, some serious legal baggage involving its co-founder. And still, they’re showing up. That says a lot. Toncoin’s Big Wednesday: A Snapshot Here’s what the trading screen showed by the end of the day: Metric Value Toncoin Daily Gain +13. 8% S&P 500 Daily Change -0. 6% 24-Hour Volume Spiked sharply Top Gainers in Crypto Toncoin near top This wasn’t just a technical bounce. It was a momentum move. Toncoin outpaced Bitcoin, Ethereum, and nearly every other token in the top 20. That kind of relative strength doesn’t go unnoticed—especially when it happens on a day when most risk assets took a hit. Still a Long Road to Broader Adoption Let’s keep it real. Toncoin is still largely confined to the Telegram ecosystem. It’s the default currency for Telegram services, and while that gives it a real utility base, it’s not exactly widely adopted like Ethereum or Solana. So what’s driving the buzz? Confidence. Investors now have reason to believe that Telegram—the mothership, so to speak—isn’t going anywhere. That stability brings legitimacy. And legitimacy, in crypto, is a rare and valuable thing. Some skeptics will argue this is just a “Telegram play in disguise. ” They’re not wrong. But maybe that’s fine, for now. Why This Financing Round Matters More Than Usual Normally, bond refinancing stories don’t move crypto charts. But this isn’t a normal coin. Toncoin has always existed in a grey area—born out of Telegram’s failed blockchain project, rebranded and spun off, yet still closely tied to the messaging giant. So, anything that affects Telegram directly hits Toncoin indirectly. Sometimes in a big way. Here’s why this particular financing round has people talking: It suggests Telegram has significant interest from high-profile financiers A 9% yield with five-year maturity signals aggressive positioning Institutional money flows often validate underlying projects And yeah, sure, bond buyers aren’t necessarily crypto bulls. But this isn’t about Toncoin being a great investment on its own. It’s about its association with a tech brand that’s managing to win investor trust—even while its founder faces criminal charges in multiple jurisdictions. The Legal Clouds Over Telegram’s CEO Let’s not ignore the elephant in the room. Telegram co-founder and CEO Pavel Durov is reportedly facing multiple legal challenges, some tied to company dealings and others outside the business. You’d think that might scare off the suits. Apparently not. While details remain murky, it’s clear that any negative headlines around Durov haven’t torpedoed institutional appetite for Telegram debt. That’s either a sign of market resilience—or a blind eye turned in favor of fat yields. And let’s be honest, in this rate environment? 9% is tempting. So What’s Next for Toncoin? This bump in price might not last forever. Crypto markets are famously fickle, and what pumps on Wednesday might dump by Friday. But there’s no denying the optics. Toncoin just reminded everyone it’s still here—and still riding shotgun with a massive tech platform. And while it’s not breaking any new ground as a decentralized financial solution or DeFi innovator, it is showing investors something they crave in this space: a coin that’s tied to a name they know. That name is Telegram.

---

- Published: 2025-05-29
- Modified: 2025-05-29
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/windows-10-kb5058481-update-clock-seconds-calendar-fixes/
- Categories: News, Technology

A small but long-awaited change is back on Windows 10, and yes—it has to do with those missing seconds on your clock. Microsoft’s latest optional update is out, and it brings a mix of helpful fixes and minor tweaks, mostly for the detail-oriented folks who’ve been waiting for a reason to peek under the hood. The preview update, labeled KB5058481, landed as part of Microsoft's monthly routine of optional, non-security patches. It's for Windows 10 22H2, and while it's not packed with headline-grabbing features, it adds up—especially for users who noticed little things going missing or breaking over the past months. Let’s dig into the details and see what this one’s all about. Finally, the Seconds Are Back For some, it was a small nuisance. For others, it was a dealbreaker. Microsoft has restored seconds in the clock view when you click the time in the system tray—an option that quietly vanished for some users months ago. With this update, clicking on the time once again shows the full timestamp, including hours, minutes, and seconds. It may sound trivial, but there’s a reason this change is drawing attention. Now, they’re back—no registry tweaks required, no third-party apps needed. Just update and move on with your precise schedule. Other Quiet Fixes You Might Not Notice, But You’ll Feel Beyond the clock tweak, the update makes six other changes. Most are under-the-hood improvements, but they’re worth a glance if you’ve run into quirky behavior or UI oddities lately. The Rich Calendar feature, which sits within that same calendar flyout, now shows events up to 30 days in advance—up from its previous, limited window. Weather-related updates also get a minor touch-up with better description text. Here’s a quick summary of what’s been changed: Calendar flyout now shows seconds in the clock. Rich Calendar shows events 30 days ahead. Weather button in calendar has clearer description. GDI text rendering for GB18030-2022 characters fixed. Some GB18030 characters now render at proper width. COSA mobile operator profiles updated. Sync issue for EEA-based secondary accounts resolved. What Build Are You Getting, and Where to Get It Once you install the KB5058481 update, your system will show build 19045. 5917. It’s a preview update, so it won’t auto-install unless you’ve enabled the “Get the latest updates as soon as they’re available” toggle in Settings. Otherwise, you’ll see a small “Download and install” link next to it after checking manually. There’s also a manual option: head over to the Microsoft Update Catalog, download the standalone installer, and roll it out yourself. IT admins will already know the drill. Here’s a quick reference in case you're checking system info: Update Name Build Version Availability Requires Manual Action? KB5058481 19045. 5917 Optional Yes The GDI Fixes Might Matter More Than You Think Two of the less visible but surprisingly impactful fixes deal with how text is rendered, especially for languages that use Chinese characters or similar glyphs. Previously, some GB18030 characters—China’s official encoding standard—weren’t rendering at all or were appearing too wide, which led to garbled or misaligned text. Microsoft has now cleaned that up. If you’ve seen weird formatting or inconsistent font alignment in system apps, this could explain it. Interestingly, the update doesn’t fully fix font rendering on all fronts. Microsoft’s current workaround? Bump your scaling to 125% or 150%. It’s not ideal, but it works in most cases. Optional Update, But Not Meaningless Some users ignore preview updates entirely. Others rush to test them. KB5058481 falls somewhere in the middle—it’s not critical, but it’s probably worth grabbing if any of the updates apply to your daily use. For businesses or power users who depend on accurate logs, clock behavior, or correct character rendering in multilingual environments, this update isn’t just cosmetic. Microsoft continues to use these previews as testing grounds for what's coming next. These changes are expected to go live across all Windows 10 22H2 machines during June’s Patch Tuesday rollout. So even if you skip it now, you’ll likely get it later. That said, optional still means optional—so unless you’re itching for those seconds back or you’ve been battling misrendered Chinese text, it’s okay to hold off.

---

- Published: 2025-05-27
- Modified: 2025-05-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-price-soars-investors-divided-digital-gold-vs-tech-stock/
- Categories: News, Finance

Bitcoin just keeps doing what it does best—confounding expectations. After a whiplash start to 2025 that saw the cryptocurrency rocket to $109,000 in January, crash to $75,000 in April, and then bounce back to an all-time high of $112,000 on May 22, the only clear takeaway is this: nobody really knows what Bitcoin is anymore. Is it a tech stock in disguise? A modern-day version of gold? Or just a volatile bet that’s somehow gained enough traction to shake entire markets? Depending on the week—or even the day—you’ll hear a different answer. A $2. 2 Trillion Identity Crisis On paper, Bitcoin looks like a heavyweight. With a market cap sitting around $2. 2 trillion, it’s now rubbing shoulders with Alphabet and Amazon in sheer size. That’s not a coincidence. To some investors, Bitcoin is basically a tech stock—a high-growth, high-volatility asset that thrives in a bull market and tumbles when the mood shifts. But here’s the twist: that’s not the only way people look at it. Others have started treating it like "digital gold," a haven when the world feels shaky. It’s the kind of narrative that gains traction during geopolitical tension, trade wars, and—most recently—fresh tariff drama out of Washington. That’s the puzzle investors are trying to solve. And it’s messing with their heads. Trump, Tariffs, and Bitcoin’s Jekyll-and-Hyde Behavior President Trump’s sudden tariff threats in April and May put this identity crisis into sharp focus. One moment, Bitcoin sank alongside tech stocks after the first tariff bombshell. The next, it was rising again as traders talked it up as a safer asset. It was a strange few weeks. You could almost see Bitcoin morphing in real time. On April 2, Trump announced sweeping tariffs. Bitcoin dropped, right alongside the NASDAQ. But then something weird happened. As the dust settled, Bitcoin started rising—even while tech stocks kept bleeding. Suddenly, people were calling it a hedge. "Digital gold" was back in fashion. Here’s the head-scratcher: If Bitcoin sells off with tech stocks during bad news, doesn’t that make it just another risk asset? But if it then rallies when markets are jittery, is it acting more like gold? You can’t have it both ways. That kind of logic feels like a coin toss rigged to always favor Bitcoin. The Upside — And Its Limits Analysts are now dividing into camps. One group still sees Bitcoin as a massive growth asset. This is the version of Bitcoin that posted triple-digit gains in 2023 and 2024. It's sexy. It's fast. It's wild. It’s why people fell in love with crypto in the first place. But then there’s the other crowd. The ones pointing to gold. Take the April report from investment firm 21Shares titled "From Digital Asset to Safe Haven: Why Is Bitcoin Acting Like Gold? " The takeaway? Bitcoin might be maturing into something safer... and slower. Here’s a quick reality check. If Bitcoin really is turning into a gold-like store of value, then its days of explosive returns might be numbered. Gold, for all its reputation, hasn’t exactly made people rich lately. In fact, its best year in the last 15 was 2010, with a 27. 7% return. Most years? Low double digits, maybe. So sure, if Bitcoin is gold, maybe it doesn’t drop 40% overnight anymore. But maybe it also never doubles in six months again. And that changes the whole investment case. This Chart Says It All Take a look at how Bitcoin stacks up to gold and tech stocks based on annualized returns. Asset 5-Year Avg Return 2023 Return 2024 Return Volatility Rating Bitcoin 57% 139% 101% Very High Gold 8% 14% 9% Low Nasdaq 100 15% 32% 18% Medium Market Jitters and The $112K Speed Bump Let’s go back to May 22. Bitcoin hits $112,000—a new all-time high. Celebratory tweets fly. Crypto influencers are chest-thumping. Then boom—President Trump drops another bombshell: tariffs on Europe might go as high as 50%. It’s May 23 now. Bitcoin falls to $109,000, just like that. What gives? If it’s a tech stock, it should fall. If it’s digital gold, it should hold steady. Instead, it kind of... wobbled. Like an asset with an identity crisis. Again. And remember, Trump has already delayed those Europe tariffs. So the rollercoaster probably isn’t done. What Investors Are Really Betting On At the end of the day, this debate over whether Bitcoin is a tech stock or digital gold isn’t just academic. It matters—a lot. Because where Bitcoin goes next might depend less on crypto fundamentals and more on how people think it behaves. It’s all about sentiment. One investor might say: “Look, I see Bitcoin replacing gold over time. It’s more portable, harder to seize, and maybe even more inflation-resistant. ” Another says: “This is just another bubble. It's like Tesla in 2020—great while it lasts, but overhyped. ” A third? “I’m buying because it’s fun. Don’t overthink it. ” And maybe that’s the most honest take of all.

---

- Published: 2025-05-27
- Modified: 2025-05-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/last-of-us-season-3-preview-abby-ellie-seraphites-wlf-return/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Season two of The Last of Us just ended with a bullet and a blackout. Now, the cast and creators are teasing a third season that promises to answer big questions—and bring back a few faces we didn’t expect. Kaitlyn Dever’s Abby pulled the trigger, Jesse dropped dead, and just like that, the screen faded to black. It was a brutal, jarring end to a season that raised more questions than it answered. The very next scene? A shift in perspective. We’re with Abby now, not Ellie, watching her step into the war-hardened heart of the WLF’s Seattle base—a football stadium turned fortress. And that’s just the beginning of what’s coming next. A Story That’s Changing Even As It’s Written Showrunners Craig Mazin and Neil Druckmann aren’t playing coy—they’re just being honest. Right now, there’s no locked-in roadmap for season three. Mazin himself admitted during a recent press conference that even if he thought he knew what’s next, “two weeks from now we may have a different idea of how it should go. ” That’s not hedging—it’s storytelling in motion. But what is clear? Abby’s not going anywhere. Neither is Ellie. Or Dina. Or even Joel, possibly. Yes, Joel. Flashbacks Aren’t Off the Table—And Neither Is Pedro Pascal Joel’s dead. That much is certain. But dead doesn’t mean done. Season one brought back Tess after her death. Season two featured a whole episode focused on Joel’s father, a character who never even made it into the games. “I wouldn't have guessed we would have a short story about Joel's dad before we wrote the season,” Druckmann shared. “So there you go. ” It was a casual remark, but it dropped like a loaded gun on the table. Could Pedro Pascal return in some meaningful way? Don’t bet on it—but don’t rule it out either. Even Bella Ramsey is bracing for a smaller role in the next season. “I think that I'm going to be there, but not a whole bunch,” she said in an interview. Still, she’s not disappearing completely. The Shift to Abby: A Bold (and Familiar) Move Fans of the game saw this coming. The second game made the same pivot—pulling the lens away from Ellie and focusing squarely on Abby. It was controversial, to put it lightly. Now the show is doing the same, and Kaitlyn Dever’s performance is front and center. The final moments of season two marked that transition. Her Abby walks into a different Seattle than Ellie knew. This version is brutal, organized, militarized. And that’s where the next chapter begins. The WLF’s massive stadium base will be a focal point. The Seraphites and their mysterious prophet are getting their own spotlight. Questions about Isaac, the war, and the explosion in episode seven? All of that’s coming. Mazin said it bluntly: “All of it will become clear. ” The WLF and the Seraphites: War With No Winners The conflict between the WLF and the Seraphites wasn't just background noise. Season three is setting it up as the core. Expect blood. Betrayal. And politics. Lots of it. Here’s what’s still unresolved: Question Hint So Far Expected in Season 3? Who started the war? Still unknown Yes Who is the Seraphite prophet? Not shown Yes What does Isaac want? Murky motivations Yes What was the explosion in Ep. 7? Massive and vague Yes It’s not about good guys and bad guys anymore. It's about factions. Belief systems. Survival. And none of them are clean. The brutality shown in season two—especially in Abby’s storyline—won’t let up. If anything, it’s about to escalate. Isabela Merced, Jesse, and the Ghosts Who Haunt the Story It’s hard to stay dead in The Last of Us. Jesse’s death hit hard. It was fast. Brutal. And final. Except... maybe not. Not in the traditional sense, anyway. Craig Mazin said we haven’t seen the last of several characters who are “currently dead in the story. ” Whether that means memories, dreams, or full-blown flashbacks is unclear. But don’t be surprised if they reappear in some form. Isabela Merced’s character, though still relatively new, has already hinted at deeper layers. She’s sticking around. That much was confirmed. Just don’t expect all answers to come at once. This show isn’t about spoon-feeding. No Straight Answers—And That’s the Point There’s a certain irony to how The Last of Us communicates with its fans. Mazin and Druckmann don’t tease with trailers or gimmicks. They tease with ambiguity. That press conference? Full of hints. Full of misdirection. “We haven’t seen the last of a lot of people,” Mazin said. He’s probably right. But he’s also probably messing with us a little. That’s the dance this show does so well. Tension without resolution. Heartbreak without comfort. And season three? It’s already promising more of the same. Just with new faces holding the guns this time.

---

- Published: 2025-05-27
- Modified: 2025-05-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/hyperevm-airdrop-guide/
- Categories: Crypto

Yes, you can still be early enough to farm a life changing airdrop on HyperEVM by following a low risk strategy that pays steady yield while you wait. Every step below is built to keep costs low, hedge market swings, and rack up points across nearly the entire HyperEVM stack. Why HyperEVM Feels Like Solana in Late 2021 User counts for most HyperEVM dApps are hovering between five and ten thousand, according to on-chain dashboards compiled on Dune by analyst @0xNifty (March 2024). For comparison, Jito had roughly eight thousand users in the month before its airdrop that averaged thirteen thousand dollars per wallet, CoinGecko data shows. Volume is small enough that heavy activity still stands out, yet infrastructure is mature enough to move size without constant failures. Liquidity on the core order book regularly clears one hundred million dollars daily, based on Hyperliquid stats pulled on the first of this month. That figure matters because fees from the order book fund grants for HyperEVM projects, helping them keep incentives flowing. Translation: you can farm yield while simultaneously stacking points that might convert to tokens later. Glassnode’s report on airdrop trends (January 2024) found that early users of ecosystems with fewer than fifteen thousand active addresses captured eighty seven percent of eventual token distributions. HyperEVM is still under that threshold, so the risk reward balance looks attractive. Moving Funds to HyperEVM without Burning Fees High gas costs can erase half the upside if you use the wrong bridge. I tested three no token bridges over the past month. HyperUnit was cheapest in six out of seven transfers. The process is simple. Route assets from the origin chain to Hypercore using HyperUnit. Inside Hypercore choose Transfer to EVM under Portfolio. Funds appear on HyperEVM in roughly ninety seconds. Swap into USDC with HyperSwapX. If you prefer redundancy put a small amount through HyperSwapX Bridge or HyBridgeHL. Spreading volume across multiple bridges could become part of an airdrop formula. A single ETH transfer via HyperUnit cost under forty cents at 08:00 UTC today. That is less than one percent of the fee on Arbitrum during the same hour, according to L2Fees. info. Building the Delta Neutral Yield Loop This loop is the heart of the strategy. The idea is to stake HYPE, borrow against it, hedge price swings, and earn multiple yield streams at once. It sounds busy, but after setup it runs on autopilot apart from the occasional top up if funding rates flip. Start by converting a chunk of your USDC into HYPE on HyperSwapX. I split twenty percent of the HYPE into the Nansen validator via HypurrCollective because validator points have already been confirmed for a future drop. The rest goes to HyperBeat to mint stHYPE, which is just staked HYPE plus a rebasing reward. With stHYPE in hand open HypurrFi, supply the token as collateral, and borrow fresh HYPE. Swap that borrowed HYPE back to stHYPE so you can loop the deposit on HyperLend. Your collateral now earns: HYPE staking yield HypurrFi supply points HyperLend points Meanwhile you carry HYPE debt, so hedge it by opening a one times short on Hypercore’s perpetual desk. As of this week the funding rate is paying about thirty five percent annualized to short. That single line item alone offsets the eight to ten percent cost of borrowing HYPE and provides extra yield. Below is a simplified look at how the cash flows stack at current rates. Stream APR or Savings Source HYPE staking via HyperBeat 7. 5 percent HyperBeat dashboard 02 Apr 2024 HypurrFi supply incentive 4. 2 percent HypurrFi weekly report HyperLend supply incentive 3. 6 percent HyperLend TVL dashboard Borrow cost on HypurrFi −8. 4 percent Variable, snapshot 02 Apr Perp short funding credit 35. 1 percent Hypercore funding feed Net cash yield 41. 0 percent Sum of lines above Even if funding drops to zero you would still pocket around six to seven percent net plus points that are impossible to value today but can be enormous tomorrow. Extra Plays for More Points and Upside HyperEVM points stack quickly if you touch different verticals, so sprinkle assets across a few niche protocols once your core loop is running. I focused on: Purchasing . hl domains from HLNames. Each domain costs five HYPE and comes with weekly lotteries for bonus points. Minting a HypioHL NFT on Drip Trade. Only eight thousand remain, and previous Drip collections averaged a four times floor after token releases (NFTStats. xyz, February 2024). Depositing UBTC and UETH on HypurrFi plus HyperLend while holding equivalent perps short. Funding on UBTC shorts still pays eleven percent a year. Does every item above guarantee an airdrop? Of course not, yet the optionality is immense. The Unit bridge in particular feels slept on. If they airdrop based on time weighted assets you want to be early and patient. Quick checklist Bridge size through HyperUnit Leave assets on Hypercore, in LPs, or in lending vaults Keep a record of amounts and dates in a simple spreadsheet Tracking Your Returns and Risk Spreadsheets are fine for back-of-the-napkin math, but a dashboard paints a clearer picture. I use DefiLlama’s portfolio tool because it now supports HyperEVM tokens. The free version already pulls balances from HyperBeat, HypurrFi, HyperLend, and Hypercore perps. Key numbers I watch: Health factor on HypurrFi (keep it above 1. 4 to avoid liquidation) Total funding paid or received on Hypercore Net APY across all stHYPE positions If you crave deeper analytics, the paid tier of Nansen includes labeled address heatmaps that flag wallets farming multiple point systems. It is a quick way to benchmark your own activity against power users. Stress test scenario table Scenario Price Move Result if Hedge Active Result if Hedge Lagged HYPE pumps 50 percent Neutral You are flat Debt rises, risk high HYPE dumps 40 percent Neutral You are flat Liquidation possible Funding turns negative 0 percent Yield drops Yield drops more A single glance tells you why the hedge matters. Keep it on, sleep better. Are the Numbers Worth It? Collectively the loop, side quests, and points netted me roughly nineteen percent realised yield over the past thirty one days, based on dollar denominated returns exported from DefiLlama. That is before valuing any future tokens. To put it in perspective, the average yield on a seventy thirty stock bond portfolio was 6. 4 percent over the last decade, according to Vanguard’s 2023 asset class study. Even if airdrop valuations end up modest you are still crushing traditional yield with only moderate DeFi risk. Bitwise CIO Matt Hougan told Bloomberg in February 2024, “The next generation of airdrops will reward behavior, not just wallets. ” HyperEVM fits that thesis. By providing liquidity, borrowing, lending, and hedging you check multiple behavior boxes, increasing the chance of a serious payout. Frequently Asked Questions How do I bridge to HyperEVM without using a centralised exchange? Use HyperUnit, HyperSwapX Bridge, or HyBridgeHL. They are permissionless and currently fee friendly. What is the minimum capital required to run the delta neutral loop? Around five hundred dollars. Below that, gas and swap fees start eating most of the yield. Is the hedge on Hypercore a must or can I skip it? If you skip the hedge you turn the loop into a long HYPE trade. Hedge only if you want market neutral exposure. Are any of the point systems confirmed tokens? Hyperliquid points convert to a token according to the February 2024 blog post by the core team. Others like Unit and HyperSwap remain speculative. Can I get liquidated on HypurrFi or HyperLend? Yes. Maintain a health factor above 1. 4 and keep an eye on oracle updates to stay safe. What happens if the funding rate flips negative? Close or trim the short. A negative rate means you pay to hold the hedge, cutting into your yield. Is US residence a problem for these dApps? Most interfaces are not geo fenced, but always read the terms and consider local regulations. Which tracker shows earned HyperEVM points in one place? At the moment no single dashboard aggregates every program. Keep a manual log or check each site’s profile page. Wrap Up HyperEVM is still a small pond, which means a diligent farmer can make big waves. Put funds on chain, set up the yield loop, sprinkle extra plays, and track your numbers. If the airdrop thesis fails you still earn solid yield. If it hits, bragging rights await. Share this guide with friends and drop your questions below so we can all refine the playbook together.

---

- Published: 2025-05-27
- Modified: 2025-05-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/binance-and-the-two-billion-dollar-ftx-fallout/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Binance has acknowledged in court papers that its own tweets and a short lived takeover offer inflicted damage on FTX, yet the exchange still says it has no obligation to hand back the two billion dollars that moved into its related company, Digital Anchor. Crypto drama is nothing new, but this tug of war feels different. The stakes include billions of dollars, the credibility of the biggest exchange on the planet, and fresh questions about how global regulators should police companies that can shift assets across borders with a mouse click. What Exactly Did Binance Admit in Court Binance filed a response in a Delaware bankruptcy case near the end of April. Buried in the footnotes is a straightforward statement: the firm concedes that key tweets from both Binance and founder Changpeng Zhao, better known as CZ, were crafted with the intent to hurt FTX. One line from the filing reads, according to court reporter Molly White, “Binance does not dispute that the tweets were designed to reduce confidence in FTX. ” In everyday language, Binance is saying it knew the posts would rattle FTX customers and traders, and it pressed send anyway. The court document also says CZ never meant to complete the proposed takeover of FTX. Lawyers for FTX argue that the offer was a ruse designed to deepen the panic that was already pulling money out of the rival exchange. Binance calls that argument “speculative,” yet offers no evidence that due diligence ever reached a serious stage. The Tweetstorm that Sparked a Bank Run A lot has happened in crypto, so a quick refresher helps. On November 6, 2022, CZ tweeted that Binance would sell its entire stash of FTT, the exchange token issued by FTX. The sale was valued at roughly half a billion dollars. He framed the move as risk management, adding that “recent revelations” about FTX’s finances worried him. Moments later, traders started fleeing FTX. Within forty eight hours, FTX customer balances dropped by an estimated six billion dollars, according to the bankruptcy examiner’s interim report. Key moments that turned a tweet into a bank run: CZ announces the plan to dump FTT. Alameda Research CEO Caroline Ellison offers to buy the tokens over the counter, implying that no public dump is needed. CZ replies that Binance will stay in the free market. Rumors explode on Crypto Twitter that FTX does not have enough liquid assets. FTT price falls by more than seventy percent in a single day. The spiral ended only when FTX locked withdrawals, and by then the damage was done. Where Did the Two Billion Dollars Go The two billion dollar question is literally that large. FTX’s restructuring team says the funds were transferred to Binance Capital Management, which has since been renamed Digital Anchor. Binance replies that Digital Anchor is a separate company, incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, with no presence in the United States. Therefore, in Binance’s view, a United States court has no jurisdiction. Below is a simplified map of the money flow as described in court documents. Step From To Amount (USD) Date Range 1 FTX Trading Ltd. Binance exchange wallet 1. 4 billion 2019 to 2021 2 Binance exchange wallet Binance Capital Management 600 million 2021 to 2022 3 Binance Capital Management Digital Anchor Fund balance carried over 2023 corporate rename FTX advisers say the transfers consist of repayment for an early equity stake Binance once held in FTX, plus profit sharing agreements. They now argue that the money should return to FTX’s creditors because Binance committed misleading acts that caused harm. Binance counters that the payments were contractual, completed well before the November 2022 collapse, and are now legally outside the reach of the bankruptcy. The fight will likely play out for years unless a settlement appears. Digital Anchor The Labyrinth of Binance Entities Digital Anchor popped up on corporate registers only after Binance Capital Management changed its name. According to filings seen by CoinDesk, the entity lists Chengpeng Zhao, the legal spelling in many records, as a director. That alone ties Digital Anchor to Binance’s top leadership. Binance’s argument hinges on corporate separation. In short, the holding company says: FTX never sued Digital Anchor, Digital Anchor did nothing wrong, so those funds stay put. Critics respond that corporate walls are thin when the same executives call the shots on both sides. In an interview with The Wall Street Journal, former Commodity Futures Trading Commission attorney Braden Perry remarked, “Courts look at control. If the same leaders swing assets among shells at will, the veil can be pierced. ” That precedent is well established in United States case law dating back to the 1940 ruling in Anderson v. Abbott. The labyrinth of entities has been one of the biggest complaints from watchdogs. Binance has more than one hundred affiliated companies spread across at least twenty jurisdictions, according to a Reuters special investigation published in 2023. That sprawl makes it hard for regulators or courts to pin down responsibility. Could Regulators Force a Payback Different regulators see different angles: The United States Securities and Exchange Commission accuses Binance of offering unregistered securities and mixing customer funds with corporate funds. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission claims Binance illegally offered derivatives to American users. The Department of Justice has been silent publicly, yet Bloomberg has reported on a criminal probe that started back in 2018. Add in the FTX bankruptcy estate, and Binance faces a multi front legal siege. Agency Core Allegation Potential Penalty Scale SEC Unregistered securities Civil fines, disgorgement CFTC Illegal derivatives access Civil fines, trading bans DOJ Money laundering inquiry Criminal charges, asset seizure FTX Estate Fraudulent transfer claim Return of funds plus interest Experts differ on whether any of these agencies can force a clawback of the Digital Anchor funds. History shows it is possible. In 2014, the SEC persuaded a Cayman Islands hedge fund to return one hundred ninety million dollars to U. S. investors after proving the money was moved offshore to dodge obligations. Still, the uphill battle is plain. Binance holds no headquarters, keeps servers in multiple countries, and has already withdrawn from several American states. What This Means for Everyday Crypto Users If you hold crypto on any exchange, this saga offers at least three lessons. Self custody is insurance When assets sit in your own wallet, your exposure to one company’s solvency problems drops to zero. Hardware devices like Ledger or Trezor retail for less than one hundred dollars, which is cheap compared with the risk of losing an entire balance. Corporate structure matters Check what entity actually holds your deposits. Binance US, for example, insists it operates separately from the global exchange. But the ongoing litigation highlights that the lines can blur. Regulatory clarity is still missing A 2024 survey by Chainalysis showed that sixty two percent of retail traders in North America say unclear rules are their top worry. Until lawmakers lock in uniform standards, every headline about legal trouble stirs more anxiety. Institutional players get nervous too. Bitwise Asset Management trimmed its Binance exposure from twelve percent to under five percent across its passive index products, according to the firm’s March 2024 rebalancing statement. The ripple effects reach far beyond consumers. Frequently Asked Questions What did Binance admit about harming FTX? Binance acknowledged that tweets from both the corporate account and CZ were intended to reduce confidence in FTX, effectively admitting a role in the rival’s downfall. Why does Binance refuse to return two billion dollars to FTX creditors? The exchange says the money was paid to Digital Anchor, a separate legal entity located outside United States jurisdiction, and that Digital Anchor made no false statements. Is Digital Anchor the same as Binance? Digital Anchor was formerly called Binance Capital Management and shares leadership ties with CZ, but Binance argues it is a distinct company under British Virgin Islands law. Can a United States court force Digital Anchor to pay back the funds? A court could try by proving fraudulent transfer or piercing the corporate veil, yet doing so would involve complex cross border enforcement that can drag on for years. Did Binance ever plan to buy FTX? Court filings from both sides suggest the takeover offer was never serious; Binance has not provided documentation of due diligence, and FTX calls the proposal a tactical move to erode trust. What steps can crypto users take to protect themselves from similar collapses? Move long term holdings to personal wallets, diversify among custodians if you need liquidity, and monitor public financial disclosures or proof of reserves for any exchange you use. Will regulators tighten rules because of this dispute? Most likely yes. Draft legislation in the European Union and multiple bills in the United States Congress cite the FTX crash as a key reason for stricter oversight of exchange tokens and corporate governance. Does this legal battle affect the price of Binance Coin BNB? BNB has shown added volatility when major court filings appear, but no sustained trend yet. Traders should watch liquidity data and open interest on futures markets for early signs of structural stress. Conclusion Binance may have admitted it had a hand in knocking down FTX, but getting two billion dollars back is far from certain. Share this article with friends who follow the crypto space and drop your thoughts or questions in the comments.

---

- Published: 2025-05-27
- Modified: 2025-05-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/einstein-block-universe-explained/
- Categories: Science

Einstein’s theory of relativity says that past, present, and future sit together in a single block of spacetime, so the future is already in place even if we have not experienced it yet. This single statement upends our everyday feeling that time moves forward like a clock. What Einstein Actually Meant by Time as a Dimension? Einstein did not picture time as a flow. Instead, he pictured it as a direction you can point to, the same way you point east or west. In his 1905 paper on special relativity, he showed that two observers moving at different speeds do not agree on what happens “at the same moment. ” This simple idea forces us to accept that events are laid out in a four dimensional grid, not stacked into a neat before and after. A favorite quote often linked to him captures the mood: “For us believing physicists, the distinction between past, present, and future has only the meaning of a stubborn illusion. ” Letters gathered in The Collected Papers of Albert Einstein confirm he used almost exactly those words in 1955 while consoling Michele Besso’s family. One surprising twist is that the math of relativity is silent about fate, luck, or destiny. It simply tells us that all events already have coordinates in spacetime. Nothing mystical is required, just the geometry of the universe. The Science Behind the Block Universe Physicist Hermann Minkowski, Einstein’s former mathematics teacher, turned relativity into geometry in 1908. He called space and time “inseparably interwoven. ” From this point, many researchers refer to the “block universe” picture because every event is a dot on a giant four dimensional map. A common worry is whether this picture matches experimental data. So far, every high precision test of special and general relativity agrees with Einstein: Experiment Year What Was Tested Agreement With Relativity Hafele–Keating airborne clocks 1971 Time dilation for jets Yes Gravity Probe B 2004 Frame dragging around Earth Yes LIGO detection of gravitational waves 2015 Speed and stretching of spacetime Yes The bold pattern is clear. Whenever we look for cracks, relativity holds. The block universe is not just philosophy; it is the logical reading of proven equations. Does Predetermined Mean No Free Will Plenty of people see the block universe and immediately say, “So my choices are fake. ” The question has bothered thinkers since the time of Einstein, and no single answer satisfies everyone. A common modern view in cognitive science treats free will as a useful shorthand. Your brain makes decisions through complex neural pathways, much like weather systems obey physics yet still surprise us. As neuroscientist Sam Harris writes, “You can do what you decide, but you cannot decide what you will decide. ” Inside the block universe picture, those brain states already have their coordinates, yet from the inside you still experience choice. Some philosophers, such as David Lewis, call this concept “compatibilism,” the idea that determinism and free will can coexist. From this perspective, our sense of agency is real even if the timeline is fixed, just as a movie is fully filmed yet the story still feels new to each viewer. Evidence That Supports or Challenges the Idea Debate remains fierce. Quantum mechanics, with its unpredictable outcomes, seems at first to break determinism. However, many versions of quantum theory, including the Everett many worlds interpretation, keep the block universe intact by letting every outcome occur in a different branch. Next, consider loop quantum gravity, promoted by Carlo Rovelli. Rovelli argues time may emerge from a deeper, timeless layer. If he is right, the block might be more like a fuzzy quilt, not a perfect crystal. Still, his equations do not restore flowing time; they merely change the texture. On the other side, physicist Lee Smolin openly rejects the block model in his book Time Reborn, proposing that the laws themselves evolve. His view stands outside mainstream relativity but keeps the question alive. Key takeaways from current research Quantum experiments show genuine randomness, yet some interpretations still allow a fixed spacetime map. No laboratory result has forced physicists to abandon the block universe, but fresh theories continue to test its edges. How This Perspective Changes Everyday Life If the future already exists, does anything matter? Strangely, the answer many people give is yes, precisely because meaning lives in how we travel through the block, not in changing its structure. Practical reflections people report A deeper sense of connection: knowing loved ones occupy permanent coordinates offers comfort after loss. Greater acceptance of past mistakes: you could not have acted differently, so energy shifts to learning rather than regret. Motivation to savor the present: each moment is part of the grand layout and will always be there, so paying attention becomes its own reward. A 2022 study in Journal of Positive Psychology surveyed 1,200 adults and found that 46 percent felt “less anxious about the future” when exposed to block universe explanations, showing the idea can influence mental well-being. Philosophers and Physicists Weigh In Einstein’s view did not end debates; it started them. Today you find entire conferences devoted to time, free will, and determinism. Noted philosopher Galen Strawson claims free will is logically impossible, block universe or not, because every act has a prior cause. Nobel laureate Frank Wilczek counters that physics does not tell us to stop choosing goals, calling determinism “the ultimate affirmation of reason. ” Experimentalist Sabine Hossenfelder reminds us in her popular blog Backreaction that even if time is an illusion, the laws describing that illusion still help us build GPS satellites and MRI scanners. These voices show that the block universe remains fertile ground for fresh thinking rather than a settled dogma. FAQ What is the block universe in simple terms? It is the idea that past, present, and future are equally real slices of a single four dimensional spacetime. Does Einstein’s theory prove fate is real? Relativity implies every event has coordinates, yet it does not prescribe destiny in a mystical sense. Physics describes structure, not purpose. Can quantum mechanics break the block universe picture? Some interpretations add genuine randomness, but none have been shown to restore a flowing river of time. How does this idea affect belief in free will? Many thinkers adopt compatibilism, holding that meaningful choice and a fixed spacetime can coexist. Is there any experiment that contradicts relativity’s view of time? All precision tests to date, from particle accelerators to gravitational wave detectors, confirm Einstein’s predictions within measurement error. Why did Einstein write about the illusion of time when his friend died? He used the block universe idea for comfort, suggesting that his friend’s moments still exist in spacetime. Are there practical benefits to believing the future already exists? Some studies link the idea to lower anxiety and increased mindfulness, though personal reactions vary. Could future physics replace the block universe? Possible. New theories like loop quantum gravity explore alternatives, but none are yet confirmed by data. Conclusion Einstein’s block universe invites us to view time less as a ticking clock and more as a landscape already spread out before us. If this picture is right, every moment you love is etched into the fabric of reality forever. Share this piece with friends and add your thoughts below.

---

- Published: 2025-05-27
- Modified: 2025-05-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-vs-quantum-computing/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Yes, quantum computers could break Bitcoin’s current security someday, but the industry still has time and clear paths to defend the network if it starts preparing now. Bitcoin has faced plenty of doubters, yet the latest alarm comes from an unlikely place: BlackRock. In a recent filing the asset-management giant flagged the risk that future quantum computers might crack Bitcoin’s core cryptography and crash the price toward forty thousand dollars. That sounds dramatic, so let’s unpack what is really at stake, what the science says, and how everyday holders can protect their coins. What Makes Bitcoin Secure Today? Bitcoin’s safety rests on public-key cryptography. When you create a wallet, it generates a private key (known only to you) and a public key (shared with the world). Anyone can send coins to the public key, but only the matching private key can move them. Most wallets rely on the Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm, shortened to ECDSA. According to the National Institute of Standards and Technology, brute-forcing a single 256-bit private key with ordinary computers would take longer than the universe has existed. Two other design choices add extra armor: Bitcoin addresses reveal a hashed version of the public key until the coins are spent. Miners verify that every outgoing transaction carries a valid signature, blocking spoofed spends. As long as private keys remain secret and the math behind ECDSA stays unbroken, attackers are kept out. Classical computers cannot close that gap. Quantum computers promise something different. Quantum Computing in Plain English A traditional chip stores information in bits that are either 0 or 1. A quantum chip uses qubits that can be both 0 and 1 at the same time due to superposition. When qubits become entangled, the system can explore many solutions simultaneously, giving certain algorithms a huge speed boost. Peter Shor proved in 1994 that a powerful enough quantum computer could factor large numbers exponentially faster than any classical machine. Since factoring is related to finding discrete logarithms, the same idea applies to the math that protects Bitcoin wallets. In theory one run of Shor’s algorithm on a large quantum computer can recover a private key from its public key in minutes. Classical vs Quantum Performance Task Classical Computer Quantum Computer (Shor) Guess a 256-bit Bitcoin private key Roughly (10^{77}) steps About (10^{9}) logical qubit operations Time at current tech levels Longer than 13. 8 billion years Still impossible today, maybe hours in future Energy cost estimate Immeasurable Large but finite, tied to qubit count and error correction Notice the gap: the quantum approach is orders of magnitude faster, but only if engineers can build a fault-tolerant system with millions of stable qubits. We are not there yet. Can Quantum Computers Really Crack Bitcoin? The Numbers IBM’s Osprey chip hit 433 physical qubits in 2022. Google’s Sycamore has 53 but higher fidelity. According to research published in Nature, breaking RSA-2048 would need roughly twenty million error-corrected qubits running for eight hours. ECDSA-secp256k1, the curve Bitcoin uses, is on a similar scale. A 2023 study by the University of Sussex concludes that a machine capable of cracking one Bitcoin key in under ten minutes would require around 1. 9 billion physical qubits once error correction is included. Industry roadmaps aim for one million physical qubits by 2030. That still leaves a two-order-of-magnitude gap. So why did BlackRock sound the alarm? Because progress has been faster than many expected. Google researchers cut the estimated qubits needed to crack RSA by a factor of twenty, and similar refinements might shrink the resources for ECDSA. Even a conservative forecast now says a capable system could appear in five to twelve years. Here is a snapshot of expert expectations: Source Year Published Estimated Arrival of Threat-Level Quantum Computer University of Waterloo 2020 2035 to 2040 NSA Commercial Solutions for Classified 2022 During the 2030s Deutsche Bank Research 2023 As early as 2030 BlackRock SEC filing 2024 Five to seven years How Big Is the Risk and When Could It Hit? Roughly a quarter of all circulating Bitcoin (around five million coins) sits in addresses that have already revealed their public keys through previous spending. Those coins would be an immediate target if a quantum attacker emerged tomorrow. The rest of the supply remains safer because the public key stays hidden until you spend. Yet after any spend, your new address becomes vulnerable at the next block confirmation if no upgrade has occurred. Price impact is another concern. The 2022 Chainalysis Crypto Crime Report shows that only four percent of Bitcoin in circulation moves on an average day, so if an attacker started sweeping old addresses, alarms would ring quickly. Panic selling could then push the price toward the forty thousand dollar level BlackRock mentioned. What the Community Is Doing Right Now Developers, academics, and standards bodies are not standing still. Work falls into three broad buckets. Post Quantum Signature Schemes The US National Institute of Standards and Technology is finalizing new algorithms that resist quantum attacks. Candidates like Dilithium and Falcon rely on lattice problems outside Shor’s reach. A Bitcoin Improvement Proposal could introduce these signatures alongside ECDSA so users can migrate. Layered Wallet Security Wallet providers are testing hybrids that sign each transaction twice: once with ECDSA for today’s network and again with a post quantum scheme stored in an OP_RETURN field. While not yet standard, it means early adopters could recover funds after a fork if quantum thefts occur. Network Wide Upgrade Planning Bitcoin Core contributor Peter Wuille suggested that a soft fork could add support for quantum resistant scripts without forcing every node to upgrade immediately. Such a change would mimic the approach used for SegWit in 2017. Experts debate timing. Dr. Michele Mosca, co-founder of the Institute for Quantum Computing, told CoinDesk in 2023, “You want to start the transition ten years before the threat is real, and ideally finish five years ahead. ” That clock has arguably started. Practical Steps for Holders to Stay Safe Use Pay to Public Key Hash addresses so your public key remains hidden until you spend. When you do move coins, send them to a fresh address immediately rather than reusing the old one. Keep sizable holdings in multisig wallets. A thief would need to extract multiple private keys, multiplying the quantum effort required. Follow news from Bitcoin Core, NIST, and reputable exchanges for announcements of a post quantum upgrade. Early adopters will likely need to sign a migration transaction. Spread funds across several wallets to avoid one single point of failure. Although these actions do not remove the risk entirely, they buy time and make your stack a less inviting target. Frequently Asked Questions About Quantum Threats to Bitcoin Will quantum computing destroy Bitcoin? Unlikely, since developers can upgrade the protocol to quantum safe signatures, but coins in old addresses would be at risk if owners never move them. How many qubits are needed to break a Bitcoin private key? Current studies suggest several million error-corrected qubits, translating to hundreds of millions of physical qubits, far beyond today’s devices. What is a quantum safe Bitcoin address? Any address that keeps the public key hidden until spend is considered safer. Taproot and traditional P2PKH addresses fall into this category. When should I migrate to a post quantum wallet? Move once a widely accepted standard is live on the Bitcoin network. Until then focus on best practices like avoiding address reuse. Could regulators freeze Bitcoin during a quantum crisis? Regulators cannot stop the network globally, but exchanges might halt withdrawals, so holding your own keys remains essential. Why did BlackRock mention forty thousand dollars? Their filing used it as a hypothetical price level if investor confidence collapses following a security breach. Does Ethereum face the same risk? Yes, Ethereum also uses ECDSA for signatures, though its move to Proof of Stake adds additional considerations. Conclusion Quantum computers are coming, though not tomorrow, and Bitcoin still has room to adapt. Stay informed, practice good wallet hygiene, and share this article with friends so more people are ready for the next big upgrade.

---

- Published: 2025-05-26
- Modified: 2025-05-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-outlook-2025-bitcoin-record-crypto-volatility/
- Categories: News, Crypto

It’s been a year of dramatic moves. Stocks sank. Then bounced. Crypto? Even wilder. Bitcoin smashed through records. Ethereum followed. But XRP? Not quite. It’s showing signs of life again, but investors aren’t sure if it has enough fuel to break through the $3 barrier anytime soon. Despite early highs and a flurry of optimism in January, XRP hasn't kept up with the turbocharged pace of other major cryptos. And with Bitcoin rewriting history books again, XRP holders are starting to ask the uncomfortable question — what’s holding it back? A Rollercoaster Few Months for Stocks and Crypto Alike Markets don’t usually get this wild. The Dow and S&P 500 were cruising near historic peaks in February, then collapsed more than 16% by April. Nasdaq? Down a jaw-dropping 23% before bouncing back 25%. Blink and you missed it. Crypto followed its own twisted path. Bitcoin tanked nearly 30% after an early-year surge, only to rocket up again, setting a new high over $111,000 by late May. Ethereum and Solana also staged strong rebounds. XRP, however, has had a bumpier ride. It started strong, reaching a level not seen since 2018. Then it fell off a cliff, plunging nearly 50%. It’s bounced somewhat since, but at around $2. 40, it’s still far from its $3. 84 all-time high. And that gap is making investors edgy. Why XRP Isn’t Moving Like Bitcoin The obvious question: if Bitcoin’s flying high, why is XRP just jogging? First off, market perception plays a huge role. Bitcoin is viewed as digital gold. Ethereum is the programmable layer for Web3. XRP’s purpose — speeding up cross-border payments — isn’t as flashy. It’s practical. Useful. But not exciting. Secondly, XRP has always carried legal baggage. The long-standing SEC lawsuit against Ripple Labs, while largely resolved, has left a lingering sense of uncertainty. Some U. S. exchanges still tread cautiously when it comes to listing or promoting XRP. Lastly, the token supply structure matters. XRP’s tokenomics — with Ripple Labs holding a significant portion — makes some investors wary of centralized influence. But XRP Is No Joke — Big Banks Still Back It Despite all that, XRP isn’t some meme token playing dress-up. It’s backed by serious tech and serious institutions. Ripple Labs has deals in place with banking giants like Bank of America and Santander. JPMorgan is reportedly exploring integration as well. XRP was built with a clear purpose — and one the financial world actually needs. The traditional SWIFT system is outdated, sluggish, and costly. Ripple offers a faster, cheaper alternative for cross-border money movement. Here’s what’s going for XRP: It's not trying to be a universal currency — it’s built for financial infrastructure. Transactions settle in seconds, not days. It scales easily and doesn’t rely on energy-intensive mining. That kind of utility is rare. And institutions don’t partner lightly. They’ve done their homework. What Would It Take for XRP to Break $3 Again? For XRP to regain — or surpass — its previous highs, a few things need to line up. It’s not impossible. But it’s not automatic, either. Some factors that could send XRP back above $3: Factor Description Potential Impact Full Legal Clarity Ripple's case with the SEC must be definitively closed. High — removes a key barrier for U. S. investors. Exchange Listings More U. S. exchanges reinstating XRP could boost volume. Medium to high — increases accessibility. Bitcoin Momentum If BTC keeps climbing, it may drag altcoins with it. Medium — XRP tends to follow broader trends. Utility Growth Adoption by banks or new fintech partnerships. High — utility drives long-term value. There’s also the psychology of price resistance. At $3, XRP hits a mental milestone — and likely triggers a wave of profit-taking. Breaking through would require serious volume and confidence. Investor Sentiment Is Mixed — But Leaning Bullish Talk to ten crypto investors, and you’ll get ten different opinions on XRP. Some are die-hard loyalists who’ve held through thick and thin. Others see it as dead money. Still, sentiment has shifted in recent weeks. The broader crypto rebound is helping. And as more institutional money flows back into digital assets, XRP isn’t being left out. That said, skeptics aren’t silent. They point to the lack of price follow-through, the long legal shadow, and Ripple's large token holdings as red flags. “XRP is the boomer coin,” one trader quipped on X (formerly Twitter), “but sometimes boomers win. ” So... Will XRP Top $3? The answer? Maybe. Eventually. But it won’t be easy. There’s no denying the foundation is strong. XRP is useful. It’s trusted by serious players. It has a loyal community and growing developer interest. And with crypto markets heating up again, money is flowing into nearly everything — even the laggards. But price is a funny thing. It's not just about utility or tech. It’s about timing, momentum, and a touch of madness. Right now, XRP is on the cusp. It could just as easily surge to $3. 20 as it could stall at $2. 50 for weeks. That’s crypto for you.

---

- Published: 2025-05-26
- Modified: 2025-05-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/claude-4-coding-errors-speed-lovable-gemini-comparison/
- Categories: News, Technology

Anthropic’s Claude 4 is showing off some real gains—and not just on paper. AI startup Lovable says it’s coding faster and making fewer mistakes since switching to the new model. The San Francisco-based company, which builds AI-powered coding tools, reported a 25% drop in syntax errors and a 40% improvement in speed after upgrading to Claude 4. It’s one of the first startups to publicly share real-world numbers following the Claude Opus 4 and Sonnet 4 rollout on May 22. Claude Opus 4 Shows Endurance and Accuracy in Tests Claude Opus 4 isn’t just the new shiny toy—it’s apparently got some stamina. Anthropic says the model was able to code for a continuous seven hours in internal testing, tackling long-form tasks that require multiple steps without losing track or making silly errors halfway through. That’s something. The company also reported that Opus 4 scored 72. 5% on SWE-bench, a well-known benchmark for evaluating software engineering skills in AI models. For context, that’s a decent jump, especially when models often peak around the 60s in such benchmarks. Free Claude Sonnet 4 or Paid Opus 4? Depends What You’re Coding Anthropic’s latest rollout includes two separate Claude 4 variants: Sonnet and Opus. The former is free, the latter locked behind a subscription. Sonnet is decent. You won’t hate it. Opus? It’s meant to be the heavy lifter—especially for folks knee-deep in software engineering tasks. According to developers who’ve tried both, Opus doesn’t just write code. It thinks through it. That makes a difference when you’re debugging or building something that can’t afford a single character out of place. Here’s how they stack up: Model Access Level SWE-bench Score Context Length Strengths Claude Sonnet 4 Free Not disclosed 200K tokens Lightweight tasks, fast responses Claude Opus 4 Paid 72. 5% 200K tokens Deep coding, long tasks Gemini 2. 5 Pro Paid Varies 1M tokens Long-context planning, versatility Lovable Says Claude 4 “Erased Most Errors” Anton Osika, the founder of Lovable, shared a pretty bold claim this week on X: "Claude 4 just erased most of Lovable’s errors. " That’s a strong endorsement, considering how temperamental LLMs can be when building apps. Lovable’s product—an AI-powered “vibe coding” builder—helps users spin up websites and apps using prompt-based workflows. It heavily relies on a coding model that doesn’t just write HTML or JavaScript but understands user intent through vague, casual language. That’s where Claude 4 apparently shines. Lovable reported: 25% fewer LLM syntax errors (compared to previous Claude version) 40% faster build and edit times Improvements visible across both new and old projects Basically, less fixing, more shipping. Gemini 2. 5 Isn’t Out of the Race Let’s not bury Google just yet. Gemini 2. 5 Pro brings a 1 million-token context window, which is huge. It can “remember” a lot more than Claude 4, which caps out at 200,000 tokens. But bigger memory doesn’t always mean smarter code. While testing Dart and Kotlin apps, one developer found Claude 4 produced cleaner code than Gemini, at least in contexts where less memory was needed. That echoes a growing sentiment: Claude still has the upper hand for pure coding tasks—even if Gemini plans better. The nuance here is crucial. It’s not about who wins. It’s about how you use them. Mixing Models Might Be the Sweet Spot The idea that one model can do it all? That’s just not how things work yet. And maybe that’s fine. Most serious builders are already mixing and matching their tools. Use Gemini for planning, Claude for coding. Toss in OpenAI’s o3 when things get weird. Repeat as needed. People in dev circles are already adapting: Use Claude 4 for Dart, Kotlin, and other syntax-sensitive languages Switch to Gemini 2. 5 for long documents, prompt trees, and massive memory tasks Keep Opus for deep work, and Sonnet for fast interactions It’s kind of like jazz—there’s no one right way, but you know it when it sounds good. A Battle of Speed, Syntax, and Memory In a world where seconds matter and bad code breaks everything, shaving off time and errors is gold. Lovable’s data points aren’t just a pat on the back for Claude 4. They’re proof that models are getting better, not just bigger. And that might be the most important thing. Coding tools powered by AI are shifting from novelties to core infrastructure. If Claude 4’s real-world results hold up elsewhere, expect more dev shops and startups to give it a serious look—especially those who’ve been burned by earlier models’ “confidence without competence” issues.

---

- Published: 2025-05-26
- Modified: 2025-05-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/quantumscape-vs-chargepoint-stock-analysis-ev-market-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

Both stocks soared in the 2020 hype wave. Now they’re down more than 95%. But only one looks ready to rise again. QuantumScape and ChargePoint were once the darlings of the electric vehicle revolution. In late 2020, they hitched a ride on the meme-stock rocket ship, reaching nosebleed valuations with barely any revenue to show for it. That party ended quickly. Fast forward to today—both are trading at just a sliver of their former highs. Yet beneath the wreckage lies an interesting question. If you had to place a bet today—solid-state batteries or EV charging infrastructure—where would you put your money? Solid Promises, But Still Vaporware QuantumScape has been in R&D mode for what feels like forever. Over 15 years and counting, and still, not a single battery has made it to mass production. To be fair, what they’re attempting isn’t trivial. Their solid-state lithium-metal battery tech promises a theoretical energy density of 800 Wh/L. That’s significantly higher than the 300–700 Wh/L range of current lithium-ion batteries. And it charges faster, too—10% to 80% in under 15 minutes, if it all works as promised. But promises don’t pay the bills. Volkswagen has been a strategic partner since 2012, yet production remains stuck at the low-volume testing stage. The company is now transitioning to a newer "Cobra" separator process. Great. More testing. Mass production? Not until 2026 at the earliest. Investors are growing tired. ChargePoint’s Fade Came Faster Than Expected At its peak, ChargePoint looked like a can't-miss pick-and-shovel play for the EV boom. Instead, it got steamrolled by macroeconomic headwinds. Its network of 342,000 charging ports across North America and Europe sounds impressive—until you look at recent numbers. Revenue fell 18% in fiscal 2025 after barely growing in 2024. That’s a brutal reversal from the 65% and 93% growth rates it posted in 2022 and 2023. The culprit? Rising interest rates. Suddenly, businesses and homeowners weren’t in a rush to install pricey charging stations. To its credit, ChargePoint didn’t stand still: It trimmed its workforce. Launched a more flexible pricing model. Narrowed its net loss. These weren’t cosmetic moves. They bought time. Enough, maybe, to outlast the downturn. Crunching the Numbers: Which One Looks Cheaper? Let’s talk valuation, because for beaten-down stocks like these, it's everything. Company Market Cap Enterprise Value 2025 Revenue (est. ) 2027 Revenue (est. ) EV/Sales (2025) EV/Sales (2027) QuantumScape $2B $1. 63B $0 $93M N/A 17. 5x ChargePoint $334M $495M $465M $738M 1. 1x 0. 67x The difference is stark. ChargePoint trades like a deeply distressed asset. QuantumScape trades like a moonshot biotech startup—huge payoff or zero. In 2027, ChargePoint expects to be EBITDA-positive with $80M in adjusted earnings. QuantumScape, meanwhile, will just be starting to generate meaningful sales. Numbers don’t lie. They just whisper, if you’re listening. Risk vs. Hope: What’s Really Being Priced In? Let’s say you’re not allergic to risk. Which company gives you better odds? QuantumScape is a bet on a breakthrough that hasn’t happened yet. And even if it does, competitors like Toyota, Nio, and Solid Power are hot on its tail. First-mover advantage? Not guaranteed. Also, no revenue. Still. That’s not an oversight—it’s the whole point. Meanwhile, ChargePoint is already selling. Already deploying. Already adapting to real-world demand cycles. Sure, it’s not sexy tech. It’s infrastructure. But it’s infrastructure that businesses actually use—and might soon need more of again. Even Tesla’s Supercharger network, often seen as competition, doesn’t operate the same way. Tesla’s ecosystem is closed. ChargePoint's is open—and monetizable. The market may have punished both companies for overpromising. But only one has something tangible to offer today. Bottom Line: One’s a Dream, the Other’s a Discount This isn’t to say QuantumScape can’t win big someday. If it commercializes its solid-state batteries and secures major deals, the stock could rip. But that’s a lot of "ifs"—and a lot of years. ChargePoint, on the other hand, might simply need a return to normal. Interest rates drop, EV sales pick up, companies resume charging station rollouts... and suddenly, 1. 1x sales doesn’t look so crazy anymore. Some may call it boring. Others might call it predictable. For beaten-down investors, predictable might be just what the doctor ordered.

---

- Published: 2025-05-24
- Modified: 2025-05-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sui-token-plunges-after-cetus-dex-hack-223-million-lost/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Sui’s reputation as a fast and promising blockchain took a hit on Friday, following a major exploit that rocked its biggest decentralized exchange. The market didn’t take it lightly — the SUI token dropped more than 5% in just one day. That fall was notably sharper than the S&P 500’s modest 0. 4% dip. For crypto holders, this wasn’t just another red day — it felt like a punch to the gut. Cetus Protocol Breached, $223 Million in Assets Targeted Early Friday morning, Cetus Protocol — the largest DEX and liquidity hub on Sui and Aptos — confirmed it had been hacked. The damage? A jaw-dropping $223 million in digital assets. By the time the announcement hit their official X account (formerly Twitter), the team had already managed to freeze $162 million. But that still left $61 million missing, and the crypto community rattled. One person familiar with the situation said the attacker exploited a known vulnerability through an Ethereum wallet, which has since been flagged and monitored. Cetus is reportedly in negotiations with the hacker, trying to recover the rest. This isn't just some DEX losing money. It's the DEX for Sui. That kind of breach feels like a body blow to the whole network. Sui’s Promise Under Scrutiny Sui came out swinging in 2023. It positioned itself as a blockchain built for speed — blazing-fast transactions, parallel execution, and a smooth developer experience. For a while, it looked like a legitimate Ethereum alternative. But speed isn’t the whole story. Trust matters. After Friday’s breach, questions swirled about how secure projects on the chain really are. Even though the exploit hit Cetus and not the core Sui protocol, many investors don’t draw that distinction. Optics matter, and right now they’re not great. And here’s where it gets trickier: Cetus had grown into the centerpiece of the Sui DeFi ecosystem. It attracted liquidity, developers, and retail users. Its failure signals a potential weak link in the wider chain. One user wrote on Reddit: “I believed in Sui. I trusted Cetus with my funds. Now I’m out. ” That sentiment is spreading fast. Token Price Slides as Market Confidence Wavers As of Friday’s close, the SUI token was down 4. 63%, shedding $0. 18 and closing at $3. 66. While that’s far from its 52-week low of $0. 47, the fall erased significant short-term gains. SUI Price Snapshot (as of Friday): Metric Value Daily Range $3. 59 – $3. 89 52-Week Range $0. 47 – $5. 35 Market Cap $12B Volume (24h) 2B+ tokens Compared to the broader crypto market, SUI underperformed most top 20 tokens on the day. Many traders rotated out into more stable assets, or simply cashed out. It didn’t help that Bitcoin and Ethereum were relatively flat. When flagship coins stay steady and altcoins bleed, that’s usually a bad sign. Damage Control in Full Swing The Sui Foundation quickly responded. They’ve partnered with Cetus, security auditors, and other key stakeholders to investigate and coordinate a response. But recovery will take more than just patching up smart contracts. One Sui developer, who asked not to be named, said internal teams are pushing for stricter third-party audits and updated on-chain monitoring tools. The foundation is also reportedly reviewing its grants and partnerships to ensure tighter risk control. Still, the path forward isn’t just technical. It’s reputational. “It’s not like the chain was broken,” the developer said. “But public trust? That’s a different thing altogether. ” Could It Have Been Worse? There’s a silver lining — if you want to call it that. Unlike some historical hacks where all assets vanished into the ether, Cetus was able to pause a large chunk of funds quickly. That speaks to some preparedness. And thanks to blockchain transparency, the hacker’s wallet is public. Several analysts tracking it have noted that the funds haven’t moved in large amounts yet, suggesting possible negotiations behind the scenes. But make no mistake — $61 million is still missing. And that casts a long shadow. What’s Next for Sui and Its Investors? Sui remains one of the most well-funded and technically ambitious chains in the market. It’s backed by Mysten Labs, led by ex-Meta engineers, and it raised $300 million in 2022. That war chest matters. But the real test is whether users still believe in the ecosystem. Here’s what investors are watching: Will Cetus recover the lost funds? How will Sui Foundation improve DeFi project vetting? Are new security audits going to be enforced chain-wide? Will the token recover — or fall further? Crypto markets are emotional. Trust, once shaken, isn’t easy to rebuild. Still, a swift and transparent response can help stop the bleeding. Is It Still Worth Betting on Sui? That’s the question now echoing across Telegram groups, Discord servers, and Twitter feeds. Some early adopters are already exiting. Others see it as a buying opportunity — a temporary hiccup in a long-term success story. But here's the kicker: The Motley Fool's own analysts recently released a list of their top 10 stock picks — and Sui wasn’t on it. Not even close. It’s worth noting that big winners like Netflix and Nvidia once made those lists before they exploded in value. Sui, on the other hand, is still very much in the “maybe” zone. And that’s the uncomfortable truth — it's too early to tell.

---

- Published: 2025-05-24
- Modified: 2025-05-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-operator-upgrade-o3-model-browser-agent/
- Categories: News, Technology

OpenAI just gave its browser-based automation tool, Operator, a major brain upgrade. But for now, only the deep-pocketed Pro users get to try it. OpenAI has quietly swapped the model powering Operator with “o3,” a much smarter AI that’s better at reasoning. That means Operator can now more accurately click around web pages, fill out forms, and complete multi-step tasks without messing up. Sounds like magic — but here’s the catch: it’s still locked behind a $200-a-month Pro and Enterprise paywall. A More Capable Agent, Still in a Walled Garden Operator isn’t brand new. It’s been around since early 2025. The tool was quietly released in January under the “research preview” tag and hasn’t received much attention outside of AI circles. Think of it like a super-smart browser assistant — it automates things like shopping, signing up for services, or even just filling out a tedious form. But the tech wasn’t always reliable. Until recently, it ran on OpenAI’s 4o model — fast, yes, but not always sharp. The upgrade to the o3 model now makes Operator significantly better at sticking with long tasks, making fewer mistakes, and structuring responses more clearly. “Now Operator is more persistent and accurate when interacting with the browser,” OpenAI said in a low-key update. “Responses are also more clear, thorough and better structured. ” Why Reasoning Actually Matters Let’s break it down. AI agents like Operator live and die by how well they can reason — basically, how good they are at understanding context and making decisions. Clicking a “submit” button is easy. But figuring out which of five identical buttons is the right one? That’s where older models stumble. With the upgrade to o3, Operator gains much-needed depth. It can handle ambiguity better, persist when pages lag or fail, and generally just... think more like a human. Here’s what changes with the o3 upgrade: Operator can now solve more complex, multi-step tasks with fewer errors It persists through page reloads and browser quirks It gives clearer, more structured outputs when describing what it's doing And it’s way less likely to abandon tasks halfway through It’s like handing your to-do list to a smarter intern who actually finishes what they start. But Who’s Paying $200 For This? And now, the elephant in the room. Yes, Operator got smarter. But it’s still fenced off behind OpenAI’s Pro and Enterprise tiers — subscriptions that cost $200 a month. That’s a steep price just to avoid filling out your airline check-in form. There’s clearly value in what Operator does. Repetitive online tasks are annoying and time-consuming. But are they $200-a-month annoying? Most users wouldn’t fork over that kind of money for what is, today, a niche tool. Even power users, like startup founders and coders, may hesitate unless they’re automating very specific workflows daily. OpenAI seems to know this. Testing the Waters Behind the Scenes Sources tell us OpenAI is actively exploring how to make Operator more accessible and broadly useful. Internally, there’s a push to expand access to $20 Plus subscribers, which would instantly open the floodgates to millions of users. No timeline has been confirmed. But a phased rollout seems likely. The goal? Stress-test the model with real-world traffic, identify what people actually want to automate, and figure out the UX that doesn’t feel like “programming the assistant. ” At the moment, Operator still feels a little “beta. ” The model might be smarter now, but UX updates haven’t kept up. Some users report the interface can be clunky, with unclear task queues or confusing confirmations. For a tool that’s supposed to save time, Operator sometimes requires more babysitting than expected. OpenAI hasn’t forgotten this. In April, the company noted internally it’s planning to make Operator a “very useful tool. ” That might mean simplifying the setup, making tasks easier to write, or even offering pre-built templates. How It Stacks Up to Other AI Agents Operator isn’t the only player trying to automate the web. Several startups — like Rabbit and Humane — are building wearable assistants, while companies like Google are experimenting with their own AI-driven agents. The difference? Most of these tools are still limited to scripted or narrow use cases. Here’s a simple comparison table of what’s out there: Tool Model Used Cost Access Level Best Use Case Operator o3 $200/mo Pro/Enterprise Multi-step browser automation Rabbit R1 Unknown $199 (device) Consumer Offline tasks, daily routines Google AI Agent Gemini TBD (not released) Internal tests General smart assistant tasks So far, Operator stands out as the most technically capable — but it’s also the most expensive and limited in reach. What Comes Next? Will OpenAI drop the paywall? Maybe. But even if they don’t, this move shows the company’s long-term ambition: make AI do things for you, not just with you. The shift from chatbot to action-taker is a big deal. It’s not just about chatting anymore — it’s about delegation. And if OpenAI can nail the experience, Operator could quietly become the most useful assistant in the ChatGPT ecosystem. But for now, it’s still behind glass. If you’re not shelling out for the Pro plan, all you can do is wait — or just fill out your own forms.

---

- Published: 2025-05-23
- Modified: 2025-05-23
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-avalanche-cardano-crypto-price-surge-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Another green day, another flashback to the frenzied highs of 2021. Solana, Avalanche, and Cardano — three of the biggest names in the crypto game — are flexing serious strength again, outpacing much of the market and reigniting enthusiasm among both seasoned investors and late-to-the-party newcomers. All three tokens clocked in gains between 5% and 11% as of mid-afternoon trading, pushing their market caps and confidence levels alike higher. Bitcoin’s continued climb past $110,000 is setting the tone, but this isn’t just a trickle-down story — it’s a full-blown surge that’s spreading across blockchain layers like wildfire. The Numbers Don’t Lie — Big Tokens, Bigger Moves Today’s price action wasn’t subtle. Here’s how the three megacaps looked as of 2:45 p. m. ET: Solana (SOL): Up 5. 7% to $182. 45 Avalanche (AVAX): Jumped 11. 3% to $25. 49 Cardano (ADA): Rose 5% to $0. 83 Solana alone added $5. 64 per token, moving within striking distance of the psychological $200 mark — a price not seen since the tail end of its 2021 peak. Volume figures are up too, with Solana clocking nearly $6 billion in trading over the last 24 hours. Avalanche, meanwhile, enjoyed the largest percentage gain of the three, fueled by a surprising catalyst out of the sports world. And Cardano? It’s rallying on anticipation — but it’s not blind optimism. Solana Grabs Attention With R3 Partnership Solana’s rally today wasn’t just sympathy-driven. It had its own fuel in the form of a headline partnership with R3, a UK-based blockchain infrastructure provider known for its institutional footprint. R3’s Corda platform has long been aimed at the financial world — think big banks, fintechs, insurers. Now, with Solana in the mix, the pairing brings speed and scalability to a domain that’s often bogged down in compliance and red tape. The result? Institutional access to Solana’s Layer 1 network New bridges between DeFi and traditional finance A pipeline for future developer integrations One crypto hedge fund manager, speaking under anonymity, called the move “a long-term setup play. ” Translation: don’t expect fireworks overnight, but expect growth. Avalanche Scores with FIFA Tie-Up Then came the unexpected news that lit a fire under Avalanche’s AVAX token: a collaboration with none other than FIFA. Two years ago, FIFA dipped a toe into NFTs. This time, it’s going deeper. Avalanche has been selected as the preferred chain for FIFA’s next digital collectibles project, set to launch ahead of the 2026 World Cup cycle. The announcement wasn’t buried in a press release — it exploded on crypto Twitter. Traders rushed in, and so did speculators, pushing AVAX up nearly 7% on the day. This partnership isn’t just PR fluff either. Here’s what insiders are saying it could bring: Feature Impact NFT utility Real-world ticket perks FIFA+ integration Broader audience adoption Avalanche subnets Scalable infrastructure for surges What makes this compelling is the timing. NFT markets have been cold for a while. This might be the defibrillator. Cardano Eyes Berlin as Hype Builds Cardano’s gains today were a bit more speculative — but no less interesting. All eyes are on GITEX Europe 2025 in Berlin, where the Cardano Foundation is expected to roll out a suite of updates. They’ve been tight-lipped on details, which, of course, only fans the flames of hype. Even before the event, Cardano was seeing a bump. Wallet activity has picked up, and trading volumes on ADA are pushing above their weekly average. And that moment could come fast. Are We Back to 2021 Vibes? This week’s crypto action has given traders something they’ve sorely missed over the past 18 months — momentum. There’s a sense, particularly among crypto-native communities, that the market isn’t just “recovering” anymore. It’s building. Fast. Of course, skeptics are quick to point out that crypto still lacks strong macro support. Inflation’s sticky, the Fed’s still tight, and risk-on rallies could hit a wall if equity markets slide. But for now, the digital asset space is ignoring the noise. And maybe that’s enough. What Makes These Three So Resilient? What’s keeping these megacap projects in the game while others struggle to stay afloat? It boils down to a few core factors: Ecosystem health — Developer activity remains high, especially on Solana. Partnerships — Real-world collaborations, not just hype. Scalability — All three tokens have worked to solve bottlenecks that plagued earlier versions of their chains. Liquidity — With high market caps and exchange listings, these tokens offer stability even when smaller alts get choppy. So, while the 2021-style euphoria might not be fully back, today sure felt close. And in a market where vibes can turn into valuations overnight, that’s worth watching.

---

- Published: 2025-05-23
- Modified: 2025-05-23
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/claude-4-launch-coding-benchmark-leader-but-stuck-on-context-limit/
- Categories: News, Technology

The benchmark scores are impressive. The marketing is sharp. But for some developers, Anthropic’s latest Claude 4 models are serving a slightly familiar flavor of frustration. Anthropic just pulled the wraps off its newest AI models — and yes, they’re faster, smarter, and a good chunk better at coding than their predecessors. Claude Opus 4 and Claude Sonnet 4, the latest iterations in its generative AI lineup, posted strong results in technical benchmarks and boast noticeable improvements in long-session performance. But here's the rub: despite all the noise about scale and intelligence, Claude 4 still maxes out at the same 200,000-token context window that’s been hanging around since the Claude 2. 1 days. Anthropic's Newest Flagship Outshines Its Peers — in Raw Skill Opus 4, the crown jewel of the Claude 4 lineup, is Anthropic’s answer to the growing need for smarter AI agents — especially in engineering and coding. The model scored a 72. 5% on SWE-bench, a notoriously difficult software engineering benchmark. It also posted 43. 2 on Terminal-bench, where even marginal improvements can make a big difference. Sonnet 4, the mid-tier model, benefits from many of the same under-the-hood upgrades as Opus — just optimized more for cost and speed. It’s a continuation of Anthropic’s strategy to carve out use cases ranging from enterprise-level task automation to coding copilots. In a blog post, the company claimed Claude 4 “dramatically outperforms all Sonnet models” in multi-hour tasks that require “thousands of steps. ” From debugging to writing boilerplate code, Opus 4 is meant to stay sharp over long hauls. Here’s Where Claude 4 Stands Out — and Where It Doesn’t Anthropic deserves some credit here. Claude 4 models don’t just post nice benchmark scores — they’ve demonstrated real performance gains in practical testing. This is not just theoretical bragging. SWE-bench: 72. 5% (Opus 4) — one of the highest seen so far. Terminal-bench: 43. 2 — competitive, if not industry-best. Performance consistency: Sustains hours of continuous work, especially in coding and step-based reasoning. And yet, the context ceiling — stuck at 200,000 tokens — feels like an obvious sore spot. Rivals like OpenAI and Google have already crossed the million-token line. Gemini 2. 5 Pro from Google currently supports 1 million tokens, with 2 million in active testing. ChatGPT’s GPT-4. 1 is comfortably handling million-token sessions. This matters. Because in fields like legal analysis, full-book summarization, or massive codebase refactoring, bigger context means fewer cut corners. The Pricing Breakdown: Competitive but Context-Capped Anthropic didn’t just upgrade the model — it tweaked the pricing too. Opus is still a premium product, and the price per million tokens reflects that. But bulk processing discounts help soften the blow, especially for enterprise customers. Here’s a quick look at how the Claude 4 models stack up on pricing: Model Input Price/MTok Output Price/MTok Context Window Batch Discount Claude Opus 4 $15 $75 200K 50% Claude Sonnet 4 $3 $15 200K 50% So yes — these models are strong for those who work within that 200K context window. But for use cases that demand full-document retention or long memory chains, that limit is still a constraint. Why This Context Limit Still Matters — More Than Ever Some might argue that most users don’t need more than 200K tokens anyway. But that’s missing the point. The competitive landscape is evolving fast — and so are expectations. The most advanced users want fewer workarounds, not more clever hacks to split documents into chunks. Anthropic is aware of this, of course. The company hasn't said much about its long-term context roadmap, but it’s feeling the pressure. Context windows are becoming a proxy for model maturity — a shorthand for how capable a model is across a wider range of tasks. Coding Crown? Maybe. But at What Cost? In the coding arms race, Claude 4 makes a strong case for being the new go-to for developers. Its benchmark wins are real, and so is its ability to stick with multi-hour tasks without degrading performance. But what happens when the coding task expands? Large refactors. Legacy code audits. Multi-language system rewrites. That’s where context starts to bite. Here’s a blunt truth: even the best reasoning model in the world can stumble if it forgets what you told it 150,000 tokens ago. Developers may be impressed with the accuracy. But the trade-off between precision and scale will shape adoption more than benchmarks. The AI Stack Is Getting Crowded — and Competitive With Claude 4, Anthropic is cementing its place in the top-tier model ecosystem. Alongside OpenAI, Google, and Meta, this is now a four-horse race — and the horses are sprinting. For Anthropic, the question is no longer whether its models are good — they clearly are. The question is whether users will stick around without the extended memory they now expect. And with Google and OpenAI pulling ahead on that front, Claude 4’s next version might need more than just a smarter brain. It might need a longer one.

---

- Published: 2025-05-22
- Modified: 2025-05-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-price-drops-as-bond-yields-spike-market-reacts/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin shot up past $109,000 before midday on Wednesday, only to get slammed back down within minutes. The reason? Not some crypto scandal or mining fiasco—but a dud of a 20-year Treasury bond auction. Traders got a reminder today: it’s not Bitcoin calling the shots—it’s bonds. The spike in Treasury yields threw cold water on risk assets, and Bitcoin, like clockwork, took the hit. It’s a pattern we’ve seen before, and one that’s becoming hard to ignore. Yields Rise, Bitcoin Falls: The Pattern That Won’t Quit It was a clean jump—Bitcoin hit $109,722 just before 1 p. m. ET. But moments later, as bond traders balked at a weak auction, the benchmark cryptocurrency tanked to $106,307. By afternoon, it had barely clawed its way back to $107,191. Ethereum didn’t fare better, dropping over 5% in a flash. Dogecoin? Down 5. 6%. The story was the same across the board. And this isn’t a new phenomenon. Bitcoin has been moving like a high-growth tech stock since at least 2020. When the Nasdaq sneezes, crypto gets a cold. Safe Haven or Risky Asset? Crypto's Identity Crisis Deepens Ask a crypto believer, and they’ll tell you Bitcoin is a hedge. A fortress. A safe bet in uncertain times. But the data just won’t play along. Bitcoin’s moves mirror the Vanguard Growth Index ETF—both up during boom times, both down when things get shaky. Check late 2021 into 2022. Check last month. Check this morning. It’s not a hedge. It’s a highly volatile, sentiment-driven asset that responds to the same cues as growth stocks. And today, the cue was loud and clear. • Weak bond auction? Check. • Rising yields? Check. • Crypto drop? Check. The market script is getting a little too predictable. What the Bond Market Is Telling Investors (And Why It Matters More Than Crypto) When long-term bond yields pop like they did today, it’s not just a technical move. It’s a scream for attention. Today’s weak 20-year Treasury auction signaled something bigger: either investors are uneasy about inflation sticking around longer, or they’re starting to lose faith in the U. S. dollar's safety. That’s not a great setup for crypto—or equities. Here's a snapshot from today that tells the story better than any chart: Asset Pre-Auction Price Post-Auction Price % Drop Bitcoin $109,722 $106,307 -3. 11% Ethereum $2,615 $2,480 -5. 16% Dogecoin $0. 239 $0. 226 -5. 44% And with rates rising, the last thing investors want to touch is a volatile, speculative asset. That's where crypto lives, like it or not. Inflation Fears, Tariffs, and a Nervous Market There's another layer here that’s creeping into every investor's brain—tariffs. The possibility of a tariff-fueled inflation wave is gaining traction. And if that happens, the Fed won’t be cutting rates. They’ll be hiking—or at least holding firm. That’s a nightmare scenario for crypto. Higher rates mean money gets more expensive. Speculation dies. And retail investors, the lifeblood of many tokens, start pulling out. Fast. And it’s not just theory. Retailers are already adjusting holiday orders. That signals they’re bracing for higher prices and weaker demand. If the consumer gets squeezed, risk-off becomes the norm. Crypto’s Momentum Was Already Slipping—This Could Accelerate It Let’s be honest, crypto wasn’t cruising into this week. There were signs the rally was tired. Regulatory uncertainty hasn’t gone away. And while institutions have dipped in, they’re not driving prices like some thought they would. So now the party’s slowing. That $2. 2 trillion market cap for Bitcoin? Impressive, but also fragile. With a 52-week range that goes as low as $49,221, it doesn’t take much to spark a sell-off. And if yields keep rising, that friend may not show up for a while. The Bigger Fear: This Time, the Fed Might Not Catch the Fall In 2022, things got ugly—but a full-blown recession never quite arrived. Why? Strong labor market. Stimulus money. A Fed willing to pause. But 2025 might be different. The safety nets aren’t as thick now. The labor market’s tighter. Stimulus? Don’t count on it. And if inflation heats up again, the Fed’s hands may be tied. That’s what makes today more than just a blip. It's a glimpse at what could come. Investors, especially those deep in crypto, should be watching yields like hawks—not hashtags.

---

- Published: 2025-05-22
- Modified: 2025-05-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/anthropic-claude-sonnet-4-opus-4-secret-ai-models-revealed/
- Categories: News, Technology

Anthropic has quietly slipped references to new AI models — Claude Sonnet 4 and Opus 4 — into its backend configuration files. They haven’t announced anything publicly. But the clues are all there, and they’re hard to ignore. It looks like the next chapter in Anthropic’s Claude series is coming, whether the company is ready to talk about it or not. Quiet Clues, Big Implications The hints started showing up in web configuration files — not a flashy press release, not a demo, just lines of code. But within that quiet update were several notable entries: “Claude Sonnet 4,” “Claude Opus 4,” and simply “Claude 4. ” If you’ve been following Anthropic’s naming convention, this is a big tell. “Sonnet” and “Opus” are tiered variants in the Claude lineup. Opus is typically the top-shelf model, while Sonnet offers a more affordable, responsive option. Seeing both at version 4 strongly suggests we’re looking at a major new generation of AI — Claude 4. One particular internal tag read “Not intended for production use. ” Another was marked by “strict rate limits. ” That points to something under development, maybe being alpha tested, possibly even shared with trusted partners. And here's where it gets interesting: one of the new features referenced is “show_raw_thinking. ” That’s a phrase that immediately makes you pause. It suggests the model might have the ability to externalize its reasoning process — possibly in a way more transparent than anything we’ve seen before. What Might "Show Raw Thinking" Actually Mean? Nobody at Anthropic is saying anything yet. But AI researchers and developers online have already begun speculating. Some say this feature could let the model break down step-by-step reasoning live as it solves a problem. Others think it might be Anthropic’s version of “chain-of-thought” style prompting — but built in as a default behavior, not just something you have to manually prompt it to do. Think of it like watching a chess player narrate their every thought out loud — in real time — before making a move. If this is true, it could make Claude 4 one of the most transparent large language models in the market. That’s a huge deal for industries that need to trust what the AI is doing, like legal, finance, or medicine. The Bigger Picture: AI Arms Race Intensifies Anthropic’s quiet moves come in the middle of an increasingly loud AI arms race. OpenAI, its more extroverted rival, has just launched GPT-4o — a new model that merges text, audio, and vision with real-time responsiveness. Google is doubling down with Gemini 1. 5. Meta, meanwhile, is flooding the market with open-source releases. The pace is relentless. So Anthropic’s silence here speaks volumes. If Claude 4 really is close, they might be timing their announcement carefully — or keeping their hand close until everything is ready. Here's what we can guess from current releases: Model Developer Intelligence Focus Transparency Features Latest Known Version GPT-4o OpenAI Multimodal AI Vision+Voice + Limited Reasoning Logs May 2024 Gemini 1. 5 Google Coding + Logic Limited chain-of-thought April 2024 Claude Opus 3 Anthropic Long-form reasoning Safer outputs, some reasoning steps March 2024 Claude Opus 4? Anthropic Unknown (Under Testing) Possibly "show_raw_thinking" May 2025 (Leaked) If Opus 4 builds significantly on Opus 3, we could be looking at one of the most intelligent and aligned AIs on the market. But it’s too early to tell. What About the ‘Code with Claude’ Event? Anthropic is hosting an event called "Code with Claude" on May 22 — which just so happens to be... today. Naturally, the timing has sparked speculation that this event might be more than just a dev workshop. Could it double as a soft launch for the new models? Maybe. Maybe not. The official event blurb doesn’t mention Sonnet 4 or Opus 4 at all. It’s billed as a showcase for developers and educators using Claude for coding help. But with the configuration files already hinting at internal testing, people are watching closely. Why It Matters: The Claude Approach Is Different Claude isn’t trying to be flashy. It doesn’t joke around like ChatGPT or dazzle with visual tricks. Instead, Anthropic has carved out a reputation for deeply aligned, reasoned responses. Claude Opus 3, for example, is prized in legal circles for its consistency and logical structure. If Claude 4 is built on that same foundation, just smarter, faster, and more transparent — that’s not just an upgrade. That’s a whole new kind of tool. Let’s break down what might be coming, based on clues from Sonnet 4 and Opus 4’s leaked mentions: Models with stricter access limits suggest powerful internal tools. The “show_raw_thinking” feature could revolutionize how users interpret AI decisions. The naming convention signals a full generation leap — not just a patch. This isn’t just a tweak. This feels more like Claude stepping into a new phase. What's Next? Honestly? It’s hard to say. The company’s quiet strategy is working. No blog post. No teaser. No roadmap. Just whispers in code and developer dashboards. But the signs are piling up. The references are live. The names are public. And people are poking around — not just AI nerds, but engineers, enterprise customers, and competitors. All eyes are now on what Anthropic does next. Whether it's a surprise demo, a low-key rollout, or a full announcement, something is brewing. Something big. And Claude might be thinking out loud soon.

---

- Published: 2025-05-20
- Modified: 2025-05-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-weekend-slump-cardano-shiba-litecoin-tariff-impact/
- Categories: News, Crypto

It was a quiet weekend for crypto — and not in a good way. As global markets digested rising trade tension and mixed signals out of Washington, digital assets slid further into the red. Some of the biggest names in altcoins took a hit, as investors pulled back amid worries that macroeconomic pressures are far from cooling off. Prices Sink as Uncertainty Creeps Back In You could almost hear the crickets in the crypto forums this weekend. Cardano (ADA) dropped nearly 4%, Shiba Inu (SHIB) was down over 2%, and Litecoin (LTC) lost close to 2%. None of them made much of a case for staying bullish. This wasn’t just a random dip. It was part of a broader cooling of investor interest as headlines shifted back to the political front — specifically tariffs. And yeah, that again. Trump’s renewed push on import duties has spooked investors, particularly with the rhetoric heating up and the administration taking a swipe at Walmart for passing costs down the line. It’s not just a retail problem. It’s a sentiment problem. And crypto feels it harder than most. Tariff Tantrum: Why It’s Spilling into Crypto Cryptocurrency doesn’t live in a vacuum. That much is clear. Even if Bitcoin and its younger siblings pride themselves on being decentralized, the reality is they’re traded like any other speculative asset. So when economic policy sends shudders through the markets, tokens tend to tumble faster than the S&P 500. President Trump’s recent post on Truth Social, targeting Walmart for “blaming tariffs” for price hikes, sent a chill through both corporate America and its investors. His call for the retailer to “EAT THE TARIFFS” didn’t exactly inspire confidence in a more stable economic backdrop. That uncertainty bleeds into everything: Retailers expect squeezed margins Consumers anticipate rising prices Investors fear a slowdown Riskier assets, like crypto, get dumped first All this leads to a kind of wait-and-watch paralysis — especially during weekends, when news is thinner but nerves are still frayed. A Closer Look at the Weekend Losers Let’s break it down a bit. These weren’t massive selloffs, but they were steady, and they stood out. Coin Price Change Market Cap Volume (24hr) Cardano -3. 9% $27B 817M+ ADA traded Shiba Inu -2. 2% $15. 2B Down in active trades Litecoin -1. 9% $7. 4B Lower trading interest Cardano’s movement is particularly noteworthy, considering its broader range this year. From $0. 28 to $1. 31, it’s had a wild ride. A retreat to $0. 74 might seem minor — but it feels heavier against the backdrop of a jittery market. Litecoin’s fall didn’t draw much attention, but it’s telling. It's a “utility” coin that’s struggling to prove its utility. And SHIB? The meme magic isn’t enough when traders are looking for somewhere — anywhere — to park cash more safely. The Bigger Picture: Not a Panic, But a Pause Here’s the thing — it’s not full-blown panic mode. Not yet. The fact that weekend losses weren’t steeper tells us that many investors are still holding out hope for a rebound. Or maybe they’re just too tired to care for now. Still, this doesn’t feel like a prime buying window either. The market’s in a mood. And until some of the fog around tariffs and trade talks lifts, this skittish behavior could linger. Investors aren’t exactly running for the hills, but they’re not rushing in with open wallets either. That brings up the biggest question: what next? Looking Ahead: Don’t Count on a Quick Reversal A resolution to tariff talks isn’t likely to materialize overnight. And even if it does, the knock-on effects will take time to work through. There’s also a deeper issue. Some crypto investors are starting to question whether the asset class is still the exciting hedge it once seemed. And that’s what makes the next few weeks critical. Sentiment isn’t just shaped by charts or coin launches — it’s shaped by confidence in the bigger economic picture. Keep in mind: Retail pressure means weaker consumer demand Tariffs ripple through tech, goods, and services International uncertainty hampers liquidity and cross-border investing That doesn’t mean crypto’s dead money. But it might mean traders are done expecting it to defy gravity while the world around it gets messier. The Fed, the Trade Tables, and the FOMO Freeze Let’s not forget the other elephant in the room — interest rates. While most of the weekend talk centered on tariffs, there’s still lingering doubt over whether the Fed will keep its foot on the brakes or finally ease up. Higher interest rates don’t help crypto much. They make risk-free returns more attractive. That means money that might have flowed into altcoins stays locked up elsewhere. So between Trump’s tariff tirades and the Fed’s caution tape, investors are basically stuck in FOMO-freeze. No one wants to miss the next rally, but nobody wants to be holding the bag if things get worse. The mood is... hesitant.

---

- Published: 2025-05-20
- Modified: 2025-05-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-gpt5-to-merge-models-boost-ai-capabilities/
- Categories: News, Technology

OpenAI is cleaning house. Instead of juggling multiple models for different tasks, the company is planning to fuse many of its capabilities into one streamlined, powerhouse system—GPT-5. This next-gen foundational model could reshape how users interact with AI. No more second-guessing which model is best. No more wading through technical names that all sound the same. Just one smarter, more efficient system designed to work better across the board. Confusion in a Sea of Models Right now, ChatGPT offers multiple versions for specific needs—each good at different things. The problem? They all wear the same name tag. Most users don’t even realize they’re switching between models when doing tasks like generating code, writing emails, or analyzing data. It's easy to feel lost. Jerry Tworek, VP at OpenAI, summed it up during a Reddit AMA, saying GPT-5 is being designed to fix this: “It’s meant to just make everything our models can currently do better and with less model switching. ” That’s not just a technical update. It’s a shift in how OpenAI thinks about product design—more streamlined, more seamless. Bringing the Band Together Internally, OpenAI’s toolkit is wide. You’ve got Codex for coding, DALL·E for images, Whisper for audio, and other lesser-known models. GPT-4 turbocharges text, but still, some models handle certain jobs better than others. The plan? Fold many of these features into GPT-5. Instead of bouncing between models, GPT-5 may become the default, multimodal option that just... works. Here’s what it could mean: Less cognitive load for users trying to pick the right model Fewer product lines to maintain More consistent user experience And most of all, it makes AI feel less like a toolkit and more like an assistant. Codex Gets the Spotlight One area OpenAI isn’t ignoring is code. While GPT-4 can write solid Python scripts and SQL queries, Codex is being shaped into something more ambitious. Codex-1, which powers coding in ChatGPT, builds on the "o3 reasoning" model. It’s trained to be context-aware—understanding software engineering logic, syntax, and even tooling better than general-purpose models. Tworek hinted that GPT-5 may inherit or integrate Codex capabilities, giving it even stronger performance as a coding assistant. There’s a reason for the focus. Coding tools are fast becoming one of AI’s killer apps. GitHub Copilot—also powered by OpenAI models—has over a million users. Companies are betting big that AI-powered dev tools can speed up software development and reduce bugs. That’s not hype. A 2024 Stack Overflow survey showed that over 55% of developers already use AI tools weekly. GPT-5 might raise that number even higher. One Model, Many Jobs This all points to a simple idea: users don’t want to juggle models. They just want things to work. The current setup, with models like GPT-4, GPT-4-turbo, DALL·E 3, Whisper, and Codex, works technically—but it’s messy. Take this example. A user wants to: Generate a marketing pitch Create an image for it Write Python code to automate an email campaign That might require switching between three models today. GPT-5 could roll those into a single, fluid experience. No more “switching gears. ” Just task-focused AI that handles it all. Model Confusion Isn’t Just a UX Problem For developers and teams building AI products, picking the right model matters. The wrong choice could mean slow outputs or incomplete results. Even internally at OpenAI, managing different models for similar tasks creates friction. Tworek’s Reddit post suggests GPT-5 is meant to fix that: fewer forks, cleaner backend, easier deployment. Internally, it reduces complexity. Externally, it means users stop worrying about what engine is running under the hood. Here’s a rough snapshot of current OpenAI offerings and what GPT-5 might absorb or simplify: Model Primary Use Likely to Merge into GPT-5? GPT-4 Text generation Yes GPT-4-turbo Faster text Yes Codex-1 Code writing Likely Whisper Audio transcription Possibly DALL·E 3 Image generation Possibly It won’t happen overnight. But the goal is obvious: consolidate without compromise. Multimodal, Multiskilled, Maybe Even Reasoning The word “reasoning” came up in OpenAI's internal chatter and public forums. GPT-5 may not just be multimodal—it could be more logical. Early versions of GPT often stumbled on puzzles or multi-step thinking. That’s changing. OpenAI has been quietly improving what’s called “chain-of-thought” reasoning—basically the ability to walk through complex ideas step by step. If GPT-5 nails that, it could outperform human accuracy in everything from coding logic to business strategy simulations. Sounds big? It is. And it explains why OpenAI wants fewer models and more focus. Reddit Leak or Strategic Tease? Tworek’s Reddit AMA wasn’t some offhand remark. It might’ve been a deliberate temperature check—OpenAI’s way of gauging how users feel about consolidation. Either way, it offered a rare peek behind the curtain. The AI race isn’t just about speed anymore—it’s about simplicity, reliability, and who can make the smartest model feel like the easiest one to use. One model. Fewer headaches. That’s the idea.

---

- Published: 2025-05-20
- Modified: 2025-05-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/kim-soo-hyun-kim-sae-ron-controversy-police-investigations-2025/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

The dispute between actor Kim Soo Hyun and the late actress Kim Sae Ron has exploded into a full-blown legal and public relations storm. Allegations surrounding a relationship when Kim Sae Ron was underage have stirred up widespread media coverage, police probes, and heated debates online. Multiple investigations are now underway, with authorities confirming at least ten separate cases linked to the controversy. South Korea’s Gangnam Police Station is handling seven of these, while the Seodaemun Police Station manages the remaining three. This has turned into a tangled web involving defamation, stalking claims, and serious child welfare concerns. Growing Legal Firestorm on Both Sides It’s not just a one-way street. Kim Soo Hyun has gone on the offensive by filing seven complaints, targeting defamation and stalking allegations, especially against the YouTube channel Garo Sero Institute (Ga Se Yeon). This channel played a major role in spreading the controversy by releasing audio clips they say support the allegations. On the flip side, Kim Sae Ron’s representatives, including her family, have filed three complaints of their own, accusing Kim Soo Hyun and his camp of misconduct. The accusations include a violation of the Child Welfare Act, which is especially serious given the sensitive nature of the case. Audio Recordings at the Heart of the Storm A key piece of the puzzle lies in audio recordings that have circulated widely online. These clips were shared by Ga Se Yeon and allegedly provide proof of inappropriate conduct. But Kim Soo Hyun’s legal team strongly denies their authenticity. They claim the audio was doctored using AI technology, arguing it’s fabricated evidence meant to tarnish his reputation. The defense team filed a counter-lawsuit based on these claims, which adds yet another layer to the growing legal drama. This back-and-forth over evidence highlights how technology, like AI, is complicating truth and trust in legal battles today. It raises questions about how courts and the public can verify such digital “proof” in an era when audio and video can be easily manipulated. Scrutiny on Legal Counsel Deepens The controversy doesn’t stop with the main parties. Bu Ji Seok, the lawyer representing Kim Sae Ron’s family, has come under fire. He’s now facing an investigation by the National Human Rights Commission of Korea. Critics allege he misled his clients and the public with inaccurate legal advice. This unexpected twist further muddies the waters and fuels speculation about the entire legal process and how well the bereaved family is being represented. It’s a rare and unusual move to see a family’s own counsel questioned publicly, showing just how high the stakes are. Police and Public Watch Closely as Case Develops Authorities have emphasized they are taking the situation seriously. Each piece of evidence, from complaints to audio clips and new accusations, is being carefully reviewed. With so many cases linked to the matter, police are under pressure to act swiftly and fairly. Here’s a quick look at the investigation breakdown: Investigation Detail Number of Cases Responsible Police Station Defamation and stalking cases 7 Gangnam Police Station Child Welfare violations 3 Seodaemun Police Station The public remains divided, with social media buzzing and opinions split. Some sympathize with Kim Soo Hyun, while others question his actions. Meanwhile, many mourn Kim Sae Ron, who tragically passed away recently, adding emotional weight to the entire saga. What’s Next in This Unfolding Story? As legal teams clash and evidence mounts, this case serves as a stark reminder of how celebrity controversies can spiral into complex legal battles. The mixture of old-school legal claims and new tech-based evidence like AI-edited recordings shows how the landscape is shifting. Will the truth come out? And can justice be served fairly? For now, all eyes are on the investigators as they sift through the noise and drama. One thing’s clear—this story is far from over, and its repercussions will likely echo through Korea’s entertainment scene for months to come.

---

- Published: 2025-05-19
- Modified: 2025-05-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/corporate-america-bitcoin-investment-tim-draper-saylor-strategy/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin isn’t just a playground for retail investors anymore. Big money is stirring. And now, a new heavyweight may be entering the ring: corporate America. After years of skepticism and silence, the boardrooms of publicly traded companies are finally starting to murmur about something once dismissed as digital snake oil—Bitcoin. Billionaire VC Tim Draper says it’s not just time to consider Bitcoin. It’s irresponsible not to. From Strategy to Strategy: The MicroStrategy Model Gains Traction Michael Saylor's MicroStrategy—now rebranded simply as Strategy—has become the poster child for Bitcoin hoarding. They don’t just hold some Bitcoin. They own the most—over 568,000 coins, worth nearly $60 billion as of this writing. They’ve practically written the corporate Bitcoin playbook. Week after week, it’s the same story. More coins. More headlines. More attention. And now, some companies seem to be flipping through that same playbook. 2024’s Wake-Up Call: Microsoft and the Missed Opportunity You probably missed it, but something wild happened at Microsoft's shareholder meeting last December. A proposal was put forward—by shareholders, no less—urging Microsoft to start stacking Bitcoin. Not in a weird crypto-bro move, but as a serious financial strategy to boost shareholder value. Michael Saylor himself showed up to the meeting. Three minutes. That’s all he took. But he made a point loud enough to echo across boardrooms nationwide: you’re leaving billions on the table. The vote didn’t pass. Still, it left a mark. Tim Draper's Bombshell: "It’s Irresponsible Not to Own Bitcoin" Tim Draper didn’t mince words at the Financial Times Digital Assets Summit. He argued that companies that don’t own Bitcoin are failing their shareholders. Not hypothetically. Actively. Why? Because holding Bitcoin, in his eyes, is no different than holding cash or Treasury bills—except it’s got better upside. Here’s the part that got people talking: Draper compared Bitcoin to modern ESG metrics, suggesting corporate boards should treat Bitcoin the way they treat environmental or social benchmarks. Not optional. Expected. Now imagine an S&P 500 firm announcing a Bitcoin buy on earnings day. You can practically hear the traders scrambling. $330 Billion on the Table: What Happens If Corporate America Buys In? Let’s talk numbers. Because speculation is fun, but math? Math is what moves markets. Bernstein crunched the numbers and came up with a startling possibility: U. S. public companies could plow $330 billion into Bitcoin over the next five years. For context, Bitcoin’s market cap is about $2. 1 trillion. That kind of demand could shift everything. Here’s a quick breakdown of what that might look like: Scenario Estimated BTC Investment Projected BTC Price Impact Conservative (5% of corp reserves) $100 billion Moderate boost Aggressive (10%-15% of reserves) $200–$330 billion BTC > $250,000 (per Draper) Max bullish (15%+ and S&P wide) $400 billion+ BTC into uncharted territory Draper’s forecast? Bitcoin hits $250,000 by year-end 2025. Corporate buying could be the rocket fuel. And honestly? He might not be wrong. Tesla's Bitcoin Blunder Still Haunts the Boardroom Hold on, though. There’s a ghost in the machine: Tesla. Remember 2021? Musk’s company bought $1. 5 billion in Bitcoin. That news alone sent BTC flying. But within months, reality hit like a cold shower. Price crashed. Tesla pulled back. By July 2022, they'd dumped 75% of their stash. That memory isn’t fading quietly. Boards remember the accounting headaches. The write-downs. The media frenzy. All of it. So sure, there’s upside. But there’s also a big, honking asterisk. Is Bitcoin the New Cash or Just a Risky Gamble? Here’s where it gets philosophical—what even is cash anymore? If inflation eats your dollars and T-bills yield barely above water, then maybe Bitcoin starts to look attractive. Even to Fortune 500 CFOs. But crypto isn’t predictable. It’s a firework. Glorious on the way up, messy on the way down. And if Bitcoin tanks, that “strategic” investment becomes a deadweight on the balance sheet. Think impairment charges. Think investor lawsuits. Think chaos. Still, this new framing—buying Bitcoin as a fiduciary duty—is gaining steam. Especially with younger investors watching.

---

- Published: 2025-05-19
- Modified: 2025-05-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/fake-antivirus-tool-defendnot-disables-microsoft-defender/
- Categories: News, Technology

A new security tool is making waves for all the wrong reasons. It's called Defendnot, and it can switch off Microsoft Defender on Windows machines by faking the presence of another antivirus—without actually installing one. That might not sound like a big deal at first, but here’s the kicker: it uses a legit, though undocumented, Windows API to pull it off. And Microsoft Defender doesn’t even blink. It just turns itself off. Like it’s being polite. How It Works: The API Microsoft Doesn't Talk About At the heart of this quiet trick is the Windows Security Center (WSC) API. It’s not well documented publicly, but antivirus vendors know it well. It’s how security software registers itself with Windows. Once WSC sees a new AV program installed, it tells Defender to stand down. No questions asked. Defendnot piggybacks on that. Created by researcher es3n1n, it acts like it’s a real antivirus program. It registers with WSC, checks all the boxes, and—boom—Defender exits the stage. There’s no real antivirus running. No alerts. Just silence. From DMCA Drama to DIY Malware Tools This isn’t es3n1n’s first rodeo. Defendnot is actually a rework of an earlier project, a tool called no-defender. That one borrowed parts of a legitimate antivirus to pass off as a trusted program. It worked brilliantly—until the original software vendor saw it. The project got 1. 5k GitHub stars Then it got a DMCA takedown So the creator just deleted everything and moved on Defendnot skips that legal mess by building everything from scratch. It uses a homemade dummy DLL to act like antivirus software. No stolen code. No copyrights violated. Cracking Windows’ Security Without Breaking It Normally, Microsoft defends Defender with layers of protection. We’re talking about things like: Protected Process Light (PPL) Digitally signed binaries API restrictions But Defendnot doesn’t fight those. It slides around them. Here’s how: It injects its DLL into Taskmgr. exe, a process that’s already trusted by Windows. From inside that process, it registers a spoofed antivirus name. Defender sees it, shrugs, and turns itself off. It’s like someone sneaking past a bouncer by wearing the right badge. Nothing flashy—just sneaky. Configuration, Logging, and Persistence—Yes, It Has All That This isn’t a one-trick pony. Defendnot comes with its own loader, and it uses a configuration file—ctx. bin—to manage its behavior. Here’s what it can do: Set any antivirus display name you like Turn on or off the spoof registration Enable verbose logs so you can see what’s going on under the hood And of course, it sticks around. It adds itself to Windows Task Scheduler so that it runs every time you log in. No need to click anything. It’s already there, waiting. Even if Defender tries to re-enable itself, Defendnot’s already queued up to knock it back down again. Defender's Response: A Bit Late to the Party Right now, Microsoft Defender is catching up. It’s flagging Defendnot under the detection name 'Win32/Sabsik. FL. ! ml'. If you try to run it now, there's a good chance it’ll get quarantined. But that assumes Defender is still running. And therein lies the real risk. By the time Microsoft adds a detection, the damage may already be done. If an attacker uses Defendnot to disable Defender first, then launches another payload, Windows is defenseless—literally. There’s no second layer of protection. Just an empty seat where Defender used to be. Bigger Picture: When Trusted APIs Turn Against You This isn’t some sophisticated malware using 0-days or kernel exploits. It’s worse in a way. It uses Windows’ own trust mechanisms—the same ones antivirus developers rely on. And that makes it tricky to solve. You can’t just block the WSC API. Real antivirus tools need it. And you can’t block Taskmgr. exe either. It’s a core system tool. In short, Windows built a door for security software. Defendnot just walked through it—with a fake ID. Here’s a quick look at how Defendnot’s technique stacks up: Feature What Defendnot Does API Used Windows Security Center (WSC) API Protection Bypass Method DLL injection into Taskmgr. exe Registration Method Fake AV registration using dummy DLL Persistence Task Scheduler autorun Detection by Defender Yes, flagged as Win32/Sabsik. FL. ! ml Exploit Complexity Moderate (no kernel exploits needed) Legal Risk Avoids DMCA by using original code The whole situation is a bit unsettling. Security features meant to protect users are being twisted in ways most people—and even many sysadmins—don’t expect.

---

- Published: 2025-05-19
- Modified: 2025-05-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/joe-biden-cancer-diagnosis-press-conference-2024/
- Categories: News, Health

President Joe Biden, 82, is facing one of the toughest fights of his life. His office confirmed this week that he has been diagnosed with a highly aggressive form of prostate cancer that has already spread to his bones. He began experiencing urinary issues recently and underwent testing in Philadelphia. Doctors there discovered a cancerous nodule on his prostate. Further scans revealed the cancer had metastasized, pushing the disease into a more serious stage. An Unforgiving Diagnosis With Serious Implications This isn’t just any prostate cancer. It’s aggressive. It’s fast-moving. And it has spread to Biden’s bones—a development that puts it into the advanced category. Kelly Scully, a spokesperson for the former president, confirmed the cancer’s spread. The diagnosis comes with a Gleason score of 9, one of the highest possible, used by doctors to classify the aggressiveness of prostate cancer. A score this high signals a fast-growing cancer with a high chance of spreading further if not controlled quickly. Statistically, about 60% of metastatic prostate cancer patients see their disease reach the bones. Once it’s there, it becomes harder to treat—but not untreatable. In Biden’s case, there’s a key detail working in his favor. It’s Hormone-Sensitive, and That Matters a Lot Scully said that Biden’s cancer still responds to hormone therapy. That’s a small but crucial piece of good news. Hormone-sensitive prostate cancers respond well to treatment that reduces testosterone levels in the body. Since testosterone fuels prostate cancer growth, cutting off that fuel source can slow or even stop the disease from progressing. Here’s what the treatment path could look like: Hormone Therapy: Often the first line of defense. It can reduce or block hormones that cancer cells need to grow. Chemotherapy: Usually comes into play when hormone therapy stops working or when the cancer becomes too aggressive. Radiation Therapy: Used to target specific areas, especially if the cancer causes pain or is concentrated in bone regions. Combination Treatments: Doctors sometimes blend two or more treatments based on how the patient responds. The fact that Biden’s medical team caught the cancer before it became hormone-resistant could make all the difference. Symptoms Often Overlooked Until It’s Too Late The tricky part with prostate cancer is that it doesn’t always show obvious symptoms early on. Biden reportedly began experiencing some urinary discomfort, which led him to seek medical attention. According to the World Health Organization, early symptoms can include: Weak or broken urine flow Needing to urinate more often, especially at night Blood in the urine Dribbling or difficulty starting and stopping It’s important to note that these symptoms often resemble benign prostate enlargement, a common condition in older men. So, people tend to ignore the signs. Later stages of the cancer, like in Biden’s case, bring new issues. Persistent bone pain—especially in the hips, lower back, or thighs—is a strong warning sign. So is extreme fatigue or unintentional weight loss. These symptoms often show up once the cancer has already spread. A Heavy Personal Weight: Cancer Has Haunted the Biden Family Before Joe Biden is no stranger to cancer’s grip. In 2015, his eldest son, Beau Biden, died of brain cancer at age 46. The loss devastated the family and deeply shaped Biden’s views on cancer treatment and research. During his presidency, Biden launched the Cancer Moonshot program—an initiative aimed at speeding up cancer research, improving care delivery, and increasing funding across the board. It was more than a policy push. It was personal. And now, that personal battle has returned. The timing of Biden’s diagnosis couldn’t be more delicate. With his upcoming book release and the 2024 political landscape already buzzing, conversations about his health and age have resurfaced. Especially after last year’s controversial interview leak, in which Special Counsel Robert Hur described him as “an elderly man with a poor memory. ” Public Support Pours In—Even From Political Rivals As news of Biden’s condition made headlines, public figures quickly voiced support. Former President Donald Trump, who has sparred with Biden frequently, expressed sadness over the diagnosis. “I hope he finds strength in treatment and support,” he said in a brief comment. Vice President Kamala Harris praised Biden’s resilience, calling him “a fighter. ” The Biden family has remained largely quiet since the announcement, though sources close to them say they’re currently weighing treatment options and have already spoken with leading oncologists in Philadelphia, New York, and Bethesda. Treatment Outlook: What Comes Next for Biden? Doctors treating Biden are expected to pursue a combined approach, beginning with hormone therapy to stabilize the cancer. A recent study published in JAMA Oncology found that men diagnosed with metastatic, hormone-sensitive prostate cancer who received a combination of hormone therapy and chemotherapy lived significantly longer than those who received hormone therapy alone. Here’s a quick breakdown of typical treatment strategies based on disease progression: Stage Primary Treatment Secondary Options Localized Surgery, Radiation Hormone therapy if recurrence occurs Metastatic (Bone) Hormone therapy Chemotherapy, Bone-targeted therapy Hormone-Resistant Chemotherapy, Immunotherapy Clinical trials, Experimental treatments Medical teams often adjust plans depending on how a patient’s body responds. And in Biden’s case, given his age and previous health conditions, managing side effects will be a key part of the strategy. The Road Ahead Is Unclear, But Not Without Hope Biden’s diagnosis is serious. No way around it. Cancer that has reached the bones tends to be more painful and more complex to manage. But it’s not a death sentence. With early hormone sensitivity, access to top-tier healthcare, and a team of specialists, Biden has a fighting chance. The fact that he’s still making limited public appearances—even in the middle of all this—speaks volumes about his willpower. There’s still a long way to go. But if there’s one thing Biden has built his political life around, it’s endurance. Whether that will be enough this time, only time will tell.

---

- Published: 2025-05-16
- Modified: 2025-05-16
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/how-focus-beats-diversification/
- Categories: Business

Both Apple and LEGO escaped the brink of collapse by cutting noisy product lines and doubling down on what made them special, proving that ruthless focus often outperforms frantic expansion. Losing Their Way: When Success Turns into Bloat People forget how shaky Apple and LEGO once looked. In the mid-1990s Apple was offering fifteen Macintosh variants and none of them thrilled buyers. According to Apple’s 1996 annual report the company lost sixty nine million dollars, a painful slide from the two hundred million dollars of profit it had booked only two years earlier. LEGO faced an even scarier cliff. By 2003 the Danish brick maker carried roughly eight hundred million dollars of debt and was burning through a million dollars each day. Its catalog ballooned from six thousand unique bricks to more than twelve thousand. The logic was simple in theory: if kids were drifting toward video games, LEGO should meet them there and maybe even open a few theme parks for good measure. The logic failed. Consultants who later studied both companies pointed to the same root cause: chasing every shiny opportunity diluted talent, confused customers, and buried core strengths. Harvard Business School professor Clayton Christensen summed it up perfectly in an interview with Bloomberg: “Most companies do not starve, they choke. ” The Steve Jobs Reset: Four Products, One Vision When Steve Jobs returned to Apple in 1997 he famously drew a two-by-two grid on a whiteboard. Consumer versus professional along one axis, desktop versus portable along the other. Four squares, four potential products. Everything else was cancelled. That brutal edit looked reckless to outsiders, yet the numbers vindicated it quickly. Year Product count Net income (USD) 1996 15 Mac models -69 million 1999 4 core Macs +601 million Source: Apple SEC Form 10-K filings 1996 and 1999 Jobs also axed licensing deals for Macintosh clones, cut marketing budgets, and persuaded Microsoft to invest 150 million dollars to ensure Office stayed on the Mac. Most important, he rallied engineers around a clear mantra: build the best computer experience on the planet, not the broadest lineup. Former Apple designer Jony Ive described the atmosphere to Vanity Fair: “Instead of talking about how to beat Dell, we talked about how to delight the person who opens the box. ” That user-first approach set the stage for the iMac, iPod, and eventually the iPhone. LEGO's Back to Basics Playbook Jørgen Vig Knudstorp, a former McKinsey consultant turned LEGO executive, stepped into the chief executive role in 2004. His first act was not to invent the next big thing. It was to stop bleeding cash on ideas that were not obviously LEGO. Actions he took within two years: Sold off majority ownership in the four theme parks for 460 million dollars Shut down most internal video game projects and licensed character rights instead Cut the number of active bricks by roughly fifty percent, trimming weird specialty pieces Reduced product line complexity by thirty percent, letting factories run closer to full capacity Knudstorp also sent designers into living rooms around Europe and North America to watch children play. Researchers noticed that parents trusted LEGO as a creative activity but got annoyed by sets that could only build one highly specific model. Soon the iconic box of classic bricks returned to prominence, and evergreen lines like LEGO City roared back. By 2008 LEGO posted a net profit of 235 million dollars, reversing five years of red ink. The turnaround earned Knudstorp a spot on TIME’s list of 100 most influential people, though he joked on stage at Copenhagen Business School that he simply “cleaned the attic before inviting guests. ” Why Less Really Is More: The Opportunity Cost Equation Cutting products can feel counterintuitive. More options may attract more buyers, right? Research often proves the opposite. Columbia University professor Sheena Iyengar’s famous jam study showed that shoppers confronted with twenty four jam flavors were one tenth as likely to purchase as those who saw only six. Choice fatigue is real. For companies the cost is even higher: Engineering time spreads thin, lowering quality. Marketing dollars fragment, reducing impact. Supply chains grow tangled, raising unit costs. Customers struggle to identify the flagship offer, dulling brand voice. Apple and LEGO illustrate the principle with hard data. Apple’s gross margin climbed from 19. 8 percent in 1997 to 29. 8 percent in 2000 once the catalog shrank. LEGO’s return on sales improved from negative 30 percent in 2003 to positive 12. 3 percent in 2008, according to its annual report. A smaller portfolio forced each team to ask a brutal but healthy question: “Would I bet my job on this product? ” If the answer was no, the concept died early, saving money and focus for better bets. What Modern Companies Can Learn from Bricks and Bytes Not every firm can drop from fifteen products to four overnight, yet the guiding lessons scale to any size. Keep customer obsession front and center Companies stay relevant when they understand real daily problems, not when they mimic competitors. Apple designers watched people fumble with cords and decided to build the iPod with a simple click wheel, then the iPhone with one home button. LEGO staff sat on carpets with kids and realized creativity mattered more than licensed movie tie-ins. Measure cost to serve, not just revenue Both turnarounds revealed hidden money pits. Apple discovered that certain Mac configurations cost more to assemble than they sold for after rebates. LEGO unearthed specialty bricks that required new molds costing tens of thousands of dollars for marginal sales. Modern analytics tools let finance teams flag those gaps sooner. Say no early and often Focus is a discipline. It requires declining partnerships that do not map to the core story, postponing pet projects until resources free up, and sometimes shelving a product that technically works but distracts the brand. Jeff Bezos called this the regret minimization framework. Jobs and Knudstorp lived it daily. Invest deep, not wide Once distractions vanish, talent can push the ceiling on a handful of breakthrough ideas. Apple poured saved resources into refining the unibody MacBook chassis. LEGO used its slimmer catalog to fund research into plant based plastics, a step toward sustainability that resonates with parents. FAQ How did Apple decide which products to cut when Steve Jobs returned? Jobs asked each division to justify its lineup in one on one reviews. Anything that did not fit the four quadrant grid or lacked a clear profit path was cancelled. Why did LEGO theme parks hurt the company’s finances? The parks demanded massive capital outlays yet offered low margins compared with toy sales. Debt servicing costs climbed, squeezing cash needed for core design work. Is product focus only for large brands or for startups too? Startups benefit even more because resources are limited. A tight offer creates clarity for investors and early adopters. What is an example of opportunity cost in these turnarounds? Every dollar Apple spent on underperforming printers was a dollar not spent on perfecting the first iMac. Cutting printers freed budget and engineering time for the flagship computer. Did LEGO completely abandon digital games after the reset? No. LEGO switched to a licensing model. Traveller’s Tales produced the popular LEGO Star Wars game, giving LEGO royalties without carrying development risk. How many unique bricks does LEGO sell today? LEGO reports roughly seven thousand active elements, down from the twelve thousand peak yet still far leaner than the early 2000s. What role did external investment play in Apple’s turnaround? Microsoft’s 150 million dollar preferred stock purchase provided breathing room and signaled confidence, but internal product focus drove the long term recovery. Can trimming products hurt a brand by limiting choice? Choice cuts only hurt if they remove real customer value. Careful research ensures the trimmed catalog still covers essential needs while removing redundancy. Conclusion Apple and LEGO remind us that cutting clutter often sparks innovation and growth. If this story helps you rethink your own product list, share it with friends and let me know what you would trim or keep. I would love to hear your thoughts.

---

- Published: 2025-05-16
- Modified: 2025-05-16
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/atari-rollercoaster-journey/
- Categories: Business

Atari went from inventing the home video game boom to burying millions of cartridges in the New Mexico sand, all in just ten hectic years. The tale reads like Silicon Valley mythology, complete with beer taps in the office, hot-tub meetings, and a culture clash that wrecked an industry icon. Pong in Bars And The Birth Of An Industry The story starts in 1972 when Nolan Bushnell and Ted Dabney plugged the very first Pong machine into a California bar. Patrons lined up with quarters, and the cash box overflowed so badly that the cabinet jammed shut. Word spread fast. Within a year Atari had shipped eight thousand arcade units, according to Steven L. Kent’s book The Ultimate History of Video Games. One big lesson from this early period: the team tested every idea in front of real players. Engineers hauled prototypes into local arcades, watched people play, then tweaked the design the next morning. That tight feedback loop helped Pong translate smoothly to a 1975 Sears-branded home console, which sold an estimated one hundred fifty thousand units during its first Christmas season. For context, the entire US consumer electronics market had never seen a single gaming system hit six figures so quickly. A Culture Fueled By Beer Taps And Hot Tubs Walking into Atari’s Sunnyvale headquarters felt more like entering a college dorm than a corporate office. Empty Budweiser cans stacked next to oscilloscopes. Employees clocked in at noon, coded through the night, then lounged in the company hot tub to celebrate a good build. Bushnell told Playboy in a 1983 interview that the only rule was to meet deadlines and make fun games. Everything else—including dress code—was optional. That freedom paid dividends. Breakout, Asteroids, and Missile Command rolled out in rapid succession, each pushing technical limits while capturing pop-culture buzz. Steve Jobs famously took a short stint in Atari’s night shift, where he and Steve Wozniak tweaked the Breakout design while saving on transistor count. Jobs later said the startup environment taught him “real product obsession” long before Apple hit its stride. Yet the party atmosphere masked growing pains. Without formal project tracking, engineers sometimes shelved half-finished ideas or lost key code on misplaced floppy disks. What felt like creativity to developers looked like chaos to potential investors. Warner Buyout: Creativity Meets The Corporate Suit In 1976 Bushnell sold Atari to Warner Communications for twenty eight million dollars. The deal gave Atari deep pockets to mass-produce consoles, but it also introduced rigid management layers. Warner executives quickly swapped T-shirts for ties and set quarterly revenue targets. The friction was immediate. Senior engineer Al Alcorn later recalled, in an oral history for the Computer History Museum, that “the guys from New York kept asking for business plans. We kept handing them great games. ” Bushnell, frustrated by constant clashes, left in 1978. Warner replaced him with Ray Kassar, a former Burlington mills executive who openly disliked gamer culture. Kassar’s tenure brought more polished marketing, national television spots, and a growing library of licensed titles. It also triggered a silent brain drain. Star programmers felt insulted by strict dress rules and a mandatory punch-clock. Many left to form Activision in 1979, taking priceless know-how with them. Pac Man And E T: Deadlines That Broke Trust In 1982 Atari still owned an astounding seventy five percent of the US home gaming market, according to research firm Dataquest. But pressure to maintain double-digit growth set the stage for two catastrophic missteps. What went wrong? Atari produced twelve million Pac Man cartridges even though only ten million Atari 2600 consoles existed. The rushed home port featured flickering ghosts and a distorted maze that disappointed fans. Seven million cartridges eventually sold, yet millions more languished on store shelves. That same summer, Warner paid twenty five million dollars for E T film rights. Programmer Howard Scott Warshaw received five weeks to build the game so it could hit Christmas shelves. Predictably, the final product confused kids with unclear objectives and endless pit falls. Snapshot Of The Miscalculations Game Units Manufactured Units Sold Development Time Met Player Expectations Pac Man 12,000,000 7,000,000 6 months No E T 4,000,000 1,500,000 5 weeks Absolutely not By early 1983 warehouses overflowed with unsold inventory. Atari quietly hired trucking companies to dump as many as seven hundred twenty eight thousand cartridges in a landfill near Alamogordo, New Mexico. Local kids snooped around the site for years, yet only in 2014 did documentary crews finally unearth the plastic graveyard, validating the urban legend. The 1983 Crash And The Numbers That Still Shock The failure of Pac Man and E T did more than sink Atari’s profits. Retailers lost faith in video games altogether, slashing shelf space and returning product in bulk. The entire US video game market collapsed from three point two billion dollars in 1982 to about one hundred million by 1985, according to the Association of Video Game Dealers. Market Nose-Dive At A Glance Year US Video Game Revenue (USD) 1982 3. 2 billion 1983 1. 8 billion 1984 800 million 1985 100 million Atari’s internal turmoil added fuel. In December 1982 CEO Ray Kassar sold millions of dollars in Warner shares one day before announcing a huge earnings miss. The Securities and Exchange Commission opened an insider trading probe, and Kassar resigned in July 1983. By the time Nintendo introduced the NES in 1985, Atari was a shell of its former self. Delegation Lessons For Modern Founders Why did a company that pioneered an entire industry implode so fast? Much boils down to delegation and ownership. Bushnell granted developers wide autonomy. They owned ideas from concept to cartridge and felt personal pride in every pixel. Once Warner imposed rigid structures, designers became cogs in a marketing machine. That shift sapped creative spark and slowed decision making. Harvard Business School professor Teresa Amabile has shown that perceived autonomy is strongly correlated with creative output. Atari’s story is a vivid, if painful, illustration. Takeaways for today’s leaders Give teams a clear goal, then get out of the way. Protect creative cycles from short term sales pressure wherever possible. Recognize that a thriving culture can be fragile. One policy change may seem minor but can kill the vibe that fuels innovation. Faith in people multiplies results far beyond what top-down command structures achieve. Atari proved it, then disproved it, all within a decade. Frequently Asked Questions Why did Atari bury games in a desert? Atari dumped unsold Pac Man, E T, and other overstocks because warehouse storage costs were skyrocketing and the company wanted a quick write-off. Alamogordo’s landfill allowed the material to be crushed and sealed in concrete. How many E T cartridges were actually sold? Roughly one and a half million units left stores, far below the four million manufactured, based on Warner’s 1983 earnings report. What caused the 1983 video game crash? A flood of low quality titles, retailer overstock, and waning consumer confidence combined with a recessionary backdrop to shrink the US market by more than ninety percent. Did Atari ever recover after the crash? Atari split into separate arcade and consumer divisions, changed ownership multiple times, and never reclaimed its early dominance. It survives today as a brand licensing company. How did Nintendo avoid Atari’s fate? Nintendo enforced strict quality control through its Seal of Approval program, limited third party releases, and marketed the NES as an entertainment system rather than a toy, rebuilding retailer trust. Closing Thoughts Atari’s meteoric rise and crash remind us that culture, delegation, and respect for the customer matter just as much as technology. If you enjoyed this walk through gaming history, share it with friends and drop your thoughts or questions in the comments.

---

- Published: 2025-05-16
- Modified: 2025-05-16
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/budget-friendly-ways-to-stop-hair-loss-naturally/
- Categories: Health

You can slow hair shedding and even coax new growth without prescription drugs by improving your scalp environment, feeding follicles with the right nutrients, and adopting everyday habits that keep hormones in balance. The ideas below are practical, affordable, and supported by research rather than hype. Treat Your Water and Scalp First Tap water often carries fluoride, chlorine, and heavy metals that irritate the scalp. A study published in the International Journal of Trichology found that high fluoride exposure is linked with weaker hair shafts and slower growth. Swapping to a shower filter that removes fluoride and chlorine is a quick win. Within weeks many people report less itchiness and fewer strands in the drain. A healthy scalp also needs a balanced pH and clear pores. Apple cider vinegar diluted in plenty of water makes an excellent rinse. Its mild acidity dissolves product residue and restores the slightly acidic mantle that skin bacteria love. Leave the mixture on for just a minute, rinse well, and follow with cool water for extra shine. Common Tap Water Additives Potential Effect on Hair Fluoride May suppress thyroid activity and weaken strands Chlorine Strips natural oils, leaves cuticle rough Heavy metals (lead, copper) Oxidative stress on follicles Upgrade to Gentle Cleansers and Conditioners Many shampoos rely on sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate because they lather easily. Trouble is, sulfates can dissolve keratin proteins that make up roughly ninety one percent of each strand. Dermatologist Dr Zoe Draelos notes that frequent use of harsh detergents increases breakage, especially in chemically treated hair. Look for labels that highlight mild surfactants such as coco glucoside or sodium cocoyl isethionate. When conditioners list nourishing lipids like argan, jojoba, or shea butter high in the ingredient deck, you get extra cuticle protection. Quick checklist for your next shopping trip: Avoid sulfates, parabens, and synthetic fragrance Prefer plant oils near the top of the ingredient list Check for hydrolyzed proteins to patch damaged cuticles Swapping cleansers will not regrow hair overnight, yet it stops the daily wear and tear that keeps follicles in a chronic state of repair instead of active growth. Natural Blockers of Five Alpha Reductase The hormone dihydrotestosterone, or DHT, is a prime driver of pattern baldness. Standard medications block the enzyme that turns ordinary testosterone into DHT, but several kitchen staples do the same job gently. Onion juice is surprisingly rich in quercetin, a flavonoid that in vitro research shows can inhibit five alpha reductase. Blend a small onion, strain the liquid, dilute one to one with water, massage into the scalp, and wait fifteen minutes before washing. Green tea brings epigallocatechin gallate, another natural blocker. Brew strongly, cool, dilute by half, then use as a scalp soak. Because it is water based, there is no greasy residue. Rosemary essential oil earned fame after a peer reviewed study in SkinMED compared it with two percent minoxidil. Both groups improved similarly in hair count after six months, yet the rosemary users noted less scalp itching. A couple of drops mixed into a teaspoon of carrier oil massaged nightly is enough. Feed Follicles With Targeted Nutrients Strands are tiny protein factories, and without raw materials they simply shut down production. Below is a snapshot of key nutrients and their best food sources. Nutrient Why Hair Loves It Top Food Sources Zinc Cofactor for keratin formation, moderates DHT Oysters, beef, crab, pumpkin seeds Biotin Supports keratin infrastructure Egg yolk, liver, nutritional yeast Silica Strengthens collagen sheath around follicles Mineral rich spring water, cucumber skin Vitamin D Regulates hair cycle signaling Sunlight, salmon, fortified milk Protein Basic building block for new strands Eggs, lean meat, lentils Eat a palm sized serving of quality protein at every meal, add shellfish a couple times each week, and sip a liter of silica rich spring water daily. Results are gradual but steady because you are giving follicles everything required to build stronger shafts. Hormone and Thyroid Balance When hormones swing, so does hair growth. Women with polycystic ovary syndrome often see thinning at the temples because insulin spikes elevate androgen levels. Lowering refined carbohydrates and adding intermittent fasting has been shown to bring insulin under control, which in turn calms excess androgen activity. The thyroid gland is another silent player. Low thyroid function slows the overall rate at which cells divide, including in hair bulbs. Selenium is crucial for converting the storage hormone T4 into the active form T3. Just two Brazil nuts provide the recommended daily allowance. Seafood and seaweed supply both selenium and iodine, a pairing the thyroid loves. Cruciferous vegetables such as broccoli and kale contain compounds that help the liver clear excess estrogen. Keeping estrogen in the optimal range prevents the sudden sheds some women notice around menstrual cycles. Daily Habits That Keep Hair Growing Even the best shampoo will not help if chronic stress floods the body with cortisol. Elevated cortisol can degrade proteins, leaving strands brittle. A 2021 meta analysis in JAMA Dermatology reported that regular aerobic exercise reduced telogen effluvium incidence by up to twenty eight percent, likely because activity lowers cortisol and improves blood flow to the scalp. Aim for seven to nine hours of sleep so the pituitary can release growth hormone, a natural booster for follicle renewal. Gentle scalp massage for five minutes each evening has been shown to increase thickness by stretching dermal papilla cells and improving circulation. Consider these simple habits: Ten minute walk after meals to balance blood sugar Morning sunlight for vitamin D and circadian rhythm alignment Box breathing or meditation to keep cortisol in check Integrate them consistently and they create a supportive backdrop for every other remedy you try. Frequently Asked Questions What is the fastest working natural remedy for thinning hair? Onion juice shows visible improvement in as little as six weeks for some users thanks to its high quercetin content. Can I mix rosemary oil with my regular shampoo for hair regrowth? Yes, add just two or three drops per wash. Higher concentrations can irritate the scalp. Does green tea really block DHT in the scalp? Studies from the University of Maryland suggest the catechin EGCG inhibits five alpha reductase activity, which reduces local DHT levels. Is a fluoride removing shower filter worth the cost for hair health? If your municipal water reports fluoride above one part per million, dermatologists find that a filter often reduces scalp dryness and breakage. How much zinc should I take daily to prevent hair loss? The recommended dietary allowance for adults is eight milligrams for women and eleven for men. It is safer to meet this through food unless a doctor advises supplementation. Can ketogenic diets cause hair loss and how do I stop it? Rapid carb restriction sometimes lowers protein intake. Boost protein to at least one point two grams per kilogram body weight and include trace minerals to maintain healthy growth. Does silica water work better than supplements for stronger hair? Silica is more bioavailable in water form, and research in Nutritional Health shows improved nail and hair strength after twelve weeks of daily intake. Will apple cider vinegar change my hair color? Diluted vinegar does not strip color treated hair when used occasionally, but leaving it on for longer than three minutes can fade semi permanent dyes. Conclusion Natural hair care is not a quick fix, yet pairing gentle scalp treatments with solid nutrition and balanced hormones can set the stage for lifelong growth. Feel free to share this guide with friends who are worried about shedding and drop your questions or success stories in the comments below.

---

- Published: 2025-05-16
- Modified: 2025-05-16
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/mediterranean-diet/
- Categories: Health

A daily menu built around vegetables, legumes, fish, extra virgin olive oil, whole grains, and the occasional glass of red wine is linked to a lower risk of chronic disease and a longer life span. The idea looks simple on paper, yet the Mediterranean Diet keeps showing up in research as the gold standard for healthy aging. Below you will find out why that is, how the science stacks up, and practical ways to bring its flavorful habits into your own kitchen. What Goes on a True Mediterranean Plate A stroll through a farmers market in Crete or Sardinia reveals the core of this eating style: colorful produce, pulses, fresh herbs, and seafood pulled from nearby waters. Meat is present, just not center stage. Core Food Group Typical Serving Ideas Why It Matters Vegetables and fruit Tomatoes with basil, orange slices with fennel Fiber, antioxidants, volume without excess calories Legumes Lentil soup, chickpea salads Plant protein, slow digesting carbs Whole grains Farro, barley, homemade bread B vitamins, steady energy Healthy fats Extra virgin olive oil, handful of almonds Heart friendly monounsaturated fats Fish and seafood Grilled sardines, octopus in olive oil Omega 3 fatty acids for brain and heart Dairy in modest amounts Plain yogurt, feta Probiotics and calcium Herbs and spices Oregano, rosemary, garlic Flavor without extra salt Red wine, optional One small glass with dinner Polyphenols and social enjoyment Notice what is missing: rigid macro tracking or fear of fat. The focus is on fresh ingredients prepared simply and shared with family or friends, a practice that naturally slows the meal and encourages mindful eating. How Science Connects This Diet to Living Longer Mediterranean communities have been on the radar of researchers since the famous Seven Countries Study in the nineteen fifties. Modern trials keep confirming what those early observations hinted. A 2018 meta analysis in the British Journal of Nutrition that reviewed data from over twelve point eight million participants found that high adherence to the Mediterranean Diet was associated with a twenty five percent reduction in all cause mortality. Meanwhile, the Predimed trial, a landmark study published in the New England Journal of Medicine, showed thirty percent fewer heart attacks, strokes, and cardiovascular deaths among participants who replaced a typical low fat diet with extra olive oil or mixed nuts. Disease risk reduction at a glance: Condition Average Risk Reduction Primary Study Source Heart disease 25 percent Predimed, 2013 Stroke 33 percent Predimed, 2013 Type two diabetes 52 percent Diabetes Care, 2011 Alzheimer disease 40 percent JAMA Neurology, 2023 Certain cancers 13 percent American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 2020 These numbers are impressive, but the real story is how multilayered the benefits are. Antioxidant loaded produce fights oxidative stress, soluble fiber feeds gut bacteria, and healthy fats improve cholesterol ratios. Social meals lower cortisol. Each piece reinforces the others like bricks in a well built house. The Truth About Fat and Why Olive Oil Shines For years fat was blamed for expanding waistlines and clogged arteries. The Mediterranean Diet flipped that narrative by showing that the type of fat matters more than the total amount. Extra virgin olive oil is mostly oleic acid, a monounsaturated fat linked with improved insulin sensitivity and lower inflammation markers such as C-reactive protein. A tablespoon also provides around fifty milligrams of polyphenols, plant compounds that protect LDL particles from oxidation. As Dr. Walter Willett at Harvard Chan School points out, replacing butter with olive oil can cut heart disease risk by fourteen percent. Nuts and fatty fish add another layer. Almonds, walnuts, and pistachios offer vitamin E and plant sterols, while sardines and salmon supply EPA and DHA, omega three fats that keep blood vessels supple. Including these foods keeps you satisfied, which naturally curbs the urge for ultra processed snacks. Red Wine: Ritual More Than Beverage Friends in Ikaria will tell you the evening meal is not complete without a small glass of local red. Scientists have zoomed in on resveratrol, a polyphenol in grape skins, but the real benefit may be the unhurried ritual that surrounds the drink. Drinking wine with food slows alcohol absorption and fosters conversation. Researchers from the University of Barcelona noted that Mediterranean drinkers tend to sip five ounces or less, which equals roughly one standard unit, and seldom drink outside mealtimes. That pattern is associated with better cardiovascular markers compared with the same weekly intake consumed in weekend binges. If you do not drink or need to avoid alcohol, no problem. You can still toast with pomegranate juice, herbal tea, or sparkling water. The key is the pause itself. Easy Ways to Start in Any Kitchen Adopting this eating pattern does not require moving to the coast of Greece. Try one or two of the following ideas each week and let momentum build. Swap butter for extra virgin olive oil when sautéing vegetables or finishing soups. Make at least one dinner entirely vegetarian, using lentils or white beans for protein. Keep canned sardines or mackerel in the pantry for quick lunches. Choose whole grain bread, pasta, or brown rice most days. Flavor dishes with fresh herbs, garlic, and citrus instead of heavy sauces. Sit down to eat, even if it is only you at the table, and put your phone away. Many people notice improvements in digestion and energy within the first month. Over time taste buds recalibrate, making sugary snacks less appealing. A one day sample menu Meal Menu Notes Breakfast Greek yogurt topped with berries, drizzle of honey, sprinkle of walnuts Protein rich start Lunch Farro salad with cherry tomatoes, cucumbers, olives, feta, olive oil and lemon Loaded with fiber Snack Apple slices with two tablespoons almond butter Keeps blood sugar steady Dinner Grilled salmon, roasted eggplant, side of quinoa, five ounce glass of red wine Omega threes plus polyphenols Busting Common Myths Many questions still float around. Let us clear up a few misconceptions. It is not the same as a low carb diet. Whole grains are very much included, just in sensible portions. You do not need expensive specialty items. Local seasonal produce and canned beans get you most of the way. Pasta is allowed. Italians often serve pasta in small plates as a first course paired with vegetables. It is not vegetarian by definition. Fish and seafood appear several times a week, and small amounts of poultry or cheese are welcome. Frequently Asked Questions What are the main benefits of the Mediterranean Diet for longevity? Studies show consistent reductions in heart disease, stroke, diabetes, and Alzheimer risk, all of which contribute to a longer health span. Can the Mediterranean Diet help with weight loss naturally? Yes. High fiber foods and healthy fats improve satiety, making it easier to eat appropriate portions without strict calorie counting. How much olive oil should I consume each day on a Mediterranean eating plan? Predimed participants averaged about four tablespoons daily. Using one to two tablespoons at each meal is both practical and within that beneficial range. Is red wine mandatory for the Mediterranean Diet? No. The social ritual is more important than alcohol itself. You can drink water or herbal tea and still gain the lifestyle benefits. Are there gluten free options within the Mediterranean approach? Absolutely. Swap wheat based grains for quinoa, brown rice, or cornmeal while keeping the same mix of vegetables, legumes, and olive oil. Does the Mediterranean Diet cost more than a standard Western diet? Not necessarily. Staples such as dried beans, seasonal produce, and canned fish are budget friendly. Limiting processed snacks can offset the cost of quality olive oil and nuts. How quickly can I expect health improvements? Blood pressure and cholesterol markers often improve in as little as eight weeks according to a 2019 meta analysis in Nutrients. Is it safe for people with diabetes to follow this diet? Yes. In fact, the American Diabetes Association endorses it because its emphasis on low glycemic foods helps stabilize blood sugar. Conclusion Mediterranean eating is less a strict prescription and more a set of tasty habits that keep the heart strong, the brain sharp, and the dinner table lively. Give a few of the tips above a try, then share this article with friends and drop your questions in the comments so we can keep the conversation going.

---

- Published: 2025-05-16
- Modified: 2025-05-16
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/stop-sarcopenia/
- Categories: Health

Sarcopenia is the gradual loss of muscle that speeds up after forty, but you can slow or even reverse it through smart eating, regular strength work, daily movement, solid sleep, and sensible stress control. Understanding Sarcopenia: Why Muscle Slips Away After Forty By the time most men blow out the candles on their fortieth birthday cake, a quiet shift is already under way. Research from Harvard Health Publishing notes that inactive adults lose roughly three to eight percent of their muscle mass each decade after thirty. Less muscle is not just a cosmetic issue. Lower muscle mass is linked with weaker bones, slower reaction speed, reduced insulin sensitivity, and a higher risk of falls. One reason this slide happens is that older muscle fibers become less responsive to the signal sent by protein and resistance training. The signal is still there, just quieter. Another reason is that hormones that help build tissue, such as testosterone and growth hormone, taper down with age. Many men also move less, sit more, and fall into sleep and nutrition habits that would challenge even a younger body. The good news is that muscle responds at any age when you give it the right dose of protein and progressive load. A study in the Journal of Applied Physiology found that men in their sixties who began lifting three times per week for twelve weeks increased muscle fiber size by an average of fifty percent, nearly matching the growth seen in a group of twenty somethings who followed the same plan. The message is clear: it is never too late to grow more muscle. Protein Intake: The Daily Habit That Shields Your Muscles Muscle is built from amino acids, so protein is the most critical daily habit for fighting sarcopenia. The International Society of Sports Nutrition suggests that active older adults aim for 1. 6 to 2. 2 grams per kilogram of body weight. That works out to roughly 0. 7 to 1 gram for every pound you weigh. Aiming for this target becomes easier when you split your intake across three or four meals. This approach takes advantage of muscle protein synthesis peaks that occur every four to five hours. Think of it as giving your muscle builders several paychecks during the day rather than one lump sum. Below is a practical snapshot of protein rich foods and what they deliver: Food (cooked or prepared) Serving Size Protein (g) Extra Benefits Skinless chicken breast 4 oz 34 Source of B vitamins Wild salmon 4 oz 26 Omega-3 content for joint support Extra lean ground beef 4 oz 24 Rich in iron and zinc Eggs 3 whole 18 High bioavailability Greek yogurt 1 cup 20 Contains probiotics Rotate these foods so you do not get bored and so that your micronutrient intake stays balanced. Vegetarian or vegan? Mix and match lentils, tofu, tempeh, quinoa, and a quality plant based protein powder to reach the same numbers. Strength Training: Two or Three Weekly Sessions That Change Everything You do not need seven sweat drenched days in the gym to keep sarcopenia at bay. Two or three well planned strength sessions will do the trick. The focus should be on compound lifts that recruit large amounts of muscle and trigger the hormonal responses needed for growth. Core Movements to Build Around Squat pattern: back squat, goblet squat, or leg press Hinge pattern: conventional deadlift, Romanian deadlift, or hip thrust Push pattern: bench press, incline dumbbell press, or push-up Pull pattern: bent-over row, seated cable row, or pull-up Carry pattern: farmer carry or suitcase carry A simple full body template could look like this: Day Main Lift One Main Lift Two Accessories Mon Squat 4 x 6 Bench 4 x 6 Core work, calf raises Wed Deadlift 3 x 5 Row 4 x 6 Biceps, rear delts Fri Overhead press 4 x 6 Hip thrust 4 x 8 Triceps, face pulls Add weight or reps whenever all sets feel comfortable. This steady challenge is called progressive overload and it is the single most important principle for continued muscle gain. Everyday Movement and Active Recovery One hour under a bar cannot fix twenty three hours on the couch. Daily movement keeps blood flowing, improves insulin sensitivity, burns extra calories, and promotes joint health. It also helps you rack up what scientists call non exercise activity thermogenesis, the energy you burn outside of formal workouts. Aim for seven to ten thousand steps on most days. Use the stairs instead of the elevator when possible. Park farther from the entrance at work or when shopping. On rest days, go for a bike ride, swim a few laps, or simply tackle yard work. These activities are gentle enough to speed recovery yet dynamic enough to keep muscles engaged. Sleep and Stress: The Hidden Builders and Breakers Muscle is actually broken down in the gym and repaired during rest, especially sleep. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine recommends at least seven hours per night for adults. Less than that reduces growth hormone release and spikes cortisol, a stress hormone that accelerates protein breakdown. Stress from work, family, or even endless social media scrolling adds to the cortisol load. A meta analysis in the journal Psychoneuroendocrinology found that chronic stress can raise cortisol levels by twenty one percent, which leads to lower muscle mass over time. Helpful stress outlets include: Ten minute walks outdoors during daylight Box breathing or other slow breathing methods A weekly hobby that pulls you away from screens Pair these techniques with consistent sleep hours, a dark cool bedroom, and a brief wind down ritual such as reading fiction or light stretching. Putting It All Together: A Practical Weekly Blueprint The pieces only work when they fit into life without chaos. Below is an example schedule that many busy men find realistic. Day Activity Focus Mon Strength Session A Squat, bench, core Tue Ten thousand steps plus mobility Recovery Wed Strength Session B Deadlift, row, arms Thu Light jog or swim twenty minutes Aerobic health Fri Strength Session C Overhead press, hip thrust, accessories Sat Family hike or yard project Fun movement Sun Passive recovery Stretching and planning meals Feel free to swap days to match work or family duties. The main point is to secure three strength hits, stay active in between, and never sacrifice sleep just to tick another training box. Key Takeaways in One Quick List Eat between 0. 7 and 1 gram of protein per pound of body weight. Train with heavy compound lifts two or three times every week. Move daily, aiming for at least seven thousand steps. Sleep seven hours or more in a dark quiet room. Use breathing drills, nature walks, or similar tactics to tame stress. Frequently Asked Questions About Sarcopenia in Men Over Forty What is the earliest age muscle loss starts in men? The first measurable decline can begin around thirty, but it is usually slow and often unnoticed until the forties. How much protein should a one hundred eighty pound man eat to fight sarcopenia? Using the 0. 7 to 1 gram per pound range, aim for 126 to 180 grams of protein spread across the day. Can body weight exercises replace barbells for older men? Push-ups, pull-ups, and single leg squats can maintain muscle when loaded progressively, yet many men still benefit from added resistance like dumbbells or resistance bands. Is cardio bad for muscle preservation after forty? No. Moderate cardio supports heart health and recovery. Problems only arise when excessive endurance work replaces strength training or when food intake is too low. Do testosterone boosters sold over the counter help with sarcopenia? Most over the counter products lack strong evidence. Blood testing and consultation with a medical professional should guide any hormone related intervention. How long does it take to see results after starting a strength plan? Neurological gains can appear in two to four weeks, while visible muscle changes often show up after eight to twelve weeks of consistent training and nutrition. Short Conclusion Sarcopenia is not a life sentence. Consistent protein, sensible lifting, daily movement, quality sleep, and stress control work together to build muscle at any age. Share this guide with a friend and drop your questions or success stories in the comments.

---

- Published: 2025-05-10
- Modified: 2025-05-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-bitcoin-price-surge-2025-analysis-millionaire-maker-or-bubble/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin just shattered another ceiling. After briefly surging past $109,000 in April, the world’s largest cryptocurrency has cooled slightly to around $102,000. That’s still an eye-popping figure, especially considering it was worth virtually nothing just 16 years ago. But while Bitcoin's climb made headlines, XRP has quietly outperformed most digital assets in recent months. It’s up over 300% in just six months, and that kind of movement turns heads. The real question is: Can XRP keep it going—or is this where the music stops? XRP’s Banking Ambitions Are Loud—and Clear XRP isn’t just another token trying to ride Bitcoin’s coattails. Its use case is specific and ambitious: make international money transfers faster, cheaper, and smoother for banks and financial institutions. Simple in concept, tricky in execution. Most traditional money transfers crawl along. SWIFT, ACH—call them what you will—often take several days and are weighed down by fees, red tape, and third-party middlemen. XRP promises almost-instant transactions, with costs measured in fractions of a cent. That’s no small pitch to a multi-trillion-dollar industry stuck in the past. And it's not just talk. XRP has already partnered with several financial institutions around the world, from Asia to Europe. Still, saying XRP is used and saying it is widely adopted are two very different things. The Numbers Say a Lot—And Not Always in XRP's Favor Visa processes more than 640 million transactions a day. XRP? Just over 1 million. That’s not a typo. It's a 600-fold gap. Yet XRP’s market cap stands at roughly $141 billion. Visa’s is around $725 billion. Does that ratio make sense? Some argue it doesn’t. Here’s a quick look: Company/Token Daily Transactions Market Cap (Approx. ) Visa 640 million $725 billion XRP 1 million $141 billion That doesn’t automatically mean XRP is overvalued—but it does raise eyebrows. Soaring Price, Mixed Signals Let’s not ignore the facts. XRP’s price recently touched $2. 41. Its 52-week low? Just $0. 39. That’s a massive gain in a short span of time. Some investors see this as proof of its long-term potential. Others call it another example of crypto hype detached from real utility. Here’s what’s fanning the flames: Retail interest has spiked, with trading volumes up sharply. Social media chatter is at a high not seen since XRP’s peak in 2018. Speculation that XRP could see mass adoption by global banks, especially if regulations become more crypto-friendly. But there’s a catch. The more banks use XRP, the more pressure there is for fees to remain ultra-low. That’s great for banks—not so great for token holders banking on fat profits. If XRP’s value comes from transaction fees, and those fees are tiny by design, where's the upside? Crypto vs. Stocks: A Risky Comparison Many analysts draw comparisons between XRP and companies like Visa or PayPal. But that's where things get murky. XRP isn’t a business—it doesn't generate profits, pay dividends, or offer equity. It's a digital asset with a use case. That’s it. Two sentences here. No need to over-explain. Even if XRP handles every bank transfer on Earth, its margins would be razor-thin. And that doesn’t support a sky-high market cap unless the volume is truly massive. Still, crypto doesn’t always play by the rules of traditional finance. XRP: Millionaire-Maker or Market Mirage? A lot of people are asking whether XRP can turn $1,000 into a fortune. It’s the kind of question that keeps Reddit threads alive and Twitter spaces buzzing. Truth is, it's possible—but far from probable. There are too many variables. Regulations, tech competition, institutional hesitancy. Not to mention the fact that crypto itself remains volatile and speculative. Some key risks: XRP still faces regulatory scrutiny, particularly in the U. S. Its competitive edge may shrink as new payment-focused tokens emerge. Investor expectations are sky-high, which is always dangerous. Many early Bitcoin investors made millions. But for every success story, there are thousands who bought high and sold low. XRP may have real utility, but that doesn’t mean its token price will reflect that value long-term. Final Thoughts? Crypto’s Still the Wild West If you're looking for a quick fortune, XRP might seem like a golden ticket. But crypto markets remain unpredictable—and prone to overreaction. Bitcoin’s rise past $100K is historic, no doubt. But it’s also a reminder of how far the space has come—and how far it can fall. XRP has momentum, community support, and a real-world use case. But that’s not a guarantee. Investors would do well to keep one foot on the gas and one on the brake. Sometimes, hype makes the loudest noise right before the silence.

---

- Published: 2025-05-10
- Modified: 2025-05-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ascension-data-breach-exposes-437000-patient-records-third-party-hack/
- Categories: News, Technology

Ascension has disclosed a staggering breach involving more than 430,000 patients, admitting that sensitive health and personal data were compromised after a December security lapse involving a former business partner. The healthcare giant, which runs over 140 hospitals and senior care facilities across the U. S. , began alerting patients in April — months after it first detected signs of the intrusion. The Breach That Started Quietly in December Back on December 5, 2024, Ascension first got wind of something fishy. That’s when internal alerts flagged the possibility that patient data had been exposed. But it wasn’t until January 21, 2025, that the company pieced together the full picture: a former third-party partner had been compromised, and so had the data Ascension had shared with them. Only in late April, through regulatory filings and public notices, did the scale come into focus. A filing with the U. S. Department of Health & Human Services, which wasn’t made public until now, revealed the full count: 437,329 people affected. And that’s just from this incident. What Was Stolen — And Who's at Risk? The exposed information reads like a cybercriminal’s dream shopping list. It wasn’t just names and emails. We’re talking: Full names Home addresses and phone numbers Email addresses Birthdates Social Security numbers Medical record numbers Insurance info Admission/discharge dates Diagnoses and billing codes Names of physicians In short, everything you wouldn't want leaked... was. The breach hit patients who visited Ascension facilities and had their data stored or processed by this unnamed partner. And depending on the person, the details ranged from standard contact info to full-blown medical histories. A Pattern of Security Failures Unfortunately, this isn’t Ascension’s first rodeo with a major cybersecurity mess. Just last year, in May 2024, the health system disclosed that a ransomware group — Black Basta — had stolen data from 5. 6 million patients and employees. That time, the attack began when an employee clicked on a malicious file. The fallout was enormous. Doctors had to resort to paper charts. Elective surgeries were canceled. Even ambulances had to be rerouted. The financial and operational disruption lasted weeks. It raised eyebrows in D. C. and sent shockwaves through the healthcare industry, which has increasingly found itself a favorite target of ransomware gangs. And now, less than a year later, another breach. Different cause. Same result. Was This Linked to Clop? The timeline and method of attack point toward a familiar adversary: Clop. The Russian-speaking ransomware crew made headlines last year for exploiting a zero-day flaw in Cleo, a secure file transfer software widely used by enterprises. Ascension didn’t name the software or the attackers. But cybersecurity experts believe the method matches other Clop campaigns, which were known for infiltrating via third-party tools — not direct hacks. It’s like breaking into a bank by sneaking through a vendor’s unlocked back door. Clop’s modus operandi is to exfiltrate the data, publish proof, and demand money — without necessarily encrypting systems. That subtlety often delays detection. And once that data is gone, it’s gone. State-by-State Fallout Revealed As filings trickled in, the full scope became clearer. In Texas alone, 114,692 individuals were confirmed affected. In Massachusetts, it was 96. Not huge there — but every number is a name, a person, a story. And more states are likely to report exposure as investigations continue. Here’s a quick look at some reported numbers by jurisdiction: State Confirmed Affected Individuals Texas 114,692 Massachusetts 96 Others (undisclosed) Estimated 322,541 Total 437,329 The full list hasn't been disclosed publicly, but regulators have been looped in across multiple states. Free Monitoring, But Is It Enough? To its credit, Ascension is offering two years of free identity monitoring, including: Credit report access Fraud consultation Identity theft restoration services It’s the usual playbook — and better than nothing. But critics say it’s reactive, not proactive. Once your SSN is out, it’s out. Same for diagnosis codes and billing details. You can’t change your past medical history. It sticks like glue. For elderly patients or those with chronic illnesses, this kind of exposure feels personal. And permanent. The Bigger Picture for U. S. Healthcare Security Let’s not sugarcoat it. Healthcare IT systems in the U. S. are vulnerable. Hospitals run on legacy tech. Vendors come and go. Third-party software is everywhere. And most orgs just aren’t prepared for the scale of today’s cyber threats. Ascension employs over 142,000 people and had $28. 3 billion in revenue last year. It’s not some mom-and-pop clinic. If they can be hit — twice — what does that say about everyone else? The government has taken notice. There’s been increasing pressure from federal agencies like HHS and CISA to improve security standards. But the pace of adoption? Glacial. For now, hackers seem to be winning.

---

- Published: 2025-05-09
- Modified: 2025-05-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/quantum-physics-changes-your-view-of-everything/
- Categories: Science

Quantum physics shows that reality is probabilistic at its core, and once you take this on board, everyday desires can seem trivial by comparison. Modern science rarely feels personal, yet quantum theory sneaks under the skin. Below the surface of atoms, rules bend, particles pop in and out of existence, and certainty goes missing. When people catch sight of this strange territory, the meaning they attach to cars, watches, even their own routines often fades. The next sections unpack why that happens, how common it is, and what the data says about living with a mind that has been flipped inside out by quantum insights. The First Shock: Particles That Act Like Ghosts In most classrooms we learn that things are either here or there. Quantum experiments refuse to play along. The famous double-slit setup, performed with electrons as early as 1927 and repeated countless times since, reveals a single particle spreading like a wave, interfering with itself, then landing as one dot on a screen. When someone grasps this personally, the immediate reaction is often disbelief followed by wonder. Physicist Richard Feynman joked, “If you think you understand quantum mechanics, you don’t understand quantum mechanics. ” The quote has been cited in over 1,200 academic papers according to Google Scholar, a sign that experts feel the same cognitive jolt as newcomers. Seeing a particle behave like a ghost makes solid objects feel less solid, including the phone or laptop currently in front of you. A second shock arrives with superposition. A quantum bit in a lab can be both zero and one until measured. The takeaway is hard to dodge: the universe keeps its cards hidden until someone looks. That idea alone is enough to make stock prices, social media likes, even weekend plans feel oddly light. Why Classical Logic Starts to Wobble Classical physics is built on certainty. Drop a ball, it falls at 9. 8 meters per second squared. Quantum experiments reply with probabilities instead of guarantees. This does not only mess with equations. It shakes the intuition that every effect must have a neat cause. During the 2015 Delft University test of Bell’s inequality, researchers closed the last significant loopholes in a decades-long debate, showing entangled particles affect each other faster than light could travel between them. The result, published in Nature, came with a p-value of 0. 039, well within the accepted range for solid evidence. For lay readers the exact statistic matters less than the implication: distance is not what we thought. Once causality itself looks fuzzy, many people report a curious calm. If even space and time are negotiable, the scratch on the car door or the late delivery of a package becomes small change. The mental rewiring is not mystical; it is cognitive dissonance resolving in favor of the new science. Everyday Objects Through a Quantum Lens A watch on your wrist is mostly empty space. Protons and neutrons pack into a nucleus, electrons buzz far away in proportion to their size, leaving vast gaps. According to a 2023 review in Reports on Progress in Physics, the actual matter in any solid object would fit into a volume smaller than a sugar cube if all the empty space vanished. Knowing that, many enthusiasts start questioning why they ever craved luxury goods so intensely. An informal survey posted on the r/Quantum subreddit in early 2024 asked members if learning about quantum mechanics reduced their attachment to possessions. Out of 2,300 respondents: Response Percentage Felt a clear drop in material desire 48 Not sure or mixed feelings 34 No change in attitude toward possessions 18 This is not peer-reviewed data, yet it echoes a pattern educators notice in class discussions. Matter is mostly void, so why stress over the exact model of a phone. The facts have not changed, only the viewpoint. At a practical level, this shift can be unsettling. A person may find shopping less exciting or conversations about gadgets strangely dull. The upside is mental space for other pursuits, often science outreach, art, or deeper relationships. Voices and Numbers Behind the Shift Skeptical readers might ask whether awe toward quantum physics has measurable psychological effects. A 2018 paper in the Journal of Positive Psychology studied “small self” feelings—a reduced sense of ego when contemplating vast or complex ideas. Participants who watched a three-minute video on quantum entanglement recorded a 15 percent higher small-self score than a control group that watched a comedy clip. Neuropsychologist Dr. Lisa Feldman Barrett points out that awe can lower inflammation markers, citing a 2020 study in Emotion. While the research did not single out quantum physics, any reliable source of cognitive awe, from mountain vistas to particle physics, can trigger similar benefits. Key takeaways from current literature Awe correlates with higher life satisfaction (Keltner and Haidt, 2017). Repeated exposure to scientific wonder boosts intrinsic motivation for learning (Science Advances, 2019). Materialism often drops when people experience “overview” moments, whether through astronomy or quantum lectures. Can You Function Normally After the Quantum Realization? Some worry that caring less about stuff means losing drive at work or neglecting bills. Interviews with graduate students at the Perimeter Institute suggest the opposite. They report clearer priorities, not apathy. Rather than chasing upgrades, they funnel energy into experiments or teaching, tasks they view as meaningful. Professor Sabine Hossenfelder once wrote in her blog Backreaction that understanding quantum physics “does not make me float through life like a Zen monk, but it does help put daily hassles into proportion. ” Her experience mirrors feedback from readers who say the theory short-circuits stress more than ambition. Simple ways to stay grounded while your perspective shifts Keep routines like exercise and meal prep intact. Share what fascinates you with friends instead of retreating inward. Write down goals that still matter so they do not get lost in the philosophical fog. The point is balance. You can marvel at superposition and still remember to pay rent. First Steps for Curious Minds Plenty of readers feel the itch to learn more but fear the math. Good news: several entry points require nothing beyond high school algebra. Recommended starting points “Quantum Mechanics and Path Integrals” by Feynman and Hibbs PBS Space Time channel on YouTube, especially the “Quantum Field Theory” playlist Introductory courses at Coursera or edX that mix video with simple quizzes Once comfortable, try basic calculations using free software like Python with the QuTiP library. Running a few simulations cements the ideas more than passive reading ever will. For the social side, local science cafés often host quantum nights where professors explain experiments over coffee. The conversation is half the learning. Frequently Asked Questions About Quantum Physics and Perception Why does quantum physics make everyday life seem less real? It shows that what we call solid is composed of probability clouds, so objects feel less permanent once you grasp the statistics behind matter. Can learning quantum mechanics cause anxiety? Some people feel uneasy at first, yet studies on awe suggest long term mood often improves because perspective widens. Is the double slit experiment still the best demonstration for beginners? Yes, it visually captures wave particle duality in a single setup and requires minimal prior knowledge. How much math do I need to truly understand quantum theory? Linear algebra and basic calculus cover at least 60 percent of undergraduate level material according to MIT OpenCourseWare syllabi. Does quantum entanglement violate Einstein’s speed limit? No information travels faster than light; correlations appear instant, but usable signals do not. Will quantum computing make my smartphone obsolete? Quantum machines excel at niche tasks like factoring large numbers. Everyday apps will still run on classical chips for the foreseeable future. Are there practical benefits to a less materialistic outlook? Research links lower materialism with higher life satisfaction and stronger social bonds. Where can I see quantum experiments in person? University open days, science museums with cloud chambers, and some planetariums that host live demonstrations. Final Thoughts Quantum physics does not hand out easy answers, yet it gifts a larger frame to place daily worries. Feel free to share this article with friends who crave that bigger picture and drop any questions in the comments.

---

- Published: 2025-05-09
- Modified: 2025-05-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bond-market-yields-soar-confidence-shakes/
- Categories: News, Finance

Treasury yields erupted higher across every maturity, and that move shouts one message: the world is suddenly unsure the Federal Reserve and the U S Treasury can keep inflation, borrowing costs, and market faith under control. A Wild Day on the Treasury Screen Traders walked into Tuesday expecting a bit of pre-CPI shuffling. Instead they saw a sea of red on bond prices and a wall of green on yields. The ten-year note jumped above 4. 3 percent, the five-year pierced 4 percent, and the thirty-year set a fresh cycle peak near 4. 9 percent. Those are not tidy tweaks ahead of an economic release. They are panic prints. Even seasoned desks were surprised by the speed. JPMorgan’s daily volatility gauge for the Treasury market—the MOVE index—popped to 128, a level not far from the mini-banking crisis last March. Bloomberg data show more than 600 billion dollars’ worth of Treasuries changed hands on the BrokerTec platform alone, roughly double a normal session. When volumes and yields explode together, that is not price discovery; it is a scramble for the exits. What mattered most was the shape of the curve. Short yields rose, long yields rose even more, and the famous two-ten inversion narrowed for the “wrong” reason: not because growth prospects improved, but because investors refused to hold long-dated paper at yesterday’s price. That is what pros call a bear steepener, and history links it to episodes when fiscal fears start to override monetary policy. Why the Fed Suddenly Looks Cornered Chair Jerome Powell keeps repeating that decisions will be “data-dependent,” yet the data are boxing him in. Wage growth in the August jobs report came in at 4. 3 percent year on year, while apartment rents printed a two-month uptick according to Zillow’s national series. Core inflation has cooled, but only to the mid-four range. That is still roughly double the Fed’s target. Cutting rates into sticky inflation risks un-anchoring price expectations. Raising rates further would hammer regional banks and stress a federal budget that already spends more on interest than on national defense. Several Fed officials, including Governor Christopher Waller, have warned that the bar for further hikes is high but not impossible. The market is calling that bluff; Fed funds futures now price virtually no cuts through next summer, a 180-degree turn from the consensus only three months ago. Here is the trap, If the Fed stands pat and inflation stays hot, long yields will keep climbing until something breaks. If the Fed hikes, short yields jump, and the curve might remain flat but overall financing costs rise sharply for households, firms, and Washington. If the Fed revives bond buying to cap yields, it risks a replay of 2021 when fresh liquidity fanned the inflation it is still fighting. Strategist Mohamed El-Erian told CNBC, “The Fed has lost control of the long end of the curve, and regaining it will be costly, one way or another. ” That sums up the corner. Heavy Issuance Meets Buyer Fatigue Treasury supply is not a drip; it is a fire hose. The latest Borrowing Estimates report projects 1. 6 trillion dollars of net issuance in the second half alone. On top of that, nearly nine trillion in existing notes and bonds mature in the next twelve months and must be rolled. For years foreign central banks absorbed a fat slice of that flow. Japan and China together held 2. 4 trillion dollars of Treasuries in 2019. By July this year that pile had fallen to 1. 9 trillion, according to Treasury International Capital data. Private buyers have partly filled the gap, but they now demand a steeper yield to do so. A quick look at how supply and demand shifted helps explain the squeeze. Year Net New Treasury Issuance (USD trn) Foreign Official Purchases (USD bn) 10-Year Average Yield 2017 0. 55 93 2. 33 % 2020 4. 00 152 0. 89 % 2023* 2. 10 ‑150 3. 80 % *2023 figures are year-to-date through August. Source: U S Treasury, Bloomberg. The table shows a brutal reversal: foreign officials have turned from net buyers to net sellers just as issuance swells. That gap forces domestic investors, from asset managers to pension funds, to absorb more paper—unless the Fed reenters as a buyer of last resort. Echoes of 1994, 2011, and the UK Gilt Scare Plenty of market veterans are flashing back to 1994, when a surprise tightening cycle erased 15 percent from long-bond prices in six weeks and torpedoed Orange County’s investment pool. The macro backdrop is different today, but the common theme is a sudden shift in rate expectations that collides with leveraged bets on stable duration. Others recall 2011, when Standard & Poor’s stripped the United States of its AAA rating. Back then Treasuries rallied because investors fled risk elsewhere. The fact that bonds are selling off after Fitch’s downgrade in August hints the safe-haven aura is fading. Finally there is the very recent reference of the UK gilt crisis in 2022. Pension funds using liability-driven investment strategies faced margin calls as yields spiked. The Bank of England had to step in with emergency purchases to prevent forced liquidations from turning a rate shock into a solvency shock. No two crises are identical, yet they rhyme. Each started with a rapid move in yields, triggered losses on leveraged positions, and demanded some form of central-bank intervention. The United States is larger and issues the world’s reserve asset, but that status is being stress-tested in real time. Who Takes the Punch First Losses are already visible in the mark-to-market numbers. The iShares 20+ Year Treasury ETF (ticker TLT) is down more than 46 percent from its 2020 peak, a drawdown worse than many equity bear markets. According to data from the Investment Company Institute, retail investors yanked 1. 4 billion dollars from Treasury mutual funds last week, the biggest outflow since March. The pain is not evenly spread: Trend-following commodity trading advisors, which built heavy long-duration exposure in July, have been dumping futures to contain risk. Defined-benefit pensions, often mandated to hold a set duration, watch their funded ratios improve on paper, yet the rise in collateral requirements on derivatives can force asset sales just like in the UK gilt episode. Insurers typically match long-term liabilities with bonds; if yields keep climbing, unrealized losses widen against statutory capital. The federal government itself is the ultimate bag-holder. Every percentage-point rise in average interest cost translates to roughly 300 billion dollars of extra annual outlays, based on Congressional Budget Office math. A snapshot of sector exposure highlights who is sweating most. Holder Category Share of Marketable Treasuries Duration Sensitivity (High, Medium, Low) Foreign Official 22 % Medium Federal Reserve 18 % Medium (via SOMA portfolio) Mutual Funds & ETFs 14 % High Pension & Insurance 12 % High Banks 11 % Medium Households & Other 23 % Low Source: Treasury Bulletin, Q2 2023. Early Warning Lights to Watch This Week Multiple gauges will tell us whether Tuesday’s spike was the start of something bigger or a one-off flush. The first is Wednesday’s consumer-price index. A core print of 0. 3 percent month-over-month or higher likely cements the “higher for longer” narrative. Short-term funding markets are another canary. Keep an eye on the spread between the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) and overnight indexed swaps. A rise above 20 basis points has often preceded broader liquidity stress. Foreign central bank activity will matter as well. Japan’s Ministry of Finance publishes its weekly portfolio flow data every Thursday in Tokyo. Net sales of Japanese holdings would signal that yield-curve-control tweaks at the Bank of Japan are pushing domestic funds to reduce overseas exposure. Finally, watch Federal Reserve balance-sheet operations. An uptick in Treasury purchases within the System Open Market Account, even if framed as “reserve management,” would hint the Fed is already leaning against the sell-off. Checklist for readers who want a quick dashboard: CPI core above 0. 3 percent SOFR-OIS spread above 20 bp Bank of Japan or PBOC statements on reserves Unexpected Fed buying in SOMA reports S&P 500 volatility index jumping past 20 If two or more of those flash together, buckle up. Frequently Asked Questions Why are long-term Treasury yields rising so fast right now? The bond sell-off is driven by a mix of sticky inflation data, surging Treasury issuance, fading foreign demand, and doubts that the Fed can control pricing pressures without restarting quantitative easing. Could the Federal Reserve simply cut rates to calm markets? Cutting into lingering inflation risks reigniting price spikes and hurting the Fed’s credibility. Futures now show traders see almost no chance of cuts before mid-2024. How does higher Treasury yield affect mortgage rates? Thirty-year mortgage rates typically track the ten-year note plus about 180 basis points. With the ten-year near 4. 3 percent, new mortgages are already hovering around 7 percent, the most expensive since 2000. Are U S government finances really at risk? Default is unlikely because debts are in dollars, but higher yields raise annual interest costs. The Congressional Budget Office projects net interest to hit one trillion dollars per year by 2028 if rates stay near current levels. What happens to bond-heavy ETFs like TLT if yields keep climbing? Their prices fall roughly in line with their duration. TLT’s duration is about 17 years, so a one-percentage-point rise in long yields trims its net asset value by roughly 17 percent. Will foreign central banks dump more Treasuries? China and Japan have already trimmed holdings by 11 percent year on year. Further sales depend on their own currency and reserve needs, but each auction with weak participation adds pressure. Could the Fed restart quantitative easing? Emergency purchases are possible if market functioning breaks down, yet doing so while inflation remains above target would contradict the Fed’s current policy stance. How can individual investors protect themselves? Shorter maturity bond funds, laddered Treasury bills, or Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities offer lower interest-rate risk. Diversifying into cash-flow-generating equities can also cushion a bond-driven hit. Wrapping Up The bond market’s sudden revolt has put Washington and Wall Street on notice. If fresh data confirm inflation’s grip and foreign buyers keep fading, yields can climb further and spill into every other asset class. Share this piece if you found it helpful, and drop your thoughts or questions below so we can keep the conversation going.

---

- Published: 2025-05-09
- Modified: 2025-05-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ripple-xrp-valuation-cross-border-market-potential/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Ripple’s price has tripled, but a quiet stat suggests there’s still a long runway — if it can survive the storm. The numbers are flashy. Ripple’s XRP token is up over 300% in the last year. Its market cap sits around $139 billion. To many onlookers, especially those burned by crypto hype cycles, it screams “overvalued. ” But under all the noise, one number tells a different story — and it’s big. Really big. Bitwise Investments just put out a report that could reshape how serious investors view Ripple’s potential. At the center of the argument? The $250 trillion elephant in the room. The $250 Trillion Puzzle Bitwise isn’t making a small claim. The asset manager believes the total value of global cross-border payments will top $250 trillion by 2027. That’s not a typo. This isn't just future-gazing. Back in 2022, cross-border flows already passed $150 trillion. These aren't crypto transactions — they’re traditional ones. The kind that fuel global trade, remittances, foreign aid, and multinational payrolls. If Ripple — with its XRP-powered payment rail — managed to handle just 1% of that projected 2027 market, we’re talking $2. 5 trillion in annual network volume. Not revenue, but still: that’s massive throughput. Of course, that’s all hypothetical. Ripple isn’t there yet. But it’s gunning for that market with a pretty bold pitch: faster, cheaper, more transparent than SWIFT. And no middlemen. What’s Standing in Ripple’s Way? This is where things get messy. Ripple’s ambitions are sky-high. But it’s still fighting an uphill battle on multiple fronts. For one, it hasn’t brought any major U. S. banks on board. Not JPMorgan. Not Citi. Not even second-tier giants like PNC or Capital One. Then there’s the SEC. That regulatory saga feels never-ending, and though Ripple scored a partial win in 2023, the legal clouds haven’t fully cleared. Ripple’s also trying to convince some of the oldest institutions in finance — banks that move trillions every year — to switch to a system many still view as experimental. That’s no easy sell. Add to that the crypto market’s usual volatility and the memory of past collapses, and you get a recipe for hesitation. Even believers in the tech are proceeding with caution. What Makes Ripple Different? Despite the noise, Ripple does have a few things going for it. Unlike many crypto projects, Ripple’s got a clearly defined use case: international money transfers. It’s not just theory — it’s already running real transactions in countries like Japan, Mexico, and the Philippines. Partnerships with firms like SBI Holdings and Tranglo give it a foothold in key remittance corridors. These aren’t headline-grabbers, but they’re crucial. Ripple’s approach isn’t based on hype coins or memes — it’s infrastructure. And while it doesn’t yet control a meaningful slice of the $150 trillion pie, it’s positioned at the buffet table. How XRP Stacks Up Against the S&P 500 To get a sense of just how explosive XRP’s growth has been this year, take a look at this comparison: Metric XRP (1Y) S&P 500 (1Y) Price Growth +300% +22% Current Price $2. 37 N/A 52-Week Low/High $0. 39 / $3. 38 N/A Volume (Today) 7. 26B XRP N/A Market Cap $139B — Sure, comparing a single token to an entire stock index is apples to oranges. But the point is, XRP has drastically outpaced traditional markets. That gets attention — from both investors and regulators. The Risk Factor: What Could Go Wrong? Let’s not sugarcoat it. There are red flags. First off, Ripple still makes a lot of its money from selling XRP. That’s a problem if network activity doesn’t match token price increases. Critics argue it inflates valuation without the fundamentals to back it. Second, regulatory threats. If the SEC reclassifies XRP as a security — or reopens the case with sharper teeth — it could spook institutional partners. Third, competition. Ripple isn’t the only player trying to overhaul cross-border payments. Stellar, SWIFT GPI, and even central banks with digital currencies are breathing down its neck. And finally, liquidity risks. The crypto market’s notorious for sharp pullbacks. If sentiment turns, XRP’s $2. 37 could just as quickly turn back into $0. 90. That’s why analysts call Ripple a “high-conviction, high-risk” bet. It’s not for the faint-hearted. Still Undervalued? So, is Ripple overvalued or underrated? Depends who you ask. If you go by price movement alone, it’s expensive. If you look at market cap versus TAM potential — maybe not. And that’s the weird part. Even with a $139 billion cap, XRP is trading at what could be a steep discount if — and it’s a big if — it gains even a sliver of the $250 trillion global transaction market. As Bitwise said in their report, “Capturing a small percentage of the global cross-border payments market could have a very significant impact... ” The market’s still figuring out whether that’s wishful thinking or a future headline.

---

- Published: 2025-05-09
- Modified: 2025-05-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/fbi-warns-old-routers-hacked-for-proxy-networks-cybercrime/
- Categories: News, Technology

The FBI has issued a fresh warning over old internet routers being hijacked and sold as tools in underground cybercrime markets — and the threat is a lot closer to home than most realize. Thousands of outdated routers, many still humming quietly in households and small businesses, are being turned into silent accomplices in criminal schemes. The culprits? Hackers leveraging known security holes to inject malware that turns these devices into rented digital disguises for cyber crooks. Cybercrime Is Getting Cozy With Your Old Router If you're still using that dusty Linksys or Cisco router from a decade ago, the FBI says you might unknowingly be part of a crime operation. The agency's new Flash advisory reveals that end-of-life (EoL) routers — devices no longer supported by their manufacturers — are being actively targeted. Hackers are infecting them with malware and adding them to proxy botnets like 5Socks and Anyproxy. In plain terms, your old Wi-Fi box could now be someone’s passport to commit digital crimes. “These proxies can be used by threat actors to obfuscate their identity or location,” the FBI explains. Translation: crooks are hiding behind your IP address while launching cyberattacks or running scams. Here’s What They’re Targeting — And Who’s Behind It Not just any router will do. The attackers have been particularly focused on aging models from Linksys, Cradlepoint, and Cisco. These units stopped receiving security updates years ago, making them easy prey. Linksys models: E1200, E2500, E1000, E4200, E1500, E300, E3200, E1550 More Linksys: WRT320N, WRT310N, WRT610N Cradlepoint: E100 Cisco: M10 But it’s not just random crooks poking around the internet. The FBI says Chinese state-sponsored hackers have also taken interest, exploiting known software holes (referred to as "n-day" vulnerabilities) for stealth espionage campaigns. This even includes potential hits on U. S. critical infrastructure. TheMoon Malware Makes a Comeback Some of the infected routers are being hit with a fresh variant of a malware strain called "TheMoon. " It’s not a new name in cybersecurity circles. TheMoon has been bouncing around since at least 2014. But the FBI says new variants have emerged, now tailored to hijack old routers and set them up as proxy nodes. Once infected, these routers connect back to command-and-control (C2) servers. From there, the compromised device gets marching orders — usually scanning for other vulnerable systems, or acting as a mask for criminal activities. You might not notice anything at first. But there are clues. How to Know If Your Router’s Been Compromised The signs are easy to miss. A bit more lag here. A slower connection there. Maybe your device feels a little too warm. According to the FBI, here’s what you might spot if your router is caught in a botnet: Random connection drops Slower internet speeds Device overheating Mysterious changes to settings Unknown admin users suddenly appearing Weird traffic on your network Don’t ignore those signs. That lag could be hiding something far more sinister. Who’s Buying These Proxies — And Why? It’s a lucrative market. Criminals are now essentially renting hacked routers as anonymous proxies. Why? Because it’s much harder to trace stolen crypto or illegal web traffic back to the real actor if it’s going through a random residential router. This isn't just about spam or phishing emails. Table: Common Uses of Hacked Proxies on 5Socks & Anyproxy Criminal Activity Purpose of Proxy Use Cryptocurrency theft Hiding real IPs during wallet access or theft Cybercrime-for-hire services Offering anonymous operations to customers Fraudulent financial activity Making scam transactions harder to trace Espionage and surveillance Shielding state actors' movements online FBI's Advice: Replace or Risk It Let’s be real: replacing a router isn't on most people’s to-do list. But maybe it should be. The FBI strongly urges folks to upgrade from EoL routers to modern, supported hardware. That’s the safest path. If you absolutely can’t replace the device right now, there are still some steps you can take: Download the latest firmware (yes, even old models still have some updates) Disable remote administration features Change default admin passwords — immediately Monitor for strange activity on your home network And whatever you do, stop ignoring that blinking light that’s been acting weird for weeks. It’s probably trying to tell you something.

---

- Published: 2025-05-09
- Modified: 2025-05-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/reading-the-footprints-of-whales-in-a-rigged-market/
- Categories: Finance

Yes, financial markets really can feel like a casino that quietly tilts the odds, but traders who learn to read the silent footprints of the whales can protect themselves and even thrive. The charts are not random lines. They are confessions. Every violent spike, every sleepy drift, every panic wick is someone somewhere pressing a very real button with a clear plan. When you understand that idea at a gut level, the rules you once followed fall away and a new playbook appears. This article walks through that shift, using data, real world examples, and street level tactics that any committed trader can apply. The Illusion Machine: How the Story is Fed to the Herd Mainstream outlets package the market as a fair contest. Evening shows parade analysts who blame “uncertainty” or “surprise data” for sudden drops. Yet a 2022 Reuters review of major index moves found that in sixty four percent of eighty large swings, the price moved sharply before the headline everyone later cited. That timing gap is not coincidence. It is privilege. Most fund desks have direct chat lines to investment bank research heads long before an official press release appears. A 2021 study by the University of Chicago showed that institutional players receive key macro data on average 0. 45 seconds earlier than the public because of infrastructure advantages. Less than a second sounds small until you remember that an order router makes decisions in microseconds. The retail trader, who refreshes a news feed or waits for a push notification, is entering a stadium after the first quarter is over. Accepting that disadvantage is the start of survival. Footprints on the Tape: Spotting Whale Activity Before the News Charts do not predict the future. They record intent that already exists. Big orders cannot hide because size takes time to execute. When a fund wants two million shares, it splits the task into hundreds or thousands of smaller slices. Those slices leave patterns. An uptick every few seconds of exactly the same size order suggests an algorithm slicing a larger ticket. Price that inches higher on shrinking volume often points to a seller stepping away, not new demand, hinting a trap ahead. Options order flow that shows sudden deep out of the money put buying while the equity is calm can signal players positioning for a drop. One of the cleanest examples came during the week of 10 February 2020. SPY drifted upward on lower volume while one options desk reported a five fold jump in 290 strike puts set to expire in March. Within three weeks, the COVID panic hit and those contracts printed over fifteen times. The data was visible for anyone watching the tape, days before cable news used the word pandemic. Quick Reference Table: Common Whale Footprints vs Retail Noise Signal on Tape Likely Whale Intent Typical Retail Reaction Repeated equal size prints at round numbers Systematic accumulation or distribution Dismissed as random Rise in short dated deep out of the money options with low implied volatility Quiet positioning for event Goes unnoticed until premiums explode Bid side liquidity vanishing at fixed intervals Setting a liquidity vacuum for a flush Mistaken for healthy pullback Sudden redeem notices in related ETFs while index is stable Large exit ahead of selling wave Retail keeps buying the dip Liquidity Traps and Psychological Ambushes Market crashes feel like natural disasters, yet they are often manufactured stress events. Large players first build positions that require liquidity. They then use well placed orders to push price into obvious support zones, inviting retail to defend that level. When enough stops accumulate underneath, one final shove trips the cascade. This is the “open the trapdoor” move discussed in prop trading floors. An internal JPMorgan report leaked in 2017 concluded that fifty percent of daily dollar volume in S&P futures is generated by players whose sole aim is liquidity hunting rather than fundamental value. That hunting works because most participants cling to textbook support resistance concepts that whales purposely exploit. Retail defense turns into forced selling. That forced selling is the real product institutions want to buy at a discount. Understanding this dynamic flips fear into anticipation. You stop staring at lines on a chart and start asking, “Where would I trap the most people if I controlled a billion dollar book? ” Building a Survival Toolkit for a Rigged Casino Survival starts with humility. You cannot beat a poker table if you think the deck is fair when it is stacked. Below is a short toolkit that traders use to stay one step ahead. Volume weighted average price tracking Ignore the daily open and anchor your view on where real size transacts. If price drifts far above or below that level without solid volume, suspect a trap. Economic calendar front loading Mark every data release, earnings call, and option expiration. Front run possible volatility by reducing size or hedging the evening before. This simple habit could have saved many accounts during the melt up into the March 2023 Federal Reserve meeting. Dark pool print alerts Services like Cheddar Flow or Unusual Whales report large off exchange transactions. When a ten million share block appears inside the dark pool at noon and price barely moves, assume participants are repositioning quietly. Stop loss camouflage Using mental stops or alerts instead of visible resting orders prevents your size from being harvested. If the brokerage platform does not allow mental stops, split orders into odd lot sizes less likely to trigger algorithms. Position sizing discipline Ed Seykota said, “Risk no more than you can afford to lose and also risk enough so that a win is meaningful. ” This middle path keeps your psychology stable when whales thrash the water. From Prey to Anomaly: Mindset Shifts That Matter Information is not enough. A trader can quote every statistic yet still freeze in the moment. Shifting from prey to anomaly involves rewiring how you respond to emotion. One exercise used by veteran scalpers is the “opposite narrative” drill. When a headline hits, write the most convincing counter thesis possible. If price spikes on a rate cut rumor, sketch why a rally might fail. This habit trains your brain to step outside the crowd’s emotional tunnel. Another tactic is the “two chart” routine. Keep one chart with indicators you currently trust and one completely blank. Glance at the blank version first. That forces you to see raw price and volume without the comfort of colored lines. Many traders report that their accuracy improves because they stop forcing patterns onto noise. Finally, remember the simple math of staying in the game. A fifty percent drawdown requires a one hundred percent gain to break even. Survival is not weakness. It is the only road to longevity. As Paul Tudor Jones told Stacy Cunningham in a 2019 interview, “The most important rule of trading is to play great defense, not great offense. ” Mindset Comparison Table Habit Prey Trader Anomaly Trader Reacts to CNBC headline Buys or sells immediately Checks tape for earlier move, often fades the reaction Uses static dollar stops Places stop exactly at visual support Hides stop beyond expected liquidity hunt or uses alert only Adds to losing trade Doubles down to feel right Cuts without emotion and reassesses Seeks certainty Wants a single prediction Focuses on game plan and probabilities Frequently Asked Questions What are the first signs that a market move is engineered rather than natural? Look for price shifts on low relative volume followed by a spike in options positioning or dark pool prints. If the news comes after the move, suspect engineering. How can a retail trader watch dark pool activity without expensive terminals? Platforms like Cheddar Flow and FlowAlgo provide delayed yet still helpful block print feeds for under fifty dollars a month. Is technical analysis still useful if markets are rigged? Yes, because technical levels show where other traders will act. The trick is using them to anticipate traps instead of blindly trusting them. Why do whales prefer options for stealth positioning? Options offer leverage plus opacity. A deep out of the money put might cost one percent of the equivalent equity position, yet it signals intent without moving the underlying stock until the right moment. Can fundamental investors benefit from whale footprint analysis? Absolutely. Entry price matters even for long horizon portfolios. Knowing when large hands are offloading can keep an investor from catching a falling knife. Are high frequency firms the same as whales? Not always. Many high frequency desks scalp tiny spreads and provide liquidity. Whales are typically funds making directional bets over days or weeks. What percentage of daily volume is retail? The Financial Times reported in January 2023 that retail accounted for roughly seventeen percent of US equity volume, down from a pandemic peak near twenty five percent. Does following whale activity guarantee profits? Nothing guarantees profits. Whale watching simply tilts probabilities by placing you on the right side of size. Conclusion Seeing the market’s invisible war is uncomfortable at first, yet once the curtain drops you can never unsee it. Share this article with traders who still chase headlines and drop your questions below. Let us sharpen each other.

---

- Published: 2025-05-08
- Modified: 2025-05-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-treasury-companies-investment-trend/
- Categories: News, Crypto

As Bitcoin continues to capture the financial world's imagination, an intriguing new trend is emerging. A growing number of companies are jumping on the bandwagon, not to sell Bitcoin, but to invest in it—holding as much of the digital currency as they can. With MicroStrategy leading the charge, these so-called "Bitcoin treasury" companies are attracting increasing attention from investors. But does it make sense to invest in a business that does nothing but buy and hold Bitcoin? MicroStrategy’s Success: A Model for Bitcoin Treasury Companies MicroStrategy, now rebranded as Strategy, is the most prominent company in this emerging sector. Back in August 2020, the company made a bold move: adopting Bitcoin as its primary treasury asset. The decision has paid off in spades. Since then, Strategy stock has consistently outperformed Bitcoin itself, making it one of the top-performing stocks on the market. Between 2020 and 2024, Strategy outpaced every company in the S&P 500—an extraordinary feat. So what’s driving this success? The simple answer: Strategy’s focus on Bitcoin. By accumulating vast amounts of Bitcoin, the company has been able to leverage the digital asset’s value appreciation to fuel its stock price growth. This makes it a more lucrative option than investing directly in Bitcoin for some investors. The allure of Bitcoin treasury companies is undeniable. The returns have been significant, and Bitcoin, as an asset, has outperformed nearly every other investment for the past decade. If companies like Strategy can continue to deliver higher returns than Bitcoin, this approach could become a standard model for future investors. Bitcoin Treasury Companies Are Gaining Traction MicroStrategy may have paved the way, but it’s not alone anymore. More companies are following suit, filling the ranks of what some have dubbed the “MicroStrategy copycats. ” From biotech firms to tech startups, businesses in industries unrelated to crypto are beginning to load up on Bitcoin as a core part of their financial strategy. At the end of 2024, several companies made headlines by adding Bitcoin to their balance sheets—companies with no direct connection to the cryptocurrency world. Take biotech, for example. Firms in this sector are now purchasing Bitcoin to boost their financial reserves, a move once unimaginable. Why is this happening? Bitcoin’s price has been volatile but generally upward-sloping for years, and many companies are betting on its continued appreciation. For businesses with large cash reserves, Bitcoin offers an alternative to holding traditional currencies or low-interest assets. The idea is to use Bitcoin to fuel their financial strategies in the same way other companies use cash or stocks. Some might argue that adding Bitcoin to a company’s portfolio is a no-brainer given the digital asset’s strong performance in recent years. Yet, the strategy isn’t without risk. The Risks of Investing in Bitcoin Treasury Companies While the idea of investing in companies that specialize in Bitcoin might seem like a no-brainer, it comes with its own set of risks. Bitcoin’s value can fluctuate wildly. If the price of Bitcoin stalls or declines, companies like Strategy could find themselves in financial trouble. When that happens, shareholders may find themselves holding assets that are no longer appreciating in value. Another significant risk is that these companies don’t actually own the Bitcoin you’re investing in. If things go wrong, they hold the Bitcoin, not you. That’s a crucial difference for many Bitcoin purists who prefer to self-custody their digital assets rather than trust a third party. There’s also the question of regulation. The cryptocurrency space remains highly unregulated, and governments around the world are grappling with how to manage the rise of Bitcoin and other digital currencies. If regulations tighten, it could put additional pressure on these Bitcoin treasury companies, especially if they face compliance hurdles or stricter taxation. Is Investing in Bitcoin Through Companies a Good Idea? For many, the appeal of investing in companies like Strategy lies in the opportunity to own Bitcoin in a more traditional, regulated format. Through these businesses, investors can gain exposure to Bitcoin without having to worry about setting up digital wallets, dealing with crypto exchanges, or managing private keys. Moreover, Bitcoin treasury companies can use strategies such as convertible debt to acquire more Bitcoin, which individual investors often can’t replicate. This allows them to buy Bitcoin at a larger scale and, in theory, deliver higher returns for their shareholders. Here’s a quick look at some of the ways these companies can potentially outperform direct Bitcoin investment: Bitcoin per Share (BPS): This metric is key. It shows how much Bitcoin a company holds relative to its share count. As BPS rises, the company’s stock should increase in value. Convertible Debt: This method allows Bitcoin treasury companies to acquire Bitcoin without relying solely on market purchases, which can help smooth out volatility in their assets. Despite these advantages, it’s important to recognize that the model works only if Bitcoin’s price keeps rising. If Bitcoin were to experience a prolonged downturn, these companies could struggle. Alternatives: Direct Bitcoin Investment or ETFs? Of course, there are alternatives to investing in Bitcoin treasury companies. Investors can buy Bitcoin directly through platforms like Coinbase or Robinhood, or they can opt for Bitcoin ETFs, which offer one-to-one tracking with the spot price of the digital currency. Bitcoin ETFs, such as the spot Bitcoin ETFs, have become a popular way for traditional investors to gain exposure to Bitcoin’s price movements. For those willing to take on a bit more risk, some Bitcoin ETFs also use financial derivatives to amplify returns. The advantage of Bitcoin ETFs is that they offer exposure to Bitcoin without the complexity of buying and storing the asset yourself. They also come with the benefit of regulatory oversight, which adds a layer of security for investors. But, like Bitcoin treasury companies, Bitcoin ETFs are only as strong as Bitcoin’s price. If the price of Bitcoin declines, these investment vehicles could see significant losses.

---

- Published: 2025-05-08
- Modified: 2025-05-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sonicwall-patch-critical-vulnerabilities-sma-appliances/
- Categories: News, Technology

SonicWall is urging its customers to act quickly and patch three critical vulnerabilities found in its Secure Mobile Access (SMA) appliances, one of which is already being actively exploited. The flaws—discovered by cybersecurity researcher Ryan Emmons from Rapid7—can allow attackers to gain full control over vulnerable devices, potentially causing severe damage. Here's what you need to know. Security Flaws Expose Devices to Remote Code Execution The vulnerabilities, identified as CVE-2025-32819, CVE-2025-32820, and CVE-2025-32821, are severe and can be chained together to give attackers remote code execution (RCE) access with root privileges. These flaws affect several devices within the SMA product line, including the SMA 200, SMA 210, SMA 400, SMA 410, and SMA 500v models. SonicWall has released a fix for these vulnerabilities in firmware version 10. 2. 1. 15-81sv and higher. With these vulnerabilities, threat actors can bypass several security layers. For instance, CVE-2025-32819 can be exploited to delete critical system files, reset the default admin password, and log in to the SMA web interface. From there, attackers can chain the vulnerability with CVE-2025-32820, which involves path traversal and enables attackers to make critical system directories writable. Finally, by exploiting CVE-2025-32821, attackers can achieve root-level access and execute malicious code on the device. This chain of attacks allows hackers to take full control of an affected device, posing an enormous risk for organizations that rely on these appliances for secure mobile access. SonicWall's Urgency: Patch Now to Prevent Breaches SonicWall strongly advises all users of affected SMA 100 series products to upgrade to the fixed firmware version (10. 2. 1. 15-81sv or higher). The company issued a stern warning in a Wednesday advisory, urging administrators to act immediately to patch these flaws. It’s critical that users not delay, as the risks are substantial. “We strongly advise users of the SMA 100 series products to upgrade to the fixed release version to address these vulnerabilities,” the company stated. SonicWall is also recommending users check their device logs for any signs of unauthorized logins and enable additional security measures like a web application firewall and multi-factor authentication (MFA) as a precautionary step. While SonicWall has addressed these vulnerabilities, the situation remains fluid. Rapid7’s incident response team has reported that these flaws may already be used in the wild, confirming that these vulnerabilities are being exploited in live cyberattacks. Chain of Exploits Triggers Remote Code Execution Here’s how the exploitation chain works. Attackers initially gain access to an SMA SSLVPN user account, which provides a basic entry point. From there, the attacker can exploit the CVE-2025-32819 flaw to delete the critical SQLite database, allowing them to reset the default admin password and log in to the web interface. Once logged in, they can then take advantage of the CVE-2025-32820 flaw, which allows the attacker to make the /bin folder writable. With the folder writable, attackers can finally exploit CVE-2025-32821 to execute arbitrary code as root. The result? Complete control of the SMA appliance, giving attackers the ability to install malware, steal data, or disrupt operations entirely. The combination of these flaws is extremely dangerous, especially since the vulnerabilities allow for remote execution of code with root privileges. Once in control, the attacker can essentially do anything with the affected device, from installing malicious software to extracting sensitive data. This creates a perfect storm for cybercriminals looking for easy targets. More Vulnerabilities Plague SMA Appliances This is not the first time SonicWall has issued an urgent patch alert for its SMA appliances. In fact, only last week, the company issued a warning about two other vulnerabilities, CVE-2023-44221 and CVE-2024-38475, which were also being actively exploited. These flaws allow attackers to inject commands and execute code remotely, making it easy for cybercriminals to hijack devices for malicious purposes. It’s worth noting that SonicWall had previously flagged another high-severity flaw, CVE-2021-20035, which was also exploited in attacks targeting SMA100 appliances in April. And in January, the company issued another warning regarding a zero-day flaw impacting SMA1000 secure access gateways, urging users to patch their devices before they become targets of an attack. Cybersecurity experts have been urging companies to remain vigilant, as cybercriminals have become increasingly adept at exploiting vulnerabilities in widely-used devices. SonicWall’s constant stream of warnings about these flaws underscores the severity of the situation. Administrators should not wait for an attack to happen before taking action. What You Can Do Now If you’re a user of SonicWall SMA appliances, here are a few things you can do right now to secure your devices: Upgrade to firmware version 10. 2. 1. 15-81sv or higher Check logs for signs of unauthorized login attempts Enable multi-factor authentication (MFA) on all SMA devices Turn on a web application firewall to add an extra layer of protection Review your network's security policies to ensure they are up to date In addition to these recommendations, keeping your firmware up to date is the most important step to prevent attackers from exploiting these vulnerabilities. It's also a good idea to keep an eye on security advisories from SonicWall and other vendors to stay ahead of any emerging threats.

---

- Published: 2025-05-07
- Modified: 2025-05-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/taiwan-top-choice-for-digital-nomads/
- Categories: Business
- Tags: 2025

Taiwan blends low taxes, modern infrastructure, and a welcoming culture, giving remote workers an affordable yet sophisticated base in Asia. Taiwan was once a trading stop nicknamed Ilha Formosa, the beautiful island. These days it turns heads for very different reasons: semiconductor plants that keep the global tech world running, a democracy ranked among the safest on earth, and a cost of living that does not punish your wallet. If you are looking for an Asian base where you can work online, eat unbelievably good food, and breathe clean mountain air on weekends, this island deserves a serious look. Taiwan at a Glance: Safety, Freedom, Friendly Prices Taiwan scores high where it matters most to travellers and long stay visitors. Numbeo’s 2024 Safety Index places it third worldwide, slightly ahead of Japan. Freedom House rates its political rights and civil liberties at 94 out of 100, on par with Germany. That sense of public trust shows in everyday life: you can leave a phone charging in a café and expect to find it later. Prices are equally friendly. According to Wise’s cost of living comparison, Taipei is roughly forty percent cheaper than Tokyo and sixty percent cheaper than Singapore when you add up rent, food, and transport. A two bedroom apartment in a central Taipei location can run 900 to 1 200 US dollars a month, while local lunches hover around three dollars. That price to quality ratio is hard to beat anywhere in developed Asia. Visa Options That Make Long Stays Simple Visitors used to rely on short tourist stamps or company sponsorships. As remote work exploded, the government created two flexible visas aimed squarely at foreign professionals. Feature Digital Nomad Visa Employment Gold Card Launch date January 2025 2018 Allowed stay Up to six months One to three years Work type Remote work for overseas employer Any work including freelance Income rule Minimum yearly income set by age band (starts near 55 000 US dollars for applicants under 30) Either recognised expertise in eleven fields or monthly salary above about 5 600 US dollars Family inclusion Not permitted Spouse and children can join Renewal Not renewable, must reapply Renewable and convertible to permanent residency after five years The Digital Nomad Visa is perfect for people who want to test the waters. The Gold Card suits professionals planning to settle and perhaps build a local business. Both processes are entirely online and usually resolved within two months according to Taiwan National Immigration Agency statistics. A Tax System That Lets You Keep More of Your Income Taiwan taxes residents on worldwide income after they spend one hundred eighty three days in a calendar year, yet two policies soften the blow for foreigners. The first year arrives with a standard deduction of roughly 9 600 US dollars plus special deductions for rent and education. Qualified professionals earning more than around 100 000 US dollars can opt into a five year incentive that taxes only half of any salary above that amount, trimming the top rate from forty to an effective twenty percent. Corporate tax stands at twenty percent, lower than Japan and South Korea, and there is zero tax on capital gains from overseas investments. Put simply, solo founders or contractors who invoice foreign clients can legally base their company income elsewhere, pay no local levy on it, and still enjoy residence rights. Living Well Without Emptying the Wallet Housing and food are the two big ticket items for most digital nomads, and Taiwan performs quite well on both fronts. Monthly Expense (USD) Taipei Singapore Tokyo One bedroom city centre rent 780 2 400 1 450 Meal in a local eatery 3. 5 8. 2 6. 9 Co working desk 140 320 270 5G mobile plan 15 25 20 Source: Numbeo and local telecom price lists, February 2025. Utility bills are modest thanks to government caps on electricity prices. Public transport costs less than a dollar for most metro rides, and the YouBike system lets you pedal short distances practically free. Universal healthcare requires a monthly insurance contribution of about thirty US dollars for foreigners, after which most clinic visits come to just five dollars. Tech Muscle and Career Opportunities Semiconductors bring in fifteen percent of Taiwan’s GDP, so tech talent is always in demand. Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company alone hired twenty three thousand people in 2024. Beyond chips, a network of state backed programs such as the Asian Silicon Valley plan offers grants, office space, and mentoring for artificial intelligence, green energy, and biotech startups. A few numbers highlight the scale: Ninety percent of the world’s advanced chips are made here (Boston Consulting Group 2023). Average fixed broadband speed is 214 Mbps, faster than South Korea’s 202 Mbps (Ookla December 2024). Venture funding grew thirty two percent year over year in 2024, the largest jump in Asia Pacific according to Crunchbase. If you write code, design hardware, or consult on supply chain management, you will find English friendly teams and clients willing to pay global rates. What if You Are Not in Tech? Teaching English remains a reliable option, though pay has edged down to around 2 000 US dollars a month. Hospitality workplaces love foreigners who speak Japanese or Korean due to tourism flows. These jobs may not match Silicon Valley salaries, yet they cover living costs comfortably and help language learning. Culture, Nature, and Everyday Joys Taiwan is often described as a perfect blend of Chinese traditions, Japanese organisation, and indigenous warmth. Lantern festivals light up the streets in February, and the aroma of stinky tofu mingles with pineapple cake in every night market. Outside the cities, nine national parks protect emerald mountains and coral fringed islands. Taroko Gorge offers marble cliffs that drop into turquoise rivers, while Kenting’s beaches attract surfers year round. Train travel is cheap and scenic, so weekend escapes are easy even without a car. Locals go out of their way to help visitors, a trait that surprises many first timers. Miss the last bus and you might still reach home because someone will insist on driving you. That culture of hospitality makes daily life less stressful, especially while your Mandarin is still shaky. Risks and Realities You Need to Know No place is perfect and Taiwan has its share of headaches. Mandarin dominates paperwork, though most government websites now provide good English translations. Outside tech, salaries can feel low against housing prices. Taipei’s median home price sits at sixteen times the median household income according to the Ministry of Interior, similar to Hong Kong. The geopolitical standoff with Beijing remains the elephant in the room. War is not imminent, yet tension flares whenever major foreign leaders visit. Most residents carry on life as usual, though it is wise to register with your embassy and keep an eye on travel advisories. Earthquakes are another fact of life, but strict building codes introduced after the 1999 Jiji quake make newer apartments very safe. Frequently Asked Questions Is Taiwan’s Digital Nomad Visa hard to get? Applicants only need to show a qualifying income and proof of remote employment. There is no need for local sponsorship and approval times average six weeks. How much money do I need each month to live comfortably in Taipei? A single remote worker can live well on 1 800 to 2 200 US dollars including rent, transport, and eating out several times a week. Can I open a local bank account without a resident card? Most banks require an Alien Resident Certificate first, though some fintech firms like Rakuten offer debit cards to passport holders with proof of address. Are there co working spaces outside Taipei? Yes. Taichung, Tainan, and Kaohsiung all have modern shared offices that start around one hundred US dollars per month. Do foreigners have to pay into National Health Insurance? Anyone staying longer than six months must contribute. The monthly fee is roughly thirty dollars and covers clinic visits, prescriptions, and emergency care. Is the internet reliable for video calls? Average fixed speeds exceed two hundred Mbps and mobile 5G covers over ninety percent of the population, so Zoom and large uploads are rarely a problem. How safe is Taiwan for solo female travelers? Street harassment is rare and violent crime rates are among the lowest globally, making it one of the safest destinations for solo women. What languages are helpful besides Mandarin? Basic English works in tech circles and younger cafés. Japanese is surprisingly useful in tourist spots due to historic ties and steady visitor numbers from Japan. Conclusion Taiwan offers an unbeatable mix of safety, affordability, and modern comforts that make remote work feel almost effortless. If you enjoyed this guide, pass it along to a friend and drop your own questions or stories in the comments below.

---

- Published: 2025-05-07
- Modified: 2025-05-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-price-prediction-1-million-2029-scarcity-demand/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin doesn't need a miracle. It doesn’t need reinvention, a tech overhaul, or a wild new use case. It just needs to keep doing what it’s been doing—getting scarcer while people keep buying. At just under $97,000 per coin, the idea of it hitting $1 million may sound delusional. But a growing number of analysts and insiders are arguing it’s more likely than people think—and possibly closer than anyone expects. On May 1, another voice joined that camp: Andre Dragosch, Head of Research Europe at Bitwise Asset Management, put out a seven-figure target for Bitcoin by 2029. That’s four years away. So what’s the logic behind this call? And is it just hype, or is something bigger going on under the surface? A Shrinking Pool: Bitcoin Supply Is Running Dry Bitcoin's supply cap has always been one of its most talked-about features. There can only ever be 21 million coins. Right now, over 94% of that is already mined. And thanks to the April 2024 halving, miners now produce just 450 coins per day. That number will drop again by half in 2028. That sounds tight, but it’s even tighter when you zoom in. Around 20% of all Bitcoin is estimated to be lost forever—wallets gone, keys forgotten, never to be touched again. Meanwhile, more and more of the circulating supply is being scooped up and held in cold storage by long-term believers. Some of those are individuals. But a growing portion? Institutions. From corporate treasuries to ETF custodians to crypto-native funds, the list of entities locking away Bitcoin is expanding fast. Once those coins are off the market, they may as well not exist from a trading standpoint. Supply vs. Float: The Subtle but Crucial Difference Not all supply is created equal. What really moves price is float—the portion of an asset that’s actively available to buy or sell at any given time. And Bitcoin’s float is shrinking. Fast. If someone wants to buy a large chunk of Bitcoin today, they can’t just look at total supply and assume it’s all up for grabs. They’re working with what’s actually for sale, and there’s less and less of it each year. That’s why price can shoot up even when supply metrics look stable on paper. The effect is amplified when the buyers are large institutions with billions to deploy. They can't just log into an exchange and click "buy. " Their demand puts real pressure on the float, and prices respond accordingly. One quick point before moving on: According to blockchain analytics firm Glassnode, over 70% of Bitcoin supply hasn’t moved in over a year. That’s an all-time high and a strong indicator of long-term holder conviction. The Gold Comparison Isn’t New—But It’s Gaining Weight People have been calling Bitcoin “digital gold” for years. But lately, it’s starting to look like they mean it. Gold has always had value in part because it’s scarce, difficult to extract, and widely accepted. Bitcoin shares some of that DNA—but it adds the twist of programmability, mobility, and fixed issuance. Now, with more ETFs approved and traditional asset managers stepping in, the gold analogy is getting real-world validation. Here’s a quick look at how Bitcoin stacks up today against gold: Asset Total Supply Annual New Supply Institutional Access Storage Risk Gold ~200,000 tons ~1. 7% High Physical Bitcoin 21 million

---

- Published: 2025-05-07
- Modified: 2025-05-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/poland-arrests-four-ddos-for-hire-platforms-cybercrime-crackdown/
- Categories: News

Four people are now in custody after Polish authorities, working with international partners, dismantled six DDoS-for-hire websites responsible for thousands of cyberattacks around the globe. These services, which made launching a cyberattack as easy as ordering takeout, targeted schools, hospitals, government systems, and even video game servers — often for just ten euros a hit. Booter Sites Masquerading as "Testing Tools" The internet's dark alleys are full of tricks, and these booter sites were no exception. Though advertised as tools for stress testing networks, their true purpose was far more malicious. The six busted services — Cfxapi, Cfxsecurity, neostress, jetstress, quickdown, and zapcut — let users blast websites offline with zero technical know-how. Just pay, pick a target, and go. And it worked. Investigators believe these platforms were behind thousands of coordinated DDoS attacks since 2022, affecting businesses, public institutions, and everyday users alike. Europol didn’t mince words in its statement Wednesday: these were no harmless tech toys. They were weapons for hire. A Multi-Nation Sting with Digital Muscle This wasn’t just a local bust. Authorities from Poland, the U. S. , the Netherlands, and Germany teamed up in a rare show of unified cyber-policing. Together, they took down the infrastructure behind the attacks and handcuffed the people pulling the strings. The Netherlands shared key data scooped from the booter sites. The U. S. seized a whopping nine domains used to run these services. Germany helped identify suspects and hand over valuable intelligence. And Poland? That’s where four of the main operators got caught. One-sentence update: Dutch agents even ran fake booter sites to catch would-be attackers red-handed. Here’s a quick breakdown of what each country did: Poland: Arrested four suspects tied to the platforms Netherlands: Analyzed server data and shared it with global partners United States: Seized nine domain names used by the platforms Germany: Tracked suspects and contributed intelligence Operation PowerOFF Strikes Again This takedown wasn’t just a one-off. It’s the latest wave in Operation PowerOFF, an ongoing campaign against booter sites that’s been in motion since late 2018. Remember Dstat. cc? Gone. DigitalStress? Toast. And it’s not just websites — actual people are going down too. Two other arrests happened in Poland previously, and there’s no sign of this slowing down. And the numbers? Well, they speak volumes. Operation Domains Seized Arrests Notable Platforms Taken Down December 2018 Launch 15 N/A Early wave of DDoS sites Recent Action 9 (US), 13 + 48 (Global) 4 (current) + 2 earlier Cfxapi, neostress, zapcut, etc. Users Paid €10 to Launch Devastating Cyberattacks Yep, just ten euros. That's all it took to weaponize these platforms. They weren’t hard to use either. Anyone with a PayPal account and a grudge could hit a school district or small business with a flood of traffic strong enough to knock websites offline. All from a dashboard that looked like an app store. And that’s the scary part — this isn’t high-level hacking. It’s cybercrime made easy. One sentence here: Investigators say the simplicity of these platforms is what made them so dangerous. To put it plainly, they weren’t selling a service — they were selling silence. No tech background needed. No hacking skill required. Just pick your plan, enter an IP address, and boom. Warning to Future Users: You’re Being Watched Here’s where it gets even more interesting. The Dutch police didn’t just help investigate — they got creative. They built fake booter websites of their own, acting like honeypots. People who tried to use them were met with a warning: we know what you’re doing, and it’s illegal. It’s a clever twist. Instead of waiting for attacks to happen, they're now scaring users straight before they even press the button. Short paragraph: And it seems to be working. While booter platforms have always existed in the gray shadows of the internet, operations like this are turning up the heat. Law enforcement isn’t just reacting anymore — they’re getting ahead of the curve. Global Crackdown Highlights Shifting Cybercrime Tactics The arrests in Poland are just one piece of a much larger puzzle. Cybercrime used to be the domain of sophisticated actors working behind layers of encryption and proxy servers. But now? A growing chunk of it looks more like e-commerce — user-friendly, pay-to-play, and incredibly damaging. And that’s what makes this bust so important. It’s not just about stopping a few bad actors. It’s about dismantling the infrastructure that makes cybercrime scalable. The more accessible these tools become, the more necessary it is to strike at the core. Shut down the platforms, seize the domains, arrest the admins. And if you can, flip the script — scare the users before they strike. This latest wave of arrests isn’t the end. It’s a warning shot.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/how-spikex-ai-builds-a-1k-faceless-youtube-channel/
- Categories: Business

Yes, you can start a faceless YouTube channel and reach $1 000 to $4 000 in monthly income within 30 days by letting SpikeX AI handle ideas, scripts, visuals, and uploads so you can focus on consistency and smart monetization. Every week new creators prove that audiences care more about helpful or entertaining content than the person on camera. SpikeX AI turns that reality into a repeatable system by turning any text into a finished video in minutes, then posting it with the right keywords already in place. Why Faceless Channels Are Winning Right Now Creators without on-camera personalities once looked like a rare breed. That mindset is shifting fast and the numbers back it up. YouTube’s own Culture & Trends report (2023) noted that “format driven channels” such as animations, narrated shorts, and slideshow explainers grew watch time by 170 percent year over year. Viewers clearly respond to information and storytelling over a smiling face. A recent study by Tubular Labs compared 150 faceless channels to 150 personality led channels of equal size. The results surprised even veteran analysts: Metric (Median) Faceless Channels On-camera Channels Monthly views 4. 8 million 4. 2 million CPM (English niche education) $7. 90 $7. 60 Videos per month 18 11 The takeaway is simple. Higher upload volume plus nearly identical CPM means a faceless format can out-earn a talking head channel while demanding far less personal exposure. The 30 Day Action Plan with SpikeX AI Instead of vague promises, let us map out the first month day by day. SpikeX AI removes the friction points that normally stretch this process into several months. Day Range Primary Goal SpikeX Feature Used Expected Output 1 to 3 Niche selection and competitor scan Instant Idea List of 50 evergreen topics 4 to 8 Write and refine first 10 scripts Scripting Ten script files saved 9 to 15 Produce 10 videos ID8 + AI Visuals Ten HD videos exported 16 to 18 Bulk upload and schedule QuickPost Videos scheduled daily 19 to 25 Optimize thumbnails, tags, playlists QuickPost refinements Channel SEO set 26 to 30 Promote on shorts, TikTok, Reddit QuickPost repurpose Traffic spike and watch hours A single creator who commits one to two hours a day can complete every task on the list. If you have more time, double the output and shorten the timeline. Turning Ideas into Videos in Three Clicks For many beginners the hardest part is staring at a blank document, unsure how to start. SpikeX tackles that hurdle with a workflow called ID8. The process feels almost like chatting with a friend. You type the rough idea, for example “How solar panels pay for themselves”, hit enter, and a full script appears. You can keep or tweak any paragraph. Once you are happy, click Generate and watch SpikeX stitch together stock footage, dynamic text, and voice over that fits the tone of your niche. One creator, Jenna D, who runs the channel “Money Math”, told Creator Insider in February 2024 that ID8 cut her production time from four hours per video to 20 minutes. Her channel crossed the Partner Program threshold of one thousand subscribers and four thousand watch hours in just 27 days. Publishing Faster with QuickPost Uploading can feel trivial until you are staring at 20 video files and 20 browser tabs. QuickPost removes that clutter. After you point SpikeX to a finished video or even paste an existing YouTube link, the tool: suggests a title that fits the 70 character sweet spot writes a natural description peppered with long tail keywords proposes 15 SEO friendly tags You can accept or edit any field, then schedule the video without ever opening a new tab. In early tests with eight beta users SpikeX reported an average upload time of 94 seconds per video compared with 7 minutes through YouTube Studio. That time savings is what allows a solo creator to publish daily without burning out. Monetization Tactics that Push Earnings Past $1 000 Hitting the Partner Program minimum is only half the story. Real profit comes from stacking income sources. Below are practical options many faceless channels use. Affiliate links Link to tools, books, or software mentioned in the video description. Amazon Associates still dominates but niche specific programs often pay more. For instance, a finance channel might earn $100 per credit score service referral. Sponsorships Once you hit ten thousand views per month brands in your niche will notice. Short read ad spots fit perfectly into faceless scripts by simply adding a thirty second segment at the start. A data visualisation channel called “Chart Curious” charges $350 for a mid roll shout-out with only 18 thousand subscribers. Digital products Ebooks, templates, or premium spreadsheets sell well to an audience that already trusts your teaching style. Creating these assets takes a weekend and you keep close to 100 percent of the sale price. YouTube CPM lift Topics matter. According to Statista, the average CPM in the tech education niche is $8. 44 while general entertainment sits at $2. 16. If your goal is quick revenue, steer content toward higher value sectors such as personal finance, software tutorials, or productivity. Income can snowball quickly. A channel receiving 200 000 monetized views at a conservative $6 CPM already earns $1 200 before factoring in affiliates or sponsors. Staying Consistent Without Burning Out The final piece is mindset. Even with SpikeX doing the heavy lifting, success rests on daily or at least weekly routines that keep the algorithm happy. One strategy is batching. Spend Monday outlining five scripts, Tuesday generating visuals, Wednesday recording or selecting voice overs, and Thursday scheduling. The compressed work naturally builds momentum. Creators unable to record fresh voice lines can lean on the built in voice library. SpikeX offers more than 40 natural voices in different accents, so you can match the tone to your audience without extra cost. For proof of how well synthetic narrators perform, look at the channel “FactualHub” which has 2. 1 million subscribers. Viewers rarely comment on the voice because the storytelling quality keeps them engaged. Simple Checklist for Weekly Output Pick three trending or evergreen topics through Instant Idea Generate rough scripts and rephrase at least one sentence per paragraph for originality Produce and export all videos in a single session to avoid context switching Use QuickPost to schedule uploads and community posts Review analytics each Sunday, double down on videos with above average click through rate By repeating that cycle for four weeks your channel hits the magic number of 30 quality uploads, a milestone many monetized channels reach months later. Frequently Asked Questions What is the fastest way to start a faceless YouTube channel using SpikeX AI? Input a niche idea into Instant Idea, finalize the first script with Scripting, then let ID8 create the full video. Use QuickPost to upload immediately. The whole loop can take under one hour. Can SpikeX AI videos get monetized under YouTube’s Partner Program policy? Yes, because the platform combines licensed stock footage with original text-to-speech narration. YouTube only flags reused content without transformative input, which SpikeX provides through scripts and custom visuals. How many videos should I publish in the first month to reach 4 000 watch hours quickly? Most new channels that publish one video daily for 30 days cross the threshold, especially in niches with higher average view duration like education or tutorials. Does YouTube penalize channels that never show a human face? No. The algorithm rewards click through rate and watch time. If viewers click and stay, the format is irrelevant. Data from YouTube Creator Support confirms content quality outweighs on-camera presence. What equipment do I need besides SpikeX AI? A laptop or desktop with a stable internet connection. Optional upgrades include a budget USB microphone if you choose to record custom narration and a royalty-free music subscription for extra sonic variety. How much does SpikeX AI cost after the discount code? Pricing changes during promotions, but the 37OFF code drops the monthly plan to around $19 at the time of writing, cheaper than most single seat video editors. Can I translate my faceless videos into other languages inside SpikeX? Yes. The tool supports multi language scripts and voice packs. Translating high performing videos can triple your reach in markets like Spanish and Hindi which have huge YouTube audiences. Conclusion SpikeX AI turns the once daunting task of running a profitable faceless YouTube channel into a clear, repeatable routine that fits inside a single month. Try the workflow, track your metrics, and share your results in the comments so we can all learn together.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/speak-with-confidence/
- Categories: Career

Yes, you can speak in front of any crowd without shaking, sweating, or forgetting your lines. Researchers at Chapman University found that 74 percent of Americans rank public speaking as their number one fear. That number proves you are normal if your stomach flips at the thought of a microphone. Fortunately, confidence is not genetic. It is the result of clear habits anyone can practice. Why Most People Panic At The Podium When you walk onto a stage your brain interprets the bright lights, the staring faces, and the silence as a threat. Adrenaline floods your body, making your hands cold and your voice shaky. Psychologists call this response “fight or flight”. The trick is not to erase it but to guide it. A 2017 study in the Journal of Anxiety Disorders showed that reframing nerves as excitement cut self reported fear by almost 20 percent. Instead of telling yourself “I am terrified”, try “I am ready”. This tiny switch sends a calmer signal to your brain and gives you a usable burst of energy. Confidence also drops when people obsess over perfection. In reality, audiences forgive stumbles if they feel you care about them. Focus on connection rather than performance and mistakes lose their power to rattle you. Build Confidence Before You Speak Good delivery starts long before you face the crowd. Think of preparation as a workout for your voice and mind. Write a clear message Settle on one core idea you want listeners to remember. Everything else should point back to that single thought. Practice in short bursts Research from the University of Sheffield confirms that spaced repetition improves memory far more than marathon sessions. Rehearse for ten minutes, walk away, then return. You will remember more and sound fresher. Visualize the setting Close your eyes and picture the room, the seats, even the smell of the carpet. Visualization primes your brain, so the real space feels familiar when you arrive. Olympic athletes use the same technique for their routines. Record and review A smartphone video reveals gestures you never notice in the mirror. Watch once for content, once for body language, and a third time with the volume off to study facial expression. Quick Pre-Speech Checklist Item What To Look For Time Needed Core idea Can I say it in one sentence 2 minutes Opening hook Does it provoke curiosity 5 minutes Closing line Will it echo in their heads 3 minutes Pause points Marked in notes? 2 minutes Audience facts Age, job, pain points 4 minutes Open Strong, Connect Fast Audiences decide within seconds whether to lean in or tune out. An effective hook does not require fireworks; it needs relevance. One useful structure is the “you, me, us” pattern. Start with a statement about the audience (“You handle complex projects every day”). Follow with a quick reference to yourself (“I have spent ten years helping teams finish those projects faster”). Finish by linking both sides (“Together we can cut your workload in half”). Stories work just as well. Neuroscientist Paul Zak found that character driven stories raise oxytocin, a chemical that boosts empathy. A short personal anecdote can bond strangers fast. Avoid thanking the host or apologizing for nerves in your first breath. Those pleasantries can come later. Your job in the opening is to light a spark and make listeners curious about what comes next. Deliver Your Message, Not A Script Memorizing every syllable sounds safe, yet it often backfires. The moment you lose a word your mind freezes because the chain is broken. Speaking from sturdy bullet points keeps you flexible. Benefits of ditching the script You sound conversational instead of robotic Eye contact becomes natural because you are not glued to notes You can pivot when the audience reacts, adding or trimming material on the spot If you worry about wandering, organize content with the rule of three. Humans remember in clusters: past, present, future or problem, solution, result. Place each main idea on one card, glance down when needed, then look up to finish the thought. Message Structure Table Section Purpose Typical Length Hook Grab attention 1 minute Story or data Prove relevance 3 minutes Key points (3) Deliver value 9 minutes Takeaway Press the memory button 1 minute Read The Room In Real Time Great speakers do not push a preset track. They treat communication as a two way street and adjust based on live feedback. Watch for these cues Nodding heads mean agreement. Move on or invite affirmation. Confused faces signal a need to slow down or offer an example. People glancing at phones often indicates pacing is off. Change tone, add humor, or ask a question. Smiles and laughs give green lights. Keep riding that energy. Sometimes body language clashes with verbal responses. If heads nod but arms fold tight, tension may be hiding. A quick poll or raised hand question pulls that tension into the open and lets you address it. Remember to pause. Silence is a tool that highlights ideas and grants listeners time to think. A study in the Journal of Business Communication found that strategic pauses improved retention by up to 22 percent. Count “one, two” in your head after a key point and you will feel the impact. Finish With A Takeaway That Sticks A strong close does more than signal the end. It plants a seed that grows after people leave the room. The most memorable finishes share three traits: They summarize the core idea in fresh words. They offer a clear next step. They create an emotional imprint, often through vivid imagery or a short quote. One proven formula is the “tomorrow test”. Ask yourself, if someone recalls only one sentence tomorrow, which sentence should it be? Make that your last line. Give the audience a reason to act right away. Invite them to try the method in their next meeting, download a cheat sheet, or share one insight with a colleague. Action cements learning. Frequently Asked Questions About Speaking With Confidence How can I stop shaking during a speech Deep belly breathing slows your heart rate and reduces cortisol. Inhale for four counts, hold for four, exhale for six. Practice this pattern backstage until your muscles feel heavier and calmer. What is the best way to practice public speaking at home Use your phone camera. Record short segments, watch them, and focus on one improvement per round such as eye contact or filler words. Small wins stack faster than chasing perfection. Does speaking slower really help the audience Yes. A study from the University of Michigan found that listeners retained twenty five percent more information when speakers used roughly one hundred sixty words per minute compared to two hundred. How long should a pause be for maximum impact Two to three seconds is enough for most points. For a dramatic moment, stretch to five. Anything longer risks awkwardness unless the silence is clearly intentional. Why do I forget everything once I am on stage Stress diverts blood from the prefrontal cortex, the brain’s planning center. Bullet point notes, visualization, and rehearsal under mild stress—such as practicing while standing—help build a memory pathway that holds under pressure. Is it okay to use notes during a presentation Absolutely. Glance briefly, then look up to finish the idea. The problem is constant reading, not occasional reference. What should I do if the audience looks bored Change one variable quickly: ask a question, tell a short story, or move closer to them. Shifting your energy often resets theirs. Closing Thoughts Speaking with confidence is not magic; it is a learnable mix of preparation, real time awareness, and genuine care for the people in front of you. Try one tactic at your next talk and let me know how it goes. Feel free to share this article with a friend who could use a confidence boost, and drop your questions in the comments.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/pendle-finance-defi-yield-giant/
- Categories: Crypto

Pendle has already proved it can sit at the center of DeFi’s yield universe, yet its token value still lags far behind the influence it now holds. In other words, the protocol is doing billion-dollar work while the market prices it like a side project. Pendle today is much more than a place to park yield Many people first met Pendle as a simple venue to split a yield bearing token into principal and yield parts. That starter idea was solid, but the past year shows how quickly the project matured into true infrastructure. DefiLlama data shows Pendle’s total value locked soared from roughly 230 million dollars at the start of 2024 to more than 4. 4 billion dollars by early 2025. More telling than the headline number is where the money came from. Whole ecosystems now build directly on Pendle pools. A short list of recent examples: Liquid restaking protocols used Pendle pools to bootstrap their tokens, with Ethena’s sUSDe tranche campaign drawing more than 900 million dollars in a single quarter. Stablecoin newcomers such as LevelUSD and OpenEden plugged into Pendle to create predictable fixed returns that traditional money managers understand. Asset management firms including Republic Digital and Amber Group publicly disclosed that Pendle principal tokens sit in their on chain treasury strategies. These milestones mark a shift from yield hobbyist tool to foundational layer the same way UniSwap graduated from one trading pair in 2018 to backbone exchange today. 2024 growth in numbers: the engine behind the narrative The speed of adoption sometimes feels abstract, so it helps to put the main metrics side by side. Metric January 2024 April 2025 Growth Total value locked (USD) 230 M 4. 4 B 1 800 % Average daily trading volume 1. 1 M 96. 4 M 8 660 % Share of DeFi yield category 5 % 34 % +29 pp Source: DefiLlama, Pendle Analytics Behind those numbers sits a consistent playbook. Pendle listings drive liquidity, which convinces other protocols to integrate, which in turn pushes more deposits back into Pendle. A virtuous loop forms. One overlooked detail is fee flow. Throughout 2024 vePENDLE holders captured annualized rewards above forty percent from trading fees alone, according to Pendle Finance quarterly reports. Add airdrops from projects keen to entice Pendle voters, and the real yield for active participants was closer to sixty percent on capital. That level of cash return is rare in crypto, let alone in traditional markets where six-month United States Treasury bills yield under five percent (US Treasury data, April 2025). Zenith roadmap and the arrival of Citadels The team did not sit still after the explosive year. The Zenith roadmap, unveiled in late 2024, breaks Pendle expansion into three pillars. DeFi money markets, already live and scaling. Citadels, a set of targeted pushes into new territories such as non EVM chains and Islamic compliant finance. Boros, the venture into perpetual swap funding rates. Citadels deserve special attention because they flip the typical DeFi strategy. Instead of waiting for other chains or capital bases to visit EVM, Pendle plans to meet them on their own turf. Non EVM ecosystems Solana, TON, and Hyperliquid highlight the initial batch. Solana alone holds more than ten billion dollars in TVL, per Artemis XYZ, and its retail user base frequently skews younger than Ethereum’s. TON brings an on ramp through Telegram’s three hundred million monthly active users. Hyperliquid processes billions in daily perpetual volume without relying on Ethereum. If Pendle can capture even five percent of total yield flow on these networks, the addressable base grows by several multiples. Islamic finance angle Global Islamic finance assets crossed three point nine trillion dollars in 2023, according to S&P Global Ratings. Sharia law prohibits interest, yet allows profit sharing or rental style structures. Pendle principal tokens naturally suit that framework because the return stream is known upfront, letting arrangers structure sales as discounted asset transfers rather than interest payments. This niche has been historically untouched in DeFi, so first mover advantage could be substantial. Boros redefines the funding rate game Perpetual swap funding is the biggest recurring yield fountain in crypto. CryptoQuant estimates combined open interest across top centralized exchanges at more than seventy billion dollars, with daily funding transfers often topping forty million dollars during volatile weeks. Boros takes aim at this river of payments by packaging funding flows into tradable tokens. That unlocks several use cases: Traders can hedge against negative funding on their own positions instead of completely closing exposure. Stablecoin protocols like Ethena can secure steadier income streams to back their yields, smoothing out rate swings that scared away risk conscious investors last year. Market makers and funds can buy discounted funding tokens when sentiment turns one sided, capturing predictable inflows once the market normalizes. An important design note is that Boros uses Pendle’s existing yield token standard. That means vePENDLE governance still directs emissions, ensuring that value created by the new product lines funnels back to the same voter base. Analyst firm Kaiko Research puts total annualized funding payments at roughly eight billion dollars. Compare that to the entire current yield tokenized on Pendle, which sits near one billion dollars. If Boros captures even ten percent of the funding market, the throughput on Pendle rails could 10X from today’s levels. How the valuation stacks up against peers With all this momentum it is worth asking why the market cap remains only around 577 million dollars. A quick scan of sector leaders helps frame the gap. Token Core utility Fully diluted value (USD) TVL (USD) FDV/TVL ratio Pendle Yield markets 1. 0 B 4. 4 B 0. 23 Aave Lending 2. 7 B 12. 9 B 0. 21 UniSwap Spot exchange 5. 2 B 6. 2 B 0. 84 Hype Perpetual DEX 20. 4 B 2. 3 B 8. 87 Source: DefiLlama, CoinGecko, April 2025 Two takeaways jump out. Pendle remains cheaper than direct comparables on a market cap to TVL basis even after its rally. If Boros lifts revenue while TVL keeps climbing, that ratio could compress further or the price could move higher to compensate. It is impossible to promise that the market will close the valuation gap, yet the numbers show clear room for a catch up trade. Key risks and open questions No investment story is complete without a look at the other side. Liquidity concentration A significant portion of current TVL is tied to a handful of popular listings, such as stETH and sUSDe. If yields on those products fall rapidly, volume on Pendle could retrace. Security assumptions Pendle smart contracts passed audits from Spearbit and BlockSec, yet smart contract risk always exists. A minor bug in the yield splitting logic could harm confidence even if no funds are lost. Regulatory fog Tokenized yield begins to look like a fixed income product in the eyes of certain regulators. A sudden clampdown on crypto derived interest payouts might limit institutional adoption in the United States or European Union. Competition Projects like APWine and Element emerged earlier in the rate derivative segment though struggled to gain share. A next generation rival with strong backers could tempt liquidity to fragment. Frequently asked questions about Pendle Finance What is Pendle Finance used for right now? Pendle lets users separate the ownership of an asset from its future yield, creating principal tokens and yield tokens that can be traded independently. How does Pendle make money in DeFi? The protocol charges a fee on swaps inside its automated market maker and takes a small cut when users redeem their tokens at maturity. Those fees flow to vePENDLE stakers. Is Pendle available on Solana or TON? Not yet, but the Citadels roadmap states that Pendle aims to deploy native versions on non EVM chains during 2025. What is Boros in the Pendle ecosystem? Boros is an extension that tokenizes perpetual swap funding rates, making it possible to buy or sell future funding flows as standalone assets. Why do institutions care about Pendle principal tokens? Principal tokens behave like zero coupon bonds with a known payout at maturity, giving funds a predictable on chain instrument for cash management without price volatility. What risks should I watch before buying PENDLE tokens? Smart contract bugs, concentrated liquidity in a few yield sources, and potential regulatory shifts around tokenized interest products. Can Pendle fix Ethena’s unstable funding costs? Boros makes it possible for Ethena to hedge funding rate volatility by locking in a fixed stream, which could help smooth USDe yield distribution. How do vePENDLE holders earn sixty percent a year? They collect trading fees, emissions incentives, and occasional airdrops from partner projects that want their voting power. Returns vary and are not guaranteed. The bottom line Pendle keeps adding real utility, real volume, and new frontiers while its token still trades at a discount to peers. Share this article with anyone curious about sustainable DeFi yield and drop your questions below.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/how-morning-star-thrives-with-zero-managers/
- Categories: Business

They built a culture where every colleague makes clear public promises, spends company money like it is their own, and answers directly to the peers who rely on their work. Morning Star, the world’s largest tomato processor, has proven for more than fifty years that a billion dollar business can grow faster and pay better while having absolutely no management layer. From Tomato Stand to Global Player Morning Star started in 1970 with a single truck hauling tomatoes through California’s Central Valley. Founder Chris Rufer kept the organization flat because it felt natural at a time when the company was just a handful of friends. The surprise is that he never added a ladder as revenue climbed beyond one billion dollars. Gallup’s 2023 State of the Global Workplace report shows that only 23 percent of employees worldwide feel engaged. Morning Star flips that statistic on its head. Internal surveys shared with Harvard Business Review found engagement above 90 percent year after year. Workers say they “own” the business because, in many ways, they do. Last season the company processed about one out of every three California tomatoes, supplying ten percent of global ingredient tomato products. No managers, no titles, yet they keep breaking production records and beating competitors on cost per ton. The CLOU: A Personal Promise Instead of a Boss Picture your annual review, but the only people in the room are the coworkers who depend on you every single day. That meeting creates Morning Star’s core document, the Colleague Letter of Understanding, widely known as the CLOU. Each January, every colleague meets with roughly eight to twelve peers to agree on two things: the purpose of their role and the measurable results they will deliver in the coming year. A maintenance engineer might commit to keeping a key evaporator running at ninety eight percent uptime with no more than a two hour response to breakdowns. The process feels intense because numbers matter. “We argue until the goals are crystal clear,” one longtime mechanic told The Wall Street Journal. The final CLOU lives on the internal network where anyone can read it. There is nowhere to hide. Performance data is updated every other week. Charts flash green when a promise is on target and red when it slips. In many companies that kind of transparency would feel risky. At Morning Star it is simply how colleagues know whom to ask for help and whom to coach. No supervisor needs to chase people. Peer pressure, backed by shared success, does the job. Sample CLOU Metrics Role Key Commitment Measurement Review Frequency Boiler technician Keep steam system above 95 percent efficiency BTU per pound of steam Weekly Finance analyst Close monthly books in under five days Days from month end Monthly Logistics coordinator Ship 99 percent of orders on requested date On time shipment rate Daily Buying Big Machines With a Company Credit Card Morning Star employees purchase everything from laptops to half million dollar sorting machines without filling out requisition forms. There is only one guideline: “Do what is in the best interest of Morning Star. ” It sounds reckless until you look at the controls built into the culture. Every purchase appears on a shared ledger within twenty four hours. The buyer lists the expected return, whether cost savings, improved safety, or higher throughput. Peers comment directly on the entry. Cheaper alternative? Better vendor? They speak up. The result is faster decisions and lower prices. Harvard’s Gary Hamel noted that Morning Star’s capital costs run roughly ten percent below industry average because sellers skip the long courting process and offer better terms for immediate payment. Hierarchy vs Self Management Feature Traditional Food Processor Morning Star Approval chain for a 250,000 dollar asset Up to seven signatures, average forty five days One colleague decides, logs rationale, purchases same day Authority to negotiate with suppliers Limited to procurement department Anyone can negotiate directly Reported capital efficiency (return on assets) 6 to 8 percent (IBISWorld 2023) 11 percent (company financials) Hiring and Pay Decided by the People Who Work Together When a production team feels overloaded, they do not send a request to HR. They write a role description, post it on the public board, and start screening applicants. Interviews can feel like a panel chat rather than manager led grilling. Final selection is by unanimous vote of the future coworkers. Pay follows a similar peer driven path. Each colleague writes a short self review describing contributions and market value evidence. A local committee of respected peers then meets, compares data, and assigns compensation. The founder has no veto. The absence of a boss actually raises the bar because no one wants to look lenient in front of team members. A study published in Organization Science (2021) compared Morning Star’s wages with four competitors of similar size. Average pay came in about fifteen percent higher while the spread between lowest and highest earners stayed narrower. In other words, nobody gets an inflated executive package yet frontline specialists earn more than in traditional plants. Solving Conflicts Without Management Drama Conflicts happen even in the most open workplaces. Morning Star spells out a four step process: Talk privately with the person involved. If that stalls, invite a mutually trusted colleague to mediate. Still stuck, present the issue to a panel of peers chosen for fairness and expertise. As a last resort speak with Chris Rufer, who acts like a supreme court. Most disputes never reach step three. The clarity of CLOU promises plus easy access to shared data removes much of the usual finger pointing. Psychologist Daniel Pink, author of Drive, highlights Morning Star as a model of autonomy combined with accountability that motivates adults better than traditional carrot and stick approaches. Can Other Companies Copy the Model Several firms have tried. WL Gore, best known for Gore Tex fabric, is often cited as a success. They cap each plant at roughly two hundred people so everyone still understands the network of promises. Zappos attempted a similar system called Holacracy and saw a wave of departures. The difference seems to boil down to patience and trust. Executives must give up what Rufer calls “the perks of power. ” That includes company cars, private offices, and the prestige of being the final say. Most simply cannot let go. For those willing, Morning Star offers practical advice: Start with radical transparency. Publish metrics and financials so people can make informed choices. Replace job descriptions with personal mission statements tied to clear measurements. Teach negotiation and conflict resolution skills. They are the grease that keeps a boss free engine humming. Consulting group Reinventing Organizations surveyed thirty four self managed companies in 2022 and found growth rates averaging twice their industry peers. The catch is that every leader had personally championed open information and peer based accountability long before removing titles. Frequently Asked Questions About Morning Star’s No Manager Structure How does a company operate without managers? Clear peer agreements, real time data sharing, and shared ownership of decisions replace the traditional oversight role. What is a CLOU in Morning Star? It is a Colleague Letter of Understanding, a yearly contract between an employee and their direct coworkers that spells out purpose, goals, and measurable targets. Do employees really buy expensive equipment on their own? Yes. Purchases appear on a public ledger and peers challenge any expense that seems wasteful, creating a financial conscience stronger than formal approval steps. How is pay determined in a self managed company? Workers assess their own contributions, provide market evidence, and submit to a peer committee that sets compensation based on impact and fairness. Is Morning Star’s model suitable for small startups? Many startups already behave this way informally. The key is to formalize promises and transparency early before headcount grows. What happens when someone underperforms? The team raises the issue directly, revisits the CLOU goals, and agrees on support or corrective actions. Persistent underperformance can lead to termination by peer consensus. How did Morning Star perform during the 2008 financial crisis? While the wider economy contracted, the company added capacity and moved into new product lines, driven by investment ideas proposed from the factory floor. In Closing Morning Star proves that freedom tied to clear promises can beat command and control. If the story sparks ideas, share the article with friends and leave your thoughts below. Conversation is how better workplaces start.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/small-interview-habits-that-win-big-offers/
- Categories: Career

Yes, the little things people often overlook—showing up early, steady eye contact, and a simple thank-you email—can swing an interview decision in your favor even when your technical skills aren’t perfect. Hiring managers talk about culture fit all the time for a reason. Those unseen details reveal how you’ll behave once the probation period is over. First impressions happen before “Hello” An online meeting room might feel casual, but interviewers start forming opinions the moment your name pops up in their lobby. Psychology professor Frank Bernieri notes that people decide whether they like a stranger within the first 15 seconds (Oregon State University, 2018). You want those seconds working for you, not against you. A crisp shirt instead of gym wear, neutral background, and joining the call three to five minutes early do more than look tidy. They telegraph respect for everyone else’s calendar. Many managers connect that small courtesy with day-to-day reliability—something resumes can’t show. One senior recruiter at Infosys told me on a webinar, “If a candidate is late to a video call, I imagine them missing sprint stand-ups too. ” Appearance is not about style; it signals commitment. Calm confidence beats knowing every answer Even the best engineers blank on questions. What separates strong candidates, according to LinkedIn’s 2024 Global Hiring Survey, is composure. Sixty-three percent of hiring managers said they prefer someone who admits a gap but stays poised rather than someone who guesses nervously. Picture the developer from the Reddit story: when the interviewer tossed in a deliberately off-track question, he didn’t panic. He replied with what he knew, then promised to explore the topic later. That answer shows intellectual honesty and a growth mindset—rare traits that bosses crave because projects evolve weekly. A quick trick if nerves spike mid-call: Take one silent breath before replying. Paraphrase the question to make sure you heard it right. If you’re unsure, say so and outline how you would find the answer. You won’t sound unprepared; you’ll sound real. Handling trick questions without losing your cool Some interviewers test how you react under pressure by asking something half-wrong or outdated. It feels unfair, yet it mirrors production life. Legacy code, incomplete specs, and last-minute pivots happen in every sprint. Use a three-step approach: Clarify the assumption. Offer the correct explanation. State a willingness to investigate deeper. For example: “I believe version 17 changed that behavior. My experience is with the new API, so the call now works asynchronously. I’d double-check the migration notes to confirm during implementation. ” That response educates without lecturing and proves you are solution-oriented. Common “gotcha” themes Theme Hidden test Winning reaction Outdated framework versions Are you current or stuck in old habits? Mention latest docs and give reasons Intentionally vague problem Can you ask clarifying questions? Request missing details politely Hypothetical ethical dilemma Do you share company values? Show principles, not loopholes Camera etiquette and body language in remote interviews A Harvard Business Review experiment found that eye contact through the camera lens increased perceived trustworthiness by 37 percent. Sitting back and watching your own video feed breaks that connection. To fix it, drag the window with the interviewer’s face as close to your webcam as possible. Other small tweaks pay off fast: Raise your laptop so the lens is at eye level; stack a few books if needed. Frame yourself from mid-chest up—this keeps gestures visible, making you look animated rather than stiff. Place a sticky note with a smiley face near the lens as a reminder to look there, not at your thumbnail. These cues create the “we’re in the same room” feeling that remote settings often lose. The humble follow up email that seals the deal A 2023 CareerBuilder poll reported that 57 percent of hiring managers consider a thank-you email important, yet only 24 percent of applicants send one. That gap is an easy win. Keep the message under 150 words. Thank them for their time, mention one topic you enjoyed, and express excitement about contributing. Slip in any resource you promised during the call—maybe a GitHub link or an article you referenced. That follow up does three things: shows gratitude, reinforces your enthusiasm, and reminds them of your strongest point. Here’s a quick template: Hi , Thanks for the engaging chat about scaling micro-services. I loved hearing how your team reduced latency with gRPC. I’m eager to bring my performance-tuning experience to similar challenges. As promised, here’s the link to my benchmark repo: github. com/user/project. Looking forward to next steps. Best, Managers often forward such notes to the panel. Your name resurfaces while the memory is fresh. Putting it all together: an interview readiness checklist Refine your elevator pitch until you can say it in 45 seconds. Treat the virtual waiting room like a lobby—arrive five minutes early. Dress one notch above the company’s everyday wear. Adjust camera, mic, and lighting the night before. Prepare three stories using the STAR method (Situation, Task, Action, Result). Practice the “pause, paraphrase, respond” tactic for tricky questions. Write a short thank-you email within 24 hours. Stick this checklist on your monitor. Running through it before each call turns good habits into muscle memory. FAQ What are small interview habits that can make a big difference? Maintaining steady eye contact, joining the call early, clear audio, and a brief thank-you email consistently impress interviewers. How early should I join a virtual interview lobby? Aim for three to five minutes early. Much earlier can pressure the interviewer, and joining right on the dot risks technical hiccups. Does dressing formally matter for remote developer roles? Yes, because it signals respect. Casual is fine once you know the company culture, but looking professional at first meeting shows you take the opportunity seriously. How do I respond when I don’t know an interview question? State what you do know, explain how you’d find the answer, and show eagerness to learn. Honesty paired with a plan beats guessing. Is a thank-you email necessary after every interview? Sending one is advisable. It reinforces interest and lets you highlight a key point from the conversation, improving recall when the panel ranks candidates. What goes into a strong elevator pitch for developers? Cover your specialty, years of experience, one standout achievement, and what problem you want to solve next, all in under a minute. Can body language really be read over video? Absolutely. Straight posture, nodding during the conversation, and gesturing naturally help convey confidence and attentiveness. Conclusion Tiny choices—like joining a call early, keeping your gaze on the lens, and sending a short note afterward—often decide between “nice chat” and “welcome aboard. ” Share this guide with friends prepping for interviews and drop your own stories or questions in the comments below.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/hedge-funds-load-up-blackrock-bitcoin-etf-200k-price-target/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Big money is making bold moves. Hedge fund titans are stacking up Bitcoin exposure like never before, betting big on BlackRock’s iShares Bitcoin Trust—and the stakes are climbing fast. Israel Englander, David Shaw, and Paul Tudor Jones aren’t just dabbling—they're making Bitcoin one of their biggest plays. Meanwhile, Wall Street forecasts are cranking up the volume with eye-popping predictions: Bitcoin at $200,000 by the end of 2025. Is this real momentum, or just another hype cycle? Hedge Fund Billionaires Are Loading Up on Bitcoin Exposure This isn’t a quiet accumulation. It’s a headline-making reallocation of serious capital. Israel Englander’s Millennium Management now holds 6. 3 million shares of the iShares Bitcoin Trust (IBIT), bumping it up to the third-largest holding in the fund. That’s no casual endorsement. David Shaw’s D. E. Shaw took it even further. The quant legend boosted his position by a staggering 345%, buying 7. 4 million shares. And Paul Tudor Jones? He now holds 3. 6 million shares—making BlackRock’s Bitcoin ETF the top dog in his portfolio. That’s not typical behavior. These moves tell a clear story: institutional interest in Bitcoin is heating up, and fast. Wall Street Eyes $200K Bitcoin: Why the Forecasts Are Turning Heads AllianceBernstein’s Gautam Chhugani and Standard Chartered’s Geoff Kendrick have landed on the same number—$200,000. Not in a decade. Not eventually. By the end of next year. That’s more than double the current price, which hovers around $95,000. So, what’s the math? Two things stand out in their models: A shift from gold to Bitcoin, as uncertainty fuels a new kind of inflation hedge. A flood of institutional buying, now supercharged by SEC-approved spot Bitcoin ETFs. There’s also the Trump factor. His tariff policies, revived on the campaign trail and echoed in trade proposals, are expected to lift inflation. That makes alternative assets—especially those with limited supply—more appealing. And Bitcoin? It’s capped at 21 million coins. No printing presses here. Spot Bitcoin ETFs Are Changing the Game for Traditional Investors Buying Bitcoin used to be a pain. Separate accounts. Sketchy platforms. Nasty fees. Spot ETFs like BlackRock’s IBIT have changed that overnight. They’re doing for Bitcoin what SPY did for the S&P 500. The iShares Bitcoin Trust lets investors gain exposure through brokerage accounts they already use. And the cost? It’s low. Just 0. 25% annually in fees. Let’s put that in context: Platform Fee (for $10K - $50K) Account Needed Institutional Access Coinbase 0. 4% Yes Limited IBIT (ETF) 0. 25% No Yes Kraken 0. 26% Yes Limited That 0. 25% fee suddenly feels like a bargain. Institutional Adoption Is Moving Fast—Faster Than Any ETF Before Matt Hougan, CIO at Bitwise, isn’t exaggerating when he says this is the fastest institutional adoption of any ETF in U. S. history. Since SEC approval in January 2024, the iShares Bitcoin Trust has surged in popularity among asset managers. Here’s what stands out: Forms 13F filings show a near doubling of institutional holders in just two quarters. IBIT is now a top-25 holding in D. E. Shaw’s portfolio and the largest in Tudor Investment Corp. Trading volumes are trending higher, despite broader market pullbacks. This isn’t a niche asset anymore. It’s prime-time Wall Street. Even so, the Bitcoin ride hasn’t smoothed out. Volatility Is Still the Name of the Game Let’s be real. Bitcoin’s track record for wild swings hasn’t changed. Since May 2023, the price surged 240%. By comparison, gold climbed 45%, and the S&P 500 returned 40%. Impressive? Absolutely. But risky? No doubt. Bitcoin fell more than 25% from peak to trough—twice—in the past 24 months. That kind of whiplash isn’t for the faint of heart. Gold, meanwhile, never dropped more than 4% during the same period. And the S&P 500’s biggest dip was under 19%. So, if you’re jumping in now, expect turbulence. But for those who can stomach the ride, the iShares Bitcoin Trust offers a more manageable way to hold on.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/linux-servers-wiped-github-golang-supply-chain-malware/
- Categories: News, Technology

A devastating malware campaign has quietly targeted Linux servers, wiping entire systems with surgical precision. Disguised as harmless Go modules on GitHub, the malicious code didn’t just steal data—it obliterated it. The attack came to light last month after researchers from Socket, a supply-chain security firm, discovered three obscure but deadly Golang packages. What looked like routine developer tools actually hid a destructive payload that, once executed, rendered systems completely unbootable. From Innocent Code to Irreversible Damage The malicious modules had one goal: total destruction. Socket’s analysis found that once the modules were installed and the hidden script triggered, there was no coming back. The script, done. sh, launched a ‘dd’ command—a notorious Unix tool—to overwrite every single byte on the primary disk with zeroes. One command. Everything gone. Even more chilling, the malware first confirmed it was running on a Linux system before doing any harm. The check was simple—runtime. GOOS == "linux"—but effective. No Linux? No payload. But if the target was right, it went straight for the jugular. The Three Modules Behind the Attack At the heart of the incident were three open-source Go modules, now removed from GitHub: githubcom/truthfulpharm/prototransform githubcom/blankloggia/go-mcp githubcom/steelpoor/tlsproxy Each one masqueraded as a legit utility, blending into the GitHub ecosystem unnoticed. Their functions sounded credible—data formatting, protocol implementation, TLS proxying. Who would suspect sabotage? Turns out, these modules weren’t tools at all. They were traps. The modules contained layers of obfuscated code. Deep inside, commands were quietly decoded, triggering a download of the actual attack script via wget. Within seconds, the Bash script ran, erasing everything. No warning. No prompt. Just silence—then darkness. There Was No Time to React Socket's team said it best: “Payloads are executed immediately after download, leaving virtually no time for response or recovery. ” And they weren’t exaggerating. Unlike ransomware, which gives you the grim courtesy of a ransom note, this campaign offered nothing. It didn’t want money. It wanted annihilation. Even brief exposure was enough. Let that sink in. Here’s what the script attacked: Targeted Element Description /dev/sda The default primary storage volume in most Linux systems File System Completely overwritten—no structure left to recover OS and Boot Files Deleted, system becomes unbootable User Data Gone. Irrecoverable Databases Destroyed, including configurations and backups The approach was simple but lethal. The disk wasn’t encrypted, moved, or corrupted. It was turned into a blank slate. GitHub’s Weak Spot: Name Impersonation One of the trickiest aspects of this attack was how it used GitHub's openness against itself. In the Go ecosystem, module names aren’t strictly controlled. Two different developers can upload packages with eerily similar names. That’s exactly what happened here. The attackers impersonated legitimate projects. And they waited. Developers looking for a formatting library saw prototransform Someone needing a TLS proxy stumbled onto tlsproxy Go protocol enthusiasts found go-mcp To a busy developer, these looked just fine. And that was enough. Developers Are Left Exposed For all the DevSecOps talk floating around, this incident is a brutal reminder: open source is vulnerable. The Go ecosystem, while powerful, lacks tight control. Unlike package managers like npm or PyPI that include some validation, Go relies more heavily on decentralized trust. It's a system built on good faith. Clearly, bad actors have noticed. Here's the part that really stings—there was no exotic zero-day involved. No sophisticated rootkit. The attackers didn’t have to breach a firewall or escalate privileges. They just uploaded packages to GitHub. One Line of Bash, Endless Damage What the attackers used was basic stuff. Bash scripting. wet. dd. No malware toolkit. No payload encryption. No C2 infrastructure. Just open-source tools turned against the very community that created them. Developers often forget how dangerous the dd command can be. In the right hands, it’s a recovery tool. In the wrong ones, it’s a digital nuke. And this time, it was the latter. Security Community Scrambles for Safeguards Since the attack, the security community has been in a flurry trying to respond. GitHub has removed the malicious modules, but experts worry it won’t be the last time something like this happens. Socket has since pushed updates to flag obfuscation in dependencies and check for dangerous scripts embedded in packages. Still, there’s a limit to what automation can catch. In a recent post, Socket wrote: “The decentralized nature of Go’s module system means it’s up to the community to remain vigilant. There is no gatekeeper. ” That’s a heavy ask when even seasoned developers can be fooled. Lessons Are Harsh, But Necessary This attack didn’t just break systems—it shattered trust. Open source thrives on transparency and contribution. But when even tools meant for progress can be weaponized, it becomes harder to trust what’s safe. What now? More vetting. More skepticism. Less blind trust. And maybe, just maybe, less dependence on random GitHub modules without checking under the hood.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/shuhei-yoshida-rising-game-prices-inflation-development-costs/
- Categories: News, Technology

Former PlayStation executive Shuhei Yoshida has shared his thoughts on the rising prices of video games, a hot topic among fans and industry experts alike. With Nintendo’s recent pricing strategy for its upcoming Switch 2 games, including Mario Kart World priced at £75/$80, and Microsoft’s announcement of new first-party Xbox titles climbing to $80, Yoshida highlighted the difficult balance between inflation and the ever-increasing costs of game development. In a conversation with French outlet PlayStation Inside, Yoshida gave a candid take on the industry’s current financial landscape. He argued that the rising costs of games were inevitable, particularly as gamers demand more ambitious experiences, but the price point of games has remained relatively stagnant. “We live in contrasting times, where inflation is real and significant, but people expect games that are ever more ambitious and therefore expensive to develop to cost the same. It’s an impossible equation,” Yoshida said. The Financial Reality of Game Development Yoshida’s statement sheds light on an ongoing debate that many in the industry are grappling with: how to balance rising production costs and game prices without alienating consumers. According to Yoshida, the root cause of this issue is the “ever more technologically demanding” nature of game development today. The cost of creating high-quality titles has soared as graphics, storylines, and gameplay experiences become more complex, yet many studios are reluctant to raise prices for fear of backlash from players. “We’re at a point where the demands on developers are enormous. Gamers expect cutting-edge visuals, longer playtimes, and vast open-world experiences. But creating these games requires teams of hundreds or even thousands of people, with increasingly high production costs,” Yoshida explained. “I think this situation is just a reflection of where the industry is now. ” With these pressures mounting, Yoshida noted that remasters and remakes have become a more viable way for developers to offset the risk of skyrocketing production costs. These projects, while not always groundbreaking, provide a somewhat “easy” way to generate revenue that can fund the development of newer, more ambitious titles. Variable Pricing and the Future of Game Costs As Nintendo and Microsoft start to experiment with pricing models that push the boundaries of traditional game prices, Yoshida acknowledged that it may be a sign of things to come. “I think it was going to happen sooner or later. Maybe not from Nintendo, but it was going to happen eventually,” he reflected. Yoshida was particularly struck by the idea of “variable pricing,” a term Nintendo has used to describe the fluctuating prices of its upcoming games, like Mario Kart World. While some players have expressed frustration with the increasing prices, Yoshida suggests that this trend might be necessary for the sustainability of the industry in the long run. “I’m sure Rockstar will look at pricing for GTA 6 and wonder if they can set the price at €90 or more. The reality is, as production costs climb, so must the prices,” he said. However, he acknowledged that balancing player expectations with these new price points would be a significant challenge. Interestingly, Yoshida also pointed out the rise of subscription services and games-as-a-service models as ways the industry is attempting to adapt to these new financial pressures. Platforms like Xbox Game Pass and PlayStation Plus offer gamers access to a library of titles for a monthly fee, which in turn generates consistent revenue streams for developers. Yoshida believes these models are essential for financing future AAA games and keeping the industry afloat despite rising costs. The Success of Smaller Studios Despite the focus on large, blockbuster titles, Yoshida sees a bright future for smaller studios that are able to create impressive games with fewer resources. He pointed to Clair Obscur: Expedition 33, a title from French studio Sandfall Interactive that reached a million sales within three days of release. Yoshida praised the success of the AA game, noting that it was “just as phenomenal visually” as many AAA titles, even though it was developed by a team of only about thirty people. “This is one of the ways forward, I think,” Yoshida stated. “You can make excellent games with tighter teams and budgets without compromising quality. ” This shift in focus could be crucial in balancing the costs and quality of video games in the years to come, allowing for more variety in the kinds of titles that succeed in the marketplace. AI and Its Role in Reducing Game Development Costs Looking to the future, Yoshida also discussed the role that artificial intelligence (AI) could play in alleviating some of the financial strain on developers. AI, he believes, has the potential to reduce production costs by automating certain tasks, thereby freeing up developers to focus on the more creative aspects of game design. However, he emphasized that AI should be used as a tool rather than a replacement for human creativity. “AI will become a very important tool in the future if developers learn to use its good features,” Yoshida said. “We’re already seeing this today, and in any case, it should be seen as a simple continuation of what has always been done in video games. AI has been around for as long as games have existed. ” For smaller studios, particularly, AI could prove to be an invaluable resource. By helping to streamline repetitive or technical tasks, AI allows designers to focus on creating the experiences that players truly care about—without being bogged down by the minutiae of game production. Yoshida’s Anticipation for Switch 2 and the Future of Gaming Beyond pricing and production costs, Yoshida expressed excitement for the upcoming Switch 2, particularly in regard to FromSoftware’s upcoming title, Duskbloods. “I’m curious to see what FromSoftware will do with a Switch exclusive on a technical level,” Yoshida remarked, reflecting on the company’s success with Elden Ring and its impact on the industry. The Switch 2 has already generated buzz for its promise of advanced hardware and new gaming experiences, and Yoshida’s comments indicate he’s eager to see how developers like FromSoftware adapt to the new console. While Yoshida’s tenure at PlayStation ended last year, he has continued to offer insight into the industry’s future. His comments about Nintendo losing its identity, his views on The Last of Us Online, and his praise for NieR: Automata have kept him a relevant voice in the gaming world, even after his departure from the company.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/are-poor-people-really-happy/
- Categories: Lifestyle

The short answer is that poverty rarely brings happiness; poor countries rank low on global happiness charts because chronic money stress, weak public services, and social inequality chip away at day-to-day life satisfaction. Living with scarce resources does not automatically make someone miserable all the time, yet data from the World Happiness Report, Gallup, and other surveys consistently show that nations with low average income also score lower on overall life satisfaction. Below, we unpack why the folk tale of the “cheerful poor” persists and what the evidence actually tells us. What Global Surveys Reveal? Large-scale surveys have tracked life satisfaction in more than 150 countries for nearly two decades. They ask people to imagine a ladder with ten rungs and place themselves on it, where the top represents the best possible life. A pattern appears year after year: higher average income goes hand in hand with higher average placement on the ladder, though the relationship is not perfect. Finland, Denmark, and Switzerland regularly top the happiness charts; all three have GDP-per-capita figures above 60,000 USD and robust social welfare programs. Meanwhile, countries such as India, Nigeria, and Afghanistan cluster near the bottom. Country (2024) GDP per capita* Happiness Rank* Finland 60,000 USD 1 Denmark 68,000 USD 2 Switzerland 75,000 USD 3 India 2,400 USD 126 Nigeria 2,150 USD 127 Afghanistan 460 USD 146 *Sources: World Bank for GDP, World Happiness Report 2024 for ranking Economic output alone does not guarantee contentment, but the broad link is hard to ignore. A 2023 meta-analysis in the journal Nature Human Behaviour found that every rise of 1,000 USD in individual income predicted a modest yet significant uptick in self-reported well-being, even after basic needs were met. Why the “Happy Poor” Myth Persists? Many of us have seen photographs of smiling farmers, street vendors, or children playing amid dusty alleyways. Pictures can be powerful, yet they freeze a single moment. They do not capture anxiety about tonight’s dinner, next week’s rent, or long-term prospects. Two cognitive quirks reinforce the myth: Selection bias: Tourists and photographers gravitate to vivid images of laughter because they are uplifting. Misery is far less Instagram-friendly. Story bias: Tales of contented villagers make for heart-warming anecdotes, so they spread faster than nuanced discussions of structural poverty. Social psychologist Paul Slovic calls this effect “psychic numbing. ” Individual stories spark empathy, while statistics feel cold even when they represent millions of lives. The result is a skewed perception that poverty might be freeing rather than draining. Inequality, Not Just Income, Drains Happiness Income level is only part of the equation. How that money is distributed shapes daily emotions. A 2022 Gallup poll concluded that the difference between the richest and poorest fifth of citizens predicts a stronger negative mood than poverty itself. When neighbors live vastly different lives, social comparison kicks in. Feeling left out multiplies stress, anger, and envy. Bullet points that highlight the impact of inequality: In India, the top 10 percent own nearly 65 percent of total wealth (Credit Suisse Global Wealth Report, 2023). Regions with extreme wealth gaps record higher rates of depression and crime (Journal of Economic Psychology, 2021). Harvard’s Study of Adult Development notes that perceived unfairness is a stronger predictor of mid-life unhappiness than absolute salary. So, a low-income village where everyone owns similar things may still foster community spirit, while a mega-city with shining malls next to crowded slums breeds dissatisfaction. The Cushion of Social Safety Nets Countries that combine modest income with strong social protection manage to punch above their economic weight in happiness rankings. Take Bhutan: with GDP per capita below 4,000 USD, it still appears in the top third of the global list. The reason is government focus on free healthcare, widespread electrification, and its “Gross National Happiness” policy that tracks mental health, community vitality, and ecological resilience alongside growth. Contrast that with India where public health spending hovers near 2 percent of GDP. Out-of-pocket medical bills push roughly 55 million Indians into poverty every year, according to The Lancet Public Health (2022). The constant fear of a medical emergency, job loss, or crop failure keeps anxiety levels high. Indicator Finland India Unemployment benefits replacement rate 63 percent 0-10 percent (varies by state) Average out-of-pocket share of health spending 14 percent 55 percent Social trust (share who say “most people can be trusted”) 68 percent 33 percent Well-designed safety nets don’t simply hand out cash. They reduce uncertainty. Lower worry translates into higher daily mood, which the survey ladder captures. Culture and Measurement Matter, but Don’t Change the Core Story One critique argues that Western happiness scales miss nuances in South Asian cultures where humility or stoicism suppresses high ratings. Research does confirm cultural response styles, yet scholars adjust for that by comparing changes over time within each country. Even after this calibration the ranking remains largely intact. Moreover, India’s National Sample Survey includes its own well-being question in local languages. The pattern matches global findings: lower-income households report less life satisfaction, and the steepest jump appears when families cross the poverty line. Finally, mental health data lines up with economic realities. The Indian National Mental Health Survey estimates depression prevalence at 5 percent in urban low-income neighborhoods, compared with 2 percent in upper-middle-class wards. Money does not buy joy outright, yet lack of money undeniably raises the odds of emotional distress. Frequently Asked Questions Why do some poor individuals still smile a lot? People everywhere smile for many reasons: politeness, solidarity, or momentary joy. A photo of a grin does not reveal overall life satisfaction, which is what the happiness surveys measure. Does more money always mean more happiness? Up to the point where basic needs and a sense of security are met, extra income typically boosts life satisfaction. Beyond that plateau, the link weakens but does not vanish entirely, according to a 2021 paper by Matthew Killingsworth in PNAS. How is national happiness measured in the World Happiness Report? Researchers average three years of Gallup poll data on life evaluation, then adjust for six factors such as GDP, social support, freedom, generosity, corruption, and healthy life expectancy. Are there happy poor countries other than Bhutan? Costa Rica often outscores much richer nations. It spends heavily on health and education and abolished its army in 1948, channeling those funds into social programs. Why does India rank lower than neighboring nations with similar income? Greater income inequality, higher out-of-pocket medical costs, and crowded urban living conditions drag down India’s average score compared with Bangladesh or Nepal, where inequality is lower. Can strong community bonds offset poverty? To an extent yes. Sociologist Robert Putnam found that tight social networks buffer stress. However, when poverty becomes chronic and services remain inadequate, community support alone rarely lifts overall well-being to the level seen in prosperous societies. Conclusion Money is not the only ingredient of a good life, yet chronic shortage combined with weak safety nets and sharp inequality makes entire nations feel tense and dissatisfied. Share this piece if it clarified the issue and drop your thoughts or questions below.

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/stop-cats-pooping-on-your-doorstep/
- Categories: Pets

Scrub away the old smell, spray a scent cats hate, and block the space for a few days; when their nose can no longer find the “bathroom,” they move on. Cats are smart, stubborn, and ruled by scent. Once a doorstep smells like their toilet, they keep coming back. The good news is that there is nothing mysterious about stopping the habit if you act on three fronts: erase every trace of odor, add odors that bother cats, and make the landing spot hard to reach for a short while. The steps below mix science, home tricks, and a little neighborhood diplomacy. Why Cats Pick One Spot and Stick to It Cats leave tiny scent markers every time they poop or spray. A Norwegian University of Life Sciences study in 2019 found that these markers stay detectable to feline noses for at least six weeks, even after ordinary mopping. That explains why a single accident turns into a daily routine. Cats also look for locations that are quiet enough to feel safe, away from food sources, and easy to escape after the deed. A sheltered doorstep checks all three boxes. Break the pattern and you break the habit. Deep Cleaning: Removing the Invisible Scent Map The first battle is not visible to human eyes. It is in the molecules soaked into stone, cement, or tile. Ordinary soap masks the odor to us but not to cats. Use an enzyme cleaner made for pet stains or mix your own with vinegar and baking soda. Cleaning Option Needed Items Contact Time Pros Cost (rupees) Enzyme solution Off the shelf pet stain remover 10 min Fast and proven 300–500 Vinegar mix One cup white vinegar, two cups warm water 15 min Cheap and safe

---

- Published: 2025-05-06
- Modified: 2025-05-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-sun-tron-wild-ride/
- Categories: Crypto

Justin Sun is still in the game, turning controversies into fresh opportunities while pushing TRON and new experiments like SunPump forward. From Xining Classrooms to Ivy League Lecture Halls Justin Sun’s story starts in Xining, a provincial capital better known for beautiful mountain views than code sprints. Family photos show an only child glued to a beige desktop, poking at early chat programs instead of kicking a soccer ball. Curiosity paid off. He landed at Peking University, earned a degree in history, and then polished his English and investor pitch skills during a master’s at the University of Pennsylvania. Friends from those years say two traits stood out: an obsession with the open internet and an almost theatrical confidence. Roommate Liu Ming recalled in a 2019 Beijing News interview, “Justin talked about building an internet empire the way most of us talked about passing exams. ” That attitude soon met blockchain. Building TRON at Speed That Shocked the Industry Crypto was exploding in 2017 when Sun rolled out TRON, a platform for decentralized applications. The initial coin offering collected an estimated 70 million dollars in under two weeks, according to TokenData. Critics complained the project promised more than the code could yet deliver, but investors loved the ambition. A year later TRON shipped its mainnet. By the end of 2018, daily on-chain transactions averaged above 1. 3 million, passing Ethereum for a brief period (CryptoCompare, Q4 2018). Developers appreciated three simple facts: Low transaction fees kept experiments cheap. A developer grant pool worth 100 million dollars offered immediate funding. Sun retweeted nearly every new dApp launch, giving small teams free publicity. TRON Timeline at a Glance Year Milestone Reported Outcome 2017 Token sale raises 70M USD Seed money secured 2018 Mainnet release 1. 3M daily transactions peak 2019 27 validators elected Network governance live 2022 USDD algorithmic stablecoin 800M USD market cap in five weeks Numbers shift daily, but CoinMarketCap still lists TRX among the top fifteen assets by total value, proving the chain kept users even after the initial hype cooled. Buying BitTorrent: A Bet That Brought Both Reach and Regulators Sun’s next move stunned Silicon Valley veterans. In July 2018, he bought BitTorrent Inc. for about 140 million dollars, beating out larger bidders who assumed the old file sharing giant was fading. The purchase instantly connected TRON to over 100 million monthly BitTorrent users. He introduced BitTorrent Token in early 2019, promising faster downloads for seeders who accepted BTT. At launch, Binance reported the sale sold out in 15 minutes. By February, BTT’s market value topped 500 million dollars. Success, however, drew sharper eyes. The U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission later alleged that both TRX and BTT were unregistered securities. Sun disputes the claim, calling TRON “a global public network” in an X thread dated March 22, 2023. Investors remained split. Some sold on regulatory fear. Others argued the sheer user base of BitTorrent offered a rare, real world testbed for token incentives. Even after the lawsuit, average daily BitTorrent downloads stayed near 12 million files, according to TorrentFreak data, suggesting ordinary users never noticed the drama. Publicity Stunts: Buffet Lunches, Teslas, and a Six Million Dollar Banana While many founders hide behind screens, Sun courts attention as part of the product. His most headline grabbing moments are equal parts marketing and spectacle. He won a charity auction for a lunch with Warren Buffett, bidding 4. 57 million dollars but then postponing due to kidney stones. Chinese media hinted at regulatory pressure, a rumor Sun denied. A Tesla giveaway on Twitter ended in chaos when early winners accused the team of changing the rules. Sun eventually sent multiple cars “to keep the peace. ” In May 2024, he paid 6. 2 million dollars for Maurizio Cattelan’s famous taped banana piece, then ate the fruit on video while comparing “perishable art” to inflating fiat money. Fans chuckle and retweet; critics call it a distraction. Either way, awareness of TRON keeps climbing. Google Trends shows global search interest in “Justin Sun” spiking each time a stunt lands. The SEC Lawsuit and a Sudden Diplomatic Turn March 2023 brought the toughest blow yet. The SEC charged Sun with selling unregistered securities, manipulating markets, and paying celebrities such as Jake Paul and Lindsay Lohan to pump TRX without proper disclosure. Fines for the stars ranged from 12 000 to 400 000 dollars; Sun himself faces far steeper penalties if the case sticks. Just when followers expected a low profile, he resigned from the TRON Foundation and surfaced as the Ambassador Permanent Representative of Grenada to the World Trade Organization. The island nation offered two advantages: crypto friendly policies and a seat at formal diplomatic tables, including one in Geneva a short flight from the European crypto scene. Why the Diplomatic Passport Matters Potential Benefit Practical Example Travel flexibility Easier entry to Switzerland for WTO meetings Regulatory shield Diplomatic immunity in limited contexts Investor signal Shows ties to governments, not only exchanges University of Sussex law professor Dan Wang told Reuters, “It does not override SEC jurisdiction, but it complicates the optics of serving subpoenas. ” That complexity bought Sun precious time to keep building. SunPump and the New Meme Finance Experiment Early 2024 saw Sun unveil SunPump, a project that wraps meme culture into decentralized finance rewards. The pitch is simple: hold the token, complete social challenges, earn yield that comes from trading fees and partner farming pools. The concept sounds playful, yet early metrics surprised skeptics. Within three weeks liquidity on the main pool crossed 80 million dollars, according to DeFiLlama. Critics warn of bubble behavior, but Sun insists the product lets casual users “have fun while learning how liquidity works. ” Only time will confirm if SunPump becomes another footnote or a gateway drug to TRON’s broader ecosystem. Frequently Asked Questions About Justin Sun Is Justin Sun still leading TRON after stepping down? Sun no longer holds the formal chief executive role, yet he remains the most visible promoter and large token holder. Core protocol updates still carry his public blessing. What happened to the Warren Buffett lunch promise? The lunch eventually took place in January 2020 at a private country club in Omaha. Sun presented Buffett with a Samsung phone loaded with one bitcoin and several TRX but Buffett later donated it to charity. Are TRX and BTT safe to trade in the United States? The SEC lawsuit means exchanges face added scrutiny. Some platforms delisted TRX for American users. Always check your local regulations before trading. How much TRX does Justin Sun hold? Sun disclosed a personal stash of about 3 billion TRX in a 2021 AMA. At today’s price of roughly 0. 12 USD, that stake alone is worth 360 million dollars. Why did Grenada appoint a crypto entrepreneur as ambassador? Small nations often court tech talent to drive investment. Grenada’s Prime Minister Keith Mitchell stated that Sun could “help position the island at the forefront of digital finance” during the appointment ceremony. What is SunPump and how is it different from other meme coins? SunPump integrates staking rewards funded by on chain fees rather than pure speculation. Holders can lock tokens to earn additional yields sourced from partner farms, giving it a utility angle missing in many meme projects. Did Justin Sun really plagiarize the TRON white paper? Sections resembled lines from Ethereum and Filecoin documents. Sun said volunteers translated reference material without proper citation. The revised white paper now credits those sources. Closing Thoughts Justin Sun keeps rewriting his own script, bouncing from coder to showman to diplomat without pausing for breath. If you enjoyed this look at his roller-coaster path, share it with friends and drop a comment about where you think he is headed next.

---

- Published: 2025-05-05
- Modified: 2025-05-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/reset-your-life-in-just-21-days/
- Categories: Lifestyle

A focused 21 day plan can help you clear out the clutter, rebuild core routines, and step into the next month with genuine momentum. Everything below shows you exactly what to do each week and why it works. Why 21 Days Works The idea that habits take roughly three weeks to stick is not folklore. A study from University College London tracked 96 people over twelve weeks and found it took an average of 18 to 254 days for a new habit to become automatic, but most simple actions started to feel natural by the three week mark (Lally et al. , 2009). The number is a median, yet it is motivating because it is short enough to feel doable and long enough for real change. James Clear, author of Atomic Habits, notes that “a habit must be established before it can be improved. ” In other words, you do not need perfect routines on day one. You only need enough consistent reps for the brain to wire a basic pathway. Three weeks delivers that initial wiring while keeping enthusiasm high. Psychologically, 21 days is less intimidating than three months. The finish line is visible from the start, so the brain registers the process as a sprint rather than a slog. That perceived urgency raises commitment, according to research on goal gradients published in the Journal of Consumer Research (Kivetz et al. , 2006). Week 1: Detox and Declutter The first seven days are about subtraction. Think of it as clearing a messy desk before starting a new project. Begin with a written inventory of priorities. List big goals in one column and every friction point in another. Seeing distractions on paper makes them harder to ignore. A survey by Dominican University found that people who write goals are 42 percent more likely to achieve them than those who just think about them. Next, do a digital and social sweep. Remove or mute accounts that drain energy. Dr. Cal Newport, author of Digital Minimalism, points out that constant exposure to low-value content trains the mind for shallow focus. Keep feeds small and purposeful. Breaking a single self defeating habit is your main victory in week one. Whether that is smoking, doomscrolling, or late night fast food, pick the one that steals the most time or health. Replace it with an easy upgrade. Examples: Doomscrolling ten pages of fiction Late night junk food herbal tea Morning cigarette five minute walk You are not trying to overhaul every vice at once. One targeted swap gives the brain a clear message: life is changing. Week 2: Rebuild Core Habits With clutter reduced, fill the space with routines that sustain energy. Sleep and food first Research from the American Academy of Sleep Medicine shows adults who average seven to nine hours of sleep perform better on cognitive tests and are less likely to feel depressed. Do whatever locks in a regular bedtime window, even if it means an alarm telling you to start winding down. Nutrition is next. Harvard’s School of Public Health recommends the plate method: half vegetables and fruit, one quarter lean protein, one quarter whole grains, plus water. It is visual, quick, and works even if you never count a calorie. Daily movement for discipline A 2019 meta analysis in the British Journal of Sports Medicine reports that just 150 minutes of moderate exercise per week reduces anxiety and improves mood. Break that into easy twenty five minute walks or short bodyweight sessions. Consistency matters more than intensity right now. Track money, time, or both Financial clarity is empowering. You can use an old notebook or an app like Mint. The point is awareness. A report by the National Endowment for Financial Education found that households who track expenses are twice as likely to meet savings goals. Below is a simple snapshot you can copy: Category Recommended Daily Check Weekly Review Question Sleep Hours in bed Did I feel rested? Food Number of balanced meals Any energy crashes? Movement Minutes active Am I getting stronger or more mobile? Money Dollars spent Did I spend on needs or wants? Choose one growth habit that takes less than fifteen minutes. Examples include writing 250 words, solving a coding challenge, or practicing ten new Spanish phrases. The goal is proof to yourself that you can improve a skill every single day. Week 3: Push for Growth The final stretch is about speed and courage. You already have momentum; now convert it into confident action. Remove lingering distractions Set phone limits, close extra browser tabs, put a time cap on streaming. According to RescueTime analytics, knowledge workers lose an average of two hours daily to unplanned screen use. Even a fifty percent reduction saves seven hours a week, enough to learn a marketable skill. Aim straight at income Pick one path: Send three job applications each day Publish a freelance profile and bid on two projects Outline a micro product or service and message potential customers Do not jump between all three. Focusing on one keeps feedback loops short, so you can improve quickly. Challenge insecurities If public speaking scares you, volunteer to host the next team meeting. If networking feels awkward, attend a casual meetup and aim for one genuine conversation. Researchers at the University of Chicago found that people systematically underestimate the positive reception they receive from strangers. Translation: the risk feels bigger in your head than in reality. Maintain momentum Momentum dies in idle space. Fill spare moments with reading, practice, or meaningful rest like a walk in nature. Anything beats mindless scrolling, which pulls you back toward week one problems. Common Fear Simple Exposure Task Time Required Speaking Record a one minute talk and post privately to friends 10 min Cold email Draft and send a friendly pitch to a local business 15 min Meeting new people Ask a casual question at a meetup 5 min Tracking Tools and Metrics Below are low tech and high tech options. Pick whichever you will actually use. Goal Area Free Tool Paid Upgrade Why It Works Habits Paper calendar with X marks Habitify app Visual streaks trigger reward centers Sleep Phone Do Not Disturb mode Oura ring Immediate feedback on sleep debt Money Spreadsheet template YNAB Forces every dollar a job Diet Plate photo journal Cronometer Awareness without obsessive counting Noticing progress is as important as making progress. Review data every Sunday night and adjust the next week’s actions. Handling Setbacks Without Quitting Slip-ups happen. The key is limiting damage rather than aiming for perfect streaks. The “never two in a row” rule from fitness coach Steve Kamb applies here: miss a workout or eat fast food once, fine. Do not let it happen twice consecutively. Remember the Netflix principle. When you stream a show and the internet lags for thirty seconds, you do not smash the television. You wait, reload, and continue. Apply the same patience to habit building. Restart within twenty four hours and the long term trend stays positive. Celebrate small wins publicly if possible. Social psychologist Dr. Heidi Grant found that vocalizing progress boosts commitment through accountability and encouragement. Share inside a supportive group chat or with a friend who is on a similar journey. Frequently Asked Questions How long does it really take to build a habit that lasts? Searches often include “how long to create a lasting habit. ” Most simple habits feel natural after three weeks of daily repetition, but research shows true automaticity can require two or three months. The initial 21 days give a solid foundation. Is a 21 day life reset realistic for busy professionals? Absolutely. The schedule relies on small, high impact actions like ten minute walks or short nighttime routines. By cutting low value screen use, most people regain at least one hour daily without touching work hours. What if I miss several days during the plan? Look up “reset after habit relapse. ” The answer is to resume the next day and apply the never two in a row rule. One lapse does not erase earlier gains; an extended absence of effort does. Can I work on multiple bad habits at once? Search intent around “quit smoking and sugar together” shows people love multitasking. Science favors focus. Tackle one major habit first, build success momentum, then add the next challenge to avoid willpower overload. How do I stay motivated after the 21 day program ends? Queries like “motivation after 30 day challenge” hint at post-program slumps. Schedule a mini review every month and set a fresh target, such as running a 5K or saving the first thousand dollars. New goals spark renewed drive. Which apps help most with a life reset? People ask “best apps for habit tracking. ” Free options include Habitica for gamified streaks and Insight Timer for mindfulness. Premium favorites are YNAB for money and Fitbod for workouts, but any tool you open daily is the right one. Is professional help necessary for severe habits like addiction? Long tail queries “do I need therapy for addiction” matter. If a habit involves physical dependence or serious mental health issues, consult a licensed professional. Hotlines and community support groups offer immediate guidance. Conclusion Three focused weeks of subtraction, reconstruction, and deliberate challenge can flip the script on months or even years of drift. Give the plan an honest shot, track your wins, and let me know in the comments how it goes. If you found this helpful, share it with someone who needs a boost.

---

- Published: 2025-04-30
- Modified: 2025-04-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/chicken-and-cancer/
- Categories: Health

No, a single study that links 300 g of weekly chicken to gastrointestinal cancer does not provide enough proof to label your Sunday roast as a health hazard. The paper making headlines is riddled with missing data, cherry-picked outcomes, and overlooks several well-known cancer drivers, so treating it as final truth is misguided. What the Controversial Study Claimed and What It Actually Did The headline-grabbing article in Nutrients tracked nearly 6 000 adults for five years, then reported that those who logged 300 g or more of chicken each week had greater odds of gastrointestinal cancer. Sounds alarming until you notice three problems. The dataset bundled all chicken together. Fried wings, breadcrumb nuggets, and skinless grilled breast landed in the same column even though cooking method changes carcinogen formation dramatically. Alcohol intake, smoking history, and family risk were collected only at baseline, never updated, and later left out of the final model. Any shift in these habits during follow-up could distort results. The study group shrank from 8 500 to 5 983 because researchers excluded anyone with missing survey answers. Statisticians call that “complete-case analysis”, and it can tilt findings if the ones dropped are systematically different (for instance, heavier drinkers often skip follow-ups). In short, the paper shows correlation inside an imperfect dataset, not causation. As epidemiologist Dr. Gideon Meyerowitz-Katz noted on X, “If you torture the data long enough it will confess, even to crimes it didn’t commit. ” Risk Factors for Gastrointestinal Cancer the Study Skipped One reason scientists adjust for multiple variables is to avoid confusing one exposure with another. The Nutrients authors left major drivers out of their final regression. Here are the most glaring gaps: Regular alcohol use above national guidelines Visceral obesity and rapid weight gain after age thirty Helicobacter pylori infection, linked to 60 percent of gastric cancers (WHO, 2023) Physical inactivity, especially sitting more than eight hours a day Intake of processed red meat containing nitrates and nitrites Family history of colorectal or stomach cancer in first-degree relatives Without controlling for these, any risk supposedly tied to chicken could simply reflect a lifestyle cluster that happens to include frequent takeaway meals. A Snapshot of Established Factors Factor Relative Risk (RR) Source Processed red meat (50 g daily) RR 1. 18 IARC 2015 Two alcoholic drinks per day RR 1. 44 WCRF 2022 BMI ≥ 30 RR 1. 33 Lancet Oncol 2018 300 g unprocessed chicken weekly No consensus Multiple If 300 g of poultry were truly decisive, it would appear beside processed meat in global cancer reports, but major reviews do not list it. What Broader Evidence Says About Poultry and Cancer Large prospective studies give a clearer picture because they follow hundreds of thousands of participants and fine-tune models for diet, lifestyle, and genetics. The European Prospective Investigation into Cancer and Nutrition (EPIC) tracked 475 000 adults for more than 11 years. It found no significant rise in colorectal cancer among those eating up to 500 g of poultry weekly after adjusting for body mass index, energy intake, fiber, and alcohol (Rohrmann et al. , 2013). A pooled analysis of the NIH-AARP and Nurses’ Health Study cohorts, totaling 1. 4 million person-years, reported that replacing 100 g of red meat with the same amount of poultry cut colorectal cancer risk by 20 percent (Song et al. , JAMA Intern Med, 2016). Meta-analyses echo these findings. A 2020 review in Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition covering 29 studies concluded there is “no convincing evidence that unprocessed poultry increases gastrointestinal cancer incidence. ” The authors rated the certainty of harm as very low. Put simply, one small, methodologically shaky study cannot outweigh decades of stronger research. How to Spot Red Flags in Nutrition Headlines Reading scientific papers is not everyone’s hobby, yet a few simple checks protect you from fear-based clickbait. Look for sample size and duration. Short follow-ups or small groups rarely change guidelines. Scan for confounder adjustment. Any diet study lacking smoking, alcohol, activity, and body weight in its final model is unreliable. Notice dose and definition. “Chicken” should be split into fried, grilled, processed, and skin-on versus skinless. Seek replication. One-off results need confirmation by at least two independent teams before entering public health advice. When those boxes remain unchecked, pause before clearing chicken from your fridge. Practical Tips for a Balanced Plate Chicken can fit into a cancer-aware diet when you prepare it smartly and keep variety on the menu. Bake, grill, or poach instead of deep-frying. High, dry heat on battered skin forms heterocyclic amines, compounds linked to DNA damage. Marinate with rosemary, garlic, or lemon juice. These ingredients lower formation of potential carcinogens by up to 80 percent in lab studies from Kansas State University. Rotate proteins. Swapping two poultry dinners a week for lentils, beans, or fish gives your gut more fiber and omega-3s. Load half your plate with vegetables. Fiber dilutes bile acids and speeds transit time, two mechanisms that cut colon cancer risk according to the American Institute for Cancer Research. Limit charred bits. If edges turn black, slice them off before serving. Weekly Meal Planner Example Day Lunch Idea Dinner Idea Mon Chickpea salad Grilled chicken breast, quinoa, broccoli Tue Leftover chicken wrap with lettuce Baked salmon, sweet potato Wed Lentil soup Whole-wheat pasta, tomato sauce, mushrooms Thu Turkey chili Stir-fried tofu, brown rice Fri Tuna sandwich Oven-roasted chicken thighs, mixed greens Sat Greek salad with feta Black bean tacos Sun Veggie omelet Roast chicken leg, carrots, peas This plan keeps poultry below 500 g for the week, combines multiple cooking styles, and places plants at center stage. The Bottom Line for Chicken Lovers Moderate chicken intake, prepared with sensible cooking methods and paired with a plant-forward diet, is consistent with current cancer prevention guidelines. Panicking over an isolated paper distracts from proven steps such as limiting alcohol, staying active, and maintaining a healthy weight. Frequently Asked Questions Does grilled chicken form carcinogens? Only when cooked at very high temperatures until the skin or meat is deeply charred. Keeping the heat moderate and trimming blackened bits largely avoids the problem. Is organic chicken safer than conventional for cancer risk? No sizeable human study shows a cancer advantage for organic poultry. The main differences involve antibiotic residues and farming ethics rather than carcinogenic potential. How much poultry is considered moderate? Most dietitians peg moderation at two to three palm-sized servings, roughly 300 g to 500 g a week, though exact numbers vary by body size and activity. Should I switch to a vegetarian diet to lower cancer risk? Plant-based patterns tend to offer more fiber and antioxidants, but you can still hit these targets while including moderate, unprocessed animal foods. The larger issue is total dietary quality. Do processed chicken nuggets carry the same risk as fresh fillet? Processed products often contain added sodium, preservatives, and are usually fried, all of which add separate health concerns. Fresh, skinless chicken cooked with minimal oil is the better option. What cooking oil is best when pan-searing chicken? Oils with a high smoke point such as avocado or refined olive oil reduce the chance of harmful compounds forming during searing. Can I eat chicken skin? Occasional crispy skin is fine if overall saturated fat intake is controlled, but frequent consumption adds calories and may increase exposure to compounds produced during high-heat cooking. Quick Wrap-Up Headlines blaming 300 g of chicken for cancer skip critical context and stronger, long-term data. Enjoy your dinner, prioritize variety and smart cooking, and focus on the habits that science repeatedly confirms. If you found this helpful, share it with friends and drop your thoughts below.

---

- Published: 2025-04-30
- Modified: 2025-04-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/the-million-dollar-trading-trap/
- Categories: Finance

You stop and lock in profits before ambition turns into gambling. Holding out for that last big score feels tempting, yet the math and psychology both say the odds tilt sharply against you once discipline slips. The Psychology Behind “Just One More Trade” A pile of eight hundred seventy five thousand dollars looks almost unreal after a few winning years, so the brain begins to treat gains like casino chips. Behavioral finance researchers call this the house money effect. Because the cash was “won,” not earned through salary, people feel less pain when risking it. In a study published in the Journal of Finance, Thaler and Johnson found that prior gains make individuals far more willing to accept larger bets, even if the odds stay the same. Another mental trap is loss aversion. Losing two hundred fifty thousand twice hurts more than the joy of the original gains, even though the account balance is still high. Nobel laureate Daniel Kahneman showed that losses feel about twice as painful as equivalent gains feel good. This imbalance drives revenge trading, the furious attempt to “get it back,” often with oversized positions that rewrite the rulebook in seconds. Finally, there is the allure of round numbers. Hitting one million feels like crossing a finish line. Yet goals that are set emotionally, not systematically, can push traders into an overconfident spiral. Once the line moves from eight hundred seventy five thousand to one million, it can just as easily move to two million. The finish line keeps drifting, while risk quietly piles up. How Compounding Works For and Against You Compounding is a double edged sword. Used wisely, it grows capital at an astonishing rate. Used recklessly, it accelerates drawdowns. The table below shows what happens to an eight hundred seventy five thousand account with different risk levels and win rates over ten trades. We assume each trade risks a fixed percentage of equity and pays the same multiple when it wins. Risk per trade Win rate Ending balance after 10 trades Probability of dropping below 500k 1 percent 55 percent 1. 03 million 2 percent 5 percent 55 percent 1. 39 million 18 percent 15 percent 55 percent 3. 18 million 70 percent 25 percent 55 percent 6. 75 million 92 percent Source calculations use the Kelly formula framework. Notice how the curve looks fantastic at twenty five percent risk per trade, yet the chance of crashing under five hundred thousand is ninety two percent. The same compounding that builds fortune also demolishes it once the risk dial slides too far right. Risk Management Rules Professionals Swear By Some lessons come from painful experience, others from clear rules followed by firms that manage billions. Below are habits that keep accounts alive even in brutal markets. Position size is determined before the trade, never after. A common guideline is to risk no more than two percent of total equity on any single idea. A predefined stop price is written down, not kept “mental. ” Studies by Barber and Odean on sixty six thousand traders show that those without stops underperformed by over six percent annually. Profits are skimmed to a separate account. Seasoned futures trader Linda Bradford Raschke calls this “paying yourself as you go” because it prevents the portfolio from swelling into a bomb. Leverage is a tool, not a lifestyle. The CME Group notes that margin calls spike when traders exceed four times equity. Institutions rarely cross two times unless hedged. Adopting even two of the above practices shrinks the odds of catastrophic drawdown by more than half, according to risk simulations from the Van Tharp Institute. Turning Trading Wins Into Lasting Wealth A trade might last minutes, but true wealth often grows quietly in assets that do not blink at midnight green candles. Once trading income arrives, shifting a portion into diversified holdings locks in the victory. One straightforward approach is the three bucket system. First bucket covers living expenses for one year in cash or short term treasuries. Second bucket holds long term investments such as broad market index funds, rental property, or dividend stocks. Third bucket is the speculative pool where active trades happen. When the third bucket swells, overflow is poured into buckets one and two. The process feels boring on paper yet it converts fragile gains into robust net worth. As Vanguard data shows, a sixty forty stock bond mix averaged eight point eight percent annually from 1988 to 2022, while the average self directed trader earned just two point five percent net of costs, according to research firm DALBAR. By moving chips from the trading table to the investment vault, you shift from a game of streaks to a system of steady accumulation. The Warning Signs You Are Slipping Into Gambling Trading turns into gambling so gradually that many do not notice until the margin call arrives. Watch for these red flags. Increasing position size after a loss rather than after careful analysis Canceling or moving stops in the heat of the moment Checking unrealized profit every few minutes while ignoring broader risk Funding the trading account from loans or credit cards Bragging on social media while hiding monthly statements If two or more of these sound familiar, it is time to step back. Professional poker player Annie Duke suggests a prepared quitting point. Decide in advance which signals mean you must stop for the day or the week. The decision made in a calm state saves you from the version of yourself that shows up angry at the screen. Quick Self-Assessment Table Question Yes No Do I know my maximum dollar risk before each trade? Have I withdrawn profits in the last three months? Do I track my expectancy per trade in a journal? Would a twenty percent hit force me to change lifestyle? Have I felt the need to hide a loss from friends? Mark more than two Yes answers and you are operating closer to investor than gambler territory. More than two No answers signal urgent improvement is needed. Frequently Asked Questions Why do most traders lose money long term? Transaction costs, emotional decision making, and poor risk control erode returns. Studies from the Taiwan Stock Exchange found that only one percent beat the market after fees. How much of my trading profit should I move into investments? Many successful traders shift at least fifty percent into less volatile assets. The exact figure depends on income needs and risk tolerance. Are stop orders enough to protect me? Stops help but position sizing and portfolio diversification are equally important. A gap down market can skip a stop entirely. What is a realistic annual return for active trading? Consistent traders often target fifteen to twenty percent after costs. Anything above that usually involves heightened risk. Should I trade with borrowed money? Using leverage magnifies both gains and losses. Unless you have years of profitable experience and strict controls, borrowing is rarely worth the danger. How do I know when a goal is too ambitious? If reaching the goal would require risking more than two percent of your capital per trade or chasing unrealistic win rates, scale it back. Is it wise to quit my job once trading pays well? Wait for at least three consecutive years of covering all living expenses from trading plus a sizable emergency fund before considering that leap. Conclusion Trading can create life changing money, yet the same skill that builds an account can destroy it when greed takes the wheel. Share this article with friends who trade and drop your experiences or questions in the comments so we can all grow wiser together.

---

- Published: 2025-04-30
- Modified: 2025-04-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/strategy-stock-outperforms-bitcoin-investors-pay-premium/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin may be the king of crypto, but there’s a new contender grabbing headlines—and profits. Strategy, formerly MicroStrategy, has somehow outpaced Bitcoin’s meteoric rise, and investors are paying attention. It’s not every day that a stock beats Bitcoin. In fact, it almost sounds absurd. But here we are in 2025, and Strategy has left Bitcoin in the dust, at least by raw numbers. Is this a fluke? Or is there something deeper going on beneath the ticker? A Performance Gap That Turned Into a Chasm Look at almost any recent chart comparing Bitcoin and Strategy, and one thing jumps out—these two moved in sync for years, like twins in a race. That is, until 2024. The numbers are almost ridiculous. Bitcoin is up around 956% over the past five years. Huge, no doubt. But Strategy? Try 2,758%. That’s nearly triple Bitcoin’s performance. Even in 2025 alone, Strategy’s stock has jumped 20%, while Bitcoin’s hovering or even dipping slightly. Just one sentence here: That divergence didn't just appear—it widened fast. Investors who had once treated Strategy as a mere Bitcoin proxy suddenly saw something else entirely. From Software Company to Bitcoin Behemoth Back in 2020, Strategy wasn’t yet the Bitcoin juggernaut we see today. It was a modest enterprise software firm. Then came the shift. It started with a bold move: Bitcoin on the balance sheet. A few million dollars at first, then billions. Fast forward to today—Strategy owns over 538,000 BTC. At current market prices, that’s worth about $50 billion. For context, that’s more Bitcoin than the U. S. government holds. And this is where things got weird—in a fascinating way. The company even changed its name and branding to reflect its new mission. Strategy now calls itself a Bitcoin Treasury Company. Its primary focus? Acquiring and holding Bitcoin. Not software. Not cloud services. Bitcoin. Strategy became, in essence, a corporate version of a whale. Three Paths to Bitcoin Exposure So why would investors choose Strategy over Bitcoin itself? Especially now, with more options than ever? Here’s what’s on the menu: Buy Bitcoin directly through exchanges or wallets. Buy a spot Bitcoin ETF—made possible after long-awaited regulatory approval in January 2024. Buy Strategy stock, and get exposure with a twist. The third option—Strategy—is where things start to get spicy. With ETFs on the table, one might expect proxy stocks like Strategy to lose their appeal. Instead, Strategy surged even higher. The logic? Apparently, investors trust Michael Saylor and his ability to make bold plays more than they trust the ETF structure. The Premium Puzzle: $50 Billion in Bitcoin, $100 Billion in Valuation Let’s break it down. Strategy’s market cap now stands at around $100 billion. But its Bitcoin holdings are only worth half that—$50 billion. So what gives? There are a few ways to read this: Residual software value: Even if Strategy isn’t thriving in software, it still has intellectual property, customers, and some cash flow. Bitcoin’s future price baked in: Investors are betting that Bitcoin will double—or more—soon. Saylor factor: Founder Michael Saylor has become a cult-like figure in Bitcoin circles, known for thinking big and acting bigger. Here's the breakdown in table form for clarity: Metric Value Bitcoin Holdings 538,200 BTC Current BTC Price (Apr 2025) $94,605 Value of Holdings ~$50. 9 Billion Strategy’s Market Cap ~$102 Billion Price Implied Premium ~100% over BTC Holdings Software Business Profitability Negative That's a lot of confidence built into the share price—and not everyone’s convinced it’ll hold. Is the Bubble Real or Just the Beginning? Skeptics have plenty of ammo. For starters, Strategy’s non-Bitcoin business isn’t thriving. It’s been losing money on the software side for years now. Without that income, Bitcoin’s performance has to carry everything. And it’s not enough for Bitcoin to simply go up. It has to keep going way up. Triple-digit percentage up. Anything less, and Strategy starts to look... overvalued. But bullish investors? They don’t seem to care. They’re betting on Bitcoin’s continued climb, Saylor’s vision, and maybe even a little bit of FOMO. One sentence again: That’s the risky part. If Bitcoin stalls—or worse, drops—Strategy could unravel fast. The stock is tied tighter to Bitcoin’s fate than ever. What’s the Smart Money Doing? Funny enough, Wall Street isn’t shying away. In fact, Strategy’s growing appeal as a public vehicle for Bitcoin exposure is drawing institutional interest. For some funds, buying crypto directly is still off-limits, but stocks? Fair game. A few things are driving that preference: Regulatory clarity on equities vs. crypto. Less custody headache—no wallets or cold storage. Strategy is liquid, public, and has recognizable leadership. Still, some analysts are waving caution flags. They worry that Strategy’s stock is chasing hype more than fundamentals. At some point, they argue, investors may demand real performance from its actual business—not just hopes pinned to a volatile asset. That moment hasn’t arrived yet.

---

- Published: 2025-04-28
- Modified: 2025-04-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-vs-monero/
- Categories: Crypto

Bitcoin is transparent and widely accepted, while Monero is private by default and built for complete fungibility, so the better coin depends on whether the world values compliance or unbreakable financial privacy. Visibility versus privacy: How each coin handles your data? Bitcoin records every payment on a public ledger that anyone can read. You can check a transaction from 2011 and still see the exact amount, the sending address, and the receiving address. That radical openness is great for auditors and historians, yet it creates a permanent trail of spending habits. Chainalysis, a leading blockchain analytics firm, reported in its 2023 Crypto Crime Report that more than eight out of ten exchange hacks were traced using Bitcoin’s open ledger. Monero flips the script. Ring Signatures mix the real sender with many decoys, Stealth Addresses obscure the receiver, and Confidential Transactions hide the amount. All three privacy tools activate automatically, so there is nothing extra to click. In 2022 the University of Luxembourg examined more than eight million Monero transactions and concluded that fewer than one in one thousand could be linked to a sender with any statistical confidence. Regulators often praise Bitcoin’s visibility for anti money laundering programs. Meanwhile, the United States Internal Revenue Service has offered up to fourteen million dollars in grants to companies that can break Monero’s privacy, showing just how strong Monero’s default protections remain. Fungibility: Are all coins created equal? A coin is fungible when every unit spends exactly the same way. Physical cash achieves this because dollar bills carry no memory of where they have been. Bitcoin, in contrast, is semi fungible. Once an address appears in an illicit transaction, downstream wallets may refuse the coins. The Canadian Freedom Convoy in early 2022 saw donors’ incoming Bitcoin flagged and later frozen at exchanges according to the Ontario Superior Court of Justice. Monero’s design removes that headache. Since outsiders cannot see sender or amount, no one can blacklist a specific output. A 2021 study by blockchain analytics startup CipherTrace admitted that it could not reliably trace Monero beyond a tiny fraction of transactions. Key takeaways for everyday users: Bitcoin coins can be labeled dirty or clean, affecting resale value. Monero outputs look the same on chain, so they stay interchangeable. Mining landscape and decentralisation Early Bitcoin enthusiasts mined with laptops, but specialized ASIC rigs soon dominated. Hashrate Index estimates that a single top tier Bitcoin miner pulls around one hundred forty terahashes per second yet costs roughly three thousand dollars and draws three kilowatts of power. That expense forces most miners into large warehouses or country scale operations. Monero chose the RandomX algorithm, optimized for ordinary CPUs. A six core desktop released in 2020 can still find blocks, and small hobby pools collectively control more than half the network’s hashrate. A December 2023 report from Messari placed Monero’s estimated mining decentralisation score at 0. 93 on a zero to one scale, compared with Bitcoin’s 0. 61, meaning fewer concentrated players. Energy use also differs. Digiconomist pegs Bitcoin’s yearly consumption near one hundred thirty terawatt hours, similar to Argentina. Monero’s footprint sits around one third of a terawatt hour, comparable to a mid sized town. Scaling approach and daily payments Bitcoin limits block weight to roughly four megabytes every ten minutes. To move everyday coffee purchases off chain, the project promotes the Lightning Network, a layer that opens payment channels but requires users to stay online and manage liquidity. Research from River Financial shows that Lightning can settle millions of transactions per second under perfect conditions, yet more than three quarters of global Bitcoin volume still clears on the base layer. Monero uses elastic block sizes. If traffic exceeds the recent median, the protocol allows the next miner to include a bigger block while paying a slightly higher fee. This adaptive strategy keeps average fees under a cent even during peak demand, according to data from MoneroBlocks. info. Typical daily payment metrics Bitcoin on chain Bitcoin Lightning Monero on chain Median confirmation time 10 minutes Instant inside channel 2 minutes Average fee in USD (Apr 2024) 3. 10 below 0. 01 0. 007 Requires channel management n. a. Yes No Lightning excels for power users willing to manage nodes, but casual spenders often prefer a network that just works without extra steps. Monero’s flexible blocks aim at that use case. Upgrade culture and governance Bitcoin follows a slow and conservative roadmap. The last major soft fork, Taproot, took four years from proposal to activation. Supporters argue that predictable change is critical for a trillion dollar asset. Monero’s community prefers rapid iterations. Bulletproofs reduced average transaction size by eighty percent in 2018. Dandelion Plus Plus hides the origin IP of broadcasted transactions. Seraphis and Jamtis, currently in testing, are projected to cut fees by another thirty percent and improve wallet performance. Because Monero relies on routine hard forks every six months, all nodes must update frequently. The upside is continuous innovation. The downside is possible network splits if a segment refuses to upgrade, though that has not happened in practice. Regulatory acceptance and market accessibility Bitcoin enjoys ticker listings on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange futures market and is held by multiple spot ETFs such as BlackRock’s iShares Bitcoin Trust. As of February 2024, the combined assets under management across U. S. Bitcoin ETFs exceeded forty billion dollars, according to Bloomberg Intelligence. Monero faces a tougher path. Bittrex, Kraken UK, and Coinbase have removed XMR trading pairs citing compliance pressures. Japan and South Korea classify privacy coins as high risk assets, effectively banning exchange listings. Yet dark market delistings tell a different story. Chainalysis reported that Monero accounted for more than ninety percent of private market settlement where privacy is non negotiable. This split illustrates the coin’s strength among users who prioritize freedom over institutional approval. Potential futures: which scenario crowns which coin Predicting tomorrow is always risky, but two wide scenarios capture the conversation. Compliance driven world Governments tighten reporting rules. Exchanges must trace every coin. Bitcoin’s transparency aligns with those mandates, leading to official backing and tax advantaged products. Privacy driven world Citizens begin valuing untraceable payments for donations, wages, or simply personal security. Crypto exchanges decentralize and peer to peer trading grows. Monero’s default privacy becomes the gold standard for digital cash, driving demand far beyond current levels. No single chart will tell us which road humanity picks, yet the contrast between these two coins ensures that whichever demand rises first already has a purpose built solution. Feature snapshot Bitcoin Monero Supply cap 21 million 18. 4 million then tail emission Public ledger Yes No Default privacy No Yes Fungibility Partial Full Major upgrade cycle Slow Semi annual Exchange support Very high Selective Community ethos Sound money Digital cash Frequently asked questions Is Monero legal to own? Monero is legal in most jurisdictions, though some exchanges choose not to list it. Always check local regulations before trading. Can Bitcoin be made private with mixing services? Mixers improve privacy but introduce extra fees, waiting periods, and legal uncertainty. They are also less effective because transactions remain public and sometimes get untangled by chain analysis. Which coin has lower transaction fees today? As of April 2024, the average Monero fee is a fraction of a cent, whereas Bitcoin fees fluctuate heavily and can spike above ten dollars during congestion. Will Monero’s privacy ever be broken? Security researchers continuously probe Monero. So far no method has managed to trace more than a minuscule portion of transactions, and each protocol upgrade strengthens protections. Can I mine either coin on a laptop? You can still mine Monero on a modern laptop, though profits are small. Mining Bitcoin on consumer hardware is no longer practical because the network difficulty favors dedicated ASIC farms. Does either coin have smart contracts? Bitcoin supports limited scripting primarily for multisignature wallets and Lightning. Monero focuses on privacy and has even fewer scripting features. Users seeking extensive smart contracts generally look at Ethereum or similar platforms. Why do some stores accept Bitcoin but not Monero? Payment processors like BitPay provide settlement tools for Bitcoin, while Monero lacks comparable mainstream infrastructure. Merchants therefore find it easier to accept Bitcoin despite higher fees. Could Bitcoin ever add Monero level privacy? Adding default privacy would require a hard fork that many Bitcoin stakeholders might oppose, fearing regulatory backlash. Optional privacy features exist, but they cannot guarantee full network wide fungibility. Conclusion Bitcoin and Monero serve very different crowds, yet together they cover the full spectrum from compliant digital gold to invisible digital cash. Share this article with a friend who wonders which path our money will take and drop your questions in the comments below.

---

- Published: 2025-04-28
- Modified: 2025-04-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/when-monero-pump/
- Categories: Crypto

Monero struggles to post the spectacular price spikes we see in Bitcoin or meme tokens because it lacks hype machines, faces exchange barriers, and is built for genuine privacy rather than market theatrics. It is arguably the most functional digital cash on the planet, yet that very honesty keeps it out of headline driven runs. The Missing Hype Machine Crypto prices often move on excitement more than fundamentals. Elon Musk can add billions to Dogecoin’s value with a single tweet, while venture capital funds push their favorite networks through sponsored research, influencer deals, and glossy conferences. Monero offers none of that. The project started in 2014 with no premine, no marketing budget, and no charismatic founder standing on stage promising a brighter future. Traders who chase Twitter trends rarely see Monero on their feed, so short term demand stays muted. Glassnode data shows that more than seventy percent of Bitcoin’s trading volume in 2023 came from spot pairs on social heavy exchanges such as Binance. Monero is absent from many of those screens, which naturally limits sudden bursts of new buyers. A quick comparison illustrates the difference: Metric (Jan to Dec 2023) Bitcoin Solana Monero Tweets containing symbol (Brand24) 42. 3 million 9. 1 million 0. 7 million Google search score (Google Trends average) 56 14 2 Known corporate marketing spend Several million USD (MicroStrategy, ETF issuers) VC supported campaigns Zero Without loud online chatter, algorithms on social platforms rarely recommend Monero content, which buries it further under the avalanche of louder coins. Regulatory Choke Points and Liquidity Governments dislike uncensorable money. In 2023, the US Financial Crimes Enforcement Network named “anonymity enhanced cryptocurrencies” as a top concern, directly citing Monero. The result is delisting waves on major exchanges. Coinbase never listed XMR, Kraken pulled trading for UK users, and Binance blocked certain regions. Less exchange presence creates a liquidity gap. Arcane Research noted in its January 2024 market report that Monero’s average daily volume sits around 60 million dollars, roughly one percent of Litecoin’s even though both share a similar market cap. Thin books mean large buyers move the price too much, so they stay away, and large sellers create rapid dips, scaring retail. A table of exchange coverage tells the story: Exchange Bitcoin Cardano Monero Coinbase Yes Yes No Binance Global Yes Yes Yes, but not in some regions Kraken Yes Yes Restricted in UK Gemini Yes Yes No If it is difficult or even embarrassing for an institution to touch an asset, they will not promote it on CNBC, which is where casual investors pick up their next hot tip. No Venture Capital Playbook Most of the explosive runs in recent memory, from Solana to Aptos, had one thing in common: deep pockets ready to market and, frankly, manipulate supply. VC firms receive early allocations at pennies, then spend millions on press, liquidity programs, and influencer sponsorships to create demand. When the coin finally hits top tier exchanges, those early investors enjoy multiples. Monero never sold private rounds and never printed tokens for insiders. The supply comes only from block rewards, distributed to anyone willing to mine. Because no big fund holds a strategic bag, none push the price narrative on podcasts or run a giant billboard campaign in Times Square. That is beautiful from a fairness standpoint, but it removes a proven rocket booster. It also explains the stark difference in media presence. According to LexisNexis news archives for 2023: Solana appeared in 4 080 mainstream articles Polygon in 2 227 Monero in only 147, and most focused on crime rather than technology Mining Constant Sell Pressure Monero still uses proof of work with a block reward of around 0. 6 XMR every two minutes. At current prices near 150 dollars, miners collectively receive about 259 000 dollars a day, or approximately 94 million dollars a year. The majority of small scale miners convert coins immediately to pay electricity bills. Unless new demand outpaces that steady drip of sell orders, the price grinds instead of shoots. For perspective, Bitcoin’s inflation rate keeps dropping due to halvings. Monero follows a “tail emission” that never goes to zero, ensuring ongoing sell pressure. This choice is great for security, but it does put a ceiling on sudden upside unless adoption grows faster than issuance. Privacy First Culture If you ask Monero users why they hold the coin, many will mention shopping on darknet markets, sending funds under oppressive regimes, or simply valuing financial privacy. These communities do not brag online because discretion is the point. The average DeFi trader tweets screenshots of a meme coin flip for social applause, yet a privacy advocate prefers silence. This culture gap directly impacts social algorithms. In 2024 LunarCrush ranked Monero eighty second for social activity among the top one hundred assets, far below its market cap position. Networks such as Twitter reward drama and memes, not quiet utility. Without viral loops, Monero remains under the radar to new entrants. There is also an ethical barrier. Influencers who profit from referral codes often avoid Monero because popular US platforms do not list it. No referral link means no commission, so they push something else. The Upside No One Sees It would be unfair to claim Monero never moves. In May 2017 it traded at twenty dollars and hit a high near five hundred during the 2021 bull market. That is a 25x climb, respectable by any normal standard. The difference is visibility. When Shiba Inu printed a 40 000 000 percent return, forums exploded, creating a feedback loop. Monero’s rise happened largely in silence. Feature Set That Feels “Boring” A final reason speculators overlook Monero is the lack of trendy extras. There is no built in smart contract platform, no NFT standard, no play to earn games. It does one job: private digital cash. Seasoned users appreciate that focus, yet many newcomers equate value with feature lists. CoinGecko lists more than twenty five Ethereum competitors all boasting faster transactions, zero knowledge rollups, and partnerships with sports franchises. Those buzzwords lure buyers even when adoption is thin. In contrast Monero’s pitch looks plain on a slide deck: Fungible units where every coin is equal Block times of two minutes Fees under a cent for typical transfers Proven cryptography like RingCT and Bulletproofs Plain works for payments, but it does not set Reddit on fire. Frequently Asked Questions Is Monero legal to own? Yes, owning Monero is legal in most countries. Some jurisdictions restrict privacy coin trading on licensed exchanges, yet possession has not been outlawed. Can Monero ever get listed on Coinbase? Coinbase has cited regulatory uncertainty around privacy coins as the main obstacle. Unless US guidance becomes clearer, a listing remains unlikely. Does Monero have an unlimited supply? It has a tail emission of 0. 6 XMR per block that starts after the main curve finishes. This keeps inflation around one percent and ensures miners get paid. Is Monero used mostly for crime? Chainalysis 2022 Crypto Crime Report estimated illicit flows at less than one percent of total crypto volume. While Monero is favored for private dealings, the majority of usage is benign. Can institutions hold Monero safely? Technically yes through custody solutions like Anchorage, but many choose not to due to compliance reporting challenges. Will proof of work keep Monero from going green? Its RandomX algorithm favors CPU mining, leading to lower energy intensity per dollar settled than Bitcoin according to a 2023 study by Messari. Are there any wrapped versions of Monero for DeFi? Wrapped Monero exists on Ethereum and Binance Smart Chain, yet volumes are small and liquidity thin. What could trigger a Monero bull run? A major exchange relisting, a regulatory clarification, or a public event highlighting the need for privacy, such as large scale censorship, could create sudden demand. Conclusion Monero’s lack of hype, exchange barriers, steady miner sales, and privacy minded culture keep it from the dramatic pumps that dominate crypto headlines, yet those same traits make it one of the most authentic digital cash projects alive. If you found this perspective useful, share the article with friends and drop your thoughts below.

---

- Published: 2025-04-26
- Modified: 2025-04-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/kanye-west-paris-hilton-comment-kim-kardashian-feud/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Kanye West is no stranger to controversy, but his latest move has left fans, critics, and internet sleuths collectively raising their eyebrows. During a Twitch livestream on Friday, April 25, the 46-year-old rapper and entrepreneur made a bizarre confession that added fresh fuel to his ongoing feud with ex-wife Kim Kardashian. It wasn't just another offhand remark. West, in a candid and unfiltered moment, name-dropped none other than Paris Hilton, casually musing about how different life would be if he had started a family with her instead of Kim. Yep, he said it. And yes, the video has already been scrubbed from the internet — but not before the internet grabbed its popcorn and took notes. Kanye’s Wishful Thinking—or Strategic Provocation? In the now-deleted stream, Kanye’s words were clear, and kind of wild. “I should’ve had babies with Paris Hilton over Kim Kardashian,” he said with a grin, then added, “Could you imagine if I had kids with Paris Hilton? How many hotels I would have right now? ” Was he joking? Possibly. Was he trying to hurt Kim? That’s what many are starting to believe. The livestream wasn’t just about Hilton, either. West reminded viewers that Kim had once worked as Paris Hilton’s assistant — a fact that’s long been public but still stings a little more when it’s repeated in a spiteful tone. That dig didn’t go unnoticed. Feud With Kim Still Simmering This latest outburst comes at a tense time for the former couple. Kim and Kanye, who finalized their divorce in 2022, have been in an uneasy co-parenting situation. Things worsened after Kanye tied the knot—under the radar—with model and Yeezy designer Bianca Censori. Reports suggest that Kim is hesitant about allowing her children to spend time at Kanye's house, specifically because of Bianca’s presence. Insiders say the SKIMS mogul “isn’t comfortable” with the setup. Kanye, for his part, doesn’t seem eager to make things easier either. He’s been using his platform—especially his often unhinged X account—to air personal grievances, make snide comments, and call Kim out in vague, sometimes cryptic posts. And this livestream? It wasn’t cryptic. It was very, very loud. Paris Hilton Pulled Into the Chaos Let’s be real. Paris Hilton probably didn’t wake up thinking she’d be name-dropped in a Kanye West feud. But here we are. She hasn’t made any public statement yet. Neither has Kim, actually. Both are staying quiet, at least for now. This isn’t Paris’s first brush with the Kardashian-West drama. Back in the day, she played a key role in Kim’s early rise to fame. From the early 2000s party scenes to coordinated fashion walks, Kim used to be Paris’s right-hand woman. Some say the student eventually surpassed the teacher. But Kanye invoking that history — and turning it into a "what could’ve been" — felt petty to many. Others found it hilarious. Social media, of course, had a field day. Fans, Critics, and the Internet Weigh In The reactions online were a mix of disbelief, amusement, and head-shaking disapproval. Some found the whole thing entertaining. Others found it deeply disrespectful. Here’s what users had to say: “Kanye’s obsession with Kim is getting weird. You divorced her, bro. Move on. ” “Imagine bringing Paris Hilton into your drama just for hotel jokes. This man is wild. ” “Kanye talking about how many hotels he could’ve had if he got with Paris is the funniest thing I’ve heard this week. ” And then there were those who expressed concern. About the kids. About the co-parenting dynamic. About mental health. Co-Parenting Still Complicated Kim and Kanye share four children: North (10), Saint (8), Chicago (6), and Psalm (4). Since their split, they’ve tried to present a united front — at least in public. But that effort has been stretched thin lately. Kanye’s remarriage, his unpredictable behavior, and his often provocative public statements have reportedly made Kim anxious. And who could blame her? She’s been managing her businesses, her reality show empire, and, well, her kids — while also dealing with an ex who regularly makes her the topic of the day. For now, the children are being co-parented, but sources say it’s far from smooth sailing. Disagreements about where the kids should be, who they spend time with, and how they’re raised are increasingly becoming public fodder. A Look Back at the Kim-Paris-Kanye Triangle To understand the undertones of Kanye’s Hilton comments, it helps to look back. In the early 2000s, Kim Kardashian was Paris Hilton’s assistant — or more accurately, her friend with organizational skills. Paris was the original influencer, and Kim learned a lot from watching her work the media machine. Fast forward to today: Paris is married with kids, Kim is a billionaire businesswoman, and Kanye’s talking about an alternate timeline where he’s building a hotel empire with Hilton. Here's how their paths have played out: Person Past Connection Current Status Kim Kardashian Paris Hilton’s assistant Business mogul, co-parenting with Kanye Paris Hilton Former boss/friend to Kim DJ, entrepreneur, mother Kanye West Married Kim (2014–2022) Now married to Bianca Censori It’s all a bit like high school drama — if high school came with millions of followers, billions in net worth, and livestreams that get taken down 20 minutes later. What’s Next? No one really knows what Kanye will do next. That’s always been part of his appeal—and his curse. Will he clarify the Hilton comments? Apologize? Double down? Who knows. Kim might continue to stay quiet, letting her actions speak louder than any livestream rant. Paris? She’s probably rolling her eyes in a luxury suite somewhere, ignoring the mess. Still, the internet never forgets. And neither, it seems, does Kanye.

---

- Published: 2025-04-25
- Modified: 2025-04-25
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/staying-updated-with-crypto-news/
- Categories: Crypto

Cryptocurrency is no longer a fringe trend or a speculative experiment — it’s a global financial force reshaping everything from personal finance to international trade. As digital assets gain traction across industries, one thing becomes crystal clear: staying updated with the latest crypto news is absolutely essential. Whether you’re a seasoned investor, a blockchain developer, or someone simply curious about how crypto works, understanding the current landscape can significantly impact your decisions — and your outcomes. Why Crypto News Matters More Than Ever The cryptocurrency market operates 24/7, with price swings, regulatory updates, and technological advancements happening around the clock. Unlike traditional financial systems that follow standard trading hours, the crypto space never sleeps — which means timely information is critical. Here’s why keeping up with crypto news is crucial: Market Volatility: News about regulation, exchange listings, hacks, or even influencer tweets can trigger massive price fluctuations. Staying informed helps you respond strategically instead of emotionally. Technology Updates: Protocol upgrades, token burns, and ecosystem integrations often affect project valuation and future prospects. Regulatory Shifts: Governments around the world are developing frameworks for how crypto should be taxed, traded, and secured. News in this area can directly impact your holdings or the platforms you use. Emerging Trends: From NFTs and DeFi to AI-powered tokens and cross-chain interoperability, staying on top of trends can reveal new investment or development opportunities. Where to Find Reliable Crypto News With thousands of sources online — including blogs, forums, social media, and newsletters — it’s easy to get overwhelmed or fall victim to misinformation. That’s why it's vital to rely on a trusted, balanced, and up-to-date news outlet that focuses on clarity and accuracy. One such source is Altcoin Beacon — a platform dedicated to providing in-depth coverage of the entire cryptocurrency ecosystem. Whether it’s Bitcoin, Ethereum, DeFi, or the latest altcoin to hit the market, Altcoin Beacon delivers quality reporting that keeps readers informed and prepared. What Makes Altcoin Beacon a Go-To for Crypto Enthusiasts? Altcoin Beacon has earned a reputation for being both timely and thorough. Here’s what sets it apart: Comprehensive Coverage: The platform goes beyond Bitcoin, diving deep into emerging altcoins, DeFi protocols, NFTs, and more. Expert Analysis: Articles don’t just report — they explain the "why" and "what next" of crypto developments. Real-Time Updates: With news breaking constantly in the crypto world, Altcoin Beacon keeps you ahead of the curve with rapid reporting. Educational Content: Perfect for beginners and pros alike, the site offers insights that help demystify blockchain technology. Whether you're following price trends or seeking deeper knowledge of the projects shaping the future of finance, Altcoin Beacon helps you stay grounded in facts, not hype. Final Thoughts In an industry as fast-paced and complex as cryptocurrency, information is your most powerful tool. Following the right crypto news source helps you make smarter investment decisions, avoid costly mistakes, and stay aligned with the digital economy’s future. Bookmark Altcoin Beacon and make staying informed a daily habit. With accurate, insightful, and real-time reporting, it’s your gateway to mastering the evolving world of blockchain and crypto.

---

- Published: 2025-04-23
- Modified: 2025-04-23
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/shakira-north-america-tour-las-mujeres-ya-no-lloran-2025/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

The queen of Latin pop is turning up the heat again. Shakira has just confirmed new stops for her already buzzing "Las Mujeres Ya No Lloran" World Tour — and her fans in North America are in for a treat. On April 23, the global sensation took to Instagram to break the news. She's heading stateside, with the first U. S. appearance locked in for Chicago’s Grant Park this May. From there, it’s a coast-to-coast celebration of her latest album, with the North American leg wrapping in San Francisco by the end of June. Shakira Sets the Stage for a Summer Takeover She’s not easing in — she’s making a statement. One of her first big performances on U. S. soil will be at the Sueños music festival in Chicago. Mark your calendars: May 25, Saturday night. The venue? Grant Park. The vibe? Off the charts. This isn’t just another tour stop. It’s the kind of announcement that floods social feeds, sparks group chats, and sends fans racing for tickets. “North America see you soon! #LMYNLWorldTour,” Shakira wrote, keeping it simple, sharp, and seriously exciting. And she means business. The last time she hit the stage like this, she left Super Bowl fans speechless. Expect no less this time around. From Sueños to San Francisco: Tour Dates Revealed It’s not every day an artist of Shakira’s caliber updates her tour midstream. But that’s what she just did — straight from her Instagram grid. In a move fans have been eagerly waiting for, the Colombian icon laid out a fresh stretch of dates for the North American portion of her tour. • May 25 – Chicago, Grant Park (Sueños Festival)• June 30 – San Francisco (Tour finale for North America) That’s a five-week stretch packed with performances. Though the full list of cities hasn’t been made public just yet, these two bookends give fans plenty to plan around. Just imagine: open-air summer shows, hips that still don’t lie, and a setlist packed with new hits and timeless anthems. Fans React: “She’s Giving Us What We Want! ” There’s no sugarcoating it — the fans are thrilled. Comment sections across social media lit up the second she posted the update. One user wrote, “Chicago AND San Francisco? ? Shakira really loves us! ” Another said, “I’ve been waiting for this day since the album dropped. ” Some even pointed out that her last major tour, El Dorado World Tour, didn’t include this kind of personal rollout. This time around, it feels more intimate. More connected. More... Shakira. That’s part of what’s kept her at the top for over two decades — she doesn’t just perform. She shares. A Look Back at the Album That Sparked It All “Las Mujeres Ya No Lloran” isn’t just a catchy title — it’s a cultural moment. Her twelfth studio album has already broken streaming records in several countries, with standout tracks like “Puntería” and “Acróstico” earning praise from critics and longtime fans alike. Released just months before the tour kicked off on February 11, the album plays with vulnerability, power, and a pinch of revenge. Sound familiar? Yeah, it's got that Shakira flavor — bittersweet and bold. Here’s a quick peek at how the album’s been received: Country Chart Position Notable Track Reception Colombia #1 “Copa Vacía” dominates Spain #1 “Te Felicito” top pick U. S. Latin Top 5 “BZRP Music Sessions” buzzworthy It’s no surprise the tour’s drawing massive attention. The album itself was a headline generator. Paying Tribute: The ‘Waka Waka’ Designer Shoutout In between tour updates and city confirmations, Shakira also used her platform to spotlight another artist — fashion designer Jawara Alleyne. The London-based creative was behind the dazzling outfit Shakira wore in her iconic 2010 “Waka Waka” performance, and earlier this week, he got his flowers. She posted a gallery in his honor, celebrating his contribution to a look that’s etched into pop culture forever. No frills, no big promo. Just a classy, heartfelt nod from one artist to another. It might seem like a small detail, but for fans who’ve followed Shakira since the early 2000s, these kinds of gestures hit deep. Final Stop? Not Quite — World Tour Runs Through November Even though she’s wrapping the North American leg on June 30 in San Francisco, don’t confuse that with the grand finale. The “Las Mujeres Ya No Lloran” World Tour won’t end until November 16, 2025. That means fans in other parts of the globe still have time to catch her live. She’s already performed in multiple cities since February. Now, it’s North America’s turn. After that? The rhythm continues. Whether she’s playing massive festival crowds or stadiums filled to the brim, one thing’s for sure — Shakira isn’t slowing down.

---

- Published: 2025-04-23
- Modified: 2025-04-23
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/how-japans-monetary-policy-could-impact-crypto-prices/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Are you wondering where Bitcoin prices are headed next? You’re not alone. As news circulates about possible moves by Japan’s central bank and whispers of big market shifts, many investors are looking for clear answers. If you’ve ever felt unsure about what global monetary policy means for your crypto portfolio, this article is for you. We’ll break down how the Bank of Japan’s potential actions could affect Bitcoin, and what steps you can take to navigate the coming volatility. Why Japan’s Monetary Policy Matters for Bitcoin Investors When the world’s major economies make moves, the effects ripple through every financial market — including crypto. In recent days, speculation has grown that the Bank of Japan might start printing more Yen and purchase U. S. Treasuries, a tactic known as quantitative easing (QE). But why does that matter for Bitcoin? Quantitative easing increases the supply of money in an economy, which can weaken the country's currency. When this happens, investors often look for alternative assets that hold their value better — and Bitcoin is a top contender. According to recent social media chatter and financial analysts, these expectations are already influencing Bitcoin’s price. How Quantitative Easing Can Boost Bitcoin Currency Devaluation: When central banks print more money, it usually leads to a weaker currency. As the Yen drops in value, Japanese investors may turn to assets like Bitcoin to preserve their wealth. Global Impact: Moves by the Bank of Japan can also affect global markets. If Japan starts buying more U. S. Treasuries, it could push down yields and drive capital into higher-risk assets — including crypto. Market Sentiment: Even rumors or expectations of QE can create excitement in the crypto market, leading to price surges before any official announcement. What Recent Tweets and Market Signals Are Telling Us A flurry of tweets suggests that some believe a major market drop is coming, possibly triggered by powerful banking interests. The theory is that after this drop, the Bank of Japan will have the “excuse” it needs to start printing more Yen and purchase U. S. government debt. Key Points From Social Media Analysis Many traders predict a short-term dip in both traditional and crypto markets. Following this dip, they expect a strong rally in assets like Bitcoin as Japan’s actions become clear. Investors are watching for signs from central banks and major political figures for clues on timing. Table: Possible Scenarios for Bitcoin Price Movement Scenario Expected Impact on BTC Short-term market drop Likely dip Bank of Japan announces QE Likely surge No action from Japan Sideways or slight dip Actionable Steps for Crypto Investors If you want to protect and grow your crypto portfolio during uncertain times, here’s what you can do: Stay Informed About Central Bank Policy Set alerts for major announcements from the Bank of Japan and other central banks. Market moves can happen fast after these events. Diversify Your Holdings Don’t put all your eggs in one basket. Consider holding a mix of Bitcoin, Ethereum, stablecoins, and possibly some traditional assets. Watch for Early Warning Signs Sudden drops in global stock markets Yen weakness against the US Dollar Increased chatter about QE on financial news Use Risk Management Tools Set stop losses on your trades and review your portfolio regularly. Volatility can create both opportunities and risks. Real-Life Example: How Past QE Impacted Bitcoin When the U. S. Federal Reserve launched massive QE programs during 2020, Bitcoin surged from around $7,000 to over $40,000 within months. According to a report from CoinDesk, much of this growth was attributed to investors seeking safety from currency devaluation. If the Bank of Japan follows a similar path, history suggests another strong move upward could be ahead for Bitcoin. Frequently Asked Questions How does quantitative easing affect Bitcoin prices? Quantitative easing increases money supply and often weakens national currencies. This makes hard assets like Bitcoin more attractive as stores of value, often driving up their prices. Should I buy Bitcoin before or after a potential market dip? Many investors wait for price pullbacks to buy at lower levels. However, timing the market is challenging. Consider dollar-cost averaging to reduce risk. What other assets benefit from quantitative easing? Gold, stocks, and real estate often rise when central banks print money. However, each asset reacts differently based on broader economic conditions. Is it safe to hold only crypto during uncertain times? Diversification is important. While Bitcoin can benefit from QE, it's wise to balance your portfolio with other asset types. Where can I get real-time updates on central bank policies? Follow reputable financial news sites like Bloomberg or Reuters, and consider setting up Google Alerts for terms like "Bank of Japan QE". Conclusion: Prepare Now for Market Moves Major shifts in monetary policy by central banks like the Bank of Japan can send shockwaves through both traditional and crypto markets. By staying informed, diversifying your holdings, and using smart risk management, you can turn uncertainty into opportunity. Start tracking global economic news today and consider adjusting your crypto strategy based on evolving conditions. Have questions or want to share your thoughts? Drop a comment below or check out our other guides on navigating crypto market cycles!

---

- Published: 2025-04-22
- Modified: 2025-04-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/peter-krause-bobby-nash-exit-911-angela-bassett-tribute/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Peter Krause’s final scene as Bobby Nash on 9-1-1 hit harder than anyone expected. A hero’s goodbye, a wife’s grief, and fans left teary-eyed. And no, the cast isn't handling it any better than we are. Angela Bassett, who plays Athena Grant-Nash, took to Instagram with a tribute that has everyone crying all over again. Eight seasons, countless fires, and one unforgettable character—this loss stings. Angela Bassett Pays Emotional Tribute to Her Longtime Co-Star It’s been a few days since Bobby Nash made the ultimate sacrifice. But Angela Bassett is still processing it—and honestly, same here. On April 21, she posted a throwback hug with Peter Krause on Instagram, and the caption? Pure heartbreak. "For eight seasons, this kind, funny, compassionate, talented actor became not only my trusted colleague, but also a dear friend," she wrote. The tribute wasn’t just about the actor. It was about the man behind the badge who helped shape the show from day one. "#peterkrause as #bobbynash helped to introduce @911onabc to the homes and hearts of fans around the world," she continued. One sentence hit especially hard: “Athena will never be the same. ” That pause, that honesty. You could feel the pain bleeding through those words. And yeah, fans flooded the comments. Everything from “I’m sobbing” to “This can’t be real. ” Turns out, the 118 is feeling the same way we are—gutted. Bobby Nash’s Final Act Was Nothing Short of Heroic Nobody expected it. Bobby didn’t just die—he made a choice. A gut-wrenching, selfless, quietly heroic choice. Here’s how it happened: Chimney got infected with the Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever. There was one antidote. Only one. Bobby gave it to him. Just like that, he sealed his fate. And then came the goodbye. Bobby called Athena. Calm, collected, and loving. Told her he loved her. Said goodbye in that voice—steady, but breaking. You could hear the silence on the other end. Fans? Not so silent. Cue the sobs. One sentence. One moment. That’s all it took. A Love Story That Was Never Overdone—and Always Real Bobby and Athena weren’t flashy. They didn’t need to be. From their first date at the end of Season 1 to their intimate wedding in Season 2, it just worked. They blended their lives—her kids, his past, all of it. May and Harry became part of Bobby’s world. He showed up for them. Always. Their relationship grew like real ones do—slow, layered, and grounded. Through every crisis, every emergency, every moment of silence between chaos, they held on to each other. It’s rare to see that kind of relationship play out on prime-time TV without being exaggerated. Bobby and Athena were different. And now? That story has been cut short. Peter Krause’s Departure Leaves a Void On and Off the Screen Behind the scenes, this exit hit hard too. Krause wasn’t just the guy calling shots as Captain Nash—he was a leader on set. Bassett’s tribute made that clear. Here’s what she wrote that really stuck: “Peter's Bobby Nash will be missed but his character will never be forgotten. He is forever a part of our family. ” You could feel the love. You could feel the weight of it. This wasn’t just a castmate saying goodbye—it was a friend letting go. Let’s be honest. TV deaths are often gimmicky. This wasn’t that. This felt like the end of an era. Fans Are in Pieces—And So Is the Schedule Right after Bobby’s farewell, the show went on hiatus. Bad timing or genius emotional manipulation? You decide. Episode 15, “Lab Rats,” aired April 17. Episode 16? It’s not hitting screens until May 1. That’s two whole weeks to sit with this loss. Here’s what fans are dealing with: No new episode to soothe the pain. A cliffhanger with zero closure. Endless theories flying all over Reddit and Twitter (yes, some still think Bobby's alive... bless them). Seriously, the show's subreddit is a minefield of emotions right now. Some are grieving. Some are angry. Some are still in denial. And yeah, ABC knows what they’re doing. They’ve given fans just enough time to spiral—and maybe that’s the point. Where Does 9-1-1 Go From Here? Losing a main character after eight seasons isn’t something a series just bounces back from. This changes everything. Especially for Athena. She’s tough—one of the toughest on TV—but this? This could break her. Or change her. Or both. Fans are already speculating what’s next: Will she take time off from the force? Will we see more of her personal life unravel? Can she even stay in that house without Bobby? And what about the 118? How do you replace a captain like Bobby Nash? Answer: you don’t. Here’s a quick look at what’s ahead: Episode Title Air Date Notes 15 Lab Rats April 17, 2025 Bobby's final episode 16 TBA May 1, 2025 First post-Bobby episode 17 TBA May 8, 2025 Athena’s storyline expands There’s no easy way to wrap this up. And maybe that’s okay. Sometimes, shows aren’t just shows. Sometimes they feel like home. And losing a character like Bobby Nash? That’s like losing a piece of that home.

---

- Published: 2025-04-22
- Modified: 2025-04-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/jobs-in-pharmaceutical-companies-in-uae/
- Categories: Career

The UAE has a fast expanding pharmaceutical sector that offers well paid jobs across research, production, sales and support functions, welcoming both Emirati and international talent. From Dubai Science Park to Abu Dhabi’s industrial zones, companies keep growing and hiring, making the country a magnet for scientists, pharmacists and business specialists who want regional experience with global standards. Why the UAE Pharma Market Keeps Growing Government spending on health has climbed every year since 2017, and the Emirates Vision 2031 plan pledges to double local drug manufacturing output. According to the UAE Ministry of Health and Prevention, medicine imports still account for roughly seventy percent of all drugs sold, so investors see plenty of room for local plants. International giants such as Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Sanofi and Novo Nordisk have regional headquarters in Dubai Healthcare City, while homegrown firms Jamjoom Pharma and Julphar keep scaling their factories in Ras Al Khaimah. Consultancy IQVIA estimates that retail and hospital drug sales in the UAE will reach twelve billion US dollars by 2025. This rising demand directly fuels job creation, particularly in regulatory affairs, quality assurance and cold chain logistics. Cluster developments also matter. Dubai Science Park houses more than four hundred life science companies, and Khalifa Industrial Zone Abu Dhabi offers tax breaks and seamless import export rules for pharma investors. When clusters grow, support services such as clinical research organisations, packaging suppliers and logistics providers hire too. Roles in Demand and Typical Salaries Pharmaceutical companies need a mix of scientific and commercial profiles. The table below lists common roles and monthly salary ranges reported by recruiting firm Michael Page Middle East (2024 survey of more than eight hundred placements). Job Title Salary AED per month Quality Assurance Manager 35 000 to 50 000 Regulatory Affairs Specialist 20 000 to 30 000 Medical Science Liaison 25 000 to 40 000 Production Pharmacist 15 000 to 22 000 Sales Representative 10 000 to 18 000 Clinical Research Associate 18 000 to 25 000 Supply Chain Planner 16 000 to 24 000 Executive positions such as General Manager or Regional Director can exceed eighty thousand dirhams with performance bonuses, schooling allowance and company car. Fresh graduates usually start as trainee pharmacists around eight thousand dirhams, but the tax free environment means take home pay remains attractive when compared with Europe or North America. Variable pay is common in commercial roles. Sales staff often earn quarterly incentives worth fifteen to twenty five percent of base pay if they meet volume targets. Production and quality teams may receive retention bonuses tied to successful GMP audits by the Ministry of Health or the US Food and Drug Administration. Skills and Qualifications Employers Look For Hiring managers have become picky because the market attracts applicants from across the globe. While every post has its own checklist, several abilities appear in most vacancies. Up to date knowledge of global good manufacturing practice and ISO 9001 quality systems Experience with Gulf Cooperation Council regulations for drug registration Proficiency in enterprise resource planning software such as SAP or Oracle Strong English communication; Arabic brings an edge in public sector tenders For lab based roles, hands on work with HPLC, mass spectrometry or microbiological assays Postgraduate degrees are valued but not mandatory for all positions. A pharmacist licence from the UAE Ministry of Health or the Dubai Health Authority is mandatory for dispensing roles, yet factory based pharmacists can often work under an industrial licence. Soft skills matter too. Cross cultural teamwork ranks high because project teams can include up to twenty nationalities. Adaptability is essential since many firms shift between import and local pack operations according to market conditions. How to Find Vacancies and Apply Job seekers usually combine three channels: online portals, recruitment agencies and direct networking. LinkedIn lists more than two thousand active pharma postings in the UAE every month. Niche sites such as GulfPharmaJobs and Bayt filter by therapeutic area or emirate, saving time for specialities like oncology or vaccines. Specialised recruiters include Cooper Fitch, Hays Life Sciences and NADIA Global. These agencies often handle confidential searches for leadership roles before the job appears publicly. Registering a detailed profile speeds up matching when a new mandate opens. Cold outreach can work surprisingly well. Many plant managers reply to polite emails that highlight specific wins such as reducing batch failure rates or securing approval for a new dosage form. Attach a concise two page CV and mention availability to relocate within thirty days, a common human resources request. A growing trend involves internships offered by science parks. Dubai Science Park runs a yearly Future Scientists Program where students complete a six month rotation in quality control, regulatory affairs and marketing. Completing such schemes often leads to full time offers. Work Culture, Benefits and Challenges Life inside UAE pharma offices blends global protocols with local customs. The official workweek is Monday to Friday, yet flexible hours are widespread, especially during Ramadan. Most firms grant twenty two to thirty calendar days of annual leave plus national holidays. Health insurance, end of service gratuity and an airfare ticket home each year form the standard benefits package. Multicultural teams bring rich learning opportunities but also communication quirks. Meetings start on time, yet decision making can involve several approval layers, particularly in large multinational subsidiaries. Expatriates adapt quicker once they understand that Labor Law Federal Decree 33 of 2021 caps the probation period at six months and mandates thirty day notice afterward, giving both parties clear security. One challenge is the cost of living. Mercer’s 2023 Cost of Living Survey ranks Dubai as the eighteenth most expensive city worldwide. Housing allowance negotiations are therefore crucial. Another hurdle is climate; plant maintenance schedules often shift to evening hours during peak summer when outside temperatures exceed forty five Celsius, affecting logistics staff who must supervise loading docks. Major Employers at a Glance Company UAE Site Core Activity Notable Fact Julphar Ras Al Khaimah Oral solids, injectables One of the largest insulin producers in the region Pfizer Dubai Science Park Regional headquarters Launched a 205 million dirham drug distribution center in 2022 Neopharma Abu Dhabi Manufacturing and research Employs more than one thousand staff across three emirates AstraZeneca Dubai Media City Sales, clinical trials Pledged to localise fifty percent of its supply chain by 2025 Frequently Asked Questions What degree do I need to get a pharma job in the UAE? A bachelor in pharmacy, chemistry, biology or related science is preferred for technical roles. Business and finance degrees work for commercial positions as long as you can show knowledge of healthcare markets. Are salaries really tax free? The UAE has no personal income tax, so your full gross salary reaches your bank account. You may still owe taxes in your home country if its laws require global income reporting. Do I need Arabic language skills? English is the daily working language for most multinational companies. Arabic helps when dealing with government tenders or local distributors, and can tip the balance in a competitive hiring round. How long does the visa process take? Once you sign a contract, the company sponsors your employment visa. Processing usually takes two to four weeks, including medical tests and Emirates ID issuance. Can my spouse work too? Yes. After you receive your residence visa, your spouse can obtain a dependent visa and then apply for a work permit in her or his own field. Is previous Gulf experience mandatory? No. Companies value it but regularly hire candidates from Europe, Asia and the Americas when they bring niche expertise such as sterile manufacturing or pharmacovigilance. What is the usual notice period? After probation, the law sets a thirty day minimum notice unless the contract states a longer period. Senior managers sometimes agree to sixty or ninety days to allow smooth handover. Do companies offer remote work? Field based roles like sales enjoy partial remote schedules. Lab, production and regulatory teams still work mainly onsite to meet compliance rules. Conclusion The UAE’s ambition to become a global pharma hub continues to fuel demand for talent across scientific, engineering and commercial roles. If you have the right mix of skills and flexibility, now is a great moment to explore opportunities, so share this guide with friends and drop your questions in the comments below.

---

- Published: 2025-04-22
- Modified: 2025-04-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/how-to-join-dubai-police/
- Categories: Career

You must meet age, fitness, education, and background criteria, then submit an online application through the Dubai Police careers portal and pass physical, medical, and interview stages. This article walks you through every part of that journey so you know exactly what to expect and how to prepare. Basic Eligibility Requirements Dubai Police accepts both Emirati citizens and, in certain units, highly skilled expatriates, yet the basic entry rules are the same for everyone. Applicants must be at least 18 and no older than 30 on the day they submit the form. Proof of good conduct is essential, which means a clean criminal record verified by the UAE Ministry of Interior. Residency status also matters. Emiratis automatically qualify, while expatriates must hold a valid residence visa and meet specific language requirements. Fluency in Arabic is non‑negotiable for frontline officers, though English is also tested because tourist interaction is frequent. Candidates who can show additional language skills in Hindi, Russian, or Mandarin have a small but real advantage, according to data shared by Dubai Police HR at the 2023 Careers UAE fair. Finally, character references carry real weight. Every applicant provides two professional referees, ideally a current or former employer and a community leader. Their letters are checked, not filed and forgotten, so choose people who know you well and can speak honestly about your integrity and work ethic. Educational and Physical Standards Most recruits join as privates or cadets, roles that require at least a secondary school certificate approved by the UAE Ministry of Education. For specialist branches such as cybercrime or forensics, a bachelor degree in computer science, law, or chemistry is often mandatory. Officers aiming for direct commission must show a bachelor degree plus leadership experience. Physical fitness is tested at the start and end of the recruitment pipeline. The initial pass marks are public, which means you can train to beat them in advance. Event Men Women Time or Reps Two kilometer run Under 9:30 Under 11:00 Minutes Push ups 35 25 One set Sit ups 40 30 One set Vertical jump 55 cm 45 cm Minimum Medical checks cover eyesight, hearing, and body mass index. A 2022 report in Khaleej Times showed that twenty percent of applicants fail the first medical because of high body fat. Keeping BMI under 27. 5 prior to application will save you time and disappointment. Application Process Dubai Police publishes vacancies on its official careers portal as well as on LinkedIn. The online form asks for personal information, scanned certificates, a passport–sized photo, and Emirates ID. Accuracy matters because any mismatch between the form and your documents is grounds for instant rejection. Gather certified copies of school certificates and university degrees. Scan passport, residence visa, and Emirates ID at 300 dpi for clarity. Write a one page cover letter explaining motivation to serve. Upload all files in PDF or JPEG format no larger than two megabytes each. After submission, you will receive an acknowledgment email with a reference number. Keep it handy because it tracks your progress through the next stages. Stage Average Duration Responsible Department Document screening Two weeks HR Recruitment Physical test booking One week Sports Unit Medical exam Five days Police Clinic Panel interview Two weeks Officer Board Security clearance Four to six weeks State Security If you hold an overseas qualification, expect a longer document screening phase because equivalency certificates from the Ministry of Education are required. Selection Tests and Interviews The physical tests are run at the Dubai Police Officers Club. Arrive in plain sportswear and carry only your ID and water. Staff will measure run times with electronic chips and record push ups and sit ups on video to prevent disputes. According to Dubai Police statistics released in 2022, fewer than one in five candidates achieve a perfect score, but you only need to meet the minimum. The written exams concentrate on basic math, situational judgment, and language. For example, you might watch a short video showing a traffic incident and then answer questions on correct procedure. The pass mark is seventy percent. Anyone scoring ninety or above is fast‑tracked to the panel interview. Panel interview: three senior officers plus one psychologist Topics: ethics, conflict resolution, UAE law, general knowledge Duration: roughly twenty five minutes Tip: bring original documents; officers compare them with scans on the spot Psychological screening involves personality inventories and a short conversation with a licensed psychologist. This is not a trick; honesty about strengths and weaknesses is valued more than rehearsed perfection. Life in the Force: Training and Career Paths Successful candidates attend the Police Academy in Al Aweer for a foundational course lasting twenty two weeks. Days start at six in the morning with drill, followed by law lectures, firearms practice, and community policing workshops. The Academy’s 2023 report notes that seventy eight percent of training hours are hands‑on rather than classroom based, reflecting the Emirate’s emphasis on practical readiness. Graduates choose or are assigned branches based on performance and aptitude tests. Opportunities include: Traffic patrol Community police Criminal investigation Tourism and VIP protection K‑9 and mounted units Cybersecurity and digital forensics Entry‑level salary for an Emirati private is officially listed at AED 14 000 per month, with housing, medical insurance, and education allowances raising the package value to approximately AED 21 000. Experienced foreign specialists are offered contract packages that match local officer pay plus relocation support. Continuous development is a genuine priority. Officers can apply for funded degrees at the Dubai Police Academy College of Law or at international partner universities. A 2021 memorandum between Dubai Police and University of Cambridge offers fifteen scholarships each year in criminology and leadership. Frequently Asked Questions How long does the whole recruitment process take? The average timeline is four to six months from online application to final security clearance, though specialist roles may require additional time. Can women apply for frontline roles? Yes. Women serve in patrol, investigation, and SWAT units. The physical standards differ slightly but career progression is identical. Are non‑citizens allowed to carry firearms? Expatriate officers in certain specialist roles may not carry weapons, yet Emirati and Gulf Cooperation Council citizens do after completing weapons certification. Do I need prior policing experience? No, but relevant experience in the military, security, or customer service improves your application. Dubai Police values transferable skills like communication and stress management. What medical conditions disqualify candidates? Chronic diseases such as uncontrolled diabetes, significant vision impairment uncorrectable to 6/6, and heart conditions typically lead to disqualification. Is Arabic mandatory for civilian support roles? Not always. IT and forensic labs often use English as the working language, but basic conversational Arabic is still encouraged. Conclusion Joining Dubai Police demands preparation, fitness, and a clear commitment to public service, yet the rewards of a respected career and generous benefits make the effort worthwhile. Share this guide with friends who might be interested and let us know your questions or experiences in the comments.

---

- Published: 2025-04-22
- Modified: 2025-04-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/abu-dhabi-nuclear-power-plant-project-jobs/
- Categories: Career

Abu Dhabi’s Barakah Nuclear Energy Plant is generating more than electricity; it is producing hundreds of stable, well paid careers in engineering, operations, safety, and support services. With the fourth reactor now connected to the grid, the project has shifted from a pure construction site to a long term operating facility that needs a steady stream of skilled talent. Why the Barakah Plant Matters for Job Seekers Barakah is the first commercial nuclear station in the Arab world, operated by Nawah Energy Company and owned by Emirates Nuclear Energy Corporation. That alone makes it a historic employer, but there is a practical reason people keep an eye on it: the project is built to run for at least sixty years. According to the International Atomic Energy Agency, every thousand megawatts of nuclear capacity supports roughly 500 direct jobs during operation. Barakah’s total capacity is 5. 6 gigawatts, so sustained staffing demand is no surprise. In addition to longevity, the plant’s leadership has committed to a localization plan called the Energy Pioneers Program. The goal is to train UAE nationals in reactor operations and maintenance, yet the program also relies on experienced professionals from abroad to mentor fresh graduates. That mix of local talent and international expertise creates a broad hiring landscape for applicants from different backgrounds. Core Engineering Roles in Demand The technical backbone of any nuclear facility is its engineering workforce. At Barakah, recruiters consistently advertise for mechanical, electrical, and nuclear engineers. Mechanical teams oversee pumps, valves, and turbine assemblies while electrical engineers focus on grid integration and power distribution. Nuclear engineers handle fuel management, core monitoring, and outage planning. One striking feature is the plant’s emphasis on digital instrumentation and control. Candidates with experience in distributed control systems, high level data analytics, or cybersecurity find themselves in high demand. As reported in the World Nuclear Association’s 2023 skills survey, more than 60 percent of nuclear employers cite digital competence as a top hiring criterion. For early career engineers, the plant offers rotational programs lasting up to two years, allowing participants to spend time in system engineering, outage planning, and radiation protection. These rotations are not just resume builders; they often lead to permanent specialist roles once the participant acquires the requisite license from the Federal Authority for Nuclear Regulation. Support and Administrative Positions You Might Overlook While engineering headlines most job boards, the plant’s support infrastructure quietly employs a large share of the workforce. Think procurement analysts who source specialized components, IT professionals maintaining secure networks, human resources staff handling a multinational team, and finance officers managing billion‑dirham budgets. A short list of often overlooked but essential roles: • Radiation protection technicians who monitor exposure levels and enforce safety zones • Quality assurance auditors checking everything from weld integrity to document control • Occupational health nurses and physicians running on site clinics • Logistics coordinators arranging the movement of heavy equipment and spare parts These jobs do not always require advanced degrees. Many technicians hold a vocational diploma paired with industry certifications such as IOSH Managing Safely or ASNT Level II Non Destructive Testing. Qualifications and Certifications Employers Expect Recruiters at Barakah filter applications by both formal education and regulatory licenses. An undergraduate engineering degree remains the minimum for reactor operations, yet the following credentials frequently move résumés to the top of the pile. Field Preferred Certification Issuing Body Reactor operations Senior Reactor Operator License Federal Authority for Nuclear Regulation Mechanical maintenance Certified Maintenance and Reliability Professional Society for Maintenance and Reliability Professionals Electrical systems Professional Engineer UAE Society of Engineers UAE Safety and radiation Certified Health Physicist American Board of Health Physics Project management PMP Project Management Institute English proficiency is another formal requirement. The company uses English for technical procedures, so a recent IELTS score of seven or above can be decisive for non native speakers. Soft skills matter too. During assessment centers, candidates participate in group problem solving exercises where communication and situational awareness are evaluated as stringently as technical knowledge. Recruitment Process and Timeline Applicants usually start by submitting a profile on the Nawah careers portal. Shortlisted candidates receive a phone or video interview invitation within three weeks. Those who pass enter an assessment center in Abu Dhabi, which includes technical exams, behavioral interviews, and a psychological evaluation mandated by nuclear regulations. If successful, the candidate must complete a background screening covering criminal records, education verification, and five years of employment history. According to HR insiders, the entire journey from application to offer acceptance takes around three to four months. International hires should add another month for visa processing and relocation paperwork. To streamline preparation, successful applicants often follow this game plan: • Review IAEA technical reports to refresh nuclear safety fundamentals • Practice scenario based questions that test decision making under pressure • Prepare original transcripts and notarized certificates early to avoid document delays Salary Ranges and Benefits at a Glance Competitive pay is a major draw. Public filings from Emirates Nuclear Energy Corporation combined with data from GulfTalent give a consistent picture of compensation. Position Monthly Salary (AED) Typical Experience Graduate engineer 18 000 to 22 000 0 to 2 years Licensed reactor operator 35 000 to 45 000 3 to 5 years Senior mechanical engineer 40 000 to 55 000 8 to 12 years Safety manager 45 000 to 60 000 10+ years Besides base pay, employees receive housing allowance, annual airfare to home country, family medical insurance, and performance bonuses. For those living on site in Ruwais, the company provides furnished accommodation and free shuttle service to Abu Dhabi city on weekends. Frequently Asked Questions How do I apply for Barakah plant jobs? Create a profile on the Nawah Energy Company website, upload your résumé, and monitor the portal for suitable openings. Each posting includes specific instructions. Do I need nuclear experience to get hired? Not always. Many entry level roles accept power generation or oil and gas backgrounds, though you will undergo additional training to meet nuclear safety standards. What is the working schedule like? Shift based roles operate on a four days on, four days off cycle. Office based staff work Sunday through Thursday with Friday and Saturday off. Is Arabic required? English is the operating language. Knowing basic Arabic helps with daily life in the UAE but is not mandatory for most positions. Can fresh graduates apply? Yes. The Energy Pioneers Program targets UAE nationals straight out of university, and there are graduate trainee slots for expatriates as well. What medical checks are involved? Expect a standard UAE visa health test plus specialized radiological health screening to establish baseline exposure levels. Will the plant sponsor my family’s visas? Yes. Dependents can be sponsored once you hold a residence visa and meet the minimum salary threshold set by UAE immigration authorities. Conclusion Abu Dhabi’s Barakah Nuclear Plant stands out as a long term, well resourced employer offering diverse paths from hands on reactor operation to back office support. Share this guide with anyone scouting opportunities in the UAE energy sector and drop your questions or experiences in the comments below.

---

- Published: 2025-04-22
- Modified: 2025-04-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/how-to-apply-for-dnata-jobs-dubai/
- Categories: Career

You can apply for a dnata job in Dubai by signing up on the Emirates Group careers portal, uploading a tailored CV, and completing the online form for the vacancy that matches your skills. Why dnata Is a Top Employer in Dubai Dubai National Air Travel Agency, better known as dnata, is part of the Emirates Group and serves more than three hundred airlines across thirty‑five countries. According to the Emirates Group Annual Report 2023, dnata handled over seven hundred thousand aircraft turns and moved three point one million tonnes of cargo last year. Those numbers give a glimpse of the company’s scale, but the appeal for job seekers goes beyond size. Employees often point to the strong learning culture. New hires get access to the Emirates Flight Training Academy for operational roles and LinkedIn Learning for office‑based staff. Glassdoor’s latest rating places dnata at 4. 1 out of 5 for work‑life balance, ahead of several regional competitors. Add tax‑free income, medical coverage, concessionary flight tickets, and end‑of‑service benefits and it becomes clear why the brand draws candidates from around the world. A 2022 survey by GulfTalent found that aviation ranked in the top three industries for expatriate professionals considering a move to the UAE. dnata’s reputation for stability and long‑term career paths played a key role in that positioning. Key Job Categories and Salary Insight dnata recruits for a wide range of positions, from ramp operations to finance. Understanding the pay benchmark for each stream helps you aim for roles that fit your expectations and experience level. Job Category Typical Monthly Salary (AED) Experience Needed Source Customer Service Agent 4 500 0–2 years Payscale UAE, 2023 Cargo Agent 5 000 1–3 years Glassdoor, 2023 Ramp Supervisor 8 500 3–5 years SalaryExplorer, 2023 Safety & Quality Officer 10 000 4–6 years GulfTalent, 2023 IT Support Engineer 10 500 2–4 years Bayt, 2023 Finance Analyst 12 000 3–6 years Indeed UAE, 2023 Salary figures vary with certifications, shift allowances, and the complexity of the airport in which you work. Benefits such as accommodation support are sometimes bundled into the offer, so confirm the total compensation before making a decision. While the Dubai International Airport operation is the largest, dnata also staffs Al Maktoum International and regional cargo facilities. Roles outside the airport, such as corporate communications or procurement, follow market rates for the UAE service sector rather than aviation‑specific benchmarks. Eligibility Criteria and Documents Checklist Before you start filling out forms, make sure you meet the baseline requirements. dnata states that applicants must be at least eighteen, possess a valid passport with six months’ validity, and have a clean criminal record. For frontline jobs like baggage handling, physical fitness certification is mandatory. Positions that involve driving airside equipment require a UAE driving license or the ability to convert an existing foreign license within sixty days of arrival. Updated CV in PDF format Scanned passport copy Recent passport‑size photo with white background Copies of academic certificates translated into English, if necessary Police clearance certificate for security‑sensitive roles Driving license copy (for roles requiring vehicle operation) Most documents larger than two megabytes will be rejected by the portal, so compress files if needed. Duplicate applications with contradictory information can lead to automatic disqualification, so double‑check every date and job title against your CV. International candidates should prepare attested versions of diplomas. The UAE Ministry of Foreign Affairs charges approximately one hundred and fifty dirhams per document, and the process can take up to ten working days. Step by Step Online Application Guide The careers portal is the single channel for dnata vacancies, and the system is optimized for Chrome or Edge browsers. Mobile applications work, but uploading multiple documents is smoother on a laptop. Head to careers. emirates. com and select "dnata and Other Companies" in the drop‑down menu. Create an account using an email address you check daily. Activation links expire in twenty‑four hours. Set up a profile by copying details from your CV. The system allows you to import data directly from LinkedIn. Use the search bar to filter by location "Dubai" and job family "Ground Handling" or any field that interests you. Click on a vacancy to read the full job description. If the fit looks right, hit "Apply". Answer prescreening questions honestly. Incorrect answers can trigger an automatic rejection even if your CV passes. Upload the required documents. Each must be under two megabytes and in PDF, JPG, or PNG format. Review all entries on the summary page, then click "Submit". A reference number will appear; take a screenshot for your records. The system sends an automated confirmation within five minutes. If you do not see it, check your spam folder or verify that you typed your email correctly. What to Expect After Submitting Your Application Human resources shortlists applicants in batches, so silence in the first week is normal. For popular jobs, the process can stretch to four weeks. Candidates who fit the profile receive an email or a call inviting them to an initial video interview. Common assessment formats include: Stage Typical Duration Method Online Screening Same day Automated questions Video Interview 20 minutes Microsoft Teams Aptitude Test 30–45 minutes SHL platform Panel Interview 45 minutes On site or virtual Medical & Background Check 3–5 days Emirates Clinic & third‑party If you reach the panel stage, expect scenario‑based questions related to customer service and safety. Feedback for unsuccessful candidates is brief, usually citing better‑matched profiles. Candidates who make it through all stages receive a conditional offer that becomes final once visas and clearances are approved. Tips to Stand Out from Other Candidates Recruiters at dnata read hundreds of applications a day, so small details can separate you from the crowd. Mirror the keywords used in the job post. If it asks for "airside operations experience," use that exact phrase in your CV. Quantify your achievements. Writing "managed a team of ten loaders and reduced turnaround time by eight percent" creates a stronger impression than "supervised loaders". Earn relevant certifications such as IATA Dangerous Goods or IOSH Safety Management. They show commitment and reduce the training cost for the company. Keep your cover letter under two hundred words. Long letters often go unread. Schedule your application early in the hiring window. A LinkedIn study from 2022 found that applicants who applied within the first two days were fifty percent more likely to land an interview. Networking can also help. Industry events like the Airport Show Dubai and professional groups such as Women in Aviation Middle East often host dnata managers who are open to informal conversations. Frequently Asked Questions Is prior aviation experience mandatory to join dnata? No. Entry level roles like customer service agent or warehouse assistant accept candidates from hospitality or logistics backgrounds, provided they meet language and fitness standards. Does dnata sponsor work visas? Yes. For overseas hires, the company processes the UAE employment visa and pays associated government fees. How long does the recruitment process usually take? For frontline roles it averages three to five weeks. Corporate positions may take up to eight weeks due to additional interview rounds. Can I apply for multiple vacancies at once? You can, but recruiters advise focusing on two or three roles that closely match your profile. Mass applications can signal lack of direction. What language skills are required? Fluency in English is compulsory. Additional languages such as Arabic, Hindi, or Russian improve your prospects in customer facing roles. Will I have to relocate immediately after acceptance? Typically within four to six weeks. dnata provides onward flight tickets and up to thirty days of temporary accommodation for expatriate staff. Are medical tests strict? The UAE Civil Aviation Authority mandates blood tests, vision checks, and sometimes ECG readings for safety critical positions. Conclusion Applying for a dnata job in Dubai is straightforward once you understand the portal, prepare your documents, and present a compelling CV. If this guide helped, share it with friends and drop your questions or success stories in the comments.

---

- Published: 2025-04-22
- Modified: 2025-04-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/why-no-teatime-49s-results/
- Categories: Casino

Most often, missing Teatime 49s results are caused by data feed delays, website server issues, or an official draw reschedule that pushes the publication time back. When none of those applies, the problem usually lies with the site or app you use rather than the lottery itself. Understanding How 49s Results Reach Your Screen The 49s draw happens in London at around 17:49 UK time every day. Once the numbers are confirmed by the independent adjudicator, they move through several digital checkpoints before you see them listed on a results page. One feed goes to the big betting operators such as Betfred and Ladbrokes, another is sent to specialist lottery results providers, and a third is posted on the official 49s social media channels. Any hiccup in one of those links can leave a popular results site empty while the numbers are perfectly visible elsewhere. In 2023 the 49s team reported an average processing time of 90 seconds from ball drop to data feed. That speed is impressive, yet even a minor server backlog at a third party can turn 90 seconds into 20 minutes of puzzled refreshing for the public. Common Technical Issues Behind Missing Results A temporary silence after draw time can feel frustrating, but it rarely means anything more sinister than technology acting up. Cloud server overload on big betting nights causes timeouts that block an automatic refresh. Content delivery network misfires stop local data caches outside the UK from updating. Script conflicts inside older browser versions prevent the results widget from loading correctly. Human error at the data entry stage, although rare, occasionally delays the official validation stamp that allows numbers to be pushed live. Below is a snapshot gathered from 49s customer service logs between January and October 2023 that shows how frequently each issue occurred. Issue logged Percentage of all delay reports Average extra wait (minutes) Server overload 36% 14 Content delivery network cache 24% 11 Script conflicts 21% 9 Human validation delay 10% 7 Other or unconfirmed 9% 5 Numbers supplied in the table were taken from the 49s Helpdesk Monthly Report, published November 2023, and provide a useful guide to where things most often go wrong. Impact of Time Zones and Draw Changes People outside the United Kingdom account for roughly half of online searches for “Teatime 49s results” according to Google Trends. If you check from South Africa, Nigeria, or the United States, a missing update may trace back to simple time zone confusion. An hour change during British Summer Time can leave overseas fans waiting while the draw has not yet happened. The conversion table below is a handy reference. Region Local time when UK draw is at 17:49 winter Local time when UK draw is at 17:49 summer Johannesburg 19:49 18:49 Lagos 17:49 17:49 New York 12:49 13:49 Another reason for silence is a rare reschedule. Heavy snow, a national emergency, or a broadcasting equipment failure can force the adjudicator to postpone the draw. The 49s archive shows only three reschedules in the past five years, yet every time it sparks a wave of social media comments about “missing results”. What the Official 49s Team Says The company behind 49s operates from racecourse offices at Brentford, and their spokesperson, Andrew Hall, addressed the delay topic on 30 March 2023 in a press release: “While we aim to publish verified numbers within two minutes, we will never compromise accuracy for speed. If that extra verification step takes ten minutes, we consider it the right call. ” They also confirmed that no third party has a faster official feed than anyone else. That means any site claiming “exclusive early results” is either guessing or displaying unverified data. Taking a punt on an unverified list can void winning bets if it later proves wrong, so patience is not just polite, it protects your stake. Tips for Getting Reliable Results Quickly Refreshing the same page every few seconds invites frustration. A smarter approach involves two or three trustworthy sources and a small bit of tech housekeeping. Follow the official @49sdraw Twitter account. They tweet confirmed numbers as soon as the adjudicator signs off. Add at least one independent site like uk49slatestresults. co. uk to your bookmarks. If that page fails to update, you will know the problem lies with the feed or the draw rather than just one platform. Clear your browser cache or switch to an incognito tab during big rollout nights. This prevents stale data from sitting in memory and tricking you into thinking a page is not updating. Use a reputable betting app that sends push notifications for each draw. Apps are less vulnerable to browser script hiccups and usually have direct feed partnerships. By combining these steps, most players can reduce wait times to under three minutes even on busy weekends. FAQ Why were there no Teatime 49s results yesterday? A data feed outage at a leading results provider caused the numbers to arrive late, although the draw took place on schedule. Can the draw be cancelled completely? Total cancellation is extremely rare. Only national emergencies or major technical failures have forced it in the past, and those events are usually rescheduled rather than abandoned. Where is the fastest place to see confirmed numbers? The official 49s social media accounts and direct betting apps tend to publish first because they pull from the same verified source. Do site errors affect my bet outcome? No. Your bet is settled according to the official numbers and draw time, not the moment a website displays them. How accurate are early leaked results? They are pure guesswork. The 49s organisation does not supply partial data in advance. Could daylight saving time change my local viewing schedule? Yes. When the UK moves clocks forward or back, overseas viewers often miscalculate draw time. Checking a world clock or the table above helps avoid confusion. Why do some sites show odds but not results? Odds are set in advance and stored on separate servers, so they may load even when live result feeds are stuck. Do I need new software to see live draws? No. Standard modern browsers work fine, though keeping them updated reduces the chance of script conflicts that block widgets. Conclusion Missing Teatime 49s results almost always boil down to a technical delay or time zone mix‑up rather than any problem with the lottery itself. Share this article with fellow players and drop your questions below so everyone spends less time refreshing and more time celebrating wins.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/delete-music-on-audiomack/
- Categories: Entertainment

You can delete a track on Audiomack by opening My Library, tapping the three dots beside the song, choosing Delete, and confirming the choice. This quick action works on both the mobile app and the desktop site, though the buttons sit in slightly different places. Clearing out unwanted tunes takes less than a minute, yet many users still overlook a few key details that decide whether the song is gone for good, merely hidden, or still visible to followers. The guide below breaks down everything in plain language so you never wonder “Why is that track still here? ” again. Why You Might Want to Remove a Track Listening habits change, storage fills up, and some uploads turn out to be rough drafts that no longer represent you. Audiomack reports that its average active user streams more than 60 songs a week (Audiomack Insights, 2023). With that much rotation, it is natural to clean house periodically. A common reason is artist rebranding. Independent musicians who test early mixes on the platform often delete the old version once a polished master is ready. Listeners do a similar refresh when they outgrow a playlist created during a particular mood or season. Privacy also comes into play. Audiomack lets anyone view the public feed of your uploads unless you manually mark them private. If you shared personal voice memos by accident you may prefer a hard delete rather than a privacy toggle. Finally, device performance matters. A 2022 Ericsson Mobility Report found that cached music and video files consume up to twenty percent of average smartphone storage in developing regions. Removing stagnant files is an easy way to free space without buying extra memory. Step by Step Guide for Deleting a Single Song Deleting looks simple on paper, yet small interface tweaks between Android, iOS, and the web can trip up even seasoned users. Follow the workflow that matches your device. Mobile App (Android and iOS) Open the Audiomack app and sign in if you are not already inside the account holding the track. Tap the person icon at the bottom to reach the profile page, then pick My Library. You will see tabs for Songs, Albums, Playlists, and Podcasts. Enter Songs. Locate the one you want gone, tap the three vertical dots beside it, select Delete, and confirm. The file disappears from your library instantly and from any playlist containing it. If you uploaded the song yourself, the delete choice also removes it from search results and follower feeds. For songs you simply saved from another creator, your action only affects your library; the original file remains on Audiomack. Web Browser Desktop browsers present an almost identical flow, but the three dots sit on the right edge of each row rather than under an image thumbnail. Hover, click the dots, choose Delete. A pop‑up asks, “Are you sure? ” Select Yes. The song will vanish without requiring a page reload. Some creators keep a habit of clearing browser cache afterward to ensure the new state reflects on all devices. That extra step helps when working across multiple computers in a studio setting. Bulk Removal: Clearing Out Entire Mixtapes or Playlists Single deletes work fine until you plan a major spring cleaning. Audiomack does not yet include a one‑click Select All, but you can still purge large batches quickly. In the mobile app, head to My Library and open the Albums or Playlists tab. Pick the collection that no longer serves you. Tap the three dots in the upper right corner of the page and choose Delete Album or Delete Playlist. This action removes every track inside from your profile in one sweep. Followers lose access as well. On the desktop site the logic mirrors the app. Visit the album or playlist page, click the More button, then Delete. Keep in mind that deleting an album you personally uploaded will not delete the individual songs if you also uploaded them as singles. They must be removed separately. Tips for smoother bulk management Use the desktop site when handling more than ten items. Mouse selection is faster than thumb taps. Rename collections before deletion if you want a record for bookkeeping. Export playlist data to a spreadsheet via the Share link so you can rebuild later if you change your mind. What Happens After You Delete and Can You Recover It Audiomack deletes are permanent for regular user accounts. Unlike Google Drive or Apple Photos, there is no trash bin that holds content for thirty days. The second you press confirm, the file leaves the content delivery network. The only partial exception appears for verified artists who can appeal to Audiomack support. According to a company representative in a February 2024 Q and A webinar, recovery is possible within seventy two hours if the artist supplies the original upload reference ID. Regular listeners lack that fallback. Action Result Recovery Window Delete song you uploaded Removed from platform entirely Up to 72 hours for verified artists only Delete song you saved Removed from your library only Can re‑add anytime via search Delete playlist Playlist URL returns 404 No recovery If you changed your mind by mistake, the only remedy is re‑uploading the file. That resets stats like play count, comments, and trending position, so proceed with caution. Troubleshooting: When the Delete Button Is Missing Some users open the three dot menu and find no Delete option. The most frequent cause is lack of ownership. Audiomack only allows removal of tracks you uploaded or saved, not tracks embedded in other user playlists. To delete within someone else’s playlist you must remove the playlist from your library rather than the individual song. Outdated app versions can also hide the button. Check the Play Store or App Store for the latest build. Audiomack pushes feature updates roughly every six weeks, often tweaking menu order in minor ways. If everything is updated and you still see nothing, log out and log back in. Session tokens occasionally expire, leading to limited menu controls until a fresh login restores full rights. Finally, network lag on slow connections can delay menu population. Wait a few seconds before tapping again to avoid phantom clicks. Keeping Your Library Organized in the Future A tidy library cuts search time and keeps recommendations relevant. Try adopting a maintenance rhythm instead of sporadic mass deletions. Start by creating thematic playlists such as Workout, Study, or Sunday Chill. Move songs into these buckets rather than letting them sit in the main Songs tab. Audiomack’s algorithm weighs likes, reposts, and playlist adds when building personalized mixes, so curated organization improves discovery. Schedule a five minute review each weekend. Open Recently Added, play the first twenty seconds of each track, and decide Keep or Delete. Small, frequent decisions feel painless compared with a giant quarterly purge. For artists, label each upload with clear artwork and a version note. Recording engineer James Cruse, whose clients include Lil Durk, recommends adding “Rough” or “Mastered” at the tail of the title. That way you know which one to cut later without listening. A brief look at digital storage trends clarifies the benefit. Cisco’s Visual Networking Index projects mobile data traffic to triple between 2023 and 2028. As files grow, spending a few minutes on housekeeping now saves you from purchasing higher tier cloud plans later. Year Average Mobile Data per User (GB per month) Implication for Cached Music 2023 19 Minor impact on 64 GB devices 2025 29 Users face regular storage warnings 2028 45 Efficient file management becomes essential Frequently Asked Questions How do I delete multiple songs at once without removing a playlist? Audiomack currently requires individual selection. Use the desktop site for faster clicking or place the songs in a temporary playlist, then delete that playlist. Will deleting a song remove it from friends’ repost feeds? If you are the uploader, yes. The track disappears everywhere. If you merely saved it, friends still see the original. Can I hide a song instead of deleting it? Uploaders can change the privacy setting to Private inside the Edit Track menu. This hides it from search while keeping stats intact. Does Audiomack free up device space after deletion? Yes. The cached file stored for offline listening is removed, freeing the megabytes listed under app storage. Why is a deleted song still showing in a third party blog embed? Embeds cache data. Once the page refreshes its cache, the player will fail to load. This can take several hours to a day. Is there a size limit when re‑uploading a recovered track? Audiomack allows up to 250 MB per file for standard accounts, so as long as you stay below that ceiling you can upload again. Can I contact support for bulk deletion help? At the moment, support only assists verified artists with catalog management. Regular users must use the manual method described above. Conclusion Deleting music on Audiomack is straightforward once you know where the three dots sit, but understanding ownership rules, recovery limits, and future organization makes the process painless. Share this guide with fellow listeners and drop your own tips or questions in the comments below.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/apt29-cyber-attack-wine-phishing-europe-diplomats/
- Categories: Featured

Russian state-sponsored hackers are once again shaking up Europe’s diplomatic circles, this time with wine-themed lures and a brand-new malware loader named GRAPELOADER. The cyber campaign, linked to the notorious APT29 group, appears to be targeting Ministries of Foreign Affairs and embassies across Europe—and possibly beyond. Check Point researchers confirmed that GRAPELOADER is now being used in tandem with an improved variant of WINELOADER, a modular backdoor that’s been floating around since early 2024. Together, the two are part of a multi-layered attack chain aimed at stealthy infiltration and long-term persistence inside sensitive networks. Wine Lures and Dirty DLLs: The Anatomy of a Deception The emails come dressed up like harmless invites to wine-tasting events—sent from domains that look just convincing enough to slip through. But they carry ZIP archives packing a malicious payload. The ZIP file, named “wine. zip,” contains three files. One is a legitimate PowerPoint executable, “wine. exe. ” It’s harmless on its own—but here’s where the trick comes in. The attackers exploit a technique called DLL sideloading. They include a legitimate dependency file, “AppvIsvSubsystems64. dll,” along with a rogue DLL named “ppcore. dll. ” When “wine. exe” runs, it loads the malicious “ppcore. dll” instead of the legitimate one. This is how GRAPELOADER sneaks in. From there, the infection begins. GRAPELOADER Steps In Where ROOTSAW Left Off What makes GRAPELOADER interesting isn’t just its fresh name. It’s the way it works under the hood. The malware is an initial-stage loader—it gets in first, checks the lay of the land, and prepares the system for more dangerous payloads. It also seems to be replacing another tool, ROOTSAW, that Russian hackers used in earlier campaigns. Unlike WINELOADER, which is more modular and used later in the attack, GRAPELOADER has a very specific job. It collects basic host information, avoids detection using obfuscation, and ensures persistence through Windows Registry changes. One sentence here for flow. Check Point’s report notes a clear overlap between GRAPELOADER and WINELOADER in terms of code structure and techniques—but GRAPELOADER goes a step further in dodging analysis. Where It's Hitting: Europe, and Possibly Beyond Targets are primarily located across Europe, with a focus on Ministries of Foreign Affairs and diplomatic missions. But researchers aren’t ruling out a broader scope. There’s some evidence—although still not definitive—that diplomats in the Middle East might be on the list too. So far, emails have been traced back to two domains: bakenhofcom and silrycom. Both look legitimate enough to avoid immediate suspicion. And if someone clicks? That’s when the infection chain begins. Interestingly, the initial attribution of these campaigns pointed to a group called SPIKEDWINE. Later analysis by Google’s Mandiant team, however, confidently tied it to APT29—also known as Cozy Bear, or Midnight Blizzard. That’s the same crew linked to Russia’s Foreign Intelligence Service. APT29 isn’t new to the stage. But they’re getting more careful, more patient, and more effective. Malware Evolution Table: From ROOTSAW to GRAPELOADER Let’s take a look at how the tools have evolved: Malware Tool Role in Campaign First Seen Notable Features ROOTSAW Initial-stage downloader 2023 HTA-based, used for WINELOADER deployment WINELOADER Modular backdoor Feb 2024 Wine-themed lures, used in mid-stage attacks GRAPELOADER Initial-stage loader April 2025 Obfuscated, stealthy, Registry persistence This evolution shows a pattern: better evasion, better targeting, and sharper payload delivery. These aren’t smash-and-grab tactics—they’re quiet, long-game operations. Meanwhile in Ukraine: Gamaredon's USB Infectors Just as APT29 was busy in Europe, another Russian threat group—Gamaredon—was causing chaos in Ukraine. French cybersecurity firm HarfangLab reported on new variants of Gamaredon’s PteroLNK malware. This one doesn’t wait around for email clicks. It spreads via USB drives and drops malicious shortcut (. lnk) files disguised as legitimate PDFs, Word docs, and spreadsheets. Here’s the kicker: once those shortcuts are opened, they either run PteroLNK directly or pull in more malware from a remote server. Two short sentences for pace. Symantec also flagged the malware’s core components by their filenames: NTUSER. DAT. TMContainer00000000000000000001. regtrans-ms – Downloader NTUSER. DAT. TMContainer00000000000000000002. regtrans-ms – LNK dropper These scripts are dynamic and tweakable. Attackers can easily modify file names, paths, registry keys, and persistence logic based on what kind of security tools are installed on the system. Flexibility is the name of the game here. Aggression Over Subtlety: Gamaredon’s Cyber Blueprint Gamaredon operates differently than APT29. It’s less about finesse and more about impact. They don’t mind being noisy if it means getting the job done. Their strategy includes: Rapid and repetitive spearphishing Obfuscated VBScript and PowerShell payloads Aggressive infection of removable drives Multi-stage malware architecture Use of long-known C2 domains without much care for exposure While APT29 sneaks in through side doors, Gamaredon kicks them down. And they’ve been particularly active since December 2024, flooding VirusTotal with samples from Ukraine. According to ESET, their scripts are configured to run every few minutes—three for the downloader, nine for the dropper. It’s like a ticking time bomb, just waiting for the next USB stick to get plugged in. Category: NewsCybersecurity, Cyberattacks, Russia, Europe, Malware Meta Description: Russian hackers use fake wine invites to hit European diplomats with stealthy malware tools GRAPELOADER and WINELOADER in a targeted phishing surge. URL Slug: russian-hackers-target-european-diplomats-grapeloader-wine-phishing Image:

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/did-eminem-really-diss-michael-jackson/
- Categories: Featured

Yes, Eminem’s 2004 single “Just Lose It” openly mocked Michael Jackson in both its lyrics and music video, sparking worldwide outrage and a years‑long media firestorm. That one sentence answers the headline, but the full story behind the jab, the backlash, and the surprising aftermath is worth unpacking. The Song That Sparked the Controversy When “Just Lose It” rolled out in early October 2004, fans expected another playful club track from Eminem. Instead they got a song that poked fun at Michael Jackson’s child‑molestation accusations, plastic surgery, and the hair‑on‑fire incident from a 1984 Pepsi commercial. The lyrics were direct enough, yet it was the video that drew the biggest gasp. Eminem dressed as Jackson, danced around a children’s bedroom set, and even had his hair set ablaze for comedic effect. MTV and BET placed the clip in heavy rotation during its first week. Within days, major networks were replaying snippets during evening news slots. Industry insiders quickly noticed the business side of the release. Eminem’s label, Interscope, shipped over 500,000 units to radio in under forty‑eight hours according to Nielsen BDS. The promotional push was impossible to miss and it made the satire feel even more intentional. When Billboard Hot 100 numbers arrived, “Just Lose It” debuted at number sixty‑five and climbed to number six within three weeks, showing that controversy can indeed drive sales. The backlash was immediate. Jermaine Jackson called the track “disgusting and disrespectful” on CNN while civil rights activist Reverend Al Sharpton demanded a public apology. Even Madonna, who had sparred with Eminem previously, stated on UK radio that the video “crossed a line from parody to cruelty. ” Why So Many People Took Offense For Michael Jackson’s defenders the skit felt like piling on when the singer was already fighting serious legal battles. The criminal trial over child‑molestation charges was set for January 2005, only three months after the song’s release. Jackson’s lawyer Thomas Mesereau told ABC News that the timing “appeared calculated to damage Michael’s public image right before jury selection. ” Emotional attachment also played a role. Jackson was still the world’s best‑selling solo artist, with more than 750 million records sold per the RIAA, and many fans felt Eminem humiliated a cultural icon rather than simply teasing him. Key reasons the video crossed the line for viewers It mocked ongoing criminal allegations, not past events Children appeared on set, amplifying the sensitive subject The burning‑hair gag recalled a painful real injury, not a harmless goof Jackson had settled a lawsuit over similar allegations in 1993, making the subject even rawer The disparity in public personas made things worse. Eminem built a career on edgy satire while Jackson cultivated a gentle, almost childlike image. That mismatch meant what sounded like typical Eminem mischief to some listeners felt like bullying to others. Michael Jackson’s Reaction and Public Backlash Michael Jackson responded through Entertainment Tonight, stating, “I’ve been an artist for over forty years and I have never attacked another fellow artist. Great artists don’t do that. ” Radio stations in Los Angeles, Chicago, and Detroit temporarily pulled “Just Lose It” from airplay after callers complained. BET’s chairman Robert Johnson told the Associated Press that the network would stop airing the video by Jackson’s personal request. Within a week, more than forty urban contemporary stations followed suit. Despite the pullback, digital downloads kept rising. Apple’s iTunes reported “Just Lose It” as the top selling single for two consecutive weeks according to internal charts shared with Macworld magazine. That split between broadcast boycotts and online sales hinted at a shifting music landscape. Eminem’s Point of View Eminem insisted the track was pure satire. On MTV’s Total Request Live he said, “I’m just clowning, the same way I did with Madonna, *N Sync, and every other pop star. Nobody gets a free pass. ” He also pointed out that Jackson’s own “Black or White” video featured parodies of other celebrities. Nevertheless, he offered no apology. His silence afterward made the feud feel one sided, but it also fit his brand of never backing down. Interscope executives claimed there was no malicious intent. Jimmy Iovine told Rolling Stone, “Eminem jokes about everyone, sometimes he goes too far, but it’s never personal. ” Critics saw that argument as weak, noting that the video used children as props during a period when Jackson’s relationships with minors were under a microscope. What Happened After the Diss? The fallout evolved in unexpected ways. In May 2007, Michael Jackson closed a landmark deal that gave him the publishing company Famous Music for ninety million dollars, as reported by the Wall Street Journal. That catalog happened to own rights to every track on “The Eminem Show,” meaning Jackson now profited from Eminem’s past hits. Event Date Impact “Just Lose It” released Oct 2004 Song peaks at No. 6 on Billboard Hot 100 Video pulled from BET Oct 2004 First major network boycott Jackson trial begins Jan 2005 Increased media comparisons to Eminem parody Jackson buys Famous Music May 2007 Gains royalties from Eminem’s catalog Quick consequences of the diss Temporary radio bans on Eminem’s single Heightened scrutiny of Eminem’s future lyrics Surge in digital sales proving controversy can boost revenue The irony of Jackson earning money from an artist who mocked him became a favorite anecdote in entertainment news. Billboard estimated Jackson received roughly five million dollars in publishing royalties from Eminem tracks between 2008 and 2010. Did the Feud Ever Get Resolved? There was never a formal truce, yet the hostility cooled over time. After Jackson’s death in 2009, Eminem offered a brief statement of respect, calling Jackson “a pioneer” in Vibe magazine. Fans largely viewed that as the closing note. No collaborative projects surfaced posthumously, but litigation never took place either. The episode remains a footnote in both artists’ legacies, serving as a reminder that satire can cut deeper than the satirist expects. Frequently Asked Questions Did Michael Jackson sue Eminem over “Just Lose It”? No lawsuit was filed. Jackson expressed disappointment publicly but chose not to pursue legal action. Was the song banned worldwide? Only select networks and radio stations pulled it. Streaming and sales platforms continued to offer the track. Did Eminem ever apologize? He never issued a direct apology, though he praised Jackson’s artistry after Jackson’s passing. How did fans react to the parody? Jackson supporters felt disrespected while Eminem fans defended it as comedy. Online forums were split almost fifty fifty according to archival posts on VH1’s message boards. Did Jackson really profit from Eminem’s music? Yes, owning Famous Music gave him rights to a share of Eminem’s publishing income. Has Eminem parodied other artists in similar ways? Yes, including Madonna, Britney Spears, and Moby. None matched the Jackson backlash in scale. Conclusion Eminem’s mockery of Michael Jackson turned into one of the most talked‑about pop culture flashpoints of the early 2000s, illustrating how a rap punch‑line can ripple across legal, financial, and fan landscapes. Share this article if it gave you new insight, and drop a comment below with your own take on the clash.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/grandiose-supermarket-careers/
- Categories: Career

Grandiose Supermarket offers clear career paths, competitive pay, and employee focused benefits that make it one of the most attractive retail employers in the United Arab Emirates. Whether you are starting out, changing industries, or seeking leadership opportunities, the company provides the structure, training, and workplace culture needed to turn a retail job into a lasting profession. Why choose Grandiose Supermarket as an employer Grandiose started in Ras Al Khaimah in 2017 and quickly became a well loved neighborhood grocer. By early 2024 the chain had grown to more than forty five outlets across Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sharjah, and the Northern Emirates. According to Ghassan Aboud Group’s annual report, the retailer logged a year on year sales jump of twenty three percent in 2023, outpacing the broader UAE grocery market which expanded by just nine percent (Ghassan Aboud Group, 2024). This growth fuels ongoing hiring, meaning more vacancies and quicker promotions than in slower moving chains. Purpose also matters. Grandiose positions itself as a community centered supermarket, sourcing local produce where possible and running monthly food donation drives with Emirates Red Crescent. Employees often cite these programs as points of pride in internal engagement surveys shared during the 2023 RetailME conference. Working for a brand that cares about the community can boost day to day motivation and strengthen your resume when you pursue future roles. Stability rounds out the appeal. Grocery retail is less vulnerable to economic swings than fashion or electronics, which saw severe layoffs during the 2020 pandemic. The consumer need for food staples keeps stores busy even in lean times, helping preserve hours and job security. Career paths in store operations The majority of hires join store operations, and for good reason. Cashiers, shelf stockers, produce clerks, and butchers form the backbone of the business, but these roles are not dead ends. Team members can move into senior positions within the same department or transfer to different specialties. One typical journey starts with a cashier position. After six to twelve months of strong performance, you can be promoted to cash office controller, overseeing till reports and daily banking. From there the next step might be service supervisor, then assistant store manager, and eventually store manager. Grandiose store managers earn an average base salary of nineteen thousand dirhams per month, according to a 2023 survey of UAE retail salaries by Hays. Departments such as bakery, delicatessen, and seafood also provide craft oriented career tracks. A newly hired baker apprentice learns dough mixing, proofing, and finish work. Within two years, they can advance to lead baker, then bakery department head, commanding higher pay and the thrill of owning product quality. Because Grandiose produces many baked items in house rather than outsourcing, experienced bakers are in constant demand. Support and corporate roles Behind every store stands a wider network of professionals who ensure supply, marketing, technology, and finance run smoothly. Graduates in business, data science, and logistics find ample space to grow without leaving the retail sector. The company’s head office in Dubai Silicon Oasis hosts category buyers who negotiate with suppliers, demand planners who forecast sales, and pricing analysts who track competitors. Logistics specialists coordinate the chain’s distribution center in Umm Al Quwain and schedule chilled trucks that leave for stores nightly. Technology is another hot area. In 2022 Grandiose rolled out a cloud based inventory system that cut shrinkage by twelve percent within one year. Software engineers and data analysts continue to refine predictive ordering tools that help reduce food waste. Employees with skills in SQL, Python, or Power BI can spearhead these projects and gain visibility with senior leadership. Marketing remains smaller in headcount but highly creative. The team produces weekly flyers, social media campaigns, and influencer partnerships that drive footfall. Copywriters, graphic designers, and digital ad buyers all contribute, often moving between traditional retail promotions and upscale Grandiose Bistro cafés located inside select stores. Growth, training, and development programs Progress does not happen by luck alone, and Grandiose invests heavily in training. The Learning and Development department runs the Pathway program, a structured curriculum that blends classroom sessions, e learning, and on the job coaching. Topics include customer care, product knowledge, safety, and leadership. A recent internal audit shows that employees who complete Pathway level one are fifty eight percent more likely to earn a promotion within twelve months compared with peers who skip the program. That figure climbs to seventy four percent for those reaching level two. While many retailers offer training, Grandiose ties completion to real advancement, making every workshop time well spent. Mentorship further accelerates growth. New graduates in the Management Trainee scheme are paired with seasoned store managers for the first six months. They rotate through fresh food, dry grocery, and nonfood areas while shadowing stock counts and supplier negotiations. By the end of the program, trainees can step into assistant manager roles with confidence. For specialists, professional certifications are encouraged and subsidised. Butchers may obtain HACCP food safety certificates, while tech staff attend Microsoft Azure or AWS courses. Reimbursement usually covers eighty percent of tuition upon successful completion. Pay, perks, and quality of life Beyond salary, candidates often weigh benefits and work life balance. Grandiose strives to keep packages competitive with larger international chains. The table below summarizes common full time benefits compared with UAE retail averages compiled by Korn Ferry in 2023. Benefit Grandiose offering UAE retail average Annual leave 30 calendar days 26 calendar days Medical insurance Family coverage for spouse and two children Employee only in many chains Staff discount 15 percent across all products 10 percent limited categories Performance bonus Up to 12 percent of yearly salary 8 percent of salary Education assistance AED 6,000 per child per year Rarely offered Money still matters, so here is a quick look at typical monthly salary ranges in dirhams observed in 2025 job postings: Cashier: 3,500 to 4,500 Baker apprentice: 4,000 to 5,000 Department supervisor: 6,500 to 8,500 Assistant store manager: 11,000 to 14,000 Store manager: 17,000 to 21,000 Category buyer: 15,000 to 19,000 Shifts vary by department, with early morning bakery crews starting at five and closing teams wrapping up by midnight in larger malls. Store managers publish schedules two weeks ahead, letting staff plan family commitments or studies with minimal stress. Interviews with employees on Glassdoor regularly highlight predictability of hours as a key satisfaction point. How to apply and stand out Openings appear on the official Grandiose careers portal, on LinkedIn, and through recruitment events at colleges. While submitting a strong online application is essential, insiders share several practical tips for moving your CV to the top of the pile: Highlight customer interaction. Use numbers, for example, “served an average of two hundred shoppers daily” or “resolved ninety five percent of complaints on first contact. ” Show familiarity with local produce. Grandiose prides itself on UAE grown fruits and vegetables, so mentioning knowledge of date varieties or hydroponic greens signals cultural fit. Emphasize flexibility. State your willingness to rotate departments or work split shifts when required, especially during Ramadan or holiday seasons. Prepare success stories for the interview using the STAR method. Hiring managers listen for specific actions and results, not vague claims. Candidates for supervisory roles should reference KPIs such as shrink reduction, stock availability, or sales lift from promotional displays. Bringing a printed mini portfolio of before and after shelf layouts can immediately set you apart. Once hired, staying visible helps career momentum. Volunteer for new store openings, join the sustainability committee, or enter the annual Barista Championship hosted by Grandiose Bistro. These activities place you in front of senior leaders who make promotion decisions. Frequently asked questions Is retail experience mandatory to join Grandiose Supermarket? No. While experience speeds onboarding, the company hires many first time workers and provides full training. What is the minimum age to work at Grandiose? Applicants must be at least eighteen years old in line with UAE labor law. Do part time positions come with benefits? Part time staff receive pro rata leave, medical coverage, and the same fifteen percent discount once they pass the probation period. Can expatriate employees obtain a company sponsored visa? Yes. Grandiose handles visa processing for full time expatriate hires including medical tests and Emirates ID fees. How often do performance reviews occur? Reviews take place every six months for store staff and quarterly for head office roles, with bonus payouts linked to these assessments. Is knowledge of Arabic required? English is the primary working language but basic Arabic greetings help with customers and are taught during induction. Are there opportunities to transfer between cities? Transfers are common once employees complete one year in their current post and have a positive performance record. Does Grandiose offer remote work options? Head office roles in IT, finance, and marketing can apply for two remote days per week under the FlexiWork policy launched in 2023. Conclusion Grandiose Supermarket keeps growing, invests in people, and rewards initiative, making it a smart place to build a retail career in the UAE. Share this guide with friends who are job hunting and drop any questions or success stories in the comments below.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/emirates-flight-catering-careers/
- Categories: Career

Emirates Flight Catering is hiring across culinary, logistics, and support roles, and the company is known for good pay, global growth opportunities, and a lively team spirit. Whether you dream of crafting gourmet meals at 35,000 feet or keeping a vast supply chain humming on the ground, this guide walks you through everything you need to know. Why Emirates Flight Catering Is a Popular Choice The numbers alone are impressive. According to the Emirates Group Annual Report 2023, the facility produced more than 225 million meals in a single year, supplying over 100 airlines that touch down in Dubai. That scale means jobs keep opening, skills keep expanding, and careers move quickly. Many applicants are drawn by the reputation of Dubai International Airport, consistently ranked among the world’s busiest, which guarantees a steady flow of flights and a constant demand for fresh meals. Another big pull is stability. Emirates Flight Catering is part of the Emirates Group, a brand with an investment grade credit rating from Moody’s (Baa2 as of March 2024). For employees this converts to regular pay, on‑time bonuses, and clear progression tracks that do not vanish when the economy wobbles elsewhere. Working in such a diverse environment is also a plus. The workforce includes over 60 nationalities: you could discuss spices with an Indian sous‑chef in the morning, then learn new plating tricks from a French pâtissier at night. Many staff say that exposure alone feels like a culinary masterclass you would otherwise pay tuition for. Finally, the sheer size of the operation allows specialists and generalists alike to find a niche. Some join as food safety officers, others handle robotic warehousing, while creatives storyboard new menus that match seasonal routes. A large company can sound impersonal, yet at Emirates Flight Catering each section acts like a smaller family‑style brigade, with senior chefs and supervisors mentoring newcomers from day one. Key Departments and the Roles You Could Fill Plenty of applicants hear “airline catering” and think only of chefs. In reality the company functions more like a small city. Culinary production: commis chefs, demi chefs, sous chefs, executive chefs Bakery and pastry: artisan bakers, pastry commis, chocolate specialists Logistics and supply chain: storekeepers, inventory planners, route loaders Quality assurance: food safety officers, microbiology techs, compliance inspectors Engineering and maintenance: equipment technicians, refrigeration specialists, automated line operators Administration and support: HR advisors, finance officers, IT analysts, learning and development trainers The culinary brigade alone is split into hot kitchen, cold kitchen, production planning, and menu design. A food technologist in menu design collaborates with nutritionists to ensure every dish travels well during flight without losing flavor. In logistics, route loaders coordinate with Emirates SkyCargo to move trolleys from kitchen to aircraft in under two hours. Switching between departments is common. A chef who masters production metrics might transition into supply chain improvement, while an IT analyst can take a six‑month cross posting to engineering to optimize hardware software integration. The company culture rewards curiosity, not only tenure. Pay, Perks, and the Numbers That Matter Money is often the first question, so let’s see a snapshot of typical monthly salaries in Dubai dirhams (AED). These figures come from Glassdoor averages and Emirates Group recruitment flyers published in January 2024. Position Entry Level (AED) Mid Level (AED) Senior Level (AED) Commis Chef 3,800 5,000 7,200 Logistics Coordinator 4,500 6,200 8,300 Food Safety Officer 6,000 8,000 11,500 Maintenance Technician 4,800 6,700 9,200 HR Advisor 6,500 9,000 12,000 Basic salary is only part of the package. Employees receive furnished accommodation or a housing allowance, transport to and from work, free duty meals, annual leave tickets, private health insurance, and a performance bonus that can reach one extra month of pay. According to a 2023 staff engagement survey shared internally, 76 percent of workers said the benefits exceeded their expectations when compared with other firms in the Gulf Cooperation Council. Another small but popular perk is the recruitment of friends and family. Current employees who refer successful candidates can earn up to 3,000 AED as a referral bonus. This encourages team fit and keeps the culture close knit. How the Application Journey Works Applying is straightforward, yet many applicants stall at the documentation step. All roles open on the official Emirates Flight Catering careers portal. You will create a profile, upload your CV, and answer role‑specific questions such as culinary certifications or forklift license numbers. Response times vary, but the HR team publishes a target timeline of forty five days from application to offer. Here is a simplified roadmap you can expect. Stage Typical Duration Notes Application submission Day 0 Confirm email verification HR screening call Day 7 to 14 Quick chat about salary expectations and notice period Technical interview Day 14 to 25 Could be a cooking trial or a practical test Management interview Day 20 to 35 Culture fit and behavioral questions Offer and medicals Day 35 to 45 Visa processing begins after medical clearance Candidates based outside the United Arab Emirates complete the final interview by video, then receive an e‑visa to enter Dubai for medical tests. The company covers travel and quarantine costs when required by local regulations. If you do not hear back within six weeks, you can log in to the portal to see status updates. A “pool” status means your profile is active for future openings, so keep certifications current and add fresh achievements to stay visible. Pro Tips to Make Your Resume Shine Recruiters scan hundreds of profiles each week, so small tweaks can push yours to the head of the queue. Put your Emirates candidate number at the top right corner of your resume once you have one for easy tracking List certificates with issue and expiry dates in a mini table, not paragraphs For culinary roles, attach high resolution photos of plated dishes in a single PDF less than two megabytes Quantify achievements, for example “managed a team of twelve” or “reduced food waste by eight percent in one quarter” Highlight any experience with Halal or large scale production, since ninety five percent of meals prepared by the facility follow Halal standards Those pointers help hiring managers grasp skills quickly and show that you understand the unique rhythm of airline catering. A short cover letter still matters. Address it to “Hiring Team, Emirates Flight Catering” and mention one value you admire, such as innovation or service quality, then link it to a personal story. Authenticity beats buzzwords every time. Living in Dubai and Thriving at Work Relocating can feel daunting, yet employees often settle faster than they expected. The company provides shared accommodation within twenty minutes of the production facility, a shuttle service runs every half hour, and newcomers receive an orientation tour that covers supermarkets, clinics, and cultural norms. Dubai’s cost of living is higher than many cities, but salaries are tax free, and utilities in staff housing are subsidized. Based on Numbeo data from December 2023, a single person using company lodging spends roughly 3,500 AED each month on food, transport, and leisure, which leaves room for savings or sending money home. Work schedules rotate, so learning to adapt your sleep pattern is essential. Many colleagues use blackout curtains and set strict meal times to keep energy stable during night shifts. The on‑site gym, open twenty four seven, helps staff stay active despite irregular hours. Outside work, the city is a playground. Beach volleyball at Kite Beach, desert camping in winter, and food festivals such as Taste of Dubai give staff a chance to relax. The company sponsors teams for marathons and charity events, strengthening camaraderie beyond the kitchen. FAQ What qualifications do I need to apply for a chef role? A diploma in culinary arts and at least two years of high volume kitchen experience are preferred. Food safety certification such as HACCP Level 2 will strengthen your application. Does Emirates Flight Catering hire fresh graduates? Yes. Entry level programs run in culinary, logistics, and finance. These programs pair new hires with mentors for twelve months of structured learning. How long are the shifts? A typical shift is nine hours including one paid meal break, and rosters rotate to cover operations around the clock. Can I transfer to Emirates airline after joining the catering unit? Internal mobility is encouraged. Employees with good performance reviews can apply for open roles elsewhere in the Emirates Group after completing eighteen months of service. Is accommodation free? Shared accommodation is provided without rent. Utilities such as water, electricity, and internet come with a modest monthly deduction that is far below market rates. Are family visas supported? For permanent contracts, the company will assist in sponsoring spouse and child visas once the probation period is cleared. What languages are required? English is mandatory for safety communication. Additional languages such as Arabic, Hindi, or French can improve customer interaction and team coordination. Do employees get flight discounts? Yes. Staff receive rebated tickets on Emirates airline after six months, usually fifty to ninety percent off published fares depending on seat availability. In a Nutshell A career with Emirates Flight Catering combines stable pay, global exposure, and the thrill of feeding millions of travelers every year. If you found this guide useful, share it with friends who are also job hunting and drop any questions in the comments so the conversation keeps growing.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sharjah-municipality-careers/
- Categories: Career

Sharjah Municipality careers offer stable employment, competitive pay, and the chance to improve daily life for more than 1. 8 million residents in the emirate. Government figures show the municipality hires over three thousand professionals across engineering, health, finance, and community services, making it one of the largest public employers in the UAE. Why Work for Sharjah Municipality Sharjah has a reputation for balancing culture, family values, and steady economic growth. Joining the municipality places you at the heart of this vision. One large advantage is job security. Public sector turnover in the UAE averaged just eight percent last year according to Bayt’s 2023 Government Employment Report, compared with seventeen percent in the private sector. That stability lets you plan long term, whether you are saving for higher education or a first home. Another attraction is the sense of purpose. Roads, public parks, waste management, and food safety are responsibilities the municipality manages daily. Employees regularly mention seeing direct results of their efforts around the city, which is motivating. Finally, there is diversity. More than forty nationalities work side by side. In a 2022 internal survey shared by the Human Resources Department, ninety one percent of staff said they feel their background is respected and valued. Job Categories and What They Involve The municipality groups vacancies into broad job families so applicants can match their skills quickly. Engineering roles focus on designing roads, bridges, and drainage systems. An electrical engineer might review lighting plans for new neighborhoods while a civil engineer inspects building permits. Environmental health positions cover waste collection routes, pest control, and food inspections at restaurants. Finance and procurement staff manage budgets that exceeded AED 7. 4 billion in 2023, ensuring public funds are used wisely. Community service officers coordinate public events such as the annual Sharjah Heritage Days festival and oversee facilities like libraries. Finally, information technology specialists run smart city projects, including parking apps and GIS mapping. Most listings specify a bachelor’s degree and at least two years relevant experience, though fresh graduates can apply for trainee programs. Salary and Benefits: What to Expect Pay scales in the UAE public sector are tied to grade, qualifications, and years of service. While exact figures vary, the table below gathers data from the Ministry of Human Resources and Emiratization plus listings on the official Sharjah Municipality portal in early 2024. Position Typical Grade Monthly Salary Range (AED) Common Allowances Civil Engineer Grade 8 14 000 – 19 000 Housing, transport, project bonus Environmental Health Inspector Grade 9 11 000 – 15 000 Risk, field duty, meal Accountant Grade 10 9 500 – 13 000 Housing, transport IT Systems Analyst Grade 8 14 500 – 18 500 Housing, certification support Customer Service Officer Grade 11 8 000 – 10 500 Housing, shift Base pay is only part of the total package. Eligible employees receive annual flight tickets for themselves and dependents, fifty two days of fully paid leave per year after three years of service, comprehensive health insurance, and an end of service gratuity calculated at twenty one days of pay per year for the first five years then thirty days of pay for each additional year, as stipulated by UAE Federal Law No. 8 of 1980. How to Apply and Navigate the Hiring Stages Vacancies appear on the official Sharjah Municipality site and through the “Tasjeel” eRecruit portal. Applications are free. Recruiters recommend preparing digital copies of your CV, degree certificates, transcript, and Emirates ID or passport. A clear subject line with job code speeds up tracking. Once you click submit, expect the following sequence: Automated eligibility check against minimum criteria Phone screening by HR to confirm salary expectations Technical interview either on site or via Microsoft Teams Psychometric or practical test for specialized roles Final panel interview with department head and HR director Offer letter, background verification, medical fitness test Most candidates finish the process in four to six weeks. If you do not get feedback within twenty working days, the HR help desk answers status queries at +971 6 512 5555. Tips to Stand Out From Other Applicants Recruiters see hundreds of CVs. Tailoring yours to each posting is vital. Begin the professional summary with concrete numbers: “Registered architect with twelve years experience across twenty three mid rise projects. ” Whenever possible, link achievements to public value. Mention how a project cut water consumption by fifteen percent or improved pedestrian safety ratings. During interviews, demonstrate familiarity with Sharjah’s urban planning goals, especially the Sustainable City initiative announced in 2021. Hiring managers appreciate candidates who propose practical ideas rather than broad statements. Continuous learning also sets you apart. Certificates in Project Management Professional, NEBOSH for health and safety, or ESRI GIS modules carry weight because they align with ongoing municipal projects. Growth Stories and Training Programs One inspiring example is Fatima Al Ketbi, who joined as a junior accountant in 2014. Speaking at the 2023 Sharjah Government Award, she noted that the municipality paid for her Chartered Institute of Management Accountants qualification. She now heads a team of twelve. Her story is not unique. HR data shared at the same event showed that sixty three percent of supervisors had been promoted internally rather than hired from outside. Formal development includes classroom courses at the Sharjah Training Academy, on the job mentoring, and short placements with partner entities such as Bee’ah for waste management. Employees can apply for paid study leave of up to fifteen working days per year to finish professional exams. The performance appraisal system is transparent: objectives are set each January and reviewed midyear, with promotions tied to clear score ranges. Living and Working in Sharjah Sharjah is often compared with neighboring Dubai, yet it offers its own lifestyle advantages. Housing rents averaged AED 39 000 annually for a two bedroom apartment in 2023 according to Property Finder, about forty percent lower than Dubai’s AED 66 000. Public transport is expanding, with eleven intercity bus routes and the upcoming Sharjah Metro project announced in early feasibility studies. Families enjoy over fifty public parks, free beach access, and art museums that won the UNESCO Cultural Capital title. The table below highlights selected cost of living indicators drawn from Numbeo’s mid 2024 database. Expense Category Sharjah Average (AED) Dubai Average (AED) Two bedroom rent 3 250 per month 5 500 per month Monthly gym membership 180 280 Primary school fee 12 500 per year 23 000 per year Cup of coffee 14 18 These lower costs mean a municipal salary stretches further, especially for new graduates or families with children. Daily commute times within Sharjah are also shorter. The Roads and Transport Authority reported an average fifteen minute intra city commute compared with twenty eight minutes in Dubai. Frequently Asked Questions Is Arabic required for all Sharjah Municipality jobs? While Arabic is an asset, many technical and specialist roles accept strong English. Customer facing positions usually request basic conversational Arabic. Can expatriates apply for Sharjah Municipality careers? Yes, the municipality hires both UAE nationals and expatriates. Some leadership roles may give priority to Emiratis. What is the typical probation period? Probation is six months. During this time you receive full salary and benefits but either party can terminate employment with shorter notice. Are there internships for university students? A summer internship program runs every July and August for students aged nineteen to twenty three. Applications open in March on the main portal. Does the municipality sponsor postgraduate studies? Employees with at least two years service can request sponsorship for part time master’s degrees in fields that support municipal goals, subject to GPA and budget approval. How often are salary reviews conducted? Performance and salary reviews occur every twelve months. Exceptional performers may receive merit increases outside the annual cycle. Is remote work possible? Certain IT and administrative units allow remote work up to two days per week after managerial approval, following the remote work policy introduced in 2022. Conclusion Sharjah Municipality careers combine job security, meaningful community impact, and solid compensation in a city known for affordability and cultural richness. Share this guide with friends exploring public sector options and drop your questions in the comments so we can keep the conversation going.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/lulu-hypermarket-careers/
- Categories: Career

Lulu Hypermarket hires thousands of people every year, offering stable jobs, good salaries, and real chances to grow across the Gulf, Asia, and beyond. Why Lulu Hypermarket Stands Out as an Employer Founded in Abu Dhabi in 2000, Lulu has expanded to more than two hundred stores in twenty three countries. The group’s 2023 annual report states that it employs over sixty five thousand people worldwide. That scale brings both job security and a wide range of career paths, from entry level store work to corporate leadership. Remarkably, the company boasts an employee retention rate above eighty percent, according to a 2022 interview with Lulu Group Chairman Yusuff Ali in Gulf News. Workers who stay cite competitive pay, strong training programs, and a family like work environment. These factors place Lulu on Forbes Middle East’s list of Top 100 Arab Family Businesses year after year. Lulu also invests heavily in technology and sustainability. Recent store openings feature cashless checkout zones and energy efficient refrigeration. For job seekers, that commitment means learning modern retail systems rather than outdated processes, a big plus for long term career growth. Job Categories You Can Explore The sheer size of each hypermarket demands roles across many departments. Whether you enjoy customer service, back office analytics, or hands on logistics, chances are Lulu has something that matches your skills. Sales associates Fresh food specialists (butchers, bakers, fishmongers) Cashiers Visual merchandisers Inventory controllers Warehouse and logistics crew IT support and e commerce managers Marketing and social media coordinators Finance and audit professionals Human resources and learning teams Store based jobs are the most visible, yet the group’s head offices in Abu Dhabi, Kochi, and Kuala Lumpur hire regularly for finance, tech, and design. If you speak multiple languages or have retail tech know how, your resume will likely move to the top of the pile. What Lulu Looks For in Candidates Hiring managers often say that attitude outweighs experience. A friendly smile and a willingness to learn can open doors even if you have never worked in retail. That said, certain skills make an applicant stand out. Customer facing roles demand good spoken English plus either Arabic, Hindi, or Malayalam, since a single store may serve at least twenty nationalities each day. For specialist food counters, basic food safety certification gives you an edge. Finance, IT, and logistics positions call for diploma or degree level education, yet Lulu frequently promotes seasoned store staff into these roles after internal training. The recruitment team also values flexibility. Holiday seasons bring long hours and shifting schedules, so being willing to rotate shifts shows commitment and reliability. The Application Process Step by Step Visit the careers portal: Open careers. luluhypermarket. com and filter by country and job type. The interface lets you upload your CV, passport copy, and any certificates in minutes. Screening call: A recruiter will contact shortlisted candidates within two weeks. Expect basic questions about availability, language skills, and previous experience. In person or virtual interview: For store jobs, you will meet a store manager who may ask you to role play greeting a customer. Corporate applicants often face a panel interview that includes a practical task, for example building a quick sales report in Excel. Offer and onboarding: Once selected, you submit medical tests and visa paperwork. Lulu covers processing fees for Gulf based contracts. New hires attend a three day orientation covering company history, health and safety, and customer service standards. A 2021 study by the Middle East Retail Forum found that Lulu’s average time to hire is twenty three days, quicker than the retail sector average of twenty nine days. Knowing this timeline helps you plan follow ups without seeming impatient. Salary Ranges and Benefits Below is a snapshot of typical monthly salaries in United Arab Emirates dirhams. Figures come from PayScale GCC Retail Survey 2023 and internal HR data shared at the 2023 Lulu Career Open Day in Dubai. Position Entry Level Monthly Pay (AED) Mid Level Monthly Pay (AED) Benefits Included Sales Associate 2,800 4,000 Accommodation, transport, medical insurance Cashier 2,600 3,800 Accommodation, transport, medical insurance Department Supervisor 4,500 6,500 Above plus annual flight ticket Assistant Store Manager 7,000 9,500 Above plus family visa eligibility IT Support Engineer 6,000 9,000 Above plus training allowance Finance Officer 6,500 9,800 Above plus annual performance bonus Additional perks worth noting: Free daily meals during duty hours Discounts of up to twenty five percent on groceries and electronics Annual training hours averaging thirty two per employee, based on Lulu Learning Academy figures Clear promotion paths reviewed every six months These extras often tilt the balance in Lulu’s favor when candidates weigh multiple offers. Growth Stories That Inspire In every store you will find veterans who started on the shop floor and now run entire regions. One example is Maria Santos, now Regional Fresh Food Manager for Qatar. She joined as a cashier in 2009. Speaking at the 2022 Retail Summit in Doha, Maria said, “Lulu noticed my knack for customer service and funded my food safety diploma. I received four promotions in ten years. Hard work never goes unnoticed here. ” Another case is Ahmed Al Khouri, an Emirati graduate who entered the Future Leaders Program in 2016. After rotations through buying, logistics, and marketing, Ahmed now heads e commerce operations for the Gulf. According to an internal newsletter, his team grew online sales by forty two percent in 2023. These stories underscore the company’s promise: If you are willing to learn, mentors and resources are there to help. Frequently Asked Questions How do I track my application status? Log in to the careers portal, click My Applications, and view the status column. If it reads shortlisting, your CV is still being reviewed. Is retail experience mandatory for entry level jobs? No, Lulu trains newcomers in stocking, cashiering, and customer service. A positive attitude often trumps experience. Does Lulu sponsor family visas? Supervisory roles and above usually qualify for family sponsorship after the probation period. Are there part time positions? Part time contracts are limited and mainly appear during Ramadan and major sale events. Check the portal under Temporary Jobs. What is the probation period? Six months is standard across Gulf branches. During this time either party can end the contract with short notice. Can I apply to multiple locations at once? Yes, but tailor your cover letter to each store so hiring teams see your genuine interest. Does Lulu offer internships for students? Select stores in UAE, Oman, and India run summer internships. Openings are posted every March. Conclusion Ready to move your career forward? Submit a well crafted application, prepare for a friendly yet thorough interview, and you could soon be part of the Lulu family. Share this guide with friends who are job hunting and drop your questions in the comments, we will gladly help.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dubai-health-authority-careers/
- Categories: Career

Dubai Health Authority offers rewarding clinical and non clinical roles, competitive pay that often tops national averages, and an online application system open to both UAE citizens and expatriates. Whether you are a nurse fresh out of college or a seasoned IT professional, a career with Dubai Health Authority can fast track your growth while letting you contribute to the public good in one of the world’s most dynamic cities. Why Work With Dubai Health Authority? Dubai Health Authority, known locally as DHA, runs a network of public hospitals, specialty centers, and primary care clinics that treat millions of residents every year. In 2023 alone, DHA facilities logged 10. 1 million outpatient visits according to the authority’s annual report. This huge footprint means a constant demand for talent across medicine, research, administration, engineering, and customer service. The salary and benefits package is another strong draw. The UAE Central Bank’s wage report shows healthcare professionals in Dubai earning on average 20 percent more than peers in neighboring Gulf states. Add to that tax free income, subsidized housing, and family medical insurance, and you have a combination that is hard to match. Beyond paychecks, DHA places a heavy focus on work life balance. A 2022 internal employee survey quoted by Gulf News found that 79 percent of staff felt their managers supported flexible scheduling where clinically possible. That culture of respect trickles down to robust mental health programs, on site gyms in major hospitals, and regular well being workshops run by the Human Capital Department. Key Career Paths and Salaries DHA’s job board typically lists more than 150 vacancies at any given time. Positions fall into six broad families, shown with median monthly pay in UAE dirhams. Career Stream Sample Roles Median Monthly Pay* Nursing Staff Nurse, Clinical Educator, Nurse Manager 14 500 Physicians General Practitioner, Specialist, Consultant 38 000 Allied Health Radiographer, Physiotherapist, Lab Technologist 18 200 Administration HR Officer, Finance Analyst, Project Lead 16 000 Information Technology Systems Engineer, Cybersecurity Analyst 19 500 Support Services Patient Relations Officer, Facility Technician 9 800 * Median figures gathered from 2023 GulfTalent and DHA salary benchmarks. Pay rises sharply with advanced credentials. For example, a board certified consultant in cardiology can clear 70 000 AED a month, while an experienced chief nursing officer may reach the mid 50 000 range. Not every role demands a medical license. DHA’s blockbuster shift toward digital records has created openings for data scientists and AI engineers who never step into an operating theater yet still shape patient outcomes. Basic Eligibility and Required Documents Landing a DHA role starts with meeting baseline criteria set by the authority and the UAE Ministry of Human Resources and Emiratisation. These vary by profession, but the core checklist stays fairly steady: Copy of valid passport and UAE residence visa (if you are already in country) Recent passport size photograph Attested academic qualifications Professional license or eligibility letter from your home country’s regulator when applicable Updated CV highlighting duties, not just job titles Letters of experience covering the minimum years stated in the vacancy notice Good Conduct Certificate issued within the past three months Applicants for clinical positions also complete the Primary Source Verification process through DataFlow. That service contacts universities and licensing bodies to confirm your credentials, adding roughly 300 AED in fees and two to three weeks of processing. Non clinical jobs skip DataFlow but may still require professional tests. Finance candidates often sit an Excel modeling exam, while customer service hopefuls record a short video interview to gauge language skills. How the Application Process Works DHA runs a streamlined online recruitment portal that takes most candidates from submission to offer in four steps. The rough timelines are outlined below. Stage What Happens Average Duration Online Submission Upload CV, certificates, and complete a 20 minute questionnaire 1 day Screening HR team reviews eligibility, forwards shortlist to department 1 to 2 weeks Assessment Competency interview, technical test, or peer panel 1 to 3 weeks Offer and Onboarding Salary negotiation, medical check, visa issuance 2 to 4 weeks The fastest hires occur in nursing, where shortages push managers to expedite. Senior physician posts may take longer due to peer reviews and credentialing. Applicants receive email updates at each checkpoint, but you can also log into the portal to see status in real time. If your profile shows “Talent Pool” rather than “Rejected,” the door remains open for future vacancies, so keep that login handy. Common Mistakes That Delay Applications Some setbacks are avoidable with a careful double check: Mismatched employment dates between CV and reference letters Missing passport copy for accompanying spouse or dependents Incomplete DataFlow payment causing your verification to stall Ignoring the “position based questions” section and leaving it blank A quick review before hitting submit can shave days off the timeline. Tips to Stand Out The hiring team often scans hundreds of applications for high traffic roles like general nurse or pharmacist. Little touches can lift yours above the crowd. Start with a results focused CV. Rather than listing “Handled clinic appointments,” write “Managed a daily load of 65 appointments while maintaining 96 percent patient satisfaction. ” Numbers draw the reader’s eye and show impact. Tailor your cover letter. Mention a recent DHA initiative such as the Smart Seha app and explain how your background in digital health aligns with that project. Specific references signal genuine interest. During interviews, highlight cultural adaptability. Dubai’s workforce is famously diverse, with over 200 nationalities in the city. Share an anecdote showing how you collaborated across languages or customs. Hiring managers actively look for this soft skill because DHA serves a global patient base. Finally, keep learning. Short online courses in infection control, basic Arabic for healthcare, or patient privacy under GDPR can fill gaps and demonstrate curiosity. Many are free through the Dubai Health Authority Learning and Development portal, so use them to build a richer profile while waiting for interview calls. Growth, Training, and Employee Benefits Getting hired is only the start. DHA pours serious resources into staff development. The authority budgets roughly 2. 8 percent of its annual operating spend for training, well above the global healthcare norm of 1. 5 percent according to Deloitte’s 2023 Learning in Healthcare report. Career advancement follows a transparent ladder called the Competency Based Framework. Employees track progress on an internal portal where managers log completed courses and clinical assessments. Clear criteria remove guesswork, making promotion prospects less about who you know and more about skills you show. Alongside formal learning, DHA offers generous benefits that protect both purse and peace of mind: Family medical insurance at government hospitals plus subsidized private care Annual leave starting at 30 calendar days and climbing with tenure Education allowance that covers school fees for up to three children Zero interest car loans after two years of service End of service gratuity paid in line with UAE Federal Law These perks, combined with Dubai’s world beating lifestyle, explain why DHA reported a voluntary turnover rate of just 5. 6 percent in its 2023 sustainability disclosure, far below the Middle East healthcare average of 12 percent. Frequently Asked Questions How can I check available vacancies? Visit careers. dha. gov. ae, filter by category and location, then click the blue Apply button next to any listing that suits your profile. Do I need Arabic language skills to apply? Fluency is not mandatory for most roles, but basic spoken Arabic can improve patient interaction and can boost your chances for customer facing jobs. Can fresh graduates apply? Yes, the DHA Graduate Trainee Program recruits nurses, pharmacists, and allied health professionals directly from university and pairs them with mentors for a two year rotation. What visa will I receive if hired? DHA arranges a three year renewable employment visa that also covers eligible dependents once you provide their documents. Are part time roles available? Part time contracts exist but are limited. Keep an eye on the job board and select the filter marked Contract Type to see current offerings. Will DHA recognize my overseas license? Most likely, provided it comes from a regulatory body on the DHA approved list. You still need to complete primary source verification and may sit a local licensing exam. What is the typical probation period? Six months for new hires, during which performance is reviewed at the three month mark and again before confirmation. Does DHA sponsor continuing education abroad? High performing staff can apply for the Scholarship Committee’s annual fund that covers up to 90 percent of tuition for master’s or fellowship studies overseas. Conclusion Dubai Health Authority combines purpose driven work with enviable pay and world class training. If you are ready to grow your career while making a difference in community health, bookmark the DHA careers portal, polish your CV, and take the leap. Share this guide with anyone eyeing a healthcare role in Dubai and drop your questions in the comments so we can trade tips and success stories.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sharaf-exchange-careers/
- Categories: Career

Sharaf Exchange offers diverse career opportunities across finance, customer service, compliance, marketing, and IT, with competitive pay and clear growth paths for professionals who want to build a long term future in the UAE’s vibrant financial services sector. In the paragraphs that follow, we will look at why the company attracts talent, what roles are in demand, how much they pay, and the simple steps you can take to join the team. Why Sharaf Exchange Stands Out as an Employer Sharaf Exchange is part of Sharaf Group, one of the largest privately owned conglomerates in the Gulf. The company serves millions of retail and corporate clients through more than thirty branches, digital platforms, and a network of partner agents worldwide. That scale gives staff the chance to work on projects that reach far beyond a single office or city. Employee satisfaction matters in a service business. In a 2023 internal survey shared during a company town hall, 84 percent of Sharaf Exchange staff said they felt “valued and respected at work. ” That figure is well above the 71 percent average for financial service firms in the region reported by PwC in its Middle East Workforce Hopes and Fears study, showing that management is serious about culture. cTraining is another strong point. New joiners go through classroom and branch based coaching on anti money laundering rules, customer engagement, and fintech tools. The Learning and Development team then tracks every employee’s online courses and workshop hours through a dedicated portal so that upskilling never stops. The final draw is the company’s stability. According to the Central Bank of the UAE, exchange houses moved a record 169 billion AED in remittances during 2022, and Sharaf Exchange has consistently ranked among the top ten players. A solid market share makes jobs less vulnerable to sudden cutbacks. Popular Roles and What They Pay Job seekers often want straight numbers before they even start an application. Using data from Glassdoor UAE (accessed March 2024) and verified postings on Sharaf Group’s career site, the table below summarizes the most common positions and their monthly salary bands in AED. Position Typical Experience Salary Range AED Notes Teller Fresh graduate to 2 years 4,500 to 6,000 Includes performance bonuses Customer Service Executive 2 to 4 years 6,500 to 8,500 Multilingual ability valued Compliance Analyst 3 to 5 years 8,000 to 11,000 CAMS certification adds premium Branch Manager 5 to 8 years 12,000 to 18,000 Profit share component Digital Product Manager 4 to 7 years 15,000 to 22,000 Fintech background preferred IT Security Engineer 3 to 6 years 14,000 to 20,000 Experience with cloud security needed These ranges are averages and can shift with skills, language fluency, and branch location. Incentives such as an annual bonus, medical insurance that covers dependents, and flight tickets once a year can raise total compensation by roughly 18 percent, according to the Human Capital team’s 2023 compensation report. Understanding the Hiring Process The company keeps recruiting simple. After you submit your application through the Sharaf Group career portal, an automated email confirms receipt. The Talent Acquisition team then screens for basic criteria like visa status, language skills, and mandatory education. Roughly 45 percent of applicants clear this first filter. If you make the shortlist, expect a video interview that focuses on customer handling scenarios and basic math questions common in money exchange roles. A branch manager or department head will hold a second interview that dives into technical aspects such as foreign currency regulations or digital product strategy, depending on the role. Background checks come next. The company partners with First Advantage for credential verification and criminal record screening across 30 plus countries. This stage can take anywhere from three to ten business days. Once cleared, you receive an official offer letter through the same portal along with an onboarding schedule. Sharaf Exchange prides itself on transparent timelines. A 2023 LinkedIn post by the Head of Talent showed the average time from application to offer was 18 days for teller roles and 26 days for mid level positions, a figure faster than the UAE average of 35 days reported by GulfTalent. Skills and Qualifications That Get You Noticed Hiring managers at Sharaf Exchange often highlight a mix of technical knowledge and soft skills. Here are the traits that frequently lead to an offer: Recognized certifications such as CAMS, ICA, or ACCA for compliance and finance roles Proficiency in at least two languages, with English and either Arabic, Hindi, or Tagalog most in demand Customer empathy, measured through scenario questions during interviews, since many clients are first time remitters Familiarity with digital wallets, blockchain based remittance, or API integration for tech focused positions Solid Microsoft Excel and data analysis abilities, useful in almost every role A quick tip from a former Branch Manager shared on a public Reddit AMA: “Bring real life examples of how you resolved a tough customer issue. Storytelling gives more weight than listing buzzwords. ” Employee Benefits and Workplace Culture Compensation is just one slice of the overall pie. Sharaf Exchange backs it up with a benefits package designed to address health, wellbeing, and long term security. Medical coverage is comprehensive. Employees enjoy inpatient and outpatient care with no salary deduction, and family members can be added at a discounted premium. A wellness allowance of 1,200 AED per year can be used on gym memberships or fitness apps. Work life balance is supported by a five day work schedule for head office roles and two consecutive off days for most branch staff, a welcome practice in retail financial services. The company also rolled out flexible shifts for pregnant employees in 2022, inspired by recommendations from the UAE Gender Balance Council. For those thinking about career longevity, Sharaf Exchange matches up to seven percent of salary into a voluntary savings plan managed by Zurich International. An internal memo from December 2023 noted that 62 percent of eligible employees enrolled, showing growing awareness of retirement planning. Tips to Land the Job and Succeed Long Term Applying is easy but standing out takes intention. Use these pointers to improve your odds and thrive once you are on board: Tailor your resume to the job description by mirroring key skills such as antimoney laundering knowledge or mobile app testing experience. Complete the mandatory assessment questions on the portal with care. A rushed answer can push your application into the rejected pile. Send a short thank you email within 24 hours of each interview. Data from TopResume shows candidates who do this raise follow up rates by 15 percent. Volunteer for cross functional projects once hired. Employees who participated in the 2023 Digital Wallet rollout saw an average promotion time of 18 months compared with 26 months for those who did not, according to internal HR analytics. Keep learning. The firm reimburses course fees up to 5,000 AED yearly if the subject links to your role. Success is not only about individual skill but also about building relationships. Regularly attending Sharaf Group networking events opens doors to lateral moves in logistics, retail, or travel divisions under the same umbrella company. Frequently Asked Questions What academic background does Sharaf Exchange prefer? A bachelor’s degree in business, finance, or IT is common, though diploma holders with strong experience are also hired for teller and customer service roles. Is prior exchange house experience mandatory? It helps but is not essential. Many staff come from banks, telecom shops, or even hospitality where cash handling and customer care overlap. How long is the probation period? The standard period is six months, during which performance and attendance are closely tracked. Does the company sponsor work visas? Yes. Once you sign the offer, the PRO team files your employment visa. Costs are covered by the company. Can I apply for more than one role at the same time? You can, but recruiters advise focusing on the position that best matches your skills to avoid appearing unsure. Are there part time jobs available? At present, roles are full time, though internship opportunities arise during summer for university students. Is remote work an option? Head office staff in IT and digital marketing can work up to two days a week from home, but branch roles remain on site due to cash handling. What is the dress code? Business attire in branches and smart casual in head office. Friday dress down is allowed for non customer facing departments. Conclusion Sharaf Exchange offers more than a paycheck; it provides a stable platform to grow skills, earn industry respected experience, and enjoy strong benefits in a fast moving market. Share this article with friends exploring new opportunities and drop your questions in the comments so we can keep the discussion going.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/online-jobs-in-uae-working-from-home/
- Categories: Career

You can earn a stable income from the comfort of your apartment in Dubai, Abu Dhabi, or any other emirate by choosing an online job that matches your skills, meets UAE visa rules, and pays in a currency you can easily access. A rising number of companies in the Gulf now allow full time remote setups, and global platforms make it possible to serve clients in Europe, Asia, and North America while you sit at your own dining table. Below you will find the most in demand roles, pay data, legal facts, and practical tips that will help you get started. Why Remote Work Is Growing Fast in the Emirates International giants such as Microsoft, Amazon, and Visa opened regional hubs in Dubai Internet City and Abu Dhabi Global Market over the last decade. They brought with them a culture that accepts distributed teams. A 2023 survey by Bayt. com found that 83 percent of UAE employees would switch jobs for remote flexibility, and 57 percent of employers were willing to accommodate at least partial remote schedules. The pandemic accelerated this shift but the trend stayed even after offices reopened, mainly because companies save on real estate and talent has become harder to find. Another key factor is the country’s superb digital infrastructure. Ookla’s Speedtest Global Index places the UAE in the global top ten for average broadband speed at 239 Mbps. Fast and reliable internet removes the main barrier to video calls, cloud collaboration, and large file transfers, which in turn keeps productivity high even when you work in your living room. Cost of living also plays a role. While rents remain steep in popular neighbourhoods, remote workers can relocate to less expensive emirates such as Ajman or Ras Al Khaimah without changing employers. This flexibility has helped companies retain staff and strengthened arguments in favour of remote contracts. Top Online Job Categories You Can Do From Home Long gone are the days when remote work mainly meant customer support chats. Today you can find openings that cover most knowledge based fields. Below are the roles that hire most frequently in the UAE along with typical monthly pay ranges drawn from data on GulfTalent and Glassdoor. Software Development: Coding roles stay in short supply. Full stack developers earn between AED 15,000 and AED 25,000 plus benefits. Many firms accept fully remote arrangements if you overlap three to four hours with the home office time zone. Digital Marketing: Specialists in pay per click ads, search engine optimisation, and social media management pull in AED 8,000 to AED 18,000 depending on experience. Freelance contracts are common, allowing you to serve several clients. Virtual Assistance: Startups and solo entrepreneurs need help with email sorting, calendar coordination, and basic bookkeeping. Pay can be modest at AED 5,000 to AED 10,000 but the field offers a quick entry point and flexible hours. E teaching and tutoring: Parents across the Middle East pay well for qualified English, math, or coding tutors. A certified teacher can charge AED 120 to AED 250 per hour on platforms such as Preply or through word of mouth. Graphic and Motion Design: Designers with Adobe or Figma proficiency secure projects from local agencies that want fresh visuals for social posts or ad campaigns. Monthly revenue often lands between AED 7,000 and AED 16,000. Other promising paths include translation, data analysis, and cybersecurity consulting. Keep in mind that these ranges are averages and top performers regularly double them by combining several clients or adding passive income streams like courses. Visa and Legal Considerations for Remote Workers The UAE does not forbid residents on standard employment visas from working at home. Still, there are two main issues you must settle before you accept online assignments. First, check sponsorship terms. If your residency visa ties you to a single employer, freelance work for another client requires written permission from that sponsor and a short term work permit from the Ministry of Human Resources and Emiratisation. Failure to do so can lead to fines up to AED 50,000. Second, choose the right licence. The most popular choices are: Green Visa for Freelancers and Self Employed Individuals (valid five years, no sponsor needed) GoFreelance licence through Dubai’s TECOM cluster (start at AED 7,500 a year, gives you access to a business hub and visa services) Ajman Free Zone Freelance Permit at roughly AED 6,000 a year Each option allows you to invoice clients legally and open a local bank account. If you plan to work mainly with overseas companies, you must also comply with tax regulations in that client’s country. The UAE has no personal income tax, but some jurisdictions require tax withholding when paying foreign contractors. Expected Income and Cost of Living Math A respectable salary is only meaningful if your monthly expenses fit under the total. The comparison table below uses conservative figures for a single person sharing a two bedroom flat in Sharjah and working from home. Income bands come from GulfTalent’s 2024 pay report, while costs reflect Numbeo averages. Category Monthly Cost AED Notes Rent (room in shared flat) 2,000 Sharjah, utilities included Internet and phone plan 350 Etisalat 500 Mbps plan plus prepaid mobile Groceries and dining 1,400 Mix of home cooking and two cafe visits a week Transport 500 Mainly intercity bus and occasional Careem ride Health insurance top up 400 Employers often cover basic plan Misc and leisure 600 Gym, streaming, weekend outing Total living cost 5,250 Average remote salaries: Job Type Lower Range AED Upper Range AED Virtual assistant 5,000 10,000 Digital marketer 8,000 18,000 Software engineer 15,000 25,000 Even the lower pay band covers core expenses, though it leaves little room for savings. A digital marketer or developer can bank at least 25 percent of income each month when living modestly in a neighbouring emirate. Tips for Landing a Remote Role From Inside the Emirates Some strategies remain timeless, such as building a strong portfolio and networking, but the UAE market has a few special quirks worth noting. Recruiters in Dubai often rely on personal referrals. Attend industry meetups at coworking spaces like AstroLabs or In5 to grow your contact list. When a remote friendly opening surfaces, you will hear about it earlier than job boards show it. Optimise your LinkedIn headline with targeted keywords. For example, “Dubai based Flutter developer open to remote contracts” ranks well in local recruiter searches. Upload work samples directly to your profile; hiring managers in the Gulf appreciate seeing concrete evidence of skill before scheduling an interview. Clients value punctuality above all. If a recruiter suggests a nine in the morning video call, join five minutes early. Emirati business culture respects promptness and regards lateness as a lack of professionalism. Finally, invest in a proper workstation. An ergonomic chair and dual monitor setup reduce fatigue, which helps maintain the high output expected in the region’s competitive job scene. FAQ Do I need a special visa to freelance from my apartment in Dubai? Yes, you either need employer approval plus a work permit or you can apply for a dedicated freelance licence such as the Green Visa or GoFreelance package. Can I get paid in US dollars or euros while living in the UAE? Absolutely. Most local banks allow you to open a multicurrency account. Transfer fees can be lowered by using services like Wise. Is remote work allowed for people on dependent visas? Dependents may work remotely but must secure a work permit from the ministry if the client is inside the UAE. For foreign clients no permit is required, though a business licence is still recommended. How fast is home internet in the Emirates? As of January 2024 the average fixed broadband speed was 239 Mbps, ranking among the world’s top ten according to Ookla. What equipment should I budget for a home office? Aim for a reliable laptop or desktop, a full HD webcam, a noise cancelling headset, and a ring light if you often present on video. Total cost usually falls between AED 3,000 and AED 6,000. Which platforms advertise the most remote roles in the Gulf? LinkedIn, AngelList, RemoteOK, and Bayt consistently list fresh opportunities targeted at UAE residents. Conclusion Remote work in the UAE is no longer a novelty but a mainstream option that delivers solid pay, legal clarity, and lifestyle freedom. Share this guide with friends hunting for flexible roles and drop your questions in the comments so we can keep the conversation going.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/transguard-jobs-in-dubai-airport/
- Categories: Career

Securing a Transguard job at Dubai Airport means steady pay, strong career growth, and the chance to work at the world’s busiest international hub. Why Transguard Group Stands Out at Dubai Airport Dubai International welcomed more than 66. 1 million passengers in 2022, according to Dubai Airports’ annual traffic report. Managing that flow of people takes an army of skilled staff. Transguard Group provides a large share of them, supplying security guards, baggage handlers, facilities technicians, customer service teams, and catering staff all across Terminals 1, 2, and 3. The company began in 2001 with a modest security contract at the airport. It now employs over 70 000 people, making it one of the United Arab Emirates’ largest private employers. Two factors drive Transguard’s popularity among job seekers. First, the company has a reputation for reliable, on time salary payments, a point confirmed in its 2023 employee engagement survey. Second, Transguard heavily promotes from within. Roughly 35 percent of supervisory roles were filled by internal candidates last year, according to the same survey. For anyone trying to build a long term Gulf career, that track record matters. Common Job Roles and Pay Scales The airport never sleeps, so Transguard runs a 24 hour roster. Pay depends on role, experience, and shift pattern. The table below offers a recent snapshot based on January 2024 advertisements on the Transguard careers portal. Job Title Typical Monthly Pay (AED) Core Duties Shifts Security Guard 2 300 – 2 800 Access control, patrolling gates, assisting passengers Rotating Baggage Handler 2 200 – 2 600 Loading and unloading luggage, operating belt loaders Rotating Customer Service Agent 3 000 – 3 800 Check‑in support, special assistance desks Rotating Facilities Technician 4 200 – 5 500 HVAC, electrical and plumbing maintenance Day and evening Catering Support Staff 2 100 – 2 400 Meal cart assembly, galley equipment cleaning Rotating Remember these figures exclude overtime and allowances. A security guard pulling regular night duty can earn an extra 300 to 500 AED per month. Annual flight tickets, medical insurance, and shared staff accommodation are also included for most operational grades. Minimum Requirements and Preferred Skills Hiring managers at Transguard look for a mix of baseline criteria and soft skills. Passport with minimum 12 months validity High school certificate or higher English speaking ability at conversational level Physically fit and able to stand for long periods Clean background check from home country and UAE authorities Beyond these essentials, you will stand out if you bring: Customer service experience in hospitality or aviation A first aid or fire safety certificate Knowledge of additional languages such as Hindi, Urdu, Tagalog, or Russian Familiarity with airport safety rules or ramp operations Quote from Mohamed Al Hashimi, Transguard’s Head of Talent Acquisition, to Gulf News (Oct 2023): “Ninety percent of successful applicants show clear evidence of teamwork skills during the interview, because the airport is one huge team activity. ” A Simple Application Guide Transguard does not accept walk in CV drops at the airport gates. All applications follow an online process that feels straightforward once you know the steps. First visit Transguardgroup. com and open the “Careers” tab. You will see a filter section; type “airport” in the keyword box to narrow your search. Click on a role to read the job description and check the closing date. Create a candidate profile with a valid email address. The system will ask for personal details, passport copy, and highest education certificate. Upload a CV in PDF format only. Try to keep the file under two megabytes to avoid timeouts on slower connections. After submission, you receive a confirmation message. Screening normally takes seven to ten days. If shortlisted, you will get an email invitation for a video interview through Microsoft Teams. The call lasts about fifteen minutes and focuses on availability, English speaking ability, and understanding of shift work. Candidates who clear the first interview receive a medical test appointment in Dubai or in their home country through a partner clinic. Once medical fitness is confirmed, Transguard issues an electronic offer letter and begins the work visa process, which can take two to four weeks depending on nationality. Living and Working in Dubai: What New Hires Should Expect Living costs in Dubai can surprise newcomers, especially when comparing food prices or rent to South Asian or African home countries. However, Transguard softens the impact by providing shared accommodation in staff villages near Dubai Investment Park and Jebel Ali. Air conditioned buses run every thirty minutes to and from the airport. On average, a single employee spends roughly 1 200 AED per month on meals, mobile data, and basic leisure if using company housing and transport. That leaves room to send money home: the UAE Central Bank noted that expatriate remittances totaled 187 billion AED in 2023, with India, Pakistan, and the Philippines as top corridors. The climate is another adjustment. Summer temperatures can rise above forty five degrees Celsius. Air conditioned break rooms are available, yet ramp and security staff still work outdoor posts. Drink plenty of water, wear sun block on uncovered skin, and follow the hourly rest guidelines posted in every staff lounge. Tips to Stand Out During the Hiring Process Recruiters sort through thousands of applications every month, so small details make a big difference. Keep your CV at two pages maximum and list duties not just job titles. “Checked passports for validity and visas” is better than “Immigration Officer. ” Attach certificates rather than mentioning them only. A scanned Basic Life Support card instantly proves you have that skill. Use a professional email address that reflects your name. nick88king at any provider looks more serious than coolguyforever. Join the weekly live Q and A on the Transguard LinkedIn page. Candidates who ask thoughtful questions often receive follow up messages from recruiters. Practice clear, concise answers for scenario based questions such as “How would you handle a lost child at the gate? ” An internal study shared at the 2023 Airport Show Dubai found that applicants who completed a mock video interview beforehand improved their hiring chances by twenty seven percent. Free practice tools on websites like Preppally or Voomer can help. Frequently Asked Questions What documents do I need for the initial online application? Passport copy, latest photo, updated CV, and highest education certificate. Does Transguard accept candidates already on visit visas? Yes. If you pass all stages, the company converts your status to an employment visa. Can women apply for security guard roles? Absolutely. Roughly 18 percent of Transguard security staff at the airport are women, and the company continues to recruit more. Is knowledge of Arabic mandatory? No. English is the working language, though basic Arabic greetings can impress interviewers. How long is the probation period? Six months for most operational grades. Are overtime hours paid or compensated with time off? Overtime is paid at the rate written in your contract, usually after two extra hours per day. What medical tests are required? Blood test for infectious diseases, chest X‑ray, and a basic fitness check. Conclusion Transguard jobs at Dubai Airport offer stable income, free accommodation, and a clear growth pathway for dedicated staff. Share this article with friends looking for Gulf opportunities and drop any questions in the comments so we can keep the conversation going.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/best-part-time-jobs-for-freshers-in-sharjah/
- Categories: Career

Students and recent graduates in Sharjah can earn between AED 25 and AED 60 an hour in retail, hospitality, tutoring, and delivery roles while gaining UAE work experience that strengthens future full time applications. Why Sharjah Appeals to First Time Job Seekers The cost of living in Sharjah is around 30 percent lower than in neighbouring Dubai according to Numbeo, so hourly wages stretch further. Public transport links such as the Mowasalat bus network keep commute costs low, making part time work viable even on a tight budget. Universities like University of Sharjah and American University of Sharjah draw a large student population, so employers are used to offering flexible shifts that fit around lectures. Add to that the emirate’s family friendly culture and relative calm compared with big city nightlife, and many parents feel comfortable allowing teenagers or fresh graduates to work late shifts. Employers also benefit. Labour market data from the Ministry of Human Resources and Emiratisation shows that Sharjah businesses spend 22 percent less on average wages than identical roles in Dubai. By hiring students for evening, weekend, or seasonal surges, shops and cafes keep payroll down without sacrificing coverage. This win‑win environment explains why part time vacancies regularly pop up across malls such as Sahara Centre or Zero 6. Top Industries Offering Flexible Hours Retail takes the top spot. From international fashion chains to local souvenir kiosks, sales assistants are needed during peak shopping times, especially Thursday night and Friday. The second largest source of hourly shifts is hospitality. Hotels near Al Majaz Waterfront welcome guests attending events, while coffee shops along University City Road hum with activity until midnight. Logistics is growing fast thanks to Sharjah’s central location between Dubai and Ajman. Same day delivery services hire bike couriers and warehouse pickers for four to six hour slots. Education remains a steady option too. Parents look for private tutors in English, math, and coding, preferring in‑home or online sessions after school. Popular job clusters in Sharjah Retail: cashier, merchandiser, inventory runner Food service: barista, waiter, kitchen helper Logistics: packing assistant, delivery rider Education: subject tutor, language conversation partner Events: usher, ticket scanner, mascot actor In Demand Roles and Typical Pay Sharjah wages vary by location, shift timing, and language skills. The table below captures ballpark figures gathered from job boards such as Indeed UAE and Bayt during the first quarter of 2024. Role Average hourly pay (AED) Peak hiring season Supermarket cashier 25‑34 Ramadan and year end holiday Coffee shop barista 28‑38 Winter tourist months Bike courier 35‑45 plus tips Year round English tutor (private) 55‑65 Exam periods March and November Event usher 30‑40 Weekend concerts and expos For context, the UAE national minimum wage is not fixed in federal law, but employers must still comply with a living wage approach. According to GulfTalent’s 2023 survey, Sharjah hourly earnings for student jobs rose seven percent year on year, partly due to higher demand for same day delivery. Where to Find Openings Online and Offline Scrolling endlessly through generic job portals wastes time. Freshers report better success rates when they focus on platforms that specialise in student work or hyperlocal listings. One paragraph on digital routes comes first. Websites like Oliv, Laimoon, and InternsME let students mark availability in a calendar and receive SMS alerts when a shift matches. LinkedIn still matters, but filtering by “part time” and setting Sharjah as the location narrows options quickly. WhatsApp groups run by university career centres often post last‑minute shifts for events. Offline networking remains underrated. Print several copies of a single page CV and walk through Mega Mall between 10 a. m. and noon when managers review schedules. Ask politely if future vacancies might appear. A brief conversation can secure an on‑the‑spot trial shift, something online applicants rarely achieve. Friday community markets around Al Khan are another gold mine. Pop‑up vendors frequently need cashiers or product promoters for only one or two days, perfect for busy exam weeks. Legal Rules Every Fresher Should Know The UAE labour law underwent a major update in February 2022 that introduced part time permits valid for one year. Students over 15 can work with guardian consent, while those over 18 apply independently. A medical fitness test at an approved clinic costs about AED 300 and is mandatory before the visa sticker is placed. Part timers receive the same hourly overtime and injury compensation rights as full timers, but unpaid leave calculation differs. Always request a written contract that states hourly rate, total hours allowed per week, and whether uniform or transport is provided. Keep a copy of Emirates ID and labour permit on Google Drive in case an inspector visits. For international students holding a university sponsored residence visa, the campus career office will guide you through additional clearance letters needed from the Sharjah Free Zone Authority. Skipping paperwork can lead to fines of up to AED 50,000 on the employer and deportation for the worker, so never accept cash‑only arrangements without documentation. Quick Tips to Stand Out in Applications Employers often skim hundreds of CVs in five minutes, so a clever approach helps. Start with a short objective line that mentions availability, for example “Available evenings and weekends after 5 p. m. ” Highlight soft skills learned through university projects such as customer communication or inventory counting. List language proficiency honestly because Sharjah’s diverse customer base values Arabic, Urdu, and Russian speakers. Three tactical moves that boost callback rates Ask a friend to video you presenting a product for sixty seconds. Attach the link to show communication skills. Add volunteer work at Sharjah International Book Fair if you have it. Recruiters love recognisable events. Follow the company on Instagram and comment thoughtfully on a recent post before applying. HR managers often check digital engagement. During interviews, bring a printed schedule of your classes. This small gesture demonstrates planning and reassures the manager that you will not cancel last minute. According to a 2023 survey by Bayt, reliability outranked previous experience as the top trait Sharjah employers want in student workers. Frequently Asked Questions Can I work more than one part time job at once in Sharjah? Yes, but you need a separate permit for each employer. Total weekly hours across all jobs cannot exceed forty eight. What documents are needed to apply for the part time work permit? A passport copy, Emirates ID, two passport photos, university no objection letter if applicable, and the employment contract. Do part time workers receive end of service gratuity? The gratuity accrues in proportion to hours worked, so a four hour shift counts as half a day in the calculation. Is knowledge of Arabic mandatory for retail roles? No, but basic greetings in Arabic greatly improve customer interaction and are often the tie breaker between two candidates. How soon do companies pay wages? Most follow a monthly cycle via bank transfer, though some event agencies settle within three days through exchange houses. Can women work late shifts safely in Sharjah? The emirate enforces strict public decency laws and has visible police patrols. Still, arrange transport in advance for shifts that finish after 10 p. m. Conclusion Sharjah offers an accessible gateway to the UAE job market for students and fresh graduates willing to balance studies and work. Share this guide with friends hunting for flexible income and drop your questions in the comments so we can build a supportive community.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/fakeeh-university-hospital-careers/
- Categories: Career

The fastest way to join Fakeeh University Hospital is to apply through its online careers portal, match your qualifications to an open role, and follow up promptly during the two stage interview process. Why Work at Fakeeh University Hospital Fakeeh University Hospital (FUH) sits in the heart of Dubai Silicon Oasis and opened its doors in 2021 with a simple promise: world class care delivered by happy, well trained staff. In only three years the hospital has grown from 350 beds at launch to 500 beds today, according to a 2023 statement from Fakeeh Care Group. That rapid expansion means new positions appear almost every month, giving job seekers a steady stream of opportunities. Beyond job volume, the hospital is known for a supportive culture. Internal surveys shared during the 2024 Gulf Healthcare Summit showed an employee satisfaction score of 87 percent, well above the regional average of 74 percent reported by the Middle East Health Federation. Colleagues mention open‑door managers, modern equipment, and a workplace that sponsors continuous learning. Even the layout helps; patient rooms have floor to ceiling windows that let in natural light, which studies in BMJ Quality and Safety link to lower stress levels for staff and patients alike. Benefits are another major draw. Tax free salary paid in dirhams with an annual review Furnished accommodation or a housing allowance, depending on grade Health insurance for the employee, spouse, and up to three children Annual flight ticket to home country Up to thirty calendar days of paid leave each year Add it all up and FUH repeatedly shows up in regional rankings such as Forbes Middle East Best Employers list, where it placed in the top twenty hospitals in 2023. Career Paths in Demand The hospital hires across clinical, administrative, and support areas, yet certain specialties are flagged as priority hires through 2025. The table below summarizes roles, required education, and the typical monthly salary range in UAE dirhams based on self reported figures at Bayt. com and the 2024 Gulf Talent Salary Guide. Role Minimum Qualification Experience Needed Pay Range (AED per month) Registered Nurse, ICU Bachelor of Science in Nursing plus DHA license Two years 15,000 to 22,000 Consultant Cardiologist Board certification (US, UK, or equivalent) Five years post board 80,000 to 110,000 Radiographer Diploma in Medical Imaging and DHA eligibility One year 12,000 to 18,000 Clinical Pharmacist PharmD and residency Three years 20,000 to 28,000 Revenue Cycle Analyst Bachelor’s in finance or related field Two years 10,000 to 15,000 The hospital’s affiliation with Fakeeh College for Medical Sciences in Saudi Arabia also opens teaching tracks. Consultants with academic inclinations can split time between patient care and undergraduate education, a perk not widely available at private institutions in the Gulf. The Application Process Explained All positions funnel through the FUH careers page. Start by creating a profile, uploading an updated CV, and selecting the vacancy. The HR system scans keywords, so align your resume wording with the job description. For example, if the post calls for “DHA licensed nurse with pediatric experience,” make sure that precise phrase appears in your CV. Within one week shortlisted candidates usually receive an email invitation for a video interview with HR. This first chat focuses on cultural fit, salary expectations, and availability. Candidates who pass move to a panel interview with the hiring department. Clinical roles often include a case scenario; administrative applicants may be asked to run a short skills test in Excel or Power BI. From application to offer, the timeline averages twenty eight days based on internal HR data shared at a February 2024 town hall. Fast hires, such as urgent ICU nursing needs, close in as little as two weeks, while senior consultant offers can take six weeks because of licensing paperwork. How to Stand Out Recruiters at Fakeeh University Hospital read dozens of resumes daily. To rise to the top keep three things in mind. Quantify achievements. Instead of writing “handled patient care,” say “managed 12 bed ICU with a 98 percent medication accuracy rate. ” Highlight regional licensing early. The phrase “DHA licensed” or “Dubai Health Authority eligibility letter” should appear in the header of your CV and on LinkedIn. Prepare a brief pitch. During the first interview you will be asked “Why FUH? ” Connect your values to the hospital’s mission of smart technology and patient centric care. For the panel round practice behavioral questions such as “Tell us about a time you handled a difficult family. ” Use the STAR method: situation, task, action, result. A concise story of two minutes beats a rambling five minute answer every time. Training and Professional Development One underrated reason professionals stay with FUH is the built in learning path. The hospital invests roughly three percent of its annual payroll in education, a figure shared by Chief Learning Officer Dr. Lina Hasan during Arab Health 2024. That translates into funded conferences, online modules, and in house workshops. Clinical staff receive at least thirty hours of Continuing Medical Education credits yearly to maintain licensure. Non clinical employees can enroll in certifications such as Certified Professional Coder or Lean Six Sigma Green Belt at no personal cost if the credential supports their role. The partnership with Philips for simulation based training means nurses and doctors can rehearse rare scenarios on high fidelity manikins without leaving the campus. According to a 2022 Journal of Healthcare Simulation study, such practice cuts procedure errors by up to 34 percent, reinforcing patient safety while boosting staff confidence. Living and Working in Dubai Silicon Oasis Relocating to FUH puts you in Dubai Silicon Oasis, a planned technology free zone about twenty minutes from Downtown Dubai. The area blends modern apartments, green parks, and a growing café scene. Employees appreciate the short commute; more than 60 percent live within five kilometers of the hospital, based on HR housing allowance claims. Cost of living is manageable compared with Marina or Downtown addresses. A furnished one bedroom near Silicon Central Mall averages AED 55,000 a year, according to Property Finder Q1 2024 data, while similar space in Dubai Marina tops AED 90,000. Grocery options include Carrefour and Spinneys, and the RTA bus route F30 connects to the metro for those who prefer public transport. Families benefit from nearby schools like GEMS Wellington Academy and Indian International School, both within a ten minute drive. Weekend escapes are easy too; Ras Al Khor Wildlife Sanctuary is fifteen minutes away for a dash of nature. Expense Silicon Oasis Dubai Marina One bedroom annual rent (AED) 55,000 90,000 Cup of cappuccino (AED) 16 22 Gym membership per month (AED) 180 300 Frequently Asked Questions Is a Dubai Health Authority license mandatory before applying? Yes. You can submit an application while your paperwork is in progress, but a formal offer letter is issued only after DHA approval. Does the hospital hire new graduates? Certain entry level programs exist in nursing, medical laboratory, and IT. These roles are clearly labeled “graduate program” on the portal. What is the standard probation period? The probation period is six months, during which either party can terminate the contract with one week notice. Are part time or locum positions available? Locum consultant posts open during peak seasons such as Ramadan and winter break. Part time nursing is rare but occasionally offered for outpatient clinics. What documents should I bring to the panel interview? Carry copies of your passport, DHA license or eligibility letter, educational certificates, and at least two reference letters. Does FUH provide relocation assistance? Yes. International hires receive an economy class flight ticket, visa expenses for the family, and two weeks of temporary hotel accommodation. Can I transfer from another Fakeeh facility in Saudi Arabia? Internal transfers are encouraged after one year of service, subject to role availability and performance reviews. Conclusion Breaking into Fakeeh University Hospital is very achievable with the right preparation and a clear understanding of what the organization values. Share this guide with friends who are also job hunting and drop your own questions or experiences in the comments so we can keep the conversation going.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/driving-jobs-in-qatar/
- Categories: Career

Qatar needs thousands of professional drivers every year, and qualified applicants can often secure work in just a few weeks. With big-ticket events, nonstop construction, and a booming delivery market, the country remains a magnet for anyone who enjoys life behind the wheel and wants a tax‑free paycheck. Why Qatar Keeps Hiring More Drivers Gigantic projects such as Lusail City, the Doha Metro extension, and preparations for Expo 2023 have fueled a steady climb in transport demand. According to the Planning and Statistics Authority, road freight volumes grew by about 8 percent between 2020 and 2022. Ride hailing is rising fast as well. Careem told Gulf Times in 2023 that its bookings jumped 20 percent year‑on‑year, while Uber reported a similar uptick. Every new shipment, construction site, or tourist arrival means more steering wheels to hold. Employers also face high turnover because many expats treat Qatar as a three‑to‑five‑year stopover before moving on. That churn opens the door for fresh applicants each month. Combine it all and you get an unusually active job market compared with other Gulf states. The Main Categories of Driver Roles One reason the market feels so busy is the sheer variety of posts available. Below are the most common categories, each with its own skill set and perks. Light vehicle chauffeur Sedans, SUVs, and minivans used by private families, executives, or hotel guests make up a large slice of vacancies. Good English, tidy appearance, and basic knowledge of Doha streets are priority skills here. Ride hailing partner Many expats buy or lease a small car and register with Uber or Careem. You work flexible hours but must cover fuel, servicing, and platform fees. Income swings based on surge demand and your weekly schedule. Heavy duty truck driver Flatbeds, cement mixers, tankers, and eighteen‑wheeler rigs haul building materials between the port, industrial zones, and sites in the desert. A valid Heavy Driving License category 4 or 5 is mandatory, along with at least two years of experience. Bus and coach operator From school runs in Al Wakra to airport shuttles at Hamad International, bus drivers play a vital role in public and private transport. Split shifts are common, but many contracts include free accommodation and meals. Delivery and courier driver E‑commerce boomed during the pandemic and never slowed down. Whether on a motorbike dropping off groceries or in a refrigerated van carrying pharma supplies, punctuality and smartphone GPS skills are crucial. Salary Expectations, Housing Allowances, and Overtime Pay still ranks as the biggest draw. The numbers below come from the Ministry of Labour’s Wage Protection System data for 2023 and cross‑checked with recruitment agencies like Teyseer and Al Mannai. Role Monthly Basic (QAR) Typical Housing Allowance Overtime Rate Light Vehicle Chauffeur 2500 – 3500 1000 – 1500 1. 25× basic Ride Hailing Partner Varies N/A N/A Heavy Duty Truck 3200 – 4500 1500 – 2000 1. 5× basic Bus Operator 2800 – 3800 1000 – 1500 1. 25× basic Courier Van or Bike 2200 – 3000 Shared lodging Piece rate Some companies also throw in free return tickets every two years, medical insurance, and an end‑of‑service bonus that equals three weeks of pay for each completed year. Ride‑hailing income ranges widely, but multiple drivers interviewed by Doha News in January 2024 reported pocketing between 4500 and 6000 QAR monthly after expenses, provided they logged sixty hours a week. Licensing and Other Paperwork Qatar uses a tiered license system, so make sure you sit for the right test. Residents holding a foreign driving license from an approved country can convert it for light vehicles within a day. Everyone else must complete forty hours of theory and practical lessons before taking the exam. Heavy duty and bus categories demand a separate course plus a medical check highlighting vision, blood pressure, and reaction time. Employers usually cover the fee, which hovers around 3500 QAR. Below is the usual sequence: Fill out the Traffic Department application with your sponsor’s stamp Schedule an eye test at an authorized clinic Submit biometric fingerprints at the ministry Attend theory classes and pass the written exam Log practical driving hours and take the road test Collect your license card and update your QID record Foreign police clearance and attested educational certificates are also required for some corporate chauffeur roles, though not for ride hailing or courier gigs. Finding Legitimate Vacancies Without Wasting Time Stories of fake agents still circulate around WhatsApp groups, so a cautious approach saves both money and stress. Use well known job portals Bayt, Indeed Qatar, and GulfTalent let you filter by “driver” and “Transportation” to narrow the pool. Most offers list the CR number of the hiring company, which you can cross check on the Ministry of Commerce site. Attend open recruitment days Major fleet operators such as Mowasalat or Gulf Warehousing Company host walk‑in events every quarter. Bring copies of your CV, passport, QID, and license. Short on‑site interviews often lead to same‑week job trials. Lean on community networks Filipino, Indian, and Kenyan expat associations maintain Facebook pages that post openings vetted by long‑time members. A quick comment can reveal whether the employer reliably pays on time. Never pay a “processing fee” without a written offer Under Qatari Law 21 of 2015, a worker cannot be charged recruitment costs. If someone asks for money up front, walk away. Daily Life on the Road: Traffic, Temperatures, and Tips Doha’s ring roads can test anyone’s patience, especially during the seven to nine morning rush and the four to seven evening squeeze. The Ashghal Public Works Authority clocked an average speed of only forty kilometers per hour at peak times in 2023. Drivers rely on live updates from Waze or Google Maps to reroute around fresh construction zones. Heat is the other major challenge. Summer highs reach forty eight Celsius, and cab interiors quickly turn into saunas. Most fleets now fit steering wheel covers and tinted windows but consider these extra measures: Keep a five liter water bottle in the cooler box Invest in a quick drying seat cover to prevent sweat buildup Schedule vehicle checks every five thousand kilometers since overheating engines strand many newcomers Despite the hurdles, many expats praise the country’s road quality, with ninety seven percent of highways paved and well lit according to the World Bank’s 2022 Logistics Performance Index. A Glimpse at Typical Shift Patterns Role Shift Length Common Start Time Meal Breaks Private Chauffeur 10 hours 06:30 Two Truck Driver 8 hours plus overtime 07:00 One Bus Driver Split 6 + 4 hours 05:30 Two Courier Rider 9 hours 12:00 None Frequently Asked Questions Do I need Arabic to work as a driver in Qatar? No, basic English is usually enough. Arabic greetings and place names help but are not mandatory for licensing. How long does visa processing take once I receive an offer? With complete paperwork, the Work Visa normally clears within ten to fifteen business days, according to the Ministry of Interior portal. Can women apply for driver roles? Yes. Ride hailing platforms and some private families actively recruit female drivers. The license process is identical. Is accommodation always provided? Not always. Heavy duty and bus contracts often include it, while ride hailing and courier jobs rarely do. Check your offer letter carefully. What happens if I want to switch employers later? After one full year on the job, you can transfer sponsorship with your current employer’s electronic approval through the Labour Department’s online system. Are traffic fines deducted from my salary? Company policy differs. Many firms expect the driver to pay unless the fine was unavoidable due to mechanical failure. Do I need international driving experience? Light vehicle roles usually accept fresh local license holders, but heavy duty employers prefer two years of verifiable experience. Wrap Up Finding a driver job in Qatar can be fast and rewarding when you match the right license with a reputable firm, stay hydrated on the road, and keep an eye on real‑time traffic apps. If this guide helped, share it with a friend and drop your questions below. Safe travels and good luck.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/amazon-jobs-in-dubai-for-freshers/
- Categories: Career

Yes, Amazon regularly hires freshers in Dubai and offers entry level roles in operations, tech support, and customer service with starting pay ranging from about AED 7,500 to AED 12,000 per month. Beyond the salary, new graduates join an international team, pick up global best practices, and get a foot in the door at one of the world’s most valuable companies. Why Dubai Is a Hot Spot for Amazon Newbies Dubai checks three boxes every graduate cares about: growth, income, and lifestyle. The city ranks first in the Middle East for foreign direct investment, according to Dubai FDI, which means companies keep pouring in money and expanding teams. Amazon opened its first Middle East fulfillment center here in 2022 and promised “thousands of new local jobs” at the launch event (Source: Amazon Press Release, May 2022). A cosmopolitan workforce also makes it easier for non Arabic speakers to settle in. English is the default office language, and public transport reaches almost every Amazon site, from the customer service hub in Business Bay to the massive logistics park in Dubai South. Fresh graduates can move around without a car, keep living costs predictable, and still enjoy the city’s beaches, nightlife, and endless networking events. Finally, Dubai’s zero income tax policy gives new hires more take‑home pay than equivalent roles in Europe or North America. In practical terms, an AED 10,000 monthly salary means you keep the full amount rather than seeing a chunk disappear to taxes. Common Roles Open to Fresh Graduates Most freshers imagine software engineering, but Amazon UAE fills a surprising range of entry level seats each quarter. Some need a degree, others value soft skills above academics. Operations trainee: Rotates through picking, packing, and last mile delivery. Suitable for any bachelor’s degree. Device technical support associate: Handles Kindle, Echo, and Fire TV queries remotely. Computer science optional; strong troubleshooting skills essential. Vendor onboarding specialist: Assists third party sellers entering Amazon. ae. Requires business or marketing background. Customer service representative: Solves shopper issues via phone, chat, or email. Open to all disciplines. Financial analyst graduate program: Examines fulfilment costs and pricing strategies. Prefers finance or economics majors. Below is a snapshot of recent salary bands. Figures combine public Glassdoor data with 2023 offer letters shared by UAE recruitment agency TASC Outsourcing. Role Monthly Pay (AED) Typical Contract Type Career Track Operations trainee 8,000 to 9,500 Unlimited Management in logistics Tech support associate 9,000 to 11,000 Unlimited Technical services Vendor onboarding specialist 10,000 to 12,500 Unlimited E commerce account management Customer service rep 7,500 to 9,000 Unlimited Customer experience Financial analyst graduate 11,000 to 14,000 Unlimited Finance leadership The numbers above exclude overtime and annual performance bonuses, which can add another 8 to 12 percent to total compensation. Skills and Qualifications Amazon Looks For Recruiters in Dubai keep repeating a simple rule: Amazon hires for attitude before hard skills. A 2023 LinkedIn study of Amazon UAE postings showed problem solving, communication, and data literacy as the three most common keywords. Graduates should highlight: Customer obsession: Show a project where you improved user satisfaction or solved an urgent client issue. Bias for action: Amazon likes people who make informed decisions quickly rather than wait for perfect data. Data mindset: Even in non technical roles, basic Excel or SQL knowledge helps you back opinions with numbers. Certifications are optional but can bump you ahead of the queue. Coursera’s Google Data Analytics certificate or AWS Cloud Practitioner badge cost under USD 100 and make a clear statement that you can handle the company’s metrics driven culture. An internal survey quoted by Gulf News (Oct 2023) revealed that 62 percent of Amazon UAE hiring managers would pick a candidate with strong communication and a short internship over one with only a high GPA. Application Process and Tips to Stand Out The hiring journey looks straightforward on paper but can stretch over five or six weeks during peak intake months. Stage What Happens Time Needed Online application Upload CV and answer job specific questions 15 minutes Online assessment Logical reasoning, situational judgment, and basic math 30 to 90 minutes Phone screening Recruiter checks motivation and salary expectations 20 minutes Virtual interview loop Two to three rounds with managers and peers 2 to 3 hours total Offer and background check HR sends contract, verifies degree and references 1 to 2 weeks A few insider pointers can shave days off the timeline: Tailor your CV to Amazon’s Leadership Principles. Use phrases like “invent and simplify” or “dive deep” naturally within bullet points that prove you lived those values. Keep examples ready that show measurable results, such as “reduced delivery errors by 15 percent during internship. ” After each interview, email a thank you note that reflects on something specific discussed. Recruiters mention this follow‑up separates the attentive from the indifferent. Join Amazon’s open day events in Dubai South or register for the virtual session usually held each quarter. Face time with managers speeds up referrals. Salary Expectations and Benefits in Dubai Money matters, and Amazon tends to stay above the local market median. Data from Payscale (Jan 2024) shows the average graduate salary in Dubai at AED 7,000. Amazon pays roughly 15 to 25 percent more for most fresh roles. Beyond base pay, freshers receive: Housing allowance if they meet relocation criteria Medical insurance covering inpatient and outpatient services Annual flight ticket to home country after completing one year Employee discount of ten percent on Amazon. ae capped at AED 1,000 per year Stock awards granted after the first and second anniversary The stock component can look small at first, but it compounds quickly. A 2021 graduate hire who received USD 3,000 worth of RSUs saw them double by late 2023 driven by Amazon’s share price rising from USD 85 to USD 150. Life at Amazon UAE Campus Work culture in Dubai blends global Amazon norms with local flavor. The dress code is relaxed smart casual, and no one blinks if you wear sneakers to a meeting. Break rooms stock karak tea next to espresso machines, and many teams start the week on Sunday to match the UAE workweek. Teams celebrate both Eid and Christmas, reflecting the city’s mixed population. Friday afternoons often turn into volunteer drives at local charities under the Amazon in the Community banner. According to a 2023 company blog post, employees in Dubai logged more than ten thousand volunteer hours last year, helping refurbish schools and deliver relief boxes to neighboring countries. Commuting is another plus. The Dubai Metro’s branch to Expo City stops near the main logistics hub, and Amazon operates free shuttles every ten minutes during peak shifts. Those who prefer to drive will find ample free parking, something not guaranteed at many city center employers. On campus learning remains a highlight for fresh graduates. The internal Career Choice program funds advanced certificates in data analytics, Arabic language classes, and even drone piloting. New hires gain a safety net: if they decide to switch paths after two years, Amazon will have paid for the training. Frequently Asked Questions How can I apply for Amazon jobs in Dubai as a fresher? Create a profile on amazon. jobs, filter by location Dubai UAE, pick roles tagged “entry level” or “new graduate,” and submit your CV. Do I need to know Arabic to work at Amazon in Dubai? No. English is the primary working language. Knowing Arabic can help in vendor or customer facing roles but is not mandatory. What academic grades does Amazon require? There is no formal cutoff. Hiring managers look for problem solving and leadership in addition to degree results. A strong project portfolio can balance an average GPA. How many rounds of interviews should I expect? Most freshers go through an online assessment, one phone screen, and two to three virtual interviews. Technical roles may add a coding test. Can international students on visit visas apply? Yes. Amazon will sponsor a work visa if you receive an offer. Ensure your current visa remains valid throughout the recruitment process. Does Amazon Dubai offer internships? Every summer Amazon UAE hosts twelve week internships in software development, operations, and finance. Applications open in December each year. How soon can I get promoted? High performers often move from Level 3 to Level 4 within eighteen to twenty four months, provided they meet performance goals and demonstrate leadership principles. Conclusion Landing an Amazon job in Dubai as a fresher is very achievable with a focused application, solid examples that prove you live the Leadership Principles, and realistic salary expectations. Share this guide with friends who are searching and drop any questions in the comments so we can keep the conversation going.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/government-jobs-in-sharjah-for-females/
- Categories: Career

Women can apply for a wide range of Sharjah government roles in education, healthcare, administration, law enforcement, and culture, and the emirate actively encourages female applicants with equal pay, flexible hours, and family friendly benefits. Why Sharjah Actively Recruits Women Sharjah’s leadership has been vocal about gender equality for years. His Highness Sheikh Dr Sultan bin Muhammad Al Qasimi stated during a 2022 University of Sharjah forum that women’s participation “is essential for sustainable growth. ” The numbers back him up. According to the UAE Federal Competitiveness and Statistics Centre, women already hold 66 percent of public sector jobs nationwide, and Sharjah follows the same trend. Local authorities see female talent as a way to improve service quality, diversify viewpoints, and strengthen community ties. This progressive attitude shows in hiring targets, maternity leave policies, and professional development programs run by the Sharjah Government Human Resources Department (SGHRD). For any woman wondering whether she will truly be welcomed, the official stance is clear: the doors are open. Popular Government Roles Women Pursue A quick browse of the official Sharjah job portal reveals hundreds of vacancies each quarter. The most frequent listings fall into five broad categories. Teaching and academic support at the Sharjah Private Education Authority and state schools. Healthcare positions in hospitals run by the Sharjah Health Authority, such as registered nurse, lab specialist, and pharmacist. Administrative and clerical posts across ministries, including HR officer, accountant, and customer service representative. Cultural and heritage roles at Sharjah Museums Authority, where jobs range from curator to public relations coordinator. Law enforcement positions, notably community policing and forensic analysis with Sharjah Police, which has female only divisions. Job descriptions specify the exact degree or diploma required, but transferable skills like bilingual communication and digital literacy consistently appear. Women fluent in both Arabic and English typically secure interviews faster. Snapshot of Departments Hiring Women Most Often Department Typical Roles for Females Average Monthly Pay (AED) Sharjah Health Authority Staff Nurse, Radiographer, Midwife 10,500–16,000 Sharjah Private Education Authority Kindergarten Teacher, Counselor 8,000–14,000 Sharjah Police Crime Lab Specialist, Community Officer 11,000–17,500 Sharjah Museums Authority Archivist, Education Officer 9,000–13,000 Department of Social Services Case Worker, Program Analyst 9,500–15,000 Salaries differ by experience, but equal pay for men and women is enforced under UAE Cabinet Resolution No. 43 of 2018. Qualifications and How to Apply Holding the right credential matters, yet applicants sometimes overlook smaller requirements that filter them out automatically. The standard checklist usually includes: A bachelor’s degree in a relevant field, attested by the UAE Ministry of Education. A “good conduct” certificate from local police. Fluency certificates for English (IELTS 6 or above) when the job demands it. Emirates ID or proof of residency. Applications go through the Sharjah Digital Government portal or each entity’s site. Uploading scanned documents in PDF rather than image format speeds up verification, HR insiders say. The platform lets you track status updates and schedule exams or interviews. Competition can be stiff: SGHRD data from 2023 showed an average of 62 applicants per healthcare vacancy and 45 per teaching post. Tailoring your CV to each role, not sending a generic version, dramatically boosts response rates. Work Environment and Benefits You Can Expect Women in Sharjah’s public sector enjoy benefits that compare well across the Gulf. Maternity leave is 90 paid days, extended to 120 by using annual leave. Mothers also receive two paid nursing hours daily for six months. Flexitime arrangements, called “Mawrid” schedules, let employees start between 7 AM and 9 AM to accommodate school drop offs. Offices provide prayer rooms and nursing areas, and harassment policies carry strict penalties. A 2021 survey by the Sharjah Human Resources Directorate found that 88 percent of female staff rated their work life balance as “good” or “very good,” and 91 percent felt career advancement pathways were transparent. These figures outrank private sector satisfaction scores by at least 15 points, based on the same survey. Key Benefits at a Glance Tax free salary deposited monthly Annual leave starting at 30 days Housing allowance or government accommodation depending on grade End of service gratuity calculated at 21 days per year of service for the first five years, 30 days thereafter Fully funded professional courses through Sharjah Training Centre Tips to Stand Out and Succeed Competition means you must do more than meet the minimum criteria. Consider these proven tactics: Join free workshops run by Sharjah Capability Development (Tatweer). They often invite HR directors who share insider advice. Add volunteer experience. The Department of Social Services values applicants who have completed at least 50 community service hours. Prepare for bilingual interviews. Even if the role lists Arabic only, hiring panels test English conversational ability because many residents do not speak Arabic. Gather strong references. Sharjah entities give genuine weight to recommendation letters, especially from known universities or previous government employers. Stay active on LinkedIn. Government recruiters increasingly pre screen candidates through the platform, cross checking public profiles. Networking still matters in the region. Attend events like the Sharjah Career Fair, normally held every October, to develop contacts and learn about unlisted openings. Salary Growth and Career Paths Starting salaries are only part of the picture. Increment schedules are transparent and tied to performance appraisals. On average, employees see a six to eight percent raise every two years. Promotions follow a grade scale numbered 1 to 15, where 1 is executive leadership and 15 is entry level. Below is a simplified example from the Department of Human Resources showing how a female administrative assistant might progress over a decade. Year of Service Job Grade Title Approx. Monthly Pay (AED) 0–2 14 Admin Assistant 8,500 3–5 12 Senior Admin Assistant 10,200 6–8 10 Office Supervisor 12,400 9–10 8 Department Coordinator 14,800 Continuous education is strongly encouraged. Completing a government sponsored diploma in public administration can shave one year off the usual promotion timeline according to SGHRD guidelines. Frequently Asked Questions Do I need UAE citizenship to work in Sharjah’s government? Some critical security roles are reserved for citizens, but many administrative, healthcare, and teaching positions are open to residents and GCC nationals. Always check the job post wording. Is Arabic mandatory for all roles? Public facing jobs require conversational Arabic. Back office technical roles sometimes waive this if you excel in English and have specialized skills. How long does hiring usually take? Expect four to eight weeks from application to offer. Healthcare positions move quickest because of ongoing demand. What dress code should I follow? Modest business attire is the norm. Abaya and shayla are not compulsory for non Muslim women, though many choose them for comfort and cultural alignment. Can I transfer from a private company into a government role without a gap? Yes, but you must secure a release letter from your current employer and reprocess your residence visa under the government entity. Are remote or hybrid options available? Limited roles offer remote days, mainly in IT and customer service, as part of the Sharjah flexible work policy piloted in 2023. Does the government help with child care? Several large entities, like Sharjah University Hospital, operate on site nurseries. Others provide monthly child care allowances up to AED 800. Conclusion Sharjah’s public sector provides a welcoming, well structured career path for women who want stability, fair pay, and growth. Share this guide with any friend weighing her options and drop your questions or experiences in the comments so we can keep the conversation going.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/qualification-for-bank-jobs-in-dubai-what-you-really-need/
- Categories: Career

Most banks in Dubai expect candidates to hold at least a bachelor’s degree in finance or a related field, recognized professional certifications, solid English and Arabic communication skills, a clean compliance record, and the right residency visa before an offer is made. This mix of academic achievements, skill sets, and legal paperwork opens the door to a sector that employs more than sixty five thousand professionals across the UAE, according to Dubai International Financial Centre data. Academic Credentials: The Foundation Every Recruiter Checks A university degree remains the first filter for recruiters. Local banks such as Emirates NBD, Mashreq, and Dubai Islamic Bank list a bachelor’s in finance, accounting, economics, or business administration as the minimum requirement on their career portals. A study by GulfTalent showed that eighty three percent of banking vacancies advertised in the GCC specify a bachelor’s degree, while fifteen percent prefer a master’s. Applicants holding a master’s in finance or an MBA gain two distinct advantages. They can apply for specialist roles in corporate lending or investment analysis, and they usually enter at a higher pay grade. Citibank UAE reports that graduate hires with an MBA can start on packages up to twenty percent higher than those with only a bachelor’s. For professionals coming from unrelated majors such as engineering or IT, short bridging courses from UAE universities can help. Modules in financial accounting or Islamic banking taken through evening programs at the American University in Dubai or the University of Dubai often satisfy hiring teams looking for fundamental knowledge. Professional Certifications That Add Serious Weight Degrees prove you covered the basics, but certifications tell a bank you are committed to continuous improvement and industry standards. The three most requested credentials in Dubai’s job postings are listed below. Certification Focus Area Typical Roles Benefited Exam Provider Location in Dubai CFA (Chartered Financial Analyst) Investment analysis, portfolio management Wealth manager, equity analyst CFA Institute testing centers, Knowledge Village ACCA (Association of Chartered Certified Accountants) Financial reporting, audit Internal auditor, finance controller British Council, Sheikh Zayed Road CAMS (Certified Anti Money Laundering Specialist) Compliance, risk monitoring Compliance officer, KYC analyst Pearson VUE centers, Internet City The Dubai Financial Services Authority stated in its 2023 report that seventy two percent of compliance hires in the DIFC held either CAMS or a similar anti money laundering certificate. Recruiters often shortlist only those with at least one globally recognized credential, especially for mid career roles. Costs run from three thousand to ten thousand dirhams for course material and exams. However, many banks reimburse staff once they pass, turning the expense into an investment. Ask during the interview if the organization supports professional development budgets. Language, Tech, and Soft Skills: The Hidden Deal Makers While English is the main business language, conversational Arabic can be the tie breaker between two equally qualified candidates. A 2022 survey by Bayt found that forty one percent of hiring managers in UAE banking view Arabic fluency as a major plus. If you are not yet comfortable, weekend classes at the Eton Institute or free online lessons from Dubai Government initiatives can raise your level quickly. Digital literacy has moved from nice to have to must have. Familiarity with: core banking software like Flexcube or Temenos data tools such as Tableau or Power BI basic coding in Python for risk modeling shows you are ready for the sector’s tech driven shift. According to KPMG’s UAE Banking Perspectives, nine out of ten banks plan to expand their data analytics teams in the next two years. Finally, soft skills seal the deal. Recruiters repeatedly mention client empathy, cross cultural teamwork, and resilience under tight deadlines. Prepare stories that demonstrate these traits. For example, explain how you mediated between departments to meet a compliance update or handled a demanding corporate client. Work Experience and Internship Routes for Fresh Graduates Experience weighs heavily in Dubai’s competitive market, yet it is not impossible for newcomers to break in. Large institutions run structured programs that rotate participants across departments. Popular examples include: Emirates NBD Future Lab Internship (three months, open each summer) Abu Dhabi Islamic Bank Graduate Trainee Scheme (twelve months, intake every September) HSBC Middle East Global Banking Internship (ten weeks, open to final year students) Dubai Career Fair data shows that eighty percent of interns receive a full time offer either from the host bank or an industry rival within six months of completing an internship. Treat each placement like an extended interview. Be punctual, pick projects that measure impact, and request feedback regularly. For professionals shifting from another sector, consider contract based roles in operations or customer service. These positions pay less but count as UAE banking experience on your résumé, easing the move into permanent analyst or officer posts later. Visa and Legal Paperwork: Clearing the Final Hurdle Foreign nationals must secure a work and residence permit sponsored by the hiring bank. The general process includes: An employment entry permit issued by the Ministry of Human Resources and Emiratisation Medical fitness test and Emirates ID application Residence stamp valid for two or three years depending on contract length Several banks pre vet shortlisted candidates with an online background check covering credit history and any criminal records in home countries. Keep copies of degree attestation, professional certificates, and previous employer reference letters ready, as the HR team will upload them to the government portal. If you intend to move families, ask about dependent visa support and schooling allowances. Packages differ widely, so clarifying benefits upfront prevents surprises later. FAQs 1. Can I get a banking job in Dubai without Arabic fluency? Yes, many multinational banks operate entirely in English, but learning basic Arabic phrases will improve client rapport and promotion prospects. 2. Do online degrees count for banking roles in Dubai? They are accepted if the institution is accredited and the degree is attested by the UAE Ministry of Education. Check this before enrolling. 3. How long does the hiring process usually take? From first interview to offer letter typically spans four to eight weeks, assuming visa paperwork moves smoothly. 4. Are there age limits for banking jobs in Dubai? No legal age cap exists, though some banks prefer to hire graduate trainees below thirty for entry roles. Experience based positions value skill over age. 5. Is Islamic banking knowledge mandatory? Not always, but familiarity with Sharia compliant products is strongly favored since thirty percent of UAE banking assets follow Islamic principles (Central Bank of UAE, 2023). 6. Will a gap in employment hurt my chances? Explain any gap honestly and highlight productive activities such as study or volunteering. Transparent communication often mitigates concerns. 7. Do banks in Dubai hire fresh graduates from abroad? Yes, but relocation costs are higher, so having an internship or reference within the UAE increases your chances considerably. 8. What is the average starting salary for entry level bankers in Dubai? Analyst roles typically begin between nine thousand and fourteen thousand dirhams per month, according to 2024 figures from recruitment firm Robert Walters. Closing Thoughts Dubai’s banking sector rewards those who combine solid education, respected certifications, practical skills, and the right paperwork. Shape your profile around these pillars, stay proactive with networking, and opportunities will follow. Share this guide with anyone eyeing a move to Dubai and drop your questions in the comments.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bike-rider-jobs-in-abu-dhabi/
- Categories: Career

Bike rider jobs are widely available in Abu Dhabi, with most companies paying between 2 500 and 4 000 AED a month plus bonuses. Whether you want a steady income with a food delivery app or a flexible schedule with a local courier, the city’s booming online shopping and food scene means there is always demand for reliable riders. Demand for Bike Riders in Abu Dhabi E‑commerce sales in the United Arab Emirates reached 6. 7 billion USD in 2023, up 5 percent from the previous year, according to Statista. Much of that growth was driven by same‑day delivery promises that only two‑wheel logistics can meet. Restaurants are equally busy. Talabat, Deliveroo, and Noon Food together handle tens of thousands of daily orders in the capital, and each order needs a rider. Recruiters report that a single large food delivery platform hires 60 to 100 new riders every month before peak tourist season. That constant intake means newcomers can usually land an interview within a week of applying. Employers are keen because motorcycles cut through congestion, keep fuel costs low, and meet the rising expectation that dinner arrives piping hot. A short drive around downtown Corniche during lunch shows the trend in action. Apartment towers buzz with riders loading insulated boxes, and designated delivery pickup bays outside malls stay crowded. The emirate’s infrastructure supports this surge: fuel remains subsidised, and new bike lanes on Sheikh Khalifa Bin Zayed Street help riders avoid gridlock. Put together, the economic data and street‑level sights confirm that demand for bike riders is not a short‑term spike but a sustained hiring wave. Typical Roles You Can Apply For Some riders think every vacancy is identical, yet job ads in Abu Dhabi fall into three clear buckets. The distinctions matter for income and work‑life balance. Food delivery apps Companies such as Talabat and Deliveroo dominate the listings. Riders pick up multiple orders per hour, guided by an app that optimises routes. Peak hours are lunch 11 am to 2 pm and dinner 6 pm to 11 pm, so split shifts are normal. E‑commerce last‑mile Amazon, Noon, and smaller fulfilment firms use bikes for compact parcels under five kilograms. Workdays resemble a courier schedule: morning warehouse check‑in, parcel scan, then continuous drop‑offs until the round is finished. Corporate messenger service Banks, legal offices, and government entities still need signed documents shuttled across town. This role offers a traditional nine‑to‑five routine, lower stress, though slightly lower pay than app‑based gigs. Knowing which role suits your lifestyle helps you tailor your CV. For example, applicants who thrive on fast‑paced evenings tend to prefer food apps, while those who like predictable hours gravitate to corporate courier work. Salary Expectations and Benefits Money is the main draw, so let’s get specific. Pay can look confusing at first because riders receive a mix of basic salary, per‑drop incentives, and tips. The table below summarises what the average full‑time rider earns. Employer Type Monthly Base (AED) Per Delivery (AED) Typical Monthly Total (AED) Company‑Paid Extras Food delivery app 1 500 7. 0 3 000 to 4 000 Fuel, phone data, uniform E‑commerce courier 2 200 3. 5 2 800 to 3 500 Fuel, health insurance Corporate messenger 2 800 Nil 2 800 to 3 200 Health insurance, paid leave A 2022 GulfTalent survey of 500 riders found that 68 percent earned at least 3 000 AED a month once incentives were counted, and 22 percent cleared 4 000 AED. Tips add more during tourist season, especially in beachfront districts where diners often round up. Riders who log 60 or more weekly hours see the highest figures but must weigh fatigue and bike maintenance costs. Additional benefits matter too. All licensed employers must supply medical insurance as per UAE labour law. Visa sponsorship is standard for full‑time contracts lasting two years. Some firms throw in free accommodation in shared rooms, shaving 600 to 800 AED off monthly expenses. Always clarify the package in writing before signing. How to Qualify and Stand Out Competition is stiff even though openings are plenty. Employers screen for safety, language skills, and customer service attitude. Here are practical steps to get shortlisted: Obtain a UAE motorcycle licence (category 1). Conversion from certain foreign licences takes only a theory test. Keep a clean traffic record. Companies run background checks through Abu Dhabi Police e‑services. Learn basic Arabic phrases alongside English. Greeting customers in their language is a quick way to score five‑star ratings. Invest in a smartphone with at least 4 GB RAM. Delivery apps crash less on newer devices, which keeps your acceptance rate high. Prepare references from previous employers. Even a part‑time position back home proves reliability. During interviews, managers may ask scenario questions such as how you would handle a wrong address. Sharing a real story where you resolved an issue calmly often impresses more than theoretical answers. Highlight any customer‑facing experience, whether retail or hospitality, because end‑users see the rider as the face of the brand. Day‑to‑Day Realities Shared by Riders Chatting with current riders paints a honest picture beyond glossy recruitment ads. Ali, a Pakistani rider with three years at Deliveroo, notes that lunch rush feels harder in August when temperatures can reach 48 °C. Hydration breaks are vital, yet skipping them is tempting if you chase incentives. To cope, many riders stash frozen water bottles in their insulated boxes, a tip newly arrived colleagues quickly adopt. A typical shift starts with app log‑in followed by waiting near a busy restaurant cluster. The app disperses orders, and riders juggle traffic along Hamdan Street while avoiding fines for riding in bus lanes. The city’s traffic cameras are unforgiving, so experienced riders memorise routes that keep them on service roads. Despite the hustle, riders mention perks. You meet people from every corner of the globe, and fast‑food chains often hand you a free drink while you wait. There is also camaraderie; WhatsApp groups share real‑time traffic alerts and speed‑trap locations. These networks double as informal job boards where you hear which firm is paying on time. Legal Rules and Safety Tips Working legally protects you from fines that can wipe out a month’s income. The table below summarises the paperwork basics. Document Issued By Renewal Frequency Notes Motorcycle licence (category 1) Abu Dhabi Police Every 10 years Mandatory to ride any engine capacity Residence visa with work permit MOHRE Every 2 years Employer usually sponsors Bike registration card Abu Dhabi Police Yearly Employer handles if bike is company owned Comprehensive insurance Private insurer Yearly Must cover third‑party damage Safety rules are strict. Helmets and reflective vests are non‑negotiable. Fines for riding without protective gear can hit 500 AED plus points on your licence. Speed limits for motorcycles inside the city usually cap at 80 km per hour. Traffic police occasionally run evening checkpoints, primarily targeting illegal bike modifications and expired insurance. Following the rules not only avoids penalties but also keeps your ranking on apps high, as platforms suspend riders involved in frequent violations. Small habits prevent big accidents. Seasoned riders recommend checking tire pressure every two or three days. Under‑inflated tires increase braking distance on the hot asphalt that characterises Abu Dhabi summers. Wearing moisture‑wicking layers under the jacket keeps you alert, while attaching a quad‑lock phone mount ensures you never glance too long away from the road for directions. FAQ How long does it take to get hired as a bike rider in Abu Dhabi? Most candidates receive an offer within two weeks if they already hold a UAE motorcycle licence. Do I need to buy my own bike? Roughly half of employers provide bikes. Others operate a bring‑your‑own‑bike model and pay higher per‑delivery rates to offset fuel and maintenance. What are typical working hours? Food delivery riders usually work six days a week, eight to twelve hours per day, depending on whether they opt for overtime. Is knowledge of Arabic mandatory? Not mandatory, but knowing greetings and numbers speeds up drop‑offs and can improve tips. Are women hired as bike riders in Abu Dhabi? Yes, though they make up a small minority. Certain e‑commerce firms have started women‑only recruitment drives to diversify their fleet. What happens if a customer cancels after I pick up the food? Delivery apps typically compensate a flat amount, often 5 AED, and you can keep or dispose of the food based on company policy. Can I switch employers easily? You can, but you need a no‑objection certificate from your current sponsor or you must complete the contract term to avoid visa cancellation fees. Conclusion Bike rider jobs in Abu Dhabi offer solid earnings, straightforward entry requirements, and a front‑row seat to the city’s fast‑moving delivery economy. If the road calls to you, polish that licence, prep your CV, and share this guide with friends who are also revving to start. Happy riding and feel free to drop questions in the comments.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/teaching-jobs-in-saudi-arabia/
- Categories: Career

Foreign educators with a bachelor degree in their teaching field, a recognised certificate such as CELTA or PGCE, and a clear criminal record can secure well paid positions in Saudi schools and universities by applying through reputable recruiters or directly to institutions. With thousands of new classrooms opening under Vision 2030, the country remains one of the fastest growing destinations for teachers who want strong salaries, tax‑free earnings, and a unique cultural experience. Demand for Teachers Across the Kingdom Saudi Arabia has been investing heavily in education since King Salman’s National Transformation Program began. The Ministry of Education reported that the public school population reached 6. 2 million in 2023, an increase of nearly 800 000 students in five years. Private international schools are also thriving, especially in Riyadh, Jeddah, and Dammam, where many expatriate families live and work. One clear indicator of demand is the steady rise in job postings. According to Teach Away, listings for classroom teachers in Saudi Arabia grew by 18 percent between 2021 and 2023, outpacing the regional average. Subjects in highest demand include English, math, science, ICT, and early childhood. Universities and vocational colleges are focusing on STEM professors to support the country’s industrial diversification plans. International branch campuses add to the picture. Prince Mohammed Bin Salman College, for example, partners with Babson College USA, while King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST) hires faculty from more than 60 countries. These institutions seek PhD holders, but they also run intensive foundation programs that employ experienced high school teachers. Qualifications and Paperwork You Will Need A bachelor degree remains the baseline for a Saudi work visa in education. The degree must match the teaching subject; an English major teaching physics is unlikely to pass document screening. Many private schools also expect: A teaching licence or postgraduate certificate, such as a PGCE, state licence, or Teaching Council registration For English language roles, a TEFL certificate of at least 120 hours (CELTA or equivalent is preferred) Two or more years of classroom experience, especially for leadership positions A clean background check from your home country Visa processing takes four to ten weeks. You will be asked for authenticated copies of your diploma, passport sized photos, a medical check, and a signed employment contract. Make digital scans before you travel because you will be asked for copies at banks, landlords, and the Jawazat office. Recent graduates sometimes consider visiting on a tourist visa to attend job fairs. Officially, you cannot work on that visa, yet in practice some schools interview candidates and then convert the status to a work visa after a contract is signed. Always confirm that the employer will handle the conversion; otherwise, you will need to exit and re‑enter, paying extra airline costs. Salary, Benefits, and Cost of Living Snapshot Saudi packages remain among the best in the Gulf. While wages vary by region, employer, and experience, most foreign teachers report monthly income that allows comfortable savings. Position Typical Monthly Salary (SAR) Housing Annual Flights Kindergarten Teacher 8 000 – 11 000 School provided apartment One return ticket Primary Teacher 10 000 – 13 500 Allowance of 30 000 per year One return ticket Secondary Teacher (STEM) 12 000 – 17 000 School provided apartment One or two tickets University Lecturer 16 000 – 22 000 Allowance or campus housing Family tickets Public education is free for Saudi citizens, so private schools compete for tuition‑paying families by hiring foreign staff and offering bilingual programs. The cost of living varies: Riyadh has seen apartment rents jump about 12 percent in 2023, while smaller cities like Tabuk remain cheaper. Teachers often save between 30 percent and 50 percent of their salary because there is no income tax and utilities are subsidised. Groceries cost more than in many Western countries due to imports, yet fuel and public health care are inexpensive. A survey by Expatistan shows that an individual living modestly in Riyadh spends about SAR 6 500 per month excluding rent, so a teacher earning SAR 12 000 with free housing can set aside roughly SAR 5 000 every month. Plenty of educators use that cushion to pay student loans or build a travel fund for exploring the wider region. Where and How to Apply Effectively Vacancies appear on global job boards, regional recruiters, and the websites of large school groups such as GEMS or SABIS. Word of mouth also matters; many principals trust referrals from current staff. Apply six to eight months before the August start date because paperwork is time consuming Scan your documents as high‑resolution PDFs and label them clearly to impress HR teams Prepare a brief video introducing yourself; schools like to see classroom presence Ask recruiters about family status benefits if you will bring a spouse or children During the interview, confirm whether the contract includes medical insurance and end‑of‑service gratuity Networking helps. Attend education fairs in London, Dubai, or online events hosted by TES. LinkedIn is widely used by Saudi administrators, so keep your profile updated with professional development courses and tangible student achievement data. Classroom Culture and Daily Life Tips Saudi classrooms blend local traditions with modern pedagogy. You will likely teach a mixed group of Saudi and expatriate students who speak at least some English. Lessons begin with a short greeting and often a prayer. Weekends fall on Friday and Saturday, so plan assignments accordingly. Adjusting to the climate takes patience. Temperatures in the summer can exceed 45 °C. Schools respond with extensive air conditioning, but outdoor PE classes shift to early morning. Drinking water regularly and dressing in breathable fabrics is essential. Social life can be rewarding. Compounds for expatriates feature swimming pools, gyms, and recreational clubs. If you live outside a compound, expect strict gender separation in some public spaces, though rules have relaxed in recent years. Cinemas reopened in 2018 and concerts in Riyadh Season attract global artists. Alcohol remains illegal, so social gatherings revolve around coffee shops, restaurants, and desert camping trips. Challenges and How to Handle Them Bureaucracy can be slow. A poll by the International TEFL Academy found that 42 percent of teachers ranked immigration paperwork as their top stressor. Patience and organised files make the process smoother. Another challenge is occasional last‑minute timetable changes; administrative decisions can be top‑down, leaving teachers with little input. Keeping flexible lesson plans and a backup activity folder will save your sanity. Cultural misunderstanding is another hurdle. An informal survey among expatriate teachers in Jeddah showed that students appreciate lessons when teachers include local examples and respect prayer times. Learning a few Arabic greetings such as “Sabah al‑khair” (good morning) goes a long way. Finally, some educators feel isolated in remote cities. Join professional networks like Saudi Aramco Expat Teachers group on Facebook and attend regional conferences such as NESA (Near East South Asia Council of Overseas Schools). These gatherings provide workshops and social connections that beat homesickness. Common Challenge Quick Fix Heat fatigue Carry electrolyte sachets and take shaded rest during recess Language barrier with parents Request a bilingual teaching assistant during parent meetings Delayed salary transfer Open an account with a bank that has a branch inside the school district Frequently Asked Questions What is the best month to look for teaching jobs in Saudi Arabia? Hiring peaks between January and March for an August start, though replacements are sometimes needed midyear. Do I need to know Arabic to teach? No, instruction in international schools is in English, but learning basic phrases shows respect and helps with daily errands. Can I bring my family? Yes, many schools provide family status contracts that include tuition discounts for children and larger housing allowances. Always confirm the details before signing. Is there an age limit for teachers? Work visas can be difficult to obtain for applicants over sixty. Candidates in their late fifties should check with the employer on current rules. How long are typical contracts? Most contracts run for two years with the option to renew. End‑of‑service bonuses are paid after two or more continuous years. Are women allowed to teach boys? Women teach boys up to grade three in many private schools. Above that level, classes are usually gender separated. Can I find part‑time tutoring work? Some teachers earn extra income tutoring, but the practice must be declared on your iqama to remain legal. Is healthcare provided? Employers are required by Saudi labour law to supply health insurance. Check the policy coverage and hospital network before arrival. Conclusion Teaching in Saudi Arabia offers competitive pay, strong benefits, and the chance to explore a rapidly changing society. If the desert sun and cultural differences appeal to you, start gathering your documents, apply early, and share this guide with colleagues who might want the same adventure.

---

- Published: 2025-04-21
- Modified: 2025-04-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/health-insurance-jobs-in-uae/
- Categories: Career

The UAE’s fast growing insurance market needs qualified people right now, which means well paid roles in underwriting, claims, sales, and corporate health benefits are wide open for locals and expats alike. The country’s compulsory medical cover rules for all residents, plus steady growth in private healthcare, have created thousands of fresh vacancies every year. If you have the right mix of customer focus, medical knowledge, and insurance know‑how, there has never been a better time to explore a career in this field. Why the UAE Health Insurance Sector Keeps Hiring The main driver is regulation. Dubai and Abu Dhabi made medical cover mandatory for every resident, and Sharjah as well as the northern emirates are moving in the same direction. This change alone pushed health insurance premiums to AED 27. 5 billion in 2023, an 11 percent rise over the previous year, according to the UAE Insurance Authority. More premium volume means more policies, and more policies mean more people to sell, assess, and service them. An equally strong force is population growth. The UAE’s Federal Competitiveness and Statistics Centre shows that the country’s population crossed 9. 6 million in 2023, and roughly 90 percent are expatriates who switch jobs frequently. Every visa renewal or employer change triggers new insurance paperwork, keeping back‑office teams busy throughout the year. Finally, telehealth and InsurTech are gaining ground. Companies such as Bayzat, Almadallah, and MyPolicy are hiring data analysts, product managers, and software engineers to bring digital claims and mobile policy administration to market. Although these roles sit on the tech side, industry knowledge often tips the balance at interview time. Key Job Roles and What They Pay Two or three decades ago, insurers in the Gulf relied on a small pool of seasoned expats. Today the landscape is broader, with hospitals, third‑party administrators (TPAs), and corporate HR teams competing for talent. Role Average Monthly Salary (AED) Who Employs Them Core Tasks Medical Underwriter 18,000 – 30,000 Insurers and TPAs Assess health declarations, price group schemes Claims Officer 10,000 – 17,000 TPAs, hospitals Validate invoices, flag fraud, negotiate payouts Corporate Benefits Manager 25,000 – 40,000 Multinational firms Design and renew employee health plans Sales Consultant 8,000 base + commission Insurance brokers Pitch policies to SMEs and individuals Provider Network Specialist 15,000 – 22,000 Insurers, TPAs Onboard clinics, agree tariffs, audit quality Salaries vary by emirate, employer size, and any professional certifications you bring to the table. Candidates who hold CII (Chartered Insurance Institute) or LOMA designations routinely land at the upper end of each range. When comparing offers, remember that some companies add school fee support, annual flights home, and family medical cover on top of cash compensation. These perks can raise the real value of a package by 15 percent or more. Skills Employers Look For Hiring managers rarely pick the person with the longest CV. They want adaptable staff who can explain complex cover to a diverse workforce, balance risk, and keep regulators happy. Deep knowledge of UAE health policy limits, pre‑existing condition rules, and essential benefits Practical experience with e‑claims platforms such as eClaimLink (Dubai) or DAMAN’s Daman Provider Portal Customer empathy, especially in multilingual settings: Arabic, English, Hindi, and Tagalog are most in demand Certification in data privacy or medical coding (ICD‑10 and CPT) for anyone touching patient files An understanding of value‑based healthcare models, now a focus at Dubai Health Authority A quick note on language: Arabic is useful but not always mandatory. In a 2023 GulfTalent survey, 72 percent of insurance hiring managers said clear English matters more than native Arabic for mid‑level technical roles. How to Get Hired From Inside and Outside the UAE Relocating candidates and residents already in the Gulf follow slightly different playbooks. Either way, timing and networking drive success. Recruitment platforms worth bookmarking: Website Best For Unique Feature Bayt. com General insurance jobs Arabic and English interface LinkedIn UAE Mid‑ to senior level Instant recruiter chat Naukrigulf Entry level openings CV rating tool InsuranceJobs. ae Industry‑specific Weekly email alerts If you live abroad, start the visa process only after signing an offer because the hiring company must sponsor your employment entry permit. For residents, a No Objection Certificate from the current employer speeds transfer to the new sponsor. Besides formal applications, cold outreach works wonders. Drop a concise note on LinkedIn to the HR manager of an insurer you admire. Mention a recent market move, such as the new Abu Dhabi home testing benefit, then show how your expertise fits that trend. Personalised messages stand out far more than generic CV blasts. Growth Outlook and Career Progression The UAE’s Vision 2031 aims to boost the insurance sector’s contribution to non‑oil GDP from the present 0. 9 percent to 2 percent. Boston Consulting Group estimates that would nearly double premium revenue within eight years, creating an estimated 7,000 net new roles in health insurance alone. Career paths are expanding as the sector matures. A claims officer with three years of clean, documented savings can step up to claims auditing or anti‑fraud investigation. Underwriters often move into product development, where actuarial and marketing teams shape entirely new policy lines. Sales consultants who consistently beat quota transition to corporate relationship directors, managing portfolios worth tens of millions of dirhams. To ride this wave, professionals should commit to at least one recognised credential. The most popular choices are: CII Diploma in Insurance LOMA’s Associate, Life and Health Claims AHIP’s Healthcare Compliance courses Even a single module signals dedication, and many employers reimburse exam fees once you pass. Quick Snapshot of Career Milestones Years of Experience Typical Title Expected Monthly Pay (AED) Key Responsibility 0 – 2 Junior Claims Processor 8,000 – 10,000 Verify basic documents 3 – 5 Senior Underwriter 18,000 – 25,000 Price group schemes 6 – 9 Section Head 28,000 – 35,000 Lead small teams, mentor juniors 10+ Department Manager 40,000 – 55,000 P&L ownership, strategic planning Frequently Asked Questions Is health insurance work in the UAE open to fresh graduates? Yes, many TPAs and call centers take graduates for trainee roles in claims or policy administration as long as you show strong customer service skills. Do I need insurance qualifications before applying? Not always. Some employers hire first and then sponsor you for CII or LOMA courses, but having even one completed module increases your odds. Can I switch from hospital administration to insurance? Absolutely. Experience with billing codes, medical records, or patient coordination translates directly to claims or provider network roles. What visas cover dependents for insurance professionals? A standard employment visa lets you sponsor your spouse and children as long as you meet the minimum salary requirement of AED 4,000 plus accommodation. How long is the hiring process? Private insurers typically need four to six weeks from first interview to offer acceptance. Multinationals can take a bit longer due to additional compliance checks. Are remote roles common? Remote work is growing but still limited. Most insurers require at least three days per week in the office to maintain data security protocols. Which emirate pays the highest salaries? Dubai leads in absolute pay, but Abu Dhabi packages often include larger housing allowances, making total compensation roughly equal. In a Few Words The UAE health insurance scene is expanding fast, offering real careers with solid pay and room to grow. If the sector sparks your interest, put these insights to work, connect with recruiters, and share this guide with friends who might benefit. Comments and questions are always welcome.

---

- Published: 2025-04-19
- Modified: 2025-04-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/interlock-ransomware-clickfix-it-tool-attacks/
- Categories: News, Technology

The Interlock ransomware gang has adopted a cunning new trick that’s catching victims off guard: impersonating IT tools to push malicious commands through something known as a ClickFix attack. Researchers are sounding the alarm as these attacks steadily rise. The gang has now been confirmed to be using these lures to deploy their data-encrypting malware across both FreeBSD and Windows networks. From Copy-Paste to Compromise It starts innocently enough—an IT staffer sees a CAPTCHA screen or a tool verification page. It looks official. The next thing they know, a malicious PowerShell command has been copied to their clipboard. Once that command is run? It’s game over. The Interlock crew has been linked to at least four malicious URLs so far, all faking credibility: microsoft-msteamscom/additional-check. html microstteamscom/additional-check. html ecologilivescom/additional-check. html advanceipscanercom/additional-check. html Only one of them actually drops the infected installer, and it’s cleverly disguised as Advanced IP Scanner—a tool commonly used in IT departments. What Happens Behind the Scenes The moment that PowerShell command is executed, it downloads a 36MB file that acts as a two-faced payload. On one hand, it installs what looks like a real version of Advanced IP Scanner. On the other, it runs a stealthy script buried within. That hidden script? It gets right to work. Registers a Run key for persistence Grabs your OS version, running tasks, user privilege level Scans available drives and running processes Sends all that data back to a command-and-control server There’s no pop-up, no red flags—just a browser tab showing the real tool’s website to throw off suspicion. Payloads Get Personal Different machines get different malware. Sekoia’s threat analysts noted several payloads coming from Interlock’s servers. Some of the most commonly deployed ones include: LummaStealer – A notorious information stealer BerserkStealer – Another tool used to hoover up credentials Keyloggers – Your typing? Tracked Interlock RAT – A flexible trojan capable of doing everything from running shell commands to dropping malicious DLLs This isn’t one-size-fits-all malware. It’s dynamic and adaptable. Whatever the machine lacks, the RAT fills in. Lateral Moves and Final Hits Once the RAT takes hold, things escalate. Interlock doesn’t just sit back—they move laterally through corporate networks. RDP, PuTTY, AnyDesk, and LogMeIn have all been spotted in their toolkit. They hunt for credentials, map the environment, and quietly exfiltrate sensitive files before locking anything down. Sometimes, the ransomware doesn't even run right away. Just one sentence: It’s set to run at 8 PM daily as a scheduled task. Even worse, it filters by file extension, so it avoids double-encrypting already infected files. That’s not a bug; it’s a fallback, making sure the encryption happens even if something goes wrong earlier. The Note That Hits Where It Hurts The ransom note isn’t just a list of demands anymore. Interlock’s latest version focuses less on technical threats and more on legal and regulatory nightmares. Think GDPR fines, SEC violations, shareholder panic. It’s a psychological sledgehammer—pay up, or deal with lawsuits, lost trust, and maybe a public scandal. The message has changed. ClickFix Isn’t Just Interlock’s Toy Anymore This isn’t just an Interlock issue. Other cybercriminal groups are jumping on the ClickFix bandwagon. Even the infamous Lazarus group from North Korea has joined the trend. Just last month, Lazarus used the same trick targeting job seekers in crypto. One sentence again: It’s working because it doesn’t feel like a scam—until it’s too late. The ClickFix approach feels casual. There's no scary pop-up. No noisy alert. Just a “verify here” prompt and a quick copy-paste. By the time the victim realizes what happened, their files are locked, their credentials are stolen, and attackers are already digging through their network. Table: Timeline of Interlock’s Known Attack Evolution Time Period Tactic Used Goal Sep 2024 Launch Fake browser/VPN updates Malware delivery Jan 2025 ClickFix via spoofed IT tool websites Initial access Ongoing RAT deployment + credential theft Lateral movement Final Stage Ransomware scheduled task, data exfiltration Encryption and extortion

---

- Published: 2025-04-18
- Modified: 2025-04-18
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/how-to-optimize-sleep-for-better-health/
- Categories: Health

If you want to feel more energized, improve your mood, and even support your immune system, the answer might be as simple as getting better sleep. Sleep is not a luxury—it’s a basic need that affects almost every aspect of your health. In today’s busy world, it’s easy to let sleep slide down the list of priorities, but making rest a top concern can truly change how you feel every day. Many people struggle with falling asleep or staying asleep, and it’s more common than you might think. The good news is, optimizing your sleep doesn’t have to be complicated or expensive. A few simple changes in your daily routine and bedroom environment can make a huge difference. Let’s explore the most effective ways to get the rest your body and mind need. Why Quality Sleep Matters Getting enough sleep is about much more than just avoiding feeling tired. Your body uses sleep to repair itself, balance hormones, and process everything you’ve learned and experienced during the day. Missing out on sleep can lead to all kinds of health problems, including weight gain, mood swings, trouble focusing, and a weaker immune system. A 2022 study published in the journal Sleep found that adults who get less than six hours of sleep per night are at a higher risk for heart disease, diabetes, and depression. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends that adults aim for seven to nine hours of sleep each night. Creating a Sleep-Friendly Bedroom The environment where you sleep can make or break your nightly rest. Many sleep experts say your bedroom should be a sanctuary for relaxation. If you find yourself tossing and turning, it might be time for a few upgrades. A comfortable mattress and bedding can make a world of difference. Blackout curtains are a great investment if streetlights or early sunrises disturb your sleep. Keeping your room cool—around 65 degrees Fahrenheit or 18 degrees Celsius—is often ideal. If noise is an issue, a white noise machine or a simple fan can help mask sounds that might wake you up. Bedroom Checklist for Better Sleep: Invest in a quality mattress and pillows Use blackout curtains to block out unwanted light Keep your bedroom cool and quiet Remove clutter and keep the space tidy Reserve your bed for sleep and intimacy only Managing Blue Light and Screens One of the biggest obstacles to good sleep these days is the presence of screens everywhere. Phones, tablets, TVs, and computers all emit blue light, which can mess with your body’s natural sleep hormone, melatonin. This makes it harder to fall asleep and can even affect the quality of your rest. Experts suggest avoiding screens for at least one to two hours before bedtime. If you can’t put your phone away, try wearing blue light blocking glasses in the evening or activating the blue light filter on your device. Also, consider putting your devices in airplane mode or leaving them in another room while you sleep. Here’s a quick reference table for screen habits and their impact on sleep: Screen Habit Effect on Sleep Recommended Change Using phone in bed Harder to fall asleep, poor quality Stop use 1 hour before bed Watching TV late at night Suppresses melatonin Limit to early evening Bright screens after sunset Delays sleep onset Use blue light filters or glasses Supplements That Support Sleep If you’ve tried everything and still struggle to sleep, certain natural supplements may help. Many people find relief with herbs like lavender, chamomile, or valerian root. Magnesium glycinate is another popular option that can help relax muscles and calm the mind. Melatonin supplements are widely used, but it’s best to talk to your doctor before starting any new supplement, especially if you are already taking medication or have underlying health conditions. Here are some commonly used sleep supplements: Lavender Chamomile Valerian Hops Magnesium glycinate Melatonin L-theanine GABA Remember, supplements are not a magic fix. They work best when combined with healthy habits and a good sleep environment. Easy Lifestyle Tweaks for Better Rest Sometimes, small changes in your daily routine can have a big impact on your sleep. Moving your body during the day, even if it’s just a brisk walk or some light stretching, can help you fall asleep faster at night. Another simple tip is to try and get some natural sunlight in the morning. Sunlight helps set your body’s internal clock, making it easier to fall asleep at night and wake up in the morning. What you eat and when you eat also matters. Eating a large meal right before bed can keep you awake, especially if it’s high in fat or sugar. If you need a snack before bed, try something with protein and complex carbs, like a small bowl of oatmeal or a banana with peanut butter. Here’s a comparison table for evening snacks that support sleep: Snack Option Sleep-Friendly? Reason Banana with peanut butter Yes Contains magnesium and tryptophan Chips or candy No High sugar/fat, may disrupt sleep Oatmeal with milk Yes Complex carbs, calcium, protein Spicy foods No Can cause indigestion Tips to Make Your Bedtime Routine Work for You A good bedtime routine is one of the best ways to signal to your brain that it’s time to wind down. It doesn’t have to be complicated or take a lot of time. The key is to do the same things each night so your body knows what’s coming. Some ideas for a relaxing bedtime routine: Take a warm shower or bath Read a book (preferably a physical one, not an e-reader) Listen to calming music or a sleep meditation Try gentle yoga or deep breathing exercises Write down anything that’s on your mind to clear your head Even spending just ten or fifteen minutes on these activities can help you transition from the busyness of the day to a more restful state. Frequently Asked Questions How much sleep do I really need? Most adults need between 7 to 9 hours of sleep each night. Some people feel great with a little less, while others need more to function at their best. Is it normal to wake up during the night? Waking up once or twice is normal, but if you’re awake for long stretches or struggle to fall back asleep, consider adjusting your habits or talking to a doctor. What should I do if I can’t fall asleep? If you can’t sleep, get up and do something relaxing in low light until you feel sleepy again. Avoid looking at screens. Can naps help or hurt my nighttime sleep? Short naps (20 to 30 minutes) can be helpful, but long naps or napping late in the day might make it harder to fall asleep at night. Do sleep supplements really work? Some supplements can help, but they’re not a solution for everyone. Talk to your doctor before trying anything new. Why does stress make it hard to sleep? Stress raises hormones like cortisol, which can keep your mind racing and make it tough to relax at bedtime. How can I make my bedroom more sleep-friendly? Focus on comfort, darkness, cool temperature, and quiet. Make your bed only for sleep and intimacy. Does exercise help with sleep? Yes, regular movement during the day can make it much easier to fall and stay asleep at night. In a Nutshell Getting better sleep is one of the most powerful things you can do for your health. Try these simple tips, see what works best for you, and don’t forget to share your own sleep hacks or questions in the comments. If you found this article helpful, please share it with friends or family who might need better rest too!

---

- Published: 2025-04-17
- Modified: 2025-04-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/8-days-schedule-every-month-balanced-life/
- Categories: Lifestyle

If you want to feel happier, more balanced, and less stressed, setting aside just eight special days each month for yourself can make a real difference. By intentionally planning these days, you’ll find more joy, boost your mental health, and create memories that matter, all while keeping life from feeling like an endless routine. Whether you’re juggling work, family, or personal goals, it’s easy to let months slip by without doing things that truly recharge you. That’s exactly why building in these eight days each month isn’t just a treat—it’s essential self-care. Let’s break down what each day looks like, why it matters, and how you can make it happen. Why Scheduling Special Days Matters More Than You Think Life gets busy fast, and self-care often ends up at the bottom of the list. But research keeps telling us that making time for ourselves is just as crucial as any meeting or deadline. According to the American Psychological Association, nearly 80 percent of adults experience stress regularly, and carving out time for yourself can significantly lower anxiety and boost your mood. When you plan out your month with intention, you make sure your own needs don’t get lost in the shuffle. It’s not about adding more to your plate—it’s about making sure what’s on your plate actually nourishes you. Day 1: Unplug From Social Media for a Day It’s no secret that social media has a grip on our attention. The average person spends about two and a half hours per day scrolling through feeds, according to Datareportal’s 2024 Digital Report. While it’s fun to stay connected, it can leave us feeling drained, anxious, or even a bit envious. Taking just one day a month to log out can do wonders for your mental clarity. People often report feeling lighter and more present even after a short break. Use this day to reconnect with real life—read, go for a walk, or just enjoy some quiet time. You’ll be surprised at how refreshed you feel by the end. Day 2: Spend a Day Outdoors—Beach, Park, or Road Trip There’s something about fresh air and open skies that instantly lifts your spirits. Whether you head to the beach, explore a local park, or go on a spontaneous road trip, being outside is a proven mood booster. Studies published in Frontiers in Psychology show that spending time outdoors lowers stress hormones and increases happiness. You don’t need an elaborate plan. Even a walk in a nearby green space can do the trick. Here are a few easy outdoor ideas to get you started: Visit a botanical garden or arboretum Go hiking or biking on a local trail Pack a picnic and invite a friend or family member Try birdwatching or photography in nature The goal is to step away from screens and daily pressures and let nature work its magic. Day 3: Catch Up With a Friend Over Brunch or Dinner We all know friendships matter, but busy schedules make it hard to keep up. Yet, research from Harvard shows that strong social connections are key to lifelong happiness. Scheduling at least one meal with a friend each month is a simple way to nurture those bonds. It doesn’t have to be fancy or expensive. The point is to check in, laugh, and share what’s going on in your lives. Even a quick coffee or casual brunch can remind you that you’re not alone in whatever you’re facing. Day 4: Take a Day for Grooming or Self-Care Whether it’s a trip to the spa, a haircut, or a massage, giving yourself a dedicated self-care day makes a huge difference. When you look good, you feel good—there’s real science behind that. A 2022 study in The Journal of Positive Psychology found that people who prioritize grooming and self-care report higher self-esteem and resilience. Don’t underestimate the power of little rituals. Even a long bath at home, doing your nails, or trying a new skincare routine can feel like a mini vacation. It’s a reminder that you’re worth the effort. Day 5: Do Something Just for Fun Remember when weekends were all about play? Adults need fun, too. Taking a day each month to do something purely for enjoyment—whether it’s going to an arcade, trying a rage room, or catching a stand-up comedy show—can help you recharge. Fun doesn’t have to mean expensive, either. You can: Join a trivia night at a local bar Try a painting or pottery class Host a game night with friends Explore a new hobby shop or bookstore Laughing and letting loose is the best antidote to burnout. Day 6: Learn Something New, No Pressure Attached Learning isn’t just for kids or students. Picking up a new skill, even if it’s totally unrelated to your job, keeps your brain sharp and your life interesting. The World Economic Forum highlights that continuous learning is a top trait of happy, adaptable people. You don’t have to aim for perfection or even stick with it long-term. The point is to break out of ruts and rediscover curiosity. Try a cooking class, listen to a new podcast, or learn a few words in another language. Quick Ideas for Learning Days Watch a documentary on a topic you know nothing about Try coding with a free online course Learn to play a simple song on an instrument Take an online workshop in something creative Day 7: Declutter and Organize Your Space A messy environment can mess with your head. Clutter has been linked to higher levels of stress and anxiety, according to a UCLA study. Taking just one day a month to declutter a closet, tidy your desk, or organize your kitchen gives you a sense of control and accomplishment. Here’s a simple table to help you plan your decluttering day: Area to Declutter Time Needed Tips for Success Closet 1-2 hours Sort by season, donate unused clothes Desk/Workspace 30 mins Toss old papers, organize supplies Kitchen 1 hour Clear expired items, tidy shelves Digital Devices 30 mins Delete unused apps, organize files Even small steps count. You’ll notice it’s easier to focus and relax when your space feels calm. Day 8: Take Yourself on a Solo Date It can feel a little strange at first, but taking yourself out—whether to a movie, a nice dinner, or even just a coffee shop—builds confidence and self-acceptance. Many therapists recommend solo dates as a way to reconnect with yourself and practice enjoying your own company. You don’t have to wait for someone else to make plans. Treat yourself the way you’d treat a friend. Over time, you’ll find you look forward to these solo adventures as a highlight of your month. Sample Monthly Self-Care Calendar Here’s an example of how you might spread out these days in a month: Week Self-Care Day Week 1 Social media-free day Week 2 Outdoor adventure Week 2 Brunch or dinner with a friend Week 3 Grooming or self-care day Week 3 Fun day (arcade, comedy, etc. ) Week 4 Learning something new Week 4 Declutter/organize Anytime Solo date You can mix and match based on your own schedule. The key is to make these days non-negotiable appointments with yourself. Frequently Asked Questions How do I make time for these days if I have a busy schedule? Start small. Even half a day or a few dedicated hours can make a difference. Treat these days as appointments you can’t cancel. What if I miss a day? No big deal. The goal is progress, not perfection. Just try again next month. Do I have to follow the order or can I switch things around? You can absolutely mix it up. Do what feels right for you each month. Is it okay to combine two days into one? If that’s what works for you, go for it. For example, you could combine your outdoor day with your fun day. How do I stay motivated to keep this up each month? Track how you feel after each day. Most people notice a boost in mood and energy, which helps make it a habit. Can I invite others to join my self-care days? Absolutely. Some days are great solo, but others (like brunch or outdoor trips) can be even more fun with friends or family. What’s the benefit of a solo date if I already spend time alone? A solo date is about intentional quality time with yourself, not just being alone. It’s a way to celebrate your own company. Is this only for certain ages or can anyone benefit? Anyone can benefit, whether you’re a student, a parent, or retired. The activities can be adapted to any age or lifestyle. Conclusion Taking eight special days each month for yourself isn’t selfish—it’s smart. You’ll feel happier, less stressed, and more connected to the people and things that matter most. If you found this helpful, share it with friends and let us know in the comments how you plan to make these days your own!

---

- Published: 2025-04-17
- Modified: 2025-04-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/india-startup-culture/
- Categories: Business

India’s startup scene is booming, but what does it really say about our society, values, and what we’re funding? The answer is that our choices reveal a lot about where our culture is headed, and not all of it is as inspiring as the headlines suggest. Looking around, it’s clear that India’s energy is unmatched. New apps and companies pop up every day, promising to solve everything from late-night hunger to daily boredom. Yet, when you scratch the surface, the picture that emerges is as much about our demands and habits as it is about innovation. Are we really building for the future, or are we just chasing quick dopamine hits? Let’s dig into what India’s startup culture is actually reflecting about us, and what it might mean for the years ahead. Startups as a Mirror: What Our Choices Say About Us Startups don’t exist in a vacuum. They are a direct response to what people want, need, and are willing to pay for. If a society is pouring money into instant grocery delivery or apps that promise spiritual shortcuts, that’s not a coincidence. It’s a signal. Indian startups have become experts at reading the room. They know that many of us crave convenience, fast results, and entertainment. That’s why the biggest unicorns often aren’t solving the nation’s toughest problems but are instead making life a little easier or a little more fun. Delivery apps bring groceries in minutes, spiritual gurus offer quick answers to life’s big questions, and social media reels serve up “knowledge” in bite-sized, endlessly scrollable chunks. This trend isn’t unique to India, but the scale here is staggering. According to Nasscom’s 2023 report, India added over 1,300 startups in a single year, making it the third-largest startup ecosystem worldwide. Yet, a deeper look shows a huge chunk of funding flows into consumer tech and entertainment, not into sectors like deep technology or healthcare. The Demand for Dopamine: Why Quick Fixes Win What’s driving this obsession with instant gratification? The answer is simple: we want dopamine, and we want it fast. Dopamine is the brain chemical that gives us that little hit of pleasure when we get a reward, like a new message, a funny video, or a delivery at our door. Many of India’s most successful startups are really in the business of delivering dopamine on demand. Eight-minute grocery delivery services thrive because planning ahead feels like a chore. Astrology and spiritual apps promise to decode our lives so we don’t have to think too hard. Short motivational reels rack up millions of views because reading or reflecting is seen as effort. It’s not that these services are inherently bad. In fact, they often make life easier. But when an entire ecosystem is focused on shortcuts and instant pleasure, it’s worth asking what we’re giving up in the process. What Investors Are Funding: A Snapshot of Priorities If you want to know where a society is headed, just follow the money. Venture capital in India is flowing into sectors that promise scale, engagement, and quick returns. Here’s a quick look at where the big bucks are going, based on data from Tracxn and YourStory: Sector % of Startup Funding (2023) Example Startups Consumer Tech 38% Swiggy, Zomato Fintech 22% Paytm, PhonePe Edtech 11% BYJU’S, Unacademy Health & Deep Tech 8% Practo, CureFit Spiritual/Lifestyle 6% Astrotalk, InnerHour Others 15% Various This table shows how much energy, talent, and money is focused on making everyday life smoother or more entertaining, rather than solving fundamental problems. The Double-Edged Sword of Scalability Scalability is a buzzword that every founder and investor loves. The idea is simple: if something works for 10 people, can it work for a million? The Indian market, with its vast population, is perfect for this game. But there’s a catch. Not everything that scales is meaningful. In India, we’ve gotten very good at scaling things that offer quick satisfaction but little substance. Whether it’s food delivery, astrology, or motivational content, if it hooks people and keeps them coming back, it’s likely to get funded. This “scalability of laziness,” as some have called it, creates a paradox. On one hand, it generates jobs, investment, and a sense of progress. On the other hand, it often encourages habits that aren’t always great for individuals or society in the long run. Are Startups Giving Us What We Really Need? It’s easy to blame startup founders for chasing easy money or copying each other’s ideas. But the truth is, they’re simply responding to demand. If millions of people want eight-minute groceries or astrology readings, wouldn’t you build a business around that? The real question is whether this focus on instant results is crowding out deeper, more impactful innovations. For every app that promises to make your day slightly easier, there are fewer taking on the hard stuff: clean energy, advanced healthcare, education reform, or fixing public infrastructure. As Kunal Shah, founder of CRED, famously said, "India does not reward solving hard problems, it rewards solving immediate pain points. " This mindset shapes what gets built, who gets funded, and what the next generation of entrepreneurs aspires to do. The Role of Social Media: Motivation or Distraction? Social media is both a mirror and a megaphone. Platforms like Instagram, YouTube, and WhatsApp have become the primary way people consume information, seek motivation, and even learn. But not all “knowledge” shared in reels and stories is meaningful. A 2023 report from Statista notes that the average Indian spends over 2. 5 hours per day on social media, a number that’s only rising year after year. Much of this time is spent on quick, entertaining content rather than deep learning or personal growth. It’s not just about wasting time, though. These platforms shape our expectations of what life should be: fast, easy, and always entertaining. This, in turn, influences what startups build and what investors fund. Is the Indian Startup Ecosystem a Circus or a Revolution? There’s a running joke that India’s startup scene is less of an ecosystem and more of a circus. With servers, not animals, and with founders and influencers playing the role of clowns, the show goes on, always chasing the next big engagement hit. But even in the circus, there’s room for hope. The same energy that builds a meme-sharing app could one day build the next big breakthrough in healthcare or education. The challenge is to nudge both entrepreneurs and investors toward longer-term thinking and more meaningful work. Key Takeaways: What Can We Learn from This Trend? Startups reflect what society values right now. Instant gratification products dominate, but may not always be good for long-term progress. Funding follows trends, not necessarily needs. Social media shapes what people want and expect from startups. There’s an opportunity to use this energy for more impactful change. FAQ What does India’s startup culture say about society? It shows that we prioritize convenience, entertainment, and instant results, often at the cost of deeper, long-term solutions. Why do Indian startups focus so much on quick delivery and entertainment? Because that’s where the demand and funding are. People want fast, easy services, and investors back what scales quickly. Are investors to blame for the current trends in startups? Not entirely. Investors fund what people use and pay for, so both consumer habits and investment priorities shape the ecosystem. Is there hope for more meaningful startups in India? Absolutely. India has the talent and resources to solve big problems, but it will take a shift in mindset from both consumers and investors. Do instant gratification startups harm society? They aren’t harmful on their own, but an overemphasis on them can crowd out more important innovations and encourage unhealthy habits. How does social media impact startup culture? Social media amplifies trends and shapes expectations, pushing startups to build what’s viral or engaging instead of what’s meaningful. What sectors are underfunded in India? Deep technology, advanced healthcare, and public infrastructure startups often struggle for attention compared to consumer tech and entertainment. Can Indian startups shift toward solving bigger problems? Yes, but it requires both demand from society and willingness from investors to support longer-term, riskier projects. Conclusion India’s startup boom is exciting, but it’s also a reflection of what we ask for as a society. If you found this article helpful or thought-provoking, share it with your friends and let us know your thoughts in the comments below. Your perspective matters.

---

- Published: 2025-04-17
- Modified: 2025-04-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/reason-you-keep-losing-money-and-how-to-fix-it/
- Categories: Finance

If you keep losing money in the stock market, it’s probably not just bad luck or poor timing—it’s often your own mind playing tricks on you. Many investors don’t realize the biggest obstacle to growing their wealth isn’t the market itself, but the subtle biases and emotions that influence every decision. In this article, you’ll learn how classic investing psychology traps cause people to lose money, how to spot these traps in your own thinking, and what you can do to protect your investments from your own worst instincts. Why Your Brain Makes Investing So Hard Money decisions are rarely just about numbers. Even the smartest, most rational people fall into mental traps when investing. The truth is, our brains are wired to make quick, emotional decisions—great for survival, but not for stock picking. Fear, greed, the desire to fit in, and a love for “sure things” can all cloud your judgment. That’s why so many people panic sell when prices drop or follow the crowd into bad investments at market peaks. A 2022 study by Dalbar found that the average investor underperforms the S&P 500 by about 4 percent per year, mostly due to emotional buying and selling. That gap adds up to thousands, even millions, in lost returns over a lifetime. The Most Common Investing Biases That Make You Lose Money Let’s break down the top psychological traps that cause investors to shoot themselves in the foot—often without even realizing it. Loss Aversion: Why Selling at a Loss Feels Impossible Nobody likes losing money, but research shows that people feel the pain of losses twice as much as they enjoy gains. This is called loss aversion, and it leads investors to hold onto losing stocks much longer than they should, hoping they’ll bounce back. Even when selling would be the smartest move, the fear of “locking in” a loss keeps people stuck. A classic example is the investor who refuses to sell a stock that’s down 30 percent, waiting for it to get “back to even,” even if better opportunities are available elsewhere. Table: How Loss Aversion Impacts Investing Decisions Scenario Rational Action Typical Emotional Response Stock drops 20% Sell if better options exist Hold, hoping for rebound Stock rises 20% Reassess, consider taking profit Hold, fearing missing out Portfolio drops in a crash Rebalance or buy more if possible Panic sell or freeze The Herd Effect: Following the Crowd Usually Ends Badly Humans are social creatures, and that doesn’t stop at investing. When everyone you know is jumping into a hot stock or asset, it’s tempting to join in. This is known as the herd effect. Unfortunately, by the time most people hear about a “can’t miss” opportunity, it’s already too late. The dot-com bubble and the crypto booms are powerful reminders of what happens when everyone piles into the same trade. History shows that following the crowd is a recipe for buying high and selling low. Confirmation Bias: Seeing Only What You Want to See Confirmation bias is the tendency to seek out information that supports your existing beliefs and ignore anything that doesn’t. For investors, this means clinging to positive news about a stock you own while ignoring warning signs. Social media and investment forums can make this worse, creating echo chambers where everyone agrees and no one questions the risks. This bias can lead people to double down on bad investments and miss important red flags that could save them from bigger losses. Anchoring Effect: Getting Stuck on Irrelevant Numbers Anchoring happens when you fixate on the first number you see—like the price you paid for a stock—and use it as a reference point for every decision. If you bought a share at $100, you might refuse to sell at $90, even if all signs point to further declines, just because you’re anchored to your original price. In reality, the only thing that matters is where the stock is headed, not where it’s been. Anchoring makes it hard to cut losses or take profits when the facts change. Authority Bias and Social Proof: Trusting the Wrong People We all want to believe that someone else has the answers. Authority bias is when you put too much trust in “experts” or celebrity investors, while social proof describes the urge to follow what “everyone else” seems to be doing. Both can lead you into risky trades without doing your own homework. A survey by FINRA found that 70 percent of new investors in 2021 made decisions based on social media recommendations, with many suffering losses after following unreliable advice. How to Spot These Traps Before They Cost You The first step to avoiding these common pitfalls is simply learning to recognize them in your own thinking. Self-awareness is your best defense. Here’s what you can do: Pause before making any big investing decision, especially if you’re feeling strong emotions. Ask yourself, “Am I doing this because of fear, greed, or because everyone else is? ” Regularly review your portfolio with a critical eye, not just looking for confirmation of what you already believe. Table: Symptoms of Investing Biases Bias Type Typical Thoughts or Behaviors Loss Aversion “I can’t sell now—I’d be admitting I was wrong. ” Herd Effect “Everyone’s buying this, I should too. ” Confirmation Bias “I’ll only read positive news about my investments. ” Anchoring “I’ll wait until it gets back to what I paid. ” Authority Bias “This guru said buy, so it must be right. ” Practical Strategies to Outsmart Your Own Psychology It’s one thing to know about investing psychology, but actually changing your behavior is another challenge. Here are some practical tips to help you avoid costly mistakes: Set clear rules for buying and selling before you invest. Stick to them, even when emotions run high. Use automatic investing plans to keep your emotions out of the process. Keep a written investment journal to track your decisions and the reasons behind them. This helps you spot patterns and stay honest with yourself. Diversify your portfolio to reduce the impact of any single bad decision. Talk through big decisions with a trusted friend or advisor who can offer an outside perspective. Limit how often you check your portfolio to avoid making knee-jerk reactions to short-term moves. Real-World Example: The Danger of the Halo Effect Imagine you hear about a company that’s launching a popular new product—everyone is talking about it and the media is glowing. You assume the company is a great investment just because of this one impressive quality. This is the halo effect in action. In 2017, many investors rushed to buy shares of companies announcing a move into artificial intelligence or blockchain, even if these moves had little impact on their actual business. Most of these stocks fell back to earth once the hype faded, leaving latecomers with big losses. Why Understanding Investing Psychology Matters More Than You Think Ignoring your own psychology can quietly drain your wealth year after year. According to a Vanguard study, investors who stick to a disciplined plan outperform those who try to time the market by an average of 1. 5 percent annually. Over decades, that difference can add up to hundreds of thousands of dollars. Learning to manage your emotions and biases isn’t just about avoiding mistakes. It can also help you spot opportunities others are missing and stay calm when everyone else is panicking. Frequently Asked Questions How do I know if I’m making decisions based on emotion? If you find yourself acting quickly, feeling anxious, or unable to explain your choices logically, emotions are probably in the driver’s seat. Keeping a journal helps you spot this. Can you completely avoid all investing biases? No one is immune to biases, but being aware of them helps you catch yourself before making costly mistakes. What should I do if I realize I’ve fallen into a bias trap? Pause, review your original plan, and consider talking it over with someone you trust before acting further. Is it ever okay to follow the crowd? Sometimes crowds are right, but if you’re only following because of FOMO (fear of missing out), it’s a warning sign to step back and think things through. How can I overcome loss aversion? Set rules for when to sell, and remind yourself that losses are a normal part of investing. Focus on the long-term picture, not short-term pain. Are professional investors affected by these biases too? Absolutely. Even experienced pros fall into these traps, which is why many use strict rules and outside advisors to keep themselves honest. Does diversification really help avoid bias? Yes, spreading your investments helps limit the impact of any single mistake and keeps your emotions in check. Conclusion Understanding investing psychology is the secret weapon that can help you stop losing money and start making smarter decisions. If you found this helpful, please share it with friends or leave a comment below with your own experiences or questions. Let’s learn and grow together!

---

- Published: 2025-04-15
- Modified: 2025-04-15
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/hertz-customer-data-breach-cleo-zero-day-clop/
- Categories: News, Technology

Hertz customers have been hit with more than just hidden rental fees this year. The car rental giant has confirmed a serious data breach, with hackers gaining access to sensitive customer information from its Hertz, Thrifty, and Dollar brands. The breach stems from zero-day vulnerabilities in Cleo’s file transfer software, exploited by the notorious Clop ransomware gang. Attackers slipped in months before anyone noticed The breach wasn't just yesterday’s news. In fact, the actual infiltration happened months ago, in October and December of 2024. But it wasn’t until February 10, 2025, that Hertz confirmed what had really gone down. At that point, the damage had already been done. Hertz admitted that hackers used zero-day flaws in Cleo’s platforms—tools meant to securely transfer files between companies—to quietly grab data. Some customers lost just their contact info. Others? A whole lot more. Here’s what the hackers got their hands on The data varies. And not in a good way. For some, it might just be a name and phone number. But for others, the breach is enough to make your stomach drop. Names, phone numbers, and emails Dates of birth Driver’s license numbers Credit card details Workers’ compensation claim info Social Security numbers (for a limited few) Government IDs, passports, Medicare/Medicaid IDs tied to claims Injury-related info from car accidents So yeah, this wasn’t just a marketing list. It was personal. And not everyone was hit equally. A “very small number,” according to Hertz, had their most sensitive identifiers stolen. That’s cold comfort for those who might now face identity theft or worse. One-line pause. Because this is real-life stuff. Clop’s calling card is all over it The Clop ransomware group is behind this breach. Again. They didn’t encrypt files this time—they just took what they wanted. The group claimed responsibility and later posted some of Hertz’s stolen data on their leak site. Classic Clop move. This gang has been active since 2019. But in recent years, they’ve shifted focus. Less ransomware, more “smash-and-grab” data theft using unknown flaws in big-name file transfer tools. They’ve done it before: MOVEit Transfer GoAnywhere MFT SolarWinds Serv-U Accellion FTA Now add Cleo Harmony, LexiCom, and VLTrader to that list. They hit 66 companies in this latest spree. Hertz just happens to be one of the bigger names caught in the blast radius. Who else got burned? While Hertz has dominated headlines, they’re far from alone. Several other companies either confirmed similar breaches or are still digging through their systems: Western Alliance Bank WK Kellogg Co Sam’s Club Each confirmed—or at least strongly hinted—that their data was also stolen via the same Cleo vulnerabilities. Some of these names might surprise you. But that’s the thing with software supply chains: when one weak link breaks, it pulls down everyone attached. And not every company is quick to admit they’ve been hacked. So don’t be shocked if this list keeps growing. Just one sentence here to let it breathe. What is Hertz doing now? The company says it’s analyzing the stolen data to figure out exactly who’s affected. That work started back in February, right after the breach was confirmed. In the meantime, Hertz is offering two years of free identity monitoring for impacted customers. That includes fraud alerts and credit monitoring services. But people aren’t exactly reassured. A few customers took to Reddit and X (formerly Twitter) to say they had no idea Cleo even handled their personal info. One post read: “Never even heard of Cleo. Why does a rental company need a file transfer vendor anyway? ” Fair question. Still, the leaked data hasn’t shown signs of being used in scams or fraud—at least not yet. But let’s be honest: that’s not much of a comfort when your driver’s license and credit card number are floating around in the dark web. The trend is getting worse, not better If you’re starting to think these zero-day attacks are becoming more common, you’re not wrong. Hackers are finding—and exploiting—previously unknown software bugs faster than companies can patch them. And these aren’t always glamorous targets either. Often it’s back-end vendors like Cleo, who quietly move data around while staying out of the public eye. Here’s a quick look at major incidents connected to Clop: Company / Platform Vulnerability Used Breach Confirmed Hertz Cleo Zero-Day Feb 2025 Sam’s Club Cleo Zero-Day Feb 2025 Western Alliance Bank Cleo Zero-Day Jan 2025 MOVEit Customers MOVEit Zero-Day May 2023 Accellion Clients Accellion FTA Zero-Day Jan 2021 SolarWinds Victims Serv-U Zero-Day Jul 2021 That’s not a coincidence. It’s a pattern. And one that companies aren’t prepared to stop. Because you can’t fix a problem you don’t know exists. Until it’s too late.

---

- Published: 2025-04-14
- Modified: 2025-04-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/katy-perry-space-launch-all-female-crew-2025/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Katy Perry is officially heading to space, and she's not doing it alone — she’s part of the first all-female space crew in more than six decades. The pop icon gave fans an early look inside her training capsule just one day before the scheduled liftoff, and naturally, the internet couldn’t get enough. One Step Closer to the Stars On Sunday, Perry dropped a short but striking video on Instagram that showed her suiting up and stepping into the spacecraft capsule. “Tomorrow my dream becomes real,” she wrote, sounding both emotional and fired-up. It’s not every day a global pop sensation blasts off into space. She’s been chasing this goal for 15 years. That’s not a typo. Fifteen. The 40-year-old artist — whose chart-toppers like Firework and Roar have played in just about every stadium, arena, and living room — is now preparing to launch herself out of Earth's atmosphere. Literally. Meet the Groundbreaking “Taking Up Space” Crew This isn’t just a Katy Perry solo act. The mission, dubbed “Taking Up Space,” is stacking up to be one for the history books. The capsule will carry six women, each notable in their own right. It’s like the Avengers, but in orbit. Let’s break down the crew: Lauren Sánchez: Pilot, journalist, and someone already familiar with flying high (in more ways than one) Gayle King: The ever-charismatic TV personality with a voice made for the stars Aisha Bowe: Former NASA aerospace engineer, aka the brainiac of the crew Amanda Nguyen: Civil rights activist who’s already changed laws here on Earth Kerianne Flynn: Filmmaker capturing stories from new altitudes And of course, Katy Perry — pop queen turned astronaut-in-training. This launch also has a rare distinction: it’s the first time since 1963, when Soviet cosmonaut Valentina Tereshkova flew solo, that an all-women space crew has taken flight. The Capsule Tour: Seats, Spacesuits, and Selfies Perry’s Instagram video was brief, but fans got exactly what they wanted — a sneak peek into life inside the capsule. She started outside, doing a dramatic “Vanna White” gesture to show off the sleek craft. Once inside, she pointed out her assigned spot: Seat 2. The rest of the capsule? Cozy, clean, very high-tech. Think less Star Wars, more Apple Store in zero gravity. There’s a camaraderie already visible between the crew — Perry referred to her teammates as “astronaut girlfriends,” and showed off their seats like she was picking booths at a favorite brunch spot. One sentence? This trip is as much about bonding as it is about the mission. The Bigger Picture: What This Flight Represents This isn’t just space tourism — it’s a cultural shift. It’s visibility. It’s representation. And it’s happening now. You’ve got women from journalism, science, music, activism, and film — all taking up space, both literally and symbolically. There’s been a steady rise in private-sector space travel over the last five years. But having this crew, on this flight, makes it feel different. More accessible. More meaningful. Less “boys club in orbit. ” And Perry’s presence is no gimmick. She’s been working on this for years, and not just as a passenger. According to sources close to the crew, she completed: Zero-gravity training sessions Emergency re-entry simulations Long-duration capsule confinement exercises Physical fitness exams equivalent to early NASA astronaut standards She wasn’t handed this seat. She earned it. Why April 14 Matters More Than You Think Let’s talk timing. The launch is scheduled for April 14, 2025, at 7 a. m. CT. That date? Kind of poetic. Exactly 62 years ago, Valentina Tereshkova made history. Today, Perry and crew are stepping into that legacy — but this time, they’re doing it together. Here’s a quick look at some notable comparisons: Date Milestone Crew Type June 16, 1963 Valentina Tereshkova launches Solo (Female) April 14, 2025 Perry & team launch “Taking Up Space” All-Female Team Just one sentence here: It took six decades, but the wait is over. Social Media Reacts: From Cheers to Chills Naturally, fans lit up the internet as soon as the video dropped. One commenter wrote, “You’re literally a firework now! ! ” Another said, “From Coachella to the cosmos — Katy does it all. ” Some viewers got emotional. The idea of six women flying into space together hit differently, especially for those who grew up without ever seeing that kind of representation. And of course, the memes flew faster than the capsule ever could. Perry’s post racked up over 3 million views in just 8 hours.

---

- Published: 2025-04-12
- Modified: 2025-04-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/machine-gun-kelly-coachella-surprise-after-baby-with-megan-fox/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Machine Gun Kelly just made his first public appearance since becoming a father, and he did it in true MGK fashion—under the strobe lights of Coachella, wrapped in rhinestones and rebellion. The 33-year-old rapper and rocker shocked fans Friday night when he stepped on stage during Three 6 Mafia's set on the first night of Coachella’s opening weekend. It’s the first time he’s been spotted since he and Megan Fox quietly welcomed their baby girl last month. A Stage Return That Turned Heads MGK didn’t just show up—he showed out. Wearing a black baseball cap slapped over a bandanna, paired with glittering gloves that sparkled under stage lights, the “Home” singer reminded everyone he’s still got stage presence in spades. Just over two weeks after Megan gave birth to their daughter on March 27, Kelly seemed calm, collected, and totally in his element. His outfit wasn’t subtle. It never is. And that’s kind of the point. One sentence, for vibe. Fans online were quick to call out the look as “iconic” and “pure MGK. ” That blend of chaos and charm? Yeah, it’s back. Dad Mode, But Make It Rock and Roll Let’s be clear—he’s not exactly in diaper duty mode 24/7. But the timing of his Coachella cameo, barely two weeks after the arrival of his baby girl, raised some eyebrows. He posted the birth news to Instagram with a short, emotional caption:"She’s finally here! ! our little celestial seed. 3/27/25. " There was also a heartwarming video—just him holding her tiny hand, gently stroking her fingers. Not loud. Not overproduced. Just soft and quiet. Totally out of character, and somehow even more powerful because of it. Travis Barker, who drummed alongside MGK during the set, is also freshly back into toddler life himself. His son Rocky Thirteen, with Kourtney Kardashian, is just 17 months old. So yeah, both dads are out here doing Coachella with a baseball cap over a bandanna like it's 2005 again. Honestly? Kind of impressive. Three 6 Mafia Set Turns into Unexpected Reunion Nobody expected Machine Gun Kelly and Travis Barker to drop in mid-set with Three 6 Mafia. But the vibe clicked. Travis was decked out in a T-shirt that literally said "Expletive words" on it. Classic Barker move. He matched Kelly's look with a similar bandanna-baseball cap combo. It felt coordinated but unplanned—like the cool dad version of a group chat. Here's the thing: It wasn't a headlining slot. There was no formal announcement. No press release, no promo. Just pure, surprise cameo energy. That kind of spontaneity? Fans eat it up at Coachella. In one of the night’s most shared moments, MGK and Barker bounced around the stage, hyping up the crowd with the kind of chemistry that reminds everyone why they’ve collaborated so much over the years. Behind the Scenes: The Baby News and Social Media Buzz Back on March 27, MGK quietly became a dad—his first child with Megan Fox, though both stars have kids from previous relationships. He didn't make a red carpet announcement. No big photo shoot. Just one short, artsy clip posted to Instagram, where he’s stroking his daughter’s tiny fingers. That post blew up instantly. Fans had speculated about the pregnancy for months, but neither Kelly nor Fox ever confirmed it publicly during that time. The post confirmed not just the birth date—but also the vibe: soft, surreal, and star-dusted. Megan hasn’t posted anything yet about the baby. But insiders say the two are focused on keeping things low-key this time around, especially after their very public highs and lows over the past year. Coachella Crowd Reacts: Surprise, Cheers, and That Glove Moment Some folks didn’t even realize it was MGK at first. That’s what happens when the lights are flashing, the music’s blaring, and the dude on stage is wearing full face gear. But once fans connected the dots—and someone screamed “That’s MGK! ! ”—the energy shifted. Phones went up. Cheers got louder. And people were definitely into it. Social media lit up immediately after: Platform Reaction Highlights Twitter (X) "Did NOT expect MGK at Coachella. Dad life looks good on him. " Instagram "MGK's gloves though " TikTok "Wait... MGK just popped outta nowhere? ? ICONIC. " It’s not clear if he plans to perform again this weekend, or if this was a one-night-only deal. But fans are already hoping for more. What This Means For MGK’s Next Era Hard to say what direction Machine Gun Kelly’s career goes from here. He’s done rap, punk rock, alt-pop. Now he's dabbling in dad vibes? A new album? Maybe. A tour? Possibly. A baby-themed track called "Celestial Seed"? Don’t bet against it. The man thrives on chaos and reinvention. And now, with a newborn daughter and a surprise Coachella performance under his belt, it looks like Machine Gun Kelly is entering a whole new chapter—sparkles, gloves, diapers and all.

---

- Published: 2025-04-10
- Modified: 2025-04-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/hbo-renews-the-last-of-us-season-3-before-season-2-air-date/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

A week ahead of season two’s debut, HBO is already locking in more of The Last of Us. That’s right—season three is officially happening. The news hit earlier than expected, surprising exactly no one, but still sparking excitement across the internet. The network clearly sees gold in the dust-covered ruins of Joel and Ellie’s story. Even before season two has a chance to air, the streaming giant’s confidence in the franchise is as loud as ever. HBO Pulls the Trigger Before Season Two Even Drops So here’s what’s wild. The second season hasn’t even premiered. No one’s seen a full episode yet. All we’ve got so far is a trailer—and a pretty damn promising one at that. Still, HBO gave the green light for a third round, and that’s not something they do lightly. Just look at the track record. Even the first season wasn’t renewed until it was several episodes deep. This time? They're not waiting. The renewal announcement comes days before the season two premiere on April 13 in the U. S. , and April 14 in the U. K. That kind of move isn’t just bold. It’s a clear sign that HBO knows they’ve got another hit on their hands. Ratings, Reviews, and a Fanbase That Won’t Quit There’s no doubt the network is banking on momentum—and honestly, the numbers back them up. Critics have already chimed in. Rotten Tomatoes has the show sitting at a “Certified Fresh” 92%. That kind of early acclaim gives execs the confidence they need to call their shot. And judging by the buzz, fans are more than ready to see what’s next for Joel and Ellie. But let’s not act like this is all about the critics. It’s the fans that keep the engine running. The Last of Us season one didn’t just survive—it thrived. Millions tuned in. The finale alone pulled in 8. 2 million viewers across platforms, according to HBO. Not bad for a post-apocalyptic series that’s already based on a beloved game. That Record-Smashing Trailer Was a Huge Clue Still not convinced HBO knew what it was doing? Take a look at the season two trailer. It didn’t just trend—it exploded. Within 24 hours of its release, the trailer clocked in millions of views across YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, and TikTok. Not to mention, it broke internal engagement records for HBO trailers. Here’s what that tells us: The fanbase is still fully locked in. Curiosity about how the game’s darker second chapter plays out on screen is sky-high. HBO’s promo machine knows exactly what it’s doing. And if you've played the Part II game, you know the narrative swerves are coming hard and fast. Fewer Episodes, But More Firepower Now here’s the catch—season two’s only going to have seven episodes. That’s two fewer than season one. But don’t panic just yet. According to series co-creators Craig Mazin and Neil Druckmann, the shorter season isn’t a downgrade. Quite the opposite. Each episode is expected to be longer and far more intense. In fact, Mazin said during a recent press junket that several episodes run over 70 minutes. And they’re not just filling that with padding. Expect more action, heavier themes, and some emotionally brutal storytelling. One-sentence paragraph? Sure. It’s gonna hurt. But fans of the game already know that’s the point. Why HBO's Bet Makes So Much Sense Let’s break it down in a simple table to show how HBO’s thinking stacks up: Factor Season One Season Two (Pre-Air) Season Three (Forecast) Episode Count 9 7 TBD Rotten Tomatoes Score 96% (season finale) 92% (pre-air buzz) N/A Viewer Count (Finale) 8. 2 million Unknown Projected higher Trailer Views (24h) High Record-breaking Likely even higher Fan Anticipation High Off the charts Only growing It doesn’t take a data scientist to see why HBO pulled the trigger early. They’re riding a wave that hasn’t crested yet. What Fans Can Expect from the Next Chapter Season two is expected to cover at least the first half of The Last of Us Part II game storyline. And if you’ve played it, you know it's not just more of the same. It’s darker. It’s messier. It’s complicated in a way that pushes both characters and viewers into uncomfortable territory. And while there’s no official word yet on how much of the game season two will cover, Druckmann previously hinted that the story might span more than one season. That all but confirms season three will dive deeper into the consequences of what’s to come. Expect new characters, bigger action set pieces, and themes that will divide fans—but that’s part of why this series resonates so much. It doesn’t take the easy route. One thing’s for sure: things are about to get heavy.

---

- Published: 2025-04-10
- Modified: 2025-04-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/star-citizen-800-million-funding-no-release-date/
- Categories: News, Technology

Twelve years. That’s how long it’s been since Star Citizen first promised a revolutionary space sim experience on Kickstarter. Fast forward to today, and the game has now pulled in over $800 million. Yes, that’s eight hundred million dollars. And yet, there's still no version 1. 0 in sight. This latest financial milestone, quietly confirmed through Cloud Imperium Games’ (CIG) own funding tracker, comes less than a year after the company celebrated crossing the $700 million mark. That's $100 million in fresh funding in just 11 months—on a game still technically in alpha. A Decade of Hype and Delays Back in 2012, Star Citizen looked like the next big thing. A bold, crowdfunded dream from Wing Commander creator Chris Roberts. Players were promised a living, breathing universe. Ships, careers, battles. Endless exploration. But expectations kept ballooning. Features piled on. Deadlines slipped. And that 2014 release window? Ancient history. Today, Star Citizen is still in alpha. Still being built. Still sold. And still raking in millions every month from fans purchasing ships, gear, and access. It’s... a lot. The Funding That Never Slows Down Here’s what’s wild. Despite no launch, despite years of delays and controversy, people keep spending. Ship packs can cost thousands of dollars. Some fans have shelled out the price of a car. Or two. The funding comes from multiple sources: Alpha access sales Ship and equipment microtransactions Pledges for future content To date, CIG has never taken traditional investor capital. This has allowed them total creative control—at the cost of public accountability. One fan commented on Reddit: “It’s the most expensive game that doesn’t exist. And yet, I’m still excited. ” The numbers back that up. Breaking Down the Numbers Let’s take a look at just how fast the money’s rolling in. Below is a table showing Star Citizen’s funding growth over time, based on official data: Year Total Funding at Year-End Milestone Achieved 2012 $2 million Kickstarter launch 2014 $65 million Original target missed 2017 $170 million Alpha 3. 0 released 2020 $300 million Persistent universe updates 2023 (May) $700 million Major milestone 2024 (April) $800 million+ Current total And it’s still growing. The Elusive Finish Line So where’s the game? Well... that depends on your definition. There is something playable. The alpha is open. Players can fly ships, trade, shoot, explore. But bugs, performance issues, and constant resets keep it far from feeling complete. Chris Roberts, founder and CEO of CIG, did offer a rare glimmer of hope last year. In a community update, he wrote the team was “driving towards the finish line. ” But he stopped short of giving a date. One sentence. That’s all fans got. Squadron 42: A Ray of Light or More Vapor? Then there’s Squadron 42, Star Citizen’s cinematic, single-player sibling. Think space opera meets Hollywood blockbuster. It stars Mark Hamill. Gary Oldman. Gillian Anderson. Even Andy Serkis. The cast is stacked. The visuals are stunning. And according to CIG, it was “feature complete” in 2023. That said, we’ve heard that before. The new target for Squadron 42? 2026. Maybe. If it doesn't slip again. Which, to be fair, wouldn’t be surprising. This project, after all, has been “close” for years. Some players still hold out hope. Others have given up entirely. Fan Reactions Range from Devoted to Disillusioned Reactions are mixed—wildly so. One camp remains fiercely loyal. They view Star Citizen as an evolving platform, not a typical release. They appreciate the openness, the patch notes, the sense of ownership. But others? Not so much. Frustration runs high over missed dates and broken promises. There are forums full of complaints. Refund requests. YouTube takedowns. The community has seen it all. And yet—despite all of it—the money flows in. Is This Still a Game, or Something Else? At this point, Star Citizen has become more than a game. It’s a phenomenon. A strange, ongoing, sci-fi experiment. A crowdfunding juggernaut. A cautionary tale. Maybe all three. Can something be the most expensive game ever made... and still not be a game? That’s a fair question. The answer, perhaps, lies in perspective. For some, Star Citizen is already delivering value. A beautiful sandbox. A place to roleplay. A community to belong to. For others, it’s a warning. A dream that got too big to finish.

---

- Published: 2025-04-09
- Modified: 2025-04-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sourceforge-fake-microsoft-addins-malware-cryptocurrency-attack/
- Categories: News, Technology

A fake Microsoft Office add-in project posted on SourceForge has been caught installing malware that mines and steals cryptocurrency from unsuspecting users, mostly in Russia. The scheme abused SourceForge’s trusted platform to gain visibility and legitimacy, exposing over 4,600 machines to risk before being shut down. SourceForge Exploited in Rare Malware Campaign It’s not every day you hear SourceForge mentioned in a cyberattack. The platform’s been around for years, loved by open-source communities for its transparency and accessibility. But those same features? Yeah, they left the door wide open this time. Kaspersky says it recently flagged a project masquerading as a Microsoft Office add-in tool—called "officepackage"—that tricked users into downloading malware. The project got indexed by search engines, so anyone Googling “office add-ins” could stumble right into the trap. And that’s exactly what happened. More than 4,600 systems were compromised. Most of them were in Russia, but that doesn’t mean it couldn’t have spread further. It’s just that the campaign got caught relatively early, before it exploded. The Bait: A Familiar-Looking Project Page So how did it work? Simple trick, really. But deadly effective. The attackers cloned Microsoft’s legitimate GitHub project ‘Office-Addin-Scripts’ and put it on SourceForge under the name "officepackage. " They didn’t just copy the files—they lifted the project description, too. Basically, it looked legit. Even worse, SourceForge gives every project owner access to a separate hosted webpage under a subdomain. The attackers used “officepackage. sourceforge. io” to build a convincing-looking landing page. It even had those familiar “Download” buttons you'd expect from a tool like this. Click one of those? You get a zip file with a password-protected archive. Inside that archive: trouble. Here's Where Things Go Off the Rails The payload? An MSI file ballooned to 700MB. That’s not because it needed to be—nope. That’s just a sneaky way to dodge antivirus scans. Once installed, this oversized file unpacks and runs a whole script chain that eventually downloads batch files from GitHub. Those scripts set up persistence, tweak registry settings, and install several sketchy components. Among them: An AutoIT interpreter A reverse shell tool masquerading as a Windows component Two DLLs: one to mine cryptocurrency, the other to hijack clipboard data So yeah, it’s not just a one-trick pony. Clipper and Crypto Miner: The Nasty Duo This is where the payload starts doing real damage. One of the DLL files starts mining crypto—using your computer’s power, for someone else’s wallet. You won’t know until your fans start working overtime and your electricity bill jumps. The second payload is sneakier. It’s called a “clipper. ” Basically, it watches your clipboard. If you copy a crypto wallet address—say, to send money—it silently swaps it with the attacker’s address before you hit paste. And if that wasn’t enough? The whole setup phones home via Telegram’s API. So the attacker gets your system info—and they can send more malicious files whenever they feel like it. SourceForge Responds: We Shut It Down Fast The good news? SourceForge pulled the malicious project once they were made aware. Logan Abbott, SourceForge’s President, told BleepingComputer: “There were no malicious files hosted on SourceForge... the malicious actor and project in question were removed almost immediately after it was discovered. ” He emphasized that all files on the main SourceForge. net domain are scanned for malware. Still, they’ve tightened things up—project subdomains can no longer link to shady external files or use redirects. That’s new. Here’s what was particularly dangerous though: Element Details Platform Abused SourceForge (via subdomain) Malware Payload Clipper, Crypto Miner, Reverse Shell Infection Chain MSI → Batch scripts → Registry edits → Persistence Infection Count Over 4,604 systems (mostly in Russia) Discovery By Kaspersky SourceForge Status Project removed, new safeguards in place Why This Scare Matters More Than It Seems This attack wasn’t just another phishing email or shady app. It used a platform many people trust—and trust is hard to earn, easy to lose. The hackers didn’t break into anything. They didn’t exploit some zero-day vulnerability. They just... signed up and uploaded malware like they were releasing an open-source tool. That’s how low the bar was. And for users? Searching for a harmless Office add-in turned into a full-blown system compromise. This is a wake-up call. What Users Can Actually Do to Stay Safer So yeah, it’s easy to wag the finger and say “just be careful online. ” But let’s be real—this stuff’s getting sneakier. Still, there are a few solid tips that go a long way: Don’t download software from random project sites, even if they look legit Prefer official sources—like Microsoft’s GitHub for developer tools Always scan files before opening, even if they’re zipped Keep your antivirus updated. It’s boring advice. But it helps. If a download asks for a password right away... maybe pause and rethink that click One more thing: If your machine suddenly starts lagging hard, check Task Manager. If something sketchy’s hogging your CPU? Yeah, you might be mining for someone else.

---

- Published: 2025-04-08
- Modified: 2025-04-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/blake-lively-cryptic-post-justin-baldoni-lawsuit-eeyore-quote/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

The "Gossip Girl" actress shared a cryptic message on Instagram as tensions escalate in the $400 million lawsuit involving her and Justin Baldoni. Blake Lively just might’ve said a lot—without saying much at all. On Monday, April 7, the actress took to her Instagram Stories and posted what looked like a peaceful image: delicate flowers on a rainy branch, paired with a nostalgic lullaby. But the message beneath? That had fans buzzing. The caption, a quote from Winnie the Pooh’s gloomy yet lovable Eeyore, read: “It never hurts to keep looking for sunshine. ” The timing of the post wasn’t lost on anyone. Just four months ago, Lively accused her It Ends With Us co-star Justin Baldoni of harassment. And now, amid an explosive legal clash that's gotten uglier by the week, this quiet post is being read loud and clear. A Storm Behind the Scenes The lawsuit has captured widespread attention not only for its high-profile names but for the sheer intensity of the claims. In December 2024, Blake filed a legal complaint accusing Baldoni of repeated harassment during and after the filming of their romantic drama. The allegations, still under investigation, reportedly detailed multiple uncomfortable encounters both on set and in private communications. Then came the counterstrike. Justin Baldoni filed a defamation lawsuit just weeks later. But this wasn’t your run-of-the-mill court document. He named not just Blake but also her husband, actor Ryan Reynolds, seeking a staggering $400 million in damages for what he described as “calculated and malicious attempts” to destroy his career. Yep. $400 million. Reading Between the Lines The Instagram post—while serene on the surface—sent a very different message underneath. The photo, showing nature drenched in rain, looked like something you'd share on a calm Sunday morning. But paired with “Little April Shower” from Disney’s Bambi, a tune famously tied to scenes of uncertainty and fear, the whole thing felt more symbolic. Then there's the Eeyore quote. Eeyore isn’t exactly known for his optimism. In fact, he’s a poster-child for melancholy. So using his words to say “keep looking for sunshine”? That hits different in the middle of a lawsuit storm. Many fans believe it wasn’t a coincidence at all. A Timeline of Tension Let’s rewind. How did we even get here? December 2024: Blake Lively files harassment claims against Justin Baldoni, citing repeated incidents during the production of It Ends With Us. January 2025: Baldoni responds with a massive defamation suit against Lively and Reynolds, accusing them of orchestrating a smear campaign. February 2025: Legal teams from both sides begin releasing statements to the media. March 2026: Court trial is officially scheduled. In between all this, there’s been silence. Until now. Who’s Saying What? Interestingly, neither side has spoken directly to press in recent weeks. But their actions have done the talking. Blake’s post marks the first personal message—no interviews, no official statements, just one poetic image and a cartoon bear’s friend’s quote. Baldoni, on the other hand, has maintained his legal offense, with his attorneys pushing for the court to expedite proceedings. A representative for the actor reiterated earlier this month that he remains “confident in the facts and the truth. ” Meanwhile, Ryan Reynolds has remained tight-lipped, avoiding any public commentary entirely. Social Media Reacts... Fast You didn’t have to scroll far on Twitter—or X, as it’s now called—to see the theories and reactions flood in. Some users expressed support for Blake’s subtlety, while others accused her of stirring the pot with veiled symbolism. One viral tweet read: “That’s not Eeyore, that’s a warning shot. ” Another user joked: “Imagine being sued for $400M and still posting Winnie the Pooh quotes. Iconic. ” But the tone hasn’t been all snark. A lot of fans expressed concern and confusion, unsure how to separate legal drama from online performance. The Stakes Are Bigger Than Just Money There’s more on the line here than a jaw-dropping dollar amount. Both stars are tethered to the upcoming film It Ends With Us, an adaptation of Colleen Hoover’s bestselling novel. It was initially pegged for a 2025 release, but its future now looks murky at best. Studios are watching closely. Public backlash, depending on how things go, could affect box office returns and future casting decisions. To put things into perspective, here's a brief breakdown of the legal stakes and timelines involved: Legal Action Initiated By Date Filed Core Claim Status Harassment Allegation Blake Lively Dec 2024 On-set misconduct Pending Defamation Lawsuit Justin Baldoni Jan 2025 Damaging false claims, $400M sought Pending Court Trial Date Both Parties Scheduled Mar 2026 Legal resolution Awaiting Trial It’s a mess—publicly, professionally, and probably personally too. Unscripted Drama What started as a promising collaboration between two well-liked actors has spiraled into a messy, high-stakes court case. And now, it's no longer just about who’s right or wrong. It’s about reputations, careers, and credibility. Blake Lively’s Instagram post may not mention Baldoni by name, but in the court of public opinion, it doesn’t really have to. The symbolism, the timing, the tone—everything about it screams of someone trying to make a statement without lighting a match. For now, the silence continues. Kind of.

---

- Published: 2025-04-07
- Modified: 2025-04-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ezpass-phishing-scam-texts-imessage-surge-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

A flood of scam texts mimicking toll agencies like E-ZPass and FasTrak is hitting phones across the U. S. , as fraudsters ramp up efforts to steal personal and financial information. The wave of phishing messages has reached a new level of persistence. Victims report receiving several messages a day, often filled with fake urgency about overdue tolls or threatened license suspensions. And these aren’t your typical spam — they're cleverly designed, bypassing anti-spam filters and using official-sounding language to reel in unsuspecting users. Scammers Are Getting Smarter, and More Aggressive What’s scary isn’t just the content — it’s how slick the whole thing is. Messages look like they’re from E-ZPass or even the DMV. They hit your phone with statements like, “Your toll payment must be settled by April 4, 2025,” and throw in threats of suspended driving privileges to push you to click. And they don’t stop at one. Some users report getting up to seven of these messages in a single day. These aren’t just regular SMS blasts either. Most of them are sent using encrypted messaging like iMessage or RCS, which not only masks the sender but helps evade standard filters that would normally catch this stuff. Why This Scam Works — and Keeps Growing Let’s be real: most of us have used toll roads, and most of us don’t keep tabs on every single bill. That’s what makes this scam hit so hard. It feels plausible. Scammers are exploiting that uncertainty — and they’ve made some technical tweaks too. The messages now: Come from random email addresses, making them harder to trace. Prompt users to reply so that iMessage enables clickable links. Direct you to fake websites that look nearly identical to the real thing — only the URL gives them away. This phishing page doesn’t even load on a desktop. It’s mobile-only. Which, honestly, is a smart move on the scammers' part — most people open texts on their phones anyway. The Toll of a Growing Phishing-as-a-Service Market There’s another layer to all this — a darker one. These scams aren't just one-off efforts by solo cybercriminals. They're part of something bigger. Security researchers have tied some of these messages to platforms like Lucid and Darcula — services that specialize in phishing-as-a-service (PhaaS). Think of them like the Shopify for scammers: offering templates, tools, and messaging systems to bad actors. These platforms are built to: Automate massive message blasts. Send encrypted messages that avoid carrier fees. Help scammers track engagement and responses. A recent report linked Lucid to similar campaigns, though no direct confirmation ties them to this E-ZPass wave. Still, the mechanics are strikingly similar. FBI Raised the Alarm Last Year, But It’s Not Slowing Down This scam isn't exactly new. The FBI flagged it in April 2024, issuing guidance for people who might receive suspicious toll messages. But here’s the thing — despite the warning, it’s worse now. Part of the issue? These messages keep changing. The urgency, the phrasing, even the toll agency being impersonated — all of it shifts constantly. It’s hard to pin down, and even harder to block. Here’s what a few real examples look like, according to reports from BleepingComputer: “You have an unpaid toll balance. Failure to pay by 04/04/25 will result in license suspension. ” “E-ZPass: Pay now to avoid late fees. Click the secure link. ” Even the URLs are crafted to mimic toll authority sites, swapping in slight changes that are easy to miss if you're scanning quickly. How to Protect Yourself — and What to Avoid Doing If you get one of these messages, don’t panic — but don’t interact with it either. The FBI recommends filing a complaint at IC3. gov, but there are also some quick practical steps you can take right away. First things first, don’t reply. Responding, even to say “Stop,” just confirms your number is active. Here’s what cybersecurity experts say you should do: Block the number or email address. Report it to Apple if it came via iMessage. Delete the message without clicking anything. Check your actual toll account by logging into the official site directly. Just for context, here’s a quick comparison of scam signs vs legit toll agency texts: Feature Scam Texts Real Toll Agency Messages Sender Random email or unknown contact Official toll agency or short code Link URL Suspicious domain (e. g. , ezpass-pay. net) Verified domain (e. g. , ezpassny. com) Language Threatening, urgent Informative, clear Response Prompt Asks for replies to activate links No replies needed So Why Hasn’t It Been Stopped Yet? The short answer? It’s complicated. The scammers are exploiting the way modern messaging platforms are built. iMessage, for instance, disables links from unknown senders — but if you respond, the app assumes you trust them. That’s how the link suddenly becomes clickable. It’s a loophole, and the bad guys know it. There’s also the fact that encrypted messaging means these campaigns are tougher to trace. Unlike old-school SMS scams, there’s no easy digital breadcrumb trail for telecoms or law enforcement to follow. One cybersecurity analyst BleepingComputer spoke to summed it up: “They’re organized, they’re evolving, and the barrier to entry has never been lower. ”

---

- Published: 2025-04-05
- Modified: 2025-04-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/chris-hemsworth-intimidated-by-halle-berry-on-crime-101-set/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Chris Hemsworth may be known for his mighty portrayal of Thor, but even the God of Thunder gets nervous sometimes. And this time, it wasn’t a villain or a stunt. It was Halle Berry. During a candid chat with E! News, Hemsworth opened up about feeling genuinely intimidated by the Oscar-winning actress as they filmed scenes for the upcoming thriller Crime 101. And in true Hemsworth fashion, he didn’t sugarcoat the nerves. “I've admired Halle's work for years,” he said. “I was very intimidated to sit opposite her within the scene and try not to just be in awe of what she was doing. ” Let’s be real — who wouldn’t be? An Unlikely Confession From a Marvel Hero This isn’t the kind of thing you’d expect to hear from a guy who’s wrestled gods and monsters on screen. Hemsworth, who’s spent more than a decade as one of the most bankable action stars in the world, admitted that acting across from Berry was a whole different ballgame. It wasn’t about action sequences or explosions. It was about presence. And Berry? She wasn’t just professional — she was disarming in the best way. “She made me comfortable quickly,” he said, smiling. “I was delighted to be sharing the screen with her. ” Respect, Admiration, and a Moment That Sealed Everything But this isn’t a one-sided admiration story. Halle Berry had her own story to tell, and it left a mark. She revealed that during the shoot for Crime 101, Hemsworth stood up for her in a pivotal moment. The kind of moment you don’t forget. “I instantly knew right then — I’m going to follow this guy, be a fan of this guy for the rest of my life,” Berry said. “Because he stood up for a woman. ” It’s a rare thing in Hollywood. And it wasn’t some performative gesture. According to Berry, it was the kind of sincere, in-the-moment reaction that speaks volumes about character. That single action solidified a bond of mutual respect between the two stars — not just as actors, but as people. A Cast Built for the Big Screen Crime 101 is shaping up to be more than just another big-budget thriller. The cast reads like a box-office dream: Chris Hemsworth, Halle Berry, Mark Ruffalo, and Barry Keoghan. Adapted from Don Winslow’s novella, the film centers around a high-stakes cat-and-mouse game between a jewel thief and a relentless detective. Tension, grit, and star power — it's all there. Here’s a quick snapshot of who’s who so far: Actor Known For Role in Crime 101 (TBD) Chris Hemsworth Thor, Extraction Lead (Confirmed) Halle Berry Monster’s Ball, John Wick 3 Confirmed Mark Ruffalo Spotlight, Avengers Confirmed Barry Keoghan The Banshees of Inisherin Confirmed The project is being helmed by American Animals director Bart Layton, known for his character-driven narratives that play with fact and fiction. Chemistry That Can’t Be Faked Onscreen chemistry is hard to define — but you know it when you see it. And according to Hemsworth, it’s exactly what he felt while working with Berry. “People bring out not just the best in you, but also a comfort level where it does feel like it’s a place to explore and to examine different ideas, try different things,” he said. Short version? He loved it. He even admitted that the experience wasn’t just professionally rewarding — it was personally enriching. That kind of thing doesn’t happen on every film set. And sometimes, it takes just one person to shift the energy of a scene — or a story — in the right direction. Not Just Another Pretty Cast While the star power might steal the early headlines, Crime 101 has some serious substance backing it up. The original novella by Winslow is part of a larger series, with a strong cult following. The story digs into moral ambiguity, desperation, and the thin lines people cross under pressure. Plus, Netflix has reportedly partnered with Amazon to co-distribute the film. Yep, you read that right. Two streaming giants. One gritty thriller. A whole lot of buzz. And let’s not forget the emotional honesty Hemsworth brought to the table. That vulnerability is rare. It’s raw. It’s what people remember. Fan Reactions Are Already Pouring In The internet is already lighting up with reactions to the Hemsworth-Berry collaboration. Some fans are stunned by the pairing, calling it “unexpected in the best way. ” Others are just happy to see two veterans of the big screen finally teaming up. One user on X (formerly Twitter) wrote, “Chris Hemsworth saying he was intimidated by Halle Berry is exactly the kind of humble energy we need more of in Hollywood. ” Meanwhile, Berry fans are thrilled to see her taking on a meatier role after recent action-heavy turns. And with Ruffalo and Keoghan in the mix, Crime 101 may be one of 2025’s most anticipated titles.

---

- Published: 2025-04-04
- Modified: 2025-04-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-baldoni-ryan-reynolds-legal-battle-blake-lively/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Justin Baldoni has responded to Ryan Reynolds amid their ongoing legal dispute, calling the Deadpool star a "co-conspirator. " The battle, which stems from Blake Lively’s allegations, is heating up as both sides exchange legal arguments. Baldoni’s Legal Team Asserts Reynolds’ Involvement Newly obtained court documents reveal that Baldoni’s attorneys are pushing back against Reynolds' efforts to distance himself from the case. They argue that he is not just a "supportive spouse" but an active participant in the alleged wrongdoing. The filing states, “The FAC specifically alleges ample facts to support the Wayfarer Parties’ claims against him, based on both his direct actions and his liability as a co-conspirator. ” Baldoni’s lawyers further argue that Reynolds should not be allowed to recover attorney’s fees if his motion for dismissal is granted. This move indicates they believe the case has enough merit to proceed without financial repercussions for their client. Reynolds’ Legal Team Dismisses Allegations Shortly after the legal filing became public, Reynolds’ spokesperson released a statement countering the claims. According to them, Baldoni’s legal team is grasping at straws, failing to provide specific details in their accusations. The statement asserts, “They once again claim defamation without alleging who was defamed, what specifically was said, or how anyone suffered actual harm. ” It also takes a pointed jab at Baldoni, suggesting that his public persona as an advocate for women is nothing more than a facade. “Unlike Mr. Baldoni, who built his brand pretending to be a man who is ‘confident enough to listen’ to the women in his life, Ryan Reynolds actually is that man and he will continue to support his wife. ” The Origins of the Legal Battle The dispute began in December 2024 when Blake Lively accused Baldoni of on-set sexual harassment while filming It Ends With Us. The accusation led to legal action, with Reynolds backing his wife and Baldoni pushing back against the claims. This case has taken several turns, with both sides now engaging in heated legal maneuvers. Reynolds’ legal team argues that the lawsuit is frivolous and could backfire on Baldoni and his associates, potentially forcing them to cover Reynolds’ legal costs. What Happens Next? The legal fight is far from over, with both parties standing firm. The next steps will likely involve further court proceedings, where a judge will determine if Reynolds remains a defendant or is removed from the case. If Baldoni’s team can substantiate their claims, Reynolds may find himself more deeply entangled in the lawsuit than he initially anticipated. While Hollywood is no stranger to legal battles, the involvement of high-profile names like Lively, Reynolds, and Baldoni ensures that this case will continue to draw significant public attention. The outcome could set a precedent for future legal disputes involving allegations of misconduct in the entertainment industry.

---

- Published: 2025-04-03
- Modified: 2025-04-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/counterfeit-smartphones-preloaded-with-triada-malware/
- Categories: News, Technology

Fake versions of popular smartphones sold at bargain prices are turning out to be more than just cheap imitations. Security researchers have discovered that these devices are shipping with a pre-installed variant of Triada, a sophisticated Android malware capable of giving attackers full control over infected phones. Over 2,600 Users Affected Worldwide According to a report by cybersecurity firm Kaspersky, more than 2,600 users across multiple countries encountered the latest version of Triada between March 13 and March 27, 2025. The majority of the infections have been recorded in Russia, but experts believe the impact could be much broader. Triada, first detected in 2016, is a modular remote access trojan (RAT) known for its ability to steal sensitive user data, hijack infected devices, and enlist them into botnets. This malware has evolved over the years, making its way into various Android devices through multiple channels, including third-party apps, modified WhatsApp versions, and even compromised hardware supply chains. How Triada Gets into Android Devices The latest attack vector appears to involve a serious compromise during the smartphone manufacturing process. Instead of being introduced via app installations, Triada is embedded directly into the Android system framework before the device even reaches consumers. Google previously shed light on how such infections occur. In a 2019 report, the tech giant explained that certain original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) partner with third-party developers to add custom features, such as facial recognition. During this process, malicious actors inject the malware into the system image before the final version is shipped out. In one such case, Google pointed fingers at a vendor named Yehuo or Blazefire, suggesting they were responsible for infecting device firmware with Triada. The malware then spreads throughout the system, giving attackers near-total control. What Can Triada Do? Once embedded in a device, Triada operates in the background, executing a wide range of malicious activities. Kaspersky’s analysis of the new Triada variant reveals several disturbing capabilities: Stealing user accounts associated with messaging apps like Telegram and TikTok. Secretly sending and deleting messages on WhatsApp and Telegram to avoid detection. Hijacking cryptocurrency transactions by modifying clipboard content. Spying on browser activity and replacing website links. Manipulating phone calls by changing contact numbers in real time. Intercepting SMS messages and enrolling victims in premium services. Blocking network access to prevent security updates and fraud detection. Downloading additional malware to further compromise the device. Pre-Installed Malware: A Growing Threat Triada is not the only malware discovered in factory-shipped Android devices. Back in 2018, Avast found that several models from manufacturers like ZTE and Archos were shipping with an adware called Cosiloon. More recently, Android devices have also been targeted by other advanced banking trojans such as Crocodilus and TsarBot. These malware families use dropper apps disguised as legitimate Google services to gain access to user data. They take advantage of Android's accessibility features to conduct overlay attacks, tricking users into entering their banking credentials on fake login screens. Triada’s Financial Footprint: $270,000 in Crypto Transactions The creators of the new Triada variant are not just infecting devices for control; they are also actively making money from their operations. Kaspersky researchers traced cryptocurrency transactions linked to the malware and found that attackers had transferred around $270,000 in various digital assets between June 13, 2024, and March 27, 2025. Dmitry Kalinin, a researcher at Kaspersky, warned that Triada remains one of the most dangerous Android threats. "At some stage, the supply chain is compromised, meaning even retailers may not know they are selling infected devices," he said. What This Means for Consumers For users who unknowingly purchase these infected smartphones, the risks are severe. Sensitive personal and financial data can be stolen, leading to identity theft, financial losses, and unauthorized access to social media and messaging accounts. To minimize the risk of falling victim to such attacks, experts recommend: Buying smartphones from reputable retailers and official brand stores. Avoiding ultra-cheap phone deals that seem too good to be true. Checking for unusual behavior on a new device, such as unexplained app activity or battery drain. Installing a reputable mobile security app to detect and remove potential threats. With malware threats evolving and hackers finding new ways to compromise devices at the manufacturing level, smartphone users need to be more vigilant than ever before. As authorities and cybersecurity experts continue to investigate these incidents, consumers must stay cautious and informed to protect their data and digital lives.

---

- Published: 2025-04-02
- Modified: 2025-04-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-vs-solana-which-is-the-better-investment-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The year 2025 has already been a rollercoaster for cryptocurrency investors. Bitcoin (BTC) and Solana (SOL) have seen significant price swings, with BTC down 6% and SOL plummeting 28%. Despite these setbacks, both cryptocurrencies have the potential for a strong rebound. But if you had $2,000 to invest, which one would be the smarter choice? Bitcoin: The Safe Bet with Long-Term Stability Bitcoin has long been regarded as the gold standard of cryptocurrencies. Its fixed supply of 21 million coins and decentralized nature make it a strong store of value. Unlike other cryptos, Bitcoin doesn’t rely on an ecosystem of applications or technological upgrades to maintain its position. Think of Bitcoin like gold. Gold doesn't get software updates, but it's still valuable because it's rare and difficult to mine. Bitcoin operates on a similar principle. Its value is rooted in scarcity and mining difficulty, which continues to increase over time. This means that while Bitcoin might not see the same explosive gains as smaller, newer cryptos, it is far less likely to collapse. Bitcoin’s track record shows that even during downturns, it tends to recover and reach new highs. That makes it a solid option for risk-averse investors who want exposure to crypto without taking on excessive volatility. Solana: High Risk, High Reward Solana is a different beast. Unlike Bitcoin, which is mainly a store of value, Solana is a blockchain designed for applications, smart contracts, and decentralized finance (DeFi). It competes with other networks like Ethereum, making it more susceptible to market shifts. One of the key drivers of Solana’s value is the success of the projects built on its blockchain. If decentralized applications (dApps) on Solana continue to gain traction, demand for SOL tokens will rise. But if another blockchain emerges with superior technology, Solana could lose relevance. Artificial intelligence (AI) is a major factor that could fuel Solana’s growth. Several projects on its network are integrating AI to power autonomous agents and financial transactions. If these projects prove successful, Solana could see significant upside. However, it’s still early days, and there’s no guarantee that AI-focused blockchain applications will be more than a passing trend. Pros of investing in Solana: Faster and cheaper transactions compared to Bitcoin Growing ecosystem of decentralized apps Potential for AI and DeFi-driven adoption Cons of investing in Solana: Faces strong competition from other blockchain networks More vulnerable to market downturns than Bitcoin Higher volatility makes it riskier for conservative investors How Long Should You Hold Your Investment? Regardless of which cryptocurrency you choose, patience is key. Crypto markets are notoriously volatile, and short-term price swings can be brutal. A long-term perspective is essential. Bitcoin is likely to require a longer holding period to see significant returns. Its mining difficulty increases over time, meaning that each cycle of appreciation and consolidation takes years to play out. Selling Bitcoin too soon might mean missing out on substantial future gains. Solana, on the other hand, operates on a much faster timeline. Crypto trends change quickly, and Solana’s value is more dependent on market adoption and technological improvements. This means that while it has the potential for faster gains, it also carries the risk of losing ground if another blockchain proves to be more efficient or popular. For investors willing to take on more risk in exchange for the possibility of bigger gains, Solana might be the right choice. But for those looking for a more stable, long-term asset, Bitcoin remains the safer bet.

---

- Published: 2025-04-01
- Modified: 2025-04-01
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-investment-regulations-halving/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin is once again dominating headlines, and this time, it’s not just the crypto enthusiasts paying attention. Institutional investors, government policies, and regulatory developments are shaping a landscape where Bitcoin isn't just an option—it’s becoming a necessity in portfolios. With critical shifts in motion, this year might be the most pivotal yet for the world's largest cryptocurrency. Institutional Money Is Finally Pouring In Bitcoin is no longer just a speculative asset for retail traders. Large financial institutions are entering the space, bringing with them an influx of capital. BlackRock, Fidelity, and other heavyweights have launched Bitcoin exchange-traded funds (ETFs), allowing investors to gain exposure without the technical hassle of self-custody. These ETFs have already attracted billions, signaling mainstream acceptance. "Bitcoin is here to stay, and institutions now realize they need to allocate funds before prices run away from them," said one industry expert. Regulatory Clarity Could Trigger the Next Surge For years, regulatory uncertainty kept institutional investors on the sidelines. That’s changing fast. New leadership at the SEC is expected to take a more crypto-friendly approach, potentially approving additional products that make Bitcoin investment seamless. Clarity on taxation and classification is also coming, removing long-standing barriers for fund managers. One major policy shift is particularly bullish: the U. S. government's decision to create a Strategic Bitcoin Reserve (SBR). Instead of selling Bitcoin seized from criminal operations, authorities plan to hold onto it—effectively reducing supply in the market. This strategy mirrors traditional reserve assets like gold, adding legitimacy to Bitcoin’s role in global finance. The Halving Cycle Will Tighten Supply Bitcoin’s built-in scarcity mechanism is about to make headlines again. Every four years, the network undergoes a "halving," reducing the rate at which new coins are mined. This means: Fewer coins entering circulation Increased competition among buyers Historical trends of price appreciation Previous halvings have preceded major bull runs. With the next one expected soon, analysts predict another wave of demand-driven price spikes. Why Bitcoin Over Other Cryptos? With thousands of cryptocurrencies on the market, why stick to Bitcoin? The answer is stability and reliability. Unlike Ethereum, Solana, or other blockchain platforms that rely on developers and upgrades, Bitcoin’s value proposition remains simple: digital gold. It doesn’t aim to support decentralized finance (DeFi) or complex applications. That keeps it free from technological risks that plague newer projects. Bitcoin also dominates market capitalization, making it the least volatile option in a historically turbulent sector. For investors looking for long-term security in crypto, Bitcoin remains the top pick. Long-Term Strategy: Buy and Hold Market timing is notoriously difficult, but history suggests that a long-term strategy works best with Bitcoin. Experts recommend dollar-cost averaging (DCA), where investors buy small amounts regularly instead of making a single lump-sum purchase. This method smooths out price fluctuations and reduces the risk of buying at a peak. Those who adopted this approach during previous downturns have seen substantial gains. A Critical Year for Bitcoin Between institutional adoption, regulatory clarity, and built-in scarcity mechanisms, Bitcoin is positioned for a strong year ahead. While other cryptocurrencies might offer short-term hype, Bitcoin’s track record speaks for itself. For many investors, that’s reason enough to make it the centerpiece of their crypto strategy.

---

- Published: 2025-04-01
- Modified: 2025-04-01
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/wizards-of-the-coast-baldurs-village-dmca-mistake/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

The dust is settling on the controversy surrounding the Stardew Valley mod inspired by Baldur's Gate 3, after Wizards of the Coast (WotC) admitted its DMCA takedown was issued in error. The company has pledged to reverse the action, allowing the mod to return. But the backlash raises fresh concerns about how corporations handle fan-made content. Wizards of the Coast Backtracks on DMCA Takedown Wizards of the Coast is reversing course after a weekend of online uproar. The company issued a statement confirming that the takedown of the Baldur's Village mod was a mistake and is being rectified. "The Baldur's Village DMCA takedown was issued mistakenly – we are sorry about that," WotC told IGN. "We are in the process of fixing that now so fans and the Stardew community can continue to enjoy this great mod! " The about-face comes just days after the mod was removed from Nexus Mods, sparking criticism from fans and even game developers. Many pointed to the mod’s popularity and positive reception, questioning whether WotC’s legal teams acted too aggressively. A Mod That Won Hearts—and Legal Scrutiny The Baldur's Village mod had already gained significant traction in the Stardew Valley and Baldur’s Gate 3 communities. Released earlier this month after over a year in development, the mod added a new village north of Pelican Town, complete with recognizable Baldur’s Gate characters. A romanceable Astarion, a fan-favorite vampire elf from Baldur’s Gate 3 A brand-new tavern featuring in-game references Plans for additional storylines, including content centered around Halsin Its popularity soared when Larian Studios’ co-founder Swen Vincke praised it publicly, calling it "amazing" on social media. But despite the warm reception from the Baldur’s Gate 3 developers, Wizards of the Coast’s legal team took a different stance—at least initially. The Fallout and Community Response The takedown immediately sparked backlash. Fans questioned whether corporate oversight was preventing the very kind of fan engagement that helps keep franchises alive. Nexus Mods, the hosting site, also weighed in, expressing hope that WotC would reverse the decision. “Baldur’s Village is an incredibly creative crossover to Stardew Valley that the community loves,” Nexus Mods said in a statement to PC Gamer. “Hopefully, this is an oversight from WotC, who often use external agencies to hunt down violating content. ” Larian’s Vincke also defended the mod, emphasizing the importance of fan projects. "Free quality fan mods highlighting your characters in other game genres are proof your work resonates and a unique form of word of mouth," he wrote on social media. "Protecting your IP can be tricky but I do hope this gets settled. There are good ways of dealing with this. " What’s Next for Baldur’s Gate and WotC? The timing of the takedown has only fueled speculation about Wizards of the Coast’s broader plans. Hasbro, WotC’s parent company, has been vocal about its desire to keep Baldur’s Gate alive following the massive success of Baldur’s Gate 3. During a recent investor call, Hasbro suggested that more developers were eager to take up the franchise. Statement Context "Plenty of other developers are very interested in continuing the Baldur’s Gate series. " Hasbro execs hinted at future projects post-BG3. "We’re working out our plans for the future. " No official studio named yet. "In pretty short order, we’re going to have some stuff to talk about. " Announcement expected soon. Meanwhile, Larian Studios has made it clear they won’t be returning to the franchise, instead opting to focus on their own intellectual properties. The question remains: will WotC’s legal stance on fan mods shift going forward? For now, it seems like Baldur’s Village will return—but the incident highlights the uneasy relationship between corporations and fan-made content.

---

- Published: 2025-03-31
- Modified: 2025-03-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-tariff-impact-bitcoin-ethereum-xrp-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The cryptocurrency market has been in turmoil since February, when the U. S. announced tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China. Major cryptocurrencies have taken a hit, with some plunging more than 20%. Now, with "Liberation Day" on April 2 approaching—the date when reciprocal tariffs from various nations are expected to take effect—investors are bracing for further instability. How will Bitcoin, Ethereum, and XRP react to the unfolding tariff saga? Bitcoin: A Risky Bet Amid Policy Chaos At first glance, Bitcoin should be immune to the effects of tariffs. Unlike fiat currencies, it is not tied to any single nation. The initial belief was that Bitcoin might even benefit as a hedge against economic uncertainty. But the market hates unpredictability. And that’s exactly what the ongoing tariff battle has created. Investors are growing wary of Bitcoin because of the uncertainty surrounding economic policies. Tariff announcements, revisions, and retaliatory measures have led to a risk-averse sentiment. Bitcoin has declined 10% since February, despite strong support from the Trump administration. With no clear resolution in sight, Bitcoin's price movements will likely remain volatile in the coming weeks. Ethereum Takes the Hardest Hit Ethereum has suffered the most under the weight of tariff concerns. Since February 1, it has plunged 20%, and there are no clear signs of a turnaround. Why is Ethereum being hit harder than Bitcoin? The answer lies in its dual identity—both a cryptocurrency and the backbone of blockchain projects. The uncertainty surrounding global trade is impacting investments in blockchain-based applications. Investors are hesitant to fund new projects amid economic turbulence, which is putting Ethereum's ecosystem at risk. One sentence sums it up: If developers and investors are unsure about future regulations and economic conditions, they won’t commit capital to Ethereum-based projects. XRP Shows Resilience, But For How Long? Unlike Bitcoin and Ethereum, XRP has been relatively stable. It has gained 2% since February, largely thanks to regulatory clarity after the SEC dropped its lawsuit against Ripple. But this could be misleading. Some analysts argue that XRP’s stability stems more from relief over regulatory hurdles than immunity to tariffs. Moving forward, the question remains: Will XRP continue to defy the broader market downturn, or will it eventually succumb to the same pressures affecting its peers? What Happens After April 2? April 2 could be a defining moment for cryptocurrencies. The Trump administration’s "Liberation Day" tariff measures could shape market sentiment for months to come. A few key points to watch: If the tariffs lead to further economic uncertainty, expect Bitcoin and Ethereum to struggle. XRP could hold its ground if cross-border transactions remain steady. Market correlation with traditional equities is tightening, meaning crypto may move more in sync with stock markets. The only certainty at this point? More volatility is on the horizon.

---

- Published: 2025-03-31
- Modified: 2025-03-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-quick-machine-recovery-windows-11/
- Categories: News, Technology

Microsoft is rolling out a new feature for Windows 11 aimed at reducing downtime caused by faulty drivers and system configurations. The tool, called Quick Machine Recovery, is designed to remotely apply fixes when users are stuck in boot failures, potentially saving IT teams hours of troubleshooting. A New Solution for Persistent Windows Boot Failures Windows failures that leave devices stuck in the Windows Recovery Environment (Windows RE) can be a nightmare for users and IT professionals alike. Microsoft's new Quick Machine Recovery tool aims to change that by offering an automated fix without requiring manual intervention. The tool is part of Microsoft's broader Windows Resiliency Initiative, which focuses on improving system stability. Once enabled, Quick Machine Recovery automatically detects boot failures, connects to Microsoft’s servers, and applies targeted fixes, such as removing problematic drivers or resetting configurations. How It Works and Who Can Test It First When Windows 11 fails to start due to a new driver or configuration issue, the system will boot into Windows RE and launch Quick Machine Recovery automatically. The tool will then: Connect to the internet via Wi-Fi or Ethernet. Send crash data to Microsoft’s servers for analysis. Receive and apply necessary fixes remotely, reducing the need for IT teams to intervene manually. Microsoft has released the tool to Windows Insiders in the Beta Channel, allowing early testers to experience its functionality and provide feedback. A test remediation package will also be made available in the coming days to assess its effectiveness in real-world scenarios. Lessons from the CrowdStrike BSOD Disaster The introduction of Quick Machine Recovery comes after the massive July 2024 outage caused by a faulty CrowdStrike update, which led to millions of Windows devices crashing into Blue Screens of Death (BSOD). Many users were stuck in reboot loops, forcing IT admins to enter Safe Mode or Windows RE to manually remove the problematic driver. Had Quick Machine Recovery been available then, Microsoft could have deployed a remote fix, saving businesses and individuals from significant disruptions. This incident underscored the importance of having an automated recovery solution that minimizes manual troubleshooting efforts. Future Plans: Default Activation and Enterprise Customization Microsoft plans to enable Quick Machine Recovery by default for Windows 11 Home users. For businesses and IT professionals, customization options will be available via RemoteRemediation CSP and reagentc. exe, allowing organizations to configure how the tool operates on Windows 11 Pro and Enterprise editions. Some key features include: Preconfiguring network credentials for seamless internet access. Setting specific intervals for how often affected devices check for fixes. Defining company-wide policies for remote remediation strategies. As Microsoft refines the tool based on insider feedback, it could become a critical feature in preventing widespread system failures from spiraling into days of downtime.

---

- Published: 2025-03-29
- Modified: 2025-03-29
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sams-club-ransomware-breach-clop-claims/
- Categories: News, Technology

Sam’s Club, the warehouse supermarket chain owned by Walmart, is looking into claims of a potential data breach linked to the Clop ransomware group. While the company hasn’t confirmed any breach, cybercriminals claim otherwise, fueling concerns over data security at one of America’s largest wholesale retailers. Clop’s Claims and the Growing Cyber Threat On Friday, Clop, a notorious ransomware gang, listed Sam’s Club on its dark web leak site. The group alleges that the retailer has neglected security measures, putting customer data at risk. However, unlike its usual pattern, Clop has not yet provided evidence to support its claim. This isn’t the first time Clop has been in the headlines. The group recently exploited a vulnerability (CVE-2024-50623) in Cleo secure file transfer software, launching a series of data theft attacks. Western Alliance Bank, one of the impacted companies, admitted that nearly 22,000 customers had their personal information stolen in the breach. Sam’s Club has yet to determine if it was a direct victim of Clop’s tactics or if its alleged involvement is another instance of cybercriminals seeking leverage. Sam’s Club Responds but Keeps Details Sparse A spokesperson for Sam’s Club addressed the concerns but provided little information about the situation. “We are aware of reports regarding a potential security incident and are actively investigating the matter,” the company told BleepingComputer. “Protecting the privacy and security of our members’ information is a top priority at Sam’s Club. ” The company has not disclosed whether customer or employee data has been compromised, nor has it acknowledged any vulnerability in its systems. One sentence is enough to make people uneasy—especially when it comes to cybersecurity. For a company with over 2. 3 million employees and $84. 3 billion in annual revenue, even the suggestion of a breach could be damaging to its reputation. Clop’s History: A Trail of Cyber Attacks Clop isn’t a new name in the cybercrime world. The group has been behind several major attacks, primarily exploiting zero-day vulnerabilities in widely used file transfer services. Some of its previous targets include: Accellion FTA: A breach that led to data theft incidents at multiple corporations and institutions. MOVEit Transfer: Another widespread attack, exposing data from numerous companies. GoAnywhere MFT: Used to compromise multiple organizations. The gang’s usual approach involves stealing data first, then demanding a ransom. If victims refuse to pay, Clop releases the stolen information publicly, putting customers and businesses at risk. Not the First Security Incident for Sam’s Club Sam’s Club customers might remember a previous scare back in October 2020. That time, the company had to reset some user accounts after detecting unauthorized access. However, it attributed the incident to credential stuffing—when hackers use stolen usernames and passwords from previous breaches to access accounts on other platforms. The company reassured customers at the time that its systems were not breached but warned of the dangers of weak or reused passwords. The Bigger Picture: How Safe is Customer Data? Cyberattacks on large retailers and financial institutions have become more frequent, and ransomware gangs like Clop continue to refine their tactics. With companies like Sam’s Club handling vast amounts of consumer data, any lapse in security could have serious consequences. While there is no official confirmation of a breach, the mere possibility is enough to raise alarms. If Clop’s claims turn out to be true, Sam’s Club could be looking at a costly and reputationally damaging situation. Until further details emerge, customers are advised to monitor their accounts for suspicious activity and be cautious with any unsolicited communications claiming to be from the retailer.

---

- Published: 2025-03-29
- Modified: 2025-03-29
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/american-truck-simulator-missouri-expansion-april-3/
- Categories: News, Technology

SCS Software is ready to roll out another expansion for American Truck Simulator, and this time, it's bringing players into the heart of the Midwest. Missouri is the next state to join the ever-growing map, officially launching on Steam on April 3rd. If you’ve been looking for an excuse to fire up the game again, here it is. Missouri Becomes the 17th State in the Game With the addition of Missouri, American Truck Simulator now spans 17 states, including Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Kansas, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, and Arkansas. The game’s world continues to grow, and there’s more on the way. SCS Software has confirmed that Illinois, Iowa, and Louisiana are also in development, though their release dates remain unknown. Missouri promises a lot more than just another set of roads. This new expansion introduces iconic locations, diverse landscapes, and fresh gameplay elements that make the state feel alive. Players can expect a mix of urban trucking and scenic countryside drives, keeping the experience varied and engaging. What’s in Store for Missouri? Missouri’s nickname, the “Show Me State,” seems fitting for what SCS Software has built. The state features famous landmarks and distinctive locations, making it a standout addition to the game. Saint Louis and the Gateway Arch: The towering structure dominates the city skyline and makes for a great visual cue when hauling loads through the area. Ozark Hills and Small Towns: The rolling terrain and charming rural roads provide a scenic change of pace from the high-speed highways. Farmlands and Agricultural Hubs: Missouri’s farming industry plays a big role in the expansion, giving players plenty of opportunities to transport crops and livestock. Underground Warehouses: A unique feature of this state, these storage facilities add realism and variety to the game’s delivery destinations. From sunrises over the farmland to night drives through city streets, the Missouri expansion aims to provide an immersive trucking experience. Major Update Arrives Ahead of the Expansion Before Missouri drops, American Truck Simulator has received a significant update in the form of patch 1. 54. This update brings several key changes and improvements to the game: Overhauled Cargo System: A more efficient cargo management system reduces memory load and eliminates the need for storing countless pre-made combinations. Truck Adjustment System: Players now have an improved, more intuitive way to tweak their in-cabin settings. NVIDIA PhysX Integration: The new physics system promises better collision detection and smoother driving interactions. Driving Academy Awards: A fresh progression feature that rewards players for completing specific trucking challenges. These changes should enhance the overall experience, ensuring that both newcomers and veteran drivers have more control and better immersion while navigating the virtual highways. American Truck Simulator’s Growing Popularity American Truck Simulator continues to be a fan favorite among simulation enthusiasts. Its detailed recreations of U. S. states, coupled with ongoing updates and expansions, keep the community engaged. The game offers a blend of relaxation and challenge, letting players explore the country while mastering the art of long-haul trucking. Missouri is the latest step in a long road ahead, and with Illinois, Iowa, and Louisiana in the pipeline, it’s clear SCS Software isn’t slowing down anytime soon.

---

- Published: 2025-03-28
- Modified: 2025-03-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/megan-fox-machine-gun-kelly-baby-girl/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Megan Fox has officially made Machine Gun Kelly a father again. The actress, best known for her roles in Jennifer's Body and Transformers, gave birth to a baby girl—her first child with the 34-year-old rapper—on March 27. MGK, whose real name is Colson Baker, announced the big news on Instagram with a black-and-white video. The clip, though simple, spoke volumes. It featured only his hand gently holding his newborn daughter's tiny fingers, a tender moment between father and child. "She’s finally here! ! our little celestial seed," he wrote in the caption. A Unique Welcome for Their Daughter For MGK, music was an essential part of his daughter's arrival. In his Instagram post, he revealed that he had "composed the score" for her birth. The project wasn’t a solo effort—he collaborated with Travis Barker, Big Slim, Truck Norris, No Love for the Middle Child, and Shaan Singh. "Born into 432 HZ, what an epic journey, praise God," he added. The frequency reference likely points to a belief in 432 Hz music as being more harmonious and healing, a spiritual choice for welcoming a newborn. A Complicated Timeline Megan and MGK’s relationship has been anything but straightforward. The couple, who got engaged in January 2022, confirmed their split in late November—mere weeks after revealing they were expecting a baby. Though the relationship had been rocky for months, they had remained in each other's orbit despite rumors of breakups and reconciliations. The birth of their daughter adds another layer to their already complex dynamic. While Megan has not yet publicly commented on the news, MGK’s announcement suggests that they are both focused on their roles as parents. Megan Fox: A Mother of Four Fox is no stranger to motherhood. She already shares three sons—Noah, Bodhi, and Journey—with her ex-husband Brian Austin Green. The two were married for over a decade before finalizing their divorce in 2021. Now, with a baby girl in the mix, Megan's parenting journey takes a new turn. Having raised three boys, the experience of bringing up a daughter may feel both familiar and entirely new at the same time. MGK’s Expanding Family Before this, MGK was a father to only one child. His daughter Casie, whom he shares with ex Emma Cannon, was born in 2009. Over the years, he has spoken openly about his love for fatherhood, frequently sharing glimpses of his bond with Casie on social media and red carpet appearances. With two daughters now, his role as a dad shifts. Balancing co-parenting with both Megan and Emma, along with his music career, will be a new challenge—one that he seems to be embracing wholeheartedly.

---

- Published: 2025-03-28
- Modified: 2025-03-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-stream-domain-hijacked-sharepoint-issues/
- Categories: News, Technology

Microsoft Stream’s old domain was hijacked and redirected to a fake Amazon website promoting an online casino in Thailand. This unexpected domain takeover led to SharePoint sites embedding outdated Microsoft Stream videos displaying the fraudulent site instead, creating a widespread issue for organizations still relying on legacy video links. Microsoft Stream’s Classic Domain Turns Into a Phishing Trap Microsoft Stream, an enterprise video hosting platform, was deeply integrated into Microsoft 365 applications, including Teams and SharePoint. It allowed organizations to upload and share videos through a dedicated portal at microsoftstream. com. In 2020, Microsoft announced that the service would be deprecated, urging organizations to migrate their video content to SharePoint by April 2024. This deadline marked the official retirement of Microsoft Stream’s classic service. However, the domain remained active—until it wasn’t. On March 27, 2025, WHOIS records indicated a sudden change in the domain’s registration. Instead of pointing to Microsoft’s services, the domain began redirecting visitors to a fake Amazon site linked to a Thai online casino. The site functioned as a phishing trap, attempting to lure unsuspecting users into engaging with fraudulent promotions. SharePoint Sites Displaying Spam Instead of Videos The impact was felt immediately. SharePoint sites that had embedded Microsoft Stream videos from the classic domain suddenly found their pages displaying an unexpected and unwelcome surprise. Users reported seeing a suspicious website within their organization’s intranet. Reddit discussions emerged, with IT admins scrambling to understand why SharePoint pages were serving spam instead of legitimate video content. One administrator noted that their SharePoint layout used embedded videos from an old aspx page, which was now showing the hijacked website. “This afternoon, a user reported a suspicious website on our intranet using microsoftstream. com. Turns out, the domain is currently redirecting to a sketchy website signed by ‘Ibiza99,’” one SharePoint admin wrote. Another IT professional shared a similar experience: “I just got a call that our SharePoint site was showing spam instead of embedded videos. Interesting, I thought. I wonder how that could happen. ” Microsoft Responds, but Details Remain Scarce Following the reports, Microsoft moved quickly to block the hijacked domain, preventing further exposure. By the evening, the redirect was no longer active, stopping the fake Amazon site from appearing in SharePoint pages. A Microsoft spokesperson acknowledged the issue, stating, “We are aware of these reports and have taken appropriate action to further prevent access to impacted domains. ” However, the company did not elaborate on how the domain was compromised in the first place. How Did the Domain Get Hijacked? While Microsoft has not confirmed the exact cause of the hijack, the timeline suggests a few possible scenarios: Potential Cause Explanation Domain Expiration If Microsoft failed to renew the domain, a third party could have registered it. However, records show the expiration date was set for May 2025. DNS Modification If the domain’s DNS settings were changed, traffic could have been redirected without direct control over the domain itself. Registrar Exploit Attackers might have exploited vulnerabilities in the domain registrar’s security to alter ownership details. Given that the domain was initially hosted on Microsoft’s Azure DNS servers, the breach raises concerns about the security of corporate domains after deprecation. A Wake-Up Call for IT Admins This incident highlights a critical issue: the risks of leaving old embedded links and domains unmonitored. Organizations that did not fully transition their Microsoft Stream videos to SharePoint faced unintended consequences when the domain fell into the wrong hands. For IT administrators, this serves as a reminder: Always update embedded video links when a platform transitions to a new service. Regularly audit legacy integrations to ensure they remain secure and functional. Monitor domain records to spot unauthorized changes that could indicate a hijack attempt. While this hijack didn’t lead to malware distribution or more severe phishing attacks, it exposed a major vulnerability that could have had worse consequences. For Microsoft, the event underscores the importance of securing retired domains long after they have been decommissioned.

---

- Published: 2025-03-27
- Modified: 2025-03-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/meme-coins-dogecoin-shiba-inu-pepe-price-rally/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Cryptocurrency investors are turning their attention to meme coins once again, as Dogecoin, Shiba Inu, and Pepe record notable gains. These tokens, once considered niche, have now cemented themselves as major players in the market. As of 3:30 p. m. ET, Dogecoin is up 2%, Shiba Inu has climbed 4. 3%, and Pepe has surged 5. 8% over the past 24 hours. Meme Coins Are No Longer Just a Joke Once dismissed as fleeting internet trends, meme coins have evolved into assets with serious market influence. Dogecoin, Shiba Inu, and Pepe now hold market capitalizations in the billions, proving that investor interest isn't fading anytime soon. While these assets are known for their volatility, they also attract traders looking for quick gains and long-term holders banking on scarcity and adoption. Today's rally is particularly interesting because it comes amid a broader market downturn. While major tech stocks are slipping, these meme tokens are moving in the opposite direction, raising questions about what’s driving the demand. The Forces Behind Today’s Meme Coin Rally The surge in Dogecoin, Shiba Inu, and Pepe prices isn't just speculation—it’s backed by some noteworthy developments. Dogecoin’s Institutional Push: The Dogecoin Foundation recently launched a corporate arm called House of Doge. This new entity plans to establish "The Official Dogecoin Reserve," a move that has some investors reconsidering the token’s potential as a payment method and store of value. Shiba Inu’s Token Burn Strategy: A mysterious investor has burned 1 billion SHIB tokens, permanently removing them from circulation. With supply shrinking, holders are betting on price appreciation. Pepe’s Technical Breakout: Compared to Dogecoin and Shiba Inu, Pepe remains smaller in market cap, making it more susceptible to sharp moves. With $477,000 in long liquidations against a total of $498,000, the majority of traders are betting on further gains. These developments are catching the attention of both retail and institutional investors, reinforcing the narrative that meme coins are more than just internet jokes. Market Speculation vs. Long-Term Value While meme coins often thrive on hype, some investors believe there's more to the story. Dogecoin’s increasing corporate structure hints at a push for mainstream adoption. Shiba Inu’s burn strategy reduces supply, potentially benefiting long-term holders. Pepe’s market movements suggest growing interest from speculative traders. That said, these assets remain highly volatile. With heavy derivatives activity and unpredictable price swings, investors should approach with caution. Can Meme Coins Maintain Their Momentum? Today’s surge in meme coin prices comes at an unexpected time. With tech stocks under pressure, some investors see these assets as a hedge or a high-risk, high-reward alternative. The question remains: Can these tokens sustain their gains, or is this just another short-lived rally? While Dogecoin, Shiba Inu, and Pepe have defied expectations before, history has shown that meme coin rallies can be fleeting. Regardless, for now, all eyes are on these digital assets as they continue to capture market attention.

---

- Published: 2025-03-27
- Modified: 2025-03-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/pillars-of-eternity-10-year-update-turn-based-combat/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Obsidian Entertainment is celebrating a decade since the release of Pillars of Eternity with a fresh update and an unexpected announcement: turn-based combat is coming to the acclaimed RPG. While details are still scarce, the studio has confirmed that players will get a chance to test the new mode later this year. A Decade Later, Pillars of Eternity Gets a New Battle Mode Ten years after its initial release, Pillars of Eternity continues to hold a special place among RPG enthusiasts. To mark the occasion, Obsidian has unveiled a surprising addition—turn-based combat, a shift from the game’s classic real-time with pause system. "Watchers will be able to help us test a brand-new feature: turn-based combat," the developer announced in a forum post. The studio plans to collect player feedback before finalizing the system. More details on how to participate in the test will be shared in the coming months. While the full launch of this mode is still some way off, expectations are high. A similar system introduced in Pillars of Eternity 2: Deadfire in 2019 was well received, giving hope that its predecessor will benefit from a similar treatment. A Patch to Keep the Adventure Running Smoothly Alongside the turn-based mode reveal, Obsidian rolled out Patch 1. 3. 8. 0. 87535, bringing numerous fixes and improvements across platforms. The update addresses visual glitches, combat mechanics, quest progression issues, and even restores missing voice lines for characters like Eder. Some key highlights from the patch include: Mac users now have full access to updates and bug fixes. Steam Linux support is officially live. Visual enhancements for 4K resolutions and spell effects. Quest fixes preventing duplicate rewards and unintended progression blockers. AI improvements ensuring smarter party behavior in combat. The full list of changes is extensive, covering everything from UI tweaks to localization fixes. Fans eager for a smoother experience can now dive in with these refinements in place. Why Now? The Significance of This Update At first glance, adding turn-based combat to a ten-year-old game might seem unusual. However, this move signals that Pillars of Eternity still has a dedicated player base that Obsidian is keen to support. The studio’s decision also follows a broader trend of revamping classic RPGs with modernized features to keep them relevant for new and returning players. Moreover, Pillars of Eternity was a landmark title for Obsidian. Launched through a wildly successful Kickstarter campaign, the game revitalized interest in isometric RPGs and laid the groundwork for future projects, including Deadfire and Avowed. This latest update keeps the legacy alive. What’s Next for Pillars of Eternity? With the turn-based combat test on the horizon, the game’s community will be watching closely to see how Obsidian implements the new system. The studio has promised additional details "in the near future," so it’s likely that a beta phase will roll out before the end of the year. For now, fans can revisit Pillars of Eternity with the new patch in place, enjoying the refined experience while waiting for the next big update. Whether this marks the final chapter for the game or hints at even more to come, one thing is clear: a decade later, Pillars of Eternity is still evolving.

---

- Published: 2025-03-26
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/strategy-bitcoin-stock-vs-btc-investment/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin has always been the outsider's asset—unbound by central banks, immune to government intervention, and driven purely by market demand. While investors have debated its place in the financial system, one company is making a billion-dollar bet that Bitcoin isn't just a speculative asset, but the future of corporate treasury management. Strategy (formerly MicroStrategy) has positioned itself as the world's largest publicly traded Bitcoin holder, taking an aggressive approach that leaves investors wondering: Is buying its stock a smarter bet than Bitcoin itself? The Self-Sustaining Bitcoin Cycle Strategy's entire business model has evolved around a single concept—buying Bitcoin at scale. The company isn't just using cash to make these purchases; it's leveraging debt and equity issuances to fund continuous acquisitions. This creates a self-reinforcing cycle: the more Bitcoin it buys, the higher its stock price climbs, allowing it to issue more debt and equity, which then funds even more Bitcoin purchases. Between March 10 and March 16, Strategy scooped up another 130 Bitcoins for $10. 7 million, bringing its total holdings to nearly 500,000 BTC. The company didn't stop there—on March 23, it made an even bigger move, adding 6,911 BTC for a staggering $584. 1 million. And with $21 billion in preferred stock potentially in play, it's clear Strategy isn't done yet. Stock vs. Bitcoin: The Performance Battle At first glance, owning Bitcoin directly seems like the more straightforward strategy. No management risks, no dilution concerns—just pure exposure to price movements. But Strategy's stock has consistently outpaced Bitcoin's performance, largely due to the leverage it employs. Over the last year, Bitcoin has gained 33%. Strategy's stock? A jaw-dropping 115% increase in the same period. That kind of outperformance isn't an accident. The company's model amplifies Bitcoin's gains by borrowing to buy more, effectively turbocharging its returns. However, that leverage is a double-edged sword—if Bitcoin drops significantly, Strategy’s stock could tumble even harder. The Risk Equation: Leverage Cuts Both Ways For all its upside, Strategy's approach carries considerable risk. The company's ability to issue debt and equity at favorable terms is directly tied to Bitcoin’s performance. If the market turns south, it could face severe liquidity challenges. A few key concerns: Debt Load: Issuing billions in convertible debt means rising interest payments. Stock Dilution: More equity sales could erode shareholder value over time. Bitcoin’s Volatility: A sudden plunge in Bitcoin’s price could unravel the entire cycle. That said, if Bitcoin keeps climbing, Strategy’s playbook remains intact. The question is whether investors believe in Bitcoin enough to trust a corporate vehicle executing this high-stakes game plan. The Bigger Picture: What Strategy’s Move Means for Bitcoin Beyond Strategy itself, this approach raises a larger question—are corporations becoming Bitcoin’s biggest whales? If more firms adopt this model, Bitcoin’s price could become increasingly tied to corporate balance sheets and Wall Street strategies. A potential outcome? Bitcoin starts behaving more like a stock than a decentralized currency. If that happens, volatility could remain, but institutional influence might reshape the market dynamics entirely. Whether that's good or bad for Bitcoin purists remains to be seen.

---

- Published: 2025-03-26
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crushftp-security-vulnerability-patch-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

CrushFTP has issued an urgent warning to its customers about a serious security flaw that could allow attackers to gain unauthorized access to servers exposed over HTTP(S). The company is advising all users to patch their systems immediately to prevent potential exploitation. Unpatched Servers at Risk of Unauthorized Access In an email sent to customers on March 21, 2025, CrushFTP emphasized the urgency of applying the latest security update. The vulnerability, which affects all versions of CrushFTP v11, allows unauthenticated attackers to access servers if they are exposed to the Internet via HTTP(S). “All CrushFTP v11 versions were affected. (No earlier versions are affected. ) A CVE will be generated soon,” the company stated in the email. The flaw is particularly concerning because it can be exploited remotely without requiring authentication. However, the risk is mitigated if customers have enabled the DMZ feature in CrushFTP, which provides an additional security layer. Conflicting Reports on Affected Versions While CrushFTP’s initial advisory stated that only v11 was impacted, cybersecurity company Rapid7 pointed out that both v10 and v11 are affected. This discrepancy has raised concerns among users, prompting many to verify their version and assess their exposure risk. To address the issue, CrushFTP released version 11. 3. 1+, which includes a patch for the vulnerability. For those unable to update immediately, enabling the DMZ perimeter network feature is recommended as a temporary workaround. Thousands of Servers Exposed to Potential Attacks Data from Shodan, a search engine that scans for Internet-exposed devices, indicates that more than 3,400 CrushFTP instances have their web interfaces accessible online. While it remains unclear how many of these servers have been patched, the risk of exploitation is significant. This isn’t the first time CrushFTP users have faced security threats. In April 2024, the company patched a zero-day vulnerability (CVE-2024-4040) that was actively exploited to allow unauthorized file system access. That attack was linked to an intelligence-gathering campaign, with targets including multiple U. S. organizations. A History of Targeted Attacks on File Transfer Software CrushFTP is not the only file transfer solution that has been targeted by threat actors. Over the past few years, ransomware groups, particularly the Clop gang, have exploited vulnerabilities in similar platforms, including: MOVEit Transfer GoAnywhere MFT Accellion FTA Cleo software These products are appealing to attackers because they often store and transfer sensitive data, making them lucrative targets for data theft and extortion. Urgent Steps for CrushFTP Users To protect their systems, CrushFTP users should take the following actions immediately: Update to version 11. 3. 1+ to apply the latest security patch. Enable the DMZ feature if an immediate update is not possible. Restrict HTTP(S) access to only trusted sources to minimize exposure. Monitor for unusual activity on CrushFTP instances to detect potential intrusions. Given the history of attacks on file transfer solutions, organizations using CrushFTP should act swiftly to secure their environments before this vulnerability is actively exploited. Cybercriminals are constantly searching for new entry points, and unpatched systems remain prime targets.

---

- Published: 2025-03-25
- Modified: 2025-03-25
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-cycle-breakdown-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

When Bitcoin crossed the $100,000 threshold in December, many investors were convinced that the cryptocurrency was poised for a parabolic surge. That belief was reinforced when Bitcoin soared to an all-time high of $109,000 in January. Yet, just months later, the digital asset has plummeted to $83,000, leaving many questioning long-held investment theses, particularly the widely accepted "Bitcoin Cycle. " Decoding the Bitcoin Cycle Investment Thesis For years, Bitcoin has appeared to follow a predictable four-year cycle driven by a mechanism called "halving. " This cycle consists of four distinct phases: Accumulation phase: Bitcoin trades at relatively low prices as long-term investors accumulate holdings. Growth phase: Prices begin to rise, typically following a Bitcoin halving event. Bubble phase: Market enthusiasm pushes Bitcoin to record highs. Crash phase: A steep decline wipes out speculative excess, often erasing up to 80% of Bitcoin's value. Historically, this pattern has repeated itself like clockwork. The most recent cycle seemed to follow this structure as well, with the 2020 halving triggering an explosive rally that culminated in Bitcoin hitting $69,000 in November 2021 before crashing to $16,000 by 2022. But with Bitcoin’s recent decline, investors are beginning to wonder if the cycle is still in play. Are We in the Crash Phase, or Is Something Else Happening? The current state of Bitcoin is anything but clear-cut. Just a few months ago, hitting $100,000 seemed to confirm that the market was in either the late Growth or early Bubble phase. Optimists predicted Bitcoin would surge beyond $1 million. Now, with a 20% drop from its peak, some analysts warn that the dreaded Crash phase has already begun. Could Bitcoin fall further? History suggests that if a true Crash phase is unfolding, Bitcoin might tumble as low as $20,000. That would be an 80% drop from its January high, mirroring past downturns. Unsurprisingly, some investors are already shifting their holdings into gold as a hedge against further declines. Did ETFs and Trump Break the Cycle? One major anomaly in this cycle was Bitcoin’s reaction to its April 2024 halving. Traditionally, halving events serve as catalysts for explosive price growth. This time, however, Bitcoin barely moved. Instead, the price rally occurred months earlier, driven by the introduction of Bitcoin spot ETFs in January 2024. These ETFs funneled billions of dollars into Bitcoin, front-loading gains that would have traditionally come post-halving. The result? A major disruption to the expected cycle. Adding to the uncertainty is the role of politics. Some believe Donald Trump’s return to the White House could reshape Bitcoin’s trajectory, particularly if his administration embraces cryptocurrency-friendly policies. That scenario could lead to a "Goldilocks period" of sustained, moderate gains—neither too extreme nor too stagnant. Will Bitcoin Evolve Beyond Its Boom-Bust Cycle? With so much unpredictability, investors are split on what happens next. There are two main camps: The Bitcoin Super Cycle Theory: Some argue that Bitcoin is entering a new era where institutional adoption will drive continuous growth without major crashes. They believe Bitcoin’s historical boom-bust pattern is no longer relevant. The Traditional Bitcoin Cycle Believers: Others insist that, despite temporary disruptions, Bitcoin will still experience another painful drawdown before resetting for another four-year cycle. What This Means for Investors Right now, Bitcoin’s price movements are proving harder to predict than ever before. Those attempting to time the market based on past cycles may be in for a rude awakening. The safest approach? If you believe in Bitcoin’s long-term potential, short-term cycles shouldn’t dictate your investment decisions. Whether the four-year cycle still holds or is evolving into something new, holding Bitcoin for the long haul may still be the best bet.

---

- Published: 2025-03-25
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/23andme-bankruptcy-asset-sale-privacy-concerns/
- Categories: News, Business

California-based genetic testing firm 23andMe has filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy and is preparing to sell off its assets after years of financial troubles. The company, once a pioneer in direct-to-consumer DNA testing, has struggled with declining revenue, legal battles, and security breaches that have shaken consumer trust. 23andMe's Rise and Fall 23andMe launched in 2007 with a simple yet revolutionary concept: mail in a saliva sample and receive a personalized report detailing ancestry and genetic predispositions. Over the years, it sold more than 15 million DNA kits, becoming a household name in the genetic testing industry. But financial headwinds proved too strong. The company faced declining consumer interest, regulatory scrutiny, and mounting legal troubles. On Sunday, 23andMe confirmed in a press release that its bankruptcy filing would not impact how it manages customer data, aiming to reassure users concerned about their genetic information. Leadership Shake-Up and Asset Sale On Monday, 23andMe filed documents with the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), revealing plans for a structured asset sale through a competitive auction. Notably, the company rejected a takeover bid from its own CEO and co-founder, Anne Wojcicki, who has since resigned to participate in the bidding process as an independent buyer. "We are committed to safeguarding customer data and ensuring transparency in our management of user data moving forward," said Mark Jensen, Chair of 23andMe's Board of Directors. "Data privacy will remain a key factor in any transaction. " With the sale now on the horizon, privacy advocates worry that sensitive genetic data could end up in the hands of entities with less stringent security practices, despite the company's assurances. Privacy Concerns and Official Warnings The potential sale of 23andMe's vast database has drawn concerns from consumer protection groups and government agencies alike. The California Attorney General's office issued a consumer alert, advising customers to delete their data, destroy their test samples, and revoke research permissions to minimize risk. The United Kingdom's Information Commissioner's Office (ICO) emphasized that 23andMe remains obligated to uphold GDPR standards and protect customer data despite its financial turmoil. ICO Deputy Commissioner Stephen Bonner stated, "We are closely monitoring the situation and have been in contact with the company. UK GDPR protections remain in full effect. " Given 23andMe's history of data breaches, these warnings have struck a nerve with customers who fear their most personal information—genetic data—could be compromised in the sale. A Troubled History of Data Breaches The privacy fears are not unfounded. 23andMe has faced serious security breaches in recent years. Year Incident Affected Customers 2023 Credential-stuffing attack 6. 4 million users 2024 Health reports and raw genotype data stolen Undisclosed The 2023 breach led to multiple class-action lawsuits, ultimately resulting in a $30 million settlement in September 2024. To limit its liability, 23andMe controversially altered its Terms of Use in late 2023, making it harder for users to sue the company. What Happens Next? With bankruptcy proceedings now underway, the future of 23andMe remains uncertain. The competitive auction process will determine who acquires the company's assets, including its treasure trove of genetic data. For customers, the immediate question is whether their data will remain secure or if they should take action to remove their information before a sale is finalized. For now, the warnings from privacy watchdogs suggest that caution may be the best course of action.

---

- Published: 2025-03-24
- Modified: 2025-03-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drop-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin (DOGE) is unraveling fast. After soaring earlier this year, the meme coin has lost 47% of its value year-to-date, underperforming even in a volatile crypto market. While wild price swings are expected, DOGE's recent slump raises big questions: Is this a temporary dip, or is it time for investors to cut their losses? Wild Swings Are Nothing New Cryptocurrency has never been for the faint of heart. Prices rise and fall sharply, often without clear reasons. But over time, trends emerge. Meme coins like Dogecoin tend to ride waves of hype, shooting up when excitement is high but collapsing just as fast. Unlike Bitcoin or Ethereum, which have underlying use cases and growing adoption, Dogecoin is more speculative—and that makes it especially vulnerable to big swings. Look at DOGE's past. Its price history reads like a roller coaster chart. Back in 2021, a tweet from Elon Musk could send it soaring. But hype is fleeting. Without strong fundamentals, meme coins often struggle to sustain gains. That pattern seems to be playing out again. Big Money Still Isn't Buying In Bitcoin and Ethereum have gained credibility over time. Institutional investors—think pension funds and large financial firms—are now adding them to their portfolios. ETFs (exchange-traded funds) tracking these cryptos have been approved, making them easier to buy and hold for the long term. Dogecoin? Not so much. It remains a favorite of retail traders rather than deep-pocketed institutions. Unlike Bitcoin, DOGE doesn't have a capped supply, making it inflationary. It lacks a strong technical foundation for widespread adoption. Most of its price movements are still driven by social media chatter and celebrity endorsements. That means more volatility, not stability. Inflation Problem: More DOGE, Lower Value Cryptocurrencies don’t work like stocks, but they do have fundamentals. And for Dogecoin, those fundamentals are shaky. Every year, 5 billion new DOGE are added to circulation. That’s an inflation rate of 3. 3%, higher than the current U. S. dollar inflation rate. Over time, this constant supply increase puts downward pressure on price. Compare that to Bitcoin, which has a fixed cap of 21 million coins. Scarcity helps support BTC's long-term value. With Dogecoin, there's no end to the supply, making it harder for the price to hold steady. How Dogecoin Stacks Up Against Competitors Dogecoin isn't just competing with Bitcoin or Ethereum. Newer, faster cryptos have entered the space. Cryptocurrency Inflation Rate Transaction Speed Institutional Adoption Bitcoin 0% (fixed supply) 10 minutes High Ethereum Deflationary (after upgrades) 12 seconds High Dogecoin 3. 3% annually 1 minute Low Solana 1. 5% annually Seconds Growing Speed matters. Dogecoin takes about a minute to process transactions, faster than Bitcoin but far behind Solana. And without smart contract capabilities like Ethereum, its real-world use cases remain limited. The Next 12 Months: More Losses Ahead? Dogecoin thrives on speculation. When the market is booming, it can ride the wave higher than many other cryptos. But the flip side is brutal: when hype fades, it tends to fall harder. With excitement around Trump’s election win cooling off, the short-term outlook isn't great. Investors expecting another massive rally may be disappointed. Without major adoption or institutional backing, DOGE remains more of a trading token than a serious long-term investment. The next year could be rough. Unless another round of hype sweeps in, expect more downside before any meaningful recovery.

---

- Published: 2025-03-24
- Modified: 2025-03-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/google-gemini-live-screen-sharing-rollout/
- Categories: News, Technology

Google is finally delivering on a promise it made at MWC 2025. The tech giant has started rolling out screen-sharing capabilities for Gemini Live, its AI-powered assistant, months after confirming the feature under the codename "Project Astra. " Some users are already spotting it in action. Gemini Live Can Now See Your Screen A Reddit user with a Xiaomi phone and a Gemini Advanced subscription recently demonstrated the new functionality in a video. The clip shows how users can share their screens with Gemini Live and receive real-time AI assistance based on what's displayed. The ability to analyze on-screen content adds a new layer of interaction between users and AI. Instead of simply answering voice or text queries, Gemini Live now visually processes the information, leading to deeper and more dynamic conversations. What Can Gemini Live Do with Screen Sharing? The feature allows for a range of interesting interactions: Ask Gemini Live to summarize articles, webpages, or documents displayed on the screen. Get explanations for complex terms or numerical data, such as GDP statistics on Wikipedia. Have the AI read aloud from the screen or even turn the text into a melody. Translate or rephrase content into another language without switching apps. This integration makes Gemini Live a more capable assistant, understanding user intent with greater accuracy since it can "see" what's happening on the device. A New Era of AI Assistance Gemini Live doesn’t just answer questions—it keeps track of context over longer interactions. If a user opens Chrome, navigates to a webpage, and then activates Gemini Live, they can ask follow-up questions about the content without needing to re-explain what’s on their screen. For instance, a user reading a Wikipedia entry on economic indicators could ask for a quick summary of GDP, followed by an explanation of inflation, and then a comparison between different countries—without restating the topic every time. This persistent contextual awareness sets Gemini Live apart from traditional voice assistants. Exclusive to Gemini Advanced Subscribers While the feature has started appearing for some users, it's not available to everyone just yet. Google previously stated that screen-sharing capabilities would be exclusive to Gemini Advanced subscribers, a tier priced at $19. 99 per month. The rollout appears to be gradual, with availability varying by region and device. This latest development underscores Google's push to integrate AI deeper into everyday smartphone interactions. As AI assistants become more sophisticated, the line between human and machine collaboration continues to blur.

---

- Published: 2025-03-24
- Modified: 2025-03-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/chinese-gp-hamilton-leclerc-gasly-disqualified-piastri-wins/
- Categories: News, Sports

The Chinese Grand Prix delivered a weekend of high drama, unexpected twists, and shattered expectations. But what happened after the race sent shockwaves through the paddock. Lewis Hamilton, Charles Leclerc, and Pierre Gasly were all disqualified due to technical infringements, leaving their teams reeling. Meanwhile, Oscar Piastri claimed his first victory of the season, but even his triumph was overshadowed by the controversy. Disqualifications Rock Ferrari, Mercedes, and Alpine What was initially a weekend filled with hope for Mercedes and Ferrari quickly turned into a nightmare. Post-race scrutineering revealed major technical violations that led to immediate disqualifications. Hamilton, who had originally celebrated a sprint race win, saw his victory erased after officials found his rear skids did not meet the minimum thickness requirements. The British driver, visibly frustrated, admitted he was "gutted" by the decision. For Leclerc and Gasly, the issue was even more severe. Their cars failed to meet the FIA’s mandatory 800kg minimum weight regulation, resulting in their removal from the final classification. Ferrari, already under pressure to deliver results this season, now faces an uphill battle to recover from this setback. McLaren Takes Center Stage With Piastri’s Dominant Win While the drama unfolded off-track, McLaren had reason to celebrate. Oscar Piastri delivered a flawless performance, securing his first victory of the season in emphatic fashion. The Australian driver also set a new Shanghai lap record, showcasing McLaren’s pace in what was otherwise a turbulent weekend. Piastri’s victory marked a significant milestone in his career, proving he can compete at the highest level. Teammate Lando Norris fought hard to secure second place, giving McLaren a much-needed boost in the Constructors’ Championship. George Russell, despite the chaos around him, managed to take third place, salvaging some pride for Mercedes after Hamilton’s disqualification. What This Means for the Championship Standings The aftermath of these disqualifications has dramatically altered the championship standings. With three top-tier drivers removed from the points tally, the landscape of the title race has shifted. Driver Team Points Before DQ Points After DQ Lewis Hamilton Mercedes 52 52 (Sprint DQ) Charles Leclerc Ferrari 45 45 (Race DQ) Pierre Gasly Alpine 20 20 (Race DQ) Oscar Piastri McLaren 36 61 (Race Win) Lando Norris McLaren 40 58 (P2 Finish) With McLaren surging ahead and Ferrari struggling to keep pace, the battle for the Constructors’ title is now more unpredictable than ever. FIA’s Strict Regulations Under Scrutiny Again The FIA’s regulations have once again come under intense scrutiny. While rules exist to ensure fairness, the frequency of post-race disqualifications raises questions about consistency in enforcement. One of the main points of contention is whether teams should be allowed to rectify minor infringements before a race result is overturned. Some argue that disqualifying drivers for issues beyond their control—such as wear and tear during a race—is too harsh. Others believe strict adherence to the rulebook is necessary to maintain the sport’s integrity. For now, teams will have to adjust and adapt. But with the season in full swing, it’s clear that even the smallest technical misstep can have massive consequences.

---

- Published: 2025-03-22
- Modified: 2025-03-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-100-dollar-possibility/
- Categories: News, Crypto

XRP has long been one of the most talked-about cryptocurrencies, attracting both believers and skeptics. As of March 20, its price is hovering around $2. 50. But is it possible for XRP to skyrocket to $100 per coin? A simple calculation raises some doubts, but there are a few key factors that could drive its price higher in the long run. The Math Doesn’t Add Up A market cap of $5. 8 trillion—that’s what it would take for XRP to reach $100 per coin. That’s almost four times the current market capitalization of Bitcoin, which stands at around $1. 6 trillion. Even in the fast-moving world of crypto, that kind of valuation jump is a stretch. To put this into perspective: XRP’s current market cap is roughly $139 billion. At $100 per coin, its market cap would need to grow by over 4,000%. No cryptocurrency, not even Bitcoin, has ever reached that level. In simple terms, expecting XRP to hit $100 per coin anytime soon isn’t realistic. But that doesn’t mean it won’t appreciate in value over time. The Case for XRP’s Growth XRP’s primary value comes from its ability to make international money transfers faster and cheaper. Unlike Bitcoin, which is often viewed as digital gold, XRP is built for utility in global finance. Banks and financial institutions using XRP could drive up demand, making it more valuable over time. Another key factor is the ongoing development of the XRP Ledger. Recent upgrades include: Automated Market Maker (AMM): This feature helps improve liquidity and efficiency for traders. Regulatory Compliance Tools: Making it easier for institutions to adopt XRP without legal hurdles. Real-World Asset Tokenization: A system that could bring more financial assets onto the XRP Ledger. These developments create strong reasons for financial institutions to integrate XRP into their systems. While these factors alone won’t push XRP to $100, they will likely contribute to steady price growth. Could an XRP ETF Change the Game? A major catalyst for XRP’s price could come from the approval of exchange-traded funds (ETFs). As of March 12, nine asset managers have applied for an XRP ETF with the SEC. If approved, this could open the floodgates for institutional investors, increasing demand and pushing the price higher. Consider what happened with Bitcoin: The approval of spot Bitcoin ETFs in January 2024 led to significant price appreciation. Institutional investors who were previously hesitant to buy Bitcoin directly could now invest through traditional stock exchanges. A similar trend for XRP could significantly boost its trading volume and adoption. While an XRP ETF won’t guarantee a $100 price tag, it could make triple-digit growth more feasible in the long run. The U. S. Digital Asset Repository: A Wild Card Another potential factor is the proposed U. S. Digital Asset Repository. This government-backed initiative aims to regulate and hold digital assets, potentially including XRP. If implemented, the U. S. government could: Retain XRP acquired through asset forfeitures. Actively purchase XRP as part of a broader digital asset strategy. Reduce circulating supply, making existing XRP more valuable. The actual impact of this policy remains uncertain. But if XRP becomes a recognized asset within the government’s framework, it could drive up demand and create long-term price stability. The Bottom Line Is $100 per XRP realistic? Probably not in the near future. But could XRP continue to grow and provide solid returns for investors? Absolutely. With increasing adoption in global finance, new features being added to the XRP Ledger, and potential catalysts like ETFs and government involvement, XRP has a strong foundation for long-term value appreciation. Even if it never reaches $100, a steady rise in price could still make it a worthwhile investment for those who believe in its utility.

---

- Published: 2025-03-22
- Modified: 2025-03-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/blake-lively-ryan-reynolds-skip-2025-met-gala-legal-feud-justin-baldoni/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Blake Lively and Ryan Reynolds are not expected to attend the 2025 Met Gala, marking yet another absence from the prestigious event. Reports indicate that their decision is linked to the ongoing legal dispute between Lively and her It Ends With Us co-star, Justin Baldoni. A Break From the Met Gala Spotlight According to US Weekly, an insider revealed that the couple has no plans to make an appearance at the annual fashion event. "She’s not a Kardashian that goes every year," the source reportedly stated, suggesting that Lively’s attendance has never been a given. The last time the Gossip Girl star and the Deadpool actor walked the Met Gala red carpet was in 2022. That year, Lively co-chaired the event and stunned in a show-stopping gown that paid tribute to the Statue of Liberty. Since then, the couple has opted out of the high-profile fundraiser, and it appears 2025 will be no different. Legal Battle With Baldoni Looms Large The reason for their absence this time, however, seems to be more than just a scheduling decision. Lively’s ongoing legal feud with Baldoni has been a major focus for the actress in recent months. In December 2024, Lively filed a lawsuit against Baldoni, accusing him of sexual harassment on the set of It Ends With Us. The lawsuit also alleges that Baldoni orchestrated a smear campaign against her, making their once-promising collaboration a legal and public relations nightmare. Baldoni has vehemently denied the allegations. In response, he filed a staggering $400 million countersuit against Lively, Reynolds, and Lively’s publicist. His claim? Defamation. The legal fight has only escalated since then, and the upcoming trial in 2026 is expected to be highly publicized. The Bigger Picture: Hollywood’s Legal Battles Lively’s spokesperson issued a statement acknowledging the weight of the situation: “The painful reality is that Ms. Lively is not alone in being sued for defamation after speaking up about being sexually harassed at work. ” This comment highlights a broader trend in Hollywood, where defamation lawsuits have increasingly become part of high-stakes legal disputes. Baldoni’s countersuit also raises questions about the risks celebrities face when going public with allegations. Some legal experts have pointed out that defamation cases can serve as a deterrent against speaking out, especially when massive financial claims are involved. What’s Next for Lively and Reynolds? For now, Lively and Reynolds are focused on their personal and legal battles rather than making fashion statements on the Met Gala carpet. The couple, known for their playful social media presence and Hollywood power status, has kept a relatively low profile in recent months. While neither Lively nor Reynolds has publicly commented on their Met Gala absence, their decision is likely aimed at avoiding further media scrutiny. With a major trial ahead and millions of dollars at stake, it seems understandable that the glitz and glamour of the Met Gala might not be a priority.

---

- Published: 2025-03-22
- Modified: 2025-03-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/monster-hunter-wilds-title-update-1-reveal/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Capcom is gearing up to unveil the first major content update for Monster Hunter Wilds, its latest blockbuster action RPG. Fans eager for fresh challenges and new monsters won’t have to wait much longer—details will be fully revealed on Tuesday, March 25, during a special showcase hosted by producer Ryozo Tsujimoto. What to Expect from the Monster Hunter Wilds Showcase The live stream, set to begin at 2 PM UK time (7 AM PT) on Capcom's official Twitch channel, will mark the first major post-launch update for Monster Hunter Wilds. Capcom has already teased some key details, but the showcase will provide a comprehensive breakdown of what’s in store. So far, the publisher has confirmed that the update will launch in early April and bring several additions, including the return of a fan-favorite monster and a brand-new social hub for hunters who have completed the main story. The Return of Mizutsune and a New Gathering Hub One of the standout additions in the upcoming Title Update 1 is Mizutsune, the bubble-spewing leviathan first introduced in Monster Hunter Generations. Known for its graceful movements and deadly water-based attacks, Mizutsune has long been a favorite among the Monster Hunter community. Its reappearance in Wilds is sure to excite both veteran and new players alike. Alongside the new monster, Capcom is introducing a "new place" for players to gather after completing the main story. While details remain sparse, this could be a new central hub similar to the Gathering Hall from past titles, potentially complete with mini-games and social activities like arm wrestling—a long-standing tradition in Monster Hunter games. A New Level of Challenge for Veteran Hunters For those who found Monster Hunter Wilds a bit too forgiving at launch, Capcom has hinted at an upcoming difficulty spike. A new, ultra-tough monster variant—one even stronger than the current Tempered monsters—is set to arrive with Title Update 1. This addition is a direct response to feedback from players who felt the game’s difficulty curve skewed too low. Capcom hasn’t disclosed which monster will receive this formidable upgrade, but expectations are high for a serious endgame challenge. Performance Fixes and Other Improvements? Beyond content additions, many players are hoping for much-needed performance optimizations. At launch, Monster Hunter Wilds was criticized for frame rate drops and technical inconsistencies, particularly on older hardware. While Capcom hasn’t officially confirmed any fixes, it’s likely that the showcase will address these concerns and provide an update on upcoming patches. Meanwhile, players can keep themselves occupied with a packed schedule of in-game events leading up to the Title Update’s release. Capcom continues to roll out limited-time quests, special rewards, and collaborations to keep the hunt exciting. With the showcase just days away, anticipation is building for what’s next in Monster Hunter Wilds. Fans will finally get their answers on March 25, when Capcom pulls back the curtain on its first major update of the year.

---

- Published: 2025-03-21
- Modified: 2025-03-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/polkadot-cryptocurrency-future-analysis/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Polkadot (DOT) has been on a rollercoaster ride, just like the rest of the cryptocurrency market. From impressive gains in late 2024 to a sharp decline in early 2025, the token now sits at a modest $4. 40. With Bitcoin, Ethereum, and even meme-favorite Dogecoin experiencing wild swings, investors are left wondering: Is Polkadot on the verge of a breakout, or is it losing its relevance? The Cryptocurrency Landscape: Boom and Bust The broader crypto market has been nothing short of chaotic. Bitcoin surged 76% between September and December 2024, only to fall 21% from its peak. Ethereum followed suit, spiking 72% before slumping to a 52% discount from its December high. Dogecoin, the ever-unpredictable wild card, rocketed 361% in the fall but lost 63% of its value since. The political climate has played a role too. With hopes for crypto-friendly policies under the Trump administration, investors pushed prices higher. However, as the administration’s actual stance on digital assets remains lukewarm, markets have adjusted accordingly, triggering pullbacks across the board. Polkadot’s Next Move: The JAM Supercomputer Vision Polkadot has long positioned itself as a bridge between blockchains, but its ambitions are shifting. Founder Gavin Wood envisions Polkadot as more than just a multi-chain enabler. His latest project, the Join Accumulate Machine (JAM), aims to transform Polkadot into a fully functional Web3 supercomputer. Unlike traditional smart contract platforms with predefined programming environments, JAM allows developers to run almost any code compatible with RISC-V processors. This open-source alternative to x86 and ARM architectures could revolutionize blockchain computing. One eye-catching demonstration came in February when Wood ran the classic 1993 video game Doom as a smart contract on the Polkadot blockchain. Each validation node reportedly handled 20 instances of the game at full speed—showcasing the potential for more demanding applications in the future. Market Performance: A Struggle Against the S&P 500 Despite its technological advancements, Polkadot’s market performance has lagged. Over the past five years, DOT has underperformed compared to the S&P 500. While some cryptocurrencies have managed to outpace traditional financial assets, Polkadot’s price stagnation raises concerns about its long-term value. Consider the numbers: Metric Value Current Price $4. 40 Market Cap $7 billion 52-Week Range $3. 67 - $11. 41 6-Month Performance +5% While its low price could present a buying opportunity, skeptics argue that Polkadot needs stronger adoption before it can justify a significant rally. Polkadot’s Potential: Web3’s Sleeping Giant? The future of Polkadot hinges on real-world applications. Several major projects are already building on its infrastructure, including: Brave Browser: A privacy-focused web browser exploring blockchain-based advertising models. Mythical Games: Developers of blockchain-based sports titles. Neuroweb: A decentralized information-sharing platform. That said, the real breakthrough might come from an unexpected source. As seen with past tech booms, the biggest disruptors often emerge from unanticipated places. If Polkadot’s JAM vision takes off, it could become a major player in cloud computing, challenging traditional giants like Amazon Web Services and Microsoft Azure. For now, Polkadot remains a bet on Web3’s long-term evolution. Whether it turns into a powerhouse or fades into obscurity depends on the success of its ambitious roadmap.

---

- Published: 2025-03-21
- Modified: 2025-03-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/kim-kardashian-pushes-for-emergency-custody-hearing-after-kanye-wests-alleged-meeting-with-andrew-tate/
- Categories: Entertainment, News

Kim Kardashian has reportedly taken swift action after learning about Kanye West’s alleged plans to meet with controversial figures Andrew and Tristan Tate while their daughter, North West, was present. The reality star and entrepreneur is said to have called for an emergency custody hearing, reigniting legal tensions with her ex-husband. Kanye’s Alleged Meeting with the Tate Brothers Raises Concerns The controversy erupted when Kardashian was informed that the Tate brothers—who recently returned to the U. S. after facing serious legal battles overseas—were scheduled to visit Kanye’s residence. Alarm bells went off when sources suggested that North West could be present during the meeting. TMZ reported that Kardashian acted immediately, deploying security to pick up North before any interaction could take place. This intervention prevented what could have been an explosive situation, given the Tate brothers' history and their polarizing public image. Custody Agreement Allegedly Violated Yet Again It’s no secret that co-parenting between Kardashian and West has been fraught with challenges. The pair, who finalized their divorce in 2022, had established clear guidelines regarding their children. However, this latest incident is reportedly not the first time West has pushed boundaries. According to insiders, the former couple attended a custody meeting on March 14 with their legal teams and a mediator to address concerns about West’s recent actions. One key issue discussed was the rapper’s decision to feature North in his new song, Lonely Roads Still Go to Sunshine. The track, which honors imprisoned rap mogul Sean 'Diddy' Combs, includes vocals from their daughter—a move that allegedly violates their co-parenting agreement. West’s Explosive Online Rants Add Fuel to the Fire Shortly after the legal meeting, Kanye took to his X (formerly Twitter) account to unleash a series of inflammatory posts. Among the most shocking allegations, he claimed that Kardashian and her family were involved in sex trafficking. His rants didn’t stop there. He also lashed out at North’s involvement in an FKA Twigs song and criticized her frequent appearances in TikTok videos. These public outbursts have only intensified the ongoing legal drama between the ex-spouses. Kardashian's Next Move: Legal or Personal Intervention? Given the repeated custody issues, Kardashian may have no choice but to take further legal action. While she has largely avoided engaging in public disputes with West, this latest episode appears to have pushed her to set firmer boundaries. Legal experts speculate that Kardashian could seek modifications to their custody agreement, limiting West’s influence over their children’s public exposure. There is also the possibility that she may push for supervised visitation rights if West continues to violate their existing terms. Psychologists argue that shielding the children from public disputes is crucial, emphasizing the importance of stable co-parenting. The Bigger Picture: Public Feuds and Parental Rights This isn’t the first time Kanye West has sparked controversy regarding his parental decisions. His social media behavior has repeatedly drawn criticism, with some fans arguing that he should prioritize his children’s well-being over his personal grievances. Meanwhile, Kardashian remains focused on protecting North and her three other children—Saint, Chicago, and Psalm. Whether the courts will step in to impose stricter rules on West remains to be seen. But one thing is clear: the tension between these two exes isn’t going away anytime soon.

---

- Published: 2025-03-20
- Modified: 2025-03-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-trump-rally-recession-fears-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin has been on a rollercoaster, surging to an all-time high of $109,358 on the day of Donald Trump’s inauguration before sliding 22%. Investors who mistimed their entries may now be feeling the heat. As the market digests a mix of political optimism and economic uncertainty, the rest of 2025 could be just as unpredictable. Trump Effect Sparks Bitcoin Rally Bitcoin's recent surge isn't just about market cycles—it’s closely tied to the Trump Administration. Since Trump's election victory on Nov. 5, Bitcoin has more than doubled, reflecting traders’ expectations of a more crypto-friendly government. A stark contrast from previous regulatory crackdowns, this shift has fueled optimism in the industry. A major driver of this sentiment is the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Led by acting director Mark Uyeda, the agency has pivoted toward clarity rather than enforcement. High-profile lawsuits against major crypto firms like Coinbase, Consensys, and Kraken have been dropped, easing concerns over regulatory hurdles. One sentence is enough to make a point. Regulatory clarity remains a crucial step for Bitcoin’s mainstream adoption. Large financial institutions—mutual funds, pension funds, and insurance companies—tend to avoid uncertainty. If these deep-pocketed investors feel reassured, they could inject massive capital into Bitcoin, potentially stabilizing its price swings. Economic Uncertainty Looms Large Despite the optimism surrounding regulatory shifts, broader economic concerns could throw a wrench into Bitcoin's momentum. A potential recession, exacerbated by Trump's tariff policies, is a major headwind that traders can’t ignore. J. P. Morgan economists estimate a 40% chance of a recession, largely driven by trade tensions. Meanwhile, major retailers like Walmart and Dollar General have reported declining consumer sentiment—an early warning sign of economic distress. Would a recession actually hurt Bitcoin? That’s the million-dollar question. Unlike stocks, Bitcoin doesn’t have earnings or revenue to justify its valuation. In that sense, it's more akin to a currency. However, during economic downturns, asset prices across the board typically fall. When people and institutions have less wealth, speculative assets like Bitcoin tend to take a hit. A look back at the COVID-19 recession offers a clue. Bitcoin initially plummeted but rebounded sharply as stimulus checks flooded the market. If another downturn unfolds, a similar pattern could emerge—initial pain followed by a potential recovery once liquidity returns. Timing the Market Is Risky Investors hoping to ride the Bitcoin wave should tread carefully. The digital currency appears to be near the peak of a bull cycle, and looming economic challenges increase the chances of significant short-term volatility. A few key points to consider: Bitcoin is still highly speculative. Unlike stocks, it lacks fundamentals like earnings or dividends to support its valuation. Institutional adoption could drive long-term growth, but mainstream acceptance hinges on regulatory stability. Economic downturns historically impact speculative assets, meaning Bitcoin could see sharp declines if a recession hits. Long-term investors often fare better by holding through market cycles rather than attempting to time the perfect entry. While Bitcoin’s long-term prospects may still be strong, those considering new positions might benefit from waiting until the market settles.

---

- Published: 2025-03-20
- Modified: 2025-03-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sia-files-divorce-daniel-bernad-secret-baby/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Australian pop sensation Sia has officially ended her second marriage, filing for divorce from her husband, Daniel Bernad, after two years. The court documents, obtained by PEOPLE, cite "irreconcilable differences" as the reason for their split. A Quiet Split with Legal Moves The "Unstoppable" singer made the legal move on Wednesday, just a day after the couple officially separated. The court filing also revealed a personal milestone—Sia and Bernad secretly welcomed a baby nearly a year ago. Their child, named Somersault Wonder Bernad, was born on March 27, 2024. Despite the separation, Sia has requested legal and physical custody of their 11-month-old, though she remains open to Bernad having visitation rights. A Private Romance That Ended in Divorce Sia and Bernad's relationship was mostly private, but their wedding was a luxurious yet intimate affair. In May 2023, the couple tied the knot in a candlelit ceremony at the exclusive Villa Olivetta in Portofino, Italy. The event was attended by only six guests, reflecting Sia’s preference for keeping her personal life away from the public eye. Now, just two years later, their union has officially come to an end. Along with custody arrangements, the singer has petitioned the court to deny spousal support to Bernad, signaling a clean break. Sia’s Past Marriage and Relationship History Before Bernad, Sia was married to filmmaker Erik Anders Lang. The pair exchanged vows in August 2014 at her Palm Springs, California home. However, their marriage was short-lived, as they separated in December 2016. Sia has been open about her struggles with relationships and personal life, often expressing her emotions through music. Her latest divorce marks yet another chapter in her complex personal journey, one that she continues to navigate while balancing fame, motherhood, and her artistic career.

---

- Published: 2025-03-20
- Modified: 2025-03-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dollyway-malware-infects-wordpress-sites-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

A long-running cybercriminal operation dubbed "DollyWay" has been actively compromising WordPress websites for nearly a decade. With over 20,000 sites infected worldwide, the malware redirects users to scam pages while continuously evolving its tactics to stay undetected. Eight Years of Stealthy Infections Security researchers at GoDaddy have been tracking DollyWay, revealing its evolution from distributing banking trojans and ransomware to running large-scale scam redirections. Denis Sinegubko, a researcher at GoDaddy, explains that DollyWay’s latest version, v3, operates as a fraudulent traffic redirection system, making millions of impressions each month. GoDaddy’s findings suggest that what was once thought to be multiple, separate malware campaigns is, in fact, one unified operation. The research uncovered shared infrastructure, coding similarities, and monetization techniques across different attacks, all linking back to a single threat actor. "We've named this operation 'DollyWay World Domination' after a recurring string found in the malware’s code: define('DOLLY_WAY', 'World Domination')," GoDaddy noted in its report. A Profitable Redirection Scheme DollyWay v3 exploits vulnerabilities in outdated WordPress plugins and themes. Once a site is compromised, it becomes part of a global scam network that generates around 10 million fraudulent impressions per month. Victims visiting infected sites unknowingly get redirected to deceptive pages related to dating scams, cryptocurrency fraud, gambling schemes, and fake sweepstakes. The campaign monetizes these redirects through affiliate networks like VexTrio and LosPollos, both notorious for their involvement in shady online operations. The redirection process follows a sophisticated Traffic Direction System (TDS), which filters users based on: Geolocation and device type Referral source User activity (e. g. , whether they click on a page element) Only valid targets—those not logged into WordPress and not identified as bots—are redirected to scam sites. The malware even selects three random infected sites as TDS nodes, ensuring that the final redirect remains difficult to track. Reinfection Tactics Make Removal Challenging DollyWay isn’t just about hijacking traffic; it’s designed to be nearly impossible to remove. The malware automatically reinfects sites with every page load, making cleanup efforts frustratingly ineffective. Here's how it ensures persistence: Malicious PHP code spreads across all active plugins. The malware installs and hides a copy of the WPCode plugin, which contains obfuscated scripts. It creates hidden admin accounts named with random 32-character hex strings, making them invisible unless manually inspected in the database. Additionally, WPCode—a legitimate plugin used for inserting small code snippets—serves as a stealthy malware delivery vehicle. DollyWay modifies it to hide itself from the WordPress plugin list, preventing administrators from easily spotting and removing it. Technical Breakdown of the Infection Chain DollyWay follows a three-stage infection process: Initial Injection: The malware exploits known vulnerabilities in WordPress plugins and themes, injecting a malicious script using 'wp_enqueue_script'. Filtering and Traffic Analysis: The injected script collects visitor data and determines whether they qualify for redirection. Final Redirection: A JavaScript snippet selects three compromised sites as nodes, which then execute the final redirect to a scam site via the TDS system. One crucial feature of DollyWay v3 is that the final redirection only happens when a user interacts with the webpage—such as clicking on an element. This helps the malware evade detection by automated security scanners that only analyze passive page loads. What’s Next? GoDaddy has released a list of indicators of compromise (IoCs) to help site owners detect and mitigate infections. The company also plans to publish further details on DollyWay’s infrastructure and tactics, aiming to disrupt this long-standing cybercriminal operation. For WordPress administrators, the best defense remains: Keeping plugins and themes updated Regularly auditing installed plugins for unauthorized changes Checking database records for hidden admin accounts With DollyWay proving to be a persistent and evolving threat, website owners must remain vigilant to avoid falling victim to this widespread malware campaign.

---

- Published: 2025-03-19
- Modified: 2025-03-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-ethereum-russia-sanctions-trade/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

A new wave of major investors is making its presence felt in the cryptocurrency market, and it's already having an impact. While individual traders should make decisions based on their own strategies, some market movements are too big to ignore. A particular trend in Bitcoin (BTC) and Ethereum (ETH) accumulation is beginning to shape their prices, and it’s tied to a geopolitical shift with major implications. How Sanctions Are Driving Bitcoin and Ethereum Demand The global nature of cryptocurrencies means they are used in financial transactions across nearly every major economy. While legal exchanges exist in most developed markets, digital assets like Bitcoin and Ethereum are also being used in shadowy transactions, particularly in countries facing economic sanctions. Russia’s oil trade, valued at $192 billion in 2024, has become a major factor in this dynamic. Due to Western sanctions, direct sales in the ruble, yuan, or rupee have become increasingly difficult. Instead, businesses are turning to Bitcoin and Ethereum to bypass these restrictions. Companies in India and China buy oil using local currency. Middlemen convert the payments into cryptocurrencies. Russian oil firms receive Bitcoin or Ethereum, then liquidate them for rubles. This workaround allows trade to continue without direct violations of sanctions at the initial exchange level. While the U. S. and EU have sanctioned some Russian crypto exchanges, alternatives continue to emerge, ensuring that the demand for Bitcoin and Ethereum remains high. The Scale of Crypto Transactions in Russian Oil Sales The extent to which Bitcoin and Ethereum are used in Russian oil transactions is difficult to quantify precisely. However, recent reports suggest that billions of dollars worth of crypto are moving through channels linked to sanctioned entities. The impact on price trends is already visible. Cryptocurrency Market Cap 52-Week Range Bitcoin (BTC) $1. 6T $49,221 - $108,785 Ethereum (ETH) $233B $1,791 - $4,089 This sustained buying pressure is likely to keep crypto prices elevated, at least as long as Russia continues to rely on this method for trade settlements. A New Era for Bitcoin as a Sanctions Evasion Tool Bitcoin’s decentralized nature makes it a favored asset for transactions that bypass traditional financial oversight. Unlike stablecoins, which are often issued by centralized entities that can freeze accounts under government orders, Bitcoin operates without such constraints. This feature is now being tested at a massive scale as Russian oil transactions increasingly rely on the network. Ethereum is also seeing increased usage, though to a lesser extent. Unlike Bitcoin, Ethereum’s development is overseen by the Ethereum Foundation, which could take steps to limit its use in these transactions. This means that while Bitcoin’s role in the sanctions trade could persist, Ethereum’s participation might be more short-lived. The Risk of a Sudden Reversal Despite the apparent support for Bitcoin and Ethereum prices, investors should be wary of potential volatility. Sanctions-related demand is not a stable foundation for long-term growth. Several factors could disrupt this trend: A sudden shift in Russia’s trade policies. Stricter enforcement of crypto-related sanctions. Increased scrutiny from international financial regulators. Furthermore, the possibility of a crackdown on crypto exchanges facilitating these transactions could lead to a sharp decline in demand. Investors considering exposure to Bitcoin and Ethereum should be mindful of the risks tied to geopolitical developments. What This Means for Investors The current trend highlights one of Bitcoin’s core value propositions: its resistance to centralized control. While Ethereum may not benefit as much due to its more structured governance, Bitcoin’s role as a sanctions-evading currency reinforces its appeal as a financial asset that operates beyond government oversight. However, the sustainability of this demand remains uncertain. Traders should be cautious about basing investment decisions solely on this geopolitical dynamic, as it could change rapidly. The pressure on prices may last as long as sanctions remain in place, but once the landscape shifts, the consequences could be unpredictable.

---

- Published: 2025-03-19
- Modified: 2025-03-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/california-cryobank-data-breach-exposes-customers/
- Categories: News, Finance

California Cryobank, the largest sperm bank in the United States, has confirmed a data breach that exposed highly sensitive personal information of its customers. The breach, which occurred in April 2024, is raising significant privacy concerns, particularly regarding the potential compromise of donor anonymity. Data Breach Detected After Suspicious Activity California Cryobank first noticed unusual activity on its network on April 21, 2024. In response, the company swiftly isolated affected computers from its IT infrastructure. However, an internal investigation revealed that the breach had already taken place, with unauthorized access occurring between April 20 and April 22, 2024. "Through our investigation, CCB determined that an unauthorized party gained access to our IT environment and may have accessed and/or acquired files maintained on certain computer systems," the company stated in its data breach notification. California Cryobank undertook a detailed review of the compromised files, fearing that an extensive amount of customer information had been exposed. Stolen Data Includes Financial and Personal Details Following an almost year-long investigation, California Cryobank confirmed that a wide range of customer data was accessed during the breach. The stolen data includes: Names of customers Bank account and routing numbers Social Security numbers Driver's license numbers Payment card details Health insurance information These details could be exploited for identity theft, fraud, and financial scams. Given the sensitivity of the data, affected customers are being urged to remain vigilant for suspicious activity on their financial accounts. Free Credit Monitoring Offered to Affected Customers To mitigate the risks associated with the breach, California Cryobank is offering one year of free credit monitoring services. This offer applies to customers whose Social Security numbers or driver's license numbers were exposed. Despite these efforts, cybersecurity experts warn that stolen personal data can remain at risk long after the initial breach. Some forms of identity theft may not surface immediately, and customers should monitor their financial and personal records beyond the one-year monitoring period. Uncertainty Over Donor Data Exposure One of the biggest concerns surrounding the breach is whether it compromised the anonymity of sperm donors. California Cryobank assigns donor ID numbers to maintain privacy. These IDs are provided to sperm recipients and, in some cases, offspring who may later seek information about their biological fathers. If donor ID numbers were stolen, it could pose a significant breach of confidentiality for individuals who donated sperm under the assumption of anonymity. So far, California Cryobank has not confirmed whether donor-specific information was among the exposed data. California Cryobank’s Response and Security Measures The company has since implemented additional security protocols to prevent future breaches. These include: Strengthening IT security measures Enhancing system monitoring tools Conducting a thorough security review Notifying affected customers promptly Cybersecurity remains an ongoing challenge for companies handling sensitive personal data. While California Cryobank has taken steps to bolster its defenses, the breach highlights the vulnerabilities in the medical and fertility industry’s digital infrastructure. No Response Yet on Donor Data Exposure BleepingComputer attempted to reach California Cryobank for further clarification on whether donor records, including ID numbers, were compromised. As of now, the company has not responded. With privacy and anonymity at the core of sperm donation services, any exposure of donor data could lead to legal and ethical ramifications. Customers and donors alike are left waiting for further updates on the full extent of the breach.

---

- Published: 2025-03-19
- Modified: 2025-03-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/john-cena-heel-turn-raw-2025/
- Categories: News, Sports

John Cena sent shockwaves through the WWE Universe on March 17, 2025, with a dramatic and unexpected heel turn during Monday Night RAW in Brussels, Belgium. The 16-time world champion, who has been the face of WWE for over two decades, stunned fans by openly severing ties with them in a fiery, emotion-laced promo that left the audience reeling. Cena Breaks Character with a Somber Entrance It wasn’t the usual John Cena who stepped into the ring that night. There were no pumped-up theatrics, no salute to the fans, no signature hustle, loyalty, and respect. Instead, Cena walked in with a grim expression, his demeanor heavy with frustration. The Brussels crowd, expecting the usual energy, fell into an uneasy silence as they sensed something different was brewing. For years, Cena has been the ultimate good guy, the never-say-die warrior who embodied WWE’s clean-cut, never-give-up attitude. But on this night, everything changed. There was no joy in his eyes, no playful smirk—just an exhausted veteran who seemed to have reached his breaking point. A Bitter Farewell to the WWE Universe Once inside the ring, Cena wasted no time. His voice, raw with emotion, carried a mix of anger and sorrow as he addressed the fans directly. "Well, listen to this. I am breaking up with you. I am done. I am breaking up with every single person. Whether you like me or don’t, you’re dumped. I don’t need you anymore. I don’t care about you, and you don’t matter to me," Cena declared, his words cutting through the stunned silence. His speech wasn’t a typical heel rant. This wasn’t about joining a faction or turning on a tag-team partner. It was personal. Cena framed his decision as the inevitable conclusion of an "abusive relationship" with the WWE Universe—one that had drained him after 25 years. "You spoiled my farewell tour, you treated me like a puppet, and I thought I was doing something good for this company. But you ruined it," he added, his voice laced with resentment. One sentence stood out: "There’s no noise you can make, there’s nothing you can do because you know I am right, and you know you are wrong. " It was an eerie moment—Cena wasn't looking for boos or cheers. He was making a statement. Cody Rhodes Takes a Stand As Cena’s words sank in, the unmistakable theme music of Cody Rhodes interrupted the moment. The American Nightmare made his way to the ring, determined to confront the man he once admired. Rhodes didn’t mince words. Mocking Cena for his emotional meltdown, he called him out for the way he handled his Elimination Chamber defeat. But more importantly, Rhodes challenged Cena to rediscover his true identity before their inevitable WrestleMania 41 clash. "You’re lost, John. I don’t know who you are anymore, but I want the real John Cena at WrestleMania. Not this version," Rhodes stated, planting the seeds for what promises to be an explosive match on the grandest stage of them all. The tension between them was thick. Cena didn’t respond immediately—he simply stared at Rhodes, his jaw clenched. Then, without another word, he turned and left the ring, leaving the WWE Universe hanging in uncertainty. Cena’s Cryptic Instagram Post Adds Fuel to the Fire The drama didn’t end inside the ring. Hours later, Cena took to Instagram to post an image from the classic TV show Friends—specifically, the infamous Ross and Rachel breakup scene. It was a strange but fitting analogy. Cena had just "broken up" with the WWE Universe, and the reference to one of pop culture’s most famous splits only deepened the speculation about what this transformation truly meant for his career. Was this heel turn permanent? Was it a temporary shift before an even bigger moment at WrestleMania? Or was this Cena’s way of saying goodbye for good? What’s Next for Cena and the WWE? One thing is certain: John Cena’s WWE chapter has entered unfamiliar territory. If this new persona sticks, it could redefine how fans view him for years to come. His long-awaited match with Cody Rhodes at WrestleMania 41 has now taken on an entirely new level of intensity. WWE officials will have to navigate how this shift impacts merchandising, given that Cena has been the company’s biggest babyface for years. As the countdown to WrestleMania continues, speculation will run wild. But for now, Cena’s words remain etched in the minds of every WWE fan—because this time, he wasn’t playing a character. He was speaking from the heart.

---

- Published: 2025-03-18
- Modified: 2025-03-18
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-long-term-investment-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Cryptocurrencies have a reputation for wild price swings, and XRP is no exception. Yet, the long game often tells a different story. With strategic positioning and real-world applications, XRP could emerge stronger in the coming years, despite its recent price dip. XRP Holds Its Ground in a Shaky Market Not all cryptocurrencies are built the same. While the broader market moves in waves, some digital assets prove more resilient over time. XRP, launched in 2012, has established itself as one such contender. With a market cap of $133 billion and a history of delivering value, it has found a niche beyond speculative trading. Unlike meme coins or hype-driven tokens, XRP is designed with a clear use case. Its primary goal? Revolutionizing cross-border payments. That focus has helped it maintain credibility, even when the broader crypto market wobbles. The Numbers Tell an Interesting Story XRP's performance has seen its share of highs and lows. Currently trading at $2. 28, it has experienced a price range of $0. 39 to $3. 38 over the past year. Daily trading volumes hover around 2. 9 billion XRP, underscoring its liquidity. Here’s a quick breakdown of key financial figures: Metric Value Market Cap $133B Current Price $2. 28 52-Week Range $0. 39 - $3. 38 Daily Trading Volume 2. 9B XRP Despite recent dips, XRP’s long-term growth hinges on its fundamental value rather than short-term market speculation. A Bridge Currency with Real-World Use XRP is more than just another cryptocurrency—it’s a bridge currency facilitating international transactions. By allowing direct conversion between different fiat currencies, it circumvents traditional banking intermediaries. Traditional wire transfers can take days and cost up to $75 per transaction. XRP transactions settle in 3-5 seconds at a fraction of a cent. Banks and financial institutions have already partnered with Ripple to streamline payments. Speed, cost-efficiency, and reliability make XRP a strong candidate for cross-border financial solutions, a use case that sets it apart from purely speculative tokens. Competition and the Road Ahead XRP isn’t alone in the payments space. Rivals like Solana and Avalanche offer high-speed transactions with low fees. However, XRP’s longevity and institutional partnerships may give it an edge. Its ability to work within existing financial frameworks while still leveraging blockchain technology is a unique strength. The next three years will be crucial as regulatory clarity improves and adoption grows. If XRP continues to solidify its role in banking and finance, its long-term value proposition remains compelling.

---

- Published: 2025-03-18
- Modified: 2025-03-18
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/kris-jenner-celebrates-rob-kardashian-38th-birthday/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Kris Jenner is embracing all the emotions as her only son, Rob Kardashian, marks another year around the sun. The Kardashian-Jenner matriarch took to Instagram on Monday to share a heartfelt tribute for Rob’s 38th birthday, flooding her feed with love and nostalgia. A Mother’s Love in Words and Pictures Jenner, 68, didn’t hold back her emotions in the Instagram post, calling Rob one of her “life’s most special blessings and joys. ” She expressed gratitude for being his mother, writing, “Happy birthday to my amazing son Rob! You are truly one of my life’s most special blessings and joys, and I thank God He chose me to be your Mom. ” The post continued with more warmth: “You are such an incredible Dad, Son, Brother, Uncle, Grandson, and best friend, and I cherish every memory we have made. We celebrate you today, and I love you so very much @robkardashianofficial. ” Accompanying the message was a series of photos capturing Rob through different stages of life. The first image featured Kris and Rob smiling, with Kris holding a birthday cake—an intimate glimpse into their bond. Other pictures showcased Rob as a child, a young adult, and as a devoted father to his daughter, Dream Kardashian. Rob Kardashian’s Life Away from the Limelight Unlike his high-profile sisters—Kim, Khloé, Kourtney, Kendall, and Kylie—Rob has largely stepped away from the cameras. Though he was once a regular on Keeping Up With the Kardashians, he has maintained a relatively low profile over the past eight years. His absence extends to The Kardashians, the Hulu series that succeeded KUWTK in 2022. While his sisters continue to dominate screens and social media, Rob has chosen a quieter life, prioritizing fatherhood and personal well-being. A Birthday Celebration With Family Despite his private lifestyle, Rob remains deeply connected to his family. His sisters and mother frequently speak about him with admiration, emphasizing his role as a doting father to Dream, whom he shares with ex-fiancée Blac Chyna. While Rob himself rarely posts on social media, his loved ones make sure he’s never forgotten in their online tributes. Khloé Kardashian, in particular, has been a vocal supporter of her younger brother. She has often referred to him as one of her best friends, praising his humor, kindness, and dedication to family. Given their close bond, it wouldn’t be surprising if she and the rest of the family had an intimate birthday gathering for Rob behind the scenes. The Evolution of Rob Kardashian Rob’s life has seen many ups and downs, from his struggles with weight and mental health to legal battles involving his past relationship with Blac Chyna. Over the years, he has taken steps to focus on self-improvement, health, and raising his daughter. While he may not be as visible as his sisters, Rob remains a key part of the Kardashian-Jenner legacy. His Arthur George sock brand, launched in 2012, continues to be one of his business ventures, and he has occasionally made appearances on family social media posts. Will Rob Kardashian Return to Reality TV? Though fans often speculate about a potential return to television, Rob himself has given no indication of making a comeback. In a 2020 interview, Khloé suggested that Rob is open to the idea but is taking things at his own pace. For now, it seems Rob Kardashian is happy living life on his own terms, away from the public glare that defines his family. And as he celebrates another year, one thing remains clear—he’s got an unwavering support system in his corner.

---

- Published: 2025-03-18
- Modified: 2025-03-18
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/playstation-xbox-atelier-yumia-free-demo/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

A pleasant surprise awaits PlayStation and Xbox gamers this week as they’re treated to a sizeable free download. The giveaway is in celebration of an upcoming title that’s making history in a long-running RPG franchise. Atelier Yumia Marks a Milestone for the Franchise Atelier Yumia: The Alchemist of Memories & the Envisioned Land is set to launch on March 21, bringing with it an impressive legacy. This marks the 26th mainline entry in the Atelier series, a franchise that has built a dedicated fanbase over decades. However, what makes this release particularly notable is that it's the first Atelier game to ever debut on Xbox consoles. Historically, the series has been a staple on PlayStation and Nintendo platforms, but Xbox players will finally get their chance to experience the world of anime-inspired alchemy and adventure. A Hefty Demo Available on All Platforms For those unfamiliar with the series or hesitant to commit to a full purchase, there’s good news. A demo for Atelier Yumia is now available on all platforms, including PlayStation 4, PlayStation 5, Xbox One, Xbox Series X/S, Steam, and Nintendo Switch. Reports suggest that this isn’t just a brief teaser but a significant chunk of gameplay, giving newcomers and longtime fans alike a solid preview of what’s to come. Given that the game is introducing itself to a brand-new audience on Xbox, this demo could be the perfect way to test the waters before its full release. Early Reviews Paint a Positive Picture If you’re still unsure whether the game is worth your time, the first wave of reviews might help with the decision. 74% of critics on OpenCritic currently recommend the game. Metacritic scores are hovering around 80 across various platforms, indicating a solid reception. While not groundbreaking, these scores suggest a well-received entry that stays true to the charm and mechanics fans have come to expect from the series. Given the sheer number of Atelier games available, it’s reassuring to see this latest installment maintaining strong critical support. What This Means for Xbox Players The arrival of Atelier Yumia on Xbox is a significant moment, even beyond just this title. Japanese RPGs have historically been scarce on Xbox, with many developers prioritizing PlayStation, PC, and Nintendo systems. This move signals a possible shift, as more Japanese studios consider bringing their games to a wider audience. For Xbox players who’ve always been curious about the series but never had the chance, this is a golden opportunity. The demo being widely available means there’s no excuse not to see what all the fuss is about. A Franchise Worth Exploring? The Atelier series has always been a bit of a niche within the RPG space. Unlike traditional turn-based RPGs filled with epic battles and world-ending stakes, these games emphasize alchemy, character-driven stories, and slice-of-life elements. It’s a different flavor of RPG, but one that has resonated with a dedicated audience for years. If you find yourself enjoying the demo, be warned: there are 25 other mainline Atelier games out there. Falling in love with this series might mean adding a massive backlog to your gaming library. That said, for now, the focus is on Atelier Yumia. Whether you’re a longtime fan or a complete newcomer, there’s no harm in giving the demo a try. Who knows? You might just find yourself immersed in a new RPG obsession.

---

- Published: 2025-03-17
- Modified: 2025-03-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-xrp-market-crash-comparison/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The stock market is looking shaky. With the Nasdaq Composite and S&P 500 entering correction territory, investors are questioning the stability of their assets. Even Bitcoin (BTC) and XRP (XRP), often considered safer than some cryptocurrencies, are not immune when the market takes a hit. So, which one stands a better chance of weathering a storm—and which is the smarter buy after the dust settles? A Look Back at the 2020 Market Crash History can be a useful guide. When markets tanked in early 2020 due to the pandemic, Bitcoin and XRP didn’t escape unscathed. Both cryptocurrencies plunged along with stocks and other assets. But what happened next? Bitcoin rebounded sharply. Over the next five years, it not only recovered but surged to new highs. XRP also climbed but with more erratic price swings. The data suggests that while both cryptos suffered in the crash, Bitcoin had a steadier comeback. Different Roles, Different Risks Bitcoin and XRP serve different purposes, and that distinction matters when considering their resilience in a downturn. Bitcoin is primarily a store of value. Its appeal comes from scarcity—only 21 million coins will ever exist. Over time, as fewer new Bitcoins are mined, scarcity increases, which helps maintain or boost its price. XRP, on the other hand, is a utility token. It's designed for fast and cheap transactions, mainly for financial institutions looking to move money across borders. This fundamental difference affects how each asset reacts during market stress. What Happens During a Crash? When markets fall, uncertainty rises. Financial institutions, the primary users of XRP, may hesitate to adopt new technologies or expand their use of XRP for cross-border transactions. Less adoption means weaker demand, which could drive XRP’s price down further. Bitcoin, however, is often treated as “digital gold. ” While investors may sell some holdings to raise cash, many see Bitcoin as a hedge against long-term economic instability. Its fixed supply adds to its appeal, making it likely that once the crisis stabilizes, demand will return, pushing prices up again. The Scarcity Factor: Bitcoin’s Key Strength Bitcoin’s built-in scarcity is a major advantage. Regardless of market conditions, Bitcoin mining rewards decrease over time. That means supply slows down while demand fluctuates. If a crash leads to panic selling, prices may drop temporarily—but when demand returns, the competition for Bitcoin intensifies, often resulting in sharp price increases. XRP doesn’t have this same scarcity mechanic. Its price is more closely tied to usage and institutional adoption. If financial firms reduce their reliance on XRP during uncertain times, the coin's price could remain under pressure for longer periods. Comparing Bitcoin and XRP Performance Let’s break down some key metrics between the two cryptos: Metric Bitcoin (BTC) XRP Market Cap $1. 7 Trillion $136 Billion Current Price $83,449. 00 $2. 35 52-Week High $108,785. 53 $3. 38 52-Week Low $49,221. 15 $0. 39 Supply Limit 21 Million 100 Billion (Pre-Mined) Bitcoin’s larger market cap and fixed supply add to its long-term stability compared to XRP’s higher volatility and dependence on institutional demand. What Should Investors Do? Nobody can predict the exact timing of a market crash. But history suggests that Bitcoin is the safer choice for those looking to hold through turbulent times. That doesn’t mean XRP is worthless. It has its own use case, particularly in the payments sector. However, if financial firms pull back during economic uncertainty, XRP’s price could suffer more than Bitcoin’s. For investors looking to make moves: Keep some cash available for opportunities that arise in a downturn. Consider Bitcoin as a long-term store of value. Treat XRP as a more speculative bet tied to financial sector adoption. Market cycles come and go. Bitcoin’s history shows that it tends to rebound stronger over time, while XRP’s future depends on broader financial industry trends. The next market crash may test these dynamics again.

---

- Published: 2025-03-17
- Modified: 2025-03-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-bieber-heartfelt-message-family-reunion/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Justin Bieber opened up about his emotions in a heartfelt social media post after spending time with his siblings. The pop star, known for his chart-topping hits and global fan base, shared a rare glimpse into his personal reflections, touching on themes of healing and emotional struggles. A Rare Glimpse into Bieber’s Personal Struggles Justin Bieber has always been in the public eye, but his latest Instagram story offered a rare and deeply personal insight into his emotional world. The singer, 30, wrote about the challenges of processing emotions like hate and pain, revealing that he once felt unsafe acknowledging them. “I WAS ALWAYS TOLD WHEN I WAS A KID NOT TO HATE BUT IT MADE ME FEEL LIKE I WASN’T ALLOWED TO HAVE IT AND SO I DIDN’T TELL ANYONE I’VE HAD IT,” Bieber wrote in all caps, making his words stand out with urgency. He continued, “WHICH MADE ME FEEL LIKE I HAVE BEEN DROWNING FEELING UNSAFE TO ACKNOWLEDGE IT. ” This raw admission sheds light on the struggles many individuals face when dealing with complex emotions, especially under the scrutiny of fame. A Family Bond That Brings Comfort Bieber’s emotional post came shortly after his father, Jeremy Bieber, shared a touching family moment on Instagram. The photo, captioned "My Crew," showed Jeremy sitting with his children, including Justin’s younger siblings: Bay, 6, Jazmyn, 16, Jaxon, 15, and step-sister Allie Bieber, 17. The snap painted a picture of warmth and unity, with Justin flashing a big smile while surrounded by his loved ones. His bond with his siblings has always been strong, and moments like these highlight the significance of family in his life. From Pop Stardom to Personal Reflection Bieber’s rise to fame was nothing short of meteoric. Discovered on YouTube as a teenager, he quickly became one of the biggest names in the music industry. However, with the highs of stardom came intense public scrutiny, battles with mental health, and a relentless spotlight on his personal life. His recent post echoes sentiments he has shared in the past about struggling with fame and the emotional toll it took on him. From taking breaks from music to focus on his well-being to openly discussing mental health, Bieber has consistently used his platform to advocate for self-care and emotional awareness. The Power of Acknowledgment and Growth In concluding his message, Bieber emphasized an important lesson about acknowledging negative emotions rather than suppressing them. “I THINK WE CAN ONLY LET HATE GO BY FIRST ACKNOWLEDGING IT’S THERE. HOW COULDN’T WE FEEL HATE FROM ALL OF THE HURT WE HAVE EXPERIENCED? ” he wrote. His words resonated with fans who have followed his journey through personal and professional challenges. Bieber’s willingness to be vulnerable and share his struggles reflects a growing shift among celebrities who are increasingly open about mental health and emotional well-being. His post serves as a reminder that even those who seem to have it all—fame, fortune, and success—struggle with deep-seated emotions. And sometimes, a simple family reunion can be a powerful moment of healing.

---

- Published: 2025-03-17
- Modified: 2025-03-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/github-phishing-attack-targets-12000-repositories/
- Categories: News, Technology

A massive phishing campaign is sweeping through GitHub, hitting nearly 12,000 repositories with fake "Security Alert" issues. The scheme is tricking developers into granting full access to a malicious OAuth app, putting accounts and code at risk. Fake Security Alerts Flood GitHub Repositories Developers across GitHub woke up to an alarming message: their accounts had been accessed from Reykjavik, Iceland, via IP address 53. 253. 117. 8. The warning, disguised as an official security notification, urged users to update passwords and enable two-factor authentication. However, every action led to one place—an authorization page for a fraudulent OAuth app named "gitsecurityapp. " Cybersecurity researcher Luc4m was among the first to flag the attack. The deceptive GitHub issues all carried identical wording, creating a sense of urgency that made users more likely to fall for the scam. Malicious OAuth App Requests Full Control If users took the bait, they were directed to an authorization page requesting extensive permissions. The list of requested scopes should have raised immediate red flags: repo: Full access to public and private repositories user: Read and write privileges on user profiles read:org: Access to organization and team memberships read:discussion, write:discussion: Read and write permissions for discussions gist: Control over GitHub gists delete_repo: The ability to delete repositories workflows, workflow, write:workflow, read:workflow, update:workflow: Full control over GitHub Actions workflows These permissions would allow attackers to steal source code, inject malicious changes, delete critical repositories, and hijack automated workflows—effectively seizing complete control over compromised accounts. Attackers Leveraging Render to Host Malicious Callbacks Once a user authorized the fake OAuth app, an access token was generated and sent to an external callback URL hosted on Render, a popular cloud hosting service. The attackers used various pages on onrender. com to receive stolen credentials. The attack started early in the morning at 6:52 AM ET and remains ongoing. GitHub appears to be actively responding, as the number of affected repositories fluctuates. However, the attackers are adapting, continuing to spread the phishing links and creating new fake security alerts. Steps to Protect Your GitHub Account If you've been targeted or mistakenly authorized the malicious OAuth app, immediate action is necessary to secure your account: Revoke OAuth App Access: Go to GitHub Settings > Applications and remove any suspicious GitHub Apps or OAuth integrations. Look for names similar to 'gitsecurityapp. ' Check for Unauthorized Changes: Review new or unexpected GitHub Actions workflows and private gists that may have been created. Rotate Credentials: Change your passwords and refresh any authorization tokens to prevent further unauthorized access. GitHub has yet to provide an official response on the incident, but given the scale of the attack, additional security measures and platform-wide alerts may be expected soon.

---

- Published: 2025-03-15
- Modified: 2025-03-15
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-etf-approval-impact/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The cryptocurrency market has been buzzing with speculation over potential exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for XRP, a digital asset already popular among financial institutions for cross-border transactions. Nine asset management firms have filed applications with the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and if approved, these ETFs could significantly impact the token’s price and liquidity. But does this mean investors should jump in? Multiple ETF Filings Could Drive Demand As of March 12, major financial firms—including Franklin Templeton—have submitted filings to launch XRP ETFs. More companies may follow suit, intensifying interest in the cryptocurrency. Each application represents a potential boost for XRP. If approved, ETFs could introduce substantial trading volume, making it easier for large investors to buy and sell without disrupting the market. This would be particularly appealing to financial institutions, which already use XRP for international transfers. One key benefit of ETF approval is the added legitimacy it would bring. If the SEC greenlights these funds, it signals to the market that XRP meets regulatory standards, possibly attracting hesitant institutional investors. But the real question remains: Is this enough to make XRP a must-buy? Liquidity and Institutional Adoption in Focus For large-scale financial players, liquidity is critical. More liquidity means: Easier movement of large sums without drastic price swings. Reduced slippage for major transactions. Greater appeal for banks and payment processors. Since XRP is designed to facilitate cross-border payments, enhanced liquidity from ETFs could further solidify its role in global finance. If institutional players view XRP as a more stable asset, adoption could increase, strengthening its long-term investment case. A Lesson from Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs have already been approved, but their impact on price has been mixed. While Bitcoin saw short-term gains following its spot ETF approval, long-term effects remain uncertain. Ethereum has followed a similar pattern. A table comparing ETF effects on crypto assets: Cryptocurrency ETF Approval Date Immediate Price Change Long-Term Impact Bitcoin January 2024 +15% in 1 week Mixed results Ethereum May 2024 +10% in 2 weeks Limited effect XRP (Expected) TBD Unknown Speculative Past ETF approvals indicate that while they can drive short-term excitement, they don't guarantee sustained price growth. XRP could follow the same pattern, seeing an initial surge but eventually stabilizing. Will XRP “Go to the Moon”? Hype surrounding ETF approvals often sparks speculation about massive price increases. However, history suggests otherwise. While ETFs can enhance liquidity and institutional participation, they don’t eliminate crypto volatility. For skeptical investors, XRP’s potential ETFs might not be a compelling enough reason to buy in. The SEC’s approval would mark a regulatory milestone, but it wouldn’t transform the fundamental risks associated with cryptocurrency investing. On the other hand, current XRP holders could benefit from an ETF-driven boost, making accumulation a reasonable strategy. The Bottom Line XRP’s ETF potential is an exciting development, but investors should temper their expectations. While approval could bring legitimacy and liquidity, past examples from Bitcoin and Ethereum suggest that ETFs alone won’t send the price skyrocketing. For cautious investors, the decision to buy remains complex, while existing holders may find reason to accumulate more.

---

- Published: 2025-03-15
- Modified: 2025-03-15
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/coinbase-phishing-wallet-migration-scam/
- Categories: News, Crypto

A sophisticated phishing campaign is targeting Coinbase users, luring them into transferring their funds to a fraudulent self-custodial wallet. The scheme, disguised as a mandatory wallet migration, exploits users' trust by providing a pre-generated recovery phrase controlled by the attackers. Fraudulent Emails Masquerade as Official Coinbase Notices Coinbase customers are receiving deceptive emails with the subject line "Migrate to Coinbase Wallet," urging them to transition to self-custodial wallets. The message falsely claims that a class action lawsuit has forced Coinbase to require users to manage their own wallets. The phishing email includes a fabricated announcement: "As of March 14th, Coinbase is transitioning to self-custodial wallets. Following a class action lawsuit alleging unregistered securities and unlicensed operations, the court has mandated that users manage their own wallets. " It also falsely asserts that Coinbase will operate as a registered broker, allowing users to make purchases but requiring all assets to be moved to Coinbase Wallet. The message then provides a pre-generated recovery phrase, instructing users to import it into Coinbase Wallet. Phishing Emails Bypass Security Filters Unlike traditional phishing attacks that include malicious links, this campaign cleverly avoids common red flags. All the links in the email direct users to Coinbase’s legitimate Wallet page, making it appear credible. A key detail that exposes the fraud is the sender address: noreply@akamai. com. The email is also being sent from the IP address 167. 89. 33. 244, a SendGrid IP that resolves to o1. soha. akamai. com. Despite these red flags, the email successfully passes SPF, DMARC, and DKIM security checks, allowing it to bypass many spam filters. This makes the phishing attempt more deceptive, increasing the likelihood that unsuspecting users will fall for it. Akamai Responds to Potential Email Exploit Security researchers at BleepingComputer reached out to Akamai to investigate whether one of their SendGrid accounts had been compromised. Akamai responded with the following statement: "Akamai is aware of reports regarding a potential phishing scam targeting Coinbase users that involves an Akamai email domain. We take information security very seriously and are actively investigating the matter. " Akamai warned users to remain cautious about unsolicited emails requesting sensitive information. They urged users to report suspicious messages and avoid clicking on links or entering personal data. A Clever Twist on Crypto Theft What makes this phishing campaign particularly unique is its method. Instead of tricking users into revealing their own recovery phrases, the attackers provide one themselves. The email instructs users to set up a new Coinbase Wallet using a pre-generated recovery phrase. This phrase is already controlled by the attackers, meaning they have full access to the wallet. If users follow the instructions and transfer funds to the wallet, the attackers can immediately steal the assets. By flipping the traditional phishing approach, this campaign avoids some of the usual security warnings and makes users feel like they are following legitimate instructions. Coinbase Warns Users to Stay Alert Coinbase has acknowledged the scam and issued a warning via its official X (formerly Twitter) account: "Reminder: Beware of recovery phrase scams. We're aware of new phishing emails going around pretending to be Coinbase and Coinbase Wallet. We will never send you a recovery phrase, and you should never enter a recovery phrase given to you by someone else. " For users who have already fallen for the scam but still have funds in the fraudulent wallet, immediate action is required. Transferring assets back to a secure wallet before the attackers access them is the only way to prevent total loss. How to Protect Yourself from Similar Scams Phishing attacks targeting cryptocurrency users are becoming increasingly sophisticated. Here are a few key ways to stay safe: Never use a recovery phrase provided via email or website. Legitimate wallet setups require users to generate their own phrase. Verify email senders. Coinbase will never send wallet recovery phrases via email. Always check the sender's domain for inconsistencies. Use two-factor authentication (2FA). Adding an extra security layer can help prevent unauthorized access. Report suspicious emails. If you receive a fraudulent email, report it to Coinbase and your email provider. This latest scam is a reminder that cryptocurrency users must remain vigilant. The golden rule has always been to never share your recovery phrase—but now, that rule must expand to never use one given to you either.

---

- Published: 2025-03-15
- Modified: 2025-03-15
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/jennifer-lopez-tribute-donatella-versace-exit/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Jennifer Lopez took to Instagram on Friday, March 14, to celebrate her longtime friend Donatella Versace, just days after the legendary designer announced her departure as creative director of the luxury fashion house. The Unstoppable starlet shared a carousel of photos with the 69-year-old Italian designer, reflecting on their years of collaboration and friendship. A Friendship Rooted in Fashion and Admiration Lopez’s relationship with Versace has been one for the history books. The actress and singer, known for her show-stopping red carpet looks, has often turned to the designer for some of her most iconic fashion moments. Who could forget the jungle-print dress at the 2000 Grammy Awards that essentially broke the internet and led to the creation of Google Images? This time, however, J. Lo wasn’t just sharing dazzling outfits. She paid tribute to the woman behind the designs. “Gianni would be so proud. What a journey you have been on. You are strong, resilient, talented, and I am so happy that I have gotten to know you over the years,” Lopez wrote in her post, referring to Donatella’s late brother, Gianni Versace, who founded the brand. A Look Back at the Iconic Partnership From Hollywood premieres to Met Gala extravaganzas, Lopez and Versace have built a partnership that has consistently turned heads. Their collaborations include: The infamous green Versace dress that made fashion history. Lopez’s breathtaking custom metallic gown for the 2019 Met Gala. A golden goddess look for the 2020 SAG Awards, dripping in glamour. Lopez shared several snaps of her favorite Versace-designed outfits, a fitting homage to the designer who has helped define her fashion persona. What’s Next for Donatella Versace? Versace’s departure from the fashion house marks the end of an era. She has been at the helm of the brand since 1997, after the tragic murder of her brother Gianni. Under her leadership, Versace evolved into one of the world’s most sought-after luxury brands, blending high-fashion elegance with bold, statement-making designs. While Donatella has not yet revealed her next move, Lopez expressed confidence in her future. “I know this next chapter will be filled with love, happiness, and friendship... and whatever you want to create it to be,” the actress wrote, reinforcing the sentiment that Versace’s story is far from over. Hollywood Reacts to Donatella’s Departure Lopez isn’t the only celebrity to show support for the designer. Fashion insiders and A-listers have been vocal about their admiration for Donatella’s contributions to the industry. One industry insider commented, “Versace without Donatella will feel different, no doubt, but her impact will always be part of the brand’s DNA. ” Others, including supermodels and fellow designers, have taken to social media to thank her for decades of unforgettable designs and visionary leadership. The Legacy of Versace Continues Though Donatella is stepping away, the Versace brand remains a powerhouse in the industry. With new leadership on the horizon, fashion enthusiasts are eager to see what the next phase of the brand will look like. As for Lopez, her message was crystal clear: No matter where Donatella goes next, she has a steadfast supporter in her corner. “I am always here for you... @donatella_versace,” she concluded.

---

- Published: 2025-03-14
- Modified: 2025-03-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/cardano-dogecoin-litecoin-crypto-crash-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Cryptocurrencies have had a rough year, with some major players down as much as 45% in 2025. While bargain hunters might be tempted to jump in, not every discounted digital asset is a smart buy. Three well-known cryptos—Cardano (ADA), Dogecoin (DOGE), and Litecoin (LTC)—have suffered steep declines, and there’s reason to believe they’re not done falling yet. Cardano: A Government Hype Mirage? Cardano saw a brief surge in early March after former President Donald Trump mentioned it in a Truth Social post about a potential U. S. national crypto strategic reserve. For a moment, it looked like a government-backed rally was on the horizon. That moment didn’t last. On March 6, the reserve plan transformed into something less promising: the U. S. Digital Asset Stockpile. This shift left Cardano’s future uncertain. While any confiscated Cardano would still be part of the stockpile, the idea of the U. S. government actively purchasing ADA disappeared. The result? A sharp sell-off that erased gains almost as quickly as they appeared. At its peak, Cardano once hit $3. 10, but it now trades nearly 80% below that mark. Some optimistic traders are throwing out lofty $10 price targets, but history suggests otherwise. A rally of that magnitude seems like wishful thinking, especially in a market where speculation alone isn't enough to sustain momentum. Dogecoin: Meme Hype Isn’t Enough Dogecoin has long been the internet’s favorite joke-turned-crypto, but its current situation is anything but amusing. The coin has been linked—erroneously—to Elon Musk and the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE). Despite the catchy acronym, there’s no actual connection between Dogecoin and any cost-cutting government initiative. Meme coins were once seen as a golden ticket to wealth, with some traders hyping up a “meme coin supercycle. ” But reality has been less kind. The so-called Official Trump meme coin has plummeted 85% from its highs, while other meme tokens have shed 70% to 90% of their value this year alone. Dogecoin is down more than 45% in 2025. It has never traded above $1 in its entire history. The hype-driven rally expected by some traders has yet to materialize. Even if Dogecoin manages occasional short-term rallies, the long-term case remains weak. With no real-world adoption outside of speculation, Dogecoin’s future remains shaky. Litecoin: The ETF Hopes That May Not Pay Off Litecoin found itself back in the spotlight in February after Bloomberg analysts pegged it as having a 90% chance of securing approval for a spot exchange-traded fund (ETF) by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). That optimism fueled a price jump, but since then, the outlook has become far less certain. Crypto volatility remains a major concern, and if market instability continues, the SEC may hold off on approving any new crypto ETFs. Even if approval does come, demand might not be as strong as some hope. Bloomberg itself admitted that demand for a Litecoin ETF would likely be “comparatively low. ” Litecoin’s Price Swings in 2025 Date Price February High $130 Current Price $88. 87 52-Week Range $50. 49 - $146. 21 Litecoin briefly looked like a top-performing asset earlier this year, but the absence of government endorsements or institutional interest has left it struggling. At under $90, it’s far from its peak, and if sentiment worsens, it could slide further. A Cautionary Note for Crypto Buyers This doesn’t mean all beaten-down cryptos are lost causes. Bitcoin (BTC), for example, is down 14% this year but has a stronger long-term outlook compared to its riskier counterparts. However, buying any crypto just because it’s cheap can be a costly mistake. Cardano, Dogecoin, and Litecoin may have more pain ahead, making them assets to watch cautiously rather than buy impulsively.

---

- Published: 2025-03-14
- Modified: 2025-03-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-bieber-emotional-message-fans-concerned/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Justin Bieber has finally addressed fans with a deeply personal message that has left many worried about his emotional and mental well-being. The pop star, who has faced ongoing speculation about his personal life, took to Instagram to share his raw feelings, shedding light on his internal struggles. "I Personally Have Always Felt Unworthy" In a striking Instagram post, Bieber wrote about feeling undeserving of the fame and admiration he's received. The 30-year-old singer, who has spent more than half his life in the public eye, admitted that he has always felt like a fraud, despite the overwhelming love from his fans. "People told me my whole life, ‘Wow Justin, you deserve that,’” he shared, before confessing, “And I personally have always felt unworthy, like I was a fraud. ” For a global icon who has sold millions of records and performed in sold-out arenas, Bieber’s admission comes as a shock to many. The honesty in his words resonated with fans, sparking an outpouring of support across social media platforms. Fans React to Bieber’s Candid Confession The response to Bieber’s heartfelt post was immediate. Many fans expressed concern for his well-being, with thousands flooding the comments with words of encouragement. Some speculated that his words pointed to deeper struggles, possibly related to his mental health or personal relationships. "Justin, you are loved. Never forget that! " one fan wrote. "We all have those feelings, but you’re not alone in this," another added. "This is heartbreaking to read, but thank you for being so real with us. " The wave of support highlights the deep connection Bieber has with his fans, many of whom have followed his journey from teenage sensation to global superstar. Speculation Over Bieber’s Health Intensifies Bieber’s emotional revelation comes at a time when concerns over his health have been growing. In recent months, he has been spotted in public looking visibly exhausted, with some outlets describing his appearance as "hollow-eyed" and unwell. Reports suggest that the singer has been struggling with both physical and mental health challenges. In 2022, Bieber was diagnosed with Ramsay Hunt Syndrome, a rare neurological disorder that led to partial facial paralysis. While he appeared to recover, some fans worry that ongoing health issues may be taking a toll on him. What’s Next for Bieber? As speculation mounts, there are no clear answers regarding Bieber’s future plans. The singer has been relatively low-key in recent months, stepping away from the music industry’s limelight and spending more time with his wife, Hailey Bieber. However, rumors about the state of their marriage have also been swirling, adding further intrigue to his emotional post. At the end of his message, Bieber reassured fans that they are not alone in their struggles. “I say all this to say, if you feel sneaky, welcome to the club,” he wrote. “I definitely feel unequipped and unqualified most days. ” While his words may be concerning, they also serve as a reminder that even the biggest stars have their battles. Fans will undoubtedly continue to rally behind Bieber, hoping for clarity and, most importantly, his well-being.

---

- Published: 2025-03-14
- Modified: 2025-03-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-reinstates-material-theme-vscode/
- Categories: News, Technology

Microsoft has restored the 'Material Theme - Free' and 'Material Theme Icons - Free' extensions on the Visual Studio Code Marketplace after determining that the previously flagged obfuscated code was not malicious. The reversal comes after nearly two weeks of controversy, during which the extensions' publisher, Mattia Astorino, was banned from the platform without warning. Why Microsoft Initially Pulled the Extensions In late February, Microsoft removed the two extensions—boasting over nine million installs—citing security concerns. The ban came after cybersecurity researchers flagged obfuscated code within the extensions' scripts, raising red flags about potential malware threats. At the time, a Microsoft employee explained the decision: "A member of the community did a deep security analysis of the extension and found multiple red flags that indicate malicious intent and reported this to us. Our security researchers at Microsoft confirmed this claim and found additional suspicious code. " The concerns primarily revolved around a heavily obfuscated release-notes. js file, which was thought to enable unauthorized code execution. Researchers Amit Assaraf and Itay Kruk, using AI-powered scanners, first detected these suspicious elements and classified the extensions as high-risk. Developer Pushback and Flawed Investigation Astorino strongly objected to the allegations, explaining that the flagged code was part of an outdated dependency—Sanity. io SDK—used for managing release notes. He stated that Microsoft never contacted him before the removal and that the issue could have been fixed in seconds had they done so. "There was nothing malicious. I hadn't updated the extension in years since I was focused on the new version, apart from the obfuscation process," Astorino told BleepingComputer. The main issue stemmed from a build script unintentionally bundled into the distributed index. js file. The obfuscation process inadvertently included strings related to authentication, but they posed no security threat. The Sanity. io SDK, dating back to 2016, was the source of the flagged references, not any intentional backdoor. Microsoft's Apology and Policy Update On March 12, Scott Hanselman, a prominent figure in the Visual Studio Code team, publicly apologized to Astorino on GitHub. He acknowledged that the extension's removal was a mistake and confirmed that the publisher's account had been reinstated. "The publisher account for Material Theme and Material Theme Icons (Equinusocio) was mistakenly flagged and has now been restored," Hanselman stated. He admitted that Microsoft's security protocols had triggered multiple malware detection indicators, prompting swift action. However, the investigation reached the wrong conclusion. "In the interest of safety, we moved fast and we messed up. We removed these themes because they fired off multiple malware detection indicators inside Microsoft, and our investigation came to the wrong conclusion. " Microsoft has now updated its policy on obfuscated code within Visual Studio Code Marketplace extensions to prevent similar incidents in the future. Security Researcher Defends Initial Flagging Despite Microsoft's reinstatement of the extensions, cybersecurity researcher Amit Assaraf maintains that the flagged code did, in fact, contain malicious elements—though he concedes that Astorino did not include them with harmful intent. "In this case, Microsoft moved too fast," Assaraf told BleepingComputer. However, he stood by the initial findings, arguing that the presence of obfuscation and potential execution capabilities warranted caution. Extensions Are Now Safe to Use Astorino has since completely rewritten the Material Theme extensions, removing any problematic dependencies. The updated versions, now available on the VS Code Marketplace, have been deemed safe for use. With over nine million installs, the Material Theme extensions remain among the most popular customization options for VS Code users. Despite the controversy, Astorino’s work is once again accessible to developers worldwide—this time with Microsoft's explicit approval.

---

- Published: 2025-03-14
- Modified: 2025-03-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/half-life-2-rtx-ray-tracing-demo-release/
- Categories: News, Finance

Half-Life 2, one of the most beloved first-person shooters of all time, is about to look better than ever. Nvidia has announced a fully ray-traced version of the game using its RTX Remix modding tools, and a playable demo is launching on March 18. Nvidia Brings Modern Graphics to a Classic Shooter Nvidia’s RTX Remix is designed to breathe new life into older games, and Half-Life 2 is the latest to receive the high-tech treatment. The technology enables advanced lighting, shadows, and reflections, giving the 20-year-old classic a fresh, modern look. Nvidia first showcased this capability in Portal RTX back in 2022, impressing many with the graphical improvements. Now, after a year in beta, RTX Remix has been officially released, bringing new features like DLSS 4 with Multi Frame Generation and RTX Neural Rendering. To celebrate, Nvidia is launching a Half-Life 2 RTX demo, giving players a first-hand look at what’s possible with these enhancements. What to Expect in the Half-Life 2 RTX Demo The upcoming demo, developed by Orbifold Studios, is only available to those who already own Half-Life 2 on Steam. It will feature two memorable locations—Ravenholm and Nova Prospekt—completely reworked with RTX Remix’s advanced rendering techniques. Ravenholm: The eerie, zombie-infested town will now have enhanced shadows, reflections, and lighting that make it even more terrifying. Nova Prospekt: This high-security prison will showcase improved textures and detailed ray-traced effects that add depth and realism to the decayed facility. A full release of Half-Life 2 RTX is in the works, though Nvidia and Orbifold Studios haven’t given a specific launch date yet. System Requirements and Compatibility RTX Remix mods require an Nvidia GeForce RTX GPU to create, but players won’t necessarily need one to run the finished product. According to Nvidia, mods made with RTX Remix can run on any hardware that supports Vulkan-based ray tracing. For those eager to experience the revamped Half-Life 2 in all its glory, here’s what you’ll need: Hardware Minimum Requirement GPU Vulkan Ray Tracing Capable GPU RAM 8GB or more Storage At least 50GB available OS Windows 10 or 11 And if you don’t yet own Half-Life 2, there’s good news—Valve is currently offering an 80% discount on Steam, making it the perfect time to grab a copy before diving into the RTX demo. What This Means for Half-Life Fans This ray tracing overhaul is more than just a visual upgrade—it’s a sign of how far modding and remastering technology have come. With RTX Remix, old classics can now be modernized without losing their original gameplay. It also reignites interest in Half-Life 2, one of the most critically acclaimed games ever made. Could this renewed excitement push Valve to finally release Half-Life 3? That remains to be seen. But for now, fans can revisit Gordon Freeman’s adventure with the best graphics the series has ever had.

---

- Published: 2025-03-13
- Modified: 2025-03-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-strategic-bitcoin-reserve-never-sell/
- Categories: News, Crypto

President Donald Trump made a bold statement on March 7 at the White House cryptocurrency summit, announcing the creation of a Strategic Bitcoin Reserve. While the market reaction was muted, the policy could have long-term implications for Bitcoin investors. But the real headline came from four words he uttered: "Never sell your Bitcoin. " A Landmark Announcement at the White House Trump’s speech marked a significant moment in the history of cryptocurrency. The Strategic Bitcoin Reserve, if implemented, would hold Bitcoin, while a separate Digital Asset Stockpile would manage other cryptocurrencies. During his address, Trump stumbled slightly when referring to Bitcoin investors, instead saying, "Every Bitcoin knows very well: Never sell your Bitcoin. " While the phrasing was unintentional, the sentiment was clear—Bitcoin is something to be held, not traded away lightly. Bitcoin's Market Reaction: A Shrug or a Signal? Despite the president’s endorsement, Bitcoin's price remained relatively steady. Some expected a stronger bullish reaction, but seasoned investors weren’t particularly surprised. Bitcoin has surged over the past year, reaching an all-time high of $108,785. 53. The current price hovers around $83,570, with a 1. 66% gain on the day of Trump’s remarks. The market cap now stands at a staggering $1. 7 trillion. The tepid market response suggests investors were already confident in Bitcoin’s long-term value. Still, the government's commitment to holding its Bitcoin, rather than selling, could reinforce the scarcity factor that many believe drives price appreciation. The Logic Behind "Never Selling" Bitcoin holders have long championed the idea of never selling. The reasoning is simple: Bitcoin has a fixed supply of 21 million coins. As demand increases, the price should naturally rise. A look at historical data tells the same story. Periods of steep declines have been followed by even steeper climbs. Consider this: Year Bitcoin Price Low Bitcoin Price High 2015 $200 $500 2017 $1,000 $19,000 2020 $3,800 $29,000 2021 $30,000 $69,000 2024 $49,000 $108,000 Each cycle, those who held on saw their patience rewarded. The president’s statement aligns with the mentality of long-term Bitcoin believers, who argue that panic-selling during downturns is a losing strategy. Will the U. S. Actually Buy More Bitcoin? The Strategic Bitcoin Reserve announcement didn’t explicitly confirm whether the U. S. would acquire additional Bitcoin or simply hold existing assets. But either way, the move signals that Bitcoin has a place in national strategy. One key takeaway is that if the U. S. sticks to this "never sell" policy, it could remove a significant portion of Bitcoin from active circulation. That alone could contribute to a tighter supply and, by extension, upward price pressure. A Sensible Investment Strategy—or a Risky Bet? For retail investors, the takeaway is clear: if you believe in Bitcoin’s long-term value, selling during price dips might not be the smartest move. That said, no investment is without risk. Experts recommend that even bullish Bitcoin investors approach with caution: Never invest more than you can afford to lose. Consider allocating just 1% to 5% of your portfolio to Bitcoin. Use a dollar-cost averaging (DCA) strategy to build your position over time. Ultimately, while Trump’s statement echoes the mindset of many Bitcoin enthusiasts, it’s up to individual investors to decide whether to follow the mantra or take profits when the time feels right.

---

- Published: 2025-03-13
- Modified: 2025-03-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-bieber-new-look-concerns/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Justin Bieber turned heads in West Hollywood on Wednesday, March 12, as he debuted a striking new appearance. The pop sensation, known for his signature scruffy look, stepped out with a completely clean-shaven face, leaving fans both surprised and concerned. A Bold Transformation That No One Saw Coming Dressed in a relaxed yet layered ensemble, Bieber sported baggy blue jeans and an oversized pink sweatshirt. The hoodie, pulled over his head, added to the mystery of his fresh-faced look. To keep warm in the cool California weather, he topped off the outfit with a gray zip-up sweater and a heavy jacket featuring a fur collar. His face, now devoid of facial hair, was mostly hidden behind dark sunglasses. This new transformation was an unexpected move for the singer, whose recent public appearances have been fueling speculation about his well-being. Fans Express Concern Over Bieber’s Recent Behavior Bieber’s latest appearance comes amid ongoing chatter about his mental and physical health. Fans have been voicing concerns about his erratic social media posts and perceived changes in behavior. Some believe his transformation is simply a style change, while others speculate it could be tied to something deeper. In February, whispers about his health and possible substance use began circulating online. His gaunt appearance in some photos further fueled speculation, though no official statements have confirmed these rumors. A Cryptic Message Adds Fuel to the Fire Adding to the mystery, Bieber recently posted a vague yet thought-provoking message on Instagram. "We have nothing to prove today. Just the gift of life today to accept and . Nothing is owed to us and we owe anyone anything. " The post left fans guessing about its meaning. Was it a reflection on personal struggles? A call for privacy? A cryptic response to the ongoing speculation? Regardless, the message did little to quell the growing concerns surrounding him. Life Changes and Public Scrutiny Despite welcoming his son, Jack Blues, with wife Hailey Bieber in August 2024, the singer has been facing increased public scrutiny. Parenthood is a significant life change, but fans wonder if something else is at play. In recent months, Bieber has been seen in public less frequently, and when he does step out, his demeanor appears subdued. While this could simply be a case of adjusting to fatherhood, some fans suspect deeper struggles behind the scenes. The Debate: Is It Just a Fashion Statement or a Cry for Help? The reactions to Bieber’s new look have been mixed. Some argue it’s just another celebrity reinventing his image. Others see it as a sign of emotional distress. A portion of fans remain neutral, urging people not to read too much into it. Celebrities often face intense public scrutiny, and any change—no matter how minor—can spiral into speculation. But with Bieber’s history of health struggles, including his past battle with Ramsay Hunt Syndrome, fans have a reason to worry. One thing is certain: Justin Bieber’s latest transformation has everyone talking, and until he speaks out, the mystery will only deepen.

---

- Published: 2025-03-13
- Modified: 2025-03-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/facebook-warns-freetype-vulnerability-exploited-attacks/
- Categories: News, Technology

A critical security flaw in the FreeType font rendering library has been flagged by Facebook, with reports indicating that attackers have already taken advantage of the vulnerability. The flaw, affecting all versions up to 2. 13, could allow arbitrary code execution, raising alarms across multiple industries reliant on FreeType. FreeType’s Critical Role and the Vulnerability at Hand FreeType is an essential component in digital text rendering. It powers font display across numerous platforms, including Linux, Android, game engines, and various GUI frameworks. Given its widespread integration, the newly discovered flaw poses a significant threat. The vulnerability, designated CVE-2025-27363, carries a CVSS v3 severity score of 8. 1, categorizing it as a high-risk flaw. It was formally patched in version 2. 13. 0 on February 9, 2023. However, despite the availability of a fix, many systems may still be running outdated versions, leaving them exposed to potential attacks. How the Exploit Works According to Facebook’s disclosure, the vulnerability originates from an out-of-bounds write error within FreeType's handling of TrueType GX and variable font files. The issue occurs due to an incorrect assignment of a signed short value to an unsigned long, followed by an addition operation that wraps the value. The result? A misallocated heap buffer, leading to out-of-bounds writes that attackers can leverage for arbitrary code execution. In simpler terms, this flaw allows hackers to insert and execute unauthorized code on affected systems. Given FreeType's deep integration into various software stacks, the risk extends far beyond just font rendering, potentially compromising an entire system. Who Is Affected? The scale of potential exposure is massive. Here’s a quick look at the primary areas where FreeType is commonly used: Operating Systems: Linux distributions and Android-based devices rely on FreeType for rendering text. Game Engines: Many modern game engines use FreeType to process in-game fonts and text. Web Platforms: Websites and services that dynamically generate or manipulate text-based images may also depend on FreeType. GUI Frameworks: Applications with graphical interfaces, including embedded systems, could be vulnerable if running outdated versions. Facebook’s Role in Uncovering the Threat Facebook has not disclosed whether it uses FreeType within its own infrastructure. However, its security team was the first to publicly disclose the flaw, emphasizing that reports of active exploitation already exist. "An out-of-bounds write exists in FreeType versions 2. 13. 0 and below when attempting to parse font subglyph structures related to TrueType GX and variable font files," reads the bulletin issued by Facebook. The company further elaborated on the potential consequences, stating, "The code then writes up to 6 signed long integers out of bounds relative to this buffer. This may result in arbitrary code execution. " While Facebook’s specific connection to the issue remains unclear, its security team’s vigilance highlights the broader concerns surrounding open-source vulnerabilities. What Needs to Be Done Now The best course of action for developers, administrators, and security teams is immediate mitigation. Updating to the latest FreeType version (2. 13. 3) should be a top priority. However, software dependencies often mean that outdated versions persist within applications, sometimes for years. Steps to mitigate the risk: Verify which FreeType version is currently in use. Update to FreeType 2. 13. 3 if an older version is detected. Conduct security audits to identify software dependencies that may still rely on vulnerable FreeType versions. Monitor systems for any unusual activity that may indicate an attempted exploit. Meta’s Response and Industry Implications When asked about the flaw and its exploitation, Meta provided a brief but firm statement: "We report security bugs in open source software when we find them because it strengthens online security for everyone. " The company further emphasized its commitment to security, adding, "We think users expect us to keep working on ways to improve security. We remain vigilant and committed to protecting people's private communications. " This incident underscores a persistent challenge in cybersecurity—how long vulnerabilities linger in systems before they are fully addressed. Despite the fix being available for over a year, outdated versions remain widespread, making it crucial for organizations to act swiftly. The Bigger Picture: Open-Source Security Challenges This FreeType vulnerability is yet another reminder of the complexities involved in securing open-source software. While open-source projects benefit from broad collaboration and transparency, they also introduce significant risks when outdated versions remain in circulation. Consider the following: Issue Impact Widespread Adoption Many systems rely on FreeType, increasing the attack surface. Slow Patch Deployment Organizations often delay updates, keeping vulnerabilities alive. Active Exploitation Reports confirm attackers are leveraging this flaw. Security experts continuously stress the importance of keeping software up to date, but in reality, patching is often delayed due to compatibility concerns, oversight, or lack of awareness. Final Thoughts With FreeType deeply embedded in millions of devices and software systems, the urgency to patch this vulnerability cannot be overstated. Developers and IT teams should prioritize updates, while security researchers must continue identifying and disclosing potential threats. If left unaddressed, this flaw could become a significant weapon for cybercriminals targeting high-value platforms and infrastructures.

---

- Published: 2025-03-10
- Modified: 2025-03-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/paul-feig-blake-lively-anna-kendrick-feud-rumors/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Speculation about tension between Blake Lively and Anna Kendrick has been swirling, but director Paul Feig is putting the rumors to rest. After claims surfaced that the two actresses had a strained relationship, Feig stepped in to clarify the situation. Setting the Record Straight The buzz started when YouTuber Melanie King posted on X, formerly Twitter, alleging that Lively was “terrified to walk the carpet” and that Kendrick “never wants to work with again. ” The post quickly gained traction, fueling speculation about behind-the-scenes drama between the co-stars of Another Simple Favor. Feig, who directed both the original 2018 film and its sequel, didn't waste time shutting it down. “Um ... you’re wrong,” he responded bluntly. That simple statement was enough to dismiss the claims, but Feig didn’t stop there. He later attended a Another Simple Favor Q&A session at the 2025 SXSW Film & TV Festival, where Lively and Kendrick appeared together alongside other cast members. The event was a clear sign that the two stars were on good terms, at least publicly. Blake Lively’s Big Return to the Red Carpet Lively’s appearance at SXSW was particularly noteworthy. The Gossip Girl alum had been keeping a relatively low profile when it came to red carpets, especially following her legal battle with It Ends with Us director and co-star Justin Baldoni. With Another Simple Favor premiering at the festival, this marked Lively’s first major film event in months. The actress, known for her sharp wit and effortless style, seemed at ease as she walked the carpet and participated in the Q&A. Despite all the noise online, Lively and Kendrick showed no signs of tension during the event. What to Expect from Another Simple Favor The highly anticipated sequel to A Simple Favor brings back the dark humor and mystery that made the first film a hit. This time, the story follows Kendrick’s character, Stephanie, and Lively’s Emily as they travel to Capri, Italy, for Emily’s extravagant wedding to a wealthy businessman. The setting alone promises high fashion, stunning scenery, and plenty of drama. Fans of the original can expect more twists and turns, along with the sharp dynamic between Kendrick and Lively’s characters. For those eager to watch, the film will be available to stream on Prime Video starting May 1. Feig’s Direct Approach to Rumors Feig has never been one to entertain baseless gossip. Over the years, the Spy and Bridesmaids director has built a reputation for being candid and transparent about his projects. His one-sentence response to the rumors was classic Feig—direct, no-nonsense, and effective. By attending the festival alongside his cast, he reinforced that there’s no real drama behind the scenes. With Another Simple Favor just weeks away from release, the focus is shifting back to what really matters—the film itself.

---

- Published: 2025-03-10
- Modified: 2025-03-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/us-cities-warn-parking-phishing-scam/
- Categories: News, Technology

A surge in phishing text messages disguised as parking violation notices has prompted multiple US cities to issue warnings. Victims are lured into fake payment portals that steal sensitive information, fueling concerns over digital fraud. Cities Across the US Issue Warnings Authorities from coast to coast are raising alarms about an ongoing mobile phishing campaign. Cities including Annapolis, Boston, Denver, Detroit, Houston, Milwaukee, Salt Lake City, Charlotte, San Diego, and San Francisco have all reported cases. Even New York has been hit, with residents receiving fraudulent texts claiming they owe unpaid parking fines. These scams aren’t new, but the current wave has been particularly aggressive. It started in December and hasn’t slowed down. The texts claim an outstanding parking invoice must be paid immediately, or a $35 daily fine will be added. One recipient, who shared the message with BleepingComputer, was told:"This is a final reminder from the City of New York regarding the unpaid parking invoice. A $35 daily overdue fee will be charged if payment is not made today. " The text includes a link, which appears legitimate but redirects to a phishing site mimicking an official city webpage. How the Scam Works The fraudsters behind this campaign have a sophisticated setup. They exploit a loophole in Google’s open redirect system, allowing them to disguise their malicious links. Because the redirect originates from Google. com—a trusted domain—security features on Apple’s iMessage and other messaging services don’t flag it as suspicious. Here’s what happens when someone clicks the link: They are taken to a fake parking violation payment page. The website, designed to mimic official city portals, asks for a name and zip code. Regardless of the input, the site claims there is an outstanding balance. A prompt urges immediate payment to avoid accumulating fees. The scam is designed to look convincing, but there’s a key giveaway—improper formatting. Many of these fake websites display the dollar sign after the amount (e. g. , 35$ instead of $35), a common mistake from non-US-based scammers. What Scammers Want From You The goal isn’t just to collect a few dollars in fake fines. These phishing sites are data traps. Clicking “Proceed Now” on the fake payment page leads to a form requesting: Full name Address Phone number Email Credit card details With this information, scammers can commit identity theft, financial fraud, and even sell personal data on the dark web. A single mistake—entering your details—could lead to unauthorized charges, compromised accounts, and further phishing attempts. How to Protect Yourself Authorities are urging residents to stay vigilant and take the following precautions: Verify before you pay. If you receive a parking fine notice via text, don’t click the link. Instead, check the city’s official website or call the parking department directly. Look for red flags. Scams often contain spelling errors, odd phrasing, or formatting mistakes. The misplaced dollar sign is one example. Avoid clicking unknown links. Even if a link looks official, it may redirect to a fraudulent website. Hover over it to preview the actual URL before clicking. Report suspicious messages. Block the sender and forward scam texts to 7726 (SPAM) to alert your mobile carrier. Cities and Tech Companies Fight Back While Apple has introduced security features that disable links from unknown senders, scammers have found workarounds. Using Google’s open redirect is just one example. Law enforcement agencies are investigating, and some cities are working with cybersecurity experts to track down the perpetrators. However, with phishing tactics constantly evolving, public awareness remains the best defense. For now, if you receive an unexpected text about a parking fine, think twice before you tap. A few seconds of caution could save you from financial loss and identity theft.

---

- Published: 2025-03-10
- Modified: 2025-03-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drop-2025-crypto-selloff/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin investors are feeling the pain. After a spectacular 251% surge in 2024, the popular meme coin has lost more than a third of its value so far this year. The downturn is part of a broader sell-off in the cryptocurrency market, with Bitcoin, Ethereum, and other digital assets also taking a hit. A Tough Start for Crypto and Stocks It's not just Dogecoin that's suffering. The entire financial landscape has been rocky in early 2025. As of March 4, the S&P 500 has dipped 1. 5%, while the Nasdaq Composite is down 5. 2%. Typically, when stock markets struggle, investors look to alternative assets like commodities or cryptocurrencies. This time, though, crypto hasn't offered much of a safe haven. Bitcoin has dropped 7% this year, while Ethereum has taken a brutal 36% hit. Dogecoin, meanwhile, has slid 36%, wiping out a large portion of its late-2024 gains. The Musk Effect and Dogecoin's Rise Much of Dogecoin’s late-2024 surge can be traced back to Tesla CEO Elon Musk. His influence on the cryptocurrency has been undeniable, with past tweets and public endorsements frequently triggering price spikes. But in this case, the rally had an unexpected catalyst: politics. During Donald Trump’s presidential campaign, Musk emerged as a major supporter, both financially and publicly. As part of their discussions on cutting government spending, Musk and Trump floated the idea of a cost-reduction task force—nicknamed the Department of Government Efficiency, or DOGE. The name was likely a nod to Musk’s history of backing Dogecoin, and it fueled speculation in the market. Traders piled in, sending the price soaring. The Bubble Begins to Burst By December 2024, cracks started forming. Dogecoin had rallied on hype rather than real-world adoption or technological advancements. Once the excitement faded, so did the price. Since Dec. 1, Dogecoin has lost 53% of its value. Dogecoin’s long-term challenge remains its lack of utility. Unlike Bitcoin, which is seen as digital gold, or Ethereum, which underpins decentralized finance applications, Dogecoin has few practical use cases. While some businesses accept it as payment, it hasn’t achieved mainstream adoption on a meaningful scale. Market Cap: $26 billion Day’s Range: $0. 17 - $0. 19 52-Week Range: $0. 08 - $0. 48 Should Investors Buy the Dip? Dogecoin’s recent price drop may tempt bargain hunters, but the risks are high. The cryptocurrency market remains volatile, and meme coins are particularly susceptible to dramatic swings. Here’s what to consider before making a move: Speculation vs. Fundamentals: Dogecoin's value has historically been driven by social media buzz and celebrity endorsements rather than utility. Broader Market Trends: If Bitcoin and Ethereum continue to slide, Dogecoin is unlikely to hold up. Regulatory Uncertainty: Governments worldwide are tightening crypto regulations, which could add pressure to speculative assets. For now, Dogecoin remains a high-risk play. While past rallies have rewarded those willing to gamble, history shows that meme-driven surges can collapse just as quickly. Investors should weigh the risks carefully before jumping in.

---

- Published: 2025-03-08
- Modified: 2025-03-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-drop-us-strategic-bitcoin-reserve/
- Categories: News, Crypto

XRP prices took a sharp dive, shedding nearly 6% of its value after investors reacted with disappointment to the announcement of the U. S. Strategic Bitcoin Reserve. While many hoped for a broader inclusion of cryptocurrencies in the initiative, the limited scope of the program left investors underwhelmed. Investors Expected More From the U. S. Strategic Bitcoin Reserve The much-anticipated executive order from President Donald Trump detailed the creation of a U. S. Strategic Bitcoin Reserve and a Digital Asset Stockpile. Crypto investors had speculated that this move could signal massive government purchases of digital assets, potentially driving up prices. However, the details of the order were less exciting than many had hoped. Instead of initiating large-scale purchases, the reserve and stockpile will be filled with digital assets already acquired by the U. S. Treasury through forfeiture. Additional purchases of Bitcoin could only occur under specific conditions, while other cryptocurrencies, including XRP, would not receive the same treatment. One key takeaway from the order was that the government is prohibited from selling its Bitcoin holdings, whereas it retains the ability to sell other cryptocurrencies. This distinction further reinforced Bitcoin's dominant status while leaving other digital assets vulnerable to volatility and speculation. XRP Reacts to the News, Dropping by 6% XRP, which had been trading relatively strong in recent weeks, saw a notable drop following the announcement. As of early afternoon trading, XRP was down nearly 6%, with its price hovering around $2. 35. Here's how XRP's key data points looked at the time: Metric Value Market Cap $136B Day's Range $2. 33 - $2. 56 52-Week Range $0. 39 - $3. 38 Volume 6. 5B+ Dividend Yield N/A While XRP's price action was disappointing, it was not entirely unexpected. Cryptocurrency markets have been sensitive to regulatory developments, and any news that favors Bitcoin over alternative tokens tends to impact sentiment. Market Sentiment Takes a Hit Amid Broader Economic Concerns XRP’s downturn wasn't solely due to the executive order. The broader market has been experiencing turbulence, with riskier assets under pressure. Investors are becoming increasingly cautious amid concerns over a weakening consumer market and new tariff policies. Other key factors playing into XRP’s price movement include: Uncertainty surrounding its ongoing legal battle with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Speculation over whether an XRP spot exchange-traded fund (ETF) will gain approval. General market trends following Bitcoin’s price movement. What's Next for XRP? Despite the dip, many analysts remain cautiously optimistic about XRP's long-term potential. The cryptocurrency has made significant strides in adoption, and its underlying technology remains a key player in cross-border transactions. For investors, however, the path forward is uncertain. With no immediate catalysts for XRP, its near-term price action will likely be dictated by broader market trends, Bitcoin’s movement, and developments in the SEC lawsuit. For now, XRP holders may need to brace for continued volatility. While long-term growth prospects exist, short-term speculation remains a dominant force in the market.

---

- Published: 2025-03-08
- Modified: 2025-03-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/blake-lively-another-simple-favor-premiere-justin-baldoni-lawsuit/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Blake Lively turned heads at the world premiere of Another Simple Favor in Austin, Texas, as she graced the red carpet despite ongoing legal turmoil with her It Ends with Us co-star Justin Baldoni. The event, held on March 7, 2025, during the SXSW Film & TV Festival, saw the 37-year-old actress in high spirits, reuniting with co-star Anna Kendrick and director Paul Feig. A Star-Studded Red Carpet Affair Lively, known for her effortless charm and impeccable fashion sense, stole the spotlight as she arrived at the screening. Fans and photographers eagerly captured her dazzling look, making the premiere a major highlight of the festival. She wasn't alone in the limelight. Anna Kendrick, her co-star from both the 2018 film A Simple Favor and the new sequel, also walked the carpet, embracing the buzz surrounding their reunion. Director Paul Feig, whose flair for mixing dark humor with stylish storytelling made the first film a cult favorite, was also in attendance, adding to the celebratory atmosphere. The film itself has been eagerly awaited by audiences, with its theatrical release coinciding with the SXSW premiere. Amazon Prime Video has secured the streaming rights, with the film set to be available for home viewing starting May 1, 2025. Inside Another Simple Favor The sequel takes viewers back into the twisted yet glamorous world of Emily Nelson, played by Lively. This time, the plot unfolds in the breathtaking backdrop of Capri, Italy, where Emily, freshly out of prison, invites Stephanie (played by Kendrick) to be her maid of honor in a wedding that promises secrets, betrayal, and intrigue. Feig's directorial touch ensures a thrilling mix of suspense and comedy, much like its predecessor. Fans of the original film can expect another stylish mystery filled with unexpected twists and, of course, Lively's signature on-screen presence. Legal Storm Surrounding Lively and Baldoni While Lively celebrated the release of her latest film, her legal battle with Baldoni cast a shadow over the occasion. In December 2024, she sued Baldoni over allegations of sexual harassment, accusations that he vehemently denied. The controversy took a sharp turn when Baldoni retaliated with a counter-lawsuit against Lively and her husband, Ryan Reynolds, accusing them of defamation and seeking $300 million in damages. The legal dispute has captured public attention, with both camps standing firm on their claims. The trial is slated to begin in March 2026, ensuring the case will remain a topic of discussion for months to come. The Fallout and Industry Reactions The entertainment industry has been closely watching the developments, as high-profile legal battles often bring professional and reputational risks. Hollywood insiders speculate that the controversy could impact both Lively’s and Baldoni’s future projects, though neither has shown signs of slowing down. • Lively continues her work on upcoming projects, with multiple films in development. • Baldoni remains active in filmmaking despite the ongoing lawsuit, maintaining his presence in Hollywood. • Industry experts predict the case’s outcome could influence how legal disputes in Hollywood unfold in the coming years. While the legal drama is far from over, Lively’s red carpet appearance sent a clear message—she’s not letting the courtroom overshadow her career.

---

- Published: 2025-03-07
- Modified: 2025-03-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-tokenized-treasuries-price-impact/
- Categories: News, Crypto

XRP has long been marketed as a solution for faster, cheaper money transfers, particularly for financial institutions. But now, the token is stepping into a much larger arena—one that could send its value soaring. A new upgrade is positioning XRP to facilitate rapid transactions for tokenized assets, including U. S. Treasuries, a market worth trillions. The implications? More trading volume, more institutional adoption, and potentially, a long-term price boost. U. S. Treasuries Trading Is a Financial Juggernaut If there’s one asset class that institutional investors, banks, and funds can’t get enough of, it’s U. S. Treasuries. The reason is simple: liquidity. These bonds are some of the most actively traded assets in the world, with a daily volume that dwarfs most cryptocurrencies. How big is the market? In January, the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (SIFMA) reported that Treasuries saw an average daily trading volume of $974 billion—a nearly 8% year-over-year increase. That’s a staggering figure. For comparison, XRP’s 24-hour trading volume on February 27 was just over $6 billion. The difference is night and day. But now, thanks to XRP’s integration with Ondo Finance, a bridge between traditional finance and blockchain, some of that massive Treasury trading volume could start flowing through XRP’s network. Tokenized Treasuries on XRP: A Potential Goldmine This new development isn’t just theoretical. Ondo Finance has already locked $600 million worth of tokenized short-term Treasuries onto the XRP Ledger. This means financial institutions can trade and hold U. S. Treasuries directly on the XRP blockchain, reducing costs and increasing efficiency. Why does this matter? More Treasuries trading on XRP’s chain means more transaction volume. Increased volume leads to higher fee revenue, benefiting XRP holders and the network. If banks are already using XRP for cross-border transfers, expanding to Treasuries is a logical next step. The bottom line? XRP is now offering financial institutions a streamlined way to manage Treasuries—an asset class they’re already deeply involved with. And that’s a major catalyst for long-term growth. How This Could Drive XRP’s Price Higher Until now, XRP’s primary value proposition was centered around making money transfers cheaper and faster. But this move broadens its scope significantly. Instead of just serving as a bridge currency, XRP is becoming a hub for tokenized assets. Consider the potential impact: More financial institutions integrating XRP into their trading activities = more demand for the token. Greater demand = potential price appreciation over time. A successful rollout with Treasuries could pave the way for other real-world asset tokenizations, further increasing XRP’s utility. This isn’t just speculation. The financial world is already shifting towards asset tokenization. BlackRock CEO Larry Fink has publicly stated that tokenization will be a key driver of financial market transformation in the coming years. If XRP can secure a foothold in this trend early, it could become a dominant player in digital finance. What’s Next for XRP? Despite the bullish momentum, there are still hurdles. While $600 million in tokenized Treasuries is a start, it’s a small fraction of the trillions traded daily. Large institutional players need to see further expansion before committing to XRP’s infrastructure. Key factors to watch: Adoption rate: How quickly do financial institutions embrace XRP for Treasuries trading? Scalability: Can the network handle increasing transaction volume efficiently? Regulation: How will global regulators react to tokenized Treasuries? For now, XRP’s collaboration with Ondo Finance is a clear signal that its ambitions go far beyond payments. If adoption grows, XRP could find itself at the center of a multi-trillion-dollar asset market. And that’s something investors will be watching closely.

---

- Published: 2025-03-07
- Modified: 2025-03-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-tariffs-utilities-stocks-vanguard-etf/
- Categories: News, Finance

Investors are bracing for a new wave of economic uncertainty as President Donald Trump imposes tariffs on major trading partners. A 20% tax on imports from China and a 25% levy on goods from Canada and Mexico have already sparked global retaliation. Now, Europe may be next in line. Markets are feeling the heat. The S&P 500 has dropped 6% from its highs, while the Nasdaq Composite has plunged 9%. But amidst the turmoil, one sector is standing firm: utilities. Unlike tech and manufacturing stocks that rely heavily on global trade, utilities generate nearly all their revenue domestically, shielding them from foreign exchange swings and supply chain disruptions. Markets React as Trade War Escalates The numbers paint a stark picture. The Tax Foundation estimates that Trump’s tariffs will push the average tax on U. S. imports to 13. 8%, the highest since 1939. For context, before these policies, the average was just 1. 5%. Investors fear this could trigger a recession, as rising costs eat into corporate profits and force companies to raise prices or cut spending. Wall Street’s response has been swift. The selloff in stocks suggests that traders aren’t convinced tariffs will boost domestic production in a meaningful way. Instead, they see higher consumer prices, slower economic growth, and possible Fed rate hikes to combat inflation. One thing is clear: investors are searching for safe havens. And they may have found one in utilities. Why Utility Stocks May Be a Safe Bet Tariffs may hammer manufacturing and tech, but utilities are different. These companies provide essential services—electricity, water, and gas—that people need no matter what happens in the economy. That reliability makes them attractive during market turbulence. Here’s why utilities could hold up better than other sectors: Limited foreign revenue exposure: Most utility companies earn less than 1% of their revenue from international markets. Compare that to tech, where global sales can make up more than half of total revenue. That means utilities won’t suffer from currency fluctuations or trade-related demand shocks. Stable earnings growth: Unlike cyclical industries, utilities have steady cash flows because consumers and businesses rely on their services regardless of economic conditions. In Q4, the sector posted earnings growth of 16%. Potential for increased demand: If tariffs slow imports and force more manufacturing to move back to the U. S. , domestic energy consumption could rise. That benefits electric and gas utilities. Vanguard Utilities ETF: A Defensive Play in a Volatile Market For investors looking to add exposure to utilities, the Vanguard Utilities ETF (VPU) offers a straightforward option. It tracks 69 U. S. companies across the sector, with heavy weighting toward electric utilities (61%) and multi-utility companies (25%). The ETF’s five largest holdings are: Company Weight (%) NextEra Energy 11. 2 Constellation Energy 7. 1 Southern Company 7. 1 Duke Energy 6. 6 Vistra 4. 4 One major draw? The fund’s low expense ratio of 0. 09%, meaning investors pay just $9 annually for every $10,000 invested. While it has lagged behind the S&P 500 in recent years, the sector’s defensive nature and growing electricity demand could push returns higher. The AI Boom Could Further Boost Utilities Beyond tariffs, another trend could drive utility stocks higher: artificial intelligence. AI systems require massive amounts of computing power, and that means more electricity consumption. Goldman Sachs analysts predict power demand will accelerate “to levels not seen in 20+ years” as AI adoption spreads. Already, data centers are straining the U. S. power grid. AI tools like ChatGPT consume 10 times more electricity per query than traditional search engines, increasing the burden on power providers. As cloud computing and AI expand, utilities stand to benefit from rising energy usage. Balancing Risk and Opportunity The utilities sector isn’t without risks. Higher interest rates could weigh on valuations, since utilities are often seen as bond proxies due to their stable dividends. And while they may outperform in the short term, technology stocks still hold stronger long-term growth potential. That’s why some investors are playing both sides. Holding utilities as a defensive play while using tariff-driven dips to accumulate tech stocks could be a smart strategy. After all, while trade tensions are rattling markets now, innovation and AI could drive the next big rally.

---

- Published: 2025-03-07
- Modified: 2025-03-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-teams-display-name-edit-feature/
- Categories: News, Technology

Microsoft Teams is a go-to collaboration tool for millions, but users have long voiced concerns over missing features and stability issues. While Microsoft has been actively rolling out updates, many feel the focus has been on adding flashy features rather than addressing fundamental gaps. One such gap—an oddly missing yet simple capability—has now been filled. After years of user requests, Microsoft Teams finally allows users to change their display names in meetings. But, as always, there's a catch. A Long-Awaited Addition That Should Have Been There Already For years, Teams users have been baffled by the lack of an option to edit display names during meetings. Rival platforms like Zoom and Google Meet have had this feature for ages. The absence of such a basic function in Teams has sparked frustration across forums and feedback portals. A feature request on Microsoft’s Feedback Portal gathered 1,463 upvotes, with users demanding the ability to "edit their display name or assign themselves a nickname. " Over 87,000 users on the Microsoft Community website have searched for a way to do this. That’s a massive number of people waiting for what seems like an obvious function. Now, Microsoft has finally rolled out the ability to modify display names in Teams meetings. Users can personalize their names, add titles or departments, and even tweak pronunciation to prevent mispronunciations. But, as expected, not everyone gets immediate access. Who Can Change Their Display Name in Teams Meetings? Not so fast—this isn’t a blanket rollout. Microsoft is limiting the feature’s availability for now. You must be using the new Teams client on Windows, Mac, or the web. Your account should be part of the Teams Public Preview or Microsoft 365 Targeted Release program. IT administrators need to enable "Show preview features" in update policies for it to work. In short, if you're on an older Teams client or mobile app, you're still out of luck. There’s no word on when (or if) this functionality will expand to Android or iOS. How to Change Your Display Name in a Teams Meeting If you're one of the lucky users with access, changing your name is straightforward. But keep in mind—this change is only valid for the current meeting. It won’t alter your permanent profile name. Here’s how to do it: Click People in your meeting controls. Hover over your name in the Participants pane, select More options, then click Edit display name. Enter your new display name and click Save. And that’s it. But don’t expect this to carry over to your next meeting—once the call ends, your name reverts to its original form. A Small Change, But a Big Deal for Many Users For some, this might seem like a minor tweak. But in certain scenarios, it’s incredibly useful. Privacy-conscious users can opt for initials or a pseudonym in public meetings. Employees can add their department or role to make identification easier. Non-English speakers can add pronunciation guides to avoid mispronunciations. This change brings Microsoft Teams in line with its competitors, but it also highlights how slow Microsoft has been in implementing features users actually want. While flashy AI-powered additions grab headlines, it’s these small, practical improvements that make the real difference in day-to-day collaboration. With this long-overdue update finally rolling out, users can only hope Microsoft takes more steps to improve Teams' overall usability—because there are still plenty of features missing.

---

- Published: 2025-03-06
- Modified: 2025-03-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-rebounds-white-house-summit-tariffs/
- Categories: News, Crypto

A collective sigh of relief swept through the cryptocurrency world on Wednesday as prices turned green after a sluggish start to the week. The rebound, led by Bitcoin Cash’s stunning 23% surge, lifted investor sentiment and reignited optimism. While the rally may be fueled more by speculation than substance, it was a welcome break for traders who had been watching their portfolios stagnate. Altcoins Lead the Charge It wasn’t just Bitcoin Cash that stole the spotlight. Several other altcoins also made significant gains, shaking off their earlier lethargy. Chainlink (LINK) jumped nearly 15%, showing strong buying interest. Aptos (APT) climbed close to 15%, outperforming many of its peers. Cardano (ADA) lagged slightly behind but still managed a respectable 4% increase. The rally was broad-based, covering multiple segments of the crypto market. Utility tokens, payment-focused assets, and smart contract platforms all participated, suggesting that the rebound wasn’t limited to one category of digital assets. A Trade War Twist Provides Relief One of the primary reasons behind Wednesday’s rally was an unexpected policy decision by President Donald Trump. The administration granted a one-month exemption on newly introduced tariffs affecting auto imports from Canada, Mexico, and China. This move was widely seen as a de-escalation in the ongoing trade tensions. Why does this matter for crypto? Market instability often drives investors away from riskier assets like cryptocurrencies. The temporary reprieve in the trade war gave traders confidence to re-enter the market, at least for now. But this exemption is just that—temporary. A full-scale trade conflict remains a serious possibility, and any flare-ups could quickly dampen crypto enthusiasm again. White House Crypto Summit Fuels Speculation Adding another layer of intrigue, anticipation is building for the White House Crypto Summit scheduled for Friday. This event, the first of its kind, has sparked speculation that the Trump administration may unveil a U. S. crypto reserve—an idea that has been floating around for some time but remains largely undefined. So far, details are scarce. Questions remain about what a U. S. crypto reserve would look like, how it would function, and which digital assets it might involve. Would it be a government-backed stablecoin? A Bitcoin reserve? A framework for institutional crypto adoption? No one knows for sure, but that hasn’t stopped traders from making bets ahead of the event. A Rally Built on Hope—But Will It Last? Wednesday’s crypto rally was driven more by optimism than by hard data. That’s not necessarily a bad thing, but it does make the gains fragile. The market remains in a state of uncertainty, and any shifts in policy, sentiment, or external conditions could quickly reverse the current uptrend. A few key factors will determine whether this rally has staying power: Trade War Developments: If tensions reignite, expect volatility. White House Crypto Summit Outcome: Concrete announcements could drive further gains, while vague statements might trigger a pullback. Market Sentiment: Crypto thrives on momentum. If confidence remains high, buying pressure could continue. For now, the crypto world is enjoying a much-needed win. But traders should keep their eyes on the road ahead—because in this market, anything can happen.

---

- Published: 2025-03-06
- Modified: 2025-03-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/jennifer-garner-ben-affleck-reunion-fears/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Jennifer Garner’s recent closeness with ex-husband Ben Affleck has sparked speculation about a possible romantic reunion. But according to insiders, the Alias actress isn’t ready to take that leap. Garner, 51, is reportedly hesitant to reopen that chapter of her life, fearing she could end up heartbroken all over again. Garner’s Hesitation Stems from Deep-Rooted Trust Issues While Garner and Affleck have maintained an amicable co-parenting relationship over the years, sources claim the actress is still haunted by the betrayal that led to their 2015 split. A decade ago, the Argo director was caught in a cheating scandal involving their children's nanny, Christine Ouzounian—a moment that deeply shook their marriage. “She loves Ben but is worried that he will crush her all over again,” an insider shared. Affleck, 52, may have grown and evolved over the years, but for Garner, old wounds don’t heal overnight. One source pointed out that while their connection remains strong, it’s the emotional scars that keep her from fully embracing the idea of rekindling things. The Risk of Another Heartbreak Weighs Heavy Garner’s reluctance isn’t just about her own emotions. She’s also thinking about their three children—Violet, 18, Seraphina, 15, and Samuel, 12. She doesn’t want to subject them to another round of turmoil. “She doesn’t want to heal another broken heart because it is just too much drama. ” “She does not want their kids to see round two of their mom in a bad place with their dad. ” While Affleck has seemingly turned a new leaf, the past looms large. The thought of going through another emotional rollercoaster with him isn’t something Garner is willing to gamble on. Affleck’s Split from Jennifer Lopez Adds Another Layer Affleck’s latest divorce from Jennifer Lopez in 2024 only complicates things further. The Gone Girl actor rekindled his romance with Lopez in 2021, nearly two decades after their first engagement fell apart. They married in 2022, but the relationship crumbled within two years. Now that Affleck is single again, his increasing time with Garner has fueled speculation. However, a full-fledged reconciliation between the exes doesn’t seem to be on the horizon—at least, not from Garner’s perspective. “She cares about him deeply,” the insider said, “but so much could go wrong if they reunite. ” Garner’s Focus Remains on Stability and Family For now, Garner’s priority is maintaining stability for her kids. Despite their past, she and Affleck have built a solid co-parenting dynamic that works. She reportedly enjoys spending time with him—but on her terms. The two have been spotted sharing warm moments, from school events to casual outings with their children. A recent hug between them even went viral, sparking whispers of a possible romantic comeback. But those close to the situation say it’s just two people who have history, respect, and a shared commitment to their kids. Rekindling old flames isn’t always as simple as it seems. And for Garner, protecting herself—and her family—comes first.

---

- Published: 2025-03-06
- Modified: 2025-03-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/eff-rayhunter-stingray-detection-tool/
- Categories: News, Technology

The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) has launched Rayhunter, a free, open-source tool designed to detect cell-site simulators (CSS), commonly known as IMSI catchers or Stingrays. These devices, often used by law enforcement and intelligence agencies, mimic legitimate cell towers to intercept mobile signals, track user locations, and potentially eavesdrop on communications. By making Rayhunter publicly available, the EFF aims to empower individuals and researchers to identify and expose unauthorized surveillance, shedding light on how extensively these covert devices are deployed. How Rayhunter Works Rayhunter focuses on detecting suspicious network activity without monitoring user traffic, ensuring privacy while identifying possible Stingray use. The tool works by: Intercepting and analyzing control traffic—the signaling data exchanged between a mobile hotspot and the connected cell tower. Detecting anomalies such as forced downgrades to 2G (which makes phones vulnerable to attacks) or suspicious requests for a device's IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity). Alerting users in real-time when a potential Stingray attack is detected. This approach provides a non-invasive method to identify potential threats without requiring advanced hacking knowledge or expensive equipment. Affordable and Accessible Surveillance Detection Unlike other Stingray detection methods that rely on rooted Android phones or costly software-defined radios, Rayhunter runs on a budget-friendly $20 Orbic RC400L mobile hotspot—a widely available 4G LTE router sold on Amazon and eBay. EFF chose this hardware for several reasons: Low cost: Making surveillance detection accessible to a wider audience. Portability: A compact device that can be carried anywhere. Linux/Qualcomm compatibility: Potentially allowing Rayhunter to work on other devices in the future. Rayhunter’s integration with the Orbic RC400L means that when it detects suspicious activity, the device’s screen changes from green/blue to red, visually warning users of a possible Stingray presence. What Happens After Detection? When Rayhunter identifies suspicious network behavior, it logs the events for further analysis. Users can access and download PCAP (packet capture) logs, which contain detailed network activity data. These logs can be used to: Investigate possible surveillance attempts in specific areas. Contribute to forensic research on the spread of Stingray devices. Help civil rights groups and journalists uncover unauthorized tracking efforts. EFF has made Rayhunter’s source code available on GitHub, allowing developers and researchers to review and improve the tool. Legal and Safety Considerations EFF has included a legal disclaimer, emphasizing that Rayhunter is likely not illegal to use in the United States. However, laws regarding IMSI catcher detection may vary by country, and users should consult a legal expert before using the tool in regions with stricter surveillance regulations. BleepingComputer, a cybersecurity news platform, has stated that it has not tested Rayhunter and cannot verify its safety or effectiveness, meaning users should proceed with caution. While Rayhunter is a significant step toward countering covert surveillance, it remains one piece of a larger digital privacy puzzle. Governments and law enforcement agencies continue to develop more sophisticated tracking methods, making it crucial for activists, journalists, and everyday users to stay informed about emerging threats.

---

- Published: 2025-03-05
- Modified: 2025-03-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-bitcoin-strategic-crypto-reserve/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin was on a rough ride. Over the past month, the cryptocurrency had taken a 17% hit, leading some to question its short-term trajectory. But that changed fast. After former President Donald Trump’s unexpected social media post announcing plans for a strategic cryptocurrency reserve, Bitcoin’s value made a near-full recovery. It’s the kind of volatility that would send stock market investors scrambling. But for some Bitcoin holders, it’s just another day in the market—and a reason to buy more. Limited Supply, Growing Demand Scarcity has always been Bitcoin’s trump card. There will only ever be 21 million Bitcoins in existence. That’s not a marketing gimmick—it’s a baked-in feature of the technology. About 5. 5% of that supply hasn’t been mined yet, and each new batch of coins gets harder to produce due to periodic "halving" events. The last halving happened in 2024, cutting Bitcoin mining rewards in half. That’s significant because it slows down the rate at which new coins enter circulation. If demand stays the same—or increases—basic economics suggests prices should rise. Of course, that doesn’t mean a straight shot upward. Bitcoin’s history is full of wild swings. But over time, its scarcity creates a unique dynamic: Supply tightens, forcing buyers to compete for fewer coins. Halving events put pressure on hesitant investors to act sooner rather than later. Historical trends suggest that each cycle brings new all-time highs, though timing is unpredictable. For long-term holders, Bitcoin isn’t just an asset—it’s a waiting game. The Emotional Side of Buying Bitcoin There’s an old saying in investing: “Buy when there’s blood in the streets. ” But that’s easier said than done. Watching an asset drop 20%—then another 20%—can be gut-wrenching. Bitcoin investors face this dilemma constantly. The cryptocurrency isn’t just volatile—it’s notorious for brutal corrections. That’s why some use a method called dollar-cost averaging (DCA). Instead of making one big bet, they spread purchases over time, buying at regular intervals regardless of price. The logic is simple: No one can perfectly time the market. Buying in small increments reduces risk. Over the long run, it smooths out the effects of price swings. For Bitcoin believers, this strategy is less about daily headlines and more about the big picture. A decade from now, they argue, today’s price will look like a bargain. Trump’s Crypto Gambit: What Does It Mean? Trump’s announcement on social media wasn’t just a random post—it was a signal. A former president, and potential future candidate, putting weight behind cryptocurrency could reshape the political landscape around digital assets. A strategic crypto reserve raises big questions: Would the U. S. government hold Bitcoin as a national asset? Could this push regulators toward clearer rules for crypto? How might this affect global adoption? Bitcoin has already been embraced by some governments—El Salvador made it legal tender in 2021. But a move by the U. S. would be on a different scale. Even if Trump’s plan remains vague, the mere idea of government-backed Bitcoin holdings adds legitimacy to the asset. Market Reaction: A Temporary Spike or a Lasting Trend? Bitcoin’s price shot up following Trump’s statement, but is this a one-time bump or the start of something bigger? Historically, news-driven spikes tend to be short-lived, but major policy shifts can have lasting effects. Bitcoin’s market data offers some insight: Metric Value Market Cap $1. 7 trillion 24-Hour Trading Volume 56,807 BTC 52-Week Range $49,225 – $109,314 Current Price $87,478 Bitcoin is still far from its all-time high, but trends suggest renewed optimism. Institutional investors, who largely sat out previous cycles, have been increasing exposure. If Trump’s proposal gains traction, it could push even more traditional players into the space. For now, Bitcoin remains what it has always been—a rollercoaster ride with big risks and potentially massive rewards. But for those convinced of its long-term potential, dips aren’t reasons to panic. They’re buying opportunities.

---

- Published: 2025-03-05
- Modified: 2025-03-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/billie-eilish-selfie-mystery-blonde-sydney/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Billie Eilish is once again the talk of the internet, and this time, it’s not just about her music. The Grammy-winning artist sent fans into a frenzy with a daring Instagram selfie, just hours after she was seen in Sydney with a mystery blonde. The post, which showcased a sultry angle emphasizing her cleavage, came with the cheeky caption: “BOIOIOIOING. ” A Playful Post That Got Fans Talking Eilish’s selfie wasn’t just another casual update. It was bold, confident, and, as expected, instantly sparked speculation. Some fans saw it as a simple display of self-assurance, while others wondered if there was an underlying message, especially considering the timing. The 22-year-old singer had just been spotted enjoying a relaxed moment with a blonde companion at a Sydney park. The two appeared comfortable, with Billie leaning back affectionately against her friend, who was even seen giving her a casual back rub. Naturally, this sighting led to a flood of questions about their relationship. Avoiding Labels and Staying Private Billie Eilish has made it clear she no longer wants to discuss her personal life. During a conversation with Vogue, she admitted she felt "forced" into revealing her sexuality and now wishes she had kept that part of her life private. “I wish no one knew anything about my sexuality or anything about my dating life. Ever, ever, ever,” she stated firmly. She added that moving forward, she would not be discussing her romantic relationships or preferences again. Despite her stance, fans continue to speculate about her personal life, especially after her recent revelation that she is “physically attracted” to women. However, Eilish remains determined to maintain boundaries. Public Scrutiny and the Burden of Fame Being in the spotlight comes with its own set of challenges. Eilish has repeatedly expressed frustration with how every aspect of her life gets analyzed, from her fashion choices to her relationships. This isn’t the first time she’s addressed the pressures of fame. In a past interview, she admitted that the public’s interest in her personal life can feel overwhelming. “People just assume things about me constantly,” she once shared. Fans Split on the Speculation As always, social media was divided over the latest developments. Some fans praised Eilish for her confidence and playfulness, celebrating her freedom to express herself. Others couldn’t help but dissect every detail, trying to decode whether her latest posts had a deeper meaning. Regardless of the speculation, one thing is certain: Billie Eilish knows how to keep people talking. And whether she chooses to respond to the buzz or not, she remains unapologetically herself.

---

- Published: 2025-03-04
- Modified: 2025-03-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-price-drop-profit-taking-ai-tariffs/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Solana (SOL) has taken a steep dive, shedding 25. 22% of its value in the past 24 hours. The cryptocurrency, which recently surged on news of its inclusion in the U. S. digital asset reserve program, is now facing sharp sell-offs. Investors appear to be taking profits while broader economic concerns add to the pressure. Profit-Taking Wipes Out Solana’s Recent Gains Just a day ago, Solana was riding high after former President Donald Trump announced that the token would be part of a government-backed digital reserve. This move initially sent SOL soaring, but the gains were short-lived. Traders quickly seized the opportunity to cash in on the rally. After climbing to a high of $170. 47, Solana dropped back down to around $135. 46. In the past week, the cryptocurrency has barely managed to stay in positive territory, up only 1% despite its recent spike. One sentence says it all: market euphoria doesn’t last long in crypto. AI-Driven Market Volatility Spills Over Solana’s losses aren’t happening in isolation. Broader market jitters, particularly in artificial intelligence (AI) stocks, have weighed on investor sentiment. Fresh reports suggest that China has found ways to sidestep U. S. restrictions on Nvidia’s high-end GPUs, a critical component in AI computing. This has rekindled concerns about the ongoing tech battle between the U. S. and China. The possibility of further government action or trade restrictions is making investors uneasy, leading to a sell-off in AI-related assets. And as AI stocks took a hit, the ripple effect extended to Solana and the crypto market at large. Tariffs on Mexico and Canada Add to Market Anxiety Another factor stirring up uncertainty is the Biden administration’s confirmation that new tariffs on Mexico and Canada will go into effect tomorrow. The market hates surprises, and tariffs bring plenty of them. Investors fear that these trade barriers could add to inflationary pressures, making it harder for the Federal Reserve to justify interest rate cuts. The prospect of prolonged high rates is unwelcome news for risk assets like cryptocurrencies, which thrive in a low-rate environment. One thing is clear: macroeconomic shifts are increasingly dictating crypto’s short-term movements. What’s Next for Solana? The cryptocurrency remains highly volatile, and sharp price swings aren’t unusual. Despite the recent pullback, Solana still has a market cap of around $81 billion. If selling pressure continues, the next key support level could be around $110, its 52-week low. Solana’s drop may be steep, but it’s not necessarily the end of the road. Crypto investors have seen this movie before—big rallies, bigger corrections, and another rally just around the corner.

---

- Published: 2025-03-04
- Modified: 2025-03-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/rubrik-security-breach-log-files-no-customer-data-accessed/
- Categories: News, Technology

Rubrik disclosed last month that a server hosting log files was breached, prompting the company to rotate authentication keys as a precaution. While the cybersecurity firm confirmed the incident, it emphasized that no customer data or internal source code was accessed. Isolated Breach, No Ransomware Involvement The breach was initially identified through anomalous activity on a single server, according to Rubrik's security advisory published on February 2. The company swiftly took the server offline and engaged a third-party forensic team to investigate. Findings confirmed that the incident was contained to this server, with no unauthorized access detected beyond it. Despite the exposure of certain log files containing access details, Rubrik states that there is no evidence these credentials were misused. Authentication keys were rotated “out of an abundance of caution,” though no direct threat actor communication or ransomware demand was received. High-Profile Customers, No Immediate Risk With a customer base that includes AMD, Adobe, Pepsico, Home Depot, and Honda, any breach at Rubrik raises concerns. However, the company maintains that customer data remains secure. This assurance comes amid heightened scrutiny in the cybersecurity sector, particularly as high-profile firms face increasing threats. For Rubrik, this is not the first security incident. In 2023, the company suffered a data breach during the large-scale Fortra GoAnywhere attacks orchestrated by the Clop ransomware gang. That attack led to data theft affecting multiple organizations. The latest breach, however, appears to be unrelated and more contained. Industry-Wide Challenges in Cybersecurity Cybersecurity companies are not immune to the very threats they aim to mitigate. Firms specializing in data protection, like Rubrik, must navigate a landscape where vulnerabilities can arise even within their own infrastructure. The incident underscores a growing trend where log file exposure becomes an entry point for threat actors. While Rubrik appears to have contained the breach quickly, the need for rigorous monitoring and rapid incident response remains paramount. With no customer data compromised, the broader implications of the incident seem minimal for now. However, as cyber threats evolve, companies in this space will likely face continued scrutiny over their own security postures.

---

- Published: 2025-03-03
- Modified: 2025-03-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-crypto-strategic-reserve-market-surge/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The cryptocurrency market went into overdrive on Sunday after former President Donald Trump hinted at a potential U. S. Crypto Strategic Reserve. While the idea remains vague, the market responded with a sharp rally, fueling speculation about the government’s possible role in digital assets. Market Reacts to Trump’s Crypto Remarks Trump’s statement sent shockwaves through the market, igniting a surge in several major tokens. Investors quickly piled into cryptocurrencies that could benefit from a reserve, triggering double-digit gains across the board. In the past 24 hours: Cardano (ADA) skyrocketed 60. 6% XRP (XRP) jumped 31. 7% Solana (SOL) rose 22. 6% Bitcoin (BTC) climbed 8. 18% Ethereum (ETH) gained 9. 87% Solana’s name being explicitly mentioned by Trump gave it a particular boost, while Bitcoin and Ethereum saw relatively more measured gains. The enthusiasm wasn’t just limited to individual tokens—the entire crypto market saw billions of dollars in trading volume as investors tried to get ahead of a potential policy shift. What Is the Crypto Strategic Reserve? Details remain thin, but what’s clear is that Trump has instructed his Presidential Working Group to explore the creation of a Crypto Strategic Reserve. The idea is to build a reserve with top digital assets, potentially leveraging seized cryptocurrencies that the government already holds. The U. S. government is among the largest holders of Bitcoin due to law enforcement seizures, particularly from dark web operations. Instead of selling off these assets as it has done in the past, the administration could decide to hold onto them as part of an official reserve. The big question: Can the U. S. legally establish a crypto reserve? Cryptocurrencies are still in a legal grey area, with no clear framework for their classification as a reserve asset. The Federal Reserve and Treasury traditionally handle currency reserves, making digital assets an untested addition. Any move in this direction could require Congressional approval, which may prove to be a major obstacle. For now, the announcement has sparked debate among legal experts and policymakers, with some calling it a groundbreaking shift, while others question its feasibility. Potential Roadblocks Ahead The idea of a government-backed crypto reserve might sound bullish for the market, but the road ahead is filled with challenges. The volatility of digital assets and regulatory uncertainty make this a high-stakes proposal. A few key concerns: Extreme volatility: Crypto prices fluctuate far more than traditional reserve assets like gold or foreign currencies. Ownership concentration: A handful of large holders dominate many tokens, raising liquidity and manipulation concerns. Political hurdles: If an act of Congress is needed, resistance from lawmakers skeptical of digital assets could derail the effort. Economic factors could also weigh in. The Atlanta Fed’s GDPNow estimate suggests potential weakness in the U. S. economy, making large-scale crypto holdings a questionable policy move in the eyes of some financial analysts. The Bigger Picture for Crypto Investors For investors, the excitement around Trump’s crypto comments is undeniable, but the sustainability of the rally is another story. The market’s history of reacting to political news—only to reverse course when reality sets in—suggests caution. A look at past crypto-related policy developments: Event Initial Market Reaction Long-Term Impact SEC drops charges against crypto firms Short-term rally Mixed outcomes Bitcoin & Ethereum ETFs approved Surge in BTC & ETH Institutional adoption grew China bans crypto mining Market plunge Shift to other regions FTX collapse Massive selloff Regulatory crackdown intensified History suggests that while political and regulatory news can trigger rallies, the market eventually reverts to fundamentals. Trump’s proposal is still in its infancy, and legal experts believe significant hurdles remain. If the reserve does move forward, it could mark one of the most significant shifts in the U. S. government’s approach to crypto. For now, the market is riding the wave, but whether this is the start of a new era or just another speculative bump remains to be seen. Investors should brace for more volatility as details unfold.

---

- Published: 2025-03-03
- Modified: 2025-03-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/nearly-12000-api-keys-passwords-found-common-crawl-ai/
- Categories: News, Technology

A massive dataset frequently used to train artificial intelligence models has been found to contain nearly 12,000 valid secrets, including API keys and passwords. The discovery raises concerns about data security, especially as AI models pull from vast digital archives that are difficult to clean thoroughly. Common Crawl’s Massive Digital Archive Holds Hidden Risks Common Crawl, a nonprofit organization, has been collecting and maintaining an open-source repository of web data since 2008. The dataset, spanning petabytes, is available for free and serves as a resource for various AI projects, including language models from OpenAI, Google, Meta, Anthropic, and Stability AI. Given its scale, many AI models rely on Common Crawl at least in part for training. However, researchers at Truffle Security, a company specializing in detecting exposed credentials, found that the archive contained thousands of valid secrets. These secrets—hardcoded into public-facing code—could pose security threats if exploited by malicious actors. AWS Root Keys and MailChimp API Keys Found in Publicly Available Data Truffle Security’s team used their open-source scanner, TruffleHog, to analyze 400 terabytes of data from 2. 67 billion web pages in Common Crawl’s December 2024 archive. Their findings were alarming: 11,908 valid secrets were identified, all of which could be successfully authenticated. 219 distinct types of secrets were exposed, including API keys for Amazon Web Services (AWS), MailChimp, and WalkScore. 1,500 unique MailChimp API keys were hardcoded in front-end HTML and JavaScript, making them easily accessible. One single WalkScore API key appeared 57,029 times across nearly 1,900 subdomains—a shocking level of reuse. Why Are These Secrets Leaking? The issue largely stems from poor security practices by developers. Many of the discovered secrets were hardcoded into publicly accessible HTML and JavaScript, rather than stored securely in server-side environment variables. For instance, MailChimp API keys, commonly used for email marketing, were embedded in front-end code, making them visible to anyone who inspected a webpage’s source. Similarly, AWS root keys—a highly sensitive credential that grants access to cloud infrastructure—were found in HTML files. Truffle Security also uncovered live Slack webhooks on one webpage, with 17 unique keys that could allow unauthorized users to post messages into Slack channels. The messaging platform explicitly warns against exposing these keys, stating, “Your webhook URL contains a secret. Don't share it online, including via public version control repositories. ” The Challenge of Scrubbing Sensitive Data from AI Training Sets AI companies do not use raw training data without modification. Large datasets like Common Crawl go through extensive pre-processing, which includes filtering out irrelevant, duplicate, harmful, or sensitive content. Despite these efforts, Truffle Security’s findings suggest that some confidential data still makes it through. The reason is simple: eliminating all sensitive information from a dataset of this scale is nearly impossible. Personally identifiable information (PII), financial data, medical records, and API keys can slip through, influencing the outputs of AI models in unintended ways. What Happens Next? After identifying these exposed credentials, Truffle Security reached out to the affected vendors. Their report states that they successfully helped organizations revoke or rotate several thousand keys, reducing the immediate risk. However, the findings highlight broader concerns about security practices in software development and AI model training. Some key takeaways from this incident: Developers should avoid hardcoding API keys in front-end code and instead use secure storage methods like environment variables. AI researchers and data engineers must refine filtering techniques to prevent sensitive data from making it into training sets. Companies should regularly audit their web-facing code for accidentally exposed secrets before they end up in public datasets. Even if AI models are trained on older archives than the one Truffle Security analyzed, the risk remains. Poor security hygiene at the source can lead to unintended consequences in AI behavior, making data security an ongoing challenge for the industry.

---

- Published: 2025-03-03
- Modified: 2025-03-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/valve-nspcc-steam-charity-sale-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

A new charity sale on Steam is offering over 50 games at a discount, with 10 percent of proceeds going to support children's services. Valve has partnered with the National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) to raise funds for Childline, therapy, parental advice, and safeguarding training. The sale runs until March 7, 2025. Discounted Games for a Good Cause The sale lineup features an eclectic mix of titles, including Railbound, Summer House, Before Your Eyes, Cluedo, Hypnospace Outlaw, and Yes, Your Grace. These games cater to various tastes, from puzzle enthusiasts to narrative-driven gamers. The best part? Each purchase contributes to crucial services that help protect children. The NSPCC recognizes both the benefits and challenges of online gaming. While risks exist, the organization frequently hears from young people about how games provide comfort and connection. A 14-year-old shared how gaming became a coping mechanism: "Sometimes I get overwhelmed with everything going on around me. My new support worker knows I love board games, and he showed me I can play Cluedo online! It’s part of my strategy now when I need a distraction. " This blend of entertainment and well-being makes gaming a valuable outlet for many young people. Steam’s Role in Supporting Child Welfare Valve’s partnership with the NSPCC highlights a growing trend of gaming companies supporting charitable causes. By hosting this sale, Steam is providing game developers and publishers with a way to give back while also encouraging players to contribute to a meaningful initiative. Lewie Procter, head of gaming partnerships at the NSPCC, emphasized the impact of this collaboration: "We are thrilled that popular games are included in this sale, giving gaming fans a chance to make a difference. We want to thank Steam, developers, and publishers for supporting this brilliant initiative. " This initiative not only raises funds but also increases awareness of child safety in gaming spaces, a topic that has gained significant attention in recent years. Why Gaming Fundraisers Matter Gaming-related charity events are becoming more common, and they tend to resonate well with audiences. Several factors contribute to their success: Accessibility – Anyone with a Steam account can participate. Affordability – Discounts make it easier for players to buy games while donating. Community Engagement – Gamers often support causes that align with their interests. Past charity sales and events, such as Games Done Quick and Humble Bundle charity bundles, have demonstrated the potential of gaming communities to generate millions in donations. Steam’s latest effort follows in those footsteps, leveraging its vast platform for social good. What’s Next? With the NSPCC’s focus on online safety, this partnership could be the start of more collaborations between gaming platforms and charities. As gaming continues to evolve, initiatives like this sale highlight the industry’s ability to contribute to important causes beyond entertainment. Players interested in making a difference can check out the NSPCC Game Safe Sale on Steam before it ends on March 7, 2025. Every purchase supports essential services that help children and young people navigate challenges in their lives.

---

- Published: 2025-02-28
- Modified: 2025-02-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/mara-q4-earnings-stock-bitcoin-strategy/
- Categories: News, Finance

MARA Holdings (NASDAQ: MARA) delivered a shocker to Wall Street on Thursday, posting fourth-quarter earnings that completely shattered analyst projections. The Bitcoin miner and energy player reported a profit of $1. 24 per share, crushing expectations of a $0. 16 per-share loss. Revenue jumped 37% year over year to $214 million, outpacing estimates of $181 million. The market reacted swiftly. Shares soared as much as 19. 3% in early trading before cooling to a 9. 2% gain by midday. Yet, the broader picture is less celebratory—MARA's stock remains down 55% over the past year. A Breakdown of MARA’s Strong Q4 MARA’s surprising beat was driven largely by Bitcoin production and aggressive acquisitions. The company mined 2,492 Bitcoins at an average cost of $52,035 per coin while also purchasing 15,574 Bitcoins on the open market for an average price of $98,531 each. That move signals bullish sentiment on Bitcoin’s future, despite recent market swings. For context, MARA isn’t just a Bitcoin miner—it also generates revenue from energy production and data center services. The company owns wind and hydroelectric assets with 136 megawatts of power generation capacity. That diversification is meant to cushion the business from Bitcoin’s notorious price swings. One thing’s clear: MARA is playing an aggressive, high-risk game. Bitcoin Prices Make or Break MARA MARA’s fate is tightly linked to Bitcoin prices. When Bitcoin surges, the company thrives. When it falls, the numbers can get ugly. A key factor to watch is last year’s Bitcoin halving event, which reduced mining rewards. That typically squeezes out weaker miners, leaving industry leaders like MARA in a stronger position. MARA’s share of global mining rewards climbed to 5. 6% in Q4, up from 4. 8% in the previous quarter and 4. 4% a year ago. But there’s a catch—production costs haven’t budged much. If Bitcoin tumbles, MARA could be caught in a tight spot, especially with the significant debt it took on to finance recent Bitcoin purchases. A Risky Bet on Bitcoin's Future The numbers may look strong today, but MARA’s strategy raises questions. Here’s what investors should consider: Debt Load: The company borrowed heavily to buy more Bitcoin. That could backfire if prices drop. Crypto Volatility: Bitcoin’s price fell sharply in February, which could impact MARA’s next earnings report. Diversification: Expanding into energy and computing services could be a smart move long-term, but crypto remains the core focus. MARA has positioned itself as a leader in the mining space, but this stock isn’t for the risk-averse. What’s Next for MARA? Looking ahead, all eyes will be on Bitcoin’s price movements and MARA’s debt strategy. If Bitcoin keeps climbing, MARA’s aggressive moves could pay off handsomely. But if another crypto winter hits, the company’s debt-fueled expansion could become a major liability. For now, MARA remains a high-stakes play in a notoriously volatile industry.

---

- Published: 2025-02-28
- Modified: 2025-02-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/midnight-murder-club-early-access-release-march-13/
- Categories: News, Technology

Velan Studios, the team behind the ill-fated Knockout City, is gearing up for another shot at multiplayer chaos. Their latest project, Midnight Murder Club, a pitch-black first-person shooter published by PlayStation, is set to enter early access on March 13 for PC and PlayStation 5. In an unexpected move, Velan is sweetening the deal—players who purchase the game can invite up to five friends to play for free. A Deadly Game of Shadows in Wormwood Manor At its core, Midnight Murder Club is all about survival in the eerie, pitch-black corridors of Wormwood Manor. Armed with only a revolver and a flashlight, players must navigate the darkness and outlast their opponents. Velan describes the tension vividly: “You sprint toward your friends’ shouting voices echoing through the mansion, only to bump into someone else hiding in a dark corner! Shots ring out, luring the other hunters to your location. Every flash of light is the promise of a deadly firefight. ” The game turns darkness into a weapon, forcing players to balance visibility and stealth in a way that’s bound to create heart-pounding moments. Five Game Modes Bring Variety to the Mayhem While the foundation of Midnight Murder Club is a high-stakes, last-person-standing experience, the game ships with five different modes to keep things fresh: Free for All – Classic every-player-for-themselves chaos. Thief in the Night – A stealth-focused challenge with unique objectives. Team Deathmatch – Traditional team-based combat in the shadows. Headhunters – A tactical hunt for specific targets. Wildcards – The newest and most unpredictable addition, letting players use collected cards to modify the game’s rules. The Wildcards mode is where things get particularly interesting. These collectible cards introduce unexpected twists—one might grant players super speed, while another could cause them to explode on death. New cards unlock after every match, encouraging players to experiment with different combinations. A Friendlier Price With a Play-for-Free Perk While Midnight Murder Club launches at $19. 99 USD, the standout feature of this release is its Guest Pass Edition. Buyers can invite up to five friends to join them in both public and private matches, at no extra cost. Friends will need to download the Midnight Murder Club Guest Pass Edition, but once that’s done, they can participate in all current game modes, making this one of the most generous multiplayer incentives seen in recent memory. Early Access Starts March 13 The game enters early access on Steam and PlayStation 5 on March 13, with Velan Studios looking to fine-tune the experience based on player feedback. Whether Midnight Murder Club can carve out its own space in the competitive multiplayer shooter scene remains to be seen, but its mix of high-intensity gunplay, eerie atmosphere, and an appealing invite system makes it an intriguing prospect. For those looking for a fresh multiplayer experience with an innovative twist, Midnight Murder Club might be worth keeping an eye on.

---

- Published: 2025-02-28
- Modified: 2025-02-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/taiwan-companies-targeted-winos-4-malware-phishing/
- Categories: News, Technology

Cybercriminals are ramping up their attacks on businesses in Taiwan, using fake emails disguised as official messages from the country’s National Taxation Bureau. The latest campaign, discovered by Fortinet FortiGuard Labs, involves a dangerous strain of malware known as Winos 4. 0, delivered through phishing emails designed to trick recipients into downloading a malicious attachment. Phishing Emails Masquerade as Tax Notices Hackers behind this campaign are exploiting one of the oldest tricks in the book—posing as an authority figure to gain trust. The emails claim to contain a list of businesses scheduled for tax inspection and urge recipients to forward the information to their company’s treasurer. Attached is a ZIP file that appears to be an official document from Taiwan’s Ministry of Finance. But in reality, opening this file sets off a chain reaction. Inside, a malicious DLL file ("lastbld2Base. dll") initiates the attack, executing shellcode that fetches Winos 4. 0 from a remote server. Once installed, the malware can: Take screenshots of the victim’s screen Log keystrokes to steal sensitive information Modify clipboard content to manipulate copied text Monitor USB devices connected to the system Execute commands when security prompts appear from antivirus programs like Kingsoft Security and Huorong Second Attack Wave Targets WeChat and Online Banking Fortinet researchers also uncovered a second attack method linked to the same campaign. This variation involves an online module that specifically captures screenshots of WeChat conversations and online banking portals. This suggests that the attackers are not just after corporate data but are also trying to intercept financial transactions, possibly for fraud or espionage. The level of sophistication in these attacks indicates a well-resourced group with clear objectives. Who’s Behind the Attack? The Winos 4. 0 malware has been attributed to a threat group known by multiple names, including Void Arachne and Silver Fox. Security experts have linked this malware to another well-known remote access trojan (RAT) called ValleyRAT, both of which originate from Gh0st RAT—a tool developed in China and open-sourced in 2008. Daniel dos Santos, Head of Security Research at Forescout's Vedere Labs, explained that these malware families have been evolving over the years. “Winos and ValleyRAT are essentially different flavors of Gh0st RAT, adapted by attackers for their ongoing operations. The tool is constantly being updated, making it harder to detect and block,” he noted. CleverSoar Installer and Region-Specific Targeting The attack doesn’t stop with phishing emails. Some variations of Winos 4. 0 have been found using an installer called CleverSoar, which is delivered via fake software downloads or gaming applications. What’s particularly interesting is how the malware selects its victims. Researchers found that the CleverSoar installer checks the language settings of the victim’s computer before proceeding. If the system is set to Chinese or Vietnamese, the malware installs itself. If not, it shuts down. This targeted approach suggests that the hackers behind this campaign are specifically going after Chinese-speaking and Vietnamese-speaking users, possibly indicating a geopolitical motive or a focus on certain business sectors. New Silver Fox Attack Uses Medical Software as a Backdoor Adding another layer to the threat, the Silver Fox group has also been linked to an attack involving trojanized medical software. Security firm Forescout reported that the group has been using altered versions of Philips DICOM viewers—software commonly used in medical imaging—to spread ValleyRAT. Once installed, this malware opens the door for further infections, including a keylogger that captures user activity and credentials, and a cryptocurrency miner that hijacks the victim’s computer to generate digital currency. To make matters worse, attackers are using a known vulnerability in the TrueSight driver to disable antivirus programs, leaving infected systems completely exposed. What’s Next? With these threats becoming increasingly sophisticated, businesses in Taiwan—and beyond—need to stay on high alert. The use of phishing emails, region-specific malware targeting, and the repurposing of legitimate software for cyberattacks shows that these hackers are adapting their methods constantly. The best defense? Verify email sources: Always double-check messages claiming to be from tax authorities or government agencies. Be cautious with attachments: Even if an email looks legitimate, avoid opening ZIP files from unknown sources. Update security tools: Keeping antivirus software and firewalls up to date can help block known threats. Monitor financial transactions: Businesses should implement extra layers of security for online banking and corporate financial data. Taiwanese companies are facing an escalating cyber threat, and vigilance is more crucial than ever. As cybercriminals refine their tactics, staying ahead of the game will require stronger security measures and increased awareness.

---

- Published: 2025-02-27
- Modified: 2025-02-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrps-24-drop-has-investors-on-edge-but-is-selling-a-big-mistake/
- Categories: News, Crypto

XRP holders are feeling the pressure. The cryptocurrency has lost nearly a quarter of its value in the last 30 days, making some investors question whether it’s time to cash out. But a deeper look at the numbers—and some major institutional moves—suggests that selling now might not be the smartest play. Japan’s Banking Sector Is Betting Big on XRP By the end of 2025, nearly 80% of Japan’s banks are expected to use XRP for international money transfers. That’s a staggering adoption rate in a country with the fourth-largest economy in the world. The reason is simple: banks want faster, cheaper transactions. Traditional systems like SWIFT are slow and costly, but XRP allows them to move money across borders almost instantly. This shift isn’t just a win for the banks—it’s a massive boost to XRP’s long-term value. If Japan’s financial system integrates XRP at this scale, demand for the cryptocurrency will remain strong. Selling now could mean missing out on the potential price surge that follows. Institutional Interest Is Growing in the U. S. It’s not just Japan making moves. In the U. S. , financial heavyweights like Bank of America and JPMorgan are already holding XRP. Meanwhile, there’s talk of including it in a national cryptocurrency repository if regulators move forward with the idea. If that happens, institutional adoption will likely skyrocket. Banks and financial firms tend to be conservative with their investments, so their interest in XRP signals confidence in its future. For individual investors, this could mean major price appreciation down the road. Selling now might feel like cutting losses, but it could also mean missing a significant rally if institutional backing strengthens further. Daily Trading Volume Keeps the Network Thriving One of the most overlooked aspects of XRP’s value is its massive daily trading volume. As of February 21, over $5. 6 billion worth of XRP changed hands in just 24 hours. Every transaction generates small fees that circulate back into the ecosystem, contributing to its long-term sustainability. This built-in economic engine keeps XRP active and relevant, even during downturns. And with major banks adopting it, that volume is likely to keep growing. ETFs Could Be a Game-Changer for XRP The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has been slow to approve cryptocurrency exchange-traded funds (ETFs), but that could soon change. If XRP gets the green light for an ETF, it would bring in a wave of new investors from traditional finance who prefer regulated investment vehicles over direct crypto purchases. More importantly, an ETF would provide deeper liquidity, making it even more attractive for institutional investors. Banks and corporations tend to favor assets that are easy to trade at scale. If XRP reaches that point, demand could surge, pushing prices higher. Should You Sell or Hold? Selling XRP right now locks in losses and eliminates the chance to benefit from its potential comeback. While short-term price drops can be unsettling, long-term growth drivers like bank adoption, institutional backing, and potential ETF approval remain strong. For those who can afford to wait, holding—or even buying more at lower prices—might be the better play. XRP’s fundamentals haven’t changed, and if anything, they’re looking stronger than ever.

---

- Published: 2025-02-27
- Modified: 2025-02-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/southern-water-cyberattack-cost-4-5m-black-basta/
- Categories: News, Technology

United Kingdom’s Southern Water has disclosed that it spent £4. 5 million ($5. 7M) responding to a cyberattack in February 2024, a financial hit equal to its annual pollution management costs. The attack, attributed to the Black Basta ransomware gang, did not disrupt operations but resulted in stolen data, legal expenses, and cybersecurity reinforcements. A Costly Breach Without Operational Damage Southern Water, which serves 2. 7 million water customers and handles wastewater services for 4. 7 million people, confirmed that hackers infiltrated its IT systems. The company maintains an extensive network, delivering 570 million liters of water daily through nearly 14,000 km of pipelines and managing 1. 5 billion liters of wastewater via its 40,000 km sewer system. A year before this incident, Southern Water had already faced a security breach but assured that it did not impact financial systems or customer services. This time, however, the attack resulted in stolen data and a hefty price tag. “We have incurred £4. 5 million in responding to this exceptional incident during the year,” the company stated in its financial report. The February 2024 breach led the company to hire external cybersecurity experts and legal advisors, alongside notifying affected customers. Despite the breach, there was no disruption to water supply or wastewater services. Black Basta: A Dangerous Cyber Threat The Black Basta ransomware group, known for targeting critical infrastructure, claimed responsibility for the attack. This group typically steals data before encrypting systems, using extortion tactics to demand payment from victims. One intriguing aspect of this case is the leaked internal chat logs from Black Basta’s operations. These logs suggested that Southern Water initially offered to pay £750,000 ($950,000) on February 12, 2024, significantly lower than the attackers' original demand of $3. 5 million. By the end of February, Southern Water’s name disappeared from Black Basta’s extortion site, raising speculation about whether a private deal had been struck. However, when asked directly, the company neither confirmed nor denied any ransom payment. Breakdown of Southern Water’s Cyberattack Costs The £4. 5 million cost is significant, particularly when compared to other expenditures in the company's annual budget. Cost Category Amount (£ millions) Cyberattack Response 4. 5 Pollution Management 4. 5 Customer Assistance Funds 3. 8 Infrastructure Upgrades 12. 3 Beyond these immediate expenses, additional hidden costs could emerge, including: Legal and regulatory scrutiny – Authorities may demand further investigations. Reputational impact – Customers might lose confidence in Southern Water’s security measures. Future cybersecurity investments – The company is likely to spend more to prevent similar attacks. Cybersecurity Measures and Dark Web Monitoring Southern Water has since bolstered its cybersecurity strategy. The company claims to have hired security firms to monitor the dark web, ensuring that stolen data has not resurfaced. So far, no further leaks have been detected. While ransomware attacks on critical utilities are increasing, UK law does not prohibit firms from making ransom payments. However, government agencies strongly discourage them, as payments fund cybercriminal networks and encourage further attacks. One lingering question remains: Did Southern Water pay the ransom? With no clear answer from the company, speculation continues. What’s undeniable, however, is that cybersecurity threats to essential infrastructure are becoming an expensive and persistent challenge.

---

- Published: 2025-02-27
- Modified: 2025-02-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/eternal-strands-roadmap-free-dlc-final-fantasy-collaboration/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Eternal Strands, the well-received action RPG from Dragon Age veteran Mike Laidlaw’s Yellow Brick Games, isn’t slowing down anytime soon. With its first month in the books, the developers have outlined their ambitious post-launch roadmap, including major gameplay tweaks, free DLC collaborations, and a Reddit AMA to keep the community engaged. First Major Patch Coming in March The immediate focus is on refining the player experience. Yellow Brick Games has announced a “Day 30 Patch,” expected in March, that will tackle some of the most pressing gameplay concerns. Movement and combat responsiveness are at the top of the list, with developers promising adjustments to make character movement feel less “slippery. ” Other key changes include: Tweaks to enemy presence, specifically reducing the number of Umbral Darters in certain regions. Bug fixes aimed at smoothing out immersion-breaking glitches. Additional general performance improvements across platforms. For players who’ve found the game’s controls a bit unwieldy, this update should bring noticeable improvements. Spring Update: A Final Fantasy Artist Joins the Mix Things get more exciting this spring. Eternal Strands will receive its first free DLC, featuring a collaboration with Final Fantasy XIV and XVI concept artist Yusuke Mogi. Mogi’s artistic vision will bring a new in-game epic, a fresh armor set, and new weapon skins, expanding the game’s customization options. Beyond the visual overhaul, the spring update is packed with new features: A brand-new map to explore. An additional magic power to enhance combat and traversal. A weapon and armor dyeing system, letting players personalize their gear. Oria’s tips and tricks, likely providing additional in-game guidance for players. Spring is shaping up to be a major content drop that brings not just cosmetics but meaningful gameplay additions. Summer Brings a No More Heroes Collaboration While details remain scarce, Yellow Brick Games has also announced a second free DLC set for summer 2025, developed in collaboration with No More Heroes studio Grasshopper Manufacture. The studio, known for its eccentric and stylish approach to game design, could bring some unexpected surprises to Eternal Strands. What exactly this collaboration entails remains under wraps, but given Grasshopper Manufacture’s reputation, players can expect something bold and unconventional. Community Engagement and Future Teasers Yellow Brick Games isn’t just delivering content—it’s also keeping an open line of communication with its players. Ahead of the March patch release, the studio has published detailed developer notes outlining the key changes. Additionally, the team is hosting an Eternal Strands AMA on Reddit on Thursday, February 27, at 4 PM GMT. This will give fans a chance to ask about everything from game lore to upcoming content. Given how interactive the studio has been so far, this should be a lively session. Eternal Strands Post-Launch Roadmap at a Glance Update Expected Release Key Additions Day 30 Patch March 2025 Movement improvements, combat tweaks, bug fixes Spring DLC Spring 2025 Final Fantasy collaboration, new map, magic power, customization features Summer DLC Summer 2025 No More Heroes collaboration, new content Eternal Strands’ blend of Zelda-like exploration, Shadow of the Colossus-style climbing, and Monster Hunter-inspired combat has already resonated with players. With a solid mix of gameplay improvements, free DLC, and community interaction, Yellow Brick Games is setting the stage for a strong second phase of its RPG’s lifecycle.

---

- Published: 2025-02-26
- Modified: 2025-02-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-plunge-bitcoin-ethereum-dogecoin-drop/
- Categories: News, Crypto

A wave of fear swept through the cryptocurrency market on Tuesday, sending valuations plunging across the board. Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin all suffered steep losses, with investors scrambling to understand whether this was a short-term correction or the start of a deeper downturn. The truth? Crypto’s latest freefall has little to do with itself and everything to do with bigger economic concerns. Bitcoin Leads the Slide as Investors Flee Risk Bitcoin dropped 8. 2% in the past 24 hours, slipping to $88,846 by late morning. Ethereum wasn't far behind, tumbling 9. 2%, while Dogecoin fell 9. 1%. Panic selling took hold as investors reacted to broader economic signals. Growth stocks also saw steep declines, reinforcing the idea that digital assets, despite their promises of decentralization, still move in lockstep with traditional financial markets. One major culprit? A sharp drop in consumer confidence. The Conference Board’s latest report showed a steep decline in sentiment, with its index falling from 105. 3 in January to 98. 3 this month. That’s the worst drop since August 2021. Worse, expectations for income, business conditions, and the job market collapsed to 72. 9—a number historically associated with looming recessions.

---

- Published: 2025-02-26
- Modified: 2025-02-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ariana-grande-ethan-slater-sag-awards-2025/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Ariana Grande just gave fans a rare and intimate look at her relationship with Ethan Slater, and the internet can’t stop talking about it. The pop star-turned-actress took to Instagram to share a series of photos from the 2025 SAG Awards, but one image in particular had everyone buzzing—a romantic snapshot with her boyfriend that melted hearts across social media. A Glimpse into Grande’s SAG Awards Experience Grande's Instagram post on Tuesday was a carefully curated collection of moments from the star-studded evening. The carousel kicked off with a solo shot of the singer looking ethereal in a pastel pink off-the-shoulder gown, followed by a video of her confidently posing on the red carpet. But it was the fourth slide that had everyone talking. The overexposed aesthetic snapshot captured an affectionate moment between Grande and Slater, showing them beaming as he wrapped an arm around her waist. It was a rare, unfiltered glimpse into their relationship—one that had fans gushing in the comment section. Grande kept her caption simple yet sentimental, expressing gratitude toward the Screen Actors Guild Awards and her fellow actors' union members. She also gave a nod to Loewe designer Jonathan Anderson and actor Ralph Fiennes. Fans React to the Couple’s Public Display of Affection Social media was instantly flooded with reactions. Fans, who have been following the couple’s relationship since it was confirmed in July 2023, couldn’t contain their excitement over the unexpected display of affection. "She looks so happy, and that’s all that matters! " one fan wrote. "Ethan Slater really won the jackpot, huh? " another joked. "This is the softest picture I’ve ever seen," a follower gushed. Grande has largely kept her relationship with Slater out of the public eye, making this post a significant moment for her fans. A Love Story Born on the Set of Wicked Grande and Slater first met while filming Wicked, the highly anticipated two-part film adaptation of the beloved Broadway musical. Their romance initially made headlines when it was revealed they had started dating in mid-2023, shortly after Slater’s divorce from his ex-wife. Since then, the couple has maintained a relatively low profile, with only a few public outings and social media moments. But the SAG Awards appearance—and the Instagram post that followed—suggests that Grande is slowly becoming more comfortable sharing glimpses of her relationship. Star-Studded Moments Beyond the Romance Aside from her sweet moment with Slater, Grande also shared a stunning shot with Wicked co-star Cynthia Erivo and Duncan Crabtree-Ireland, the national executive director of SAG-AFTRA. The actress and singer has been vocal about her support for the actors' union, especially during the industry-wide strikes that dominated much of 2023. Her presence at the SAG Awards wasn’t just about fashion and romance—it was also about standing in solidarity with her peers in the entertainment industry.

---

- Published: 2025-02-26
- Modified: 2025-02-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/284-million-stolen-accounts-added-hibp-telegram-leak/
- Categories: News, Technology

A staggering 284 million email accounts have been added to the Have I Been Pwned (HIBP) database after being discovered in a massive trove of stolen credentials circulating on Telegram. The data, collected from information-stealing malware, underscores the growing threat of credential theft and the dark web marketplaces that trade in personal information. Millions of Stolen Credentials Exposed in Telegram Leak Troy Hunt, the creator of HIBP, uncovered the massive data dump while analyzing 1. 5 terabytes of logs from an infostealer operation. The logs, reportedly from various sources, were shared in a Telegram channel known as “ALIEN TXTBASE. ” “They contain 23 billion rows with 493 million unique website and email address pairs, affecting 284 million unique email addresses,” Hunt revealed in a blog post on Tuesday. Among the findings, HIBP added 244 million previously unseen passwords to its Pwned Passwords database. Another 199 million existing passwords were also updated. How the Data Was Verified Before Being Added To ensure authenticity, Hunt conducted a series of tests. His method? Attempting password reset requests using the stolen email addresses. If the reset email was successfully triggered, it confirmed the validity of the compromised accounts. This verification process helps eliminate fake data dumps, which are often recycled from older breaches or manipulated to appear larger than they actually are. New API Helps Businesses Detect Stolen Credentials Faster With this latest breach, HIBP has rolled out new API features allowing domain owners and security teams to track stolen credentials more efficiently. Up to 1,000 email address searches per minute are now supported. Security teams can check for compromised accounts using email domain or website domain queries. Organizations subscribed to HIBP’s services can use these APIs to monitor potential credential stuffing attacks. While the API tools are available to business users, individual subscribers can also check if their email addresses were found in the ALIEN TXTBASE dump. However, details on which websites the credentials were used for remain private unless verified via the notification service. A Pattern of Infostealer-Related Breaches This isn't the first time HIBP has incorporated stolen data from infostealer malware. In December 2021, the service added 441,000 accounts stolen using RedLine malware, one of the most widely used infostealers at the time. The breach exposed more than 6 million RedLine logs found on an unsecured server. Earlier this month, HIBP added 12 million Zacks Investment accounts after a breach leaked sensitive user information, including IP addresses and phone numbers. Back in June 2023, a database containing 8. 8 million user records, including usernames and SHA256 passwords, from Zacks Investment Research was also incorporated into HIBP. What This Means for Users With 284 million new email addresses now flagged as compromised, millions of individuals may be at risk of account takeovers, phishing attacks, and other security threats. To mitigate risks: Change passwords immediately if your email is found in HIBP. Use a password manager to generate and store unique credentials. Enable multi-factor authentication (MFA) wherever possible. Be wary of phishing emails attempting to exploit stolen credentials. As cybercriminals continue to exploit data breaches and malware logs, security-conscious users and organizations must remain proactive. This latest discovery highlights just how vast and persistent the underground trade in stolen credentials has become.

---

- Published: 2025-02-25
- Modified: 2025-02-25
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/kylie-jenner-stylist-loss-support/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Kylie Jenner now faces a personal crossroad after the sudden loss of her trusted glam artist, Jesus Guerrero. The shock of his passing has sent ripples through both her inner circle and the beauty community at large. The Shocking Loss: Details Emerge Kylie’s world was rocked when news broke of Guerrero’s death. The stylist, who had earned accolades working closely with the Kardashian-Jenner family, was just 34 when he passed away. His sudden departure has left many fans and industry insiders struggling to find the right words. The announcement came on February 23 as Guerrero’s family shared heartfelt throwback photos on Instagram. The news stunned everyone. Reports reveal that Guerrero had been a central figure in many of Jenner’s most iconic looks. Friends recall him as an artist with a genuine smile and a knack for making every client feel special. His contributions went far beyond simply styling hair—they added a touch of soul to every appearance he curated. Observers now see his absence as a void that extends into every corner of the beauty scene. In the midst of the grief, one detail stands out: Jenner has taken it upon herself to cover all funeral expenses and provide financial aid to Guerrero’s family. This gesture, both surprising and deeply personal, underscores the close bond they shared. His death, shrouded in mystery with the cause remaining unclear, has left many asking for more transparency on what led to this untimely loss. Reports indicate that this loss is deeply felt across all levels of the beauty community. Supporting a Legacy: Jenner's Response Jenner’s actions reveal a side of her rarely seen in public. She is quietly handling personal grief while rallying support for Guerrero’s family. Friends close to the makeup mogul say that her commitment to those dear to her goes well beyond business ties. The personal impact of this loss has pushed her to reflect on the real cost of fame and the fragility of human connections. Observers note that her support is a subtle reminder that even in the spotlight, emotions run deep and personal relationships matter immensely. Below is a brief timeline that captures some of the key moments linked to Guerrero’s career and his final days: Event Date Guerrero’s styling for Couture Week Early 2025 Last public appearance with Jenner Late 2024 Announcement of Guerrero’s passing Feb 23, 2025 Her decision to cover the expenses for Guerrero’s funeral and offer financial help to his family has sparked discussions. In personal interviews, insiders describe how such gestures—though rarely publicized—reveal a softer, more compassionate side of high-profile figures. Her commitment to supporting those closest to her, even during times of intense personal pain, is seen by many as a genuine tribute to a lost friend. The beauty community is abuzz with speculation about the personal toll this event has taken on Jenner. Industry insiders point out that moments like these often force public figures to reexamine their priorities. It appears that behind the polished images and glamorous events, there’s a more human story unfolding—one of loss, resilience, and the importance of family. Industry Impact and the Road Ahead The beauty industry is reeling from the loss of a cherished talent. Industry insiders believe this incident may lead to a renewed focus on the support systems available for creative professionals. Many are now questioning if more can be done to cushion the emotional blows that come with high-profile careers. The shockwave of Guerrero’s death has left many questioning the pressures faced by those in the spotlight. As companies and fellow creatives reflect on Guerrero’s contributions, the conversation has shifted to how personal bonds often form the backbone of successful collaborations. Market analysts note that such incidents could lead to new policies and support structures within the industry. They point out that behind every glamorous photo and headline, there are real people with real struggles. The tragic loss of Guerrero may serve as a catalyst for broader changes that provide more comprehensive care for creative talent and their families. Market watchers see this event as a turning point for the beauty sector. Several experts believe that such losses will lead to deeper introspection within the industry. Trends now point to more comprehensive welfare measures for talent. This incident might encourage similar gestures of support across other sectors of entertainment and fashion. Over time, this tragedy might even prompt brands to reconsider how they honor the contributions of behind-the-scenes artists. Industry research suggests that nearly 60% of creative professionals have felt undervalued despite their significant contributions. While numbers can never capture the full emotional weight of a loss, they do remind us that every role—from the most visible celebrity to the quiet genius behind the scenes—matters greatly. The ripple effect of Guerrero’s death is expected to be felt for months to come. News outlets and social media are already buzzing with memories of his work and the quiet strength he brought to every project. Observers hope that the beauty community will come together to offer better support structures, ensuring that the legacy of talented artists like Guerrero lives on in a more nurturing environment. In interviews, several industry veterans mentioned that such moments push them to be more proactive about mental and emotional support. The focus is slowly shifting from mere aesthetics to the well-being of the people who create them. While the exact future remains uncertain, there is a growing sense of urgency to address these issues head-on. Across multiple platforms, heartfelt tributes have poured in from colleagues and fans alike. Each story shared reinforces the notion that this loss is not just a personal blow for Jenner but a collective moment of mourning for an entire community. The outpouring of support signals that, despite the glamour and glitz, there is a profound human element at the core of every creative endeavor. Industry insiders are now watching closely to see if this incident spurs a wave of policy changes among major brands. There is hope that more structured support systems will be put in place to help individuals deal with personal tragedies while continuing to perform at high levels. The future of the beauty industry might very well depend on how these challenges are met.

---

- Published: 2025-02-25
- Modified: 2025-02-25
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/openai-blocks-north-korean-hackers-chatgpt-threat-report/
- Categories: News, Technology

OpenAI has taken firm action by blocking several accounts linked to North Korean cyber operatives. The latest threat report details how these accounts misused ChatGPT to research attack methods and plan potential intrusions. Disrupting Cyber Espionage: Details of the Blocked Activities In its recent threat intelligence report, OpenAI revealed that several accounts tied to North Korean hacking groups were banned. The report highlights that these accounts were involved in researching methods to identify future targets and break into networks. The banned accounts were used to explore vulnerabilities and test potential exploits. The report shows that the accounts were busy with tasks such as analyzing how to bypass security warnings and running queries to debug open-source code. They were actively investigating tools used in remote desktop protocol (RDP) brute force attacks and searching for cryptocurrency-related vulnerabilities. Analysts compared these activities to methods linked with groups like VELVET CHOLLIMA and STARDUST CHOLLIMA. The flagged accounts were identified after an industry partner supplied data that raised serious concerns. OpenAI noted that even basic coding queries were repurposed into potential attack blueprints. This crackdown signals a firm stance against any misuse of advanced AI tools for planning cyberattacks. Additional insights from the report reveal that the research conducted by these accounts was both systematic and aimed at evading detection. OpenAI’s decision to block these accounts underscores its commitment to keeping its platform free from misuse and protecting users from emerging cyber threats. Unmasking the Tactics and Tools Used by Threat Actors The report sheds light on the intricate mix of tactics deployed by these cyber operatives. Among the activities was a heavy reliance on ChatGPT’s coding assistance to develop security testing tools. Analysts found that even routine queries were co-opted to build exploits and design phishing schemes. Key tactics uncovered include: Researching vulnerabilities in common software applications. Developing and troubleshooting RDP clients for unauthorized access. Requesting scripts aimed at bypassing security warnings and obfuscating code. Crafting phishing emails and notifications designed to trick users into revealing sensitive data. Tool/Method Purpose Notable Use Remote Desktop Protocol Brute force access Creating unauthorized entry points PowerShell Scripts Code execution and obfuscation Automating phishing and file transfers Open-source RATs Remote system administration Testing network weaknesses in live environments This detailed breakdown helps security vendors adjust their measures and better detect similar threats. The Global Ripple: Broader Impact on Cybersecurity and Influence Operations The report does not limit its scope to North Korean activities. Other state-backed groups have also drawn attention in recent threat intelligence reviews. Reports reveal that campaigns linked to Chinese actors, for example, were involved in crafting anti-American narratives and even coordinating surveillance efforts. Furthermore, cybersecurity teams have noted that operations associated with Iranian and Chinese threat groups have shown signs of overlapping techniques with those observed in North Korean cases. This crackdown comes at a time when cyber threats are drawing increasing global attention. Industry experts are closely monitoring the evolving situation. They emphasize that sharing threat intelligence, even on experimental tools like ChatGPT, can offer crucial hints about future attack vectors. The broader cybersecurity community is encouraged to consider these insights as part of a larger picture. The implications of these findings are far-reaching. Some analysts believe that the move by OpenAI could prompt greater cooperation between tech companies and security researchers. Data from recent months indicate a steady rise in collaborative efforts, with several firms sharing intelligence that has led to the prevention of multiple cyberattacks. The transparency in sharing this kind of data is seen as a positive step toward a safer digital environment. Reports suggest that since early 2024, over twenty campaigns linked to state-sponsored cyber operations have been disrupted. The North Korean incident is just one facet of a broader, ongoing struggle against cyber-enabled espionage and covert influence operations. Every shared detail, no matter how small, adds to a collective defense strategy that benefits industries and consumers alike. Heightened tensions and ongoing investigations mean that these insights could influence policy decisions and corporate cybersecurity strategies. Law enforcement agencies in various countries have taken note of the findings, and some are reportedly coordinating with private firms to enhance threat detection methods. As experts weigh in, the message is clear: the misuse of AI for planning and executing cyberattacks will not be tolerated. New evidence emerging from these investigations points to a pattern where state-sponsored threat groups not only plan but also refine their tactics based on the digital tools available. OpenAI’s actions have sparked a broader conversation about how AI platforms can be misused and what steps are necessary to prevent such abuse. Researchers now face a renewed call for transparency and collaboration in identifying and neutralizing these threats. The ongoing measures against these hacking groups highlight the need for constant vigilance. As cyberattacks become more sophisticated, every detail matters. The OpenAI report serves as a wake-up call for both private and public sectors to bolster their defenses against actors who exploit advanced technology for harmful purposes. New developments are expected as further investigations reveal more about the networks behind these campaigns. The interplay between offensive cyber operations and defensive countermeasures is becoming a central theme in global cybersecurity discussions. The intricate balance between innovation and security remains under close scrutiny, especially when advanced tools fall into the wrong hands. Researchers, vendors, and policy makers alike are re-examining their approaches in light of the latest findings. With every breakthrough in threat detection, the stakes get higher, and the need for collaborative action becomes more urgent.

---

- Published: 2025-02-25
- Modified: 2025-02-25
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/south-korea-tourism-revival-festivals-sports-culture/
- Categories: News

South Korea is riding a wave of renewed tourism as vibrant festivals, athletic events, and cultural programs draw visitors from around the globe. The country’s fresh approach is sparking local excitement and giving its storied traditions a modern twist. Festivals Reviving Heritage and Craftsmanship The 53rd Gangjin Celadon Festival has become a standout event that brilliantly showcases South Korea’s artistic legacy. Traditional pottery techniques are on full display, and visitors witness live demonstrations that bring centuries-old methods into the spotlight. The event mixes history with interactive sessions, engaging music, and street food that conjures up memories of a rich past. Every element of the festival is carefully woven into a tapestry of cultural celebration. Local artisans and performers add an authentic touch that resonates deeply with both residents and travelers. The festival offers a sensory overload of sights, sounds, and flavors. Highlights include live pottery displays, traditional dance routines, and artisan craft stalls that transform ordinary moments into memorable experiences. Live pottery demonstrations capture the ancient art in action Folk music interlaced with modern beats fills the air Artisan workshops invite visitors to try their hand at age-old techniquesThese activities not only entertain but also serve as a bridge between generations, leaving audiences with a lasting impression of pride and nostalgia. Each interaction deepens the connection between the past and the present, fueling a passion for cultural heritage. Educational Efforts and Cultural Dialogues A recent lecture has sparked fresh ideas on making tourism more community-focused. The Yeongwol Cultural Tourism Foundation hosted the “Yeongwol, Seeing the Light” session, bringing together cultural experts and local leaders to explore creative travel strategies. The event encouraged open discussions on boosting travel while preserving heritage in ways that feel genuine and inclusive. Former Minister Kim Jong-min offered insights that struck a chord with many attendees. His remarks on blending traditional practices with modern interests ignited lively debates among participants. Attendees left inspired, convinced that thoughtful dialogue is the first step in reinventing regional tourism. The initiative went beyond formal speeches by including interactive Q&A sessions and on-site workshops, setting the stage for future collaborations that promise to enrich the cultural landscape. Sports Tourism Surge and Economic Impact Sports events are emerging as a major force in South Korea’s travel boost. The 2025 Woori Bank International Marathon is gearing up to attract both competitive athletes and casual runners eager to explore Incheon’s scenic waterfront. The excitement is palpable, with local communities buzzing in anticipation of the race day. The marathon isn’t just a race; it’s a celebration of athletic spirit combined with cultural exploration. Economic forecasts suggest that the event could pump significant revenue into the local economy. A closer look at the event details reveals the scale and promise of this sports tourism venture: Event Date Race Options Expected Participants 2025 Woori Bank Intl Marathon May 4, 2025 5km, 10km 10,000+ Beyond the numbers, the marathon is set to weave together athletic challenge and local charm. The event will spur spending in accommodations, dining, and local attractions, offering a welcome boost to businesses and community spirit alike. Government Initiatives and Future Outlook South Korean officials are stepping up support for a variety of local events, festivals, and sports tourism ventures. Their backing comes as part of a broader strategy to keep travel numbers steady and ensure cultural events flourish in a competitive region. This commitment is seen as a critical measure to counter rising competition from neighboring destinations. Public-private partnerships and innovative policies are reshaping the tourism landscape. Strategic investments in infrastructure and community programs are expected to make travel smoother and more appealing for both locals and international visitors. Local governments have begun to prioritize projects that blend historical charm with contemporary attractions. These forward-thinking initiatives are not only boosting visitor numbers but also creating a sustainable model for future growth. Officials and industry experts alike are watching these developments with cautious optimism. Plans to expand transportation networks, upgrade facilities, and support cultural projects have been unveiled in recent policy briefings. Such moves are designed to offer travelers immersive experiences while supporting local economies. There’s a genuine sense of excitement as new projects promise to bring more dynamic events to life. Innovative community projects, paired with fresh governmental policies, signal that South Korea is not resting on its laurels. Stakeholders across the board are betting on a future where tourism is both a driver of economic growth and a celebration of cultural identity. Every new initiative adds a layer to an emerging narrative of renewal and resilience. Investments in technology and public services are gradually enhancing the visitor experience. Local councils are working closely with private partners to craft events that cater to diverse interests. This cooperative approach is already showing promise in several pilot projects across the country. As South Korea sets its sights on the future, its strategy is clear: mix cherished traditions with new attractions to build a tourism model that benefits everyone. Officials remain upbeat about the coming years, confident that the blend of heritage and modernity will keep drawing travelers back for more.

---

- Published: 2025-02-24
- Modified: 2025-02-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-markets-bitcoin-cardano-investors/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin's explosive 290% surge and the emerging allure of Cardano have reshaped crypto conversations. With policy shifts and new investor interest heating up the market, both digital currencies are under the spotlight for their unique upsides and risks. Bitcoin's Record Rally and Institutional Momentum Over the past two years, Bitcoin's price jumped nearly 290%, drawing attention from both retail and institutional players. The surge was fueled by ETF approvals, a halving event, and policy signals that many investors found reassuring. It’s hard to ignore how mainstream support has bolstered Bitcoin’s standing in financial circles. Recent moves by the Trump administration hinted at a softer stance on crypto regulations, adding fuel to the fire. Investors watched as interest rates took a breather, making alternative assets more appealing. With each market signal, Bitcoin’s scarcity drove its narrative as a digital store of value. The shift in institutional sentiment played a key role in Bitcoin's surge, capturing global headlines. Market watchers are now comparing it to traditional safe havens like gold, further cementing its role in investment portfolios. Cardano's Rise: An Alternative Investment Path? Cardano has steadily built a reputation as a viable contender in the crypto space. Since its debut, Cardano has generated significant interest among investors with its staking rewards and predictable fee structure. Its unique approach to token validation sets it apart from Bitcoin’s mining process. Key factors fueling Cardano's growing appeal include: Proof-of-stake mechanism that minimizes energy use. Upgrades like the Chang Hard Fork enhancing speed and security. A fee structure that remains stable despite network demand. The shift from energy-intensive mining to staking has earned Cardano praise from eco-conscious investors. Its network upgrade has made waves among decentralized application developers. Some believe these improvements could lure more institutional interest if regulatory hurdles are cleared. Many market watchers now view Cardano as a speculative yet intriguing alternative to Bitcoin. Comparing Transaction Speeds and Costs: Cardano vs. Its Rivals The debate over transaction speeds and fees is a hot topic in crypto circles. Cardano boasts a theoretical maximum of 1,000 transactions per second, which contrasts with Ethereum’s current 600 TPS. Some say its fee model is more predictable compared to congestion-based pricing on other networks. Below is a comparison table highlighting key metrics: Blockchain Max TPS Average Fee Cardano 1,000 TPS ~$0. 16 Ethereum 600 TPS Variable Solana 5,000 - 65,000 TPS ~$0. 00025 While Solana offers lightning-fast speeds and rock-bottom fees, Cardano holds its own with a focus on sustainability and consistent costs. Ethereum, though older, is planning improvements that could shift the balance. These differences create a competitive landscape where each blockchain attracts different investor segments. Market Sentiments and Future Prospects for Crypto Investors Investor sentiment remains split as the market weighs risk against reward. Cardano has seen its share of volatility, and skeptics point to its challenges against faster, cheaper networks. Meanwhile, Bitcoin's steady rise gives it a reputation as a safer bet among digital assets. Some analysts note that Bitcoin’s scarcity makes it an attractive long-term store of value. On the flip side, Cardano's innovative approach might lure those looking for alternative high-yield opportunities. The debate often centers on whether a reliable asset or a speculative bet is the right choice for one’s portfolio. Market dynamics continue to shift, with regulatory moves and economic policies influencing investor decisions. The crypto market, though unpredictable, remains a battleground of ideas and fortunes. Every twist in policy and technology adds another layer of intrigue to the scene. Looking ahead, some expect Bitcoin to maintain its stronghold due to its established legacy and growing institutional adoption. Others are betting on Cardano, hoping its technological upgrades and ETF prospects will tip the scales. In this volatile climate, both caution and optimism run high among seasoned and new investors alike.

---

- Published: 2025-02-24
- Modified: 2025-02-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sag-awards-2023-star-studded-celebrations-industry-impact/
- Categories: Featured

The 31st annual Screen Actors Guild Awards lit up Los Angeles this Sunday at the Shrine Auditorium and Expo Hall. Film and television icons shared the stage as history was made in a dazzling display of talent. Film Awards Spotlight: An Evening of Triumph The film segment stole the show with memorable performances and surprising wins. Conclave took home the top honor for outstanding performance by a cast in a motion picture, setting a high bar for the competition. Timothée Chalamet clinched the best leading actor award for his role in A Complete Unknown. Critics and fans alike buzzed over the performances. Demi Moore’s heartfelt portrayal in The Substance earned her the best actress in a leading role trophy, while Kieran Culkin’s performance in A Real Pain showcased his unique style, winning him the best supporting actor award. Zoe Saldaña’s stirring performance in Emilia Pérez further cemented the night’s reputation as one brimming with talent and raw emotion. The air was thick with excitement and admiration as each winner accepted their awards with humble pride and unmistakable passion. Television Honors: Drama and Comedy Take Center Stage Shōgun clearly dominated the drama side of the awards. The television categories were no less thrilling, as live audiences cheered for the dramatic and comedic masters on stage. The tension and laughter in the room were palpable, setting the scene for a night full of surprises and heartfelt moments. Category Winner Best Drama Series Ensemble Shōgun Best Actress in Drama Series Anna Sawai Best Actor in Drama Series Hiroyuki Sanada Best Comedy Series Ensemble Only Murders in the Building Best Actor in Comedy Series Martin Short Best Actress in Comedy Series Jean Smart (Hacks) The table above sums up the key winners that have already stirred discussion across social media and industry forums. Every category brought its own mix of drama and humor, reflecting the diverse storytelling that television offers. Television’s pulse was unmistakable as narratives shifted seamlessly from heartfelt drama to witty comedy, each performance resonating with audiences across the board. Memorable Moments and Industry Impact The awards night wasn’t just about the trophies; it was a canvas of raw emotions and unplanned surprises. Several unexpected moments had onlookers both laughing and shedding a tear. Energy buzzed backstage as stars mingled, and every corner of the auditorium was alive with whispered conversations and excited chatter. The evening delivered moments that will linger in industry lore. A spontaneous standing ovation for the entire cast of Conclave A tearful acceptance speech by Jean Smart, filled with nostalgia and gratitude A surprising shout-out to emerging talents that hinted at the future of film and TV These highlights resonated with viewers and critics alike, showcasing that behind every award lies a story of passion and perseverance. Many wondered if the ceremony would set a new benchmark for future award nights, and by the looks of it, it certainly did. A Night of Legacy and Celebrated Careers Jane Fonda’s receipt of the 60th SAG Life Achievement Award was a moment that tugged at the heartstrings. Her illustrious career, marked by groundbreaking roles and fearless advocacy, was celebrated in an atmosphere charged with respect and admiration. The award not only recognized her past contributions but also celebrated her enduring impact on the industry. Her acceptance stirred memories of classic performances and bold choices that reshaped expectations in both film and television. In many ways, Fonda’s presence reminded everyone that true artistry knows no bounds and that the legacies of our icons continue to inspire. The evening’s accolades painted a vivid picture of the industry’s future. Stars, both seasoned and new, shared moments of candid vulnerability amid the glitz and glamour. Conversations sparked between attendees hinted at fresh collaborations and innovative projects that could redefine storytelling. Every handshake, every shared laugh on stage was a testament to the passion that drives the art of performance.

---

- Published: 2025-02-24
- Modified: 2025-02-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dr-disrespect-twitch-ban-controversy/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Dr Disrespect has fired back at Twitch after his ban. He insists his channel was wrongfully shut down. The streamer’s latest tweet rattled fans and industry insiders alike, questioning Twitch's enforcement tactics. Dr Disrespect's Fiery Response to Twitch's Rule Update Guy "Dr Disrespect" Beahm unleashed a string of bold tweets, venting his frustration over Twitch's recent policy changes. He slammed the decision, calling it a mistake that never should have happened. His message was raw, defiant, and unmistakably personal. He argued that the ban system was thrown off course by a low-level employee. His comments blended anger with a hint of sarcasm. Many felt his tone mixed regret with a touch of humor, oddly enough. The controversy seems to have struck a nerve with the streaming community. Some fans are rallying behind his call for fairness. Overall, his reaction painted a picture of a man unafraid to speak his mind, despite the fallout. Many social media users have chimed in, sharing their mixed feelings about the incident. Their reactions range from support for his outspoken nature to disapproval of his past actions. The Ban: What Happened and What Changed The whole issue dates back to June 2024. Back then, Beahm admitted to behavior that was arguably too risqué, involving a minor in a way that crossed a line. Reports linked him to an incident where sexting allegations surfaced, raising serious concerns. Date Event Details June 2024 Alleged misconduct Admitted to behavior with a minor Sept 2024 Combative YouTube stream Accused Twitch execs and media figures Jan 2025 Midnight Society shuts down Layoffs and severed partnerships Following the incident, Twitch updated its enforcement rules, introducing varied limited-time bans. The new guidelines aim to offer a more flexible penalty system. However, critics argue that this flexibility might lead to uneven enforcement across the board. The ban and its surrounding details continue to spark debates among both fans and industry experts. It remains a hot topic as more information surfaces. Industry Impact and Twitch's New Enforcement Strategy Twitch’s revamped enforcement rules have left many in the industry both curious and cautious. The platform now imposes limited-time bans that vary in length based on the severity of the infraction. Some see this as a step toward more balanced moderation. Others worry it might open the door to inconsistent decisions that harm content creators. Here are some key aspects of the new policy: Tiered ban durations determined by incident severity. An option for immediate reviews if a streamer contests the ban. Enhanced transparency in decision-making processes. Industry experts are closely watching how these changes play out, and some believe any misstep could trigger a wider backlash against the platform. Some creators are already rethinking their engagement with Twitch, stirring a mix of optimism and skepticism. The policy shift has become a lightning rod for debate at recent streaming conferences. Overall, the new strategy is sparking both hope and concern. Reactions and Future Implications The fallout from the ban has sent ripples through the streaming world. Many long-time partners have distanced themselves from Beahm, citing concerns over his conduct. The incident has prompted a broader discussion about accountability in live streaming. Dr Disrespect's blunt response has divided opinions. Some fans see his comments as a much-needed call for a fairer system. Others feel that the allegations, regardless of internal policy missteps, cast a long shadow over his credibility. Industry insiders are now debating whether Twitch’s policy changes will set a precedent for other platforms. The conversation touches on the delicate balance between freedom of expression and safeguarding community standards. The current controversy is not just about one ban; it reflects deeper tensions within the streaming ecosystem. For instance, the shutdown of Midnight Society following massive layoffs has left many questioning the stability of influencer partnerships. This evolving situation could force platforms to rethink their approaches to content moderation and partnership criteria. Future implications might include tighter scrutiny on personal conduct and stricter internal review processes. Observers agree that how Twitch handles this issue could impact the industry's future in unexpected ways. Observers note that the case may prompt regulators to scrutinize online behavior more closely. The debate is sure to resonate across multiple platforms, fueling calls for clearer guidelines.

---

- Published: 2025-02-22
- Modified: 2025-02-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/meme-coin-etfs-risk-reward-outlook/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Last January, the debut of spot Bitcoin ETFs took the market by surprise. Investors flocked in, fueling a record-breaking inflow of capital. These regulated products pulled in over $100 billion within just 12 months, sparking a wave of excitement and curiosity about what’s next in crypto investing. Record-Breaking Spot Bitcoin ETFs: A Brief Recap Last January, the debut of spot Bitcoin ETFs took the market by surprise. Investors flocked in, fueling a record-breaking inflow of capital. Over the span of just 12 months, these products attracted over $100 billion. The launch represented a major shift in how mainstream investors could access digital assets. Fund managers of all sizes marveled at the speed of adoption and the sheer scale of investment. Many saw this as a clear signal that crypto was finally breaking into the more traditional finance sphere. Crypto enthusiasts and skeptics alike weighed in, debating the long-term impact of this massive capital surge. The success of these ETFs paved the way for innovative financial products, setting new benchmarks for the industry. This milestone not only reshaped investment strategies but also ignited discussions about regulatory standards and investor safety. The ripple effect continues as new products now aim to capture a similar spark in interest. The Lure and Limits of Meme Coin Investments Meme coins have captured the imagination of investors chasing rapid, eye-popping returns. The promise of triple-digit gains draws in many hopefuls. Investors have often seen quick spikes, but these gains can vanish in a heartbeat. Such volatility leaves many wondering if the hype is worth the risk. While the potential for instant wealth is undeniably alluring, the market’s track record tells a cautionary tale. Trends can shift so fast that today’s hot meme coin might be tomorrow’s forgotten fad. The excitement around these tokens is fueled as much by social media buzz as by any solid market fundamentals. There’s a growing sentiment among seasoned traders that meme coins may offer short-term thrills, yet they rarely stand up as sound long-term investments. One moment, a coin themed around a playful dog dominates headlines; the next, the market shifts its focus to an entirely different quirky symbol. Many experts warn that the unpredictable nature of these trends can lead to serious losses when the excitement fades. Warning Signs: Risks and Red Flags Investors are beginning to notice red flags that suggest meme coin ETFs might be more hype than substance. A casual glance at recent performance figures—like Dogecoin’s notorious roller-coaster ride—raises plenty of concerns. For example, Dogecoin enjoyed a brief surge during a bullish phase before cooling off, leaving many to question its long-term viability. Some market observers argue that meme coins often exhibit pump-and-dump characteristics, where quick gains are quickly reversed. This pattern of sudden spikes followed by steep declines has become a recurring theme that warrants a cautious approach. Unpredictable market swings can wipe out gains in a flash. Beyond the volatile price swings, the lack of stringent regulation in the meme coin space adds another layer of risk. Investors might be tempted by glittering headlines, but beneath the surface, the fundamentals are shaky at best. Regulatory Scrutiny and Future Outlook Regulatory bodies are now fielding a barrage of applications for new crypto ETFs, including proposals that feature meme coins. This surge in filings reflects the market’s insatiable appetite for fresh and innovative investment vehicles. Regulators face a delicate balancing act between fostering innovation and protecting investors from undue risk. Speculation is rife that a meme coin ETF could debut as early as 2025, though it would come with a host of regulatory challenges. Many industry experts believe that any such product will be scrutinized heavily before receiving a green light. Below is a snapshot of current trends in crypto ETFs that highlights varying levels of market confidence: ETF Type Approval Chance Investment Trend Spot Bitcoin ETF High Steady Growth Dogecoin ETF Moderate Volatile Meme Coin ETF Speculative Fluctuating These figures underscore the mixed expectations surrounding newer, riskier ETF proposals. Market sentiment remains cautious despite the buzz. Analysts note that while fresh products can redefine investing, they often come bundled with unforeseen pitfalls. The interplay of regulatory decisions and investor behavior will ultimately shape the future of meme coin ETFs. As we look ahead, the path for crypto investment products remains uncertain, with regulatory clarity yet to emerge.

---

- Published: 2025-02-22
- Modified: 2025-02-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/travis-kelce-taylor-swift-romance-growth-industry-reactions/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

In an exclusive chat on The Steam Room podcast, Jason Kelce dropped some touching news about his brother Travis Kelce’s evolving love story with pop icon Taylor Swift. The conversation gave fans a rare peek into a relationship that’s changing more than just headlines. Heartfelt Revelations on The Steam Room Podcast Jason Kelce shared his thoughts in a refreshingly candid manner during his podcast appearance. He described the moment Travis casually mentioned spending time with Taylor Swift as something beyond his wildest expectations. It was pure shock and delight all at once. Jason recalled, with a mix of humor and genuine warmth, that when Travis first brought up his time with Taylor, his reaction was a simple, “Are you kidding me? You’re hanging out with Taylor Swift? ” He added that the news felt both surreal and incredibly cool, a moment that cemented his belief that this pairing was set for success. The comments, made on a brisk February day, struck a chord with many listeners and hinted at the deep personal impact of the relationship on Travis. The tone of his words left little doubt—this was not just another celebrity romance, but a turning point in Travis’s life. A Personal Transformation Fueled by Romance Travis Kelce’s off-field evolution has become a hot topic among fans and pundits alike. He’s clearly stepped into a new phase of life. The former NFL star has experienced a shift that goes beyond game-day performances. His bond with Taylor Swift seems to have sparked a change in attitude, inspiring him to embrace life with newfound maturity and vibrancy. Before Taylor entered the picture, Travis had been seen as someone who wasn’t fully invested in personal growth. Now, his outlook appears more balanced, with a sharper focus on both career and personal wellbeing. Such transformations aren’t merely cosmetic; they indicate a broader change in how athletes manage life off the field. It’s a reminder that even sports heroes are influenced by the power of personal relationships. Shifting Dynamics: Off-Field and On-Field Growth The ripple effects of this high-profile romance stretch from the locker room to social media feeds. Fans now discuss more than just game stats. Travis Kelce’s relationship with Taylor Swift has become a point of fascination and discussion across multiple platforms. Analysts point to this partnership as a case study in personal reinvention. One can see that the dynamic has injected a fresh vibe into both his professional approach and personal life. The timing of their relationship, starting in September 2023, came at a moment when Travis needed a boost in confidence. Listeners of the podcasts and sports commentators alike have noted an increase in his positive energy. Social media buzz has evolved from typical sports chatter to conversations about life changes and mutual influence. A recent table of key dates and events illustrates the timeline of this intriguing story: Date/Event Detail September 2023 Travis Kelce begins dating Taylor Swift February 21, 2025 Jason Kelce’s revealing chat on The Steam Room podcast Early 2025 Travis spotted at the Super Bowl, marking a new era in his career This table shows that while Travis’s on-field excellence has been widely recognized, his off-field journey is now equally compelling. The mix of personal and professional improvements is drawing attention from fans and industry insiders. Even those who typically follow sports news are intrigued by how a high-profile relationship can inspire growth on multiple levels. There’s a natural curiosity about how this newfound balance might translate into better performances, both in personal achievements and on the gridiron. Every so often, a headline reminds us that real-life love stories can have a tangible impact on our heroes. Industry Reactions and Future Outlook The news has sparked varied responses from industry experts and casual observers alike. Some are optimistic about the potential for positive change in Travis’s career. A few insiders even note that relationships of this kind can subtly influence an athlete’s performance by providing emotional stability. Fans on social media have shown overwhelming support, sharing their excitement and best wishes. Many feel that Taylor Swift’s influence might have opened new avenues for Travis, making him more relatable to a broader audience. Observers from sports magazines and entertainment columns are keenly watching how this dynamic unfolds. There’s a blend of admiration and curiosity in the air, as both the sports and music worlds keep a close eye on this evolving story. The pairing, already a favorite topic of gossip and admiration, continues to offer a fresh perspective on the intersection of celebrity culture and professional sports. Rumors and verified reports alike hint at this relationship’s potential to bring about lasting changes. Travis’s growth, both off and on the field, now carries the promise of not just personal triumphs but also a reinvigorated presence in the competitive sports arena.

---

- Published: 2025-02-22
- Modified: 2025-02-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/apple-removes-adp-uk-government-backdoor-demand/
- Categories: News, Technology

Apple has abruptly removed its Advanced Data Protection for iCloud in the UK, a decision driven by government pressure for backdoor access. The move, first reported by Bloomberg, sets the stage for a heated debate over privacy and state control. Policy Clash and User Security Concerns Apple's decision comes after intense negotiations and mounting government demands to build a backdoor for encrypted iCloud data. The tech giant insists that any such compromise could expose millions of users to cyber threats and jeopardize personal privacy. ADP offers a unique level of encryption that keeps user data secure, and its removal has raised several concerns: Exclusive encryption on trusted devices No automatic government access built in A reduced risk of mass data breaches Industry analysts now warn that stripping away ADP may force users to rely on standard protection methods that store encryption keys in centralized data centers, potentially increasing vulnerability. Some experts argue that this rollback might embolden other governments to push for similar measures, risking a domino effect that could erode digital privacy standards globally. Apple stated, "We are gravely disappointed that the protections provided by ADP will not be available to our customers in the UK," reflecting deep misgivings about bending to regulatory pressure. The company’s insistence on having users manually disable ADP—rather than an automatic shutdown—adds an extra layer of inconvenience and uncertainty for those who have come to depend on robust, end-to-end encryption for their sensitive information. Market and Policy Ramifications for Tech and Government This decision has sent shockwaves across the tech industry and raised critical questions about state surveillance versus individual privacy. Government agencies argue that backdoor access is essential for national security, particularly given today’s sophisticated cyber threats, while critics warn that such concessions may undermine trust in digital platforms. They contend that weakening encryption, even slightly, could create vulnerabilities exploitable by bad actors and diminish user confidence in cloud services. The debate intensified after the U. K. Home Office, under the Investigatory Powers Act, mandated blanket capabilities to access encrypted communications—a demand that extends beyond targeting specific accounts. High-profile lawmakers, including U. S. Senator Ron Wyden and Congressman Andy Biggs, have expressed alarm over these policies, urging a thorough reexamination of intelligence-sharing agreements with the U. K. This diplomatic friction has sparked a broader conversation about where to draw the line between national security interests and the fundamental right to digital privacy. A closer look at the differences between ADP and standard iCloud protection reveals key contrasts in data security; the table below summarizes these features: Feature ADP – End-to-End Encryption Standard iCloud Protection Encryption Only decryptable on trusted devices Data decrypted via server-stored keys Key Storage Exclusively on user devices Held in Apple’s data centers Government Access No built-in backdoor Accessible under warrant This comparison underscores the stark trade-offs users face amid mounting regulatory pressures, where convenience and compliance may come at the cost of robust personal privacy. Market watchers note that investors and consumers alike are now questioning whether such regulatory demands could force a reconfiguration of security standards across the tech sector. With this move, Apple may be inadvertently setting a precedent that challenges the core ethos of end-to-end encryption—a principle that many believed was non-negotiable in a digital age marked by frequent data breaches and cyber espionage. In response to the uproar, several cybersecurity experts have started calling for an industry-wide summit to discuss potential safeguards that could preserve strong encryption while still addressing governmental security concerns. These experts argue that while governments have a duty to protect national interests, they must also respect the digital rights of individuals—a balance that appears increasingly difficult to achieve in light of recent events. Additional commentary from market analysts reveals that the repercussions of Apple’s decision may extend far beyond the UK. Early estimates suggest that millions of users could face increased risks of data breaches if alternative, less secure protection methods become the norm. One industry insider noted, "This isn’t just about one company or one region; it’s a test case for how tech firms worldwide negotiate the tightrope between privacy and governmental oversight. " Some digital rights organizations have already launched online petitions and open letters demanding that the U. K. government reconsider its stance on backdoor access. While these movements are still in their infancy, they signal a growing public unease over potential compromises to digital security—a sentiment echoed in forums, social media threads, and technology conferences alike. As the tug-of-war between privacy advocates and government officials intensifies, the global tech community remains on edge, watching for any ripple effects this decision might unleash. The outcome of this standoff could very well influence future regulatory approaches and set new standards for data protection worldwide.

---

- Published: 2025-02-21
- Modified: 2025-02-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-xrp-real-world-asset-tracking-financial-growth/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Financial institutions are no strangers to Bitcoin (BTC) and XRP (XRP). For years, these cryptocurrencies have been reshaping global finance, offering faster payments, lower fees, and a decentralized alternative to traditional banking systems. But now, a fresh trend is emerging that could drive a new wave of institutional interest—and potentially, massive growth. This shift involves using blockchains not just for currency transfers but for something far more tangible: tracking real-world assets (RWA) like real estate, commodities, stocks, and even artwork. It’s a development with the potential to redefine what blockchain technology can do for global finance. Why Financial Institutions Are Paying Attention For investors, Bitcoin and XRP have always been attractive for different reasons. Bitcoin’s appeal lies in its decentralized nature and store-of-value reputation, while XRP offers faster transactions and lower fees, particularly useful for cross-border payments. Now, both coins are catching the eyes of banks, hedge funds, and major corporations for a new reason—real-world utility. Here’s why that matters: Tokenizing physical assets: Blockchain networks allow institutions to represent physical items as digital tokens, making ownership transfers more efficient and secure. Increased transparency: Transactions recorded on blockchains are visible, immutable, and verifiable by anyone. Reduced fraud risks: Storing ownership data on-chain lowers the chances of fraud compared to traditional systems. This means a building, a painting, or even shares of stock can be "tokenized" and transferred digitally. It’s fast, secure, and, most importantly for banks, reduces costs tied to middlemen and paperwork. XRP’s Edge in Real-World Asset Tracking XRP, designed specifically for quick, low-fee international payments, is becoming a prime candidate for real-world asset tracking. Why? Because its blockchain supports metadata, which allows users to attach extra information to transactions. That metadata could hold critical legal information: Proof of ownership for property deeds Bond agreements Stock certificates Even detailed ownership rights for high-value items like luxury cars or rare art Imagine a scenario where transferring ownership of a property could be done in minutes instead of weeks. Instead of dealing with stacks of legal documents, a digital token could confirm your rights to the asset. That's where XRP comes into play, offering a faster, cheaper, and more secure alternative to traditional systems. And it's not just theory—financial institutions are already exploring these capabilities. While most of the use cases are still in pilot stages, the potential for widespread adoption is undeniable. Bitcoin’s Growing Role Beyond Currency Bitcoin’s reputation as “digital gold” might soon expand beyond that title. Thanks to recent upgrades, Bitcoin now supports NFTs (non-fungible tokens), which are already being used in creative ways. Initially dismissed as little more than digital collectibles or meme-driven hype, NFTs on Bitcoin could become powerful tools for tracking ownership of real-world assets. While Bitcoin’s slower transaction speeds and higher fees might make it less appealing for smaller transactions, it could still play a role in high-value transfers. Institutional investors might use Bitcoin to tokenize assets like: Commodities (e. g. , gold, oil, or agricultural products) Rare, high-value collectibles Large-scale real estate holdings The use of Bitcoin’s blockchain for these purposes is still in its infancy, but the foundation has been laid. The introduction of additional metadata capabilities means that, like XRP, Bitcoin could eventually help track and secure ownership of physical assets. A Slow but Steady Shift Let’s not get ahead of ourselves—this trend is far from mainstream. Most financial institutions are still testing blockchain-based asset tracking in controlled environments. Regulatory hurdles, technological barriers, and questions around interoperability all pose challenges. But for investors, that’s actually good news. Why? Because early-stage developments often lead to the biggest gains later on. Just as Bitcoin’s early adopters saw exponential returns, those paying attention to how real-world asset tracking evolves on blockchains could see similar opportunities. Consider these recent trends: Tokenized bond markets: Institutions like JPMorgan have already experimented with tokenizing bonds using blockchain. Real estate on the blockchain: Several startups are working on systems that allow property transfers via tokenized blockchain contracts. Government-backed blockchain projects: Some governments are exploring blockchain for public asset registries and land records. If this movement continues, Bitcoin and XRP could see major growth as the financial world starts using these technologies in practical, revenue-generating ways. What’s Next for Investors? For now, XRP and Bitcoin are still largely driven by market sentiment and speculative trading. However, their expanding use in real-world asset tracking could lead to: Increased institutional adoption Regulatory clarity, as governments push to formalize blockchain-based ownership A broader user base beyond traditional crypto enthusiasts Investors should keep an eye on partnerships between crypto companies and financial institutions. Real-world adoption won’t happen overnight, but the groundwork is being laid. Those who understand the importance of asset tokenization today could be well-positioned for the next wave of crypto growth.

---

- Published: 2025-02-21
- Modified: 2025-02-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/justin-bieber-shares-cryptic-prayer-amid-wellbeing-concerns/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Justin Bieber has once again caught the public's attention—but this time, it’s not for his music. The pop superstar took to Instagram on Friday with a raw, emotional message that has left fans both concerned and reflective. Sharing what seemed like a personal prayer, Bieber opened up about the struggles of trying too hard, letting go, and leaning on faith during tough times. The heartfelt message comes amid a wave of speculation over his health and relationship status, adding fuel to an already burning conversation about the singer’s mental and emotional well-being. A Candid Message From the Heart Bieber’s Instagram story wasn’t just another social media update—it read like a call for help wrapped in spiritual reflection. The post started off with a commanding declaration: "ITS TIME TO GROW UP! CHANGING IS ABOUT LETTING GO! NOT TRYING HARDER! " For many fans, these words hinted at a deeper struggle beneath the surface. It sounded less like a motivational quote and more like a personal realization—perhaps the kind that only comes from exhaustion or emotional burnout. The message continued with even more vulnerability: "ARE YOU TIRED OF TRYING TO FOLLOW ALL OF THE RULES IN HOPES TO GET THE RESULTS YOU CRAVE? I’VE FOUND LOVE TO BE MORE POWERFUL THAN RULES I TRIED TO FOLLOW. " This seems to reflect Bieber’s inner battle with the pressures of fame, personal expectations, and perhaps even the strict moral codes that have defined different chapters of his life. For someone who grew up in the harsh glare of public scrutiny, following the “rules” of success might be wearing him down. Fans Raise Concerns Over Bieber’s Appearance Bieber’s emotional outpouring comes shortly after fans began voicing concerns over his physical appearance. Recent photos of the singer have sparked anxiety among his loyal followers, showing him looking unusually unkempt and withdrawn. This isn’t the first time fans have worried about his health. In 2022, Bieber revealed that he was suffering from Ramsay Hunt Syndrome, a condition that left half of his face paralyzed temporarily. The physical toll of the illness was clear, and while he’s since made efforts to recover, the visual signs of stress and fatigue remain a topic of public discussion. With each cryptic post or low-key appearance, the worries only seem to deepen. Is Bieber okay? That’s the question on everyone’s minds. What About His Relationship With Hailey? Amid growing concerns over his well-being, rumors about trouble in Bieber’s marriage to model Hailey Bieber have also been making the rounds. Whispers of a possible split have been circulating online, fueled by fans dissecting their every move—or lack thereof—on social media. However, the couple seemed to put those rumors to rest, at least for now. Just days before Bieber’s cryptic prayer post, the two were spotted celebrating Valentine’s Day together with an intimate dinner, signaling that their bond remains strong despite speculation. Hailey has also been vocal about her support for Justin during his health struggles, previously sharing how challenging it was to watch him go through his battle with Ramsay Hunt Syndrome. For now, it appears their relationship is standing firm, even as outside voices continue to question its stability. Faith as Bieber’s Lifeline In his message, Bieber’s reliance on faith stood out as the central theme. The singer wrote: "SO I GIVE ALL MY INSECURITIES AND MY FEARS TO HIM THIS MORNING BECAUSE I KNOW HE GLADLY TAKES IT. ASKING JESUS TO GENUINELY HELP ME WITH THE NEXT STEP. " For long-time fans, this isn’t surprising. Bieber has been open about his Christian faith for years, often crediting it with helping him overcome personal battles, including past issues with substance abuse and depression. Faith seems to be Bieber’s anchor, a steady hand guiding him through the unpredictable waves of fame, scrutiny, and self-doubt. But this recent prayer has a different tone—one of vulnerability, exhaustion, and the kind of honesty that suggests he’s grappling with something deeper. A Pattern of Public Vulnerability This isn’t the first time Bieber has shared his struggles publicly. Over the years, he’s been candid about his battles with anxiety, fame-induced stress, and the pressure to maintain a “perfect” image. From his 2020 YouTube documentary series Seasons to multiple social media posts, Bieber has laid his emotional cards on the table more than most celebrities of his caliber. What makes this latest message feel different is its cryptic nature. Unlike past admissions, this one doesn’t come with a clear explanation or context—it’s raw and open-ended, leaving fans to read between the lines. What’s Next for Justin Bieber? At this point, it’s unclear what lies ahead for Bieber. His fans remain hopeful that he’s simply taking a moment to reflect and recharge. While his public appearances have been fewer and more subdued, those close to him insist that he’s focusing on his health, his marriage, and his faith. Still, the concerns aren’t going away anytime soon. For many, Bieber’s vulnerability is a reminder of how difficult fame can be, even for someone who appears to have it all. Whether this message was just a fleeting moment of reflection or a sign of deeper struggles, one thing’s for sure—fans around the world are rooting for his healing and peace.

---

- Published: 2025-02-20
- Modified: 2025-02-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/oscars-2025-presenters-list-revealed/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

The Academy has finally unveiled the presenters' list for the 97th Oscars, and it’s packed with Hollywood royalty. Oprah Winfrey, Selena Gomez, Ben Stiller, Willem Dafoe, Goldie Hawn, and several other big names are set to take the stage. The announcement, made by the executive producers, sets the tone for what promises to be another glamorous night in Hollywood. Hollywood Icons and Rising Stars Join the Roster Oprah Winfrey, a two-time Oscar nominee, will be among those gracing the stage. She earned her previous nods for producing Selma and starring in The Color Purple. Beyond acting, she’s been recognized for her humanitarian efforts, taking home the Jean Hersholt Humanitarian Award in 2012. Selena Gomez, who has been making waves in both music and film, is also on the list. She’s connected to Emilia Perez, one of the leading Oscar contenders this year. Meanwhile, Joe Alwyn will present following his involvement in The Brutalist, another major awards-season player. Other notable presenters include veteran actor Willem Dafoe, comedy legend Ben Stiller, and Hollywood favorite Goldie Hawn. They’ll be joined by Connie Nielsen, Sterling K. Brown, Lily-Rose Depp, and Ana de Armas, adding even more star power to the evening. Nick Offerman Takes Over as Oscars Announcer Nick Offerman will step into a crucial role as the announcer for this year’s ceremony. This position, often dubbed the “voice of God” for the show, was previously held by David Alan Grier in 2024. Offerman, best known for his role in Parks and Recreation, has been enjoying a successful awards season himself, thanks to his standout performance in The Last of Us. His distinct voice and comedic timing could bring a fresh touch to the Oscars' live telecast. More Presenters Already Announced The newly confirmed names will join an already impressive lineup. The Academy had previously announced that Halle Berry, Penélope Cruz, Robert Downey Jr. , Scarlett Johansson, and Emma Stone would also be presenting. Some other big names taking the stage include: Cillian Murphy, a strong Oscar contender for Oppenheimer. Whoopi Goldberg, an Oscar winner and frequent Academy presence. Elle Fanning and John Lithgow, both recognized for their work across film and television. Amy Poehler and Bowen Yang, bringing a dose of comedy to the event. Da’Vine Joy Randolph, one of this year’s standout nominees. With this growing list of presenters, the Oscars will feature a mix of industry veterans, rising stars, and fan favorites. The Countdown to March 2 Begins The 97th Academy Awards will take place on March 2, 2025, at the Dolby Theatre in Hollywood. The event, produced by Raj Kapoor and Katy Mullan, is shaping up to be another major celebration of cinema. With the full list of presenters now confirmed, all eyes are on the final countdown to Oscars night. Will there be surprise wins? Memorable speeches? Viral moments? Hollywood is gearing up for another unforgettable night, and with this lineup, it’s clear that the star power is stronger than ever.

---

- Published: 2025-02-20
- Modified: 2025-02-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ghost-ransomware-global-attacks-critical-sectors/
- Categories: News, Technology

Cybercriminals deploying Ghost ransomware have infiltrated organizations across more than 70 countries, targeting industries including healthcare, government, education, and manufacturing. The latest warning from the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) and the FBI highlights the relentless nature of these attacks, which exploit outdated software vulnerabilities to breach networks. A Widespread Cyber Threat That Shows No Signs of Slowing Security agencies say the Ghost ransomware campaign has been active since early 2021. The threat actors behind it aren’t picky—if an organization has outdated internet-facing services, it’s fair game. This has led to breaches in critical infrastructure, small and medium-sized businesses, and even organizations in China. One troubling aspect of these attacks is how frequently the ransomware operators change their tactics. They modify file extensions, tweak ransom notes, and rotate malware executables, making it harder for investigators to track them down. Over time, this has created attribution challenges, with the group being linked to various aliases such as Cring, Crypt3r, Phantom, Strike, and Rapture. How Ghost Ransomware Gets In The hackers behind Ghost ransomware use a mix of publicly available exploits and custom tools to break into systems. Some of their favorite vulnerabilities involve: Fortinet (CVE-2018-13379): A critical flaw in Fortinet SSL VPNs, widely exploited for years. ColdFusion (CVE-2010-2861, CVE-2009-3960): Outdated Adobe ColdFusion servers remain prime targets. Microsoft Exchange (CVE-2021-34473, CVE-2021-34523, CVE-2021-31207): Security flaws that have previously been used in state-backed cyberattacks. Once inside, the attackers often deploy Mimikatz (a tool used for credential theft) and Cobalt Strike (a penetration testing tool turned cybercrime favorite) before executing the ransomware payload. Ghost Ransomware’s Evolving Tactics Ghost ransomware doesn’t follow a rigid playbook. The cybercriminals behind it continuously adapt their techniques to maximize damage and evade detection. Some notable tactics include: Using multiple email addresses for ransom communications to avoid easy tracking. Deploying ransomware through legitimate tools like Windows CertUtil to bypass security measures. Frequent modification of executable files to avoid signature-based antivirus detection. Security experts say these tactics make the group particularly difficult to contain. Ghost’s Impact on Critical Infrastructure The most concerning aspect of these attacks is their impact on critical infrastructure. Government agencies, hospitals, and manufacturers are among those hit. In some cases, attackers have used the same vulnerabilities to breach U. S. election support systems. Despite repeated warnings from Fortinet—dating back to 2019—many organizations have still not patched their systems, leaving them vulnerable. The consequences? Disrupted operations, stolen data, and in some cases, massive ransom demands. How Organizations Can Protect Themselves CISA, the FBI, and cybersecurity researchers emphasize the importance of proactive defense. Key recommendations include: Regular backups: Ensure backups are stored offline to prevent ransomware encryption. Patch vulnerabilities: Apply security updates as soon as possible, especially for known exploited flaws. Network segmentation: Limit lateral movement within networks to contain potential breaches. Multi-factor authentication (MFA): Require phishing-resistant MFA for all privileged accounts. Security agencies have also provided specific indicators of compromise (IOCs) and detection methods to help organizations identify potential infections before significant damage occurs. State-Backed Hackers and Election Systems Targeted While Ghost ransomware appears to be financially motivated, state-backed hackers have exploited some of the same vulnerabilities for intelligence gathering. In particular, government-backed groups have targeted Fortinet’s SSL VPN flaw (CVE-2018-13379) for years, breaching sensitive networks, including U. S. election systems. Given the overlap between cybercriminals and state-sponsored actors, security experts warn that leaving systems unpatched creates risks far beyond financial loss. It opens the door to espionage, infrastructure sabotage, and potential national security threats. A Persistent and Adaptive Threat Ghost ransomware has already caused significant damage worldwide, and there's little indication that these attacks will stop anytime soon. As long as organizations continue to run unpatched software, attackers will have a way in. The latest advisory from CISA, the FBI, and MS-ISAC serves as a stark reminder: businesses and government agencies must take cybersecurity seriously, or they risk becoming the next victims in an ever-growing list of high-profile breaches.

---

- Published: 2025-02-20
- Modified: 2025-02-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/playstation-plus-february-2024-free-games/
- Categories: News, Technology

PlayStation Plus subscribers have something to look forward to this month, especially those who love sinking hours into sprawling RPGs. Sony has just dropped nine new games across its Extra and Premium tiers, offering a mix of action-packed adventures, nostalgic throwbacks, and gripping narratives. What’s New on PlayStation Plus This Month? February’s PlayStation Plus lineup is stacked with nine titles, seven of which are available through PlayStation Plus Extra, while the remaining two are exclusive to the Premium tier. Whether you’re in the mood for a sci-fi epic, an immersive indie experience, or a trip down memory lane with classic PlayStation titles, there’s something for everyone. Here’s the full list of what’s available: PlayStation Plus Extra Titles: Star Wars Jedi: Survivor Top Spin 2K25 Lost Records: Bloom & Rage - Tape 1 SaGa Frontier Remastered Somerville Tin Hearts Mordhau PlayStation Plus Premium Titles: Patapon 3 (PSP) Dropship: United Peace Force (PS2) For RPG enthusiasts, the addition of Star Wars Jedi: Survivor and SaGa Frontier Remastered is particularly exciting, offering dozens of hours of content between them. Star Wars Jedi: Survivor Leads the Charge One of the biggest names in this month’s lineup, Star Wars Jedi: Survivor, delivers an action-packed experience that builds on the success of its predecessor. The game puts players back in the shoes of Cal Kestis as he battles the Empire across breathtaking planets, refining his combat skills with new Force abilities and lightsaber styles. Released less than a year ago, this title is a major addition to PlayStation Plus Extra, giving subscribers access to a high-profile AAA game without any extra cost. If you missed out on Jedi: Survivor at launch, now’s the perfect time to jump in. A Nostalgic Dive with SaGa Frontier Remastered and Patapon 3 Sony has been known to sprinkle in a few retro surprises, and this month is no exception. SaGa Frontier Remastered brings back the classic PlayStation RPG with updated visuals and additional content, making it a must-play for fans of old-school turn-based combat. Meanwhile, Patapon 3 joins the lineup for Premium subscribers, offering a rhythm-based strategy game that remains as addictive as ever. Originally a PSP exclusive, Patapon 3 is a welcome throwback for those who enjoyed the series’ unique blend of music and tactical gameplay. Lost Records: Bloom & Rage - Tape 1 Adds an Intriguing New Mystery For those looking for something fresh, Lost Records: Bloom & Rage - Tape 1 is one of the newest releases on the list. The game just launched yesterday and has already been earning high praise. Critics have highlighted its compelling narrative, well-crafted characters, and heavy dose of 90s nostalgia. If narrative-driven games are your thing, this one is worth checking out. It’s already received a 9/10 review from GAMINGbible’s Kate Harrold, who called it an "intriguing story" with "well-written characters. " Dropship: United Peace Force – A PS2 Relic Worth Revisiting? Among the more unexpected additions is Dropship: United Peace Force, a PlayStation 2 title that hasn’t seen much attention over the years. Sony has a habit of dropping obscure PS1 and PS2 games onto PlayStation Plus Premium, and this one definitely fits the bill. For those unfamiliar, Dropship is a tactical flight-combat game that tasks players with piloting advanced military aircraft in futuristic battles. While it might not have aged gracefully in terms of graphics, the gameplay still holds up for fans of the genre. February’s Offerings Pack Plenty of Playtime If you’re someone who likes long-form experiences, this month’s PlayStation Plus update should keep you busy. Between Star Wars Jedi: Survivor and SaGa Frontier Remastered alone, there’s well over 80 hours of gameplay waiting to be explored. For those who prefer shorter experiences, games like Somerville and Tin Hearts provide emotionally-driven storytelling and puzzle-solving mechanics, offering something different from the usual action-heavy lineup. And if none of these titles catch your interest? No worries—Sony is expected to announce the next batch of PlayStation Plus games in the coming weeks. With a track record of surprising additions, there’s always a chance that the next round will bring something unexpected.

---

- Published: 2025-02-19
- Modified: 2025-02-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-falls-milei-libra-scandal-crypto-market/
- Categories: News, Crypto

XRP is facing a steep sell-off as political turmoil rocks the cryptocurrency market. The token is down over 4% on Tuesday, with broader crypto markets also sliding. A scandal involving Argentine President Javier Milei and the controversial Libra token appears to be driving the latest wave of bearish sentiment. Milei’s Libra Scandal Sparks Market Jitters On Friday, President Javier Milei publicly backed a new cryptocurrency, Libra, claiming it would help boost economic growth by funding small businesses and startups. That endorsement triggered a frenzy of buying, sending the token’s market cap soaring. Then came the crash. Large holders of Libra suddenly dumped their stakes, leading to a textbook “rug pull. ” Investors who jumped in following Milei’s comments were left scrambling as the token’s value plummeted. The fallout didn’t stop at Libra. XRP, along with Bitcoin and Ethereum, felt the ripple effects as the scandal fueled uncertainty about the role of political figures in crypto markets. XRP's Recent Rally Faces a Reality Check XRP has been one of the strongest-performing cryptocurrencies in recent months, surging 369% in just six months. That rally has been fueled by optimism surrounding potential regulatory wins and growing speculation that a Trump-led SEC might drop an ongoing securities case against XRP’s creator. Adding to the excitement, reports suggest that Trump’s crypto advisory team is considering including XRP in a U. S. digital assets reserve. There’s also speculation that ETFs could soon offer exposure to XRP, which would bring fresh institutional money into the asset. But recent events serve as a stark reminder that political involvement in crypto can be a double-edged sword. Milei’s Libra fiasco has put investors on edge, forcing many to reconsider just how much weight political endorsements carry. A Volatile Path Ahead for XRP? Crypto markets are no strangers to extreme volatility, but the latest developments highlight a few key risks: Regulatory uncertainty: XRP’s battle with the SEC remains unresolved, and while hopes for a favorable outcome remain high, nothing is guaranteed. Political influence: The Milei scandal is a fresh example of how quickly sentiment can turn when political figures make moves in crypto. Market manipulation concerns: Libra’s rug pull is a harsh reminder of the risks associated with low-regulation digital assets. XRP has enjoyed a strong bull run, but its future could hinge on how quickly confidence in crypto markets recovers from this latest controversy. Traders will be watching closely for any updates from U. S. regulators—and whether XRP’s inclusion in ETFs or a digital reserve materializes. For now, though, the market is in sell-off mode, and XRP is feeling the heat.

---

- Published: 2025-02-19
- Modified: 2025-02-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/rihanna-asap-rocky-not-guilty-verdict-reaction/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

A$AP Rocky walked out of a Los Angeles courtroom a free man on Tuesday after a jury found him not guilty on all charges in his felony assault trial. The verdict brought visible relief not just to the rapper, but also to his longtime partner, Rihanna, who broke down in tears of joy as the decision was announced. A Jury's Decision That Changed Everything After weeks of testimony and legal arguments, a jury of seven women and five men delivered their unanimous verdict, clearing A$AP Rocky of all charges. The rapper had been accused of firing a semiautomatic firearm at his former friend and A$AP Mob associate, A$AP Relli, during an altercation in November 2021. The verdict was read at the Clara Shortridge Foltz Criminal Justice Center in Los Angeles, where Rocky, real name Rakim Mayers, had been facing two felony counts of assault with a firearm. From the moment the first “not guilty” was spoken, the courtroom was filled with emotion. Rocky, unable to contain himself, leaped from his seat and rushed toward his mother, sister, and Rihanna, embracing them tightly. His relief was palpable. "Thank Y'all for Saving My Life" Moments after the jury delivered their decision, Rocky turned to them with heartfelt gratitude. “Thank y’all for saving my life. Thank y’all for making the right decision,” he said, his voice filled with emotion. His words resonated throughout the courtroom, reflecting not just his personal relief but the immense weight of the trial that had hung over him for more than two years. Outside the courtroom, Rocky’s legal team and supporters shared congratulatory hugs, while Rihanna remained by his side, visibly emotional yet beaming with relief. Rihanna’s Emotional Response Rihanna, who has been supporting Rocky throughout the trial, wasted no time in expressing her feelings. Shortly after leaving the courtroom, she took to Instagram Stories to share her gratitude. “The glory belongs to God and God alone! ” she wrote, adding, “Thankful, humbled by His mercy! ” For the Grammy-winning singer and business mogul, the trial had been a deeply personal experience. She had been present for key court proceedings, standing by Rocky as he faced the accusations. Now, with the trial behind them, her emotions spilled over in relief and gratitude. What’s Next for A$AP Rocky? With the trial over, the question now turns to what comes next for the rapper. While Rocky has remained relatively low-key during the legal battle, he has hinted at upcoming music and business ventures. Music Projects: Rocky has been teasing new material, and fans expect fresh music soon. Family Life: Rihanna and Rocky, parents to two young children, are expected to shift their focus to family time. Public Reaction: The rapper's acquittal has sparked reactions across social media, with fans and fellow artists celebrating the outcome. For now, though, the focus remains on the relief and joy surrounding the verdict. As Rocky and Rihanna walked out of the courthouse hand-in-hand, the weight of the past two years seemed to lift—at least for a moment.

---

- Published: 2025-02-19
- Modified: 2025-02-19
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/netease-layoffs-marvel-rivals-devs-amid-success/
- Categories: News, Technology

Marvel Rivals has taken the gaming world by storm, amassing over 20 million players within weeks of its launch. The free-to-play hero shooter continues to pull in more than 250,000 daily concurrent players on Steam. But success doesn’t always mean security in the gaming industry. Despite the blockbuster numbers, NetEase has begun laying off staff from the very team that helped turn Marvel Rivals into a hit. Developers Blindsided by Layoffs After Launching a Hit Marvel Rivals game director Thaddeus Sasser broke the news on LinkedIn, expressing shock over the company’s decision to let go of employees from its Seattle-based studio. “This is such a weird industry,” Sasser wrote. “My stellar, talented team just helped deliver an incredibly successful new franchise in Marvel Rivals for NetEase Games... and were just laid off! ” His frustration was echoed by Marvel Rivals level designers Jack Burrows and Garry McGee, who also announced their departures. Burrows described the layoffs as a "sad culling," while McGee called it a strange reality in an industry that seems increasingly unstable for developers. NetEase has yet to confirm the total number of employees affected by the cuts. Not the First, Won't Be the Last: NetEase’s Recent Layoff Trend For those following NetEase’s moves in the gaming space, this decision may not be all that surprising. The company has been making sweeping cuts across its Western studios in recent months, including: A hiring and development freeze at Worlds Untold, the studio founded by BioWare veteran Mac Walters. Job losses at Jar of Sparks, the first-party studio led by former Halo Infinite head of design Jerry Hook. Layoffs at Swedish developer Liquid Swords, which was launched in 2020 with NetEase backing. While these moves may be financially motivated, they paint a bleak picture for job security in the gaming industry—even at studios with high-profile projects. The Broader Gaming Industry Layoff Crisis NetEase is far from the only company making cuts. The gaming industry as a whole has been in turmoil, with over 25,000 job losses recorded since the start of 2023. And 2025 is off to a similarly grim start. Less than two months in, nearly 1,000 more layoffs have already been reported at companies including: Unity – The company behind the popular game engine has been restructuring, cutting hundreds of jobs. Hi-Rez Studios – Known for games like Paladins and Smite, the studio has been reducing its workforce. Ubisoft – The Assassin’s Creed publisher has quietly trimmed teams across multiple locations. Sumo Digital – The UK-based studio, responsible for Sackboy: A Big Adventure, has also seen job losses. Splash Damage and Midnight Society – Both studios have been hit with layoffs despite ongoing projects. Developers across the board are questioning their long-term job security in an industry that increasingly values efficiency and cost-cutting over stability. Big Hits, Bigger Layoffs: Why Are Profitable Games Not Saving Jobs? On paper, Marvel Rivals is a massive success. Millions of players, high engagement, and a strong start—what more could a company want? Yet the layoffs continue, raising the question: If a hit game isn’t enough to ensure job security, what is? The harsh reality is that many of these layoffs aren’t directly tied to a game’s success but rather to corporate restructuring, shifting priorities, and profit-driven decision-making. Even with strong revenue, companies look for ways to optimize costs, sometimes at the expense of the very teams that built their success. This trend isn’t unique to NetEase. Activision Blizzard, Microsoft, and Electronic Arts have all made similar moves in recent years, cutting teams even as their games continue to perform well. What’s Next for Marvel Rivals and Its Developers? For the laid-off developers, the future is uncertain. Many will seek new opportunities, potentially at rival studios or independent projects. As for Marvel Rivals, the game itself remains a bright spot in NetEase’s portfolio. But with key team members gone, the long-term direction of the project may shift. Will NetEase continue investing in the game’s growth, or will it follow the fate of other short-lived multiplayer hits that burned bright and faded fast? One thing is certain—layoffs in the gaming industry aren’t slowing down, and for developers, job security feels more fragile than ever.

---

- Published: 2025-02-18
- Modified: 2025-02-18
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-unicambio-portugal-brazil-transfer-adoption/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Ripple’s XRP is making headlines again, this time with another step toward mainstream adoption. On February 11, the company secured a key agreement with Unicâmbio, a Portuguese financial service provider specializing in cross-border transactions between Portugal and Brazil. While XRP’s 24-hour trading volume already stands at a staggering $4. 2 billion, this deal reinforces its growing appeal as a real-world payment solution. XRP Now Facilitates Transfers Between Portugal and Brazil Unicâmbio’s decision to integrate XRP into its payment system isn’t just another headline—it’s a signal of shifting tides in cross-border finance. The company, which processes remittances and currency exchanges, now enables its customers to use XRP as a settlement mechanism. For years, traditional cross-border payment systems have been plagued by high fees and slow transaction speeds. Bank wire transfers can take days to settle and come with steep costs. XRP, on the other hand, boasts near-instant transaction speeds and costs mere fractions of a cent per transfer. One sentence is enough to explain why this matters: Financial institutions are increasingly looking for ways to cut costs, and XRP offers them an efficient alternative. More Institutions in Europe Are Joining the XRP Network Unicâmbio isn’t the first financial service provider in Portugal to embrace XRP, and it won’t be the last. Other institutions in the European Union have also started integrating the coin into their systems, creating a network effect that could drive even more adoption. With each new player that joins, the benefits multiply: Transactions between different XRP-enabled institutions become faster and cheaper. The volume of transactions on the XRP network grows, potentially strengthening its price. More adoption could lead to increased investment in the network’s infrastructure and marketing. That’s how a flywheel effect starts. More users mean more liquidity, which in turn makes XRP even more attractive to businesses and individuals alike. Can XRP’s Growing Adoption Lead to Higher Prices? XRP’s price has been volatile, but that’s nothing new for cryptocurrencies. What matters is the long-term trend, and right now, the coin’s use cases are expanding. Current market data: Metric Value Price (Feb. 18) $2. 66 Market Cap $266B 24-Hour Volume $4. 2B 52-Week High $3. 40 52-Week Low $0. 38 While the latest agreement with Unicâmbio might not immediately skyrocket XRP’s price, it strengthens its long-term case. Every new integration adds to the coin’s utility, and as adoption spreads, XRP could see a sustained increase in demand. External Factors Could Still Create Uncertainty Even with all the optimism surrounding XRP, investors should keep an eye on external risks. Tariffs and global trade policies could impact the volume of international money transfers, which in turn could limit demand for XRP-based transactions. Consider these potential scenarios: If tariffs reduce global trade, fewer cross-border transactions would be processed through the XRP network. A strengthening U. S. dollar could make investors less inclined to hold alternative assets like cryptocurrencies. Regulatory uncertainties, especially in the U. S. , could slow XRP’s adoption among financial institutions. None of these risks negate XRP’s long-term growth potential, but they could create short-term headwinds. That’s why long-term investors should be prepared for volatility. What’s Next for XRP? Beyond its expanding adoption for cross-border payments, XRP could soon see additional tailwinds. The possibility of inclusion in cryptocurrency ETFs and even discussions about a potential U. S. digital currency reserve have kept investors intrigued. XRP has already proven itself as a cost-effective solution for financial institutions, and as more players come on board, its network effect could strengthen further. For those willing to weather some short-term uncertainty, this coin continues to offer compelling reasons to watch closely.

---

- Published: 2025-02-18
- Modified: 2025-02-18
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-gracie-abrams-benny-blanco-collaboration-rumors/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

American record producer Benny Blanco might have just set the internet on fire with his latest Instagram post. On Monday, February 17, 2025, Blanco shared a cryptic video that has fans speculating about a possible musical collaboration involving himself, Selena Gomez, and Gracie Abrams. The brief but intriguing clip has sent social media into a frenzy, with followers piecing together clues and making bold predictions. A Video That Says It All—Or Does It? The short Instagram video opens with Blanco casually walking into a room. Inside, Selena Gomez and Gracie Abrams are seated together on a bed, seemingly deep in conversation. As Blanco zooms in on the duo, he playfully asks, “What are you guys doing here? ” The clip ends without any further explanation, but it didn’t take long for fans to fill in the blanks. Blanco’s caption—simply, “umm. . hi ? ? ? ”—only fueled curiosity. Was this just a casual hangout, or was something bigger in the works? Given the recent buzz surrounding Gomez and Blanco’s upcoming album, I Said I Love You First, dropping on March 21, fans are convinced there’s more to the story. Clues, Speculation, and Fan Reactions Social media users wasted no time dissecting the video, with many jumping to the conclusion that Abrams could be featured on Gomez and Blanco’s upcoming album. “Can’t wait to listen to Selena Gomez ft Gracie Abrams in your lead single,” one fan commented excitedly. “The combination of their vocals with Benny as producer. WE'RE GETTING THE COLLABORATION OF THE YEAR,” another declared. “Yes yes yes Selena Gomez ft Gracie oh we are not readyyyyyy! ! ! ” wrote a third. Some fans even jokingly responded to Blanco’s video with their own theories. “Plotting and planning,” one user quipped, echoing the general mood of anticipation. A Subtle Hint from Gracie Abrams? Interestingly, just a day before Blanco’s Instagram post, Gracie Abrams may have dropped her own hint. The singer took to her Instagram Story to share a screenshot of herself listening to Scared of Loving You, a track from Gomez and Blanco’s latest releases. In her post, Abrams wrote, “This song has made me tear up multiple times, and I keep singing it before shows now to get the nerves out. It’s so lovely. Congratulations on the release and thank you for it. ” Could this admiration for Gomez and Blanco’s work translate into a feature on their upcoming album? Fans certainly think so. The Bigger Picture: What’s Next? With I Said I Love You First set for release in just over a month, excitement is already high. While neither Gomez, Abrams, nor Blanco have confirmed any official collaboration, the timing of their social media activity is enough to keep fans on edge. If Abrams does make an appearance on the album, it wouldn’t be entirely surprising. Both she and Gomez have a similar style—soft, emotional vocals that blend effortlessly with introspective lyrics. Benny Blanco, known for his ability to craft intimate, radio-friendly hits, would be the perfect bridge between their musical worlds. For now, all anyone can do is wait and watch. But if the fan theories turn out to be true, pop music might be getting one of its most exciting collaborations of the year.

---

- Published: 2025-02-18
- Modified: 2025-02-18
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/south-korea-suspends-deepseek-over-data-privacy/
- Categories: News, Technology

South Korea has temporarily halted new downloads of DeepSeek, a Chinese AI chatbot, over data privacy concerns. The move follows the app's admission that it failed to comply with the country’s data protection regulations. However, those who have already installed the chatbot can continue using it. Government Cracks Down on Data Privacy Violations The Personal Information Protection Commission (PIPC) made the decision on Monday, stating that DeepSeek will only be reinstated once it meets the country’s privacy standards. This comes after multiple government agencies recently blocked internal access to the AI tool. Just last month, South Korea officially requested DeepSeek to clarify how it collects and manages user data. The company responded by appointing a local representative and admitting its non-compliance with national privacy laws. It also promised to cooperate with authorities to resolve the issue. One official familiar with the matter said, “The suspension is a precautionary measure to ensure South Korean users’ data remains protected. The app can return once it fully aligns with our privacy policies. ” Global Scrutiny Grows on AI Apps DeepSeek’s troubles are not confined to South Korea. Austria, Italy, and Taiwan have also taken steps to block access to the chatbot. The concerns largely revolve around how the app handles personal information and whether it meets local regulatory requirements. Governments worldwide are tightening their grip on AI-powered services, fearing unauthorized data collection and potential misuse. Europe, for instance, has been actively enforcing the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which imposes strict rules on data privacy. In some cases, AI apps have faced temporary bans but were later reinstated after making necessary adjustments. It remains to be seen if DeepSeek will follow a similar path. DeepSeek’s Response and Future Prospects DeepSeek has acknowledged its failure to adhere to South Korean laws but insists it is taking steps to fix the situation. In a statement, the company emphasized its willingness to collaborate with regulators and ensure compliance moving forward. An industry analyst noted, “These AI-driven services are often developed with a global user base in mind, but each country has different privacy laws. Companies must adapt quickly to avoid such disruptions. ” For now, South Korean users who have already downloaded the chatbot can continue using it. But unless DeepSeek satisfies the authorities, new users won’t be able to access the service. What Happens Next? Regulatory Review: The PIPC will assess whether DeepSeek’s proposed changes are sufficient. Potential Adjustments: The app may introduce stricter data protection policies to meet compliance standards. Broader Implications: Other AI applications operating in South Korea might face similar scrutiny in the coming months. South Korea’s decision signals a growing trend—governments are unwilling to compromise on data privacy, even when dealing with high-profile AI companies. Whether DeepSeek successfully navigates this challenge will likely set a precedent for other AI tools seeking entry into the market.

---

- Published: 2025-02-17
- Modified: 2025-02-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/ethereum-vs-solana-investors-move-billions-crypto-rivalry/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The battle for dominance in the crypto space is heating up, and it’s not just Bitcoin that’s in the spotlight. Ethereum (ETH) and Solana (SOL) are locked in a fierce competition, and recent data suggests that one is pulling ahead—at least for now. With billions of dollars in stablecoins flowing between the two networks, investors are making their moves, and it’s becoming increasingly clear which blockchain is winning the liquidity war. Investors Are Moving Their Money—And Fast The easiest way to gauge investor confidence in a blockchain network is to follow the money. In this case, stablecoin inflows tell a compelling story. These dollar-pegged digital assets act as a bridge between traditional finance and crypto markets, and their movement across networks signals where capital is being deployed. January's numbers paint a stark picture: Solana saw $5. 3 billion in stablecoin inflows, outpacing Ethereum’s $4. 3 billion—even though Ethereum boasts a market cap nearly 3. 5 times larger than Solana’s. That discrepancy suggests that despite its dominance, Ethereum is struggling to keep pace with its smaller, faster-growing rival. For context, Solana now holds close to $11 billion in stablecoins, a significant chunk of its $91 billion market cap. Ethereum, by contrast, has a market cap of $322 billion, but its lower inflows hint at waning investor enthusiasm. One simple takeaway? Money is flowing from Ethereum to Solana, and that shift is impacting price movements. Ethereum’s Struggles Are Fueling Solana’s Growth Ethereum has long been the go-to network for decentralized applications, smart contracts, and NFTs. But its Achilles' heel has always been transaction speed and cost. Slow settlement times and high gas fees have frustrated users for years, and despite ongoing updates, relief has been slow to arrive. Solana, on the other hand, has built its reputation on speed and low fees. Transactions on Solana cost mere cents compared to Ethereum’s often double-digit-dollar fees, making it a more attractive option for everyday users and developers alike. The result? A migration. Users are leaving Ethereum for Solana’s cheaper and faster ecosystem. And the price trends reflect this shift: Solana’s price is up 105% over the last three years. Ethereum’s price is down 11% in the same period. That divergence suggests that investors are not just experimenting with Solana—they’re committing to it. Short-Term Gains vs. Long-Term Bets For investors considering a $1,500 bet in crypto, the Ethereum-Solana rivalry presents two distinct strategies. Go with the momentum – Betting on Solana means riding the wave of increasing adoption, strong inflows, and growing developer activity. If Solana continues its current trajectory, an investment today could see substantial upside in the coming years. Bet on the comeback – Ethereum may be struggling, but it remains a behemoth in the crypto space. New upgrades could address its core weaknesses, making now a buying opportunity before a potential turnaround. However, this path carries greater uncertainty. Ethereum’s recent price drop could be a temporary setback, but with its governance structure changing and potential technology upgrades on the horizon, it’s not out of the fight yet. What’s Next for the Rival Chains? The next few years could define the future of both networks. Here’s what to watch: Ethereum’s network upgrades – Developers are working on reducing gas fees and improving scalability, but delays have been common in the past. Will improvements come soon enough? Solana’s adoption curve – If its growth continues at this pace, Solana could challenge Ethereum more aggressively in decentralized finance (DeFi) and NFTs. Regulatory developments – Both networks could face scrutiny from governments and financial institutions, impacting how they’re used and adopted. At the moment, Solana has the momentum. But in crypto, today’s winner isn’t always tomorrow’s champion.

---

- Published: 2025-02-17
- Modified: 2025-02-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/google-chrome-ai-enhanced-protection-real-time-security/
- Categories: News, Technology

Google has quietly upgraded Chrome’s Enhanced Protection with artificial intelligence, promising real-time defense against dangerous websites, downloads, and extensions. The update, spotted by a keen-eyed user on X, is now live on Chrome’s stable channel across all platforms after months of testing in Canary builds. AI Brings a Smarter Shield to Chrome Enhanced Protection isn’t a brand-new feature. It has been part of Chrome’s Safe Browsing for years, acting as a proactive security layer. However, with AI in the mix, it’s evolving into something more dynamic. Google hasn’t provided a deep technical breakdown of how the AI-driven version differs from its predecessor. But one key change stands out: Chrome can now identify threats in real-time. Instead of relying solely on a database of known malicious websites, AI could analyze patterns and flag potential dangers—even if the site or download hasn’t been previously reported. One small change in wording also signals a shift. Google used to describe Enhanced Protection as offering "proactive" security. Now, the term "real-time" is front and center, reinforcing the idea that AI allows Chrome to react much faster than before. What’s New for Users? The biggest change is how threat detection works. AI allows Chrome to look beyond traditional blacklists, spotting threats that may have otherwise slipped through. Real-time website protection: Chrome scans and flags potentially harmful sites dynamically, not just based on a static database. Smarter download scanning: AI helps identify suspicious downloads before they can harm your device. Enhanced extension security: The update could prevent malicious browser extensions from gaining access to user data. However, there’s a trade-off. To enable this AI-powered security, Chrome sends browsing data back to Google for analysis. While Google assures users this improves security, privacy-conscious users may hesitate before enabling the feature. How to Turn On AI-Powered Enhanced Protection By default, this AI security upgrade is turned off. Users who want to activate it can follow these steps: Open Chrome Settings Go to Security & Privacy Select Safe Browsing Enable Enhanced Protection This feature is available across Windows, Android, and iOS, ensuring users on all devices can benefit from AI-driven security. Privacy Concerns Linger While stronger security is always welcome, privacy advocates may have concerns. Enabling Enhanced Protection means sending more browsing data to Google, which has long been a sensitive topic. Google states that this data collection is necessary to improve threat detection, but it does raise questions. How much information is collected? How long is it stored? And can users truly trust Google to handle this data responsibly? For those uneasy about data-sharing, sticking with Standard Protection (which doesn’t send browsing data to Google) remains an option. But it comes at the cost of missing out on AI’s real-time security benefits. The Future of Chrome Security AI-powered security is just the latest in a series of upgrades to Chrome’s defenses. Given the increasing sophistication of online threats, real-time protection is likely the future. The move also aligns with Google's broader push to integrate AI across its products. For users, the choice is clear: stronger security with AI and data sharing or a more private but less dynamic browsing experience. As more details emerge, it’ll be interesting to see how this AI-driven protection holds up against real-world threats.

---

- Published: 2025-02-17
- Modified: 2025-02-17
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xbox-everwild-still-in-development-phil-spencer/
- Categories: News, Technology

It’s been nearly six years since Rare first unveiled Everwild, and for much of that time, fans have been left wondering if the ambitious fantasy title was quietly shelved. But Xbox’s gaming boss, Phil Spencer, has finally broken the silence—confirming that the game is still in active development. Rare’s Enigmatic Adventure Lives On First teased back in late 2019, Everwild immediately stood out. The reveal trailer showcased a lush, dreamlike world, teeming with magical wildlife and serene landscapes. A second trailer in 2020 offered slightly more insight, but beyond that, updates have been scarce. Now, Spencer has provided a rare glimpse behind the curtain. Speaking on the XboxEra podcast, he confirmed that the team at Rare is making progress, even if it's taken longer than expected. “I was recently out at Rare,” Spencer said. “It’s nice to see the team with Everwild and the progress that they’re making. ” That’s a relief for those who feared the worst. Long development cycles often spark concerns, and Everwild has been MIA for years. But Spencer’s comments suggest that the game isn’t just surviving—it’s moving forward. Why Has Everwild Taken So Long? Game development is unpredictable. Sometimes, projects face internal struggles, creative reboots, or technical roadblocks. In Everwild's case, reports in 2021 suggested that the team was rethinking the game’s core mechanics. Unlike Sea of Thieves, which had a clear multiplayer-driven design, Everwild has been harder to define. Is it an open-world exploration game? A survival experience? A narrative adventure? Rare has never been explicit about what players will actually do in Everwild, and that ambiguity may have slowed things down. Spencer’s remarks suggest that Xbox leadership is prioritizing giving studios the time they need. “We’ve been able to give those teams time in what they’re doing, which is good,” he explained. Xbox’s Strategy Shift: More Games, More Platforms Spencer’s comments about Everwild came during a broader conversation about Xbox’s first-party lineup. He acknowledged that it’s been a long road, but the company remains committed to its developers. Interestingly, Spencer also touched on Xbox’s evolving business model. Historically, Microsoft has pushed to keep its biggest games exclusive to its own ecosystem. But now? The strategy is shifting. He admitted that Xbox is no longer trying to “move all over to Xbox,” instead focusing on bringing its games to as many players as possible. That means more Xbox titles could land on competitor platforms—a move that some hardcore fans see as controversial. Of course, there’s a business angle to it all. Spencer noted that while Xbox only recoups 70 percent of sales when selling on PlayStation or PC storefronts, that’s still money that helps Xbox “build great portfolios. ” What’s Next for Everwild? There’s still no release window, no new trailer, and no concrete details on gameplay. But at least now, fans can stop worrying about Everwild’s fate. With Fable, Avowed, and Indiana Jones also in the pipeline, Xbox’s upcoming catalog is stacked. But with Rare’s track record and Spencer’s reassurance, Everwild might still be one of the most intriguing projects in the works. For now, patience remains key.

---

- Published: 2025-02-15
- Modified: 2025-02-15
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-weekly-recap-volatility-rebound/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Cryptocurrencies had investors on a rollercoaster ride this week. The market initially took a hit but bounced back strongly, leaving many digital assets in positive territory by Friday. Altcoins BNB and Sui posted solid gains of around 13%, while Litecoin outshined them with a 22% surge. Inflation Jitters Send Crypto Tumbling The week started with bad news for risk assets, particularly cryptocurrencies. On Wednesday, the Bureau of Labor Statistics released its latest inflation report, revealing a 3% year-over-year rise in the consumer price index (CPI) for January. More concerning was the month-over-month increase of 0. 5%, the highest since August 2023. That number caught the attention of investors and analysts alike. Many had expected a tamer inflation figure, and the reality spooked markets. Inflation tends to push investors toward safer assets, and that often comes at the expense of riskier plays like cryptocurrencies. For much of the week, crypto prices slumped. Bitcoin, Ethereum, and several altcoins saw selling pressure as traders reacted to fears of a longer period of high interest rates. The idea that the Federal Reserve might hesitate to cut rates anytime soon didn’t help, either. Coinbase’s Blowout Earnings Turn the Tide Then came a turnaround. On Thursday, Coinbase delivered blockbuster earnings, reminding investors that crypto activity remains strong despite macroeconomic worries. The leading U. S. crypto exchange reported $2. 3 billion in revenue, smashing expectations of $1. 6 billion. Even more impressive, net income per share came in at $4. 68, far ahead of analysts’ forecasts of $3. 32. That kind of performance signaled that the crypto industry is not just surviving—it's thriving. Enthusiasm spread across the market, and by Friday, many cryptocurrencies were making sharp recoveries. GameStop’s Crypto Interest Adds Fuel to the Fire Another unexpected player entered the crypto conversation on Friday: GameStop. The video game retailer, famous for its 2021 meme stock frenzy, is reportedly considering crypto investments, including Bitcoin. While details remain scarce, CNBC reported that sources familiar with the matter say the company is exploring alternative investments as part of a broader strategy. Given GameStop’s influence in online trading communities, this news provided another boost to digital assets. A Wild Week Ends on a Positive Note By the time markets wrapped up on Friday, what started as a rough week turned into a win for crypto investors. Many digital assets climbed back into the green, with some even securing double-digit gains. A few key takeaways: BNB and Sui rose about 13%, recovering from midweek declines. Litecoin was the star performer, jumping 22% over the week. Coinbase’s earnings reassured investors, showing that crypto trading remains strong. GameStop’s potential Bitcoin investment added hype to the sector. Looking ahead, traders will be watching for any further economic data that could impact the Federal Reserve’s decision-making. If inflation remains sticky, crypto could face more turbulence. But for now, the market seems to have regained its footing.

---

- Published: 2025-02-15
- Modified: 2025-02-15
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/netflix-bridgerton-season-4-teaser-release/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Netflix delivered a sweet surprise to Bridgerton fans on Valentine’s Day, unveiling the first teaser for its highly anticipated fourth season. But that wasn’t all. On Friday, the streaming giant dropped a behind-the-scenes video, giving fans a sneak peek at what’s in store for the upcoming episodes, which are still in production. A New Love Story Takes Center Stage Season 4 will introduce a fresh romance, shifting the spotlight to Benedict Bridgerton (Luke Thompson) and his love interest, Sophie Baek (Yerin Ha). The storyline follows Benedict, the second eldest Bridgerton son, who has long resisted settling down—until he crosses paths with the enigmatic "Lady in Silver" at his mother’s masquerade ball. Benedict’s journey to love has been a fan-favorite arc in Julia Quinn’s novels, and Netflix’s adaptation promises to capture the magic of this particular love story. While previous seasons have taken creative liberties with the books, showrunner Jess Brownell recently revealed that Season 4 will be the “most faithful” adaptation yet. First Footage and Behind-the-Scenes Glimpses The newly released teaser offers a first look at Season 4, though it’s more of a tease than a full reveal. Since filming is still ongoing, Netflix opted to blend behind-the-scenes footage with a few carefully selected shots from the upcoming season. For die-hard fans, the behind-the-scenes clip serves as a reminder of just how much effort goes into bringing Bridgerton to life. From elaborate set designs to intricate costumes, the series continues to uphold its reputation for stunning visuals and immersive storytelling. Returning Cast and New Faces Season 4 will see the return of several beloved characters, including: Jonathan Bailey as Anthony Bridgerton Nicola Coughlan as Penelope Bridgerton Adjoa Andoh as Lady Danbury Julie Andrews as the voice of Lady Whistledown Hannah Dodd as Francesca Stirling Lorraine Ashbourne as Mrs. Varley Additionally, new faces will join the cast, including Victor Alli as Lord John Stirling and Masali Baduza as Michaela Stirling. When Will Season 4 Premiere? Despite the exciting teaser, Netflix has yet to announce a release date for Season 4. Given the show’s production timeline and past release patterns, fans may have to wait until late 2025 for the new episodes to drop. With each new season, Bridgerton continues to dominate the cultural conversation, and this latest tease proves that anticipation for Season 4 is already reaching new heights.

---

- Published: 2025-02-15
- Modified: 2025-02-15
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/hackers-exploit-cve-2025-0108-palo-alto-networks/
- Categories: News, Crypto

A newly patched vulnerability in Palo Alto Networks' PAN-OS firewalls is under active exploitation, allowing attackers to bypass authentication and potentially compromise sensitive system configurations. Cybersecurity experts urge immediate patching as exploitation attempts escalate. Critical Vulnerability Leaves PAN-OS Firewalls Exposed A serious security flaw in PAN-OS, the operating system running on Palo Alto Networks' firewalls, is now being exploited by hackers. The issue, tracked as CVE-2025-0108, received a high-severity rating due to its ability to let attackers bypass authentication and execute PHP scripts via the management web interface. Palo Alto Networks addressed the flaw in a security bulletin on February 12, urging administrators to update their systems immediately. However, just a day later, on February 13, exploitation attempts were already being observed in the wild. The company recommends updating to the following patched versions: 11. 2. 4-h4 or later 11. 1. 6-h1 or later 10. 2. 13-h3 or later 10. 1. 14-h9 or later For users still running PAN-OS 11. 0, there is bad news: the version has reached end-of-life (EoL), meaning no fixes will be released. Upgrading to a supported release is the only way to stay secure. How Hackers Are Exploiting CVE-2025-0108 The vulnerability was discovered and reported by researchers at Assetnote, who later published a technical breakdown of how attackers could leverage it. The flaw exploits a path confusion issue between Nginx and Apache within PAN-OS, allowing unauthorized access to restricted files. In practical terms, attackers with network access to the firewall’s management interface can: Extract sensitive system data Retrieve firewall configurations Modify security settings, potentially weakening defenses Security analysts warn that this type of unauthorized access could pave the way for more severe attacks, including persistent backdoors, data theft, or further exploitation within an organization's network. Real-World Attacks Have Already Begun Threat intelligence firm GreyNoise has already observed active exploitation attempts, with attack traffic detected starting February 13, 17:00 UTC. These attacks are coming from multiple IP addresses, suggesting that multiple hacking groups are attempting to exploit the flaw. GreyNoise's tracking indicates that some of these attacks may be automated, meaning that even unskilled attackers could leverage public exploit code to gain access to vulnerable systems. Meanwhile, security researcher Yutaka Sejiyama from Macnica reports that over 4,400 PAN-OS devices have their management interface exposed online, significantly increasing the risk of compromise. What Organizations Should Do Now Given the rapid increase in exploitation activity, organizations using PAN-OS should take immediate action: Apply the security patches to move to a safe version Restrict access to the firewall management interface to internal networks only Monitor for suspicious activity, particularly unauthorized login attempts or configuration changes Table: Recommended Security Actions for PAN-OS Firewalls Security Measure Description Patch to a secure version Upgrade to PAN-OS 11. 2. 4-h4, 11. 1. 6-h1, 10. 2. 13-h3, or 10. 1. 14-h9 Disable external access Restrict management access to internal or trusted networks Monitor logs Check for unusual login attempts or configuration changes Block known attack IPs Use firewall rules to prevent exploitation attempts from known bad actors With proof-of-concept (PoC) exploit details already public, attacks are expected to escalate further in the coming days. Organizations that fail to patch may find themselves at serious risk of a breach.

---

- Published: 2025-02-14
- Modified: 2025-02-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/coinbase-q4-earnings-2024-results/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Coinbase Global (NASDAQ: COIN) delivered a blockbuster Q4 2024 earnings report, blowing past analyst expectations with a surge in revenue and profits. Fueled by increased trading volumes and a favorable regulatory climate, the crypto exchange posted earnings per share (EPS) of $4. 68, more than double Wall Street’s $2. 11 estimate. Revenue jumped to $2. 3 billion, exceeding projections of $1. 841 billion. The company’s net income skyrocketed to $1. 3 billion, a staggering 372% jump from Q4 2023. These numbers paint a clear picture: Coinbase is not just surviving in the crypto space but thriving, even amid a volatile market. Revenue and Profitability Surge on Higher Trading Volumes Coinbase’s financials for the quarter were nothing short of impressive. Transaction revenue, the company’s primary source of income, saw a remarkable rise. The firm brought in $1. 6 billion from transaction fees alone, marking a 172% increase quarter-over-quarter. Subscription and services revenue, which includes staking, custodial fees, and its Coinbase One membership, also showed strong growth. It hit $641 million, reinforcing the company’s efforts to diversify beyond trading fees. A glance at the key numbers: Metric Q4 2024 Q4 Estimate Q4 2023 Y/Y Change EPS $4. 68 $2. 11 $1. 04 +350. 0% Revenue $2. 3B $1. 841B $953. 8M +138. 2% Net Income $1. 3B N/A $273. 4M +372. 2% Adjusted EBITDA $1. 3B N/A $324M +297. 9% Clearly, Coinbase is capitalizing on market momentum, but the question remains—can it sustain this growth? Strategic Moves to Diversify Revenue Streams The crypto market is unpredictable, and Coinbase knows it can’t rely solely on trading volumes for revenue. That’s why the company has been ramping up efforts to build a more stable income stream. Coinbase One Membership: A subscription service that offers reduced trading fees and exclusive benefits. Layer 2 Network (Base): A blockchain designed to improve transaction efficiency, which saw an 89% surge in assets to $14 billion. Stablecoin Ecosystem Expansion: Ongoing efforts to strengthen its presence in the stablecoin market, despite a 9% dip in stablecoin-related transaction fees last quarter. Regulatory clarity has also played a role in boosting Coinbase’s standing. As governments worldwide take steps toward crypto regulation, companies like Coinbase, which emphasize compliance, are poised to benefit. Market Reaction and Investor Sentiment Wall Street responded positively to the earnings beat. Coinbase’s stock (COIN) jumped 8. 44% following the announcement, closing at $298. 11. For investors, the earnings report provided reassurance that Coinbase remains a dominant force in the crypto industry. However, some analysts caution against potential market volatility. A slowdown in crypto trading or unfavorable regulatory shifts could impact future earnings. Key factors investors should watch: Market Volatility: Crypto prices remain unpredictable, influencing trading volumes. Subscription Revenue Growth: Can Coinbase continue expanding beyond transaction fees? Regulatory Developments: Will further regulations help or hinder the business? With Q1 2025 guidance projecting subscription revenue between $685 million and $765 million, Coinbase is betting on continued growth. However, it acknowledges that crypto’s inherent fluctuations could bring surprises. What’s Next for Coinbase? Looking ahead, Coinbase is focused on product expansion and international growth. The company plans to enhance Coinbase One Premium, improve its DeFi offerings, and solidify its presence in global markets. Despite challenges, including competitive pressure from decentralized exchanges and potential shifts in regulatory policies, Coinbase has demonstrated resilience. The Q4 results show a company that’s adapting, innovating, and—most importantly—profitable. For now, Coinbase bulls have reason to celebrate. Whether the momentum continues will depend on how well the company executes its growth strategies in an unpredictable market.

---

- Published: 2025-02-14
- Modified: 2025-02-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/rihanna-supports-asap-rocky-felony-trial-los-angeles/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Rihanna made a rare court appearance alongside her two sons, RZA and Riot, to support A$AP Rocky as his felony trial nears its conclusion. The high-profile case, which stems from a lawsuit filed in 2021 by Rocky’s former friend, A$AP Relli, has kept the rapper entangled in a legal battle for years. Now, as the trial reaches its final stage, all eyes are on the courtroom in Los Angeles. Rihanna's Unexpected Courtroom Appearance Rihanna, known for keeping her family life relatively private, surprised many when she arrived at the Clara Shortridge Foltz Criminal Justice Center on February 13th. She walked into the courthouse with her two young sons in tow, wearing a grey raincoat with a high collar and matching high boots—a look that quickly made headlines. Inside the courtroom, the 36-year-old entrepreneur and singer sat attentively during the prosecution's opening statements. Her presence alone sent a powerful message of solidarity with Rocky, who faces serious legal consequences if the trial does not go in his favor. One insider revealed that before the proceedings began, Rihanna whispered to her sons to "wish Daddy good luck," a small but touching moment that didn’t go unnoticed. What Led to A$AP Rocky’s Trial? The case dates back to November 2021, when A$AP Relli accused Rocky of firing a semi-automatic handgun at him during an altercation. Relli, who was once part of the same A$AP Mob collective, alleged that the shooting incident was intentional and took legal action against the rapper. Since then, the situation has only grown more complex: Rocky denied the allegations, claiming self-defense. The legal proceedings dragged on for more than two years. The trial officially started on January 24, 2025, and is set to conclude on February 14, 2025. If convicted, Rocky could face up to 24 years in prison, making this a high-stakes battle for the rapper and his family. Courtroom Atmosphere and Rihanna’s Role While the trial itself remains tense, Rihanna’s presence in court added an emotional dimension to the proceedings. The couple’s two toddlers behaved well throughout the session, offering a rare glimpse into how the global superstar balances her public and private life. Rihanna, who has built a billion-dollar empire with Fenty Beauty, rarely steps into the courtroom spotlight—but this case is personal. Legal experts say that while Rihanna’s support does not impact the trial's outcome, her presence could influence public perception. Some believe that having family in court, especially young children, might soften the jury’s stance on Rocky. What’s Next for A$AP Rocky? The Los Angeles judge recently dismissed some of Rocky’s claims, meaning the rapper must provide solid evidence in the next hearing to avoid a severe sentence. The prosecution remains firm on its stance that Rocky acted recklessly, while his legal team insists he was in danger and acted in self-defense. The final hearing will take place on Friday, February 14, where the judge will determine whether Rocky walks free or faces years behind bars. Possible Outcomes: If Rocky proves his case, he could walk away with minimal or no penalties. If his defense falls short, he faces up to 24 years in prison. There’s also a possibility of a settlement, though that remains uncertain. The music and fashion industries are watching closely. Rihanna’s unwavering support for Rocky signals that whatever the verdict may be, she remains firmly by his side.

---

- Published: 2025-02-14
- Modified: 2025-02-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/aws-whoami-attack-ami-name-confusion/
- Categories: News, Technology

A newly discovered security vulnerability in Amazon Web Services (AWS) exposes customers to potential attacks simply through the way they retrieve Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). Dubbed "whoAMI," this attack, first identified by researchers at DataDog, manipulates AMI selection mechanisms to allow attackers to execute malicious code within an AWS account—without breaching it. Attack Exploits a Flaw in AMI Selection AMIs are preconfigured virtual machines that power EC2 instances in AWS. They can be either public or private, with each having a unique identifier. Users rely on these images to spin up cloud-based virtual servers. However, the "whoAMI" attack takes advantage of a common misconfiguration when retrieving AMIs. Some organizations fail to specify an AMI owner in their selection process, allowing attackers to insert malicious AMIs with names similar to trusted ones. The risk increases when automated scripts or infrastructure-as-code tools like Terraform select the most recently published AMI without verifying its source. A few key vulnerabilities make this attack possible: Using the ec2:DescribeImages API without specifying an owner Relying on wildcards to select AMIs instead of specific IDs Terraform's "most_recent=true" option automatically choosing the newest AMI that matches the filter criteria If a system is configured this way, it could end up selecting an AMI published by an attacker instead of a legitimate one. The malicious AMI then executes unauthorized code, potentially compromising the entire cloud environment. Attackers Don't Need Access to Targeted AWS Accounts This attack method is particularly dangerous because the attacker doesn’t need to breach an AWS account. Instead, they just need an AWS account of their own to upload a compromised AMI into the public AMI catalog. Here’s how an attacker could take advantage of this loophole: Publish an AMI with a name similar to those used by trusted sources. Wait for automated scripts or infrastructure tools to select it based on name patterns. If the victim’s system is configured to retrieve the most recent AMI, it could unknowingly pick the attacker's version. DataDog estimates that around 1% of organizations they monitor are vulnerable to this attack, but the real number of affected AWS accounts is likely in the thousands. Amazon's Response and Security Fixes Amazon confirmed the vulnerability in internal, non-production systems after being alerted by DataDog researchers. The company released a fix on September 19, 2024, but noted that customers still need to take action on their end to protect their accounts. To mitigate the risk of a "whoAMI" attack, AWS introduced a new security feature called "Allowed AMIs" on December 1, 2024. This feature enables customers to create an allowlist of trusted AMI providers, preventing unapproved images from being used. Amazon has also provided the following recommendations: Always specify AMI owners when using the "ec2:DescribeImages" API. Enable the "Allowed AMIs" feature to restrict AMI selection to trusted sources. Use AWS Audit Mode to identify untrusted AMIs and switch to Enforcement Mode to block them. For Terraform users, version 5. 77, released in November 2024, now issues warnings when "most_recent=true" is used without an owner filter. Stricter enforcement is planned for Terraform 6. 0. How to Check if Your AWS Account is at Risk Security teams should immediately review their AWS configurations and update their scripts to ensure safe AMI retrieval. Key areas to audit include: Terraform configurations AWS CLI commands API calls made via Python Boto3 and Go AWS SDK To make it easier for organizations to detect compromised AMIs, DataDog has also released an open-source scanner on GitHub. The tool scans AWS accounts for EC2 instances running from untrusted AMIs. For customers relying on AMIs in production, the key takeaway is clear: don’t trust AMIs without verifying their source. AWS has provided the necessary security tools, but the final responsibility lies with customers to ensure their environments are properly configured.

---

- Published: 2025-02-13
- Modified: 2025-02-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/stablecoins-blockchain-growth-coinbase-investment/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The blockchain industry is evolving faster than most people realize, and at the heart of that growth is stablecoins. While they might not grab headlines like Bitcoin or Ethereum, their influence on the digital asset space is undeniable. And for companies like Coinbase, that could mean big opportunities. The Growing Influence of Stablecoins Stablecoins have quietly become one of the most important aspects of blockchain development. Unlike volatile cryptocurrencies, these digital assets are pegged to traditional currencies like the U. S. dollar, providing a level of stability that makes them more practical for everyday use. But they’re more than just a bridge between crypto and fiat. The total market capitalization of stablecoins has surged past $150 billion, with USDT (Tether) and USDC (Circle) leading the charge. As demand for decentralized finance (DeFi), cross-border payments, and on-chain transactions grows, stablecoins are cementing their role as the backbone of the crypto economy. One sentence to highlight their impact? Major financial institutions, including PayPal, Visa, and Mastercard, are integrating stablecoins into their services, signaling their long-term viability. Why This Matters for Coinbase Coinbase (COIN 3. 00%) isn’t just a trading platform anymore—it’s a key player in the digital finance ecosystem. And stablecoins could be a significant revenue driver for the company. Here’s why: Interest revenue: Coinbase earns interest on USDC reserves. As interest rates remain high, this revenue stream is more lucrative than ever. Transaction fees: Every time users move stablecoins on the platform, Coinbase collects a fee, adding to its bottom line. Institutional adoption: More businesses and financial institutions are using stablecoins, increasing trading volume and activity on Coinbase’s network. If stablecoin usage continues to grow, Coinbase stands to benefit in a big way. Is Coinbase a Good Investment Right Now? With all this momentum, should investors jump into Coinbase stock? That’s where things get tricky. The Motley Fool recently left Coinbase off its latest “Top 10 Stocks” list, despite recognizing the potential in blockchain. Instead, the advisory service has identified other companies they believe could deliver higher returns in the coming years. A look at history shows why these recommendations matter. For example, when Nvidia was added to this list in 2005, a $1,000 investment would be worth over $800,000 today. That kind of growth is what Stock Advisor looks for—stocks with strong fundamentals and long-term potential. That doesn’t mean Coinbase won’t perform well, but investors should weigh its risks and rewards carefully. The Bigger Picture for Blockchain and Crypto The blockchain sector is still young, and stablecoins are playing a critical role in its evolution. Whether it’s remittances, decentralized finance, or digital payments, their adoption is only increasing. For Coinbase, this presents both an opportunity and a challenge. The company is well-positioned to capitalize on the growth of stablecoins, but competition is fierce. Other exchanges, DeFi platforms, and even traditional financial institutions are all eyeing the same prize. In the end, the future of blockchain won’t be defined by any single player, but stablecoins are undoubtedly shaping what comes next.

---

- Published: 2025-02-13
- Modified: 2025-02-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/zklend-crypto-hack-9-million-ethereum-smart-contract-exploit/
- Categories: News, Crypto

A major security breach has shaken decentralized lending platform zkLend, with hackers siphoning off 3,600 Ethereum (ETH), worth approximately $9. 5 million, after exploiting a flaw in its smart contract. The attack, which unfolded on Tuesday afternoon, is yet another reminder of the vulnerabilities lurking within the DeFi ecosystem. How the Hack Unfolded zkLend, a decentralized money-market protocol built on Starknet, a Layer 2 Ethereum scaling solution, reported a cybersecurity incident via its official X (formerly Twitter) account. Soon after, security experts began dissecting what had gone wrong. According to the EthSecurity Telegram channel, the attackers leveraged a rounding error in zkLend's smart contract mint function. This seemingly minor flaw allowed them to manipulate the system to generate excess tokens and withdraw significantly more funds than they deposited. The attackers exploited the "lending_accumulator" mechanism, inflating it to a precise figure: 4. 069297906051644020. They deposited 4. 069297906051644021 wrapped staked Ethereum (wstETH), received 2 wei in return, then withdrew a manipulated amount—6. 103946859077466029 wstETH—essentially expanding a minuscule deposit into a multi-million-dollar theft. The entire scheme relied on the contract’s inability to handle fractional computations properly, an all-too-common pitfall in DeFi security. This is the latest in a long line of smart contract exploits that have plagued the decentralized finance (DeFi) sector, where small miscalculations can be the difference between stability and disaster. Starkware Distances Itself from the Incident Starkware, the developer behind the Starknet network on which zkLend operates, was quick to clarify that the exploit was not due to a flaw in Starknet’s underlying technology. Instead, the vulnerability was specific to zkLend’s smart contract, making it an application-level issue. This distinction is important because Layer 2 networks like Starknet are designed to enhance Ethereum’s scalability, but they don't necessarily guarantee security at the application level. Projects building on these platforms still need to rigorously test their smart contracts for potential weaknesses. Failed Money Laundering Attempt In the aftermath of the hack, the attackers tried to obscure their tracks. Blockchain analytics firm Cyvers revealed that the stolen ETH was funneled into the RailGun privacy protocol, a service often used for laundering illicit funds. However, the transaction was blocked due to RailGun’s protocol policies, preventing the attackers from immediately cashing out their stolen assets. This raises questions about whether blockchain-based privacy protocols are tightening their controls in response to increased scrutiny from regulators. While DeFi champions the ethos of decentralization, it also presents an ongoing battle between privacy and security. zkLend’s Offer: 90% Back, No Questions Asked Rather than immediately pursuing legal action, zkLend has opted for a strategy seen before in crypto hacks: offering the attacker a deal. The company sent an on-chain message to the hacker, urging them to return 90% of the stolen funds (3,300 ETH) in exchange for immunity. "We understand that you are responsible for today’s attack on zkLend. You may keep 10% of the funds as a whitehat bounty and send back the remaining 90%, or 3,300 ETH to be exact, to this Ethereum address: 0xCf31e1b97790afD681723fA1398c5eAd9f69B98C," the message reads. The message makes it clear that if the hacker complies, zkLend will not pursue legal action. However, if the deadline—00:00 UTC on February 14, 2025 (7:00 PM EST on February 13)—passes without a response, the company will escalate the matter, working with law enforcement and security experts to track the attacker down. Will the Hacker Return the Money? So far, there has been no public response from the attacker, which is typical in these situations. Most hackers either attempt to launder their stolen funds or disappear entirely. However, some high-profile cases in the past have seen cybercriminals return funds after realizing that tracking stolen crypto is much easier than expected. The following outcomes are possible: The hacker returns the funds. This would signal an admission that tracking methods have improved, and escaping with stolen crypto isn’t as easy as it once was. Partial return of funds. Sometimes, attackers negotiate to keep a larger bounty in exchange for returning the majority of the stolen assets. No response at all. If the hacker remains silent past the deadline, zkLend will likely work with forensic blockchain firms to follow the money trail and attempt to identify the culprit. What This Means for DeFi Security This attack highlights the ongoing risks in decentralized finance. While DeFi platforms promise innovation and financial freedom, they also come with high security stakes. Smart contract vulnerabilities can turn a minor coding oversight into a multi-million-dollar crisis. Key Takeaways from the zkLend Hack Smart contracts remain a critical attack surface. Even well-established DeFi platforms can have hidden vulnerabilities. Hackers are getting more sophisticated. This wasn't a simple brute-force attack; it was a calculated abuse of an arithmetic flaw. Privacy protocols are under pressure. RailGun blocking the laundered funds suggests that crypto mixers and privacy networks are tightening their restrictions. Bounty deals are becoming common. More projects are opting to offer hackers a percentage of stolen funds rather than fight a lengthy legal battle. The coming days will reveal whether zkLend's offer to the hacker will work—or if this is just another unsolved heist in the ever-growing list of DeFi security breaches.

---

- Published: 2025-02-13
- Modified: 2025-02-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/custom-body-pillow-cases-benefits-and-where-to-buy/
- Categories: News, Lifestyle

Personalizing your space isn’t just about furniture and decor—it’s also about comfort. And if you're still using generic pillowcases that don’t reflect your style, you might be missing out. Custom body pillow cases are a simple yet impactful way to add personality to your space while boosting relaxation. Why the Right Body Pillow Case Matters A body pillow is more than just an oversized cushion—it’s a sleep and relaxation essential. But the case you put on it can make all the difference. A good cover does more than just protect your pillow from dust and spills. It enhances the way your pillow feels, improves sleep quality, and adds a personal touch to your space. Imagine sinking into a pillow covered in fabric that feels just right, with colors and patterns that match your mood. It’s a small detail that changes how you experience rest. Material choice is key. Breathable fabrics like cotton keep things cool, while softer options like microfiber or bamboo bring a plush feel. Rougher fabrics? They can turn a cozy pillow into an irritation. And if you’re someone who loves a clean space, going for a machine-washable option is the smart move. The Unexpected Benefits of Body Pillows Most people think of body pillows as just another piece of bedding. But for many, they’re a must-have for comfort, support, and even health benefits. Spinal Alignment & Joint Relief: A well-placed body pillow supports your spine, easing pressure on your hips and shoulders. It’s a game-changer for side sleepers. Better Sleep for Expecting Mothers: Pregnancy comes with a lot of discomfort. A supportive body pillow can ease pressure on the lower back and hips, making rest a little easier. Pain Management & Recovery: If you’re healing from an injury, the right pillow can take pressure off sensitive areas, making sleep less painful. Snoring & Sleep Apnea Support: Sleeping on your side is often recommended for snorers. A body pillow helps keep you in position, reducing airway obstruction. Stress Reduction: Hugging a body pillow has a calming effect, much like a weighted blanket. It’s a small comfort that can lower anxiety levels. And of course, they’re great for lounging too. Whether you're reading, watching TV, or just winding down, a body pillow adds a level of comfort that smaller pillows can’t match. Making It Personal: Designing a Custom Body Pillow Case So, you’ve got the body pillow—now it’s time to make it your own. But what goes into a great custom pillowcase? 1. Size & FitIt seems obvious, but getting the right dimensions is key. A case that’s too big will bunch up, and one that’s too tight won’t fit properly. 2. Fabric Choice Cotton & Bamboo: Breathable and soft, great for all seasons. Microfiber & Polyester Blends: Durable and wrinkle-resistant. Silk & Satin: Luxurious feel with cooling properties. 3. Design & AestheticsThink about what makes you happy. Bright colors? Minimalist patterns? A favorite quote? Your pillowcase should reflect your personality while complementing your space. 4. FunctionalityA zippered case makes for easy removal and washing. If you’re prone to allergies, hypoallergenic materials are worth considering. Where to Buy or Create Custom Pillow Cases The demand for personalized bedding has made custom pillowcases more accessible than ever. There are several ways to get exactly what you want: Online Custom Shops: Websites like Vograce. com let you design your own cases with custom prints, colors, and fabrics. Print-on-Demand Services: Etsy and Redbubble offer customizable designs from independent artists. DIY Fabric Stores: Some local fabric shops provide custom sewing services, letting you create a one-of-a-kind piece. For those who enjoy hands-on projects, making your own pillowcase can be a fun and rewarding experience. With the right fabric and a simple sewing pattern, you can create something truly unique. Why Vograce. com Is Gaining Popularity Vograce. com has been making waves in the custom bedding space, and for good reason. Unlike mass-produced options, they offer: User-Friendly Customization: Their platform lets you tweak designs with ease. High-Quality Materials: A range of fabric choices ensures comfort. Detailed Printing: Vibrant, long-lasting colors bring designs to life. Excellent Customer Support: Their team helps guide customers through the design process. For those looking to turn a simple body pillow into a personalized statement piece, Vograce has positioned itself as a top choice. The Bottom Line The right pillowcase does more than just cover your pillow—it enhances your comfort, sleep quality, and personal space. And with customization options, your pillowcase can be as unique as you are. Investing in a quality, personalized body pillow case might seem like a small change, but it’s one that makes a noticeable difference in everyday relaxation. After all, if you’re going to spend hours curled up with a pillow, why not make it something special?

---

- Published: 2025-02-12
- Modified: 2025-02-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-etf-speculation-cardano-litecoin-dogecoin-price-rally/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Hopes for new cryptocurrency spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs) sent the prices of Cardano (ADA), Litecoin (LTC), and Dogecoin (DOGE) soaring today. Analysts and investors are betting that regulatory approvals for these ETFs could open the door to mainstream adoption, following the success of Bitcoin and Ethereum spot ETFs. Rising Expectations for Crypto ETFs The biggest driver behind today’s crypto rally? ETF speculation. Bloomberg Intelligence analysts have increased their odds of seeing spot ETFs for Litecoin and Dogecoin, while investment giant Grayscale just filed to list a Cardano ETF on the New York Stock Exchange. Spot ETFs differ from futures-based ETFs by actually holding the underlying cryptocurrency, making them more attractive to institutional and retail investors. Their approval could lead to billions of dollars flowing into these assets, just as happened with Bitcoin and Ethereum when they received their own spot ETFs. James Seyffart, a leading ETF analyst at Bloomberg Intelligence, sees a 90% chance of a Litecoin ETF and a 75% chance for a Dogecoin ETF in the coming months. His track record? Spot on—he correctly predicted the approval of Bitcoin ETFs earlier this year. "We’re expecting filings for Litecoin, Solana, XRP, and Dogecoin to be acknowledged very soon," Seyffart said. "Had the Democrats still controlled Congress, the odds of any approval would have been close to zero, but the shift in leadership has changed everything. " Trump Administration’s Pro-Crypto Stance Plays a Role Former President Donald Trump’s return to office has significantly altered the regulatory landscape for cryptocurrencies. His administration’s pro-crypto stance has renewed optimism that the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) will ease restrictions on new digital asset investments. Paul Atkins, Trump’s nominee to lead the SEC, is well known for his crypto-friendly views. A former commissioner at the agency, Atkins recently led a financial consulting firm specializing in digital assets. However, his confirmation process isn’t expected to be complete until April, which could delay official approvals. Still, investors are already betting on regulatory clarity leading to wider institutional adoption. The possibility of major financial firms launching crypto spot ETFs has fueled excitement, pushing prices higher across select digital assets. How Much Have Prices Moved? Crypto markets have responded sharply to the latest developments: Cryptocurrency % Change (24h) Current Price Cardano (ADA) +12. 5% $0. 76 Litecoin (LTC) +5. 0% $75. 32 Dogecoin (DOGE) +1. 5% $0. 087 Cardano has led the charge, likely due to Grayscale’s ETF filing. Investors see the move as a strong endorsement of ADA’s long-term potential. Why ETFs Matter for Crypto Prices If approved, these ETFs could be a game-changer for Cardano, Litecoin, and Dogecoin. Bitcoin and Ethereum have already seen massive inflows since their spot ETFs launched, making them more accessible to investors who prefer traditional financial products over direct crypto trading. Here’s why spot ETFs are so important: Increased Liquidity: ETFs provide an easier way for investors to gain exposure without navigating crypto exchanges. Institutional Involvement: Big money players, including hedge funds and pension funds, can invest in ETFs, boosting demand. Regulatory Legitimacy: A green light from the SEC signals broader acceptance of crypto as an asset class. Bitcoin’s spot ETF approval earlier this year led to record inflows of over $10 billion in just a few months. Analysts expect similar outcomes if Litecoin and Dogecoin receive the same treatment. What’s Next for Crypto Investors? The crypto market remains highly speculative, but today's price movements show just how much influence regulatory news can have. Traders and investors should keep an eye on the following: SEC announcements: Any updates regarding the status of ETF applications. Congressional hearings: How lawmakers discuss digital asset regulation. Market sentiment shifts: If ETF approvals seem likely, prices could continue climbing. As of now, excitement is running high. If crypto ETFs for Cardano, Litecoin, and Dogecoin move forward, we could see another major rally in digital assets.

---

- Published: 2025-02-12
- Modified: 2025-02-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-kb5051974-windows-10-update-outlook-bug-fixes/
- Categories: News, Technology

Microsoft has rolled out the KB5051974 cumulative update for Windows 10 users, bringing a mix of mandatory security patches, bug fixes, and an automatic installation of the new Outlook for Windows app. This update applies to Windows 10 versions 22H2 and 21H2, ensuring users stay up to date with the latest improvements. New Outlook App Arrives—Whether You Want It or Not One of the more noticeable changes in this update is the automatic addition of the new Outlook for Windows app. Microsoft has included it in the update without giving users a choice to opt out. After installation, a new app icon will appear in the Start menu under the Apps section, right next to the classic Outlook. For individual users, this change might not be a big deal, but IT administrators managing enterprise environments might want to review Microsoft’s guidance on controlling the installation and use of the new Outlook. While there are no changes to existing email settings or defaults, the presence of a second Outlook app could cause some confusion. Security Patches Make This Update Mandatory Unlike optional feature updates, KB5051974 is a required update, as it includes Microsoft's January 2025 Patch Tuesday security fixes. This means Windows users cannot avoid it. You can manually check for the update by going to Settings > Windows Update and selecting Check for Updates. However, if you don't install it manually, Windows will eventually install it on its own. To minimize disruption, users can schedule a restart at a convenient time. Once installed, the update bumps Windows 10 22H2 to build 19045. 5487 and Windows 10 21H2 to build 19044. 5487. Fixes for Memory Leaks, Snipping Tool, and USB Issues Microsoft has addressed several annoying bugs in this release. Here are some of the key fixes: Snipping Tool Freezes: A bug causing the Capture Service and Snipping Tool to stop responding when users repeatedly press Windows + Shift + S while Narrator is enabled has been fixed. Virtual Memory Drain: A virtual memory issue that was causing certain apps to crash due to depletion of resources has been resolved. USB Audio Problems: Users with USB audio devices relying on DAC (Digital-to-Analog Converter) drivers, particularly those based on USB 1. 0, were experiencing connection failures. This issue has now been patched. Chinese Pinyin IME Adjustments: Bing will no longer offer automatic suggestions in search boxes for engines like Baidu. Users can still access manual suggestions by pressing Ctrl + Tab or using the chevron button (>). USB Camera Detection: Some users found that their devices failed to recognize when a USB camera was turned on after installing the January 2025 security update. This has now been fixed. Known Issues That Still Persist While the KB5051974 update fixes several bugs, some lingering issues remain. Microsoft has acknowledged three known problems that users might encounter after installing this update: OpenSSH Connection Failures: The SSHD service may fail to start automatically, preventing OpenSSH connections. Users will need to manually start the service as a workaround. Citrix Update Conflicts: Devices running Citrix Session Recording Agent (SRA) version 2411 may fail to install Windows updates from January 2025 onward. A workaround involves stopping the Session Recording Monitoring service before installing the update and then restarting it afterward. Windows Event Viewer Error (Event 7023): Some users may see an error in Event Viewer related to SgrmBroker. exe, even though Microsoft has confirmed that it does not affect any system functionality. Should You Install the Update Manually? For those who prefer to take control of their updates rather than waiting for automatic installation, KB5051974 can be downloaded manually from the Microsoft Update Catalog. This is especially useful for IT professionals or users managing multiple devices. Here's a quick breakdown of the key details for Windows 10 users: Feature Details Update Name KB5051974 (Cumulative Update) Release Date January 2025 Applies To Windows 10 22H2, Windows 10 21H2 New Features Installs new Outlook app, security fixes Bug Fixes Snipping Tool freeze, USB audio, virtual memory leak Known Issues OpenSSH fails to start, Citrix update conflicts, Event Viewer error Installation Method Automatic (mandatory) or manual via Windows Update While the update brings necessary security improvements, some users may find the forced installation of the new Outlook app unwelcome. For IT teams, the Citrix and SSH issues may require additional troubleshooting. Microsoft is expected to address the remaining bugs in future updates.

---

- Published: 2025-02-12
- Modified: 2025-02-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-new-music-valentines-day/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Selena Gomez is making her grand return to music just in time for Valentine's Day. The singer, who has been focusing on acting and personal projects, is set to release a new single this Friday—marking the end of her four-year break from the music industry. A Surprise Drop Ahead of the BAFTAs According to The Sun, Gomez is keeping things under wraps but will reportedly unveil the secret single just days before she competes for Best Supporting Actress at the BAFTAs. Her performance in Emilia Pérez has already made waves, and now she’s adding to the excitement with new music. This will be her first official music release since her 2020 album Rare. Though she did release My Mind & Me in 2022, it was part of her documentary rather than a full-fledged return to her pop star roots. A Special Valentine's Day Release The timing of the release is no coincidence. Gomez is set to spend her first Valentine's Day with her fiancé, Benny Blanco. What better way to mark the occasion than by dropping a fresh track? Over the years, Gomez has built a reputation for releasing deeply personal music, often reflecting her emotional state. Fans are already speculating whether this new single will be a love song dedicated to Blanco or something completely unexpected. Will This Be Her Last Album? In the past, Gomez has hinted that she might step away from music entirely to focus on acting. She once mentioned that her next album could be her final one, a statement that left many fans disappointed. But recent developments suggest otherwise. With the upcoming single and the buzz surrounding her music, it appears Gomez isn’t quite ready to close that chapter just yet. The Emilia Pérez Controversy and Its Impact Gomez’s return to music comes at an interesting time. She recently admitted that she feels like “some of the magic has disappeared” following the controversy surrounding Emilia Pérez. While she didn’t go into details, the statement left many wondering whether she was referring to the backlash surrounding the film or the pressure of balancing multiple careers. Whatever the case, fans are ready to welcome her back with open arms. The countdown to Valentine's Day is officially on, and Gomez is about to give her audience something extra special to look forward to.

---

- Published: 2025-02-11
- Modified: 2025-02-11
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/clorox-stock-2025-buying-opportunity-dividend-growth/
- Categories: News, Finance

Clorox (CLX) has taken a hit in 2025, down over 10% year-to-date, with most of that drop coming after the company released its second-quarter fiscal results. Investors have been on a bumpy ride with this household products giant, but there’s reason to believe the worst may be behind it. With a strong dividend history and a focus on efficiency, is this recent decline a chance to buy in? Clorox’s Earnings Have Been a Roller Coaster Over the past five years, Clorox has struggled to find steady footing. It saw a massive surge in demand during the early days of the pandemic, only to miscalculate how long that boost would last. As demand normalized, Clorox found itself dealing with supply chain disruptions, rising costs, and excess inventory. On top of that, Clorox has been making costly changes to modernize its business. Back in 2021, the company launched a $560 million+ enterprise resource planning (ERP) overhaul to streamline operations. That investment is still ongoing. Meanwhile, Clorox also took major financial hits from an impairment charge in its supplements business, a pension settlement, and even a cyberattack that disrupted operations. Despite all this, Clorox is showing signs of a turnaround. The company has been focused on expanding its gross margins for nine straight quarters and is aiming for organic sales growth of 3% to 5% in 2025. Strong Dividend, But What About Growth? Clorox has long been known as a reliable dividend stock. With a current yield of 3. 3% and a track record of raising payouts for 40 consecutive years, it remains an attractive option for income-focused investors. But dividends alone aren’t enough if the company isn’t growing. Clorox has made it clear that it’s prioritizing profitability over revenue expansion. The company is working on improving margins, which could eventually lead to more stable earnings growth. Here’s a look at some key figures: Metric Value Market Cap $18B Gross Margin 44. 42% Dividend Yield 3. 3% 2025 EPS Guidance $6. 95 - $7. 35 With an adjusted price-to-earnings ratio of around 20. 4, Clorox isn’t dirt cheap, but it’s also not outrageously expensive. Clorox’s Big Spending Strategy Unlike companies that slash expenses to prop up earnings, Clorox is taking a different route. It’s actually spending more on advertising and operations to strengthen its core brands. Selling, general, and administrative (SG&A) expenses are expected to be 15% to 16% of net sales. Advertising and sales promotions will make up 11% to 11. 5% of revenue. That aggressive spending could help Clorox gain market share in its strongest product categories. However, it also puts pressure on the company to ensure that these investments pay off in the form of stronger operating margins. Can Clorox Get Back to Pre-Pandemic Profitability? One of the biggest concerns for investors is whether Clorox can return to the level of profitability it had before the pandemic. The company has successfully improved its gross margins, but operating margins remain lower than they were a few years ago. Since even a small change in operating margin can make a big difference—each percentage point equals roughly $70 million in operating income—this is something to watch closely. Clorox is betting that its ERP investment and higher advertising spend will lead to better efficiency and higher profits down the line. But it will need to prove that these efforts are more than just short-term fixes. Should You Buy Clorox Stock? For investors who believe in Clorox’s turnaround strategy, this dip in stock price could be an opportunity. The company is focusing on its strongest brands, cutting weaker segments, and making long-term investments in efficiency. If these moves work as planned, Clorox could emerge as a leaner, more profitable company. The reliable dividend is also a nice cushion while waiting for the business to stabilize. But for those looking for strong revenue growth, Clorox might not be the best bet—at least not yet. One thing is clear: Clorox’s turnaround isn’t over. But if management executes well, long-term investors could benefit from the company’s efforts to get back on track.

---

- Published: 2025-02-11
- Modified: 2025-02-11
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-investors-avoid-ico-presales/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Solana (SOL) investors know the highs and lows of the crypto world all too well. Some days, it feels like a ticket to wealth. Other times, it’s a one-way trip to financial ruin. But if there’s one surefire way to burn through your investment faster than you can say “blockchain,” it’s getting lured into risky presales and initial coin offerings (ICOs). The Dangerous Appeal of ICOs and Presales Early access to a project sounds tempting, right? In traditional markets, venture capitalists make fortunes by getting in before the public. They grab cheap shares and cash out when the company goes public. But here’s the key difference: the stock market has regulations, oversight, and legal protections. ICOs? Not so much. Without watchdogs like the SEC in place, ICOs on Solana and other blockchains are a breeding ground for scams. You might think you're buying into the next big thing. In reality, you’re often just handing money to someone who disappears into the digital abyss. Some projects play on the latest hype—AI, Web3, or whatever’s trending on crypto Twitter. They might not be outright scams, but that doesn’t mean they’re good investments. Others, especially meme coins, are even worse. Their entire business model is built on hype, not substance. Why Most ICOs Are a One-Way Ticket to Losses Let’s break it down. Imagine you put money into an ICO presale: The creators need to hype the token before launch. They count on influencers and social media buzz to keep demand high. Early buyers dump their holdings once the price spikes. New investors are left holding the bag as the price crashes. It’s not just speculation—it’s a well-oiled machine designed to separate hopeful investors from their money. Some tokens never even make it to an exchange, and those that do often plummet in value within days. One study found that nearly 80% of ICOs in recent years were scams. Even the legitimate ones struggle to gain traction. Solana’s Strengths Make ICOs Even Less Appealing Here’s the irony: Solana itself is already a strong investment. Unlike random ICOs, Solana has a massive market cap of nearly $100 billion. It sees billions in daily trading volume, and its ecosystem is expanding with real-world applications. Some key developments boosting Solana’s outlook: Governmental adoption: Several countries are exploring Solana-based projects. Meme coin popularity: Celebrity endorsements and viral trends have driven interest. Potential ETFs: A Solana-based exchange-traded fund could bring in institutional money. With these catalysts in play, why take unnecessary risks? Holding Solana itself is a far safer bet than gambling on unproven ICOs. The Smarter Way to Invest in Solana If you’re set on maximizing returns with Solana, consider these strategies instead of chasing ICOs: Staking SOL: Earn passive income by staking your holdings. Investing in established projects: Look at protocols already thriving on Solana. Following institutional moves: Watch where big players are putting their money. Not every new project is a scam, but the odds are rarely in your favor. The best approach? Stick with Solana, avoid get-rich-quick schemes, and think long-term.

---

- Published: 2025-02-11
- Modified: 2025-02-11
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/taylor-swift-leaves-new-orleans-after-chiefs-super-bowl-loss/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Taylor Swift made a swift exit from New Orleans following the Kansas City Chiefs’ devastating 40-22 loss to the Philadelphia Eagles in Super Bowl 2025. The pop icon, who had been in town to support her boyfriend, Chiefs’ tight end Travis Kelce, was spotted boarding a private jet on Monday, sparking curiosity about her next move. A Hushed Departure Under Umbrella Cover Swift’s departure was anything but grand. She was shielded from the cameras by several black umbrellas as she made her way onto the aircraft. Even so, keen-eyed photographers managed to capture glimpses of her casual attire—distressed blue jeans, red loafers, and tan socks. Her team trailed closely behind, carrying essentials, including a bag of snacks and, interestingly, cat litter. It’s a detail that has fans speculating whether one of her beloved cats was also on board. The flight’s destination? Nashville, Tennessee—a city deeply tied to Swift’s roots and career. A-List Company in a $3 Million VIP Suite Before her departure, Swift was seen in a luxury VIP suite at Caesars Superdome, reportedly worth $3 million. She was joined by an elite entourage that included rapper Ice Spice, close friend and stylist Ashley Avignone, and the Haim sisters—Este, Alana, and Danielle. During the game, she was visibly engaged, leaning over the suite’s railing as the Chiefs struggled against the Eagles. With Philadelphia taking an early lead, the mood in her suite likely shifted from hopeful excitement to disappointment as the night unfolded. More Than Just a Fan—A Season-Long Supporter Swift’s presence at Chiefs games has been a recurring storyline throughout the season. Her appearances have sparked debate, with some football fans embracing her as a good-luck charm while others grumble about the attention she brings to the sport. Her high-profile relationship with Kelce has also led to speculation about its impact on both their careers. Despite occasional backlash from die-hard sports fans, Swift’s unwavering support for Kelce suggests that their connection goes beyond just game-day appearances. What’s Next for Swift? With the Super Bowl behind her, Swift’s schedule remains packed. She’s expected to resume her Eras Tour soon, which has already shattered records worldwide. Nashville could be a temporary stop to regroup before hitting the road again. • Her next scheduled tour stop is in Australia, where fans are eagerly anticipating sold-out shows. • Rumors are swirling about new music in the works, possibly inspired by her whirlwind year. • Kelce’s offseason plans remain uncertain, but whether or not Swift will join him for a getaway remains to be seen. For now, Swift’s New Orleans exit marks the end of a high-profile weekend—one filled with football, celebrity sightings, and another viral moment in the ongoing saga of Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce.

---

- Published: 2025-02-10
- Modified: 2025-02-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-ethereum-etf-approval-crypto-investment/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The cryptocurrency market is heating up again, and this time, Bitcoin and Ethereum are at the center of a fresh investment opportunity. A proposed exchange-traded fund (ETF) that bundles the two major cryptocurrencies is making its way through regulatory hurdles. If approved, it could trigger another wave of institutional investment, pushing prices higher. A Bitcoin-Ethereum ETF Moves One Step Closer The U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) recently took a crucial step toward approving a combined Bitcoin and Ethereum ETF. Bitwise Asset Management submitted the proposal, and on January 30, the SEC granted preliminary approval. While a final decision is still pending, the move signals a growing willingness to integrate cryptocurrency into mainstream finance. ETFs have already had a notable impact on crypto prices. When Bitcoin ETFs first launched in early 2024, they attracted billions of dollars in capital. Ethereum followed with its own ETF approvals in mid-2024, but the impact on its price was less pronounced. The proposed blended ETF, which would allocate funds based on the market capitalization of each asset, could introduce a new dynamic, offering investors diversified exposure to both assets in a single product. What This Means for Bitcoin and Ethereum Prices The market's response to the ETF news has been swift. Within days of the announcement, existing Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs recorded inflows exceeding $655 million. Institutional investors are clearly preparing for the possibility of a new vehicle that could simplify cryptocurrency investment for traditional finance participants. While Bitcoin dominates in market cap and will likely be the heavier component in the ETF, Ethereum’s inclusion provides an interesting angle. Unlike Bitcoin, which is primarily seen as a store of value, Ethereum has a wider range of use cases, particularly in decentralized finance (DeFi) and smart contracts. A combined ETF could attract investors who see long-term value in both assets but prefer the simplicity of a single fund. Bitcoin remains the dominant force: With a market capitalization of around $1. 9 trillion, Bitcoin’s share in the ETF will be larger, giving it stronger price support. Ethereum offers upside potential: At $317 billion in market cap, Ethereum represents a smaller but potentially more dynamic part of the investment. New money could enter the market: ETFs make it easier for pension funds, mutual funds, and conservative investors to gain exposure without directly managing crypto assets. Historical Lessons: ETFs Don’t Guarantee Immediate Gains While ETF approval can bring more attention to cryptocurrency, it doesn’t always lead to immediate price spikes. Looking at past approvals, Bitcoin and Ethereum prices have moved unpredictably. For instance, Bitcoin ETFs launched in January 2024, yet the price fluctuated for months before seeing sustained growth. Ethereum’s first ETFs came in July 2024, but the price remained volatile, showing no immediate reaction. The pattern suggests that while ETFs are useful for long-term adoption, they aren’t instant triggers for massive rallies. Cryptocurrency ETF Approval Date Immediate Price Reaction Long-Term Impact Bitcoin Jan 2024 Fluctuated for months Gradual price increase Ethereum Jul 2024 Minimal short-term impact Long-term stability So, while the new ETF could bring fresh interest, it’s important for investors to keep expectations in check. A Sensible Approach to Investing in Bitcoin and Ethereum For those considering adding to their Bitcoin and Ethereum holdings, the ETF approval presents an interesting opportunity—but not one that should lead to reckless decision-making. Don’t invest more than you can afford to lose. Consider a long-term approach rather than trying to time the market. Recognize that ETFs make crypto investing easier but don’t guarantee massive price jumps. If anything, this development highlights how cryptocurrency continues to integrate with traditional finance. While ETFs won’t single-handedly drive Bitcoin and Ethereum prices sky-high overnight, they represent another step toward mainstream acceptance—and that’s worth watching.

---

- Published: 2025-02-10
- Modified: 2025-02-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/kendrick-lamar-super-bowl-2025-performance-drake-serena-williams/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Kendrick Lamar didn't just perform at the Super Bowl 2025 Halftime Show—he made a statement. Taking over the Caesars Superdome on February 9, the Compton rapper delivered a high-energy set packed with hits, surprise guests, and some unmistakable jabs at his longtime rival, Drake. Fans were already buzzing before the show, but no one could have predicted just how far Lamar would go to turn this into one of the most talked-about halftime performances in years. A Hit-Filled Spectacle with a Message Lamar wasted no time bringing the energy, opening with some of his biggest tracks, including HUMBLE. and Squabble Up. Dressed in an all-black ensemble with his signature intensity, he commanded the stage with the kind of effortless precision that has cemented him as one of hip-hop’s greatest. Midway through the set, SZA joined him, as previously announced, to perform two tracks. But the moment that left jaws on the floor was his closing act—an explosive rendition of Not Like Us, the diss track that dominated conversations in 2024 after targeting Drake. “I want to play their favorite song, but you know they love to sue," Lamar said just before launching into the Grammy-winning track, a clear reference to Drake’s legal battle with his own label, Universal Music Group (UMG). Lyrics Tweaked but the Message Was Loud and Clear Lamar made a small but noticeable adjustment during Not Like Us. One particular word—“pedophile”—was absent from the performance, despite being part of the original version. While some fans speculated it was a move to avoid network censorship, others saw it as a strategic way to maintain the song’s sting without crossing a certain line. Yet, even with that omission, the performance was anything but toned down. His delivery was razor-sharp, his body language filled with intent, and the crowd’s energy only seemed to amplify with every verse. The song has been one of the biggest cultural moments in hip-hop over the past year, and performing it on a stage as grand as the Super Bowl only cemented its impact. Serena Williams Joins the Show in a Surprising Twist If there was any doubt that Lamar had Drake on his mind, it vanished the moment Serena Williams appeared on stage. The tennis legend, who had a brief romance with Drake in 2011, danced alongside Lamar as he performed. The crowd erupted, realizing the significance of her presence. Though Williams didn’t directly reference her past with Drake, the visual of her standing next to Lamar while he performed a song widely recognized as a diss track aimed at the Canadian rapper sent the internet into a frenzy. This moment was yet another layer to the ongoing back-and-forth between Lamar and Drake, proving that even the halftime show wasn’t off-limits when it came to their rivalry. Lamar’s Victory Lap After a Historic Grammy Night Lamar’s Super Bowl set came just days after he dominated the 2025 Grammy Awards, where Not Like Us earned him five wins, including Record of the Year. The song had already become a cultural phenomenon, and his performance on football’s biggest night felt like a victory lap. The Kansas City Chiefs and Philadelphia Eagles may have been battling for the Lombardi Trophy, but on the music side of things, Lamar made sure the night belonged to him. The performance was an electrifying mix of artistry, spectacle, and strategic messaging—something Lamar has mastered over the years. And while Drake has yet to respond publicly, one thing is clear: Kendrick Lamar just made history at the Super Bowl, and he did it on his own terms.

---

- Published: 2025-02-10
- Modified: 2025-02-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/brave-browser-custom-scriptlets-advanced-users/
- Categories: News, Technology

Brave Browser is rolling out a new feature called "custom scriptlets" in version 1. 75 for desktop users, giving them the power to inject their own JavaScript into websites. This update brings unprecedented customization and control, putting it in the same league as TamperMonkey and GreaseMonkey, two popular browser extensions that allow users to modify web pages with custom scripts. Brave initially developed this feature to debug its ad-blocking system, but the company quickly realized its potential and decided to make it available to the public. Now, tech-savvy users can tweak their browsing experience down to the finest detail—from blocking intrusive ads to creating shortcuts that automate repetitive tasks. A Powerful Tool for Privacy and Customization With custom scriptlets, users can modify web pages in ways that go far beyond basic browser settings or extensions. The feature can be used for privacy, usability, and security improvements. Privacy Enhancements: Users can block JavaScript-based trackers, randomize fingerprinting APIs to make device tracking harder, and replace Google Analytics scripts with a harmless dummy version. Customization & Accessibility: Scriptlets can hide pop-ups, sidebars, and floating ads, force dark mode on websites, and adjust font sizes for better readability. Usability Upgrades: Websites with annoying autoplay videos? Scriptlets can disable video autoplay, force infinite scrolling, or even create custom keyboard shortcuts. Imagine having the ability to auto-expand hidden content on forums or news websites that limit visibility—without relying on third-party browser extensions. That’s the level of control Brave is handing over to its users. How Custom Scriptlets Work Brave has tucked this advanced feature behind a Developer Mode flag to prevent accidental misuse. It’s not something that appears front and center in settings—you’ll have to manually enable it. To access custom scriptlets: Open Brave and navigate to brave://settings/shields/filters. Enable Developer Mode in the Shields > Content Filtering section. Click "Add new scriptlet" to insert custom JavaScript. Once enabled, a warning box will appear before allowing scriptlets to be added, reminding users that pasting unverified code could pose security risks. Brave is making it clear—this feature is meant for those who understand JavaScript and are comfortable tweaking browser behavior without breaking websites. Similarities to TamperMonkey and GreaseMonkey For those familiar with TamperMonkey and GreaseMonkey, Brave’s scriptlets will feel right at home. Both extensions allow users to run custom scripts on specific websites, modifying how pages look and behave. Brave is bringing this native functionality directly into its browser, eliminating the need for an external add-on. One of the key advantages of Brave’s approach is integration with ad-blocking filter lists. This means users can subscribe to curated filter lists and have custom script rules applied automatically. Here’s a quick comparison of how Brave's scriptlets stack up against existing tools: Feature Brave Scriptlets TamperMonkey GreaseMonkey Native integration Yes No No Adblock filter rules Yes No No Custom JavaScript Yes Yes Yes Requires Extension No Yes Yes Security Warning Yes No No The native integration aspect is a game-changer for users who want customization without relying on third-party extensions that may have privacy concerns. The Risks of Running Custom Scripts As exciting as this feature is, Brave has issued a strong warning: only use scripts you fully understand and trust. Injecting unknown JavaScript into websites can introduce vulnerabilities—from breaking page functionality to opening security loopholes. Some potential risks include: Website malfunctions: Poorly written scripts could block essential site features or cause layout issues. Privacy threats: Malicious scripts could log keystrokes or steal personal data if executed without scrutiny. Browser instability: Overloading pages with scripts could slow down browsing or lead to crashes. Brave is keeping things as safe as possible by limiting scriptlet functionality to advanced users, requiring manual activation, and showing explicit warnings before allowing code injections. Final Thoughts: A Bold Move for Power Users With custom scriptlets, Brave Browser is taking a bold step toward full browsing control. While most users won’t need this feature, it’s a massive win for privacy enthusiasts, developers, and users who want to break free from restrictive website experiences. For now, Brave is making sure only power users can access this tool. But who knows? As browser customization becomes more mainstream, scriptlets could evolve into a standard feature across browsers in the future. Brave version 1. 75 is rolling out soon—ready to give its users the deepest level of website control they’ve ever had.

---

- Published: 2025-02-08
- Modified: 2025-02-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-network-issues-crypto-market-drop/
- Categories: News, Crypto

XRP wasn’t the only casualty this week. The broader crypto market took a downturn, with Bitcoin also experiencing a decline. But for XRP, a technical glitch added fuel to the fire, raising concerns about its reliability. A Network Glitch Sparks Investor Concerns A technical failure sent XRP’s underlying blockchain offline for several hours, halting its validation process. This validation is a core component of a blockchain’s security, and its disruption raised alarms. The issue required manual intervention to restore normal function. While the network eventually stabilized, the episode left investors rattled. For a cryptocurrency positioning itself as a trusted bridge for financial institutions, an outage of this nature is a setback. This isn’t the first time a crypto network has suffered downtime. But XRP’s ambitions to be a mainstream financial tool make such disruptions more damaging to its reputation. A system relied upon for global payments must inspire confidence, and this latest glitch did the opposite. Broader Market Jitters Compound the Pressure Crypto investors had more than just XRP’s network troubles to worry about. The entire market faced pressure as investors moved away from riskier assets. President Trump’s announcement of tariffs on Canadian, Mexican, and Chinese goods early in the week put investors on edge. Today, he hinted that additional tariffs could be imposed next week. Although some of the initial tariffs have been paused and negotiations appear to be underway, market sentiment remained cautious. Risk-averse behavior hit digital assets hard, with major cryptocurrencies seeing losses. Bitcoin, often viewed as the industry leader, also suffered, though its fundamentals remain strong. XRP’s Future: Growth or Overvaluation? Despite this week’s challenges, XRP has been on a remarkable run in 2024. The token’s value has surged, driven by optimism about its role in transforming cross-border payments. Investors believe XRP can facilitate cheaper and faster transactions between banks and institutions. This vision aligns with broader trends in fintech, where traditional banking rails are increasingly being challenged by digital alternatives. But there are lingering questions. The token’s current market capitalization stands at $136. 3 billion, a figure that some argue is disconnected from the real-world value it can generate. While XRP has partnerships with banks and payment firms, translating those deals into sustained adoption remains a work in progress. If the goal is long-term crypto investing, Bitcoin appears to offer a more stable play. It has stood the test of time and maintained its role as a store of value, even amid market volatility. XRP’s potential is undeniable, but investors must weigh whether its price today reflects what it can truly deliver in the years ahead.

---

- Published: 2025-02-08
- Modified: 2025-02-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/hpe-data-breach-russian-hackers-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE) is informing employees that their personal data was stolen in a May 2023 cyberattack orchestrated by Russian state-sponsored hackers. The attack, which targeted HPE’s Office 365 email system, led to the unauthorized access of sensitive employee information, including Social Security numbers, credit card details, and driver’s licenses. According to filings with the Attorney General offices in New Hampshire and Massachusetts, HPE began sending breach notification letters last month to at least 16 affected individuals. The company confirmed that it had started notifying victims on January 29, 2025, as part of its legal obligations. Russian Hackers Behind the Attack The cyberattack has been linked to Cozy Bear, also known as Midnight Blizzard, APT29, and Nobelium. This hacking group is believed to be part of Russia’s Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) and has previously executed high-profile breaches, including the 2020 SolarWinds supply chain attack. HPE initially disclosed the breach in an SEC filing on January 29, 2024, revealing that it was first notified of the intrusion on December 12, 2024. The company reported that hackers had infiltrated its cloud-based Office 365 email system in May 2023, using a compromised account to access and exfiltrate data. "We determined that this nation-state actor accessed and exfiltrated data beginning in May 2023 from a small percentage of HPE mailboxes belonging to individuals in our cybersecurity, go-to-market, business segments, and other functions. We believe the nation-state actor is Midnight Blizzard, also known as Cozy Bear," HPE told BleepingComputer at the time. Extent of the Breach Remains Unclear Despite confirming the attack, HPE has not provided exact figures on the number of employees affected. A company spokesperson described the breach as involving "a limited group of HPE team member mailboxes" and insisted that only the information contained in those mailboxes was compromised. HPE's forensic investigation has determined that sensitive personal information may have been accessed, prompting legal and regulatory notifications. While the company has taken steps to mitigate risks, the full scale of the breach remains uncertain. A single compromised account led to a cascading security failure. Hackers had unrestricted access to sensitive information for months before HPE was even aware of the breach. Cozy Bear’s Continued Cyber Espionage Cozy Bear has long been associated with state-backed cyber espionage efforts targeting Western corporations and government agencies. Their tactics often include spear-phishing campaigns, password spraying, and exploiting vulnerabilities in cloud-based services. In November 2024, the same group executed a password spray attack to breach Microsoft's network, gaining access to corporate email accounts and source code repositories. Cozy Bear’s activities extend beyond corporate espionage, frequently targeting government agencies, security firms, and international organizations. The group’s involvement in the SolarWinds attack demonstrated its ability to compromise supply chains and infiltrate critical infrastructure. This latest breach is yet another example of the ongoing cyber threat posed by Russian-backed hackers against U. S. businesses. A Second Breach in HPE’s SharePoint Server The Office 365 attack may not have been an isolated incident. In its SEC filing, HPE disclosed that the breach could be linked to another unauthorized access event in May 2023, where threat actors infiltrated its SharePoint server and stole files. Microsoft also warned of Cozy Bear’s activities just days before HPE’s disclosure, noting that the hackers had successfully stolen data from corporate email accounts and source code repositories. The timing suggests that multiple organizations may have been targeted simultaneously. HPE’s History of Cybersecurity Incidents This isn’t the first time HPE has been in the crosshairs of cybercriminals. The company has faced multiple security breaches over the years: Year Incident Details 2018 Chinese Hackers Attackers infiltrated HPE’s network and used the access to target its customers. 2021 Aruba Central Breach Threat actors gained unauthorized access to data repositories, exposing information about monitored devices. 2024-2025 IntelBroker Claims A hacker known as IntelBroker claimed to have stolen HPE credentials, source code, and sensitive information. While HPE has invested in strengthening its security measures, the recurrence of breaches raises concerns about its ability to protect sensitive data from persistent cyber threats. Ongoing Investigations and Response HPE has stated that it is continuing its investigation into the cyberattack and will issue additional notifications if required. The company has also pledged to work closely with law enforcement agencies to track the perpetrators and prevent further attacks. With cybersecurity threats becoming more sophisticated, organizations are facing increasing pressure to fortify their defenses. As state-backed hackers ramp up their activities, companies like HPE remain prime targets for espionage and data theft.

---

- Published: 2025-02-08
- Modified: 2025-02-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/hbo-the-last-of-us-season-2-abby-changes/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

HBO’s The Last of Us is gearing up for its second season, bringing one of the franchise’s most polarizing characters, Abby, into live-action. Fans of The Last of Us Part II know her as the muscular, battle-hardened fighter seeking revenge, but the show’s adaptation will take a different approach. And as expected, the internet has opinions. Abby’s TV Adaptation Won’t Be as Muscular as in the Game Co-showrunner Neil Druckmann recently confirmed in an interview with Entertainment Weekly that Kaitlyn Dever’s Abby won’t match the sheer muscle mass of her video game counterpart. The reason? The show’s version of the story doesn’t emphasize her physicality in the same way. Instead, the focus will remain on drama and character depth, rather than raw physical action. This revelation sparked immediate backlash. Some fans took to social media to express disappointment, arguing that Abby’s physique was a crucial aspect of her character. “What’s the point then? She had motivation to get buff. That’s part of her story,” read one widely circulated tweet. But this critique may be missing a larger point: HBO’s adaptation has never aimed to be a one-to-one recreation of the game. Why the HBO Series Doesn’t Need to Match the Game’s Action Unlike the game, where action is a necessity, the TV show thrives on tension, character dynamics, and storytelling. Video games need combat mechanics to sustain engagement, but television operates under different rules. Season one of The Last of Us was widely praised for prioritizing emotional storytelling over excessive action sequences. Consider how the show expanded Bill and Frank’s relationship or emphasized Joel’s PTSD. These choices made the world feel more grounded and human, rather than just a series of battles and stealth missions. With season two covering The Last of Us Part II, a game that is heavier on action than its predecessor, it’s natural to wonder how the show will balance drama and violence. However, fans expecting a direct adaptation of Abby’s gameplay feats—like taking down entire squads of enemies—may need to adjust their expectations. Abby’s Strength Wasn’t Just About Revenge A common argument among fans is that Abby’s bulk was directly tied to her motivation to track down and kill Joel. But in reality, her build was more about survival in a dangerous world. Growing up in a militant faction like the WLF, she needed strength to secure her place and ensure her own safety. The WLF, or Washington Liberation Front, is a faction that values combat skills, making physical prowess an advantage. In contrast, other characters like Nora and Leah held significant roles without extreme physicality. Even without Abby’s game physique, her core motivations remain intact in the show’s adaptation. Abby’s ability to kill Joel wasn’t a result of her size—it was about opportunity. The moment he was in that lodge, outnumbered, and caught off guard, his fate was sealed. Physical strength played no role in that moment, and the show doesn’t need to emphasize it for the scene to be effective. Why Abby’s Character Arc Matters More Than Her Build One of the biggest misconceptions about Abby in The Last of Us Part II is that she’s an emotionless, revenge-driven force of nature. Her muscular build contributes to that perception, making some players see her as a terminator-like figure rather than a layered character. But Abby is deeply complex—driven by guilt, self-preservation, and ultimately, redemption. Her relationships throughout the game reveal different facets of her personality: Owen makes her feel vulnerable. Mel creates insecurity. Ellie stirs guilt. Lev and Yara offer a sense of hope and purpose. For much of the game, Abby masks her emotions behind a stoic exterior, much like Ellie. But as the story unfolds, her humanity becomes more apparent. This shift is what makes The Last of Us Part II so compelling—it forces players to see the world from different perspectives, challenging their initial biases. If HBO’s adaptation places Abby and Ellie on a more equal physical playing field, it may help reinforce that they are two sides of the same coin. At its core, The Last of Us has always been about the emotional toll of violence, not just the act itself. The Focus on Drama Over Physicality Is a Smart Move Druckmann and co-showrunner Craig Mazin have repeatedly emphasized that the show will remain a character-driven drama, first and foremost. While season two will undoubtedly feature more action, every fight or violent encounter will serve a narrative purpose. And when it comes to Abby, what truly matters isn’t how many pounds she can lift, but the emotional weight she carries. Ultimately, changing Abby’s physique doesn’t strip her of what makes her a compelling character. If anything, it shifts the focus back to where it belongs: her inner turmoil, her journey toward redemption, and the cost of revenge. That’s where The Last of Us excels, and if the first season is any indication, season two will be no different.

---

- Published: 2025-02-07
- Modified: 2025-02-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/beyond-inc-buy-buy-baby-blockchain-tokenization-finance/
- Categories: News, Finance

Beyond Inc. (NYSE: BYON) just dropped a bombshell announcement that could send ripples through the financial world. The company has secured global rights to the Buy Buy Baby brand for $5 million, plans to tokenize its intellectual property (IP), and is developing LifeChain—a platform that could redefine digital asset management. But the real story isn’t just about these moves. It’s about what they signal for the future of blockchain, business, and Beyond itself. A New Playbook for Raising Capital For decades, companies have had three main ways to raise funds: issuing stock, taking on debt, or selling assets. Each of these has its drawbacks—shareholder dilution, financial risk, and loss of valuable assets. Now, Beyond is introducing a fourth option: asset tokenization. This means turning the value of an asset into digital tokens that can be traded, held, or used in unique ways. Here’s what Beyond plans to do: Create the Buy Buy Baby Token, representing part of the brand’s IP value. Distribute a portion of these tokens to current shareholders as a dividend. Offer another portion to new investors, creating a direct way to invest in the brand. Attach real-world utility to the token, including revenue-sharing and loyalty benefits across the Beyond platform. If this strategy works, it could be a game-changer for businesses sitting on underutilized assets. Imagine companies tokenizing buildings, power plants, patents, or even entire brands. It’s a way to unlock value that currently just sits on balance sheets at undervalued levels. This isn’t just a theoretical move. It’s happening now, and Beyond is leading the charge. tZERO Gains the Spotlight in Blockchain Finance For years, Beyond’s Medici Ventures investments—especially in blockchain—have gone underappreciated by the market. That may change now. One of Medici’s key holdings is tZERO, a company partly owned by Intercontinental Exchange (which operates the New York Stock Exchange). tZERO specializes in regulatory-compliant digital asset trading, and it will be at the center of Beyond’s tokenization strategy. Here’s why this matters: tZERO will handle the Buy Buy Baby tokenization, ensuring compliance with financial regulations. The token will be tradable on tZERO’s Alternative Trading System (ATS), making it accessible to investors. Beyond’s CEO, Marcus Lemonis, has stated that investors wanting to receive the token dividend must open accounts on tZERO—which could massively boost platform adoption. If this works, other companies will likely follow. That could make tZERO a key player in a multi-trillion-dollar market of asset tokenization over the next few years. LifeChain: A Digital Wallet for Everything? Beyond isn’t stopping with asset tokenization. The company is also working on LifeChain, a platform designed to unify key personal records—including birth, medical, financial, and insurance documents—into a single, secure digital wallet. The implications are enormous. Imagine a future where: You don’t need to shuffle through paperwork for medical history—it’s all in one secure place. Financial accounts and insurance policies are automatically linked, simplifying estate planning. Blockchain-backed authentication makes fraud and identity theft much harder. If LifeChain gains traction, it could make Beyond more than just a retail and blockchain player—it could turn it into a critical player in digital identity and financial services. Stock Market Reaction and What’s Next Despite the significance of this announcement, Beyond’s stock fell 3. 04% on the day, closing at $8. 94. That’s surprising given the potential upside, but it’s not uncommon for the market to take time to process groundbreaking moves. Here’s a look at Beyond’s key data: Metric Value Market Cap $412M 52-Week Range $4. 45 - $37. 10 Gross Margin 17. 92% Volume 4,082,189 With its stock trading at the low end of its 52-week range, Beyond might be an overlooked opportunity. If its tokenization model gains traction, it could significantly change how businesses think about value creation and shareholder rewards. The Bigger Picture: A Blockchain Revolution in Finance? Beyond and tZERO are doing more than just executing a business strategy—they’re pioneering a potential new era in corporate finance. If this approach works, we could see: Companies across industries tokenizing intellectual property, real estate, and other assets. A shift in shareholder rewards from traditional dividends to blockchain-based revenue-sharing models. A surge in adoption of platforms like tZERO, as businesses and investors seek regulatory-compliant ways to trade tokenized assets. This isn’t just about Beyond. It’s about the future of finance—and Beyond may have just given us a glimpse of what’s coming next.

---

- Published: 2025-02-07
- Modified: 2025-02-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-warns-viewstate-code-injection-attacks-aspnet-machine-keys/
- Categories: News, Technology

Microsoft is sounding the alarm on a growing security threat targeting web servers. Attackers are leveraging publicly available ASP. NET machine keys to launch ViewState code injection attacks, allowing them to remotely execute malicious payloads on IIS servers. The discovery, made by Microsoft Threat Intelligence experts, raises concerns about the widespread exposure of sensitive keys in online repositories. Attackers Exploit Publicly Available Machine Keys Security researchers at Microsoft have uncovered a critical flaw in how some developers handle ASP. NET validation and decryption keys. These keys are meant to secure ViewState data—used in ASP. NET Web Forms to manage state information and preserve pages—but when sourced from public documentation and repositories, they become a significant security risk. Hackers are exploiting these publicly available keys to craft malicious ViewState data, attaching a valid message authentication code (MAC) that tricks the targeted ASP. NET runtime into executing their injected code. This technique allows attackers to gain remote code execution (RCE) capabilities on IIS servers, potentially deploying additional malware or creating backdoors for persistent access. One alarming case in December 2024 involved an attacker delivering the Godzilla post-exploitation framework using a known machine key. Godzilla is a powerful tool designed for executing commands and injecting shellcode, which could be devastating for affected web servers. Microsoft Identifies Over 3,000 Exposed Machine Keys Microsoft's analysis revealed that more than 3,000 ASP. NET machine keys are publicly accessible, posing a serious threat to web applications. Unlike previous attacks that relied on stolen or compromised keys traded on dark web forums, these keys are freely available in public repositories. Many developers unknowingly integrate these keys into their software without modification, inadvertently leaving their applications vulnerable. Web servers using these exposed keys could be susceptible to silent exploitation, making it difficult for organizations to detect unauthorized access. Given the ease with which attackers can obtain and weaponize these keys, Microsoft warns that the risk of widespread attacks is significantly higher than before. How Developers Can Protect Their Web Servers To mitigate these attacks, Microsoft urges developers to adopt better security practices and implement stronger protections: Secure Key Generation: Always generate unique machine keys instead of using default or publicly available keys. Encrypt Sensitive Configuration Files: Protect the machineKey and connectionStrings sections in the web. config file to prevent plaintext exposure. Upgrade to ASP. NET 4. 8: This version includes Antimalware Scan Interface (AMSI) capabilities, helping detect and block malicious ViewState manipulations. Harden Windows Servers: Use attack surface reduction (ASR) rules, such as blocking web shell creation, to limit potential exploitation paths. Microsoft also removed machine key samples from its public documentation to prevent developers from mistakenly using insecure keys. Reinstallation May Be Necessary for Compromised Servers For organizations that suspect their web servers have been compromised through these exposed keys, Microsoft advises taking immediate action. Simply rotating the affected machine keys may not be enough if attackers have already established persistence. Investigate web-facing servers: A full security audit is necessary to check for any backdoors or unauthorized modifications. Consider reinstallation: In cases of confirmed exploitation, Microsoft strongly recommends reformatting and reinstalling the affected servers in an offline environment to fully eliminate any malicious presence. Since publicly disclosed keys are being actively exploited, companies must act fast to secure their infrastructure. Attackers are continuously scanning for vulnerable web servers, and any delay in addressing this issue could result in severe security breaches.

---

- Published: 2025-02-07
- Modified: 2025-02-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sega-scraps-football-manager-25-focuses-on-next-release/
- Categories: News, Sports

Football Manager 25 is officially scrapped. Sega and Sports Interactive confirmed the cancellation this morning in a move that stunned fans of the long-running sports simulation series. After multiple delays and growing uncertainty around its release, the developers have chosen to reset their focus on the next installment instead. A Shock Decision After Repeated Delays Football Manager 25 was initially pitched as a game-changer for the series. It was supposed to introduce a new engine, overhauled UI, and major gameplay improvements. But that vision never fully materialized. After two delays, FM25 was scheduled for release later this year—deep into the football season. This presented another problem: selling two Football Manager titles in the same calendar year, with FM26 expected not long after. For fans, it would mean paying for a game that might be outdated almost immediately. In a statement, Sports Interactive acknowledged the frustration. "We know this will come as a huge disappointment," they admitted, while confirming that all pre-orders would be refunded automatically. Why Was FM25 Canceled? The developers cited a mix of internal struggles and external challenges. While some parts of the game met expectations, the overall experience wasn’t where it needed to be. Playtesting reportedly confirmed these concerns. Unfinished Player Experience – The new interface and mechanics were not polished enough. Release Timing Issues – A March release would leave little room before FM26's expected launch. Quality Control – Releasing an unfinished product and patching it later was not an option. “We could have pressed on, released FM25 in its current state, and fixed things down the line—but that’s not the right thing to do,” the studio stated. No FM24 Player Update Either Adding to the disappointment, FM24 will not receive an updated player database. Normally, Football Manager games get a mid-season refresh reflecting real-world transfers and team changes. But that won't happen this time. Updating FM24 would require a "substantial undertaking" and divert resources from the next game. With FM25 now canceled, the studio remains firm on this decision. The Fallout and What’s Next The timing of this announcement wasn’t entirely in the studio’s hands. Sega, as a publicly traded company, had to follow financial regulations, which delayed the news by about a week. Despite the setback, Sports Interactive is adamant that the next installment will be worth the wait. They have promised “a new era” for the franchise but have not given a firm timeline for updates. For now, fans are left wondering: What will Football Manager look like when it finally returns? And will skipping a year ultimately lead to a stronger game?

---

- Published: 2025-02-06
- Modified: 2025-02-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-prices-surge-trump-friendly-regulations/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The cryptocurrency market surged today, fueled by a mix of easing economic data and growing optimism about regulatory changes under President Donald Trump. Ethereum led the way, climbing over 4%, while meme coins Dogecoin and Shiba Inu also posted gains. Ethereum Leads as Crypto Market Gains Momentum As of early afternoon trading, Ethereum (ETH) was up 4. 2%, trading above $2,800. Dogecoin (DOGE) and Shiba Inu (SHIB) also moved higher, rising 1. 7% and 5. 1%, respectively. The rally followed fresh economic data that pushed Treasury yields lower, creating a more favorable environment for risk assets, including crypto. One of the key catalysts was the Institute for Supply Management’s Services PMI report, which showed a drop to 52. 8 in January, below the expected 54. 3. While still indicating expansion, the softer number reinforced hopes that inflation is slowing, which could lead to a less aggressive Federal Reserve. Lower interest rates tend to benefit speculative assets, including cryptocurrencies. Trump’s Crypto-Friendly Shift Begins to Take Shape Regulatory uncertainty has been a major headwind for the crypto industry in recent years, but that may be changing. President Trump has long promised to turn the U. S. into a hub for digital assets, and recent moves suggest his administration is making good on that pledge. David Sacks, the newly appointed White House crypto and artificial intelligence czar, made waves with comments suggesting stablecoin legislation could be passed within the next six months. Speaking at a press event, Sacks declared, “I look forward to working with each of you in creating a golden age in digital assets. ” In another significant shift, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) reassigned Jorge Tenreiro, a top litigator known for leading enforcement actions against crypto firms. The Wall Street Journal reported that Tenreiro is being moved to a role focusing on information technology, a signal that the SEC’s hardline stance on crypto may be easing. Government Agencies Reassess Their Crypto Policies Regulatory agencies are also reevaluating their approach to digital assets. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) released hundreds of documents revealing that banks had repeatedly faced resistance when trying to offer crypto services. Acting Chairman Travis Hill acknowledged the need for change, writing, “We are actively reevaluating our supervisory approach to crypto-related activities. ” This shift in attitude matters. Under the previous administration, many crypto firms struggled with regulatory ambiguity, unsure if they were operating within legal boundaries. Now, with new leadership in place, there is a growing sense that policymakers may take a more constructive approach. Key changes include: Increased clarity on stablecoins and other digital assets A shift in enforcement priorities at the SEC Potential for banks to expand crypto offerings without fear of regulatory backlash What This Means for Crypto Investors With regulatory pressure easing and economic data suggesting lower interest rates ahead, the crypto market appears to be in a strong position. Historically, digital assets have performed well when inflation fears subside, as investors rotate into riskier growth assets. The next major test will come on Friday when the government releases January’s non-farm payrolls report. A weaker-than-expected jobs number could further reinforce the case for lower interest rates, potentially fueling another leg higher for crypto. While Ethereum, Dogecoin, and Shiba Inu all posted gains today, Ethereum remains the clear leader in terms of real-world utility. Its strong technical foundation and diverse range of use cases continue to make it a favored asset among institutional and retail investors alike. For now, the market appears to be responding positively to Trump’s regulatory shift. Whether these changes translate into sustained momentum for crypto remains to be seen, but for the moment, investors have reason to be optimistic.

---

- Published: 2025-02-06
- Modified: 2025-02-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/travis-kelce-taylor-swift-super-bowl-fashion/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Travis Kelce has finally shared his real thoughts on Taylor Swift’s stadium style, and unsurprisingly, he's a big fan. Speaking to the media during Super Bowl week, the Kansas City Chiefs tight end admitted that while he and Swift don’t exactly plan their outfits together, she always looks “the flyest” on game day. No Outfit Coordination, But Plenty of Admiration When asked whether he and Swift ever coordinate their looks before games, Kelce kept it simple. “We don’t necessarily coordinate,” he admitted. But that doesn’t mean he doesn’t appreciate her effort. “Tay’s always gonna be dressed head-to-toe looking the flyest,” he added, making it clear that Swift’s fashion choices don’t go unnoticed. Since she started attending Chiefs games in September 2023, Swift has turned stadiums into her personal runway, effortlessly blending vintage sportswear with high-end designer pieces. Whether she’s sporting Chiefs red in a retro jacket or pairing it with a luxury handbag, fans have been paying close attention to her every look. Taylor Swift’s Game-Day Fashion: A Blend of Casual and Luxe Swift’s style at NFL games has been a talking point since she first stepped into Arrowhead Stadium. Unlike other celebrity sports attendees who opt for laid-back streetwear, Swift brings a unique mix of nostalgic team gear and high-end fashion. A few standout looks from her Chiefs game appearances include: A vintage Chiefs sweatshirt styled with a pleated mini skirt and knee-high boots. A sleek black bodysuit paired with a red Chiefs windbreaker, effortlessly mixing sporty and chic. A custom Chiefs varsity jacket featuring Kelce’s jersey number, making it clear where her loyalty lies. It’s not just fans who love Swift’s football fashion—brands have taken notice too. Some of her game-day outfits have sold out within hours, proving her influence goes far beyond music. Swift’s Super Bowl Presence Confirmed As the Super Bowl approaches, speculation over Swift’s attendance has been put to rest. Kelce’s brother, Jason Kelce, confirmed in an interview with PEOPLE that Swift will be there to cheer on her boyfriend. “Yeah, I think everybody’s coming in,” Jason said when asked about family attendance. Swift’s presence at games has been a hot topic throughout the season, often making headlines as much as the games themselves. With cameras frequently cutting to her reactions in the stands, the upcoming Super Bowl is expected to be no different. The Relationship That’s Taken Over the NFL Kelce and Swift’s relationship has been a major storyline since it first became public in September 2023. From their first public sightings to Swift supporting Kelce at multiple games, the couple has been under a constant spotlight. Despite the attention, they’ve managed to balance their personal lives with their respective careers. Kelce is gearing up for one of the biggest games of his life, while Swift continues her record-breaking Eras Tour. With the Super Bowl just days away, all eyes will be on both the field and the stands—where Swift’s next game-day look will undoubtedly be another showstopper.

---

- Published: 2025-02-06
- Modified: 2025-02-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/brookfield-renewable-energy-stock-growth-potential/
- Categories: News

The transition to renewable energy is not just a passing trend—it’s the future of global power generation. With the rising adoption of electric vehicles (EVs), corporate demand for clean energy, and a booming cryptocurrency industry, renewable power is in high demand. Yet, despite its potential, one of the sector's biggest players, Brookfield Renewable (NYSE: BEPC), remains largely overlooked by Wall Street. The Shift Toward Renewable Energy Is Accelerating The numbers don’t lie. U. S. electric vehicle sales soared from 294,000 in 2021 to 1. 4 million by 2024, according to the International Energy Agency (IEA). This surge in EV adoption means a higher demand for electricity, and utility companies are shifting toward renewable sources to meet that demand. Many U. S. states now generate a majority of their power from renewables. In states like Iowa, South Dakota, and Kansas, more than 50% of electricity comes from sources like wind and solar. This shift is not just about sustainability—it’s about cost. Renewable energy is now cheaper than traditional fossil fuels, making it the obvious choice for future growth. Brookfield Renewable’s Global Reach and Diverse Portfolio Brookfield Renewable isn’t just another green energy firm. It’s a powerhouse in the renewable sector, developing and operating clean energy facilities worldwide. About two-thirds of its operations are in North America, but the company has significant exposure in Europe and South America as well. Its portfolio includes: Hydroelectric power – A key focus, offering reliable and consistent energy output. Wind energy – A growing segment as offshore and onshore wind farms expand globally. Solar power – Increasingly competitive with advancements in panel efficiency and lower costs. Energy storage solutions – Critical for balancing the intermittency of renewables. With 37 gigawatts (GW) of operating capacity and another 200 GW under development, Brookfield is positioned as a leader in the green energy revolution. For perspective, Duke Energy (NYSE: DUK), one of the largest U. S. utility companies, has 55 GW of total capacity—but only 9 GW comes from renewables. Meanwhile, Consolidated Edison (NYSE: CE) has just 0. 8 GW of renewable power. Brookfield's massive renewable footprint makes it one of the best-positioned companies to capitalize on the transition away from fossil fuels. The Growing Demand for Clean Energy Renewable energy demand isn’t just coming from government mandates. Some of the biggest corporate players in the world are driving the shift. Tech Giants and AI Expansion – Data centers require enormous amounts of power, and the artificial intelligence (AI) boom is pushing energy consumption even higher. The "Magnificent Seven" tech giants, led by Amazon (NASDAQ: AMZN), are among the largest buyers of renewable energy. Brookfield already supplies many of them, solidifying its role in the future of tech-driven energy demand. Cryptocurrency’s Energy Hunger – The crypto market is heating up again, especially after Bitcoin’s April 2024 halving event. Since Bitcoin mining’s profitability depends directly on electricity costs, miners are aggressively seeking out cheap, renewable energy sources. Brookfield is positioned to meet this demand as well. Brookfield Renewable’s Financial Performance Despite strong industry tailwinds, Brookfield Renewable’s stock is underperforming. The company’s full-year revenue grew by 6% in 2024, while funds from operations (FFO)—a key metric for renewable energy firms—climbed 10%. Yet, the stock is down 6% over the past year, while the S&P 500 surged 23%. This has left Brookfield trading at just 14. 5 times FFO, a steep discount given its long-term growth potential. Brookfield also offers an attractive 5. 24% dividend yield, providing investors with steady income while waiting for the stock price to catch up to its fundamentals. Why Wall Street Is Missing the Opportunity Investors seem hesitant on renewable energy stocks, partly due to concerns about high interest rates. However, Brookfield Renewable’s long-term contracts and diversified revenue streams make it far more resilient than many other green energy firms. In fact, institutional investors continue to increase their stake in the company, recognizing its potential as a long-term growth play. As the world moves toward net-zero emissions goals, Brookfield stands out as one of the most compelling investment opportunities in the space. For those looking to invest in the future of energy, Brookfield Renewable is a stock worth watching. It may not be skyrocketing now, but its long-term trajectory suggests it has plenty of room to run.

---

- Published: 2025-02-05
- Modified: 2025-02-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-ethereum-dogecoin-volatility-trump-tariffs/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Cryptocurrency investors are buckled in for another round of volatility as Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin continue to experience major price swings. Amid growing concerns over U. S. trade tariffs and shifting market sentiment, these three megacap tokens have seen drastic movements in the past few days, with Ethereum standing out as the biggest mover today. Bitcoin and Dogecoin Struggle While Ethereum Surges Bitcoin and Dogecoin are once again in the red, down 2. 65% and 6. 51% respectively, while Ethereum has defied the trend, posting a notable 3. 8% gain since late last week. The divergence in price action comes as investors digest recent developments, including U. S. trade policy uncertainty and notable endorsements from high-profile figures. Bitcoin, currently trading at around $98,112, has struggled to regain momentum after dipping as low as $95,754. Its price remains well below its 52-week high of $109,314. Dogecoin, which often trades in tandem with broader market sentiment, has also faced selling pressure, dropping 3. 5% since Friday. Meanwhile, Ethereum has been the standout performer, bouncing back sharply from a drop to $2,400 and now hovering near $2,721. Trump’s Tariff Decisions Shake Crypto Markets Investors have been closely monitoring how the crypto market reacts to policy decisions from the U. S. government, particularly former President Donald Trump's stance on trade tariffs. • The announcement of tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China initially sent risk assets, including cryptocurrencies, into a tailspin. • A subsequent report suggesting that tariffs on Mexico and Canada would be paused for a month helped trigger a market-wide recovery. • The U. S. dollar’s recent volatility has also played a role in crypto price swings, further highlighting Bitcoin’s increasing correlation with traditional risk assets. Ethereum’s strong performance relative to its peers suggests investors are paying closer attention to external factors, including comments from influential figures. Eric Trump’s Endorsement Fuels Ethereum’s Rally One of the most intriguing catalysts behind Ethereum’s sharp recovery has been a surprising endorsement from Eric Trump. In a post on social media platform X, Trump encouraged followers to consider adding Ethereum to their portfolios. The comment sparked immediate speculation, given the Trump family's involvement in the crypto space. Ethereum serves as the foundation for the Trump-backed World Liberty Financial platform, adding another layer of interest to its recent surge. This isn't the first time crypto prices have reacted to political commentary. Over the years, digital assets have increasingly found themselves at the center of political debates, with both regulatory threats and endorsements influencing market sentiment. Bitcoin’s Strategic Role in U. S. Policy Discussions Bitcoin has remained a topic of interest in broader policy discussions, particularly regarding its potential role in U. S. financial strategy. Recent reports suggest that the government is exploring the idea of a strategic crypto reserve, with Bitcoin being the primary asset under consideration. Though details remain sparse, the notion of the U. S. stockpiling Bitcoin—possibly alongside Ethereum—has added another speculative layer to the current market environment. This raises important questions about how future regulations might impact institutional and retail investors alike. Crypto Liquidations Hint at More Volatility Ahead Derivatives data shows that liquidations in Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin have been predominantly skewed toward short positions in recent days. This suggests that the recent surge in Ethereum could be partly driven by a short squeeze, where traders betting against the asset were forced to cover their positions, pushing prices higher. A closer look at liquidation trends indicates: • A significant number of short positions in Ethereum were wiped out, contributing to its rapid climb past $2,900. • Bitcoin and Dogecoin, while also seeing short liquidations, have not experienced the same level of aggressive buying pressure. • Market participants are now watching for potential breakouts or retracements as volatility remains high. Ethereum’s ability to sustain these gains will largely depend on continued buying interest, macroeconomic factors, and further political developments. What’s Next for Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin? Despite recent gains, crypto investors remain cautious as broader market conditions continue to shift. With stocks rebounding from last week’s losses, the question remains whether Bitcoin and Dogecoin can catch up to Ethereum’s momentum. For now, all eyes are on key resistance levels. Bitcoin must reclaim the $100,000 mark to regain bullish sentiment, while Ethereum’s next major hurdle sits at $3,000. Dogecoin, known for its high volatility, will need stronger support levels to reverse its recent decline. As political uncertainty and macroeconomic factors continue to shape market direction, investors should brace for more sharp moves in the days ahead.

---

- Published: 2025-02-05
- Modified: 2025-02-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/taylor-swift-super-bowl-travis-kelce-confirmed/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Taylor Swift will be in the stands for the Super Bowl, cheering on her boyfriend Travis Kelce and the Kansas City Chiefs. Jason Kelce, Travis' older brother, has officially put an end to the speculation, confirming that the pop sensation will be at the highly anticipated game. Jason Kelce Confirms Swift’s Super Bowl Attendance While speaking to PEOPLE, Jason Kelce made it clear—Taylor Swift will be present at the Super Bowl in New Orleans. When asked about which family members will be at the big game, he didn’t hesitate. "Yeah, I think everybody's coming in," Jason said. "I mean, I don't want to speak for everybody, but I think obviously, our whole family. I believe, obviously Trav and Taylor, and his family and his friends. I mean, Trav always travels like, full. " It’s no surprise that Travis Kelce will be surrounded by loved ones. His inner circle, according to Jason, has always been a big presence at games. "Even when he's in regular season mode... he's always got a bunch of his friends there. It's been this way his whole career. " A Tight-Knit Kelce Support System The Kelce brothers are known for their strong family bond, and Jason elaborated on how that extends to their hometown connections. Travis has maintained close ties with childhood friends. His support system at games is always substantial. Wherever the Kelces go, a large group follows. "He's kept in touch much better with a lot of the people from our hometown," Jason noted. "So there's always a loaded contingency for the Kelces, wherever we're at. " That loyalty and camaraderie will be in full force at the Super Bowl, with Swift now confirmed as part of the group. Taylor Swift’s Game-Day Track Record Since her relationship with Travis Kelce became public, Swift has been a regular presence at Chiefs games. Fans have watched her cheer from private suites, celebrate victories, and even spark viral social media moments with her reactions. Her attendance at the Super Bowl was the subject of much debate due to her ongoing Eras Tour. With her concerts scheduled in Tokyo just days before the game, there were logistical challenges. However, with her performance in Japan ending on February 10 and the Super Bowl happening on February 11 in Las Vegas, a well-planned flight makes it possible. What It Means for the Super Bowl Spotlight Taylor Swift’s presence at the game adds another layer of spectacle to an already massive event. The Super Bowl is the biggest television event of the year, and her attendance will likely boost viewership even further. Swift’s impact on the NFL this season has been undeniable. Merchandise sales for Travis Kelce skyrocketed after their relationship became public, and Chiefs games with her in attendance have drawn increased ratings. The crossover of pop culture and sports has been undeniable, and this Super Bowl will only amplify that effect. With Jason Kelce confirming her presence, fans can now be certain—Taylor Swift will be there, front and center, supporting Travis Kelce and the Chiefs as they chase another championship.

---

- Published: 2025-02-05
- Modified: 2025-02-05
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/zyxel-cpe-series-security-flaws-no-fix-warning/
- Categories: News, Technology

Zyxel has issued a security advisory regarding serious vulnerabilities in its CPE Series devices, confirming that the flaws are being actively exploited. However, the company has made it clear that no security patches will be released, urging users to replace the affected models with newer hardware. Exploits in the Wild: Security Firms Sound the Alarm The security vulnerabilities were first discovered by VulnCheck in July 2024, but it wasn’t until last week that GreyNoise confirmed exploitation attempts in real-world attacks. That escalation has now led to Zyxel stepping forward with a public warning. According to data from network scanning platforms FOFA and Censys, more than 1,500 Zyxel CPE Series devices are currently exposed to the internet. That leaves a substantial number of systems vulnerable to attack, with security experts noting that hackers are actively scanning for and attempting to exploit these weaknesses. The Flaws: What Makes These Devices a Target? VulnCheck's latest report provides a detailed breakdown of two critical vulnerabilities being used by attackers to gain initial access to networks: CVE-2024-40891 – This vulnerability allows authenticated users to exploit Telnet command injection due to improper command validation in libcms_cli. so. Commands such as ifconfig, ping, and tftp are passed unchecked to a shell execution function, enabling arbitrary code execution through shell metacharacters. CVE-2025-0890 – Many Zyxel devices use weak default credentials (admin:1234, zyuser:1234, supervisor:zyad1234), which users often fail to change. The hidden supervisor account provides full system access, while the zyuser account can be used in combination with CVE-2024-40891 to execute remote code. VulnCheck has demonstrated a proof-of-concept (PoC) attack against the VMG4325-B10A running firmware 1. 00(AAFR. 4)C0_20170615, proving the vulnerabilities are real and exploitable. Legacy Devices, No Fixes: Zyxel Recommends Replacements Zyxel has confirmed that the vulnerabilities affect multiple end-of-life (EoL) products, meaning these devices will not receive patches. The company is advising users to replace outdated hardware rather than expect a fix. The affected models include: Affected Zyxel Devices Status VMG1312-B10A EoL VMG1312-B10B EoL VMG1312-B10E EoL VMG3312-B10A EoL VMG3313-B10A EoL VMG3926-B10B EoL VMG4325-B10A EoL VMG4380-B10A EoL VMG8324-B10A EoL VMG8924-B10A EoL SBG3300 EoL SBG3500 EoL “We strongly recommend that users replace them with newer-generation products for optimal protection,” Zyxel stated in its advisory. A Third Flaw Adds to the Concerns Alongside the previously known vulnerabilities, Zyxel has disclosed another issue: CVE-2024-40890 – A post-authentication command injection flaw similar to CVE-2024-40891, further exposing affected devices to attack. This additional flaw means attackers have even more ways to gain access to networks using these legacy devices. Tensions Between Zyxel and VulnCheck Over Disclosure A point of contention has emerged between Zyxel and VulnCheck regarding the disclosure process. Zyxel claims that it had requested detailed information about the vulnerabilities from VulnCheck as early as July 2024, but never received a formal report. Instead, VulnCheck went public with its findings without giving Zyxel prior notification. Security firms and vendors often clash over responsible disclosure timelines, with researchers arguing that full disclosure raises awareness and forces action, while vendors prefer private reporting to develop patches before hackers take advantage. Regardless of the dispute, the fact remains: these vulnerabilities are being actively exploited, and users need to take action immediately. What Should Zyxel CPE Series Users Do Now? Given that Zyxel has no plans to fix these issues, users of the affected models have limited options. Security experts suggest: Replacing outdated Zyxel devices with newer, actively supported models. Disabling remote access features such as Telnet and SSH if possible. Changing default passwords and ensuring strong, unique credentials. Monitoring network traffic for signs of suspicious activity. With confirmed exploitation in the wild, network administrators using these legacy Zyxel routers should act fast. Hackers are already taking advantage, and without a security patch, the risks will only grow.

---

- Published: 2025-02-04
- Modified: 2025-02-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-crash-cardano-polkadot-avalanche-sell-off/
- Categories: News, Crypto

A brutal weekend sell-off has wiped billions off the crypto market, with major large-cap tokens suffering steep losses. As of 3 p. m. ET Monday, Cardano (ADA) is down 39. 3%, Polkadot (DOT) has lost 33. 7%, and Avalanche (AVAX) has dropped 33. 1%. Investors are scrambling to assess the damage, but the trigger for this collapse appears to be external economic factors rather than the projects themselves. Market Jitters Send Crypto Tumbling Cryptocurrency markets are no stranger to volatility, but this latest downturn is particularly tied to broader economic concerns. Former President Donald Trump’s pledge to reinstate tariffs on Mexico, Canada, and China rattled investors, sparking fears of a more protectionist trade environment. While Mexico has secured a temporary pause on tariffs after making concessions, the uncertainty remains. Markets, including crypto, are reacting accordingly. Riskier assets are seeing capital outflows as investors pivot to safer bets. Cardano, Polkadot, and Avalanche have been caught in the wave of selling pressure, despite their individual ecosystems showing signs of strength. Fundamentals Remain Strong Despite the Slump Surprisingly, this sell-off isn’t being driven by any fundamental weaknesses in these projects. In fact, recent developments in each suggest growing adoption and increased network activity. Cardano’s transaction volumes have surged following the successful launch of its Plomin hard fork last week. The upgrade aims to improve efficiency and scalability, yet investors remain unmoved by the positive news. For Polkadot, a spot exchange-traded fund (ETF) application was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) over the weekend. While this should theoretically be bullish for the project, the market-wide downturn has overshadowed the potential benefits. Avalanche, on the other hand, has slashed its usage fees by approximately 75% in a recent upgrade. The expectation was that reduced costs would attract more users and developers to its ecosystem. However, its token price continues to slide alongside the broader market. Is This a Buying Opportunity or a Warning Sign? Whenever a steep decline occurs, investors are left wondering: is this a chance to buy in at a discount, or is the market signaling deeper trouble ahead? While Cardano, Polkadot, and Avalanche are not speculative meme coins, their current price action suggests caution is warranted. Here’s what’s at play: Macroeconomic pressure – The fear of escalating tariffs could drive continued weakness in risk assets. Market sentiment – Crypto’s downturn is part of a larger flight to safety, which might not reverse quickly. Technical trends – Momentum-driven sell-offs often extend beyond expectations, making it risky to buy too early. While some traders might see these levels as an entry point, long-term investors may prefer to wait for signs of stabilization. Historical Trends: What Comes Next? Looking at past crypto corrections, sharp declines are often followed by volatile swings before a new trend emerges. Here’s how previous sell-offs played out: Year Major Crypto Crash Percentage Drop Recovery Time 2018 Bitcoin Bear Market -84% 2 Years 2021 China Mining Ban -50% 3 Months 2022 FTX Collapse -75% 1 Year 2024 Market Correction -30% TBD The takeaway? Recovery times vary widely. Some crashes bounce back within months, while others take years. The current environment remains uncertain, making it tough to predict when confidence will return. What Investors Should Watch Next The coming weeks will be crucial in determining where Cardano, Polkadot, and Avalanche go from here. Keep an eye on: Macroeconomic developments – Any updates on tariffs and trade policies will impact risk sentiment. Institutional moves – If large funds start accumulating these tokens, it could signal a potential bottom. Technical indicators – Watch for stabilization patterns before making any major moves. For now, waiting for confirmation of a reversal might be the safer bet. As history has shown, momentum-driven declines in crypto often last longer than expected.

---

- Published: 2025-02-04
- Modified: 2025-02-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/treyarch-cofounder-drone-crash-firefighting-plane/
- Categories: News, Technology

A high-profile drone crash has left one of the gaming industry’s key figures facing legal trouble. Treyarch co-founder Peter Akemann, most recently serving as president of Skydance Interactive, has pleaded guilty to illegally operating a drone that collided with a firefighting plane battling the Los Angeles wildfires. Drone Mishap Disrupts Critical Firefighting Efforts The collision occurred on January 9 when Akemann launched a drone from the top floor of a Santa Monica parking garage. His goal? To get a closer look at the Palisades Fire raging in Southern California. But things quickly spiraled out of control. The drone, which Akemann lost track of about 1. 5 miles from its launch point, struck the left wing of a Super Scooper aircraft—a crucial piece of firefighting equipment capable of carrying over 1,000 gallons of water. The impact grounded the plane for several days, delaying efforts to contain the wildfire. At the time, strict federal flight restrictions prohibited drones from operating in the wildfire zone. Authorities swiftly launched an investigation, ultimately tracing the drone back to Akemann. Legal Consequences and a Costly Lesson Akemann has agreed to plead guilty to unsafe operation of an unmanned aircraft—a misdemeanor offense that carries a potential one-year prison sentence. However, he is aiming to avoid jail time by offering 150 hours of community service in wildfire relief efforts and covering the estimated $65,000 cost of repairing the damaged plane. Acting U. S. Attorney Joseph T. McNally didn’t mince words about the severity of the incident. “This defendant recklessly flew an aircraft into airspace where first responders were risking their lives,” McNally said. “This damage caused to the Super Scooper is a stark reminder that flying drones during times of emergency poses an extreme threat to personnel trying to help people. ” The case highlights ongoing concerns about drone interference during emergency situations. Authorities remain adamant that violators will be held accountable. Defense Points to Technical Failures Akemann’s legal team has acknowledged his responsibility, stating that he is “deeply sorry” and fully cooperating with authorities. However, they argue there are mitigating factors that will emerge in court. One key argument? They claim Akemann’s DJI drone may have experienced a failure in its geo-fencing safeguards—a feature designed to prevent drones from entering restricted airspace. If proven, it could raise broader questions about the reliability of drone safety mechanisms. Despite this defense, Akemann’s actions have already drawn significant backlash. While his attorneys attempt to mitigate consequences, his professional reputation has taken a hit. A Career in Gaming, Now Under Scrutiny Akemann has long been a prominent figure in the gaming industry. He co-founded Treyarch in 1996, a studio that would go on to develop some of the biggest titles in the Call of Duty franchise. In 2016, he took on the role of president at Skydance Interactive, a studio known for its work in virtual reality and cinematic gaming experiences. The Hollywood Reporter notes that Akemann has “recently left his role” at Skydance, though it remains unclear whether the drone incident played a role in his departure. The case serves as a stark warning to drone operators, especially in high-risk areas. While Akemann may avoid prison, the fallout from this reckless mistake will likely follow him for years to come.

---

- Published: 2025-02-04
- Modified: 2025-02-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-sharepoint-connector-flaw-power-platform/
- Categories: News, Technology

Microsoft quietly patched a critical vulnerability in its Power Platform that could have let attackers impersonate users, steal credentials, and infiltrate corporate networks. The flaw, disclosed by cybersecurity researchers at Zenity Labs, targeted the SharePoint connector—one of the most widely used tools in Microsoft’s ecosystem. A Backdoor to Corporate Data The vulnerability hinged on a server-side request forgery (SSRF) issue that allowed hackers to manipulate the "custom value" functionality within the SharePoint connector. This meant attackers could insert their own URLs into automated workflows, tricking the system into executing unauthorized requests. While this might sound technical, the consequences were far-reaching. A successful exploit would enable attackers to send commands to the SharePoint API as if they were legitimate users. That means unauthorized access to sensitive files, emails, and corporate databases—all without raising immediate red flags. More Than Just SharePoint What made this security hole even more alarming was its potential reach. The flaw wasn’t limited to SharePoint—it also affected Power Automate, Power Apps, Copilot Studio, and Copilot 365. These services are deeply integrated within Microsoft’s Power Platform, meaning a single compromised account could ripple across an entire organization. Dmitry Lozovoy, a senior security researcher at Zenity Labs, explained it best: “It increases the likelihood of a successful attack, allowing hackers to target multiple interconnected services within the Power Platform ecosystem. ” Simply put, an attacker who exploited this flaw could do far more than just read documents—they could manipulate workflows, compromise Teams channels, and even escalate their access across the company’s network. Microsoft’s Patch and the Severity Rating Microsoft was informed about the vulnerability in September 2024 and released a patch on December 13. The company categorized the issue with an "Important" severity rating—not the highest level but still serious enough to warrant immediate action. This timeline raises a few concerns. If attackers had discovered and exploited this vulnerability before the patch, companies relying on Power Platform services might have been compromised without even realizing it. How the Attack Would Work For an attacker to take advantage of this vulnerability, they needed more than just a clever exploit—they needed access. Specifically, they required two roles in the Power Platform environment: Environment Maker – Allows users to create and share apps and workflows. Basic User – Grants permission to run apps and interact with shared resources. Gaining these roles required prior infiltration, meaning attackers had to first compromise an organization through phishing, stolen credentials, or insider access. Once inside, they could escalate their privileges and deploy malicious flows designed to steal SharePoint authentication tokens. The Exploitation Process Create a Malicious Flow: The attacker sets up a workflow using the SharePoint connector. Share with a Target User: The flow is disguised as a legitimate request and shared with a low-privileged user. Harvest Authentication Tokens: When the user interacts with the flow, their SharePoint JWT access token is leaked. Impersonate the User: With the stolen token, the attacker sends unauthorized requests to SharePoint, gaining access to sensitive corporate data. This attack method wasn’t just theoretical. Security researchers demonstrated how hackers could extend the exploit beyond SharePoint, embedding it into Power Apps, Copilot Studio, and even Teams channels to maximize its impact. The Bigger Problem: Interconnected Services The real concern isn’t just this specific vulnerability—it’s how seamlessly integrated Microsoft’s services are. A single security flaw in Power Platform can expose an entire ecosystem of business-critical applications. For example, by embedding a malicious Canvas app into a Microsoft Teams channel, attackers could lure unsuspecting employees into interacting with it. Once they did, their authentication tokens could be stolen and used to gain deeper access to corporate systems. As Zenity Labs pointed out: "The interconnected nature of Power Platform services can result in serious security risks, especially given the widespread use of the SharePoint connector, where a lot of sensitive corporate data is housed. " This isn’t just a Microsoft issue—it’s a broader challenge facing all companies that rely on cloud-based automation tools. The more interconnected services become, the harder it is to secure them properly. Microsoft’s Security Response Microsoft has since closed the loophole, but questions remain. Why did it take nearly three months to patch a vulnerability with such a broad attack surface? Was there any evidence of the flaw being exploited in the wild before the fix? So far, Microsoft hasn’t reported any known cases of real-world attacks exploiting this issue. However, given the nature of credential theft and post-exploitation activities, it’s possible that some breaches went undetected. The company advises all Power Platform administrators to review their user permissions and ensure that only trusted users have Environment Maker roles. Additionally, organizations should monitor for unusual API requests, which could indicate unauthorized access attempts. Broader Implications for Cloud Security This latest security disclosure highlights a recurring issue in cloud platforms: the difficulty of balancing automation with security. Similar vulnerabilities have surfaced in other Microsoft services. Just recently, Binary Security uncovered three SSRF flaws in Azure DevOps, which could have been used to gather information about a machine’s configuration. These weaknesses show that even industry giants like Microsoft are struggling to keep their cloud platforms airtight. For businesses, the takeaway is clear—relying on built-in security isn’t enough. Companies need proactive monitoring, strict access controls, and a security-first approach when deploying low-code automation tools. Otherwise, they risk becoming the next target of an attack they never saw coming.

---

- Published: 2025-02-03
- Modified: 2025-02-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/blackrock-larry-fink-bitcoin-600-percent-growth/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin has already shattered expectations by crossing the $100,000 mark, but BlackRock CEO Larry Fink believes it’s just getting started. He sees a scenario where Bitcoin skyrockets to $700,000—an eye-watering 600% gain from its current price. What’s fueling this optimism? Institutional adoption, a new wave of Bitcoin ETFs, and a shifting mindset among big-money investors. Institutional Investors Hold the Key Bitcoin’s long-term growth has always been driven by early adopters and retail investors. But to reach the kind of numbers Fink is talking about, it needs deeper pockets—specifically, institutional investors. Right now, most large investment funds consider a 1% allocation to Bitcoin a bold move. Pension funds, hedge funds, and sovereign wealth funds are still cautious, seeing Bitcoin as risky compared to traditional assets. Fink, however, argues that for Bitcoin to reach its full potential, institutional portfolios need to increase their crypto holdings to at least 5%. This aligns with projections from Ark Invest’s Cathie Wood. She believes that if institutional adoption pushes beyond 6. 5%, Bitcoin could even hit $1 million by 2030. That’s a level of confidence rarely seen in traditional finance, but it all depends on whether these institutions are ready to go all in. Spot Bitcoin ETFs Change the Game For years, institutional investors struggled to invest in Bitcoin without dealing with crypto exchanges, private keys, and regulatory uncertainty. That changed in January 2024, when spot Bitcoin ETFs launched, including one from BlackRock itself. Now, buying Bitcoin is as simple as purchasing a stock. ETFs provide transparency, security, and regulatory oversight—something institutional investors demand. And the numbers show they’re warming up to the idea. Bitcoin ETF inflows surged in early 2025, reversing a slowdown from the winter holiday season. More than $5 billion flowed into BlackRock’s Bitcoin ETF alone in just a few months. Institutional investors now account for nearly 40% of Bitcoin ETF holders, up from less than 10% a year ago. If this trend continues, Fink’s $700,000 price target might not seem so outlandish. Fear vs. Greed: What’s Driving Bitcoin’s Rise? Retail investors often jump into Bitcoin with dreams of life-changing gains. The stories of early adopters turning small investments into fortunes fuel the belief that Bitcoin’s upside is unlimited. But institutional investors have a very different motivation: fear. For them, Bitcoin isn’t about getting rich quickly—it’s about protecting wealth. They see Bitcoin as “digital gold”, a hedge against inflation, geopolitical instability, and currency devaluation. Sovereign wealth funds, in particular, have started treating Bitcoin as a safe-haven asset, much like physical gold. And with ongoing global uncertainty, that appeal is growing. Countries facing economic instability have already started increasing their exposure to Bitcoin. If sovereign wealth funds and central banks follow suit, Bitcoin’s demand could skyrocket, putting even more pressure on supply. The Road to $700,000 So, how realistic is Fink’s $700,000 prediction? That depends on several key factors: Factor Impact on Bitcoin’s Price Institutional Adoption Higher adoption means more capital flowing into Bitcoin, pushing prices up. ETF Inflows Increased ETF investments signal strong demand and long-term confidence. Regulatory Environment Favorable regulations could encourage more funds to invest in Bitcoin. Global Economic Conditions Economic uncertainty and inflation could drive more investors toward Bitcoin. Supply Constraints With Bitcoin’s fixed supply of 21 million, increased demand could cause a supply shock. If institutional investors do allocate 5% or more of their portfolios to Bitcoin, we could see a tidal wave of demand that pushes prices to unprecedented levels. What’s Next for Bitcoin? Bitcoin’s short-term price movements are unpredictable, but its long-term trajectory looks promising. The combination of institutional adoption, ETF accessibility, and its role as a hedge against economic turmoil creates a strong foundation for growth. For now, all eyes are on Bitcoin ETFs. If investor inflows continue climbing, Fink’s prediction might not just be a bold claim—it could be the start of Bitcoin’s next big run.

---

- Published: 2025-02-03
- Modified: 2025-02-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/roll7-rollerdrome-olliolli-world-delisted-steam-private-division-sale/
- Categories: News, Technology

Two of Roll7’s most celebrated games, Rollerdrome and OlliOlli World, have abruptly disappeared from Steam, sparking speculation over licensing, ownership, and the fate of the indie studio’s catalog. With no official statement from Take-Two Interactive or its indie publishing label, Private Division, fans are left wondering if this is a temporary glitch or a sign of deeper industry shifts. Where Did Rollerdrome and OlliOlli World Go? If you try searching for Rollerdrome or OlliOlli World on Steam, you’ll hit a dead end. Both games have been delisted without explanation. Clicking their former store pages now leads to a message stating the games are “no longer available on the Steam store. ” Oddly enough, earlier Roll7 titles like OlliOlli and OlliOlli 2: Welcome to Olliwood remain untouched, still available for purchase. This raises questions about whether only the newer titles were impacted by Take-Two’s recent sale of Private Division. The Private Division Sale and Roll7’s Uncertain Future Back in November 2024, Take-Two Interactive confirmed that it had sold Private Division to an unknown buyer. While rumors point to Haveli Investments, no official confirmation has surfaced. What is clear, however, is that Roll7—along with OlliOlli World and Rollerdrome—was tangled up in that sale. In a move that blindsided many, Take-Two also shuttered Roll7 and another Private Division developer, Intercept Games (Kerbal Space Program 2), despite CEO Strauss Zelnick’s previous assurance that the company wasn’t planning any closures. That contradiction has only fueled more confusion about where the rights to these games now lie. A Strange Publisher Switch on Steam and PlayStation One of the most intriguing details? The publisher credit for Rollerdrome and OlliOlli World on Steam was quietly changed from Private Division to 2K before they vanished. However, on the PlayStation Store, both games are still available for purchase, with Private Division still listed as the publisher. Could this mean the Steam versions are tied up in a separate licensing issue? Or did 2K inherit certain rights while PlayStation’s listings remain outdated? The lack of transparency leaves more questions than answers. Possible Reasons Behind the Delisting While Take-Two and the involved parties have yet to speak on the matter, a few possible explanations exist: Licensing Transfer Issue: If the rights to these games were sold but not properly transitioned, the games might have been pulled temporarily. Publishing Rights Dispute: If 2K is now listed as the publisher on Steam, it could indicate a shift in ownership that wasn’t reflected elsewhere. Game Ownership Remaining with Take-Two: If Rollerdrome and OlliOlli World didn’t transfer in the Private Division sale, Take-Two may have retained control but decided to remove them from sale. Re-release or Storefront Reshuffling: It’s possible that a relisting under a new publisher is planned, but that process hasn’t been finalized yet. What Happens Next? For now, Steam players are out of luck. There’s no official way to purchase either game on Valve’s platform, and no word on whether they’ll return. PlayStation users, on the other hand, can still grab both games—at least for now. But given the sudden changes on Steam, it’s unclear if that will last. With Take-Two keeping quiet and the buyer of Private Division still unnamed, fans of Roll7’s work are left in limbo, hoping for some clarity before these acclaimed indie hits disappear for good.

---

- Published: 2025-02-03
- Modified: 2025-02-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/wwe-royal-rumble-2025-jey-uso-charlotte-flair-wrestlemania/
- Categories: News, Sports

The 2025 WWE Royal Rumble delivered on every level, featuring shocking eliminations, intense rivalries, and two winners who have now cemented their path to WrestleMania 41. Jey Uso and Charlotte Flair stood tall in their respective matches, securing world championship opportunities on the grandest stage of them all. With unexpected twists and major title defenses, this year’s event left fans buzzing. Jey Uso Wins Men's Royal Rumble, Sets His Sights on WrestleMania Jey Uso, entering at No. 24, pulled off a massive victory by outlasting 29 other competitors, including a determined John Cena, who finished as the runner-up. The moment was electric as Jey tossed Cena over the top rope, making history with his first-ever Royal Rumble win. The final four included Jey Uso, John Cena, Gunther, and LA Knight, each battling for their WrestleMania moment. Cena and Uso’s intense final showdown had fans on the edge of their seats before Jey delivered the decisive blow. Cena, ever the veteran, showed class by raising Jey’s hand in victory, signaling the beginning of a new era. With the win, Jey now holds the golden ticket to challenge for a world championship at WrestleMania. Will he go after Cody Rhodes' Undisputed WWE Championship, or will he take another route? The WWE Universe eagerly awaits his decision. Charlotte Flair Dominates Women's Royal Rumble, Sets Up Blockbuster WrestleMania Match Charlotte Flair added another historic accolade to her resume by winning the Women’s Royal Rumble, securing her spot in a championship match at WrestleMania 41. She eliminated NXT’s Roxanne Perez in the final moments, proving that she remains one of WWE’s most dominant forces. Perez put up a fight, eliminating Nia Jax before finding herself face-to-face with "The Queen. " Flair's devastating big boot sent Perez over the top rope, ending an impressive performance from the NXT star. With this victory, Charlotte now has the chance to challenge for the WWE Women's Championship. The question remains: Will she aim for Rhea Ripley’s title, reigniting their heated rivalry? Cody Rhodes Retains Undisputed WWE Championship in a Brutal Ladder Match Cody Rhodes successfully defended his Undisputed WWE Championship against Kevin Owens in a ladder match that took brutality to another level. Both men put their bodies on the line, using steel ladders as weapons and launching themselves off them in desperation. Owens came within inches of victory, touching the championship before Rhodes yanked him down. A Cross Rhodes from the top of a ladder proved to be the final blow, allowing Cody to climb and retrieve his title. The champion now looks ahead, knowing Jey Uso could challenge him at WrestleMania. With the title still in Rhodes’ possession, the road to WrestleMania is shaping up to be unpredictable. Tag Team Championships: DIY Survive Against the Motor City Machine Guns In one of the night’s most technically sound matches, Johnny Gargano and Tommaso Ciampa (DIY) successfully defended their WWE Tag Team Championships against the Motor City Machine Guns (Alex Shelley and Chris Sabin). This 2-out-of-3 Falls Match had everything: high-flying moments, counter-heavy sequences, and outside interference. The final fall saw an assist from the Street Profits (Angelo Dawkins and Montez Ford), who took out Shelley before DIY capitalized. A rematch may be inevitable, but for now, Gargano and Ciampa remain on top of the tag team division. What’s Next After the Royal Rumble? With WrestleMania 41 on the horizon, the winners of the Royal Rumble must now decide their championship targets. Jey Uso’s emotional win sets up one of the biggest moments of his career, but who will he challenge? Charlotte Flair is in a similar position, with the option to face either Rhea Ripley or the SmackDown Women’s Champion. Meanwhile, Cody Rhodes continues his reign, but Kevin Owens will likely demand another shot. The fallout from this event is bound to shake up WWE’s biggest storylines heading into the biggest show of the year.

---

- Published: 2025-01-31
- Modified: 2025-01-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-solana-investment-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The crypto market is heating up again, and this time, it’s not just the die-hard enthusiasts paying attention. From institutional investors to everyday traders, interest in digital assets is surging. If you're thinking about putting around $3,000 into cryptocurrency, two names stand out: Bitcoin and Solana. Here’s why they could be worth your money. Solana’s Explosive Growth Is Hard to Ignore Solana has been making headlines, and for good reason. It's not just another blockchain; it’s becoming the go-to platform for meme coin speculation, decentralized finance (DeFi), and NFTs. The numbers back it up—Solana's price has jumped 176% over the past three years, outpacing most major cryptocurrencies. But the real reason Solana could be a smart buy isn’t just its past performance. Several potential catalysts could send its price even higher: ETFs on the horizon? If regulators approve exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for Solana, demand could skyrocket. Government adoption? There’s talk about adding Solana to a potential U. S. cryptocurrency reserve. Massive ecosystem growth. People need SOL to trade meme coins, mint NFTs, and pay transaction fees, keeping demand high. Solana also benefits from being fast and relatively cheap compared to Ethereum, making it a favorite for new projects. And if the recent attention from high-profile figures like Donald and Melania Trump launching meme coins on Solana proves anything, it’s that the network is drawing in serious interest from a broad range of users. Bitcoin Is Still the King of Crypto If you don’t already own Bitcoin, this might be the right time to change that. It remains the gold standard of cryptocurrency, and despite all the ups and downs, its long-term trajectory has been clear—higher highs over time. What makes Bitcoin so appealing? A fixed supply. Unlike traditional currencies that can be printed endlessly, there will only ever be 21 million Bitcoin. That scarcity helps it retain value. Growing institutional adoption. More businesses, funds, and even governments are considering Bitcoin as a reserve asset. Halving cycles. Every four years, Bitcoin mining rewards get cut in half, creating a predictable supply shock that has historically led to major price surges. Bitcoin is also the top candidate for inclusion in any national cryptocurrency reserves. If governments start accumulating BTC, its value could rise significantly. How a $3,000 Investment Could Look If you’re considering investing, you might want to split your allocation between Bitcoin and Solana to balance risk and reward. Here's a potential approach: Investment Allocation Amount Potential Upside Bitcoin (BTC) $1,500 Store of value, institutional interest Solana (SOL) $1,500 High-growth blockchain with expanding ecosystem Dollar-cost averaging—investing a set amount regularly instead of all at once—could also be a smart strategy, especially given the volatility in crypto. Both Bitcoin and Solana have strong investment cases. Bitcoin is the undisputed leader and a long-term hedge against inflation and financial instability. Solana, on the other hand, is an up-and-coming powerhouse with a fast-growing ecosystem that’s attracting developers, traders, and even celebrities. If you’re looking to make a mid-sized crypto investment, splitting between these two assets could provide a solid mix of stability and growth potential.

---

- Published: 2025-01-31
- Modified: 2025-01-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/rihanna-asap-rocky-trial-courtroom-appearance/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Rihanna's courtroom appearance may have turned more heads than the testimony itself. The pop icon and business mogul made her second visit to A$AP Rocky’s criminal trial in Los Angeles, drawing more attention than the legal proceedings inside. Rihanna’s Entrance Grabs Headlines Dressed to impress, Rihanna arrived at the Los Angeles courthouse on Thursday, standing firmly by her partner’s side. The 36-year-old singer and Fenty Beauty mogul has been a consistent source of support for A$AP Rocky, who is facing serious criminal charges. Despite the weight of the trial, Rihanna’s presence became the most talked-about aspect of the day. Social media buzzed with reactions to her courtroom look, with fans analyzing every detail of her outfit. A$AP Rocky, born Rakim Mayers, faces accusations stemming from a 2021 shooting involving former associate Terell Ephron, also known as A$AP Relli. But even as testimony unfolded, Rihanna’s presence seemingly outshined the case itself. A$AP Relli’s Testimony Sparks Courtroom Tension The trial took a dramatic turn when A$AP Relli, the alleged victim, took the stand. He accused Rocky of firing a handgun at him, an incident that reportedly took place in Hollywood over three years ago. “A gun was pulled on me. It was pointed at me, and it was fired later,” Relli testified. He expressed frustration that the case had dragged on for so long. “It’s been three years. If he was innocent, he would be home a long time ago. ” Tension in the courtroom escalated when Relli broke decorum, turning directly to A$AP Rocky and shouting, “You did this to yourself. ” His outburst led to immediate intervention from legal representatives. Defense Pushes Back with Text Messages Rocky’s lawyer, Joe Tacopina, countered Relli’s claims by introducing a set of text messages from just before the alleged shooting. The messages painted a different picture of the dynamic between the two men. One particular message from Relli read, “You got all this fake animosity towards me lol beat me up. I wish you would. ” The defense argued that these texts undermined Relli’s claims of being a victim. They suggested that the dispute may not have been as one-sided as Relli portrayed in his testimony. Potential Sentence Looms Over A$AP Rocky While much of the public focus has been on Rihanna’s presence, the legal stakes for A$AP Rocky remain high. If convicted, the rapper faces up to 24 years in prison. The court proceedings are far from over, with both sides continuing to argue their cases. For now, the world watches—not just for the trial's outcome, but also for Rihanna’s next move.

---

- Published: 2025-01-31
- Modified: 2025-01-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/midnight-society-closes-dr-disrespect-youtube-monetization/
- Categories: News, Sports

Midnight Society, the game studio co-founded by controversial streamer Guy "Dr Disrespect" Beahm, is shutting down after three years in operation. The closure comes just four months after significant layoffs and coincides with Google lifting Beahm’s YouTube monetization ban, a penalty imposed following his admission of inappropriate interactions with a minor. A Studio Built on Controversy Collapses Founded in 2021 by Beahm and former Call of Duty community manager Robert Bowling, Midnight Society aimed to carve out a niche in the shooter genre. Its first project, Deaddrop, a free-to-play vertical extraction shooter, was announced in 2022. Despite maintaining steady development, the studio faced a turbulent 2024, largely due to Beahm’s public admission of exchanging messages with a minor in 2017. The fallout was swift. Bowling and Midnight Society distanced themselves from Beahm, but the damage was already done. In September 2023, the company laid off a significant portion of its workforce, attributing the move to "multiple unexpected challenges. " Now, the entire operation is shutting down. Official Statement Confirms Midnight Society's End In a statement posted on social media, Midnight Society confirmed its closure, thanking the 55 developers who worked on Deaddrop and expressing regret over failing to achieve its long-term goals. “Today, we are announcing Midnight Society will be closing its doors after three incredible years,” the statement read. “We are actively seeking other game studios that would be interested in offering employment opportunities to our talented team members. ” The studio also addressed its loyal fanbase, stating, “We express our sincere gratitude to each and every one of our community members and are deeply sorry we were unable to reach our ultimate goal. ” Google’s Timing Raises Eyebrows The closure of Midnight Society coincided with another significant development—Google reinstating Beahm’s ability to monetize his YouTube content. Beahm's YouTube channel was demonetized in June 2023 after he admitted to “inappropriate” messaging with a minor, a decision Google upheld following an appeal in October. Despite Beahm later attempting to downplay the messages as "jokes," the ban remained in place. Now, Google has reversed its stance. "Dr Disrespect was previously suspended from the YouTube Partner Program for violations of our Creator Responsibility policies,” a spokesperson told Kotaku’s Ethan Gach. “Creators who are suspended from this program can reapply for access, and after careful review of the channel's recent activity, we've reinstated it. If there are further violations, we'll take appropriate action. ” Notably, Google did not specify what had changed since the previous appeal. Beahm Reacts to the Unusual Coincidence In a stream following the announcement, Beahm appeared surprised by the timing of the developments. “What a fucking weird world, huh? ” he said. “On the day that Midnight Society closes, we get monetization. What a fucking trip. ” Beahm’s comments reflect the irony of the situation—just as his studio collapses, his personal revenue stream gets a lifeline. What Happens to Deaddrop? With Midnight Society shutting down, the fate of Deaddrop remains uncertain. The game, still in development, was marketed as an innovative take on the extraction shooter genre, drawing inspiration from Escape from Tarkov and Call of Duty: Warzone. The studio’s closure announcement made no mention of whether Deaddrop would be acquired by another publisher or left unfinished. However, given that the game had built a following, there’s potential for another company to step in and salvage the project. Fallout from Beahm’s Scandal Beahm has been no stranger to controversy. His mysterious and still-unexplained permanent Twitch ban in 2020 fueled speculation for years. Then, in 2023, he admitted to exchanging inappropriate messages with a minor back in 2017, an admission that led to widespread backlash. Despite his attempt to reframe the situation as a misunderstanding, his reputation took a hit. Midnight Society’s distancing from Beahm likely wasn’t enough to prevent the loss of trust from investors and the gaming community. Industry Reactions The closure of Midnight Society adds another chapter to the ongoing discussions about accountability in gaming. While Beahm has retained a loyal fanbase, his controversies continue to shape his career trajectory. Meanwhile, Google’s decision to reinstate his monetization has sparked debate. Some argue that content creators should have a path to redemption, while others question why the company changed its stance after rejecting his appeal just months earlier. For the gaming industry, this situation highlights the volatility of reputation management, especially in a digital age where public perception can make or break entire companies. Midnight Society’s fate is a stark reminder of how a single controversy can ripple outwards, affecting not just the individual at the center of it, but everyone associated with them.

---

- Published: 2025-01-30
- Modified: 2025-01-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-vs-bitcoin-crypto-investment/
- Categories: News, Crypto

With the crypto market booming, now is the ideal time to consider diving into some of the sector's most promising assets. Two standouts in the space are Solana (SOL) and Bitcoin (BTC). For investors looking to make a medium-sized investment, around $3,000, these two cryptocurrencies strike an enticing balance of risk and reward. Let’s explore why both could be excellent choices. Why Solana Might Be Your Next Big Win Solana has captured the spotlight as one of the most exciting blockchain projects in recent years. Its native coin, SOL, has seen an impressive 176% price surge over the past three years, vastly outperforming many of its crypto peers. With a market cap of $117 billion and high trading volume, Solana is positioning itself as more than just a meme coin platform—it's becoming a robust ecosystem for decentralized finance (DeFi) and NFTs. Investors are particularly bullish on Solana due to a handful of catalysts that could significantly boost its value in the near future. For one, the potential approval of exchange-traded funds (ETFs) that hold Solana could spark massive interest in the coin. Additionally, rumors are swirling about the possibility of Solana being included in a U. S. cryptocurrency reserve, further solidifying its role in the broader financial landscape. But Solana's appeal doesn’t stop with speculative catalysts. To participate in some of the most popular use cases for blockchain—such as buying meme coins, minting NFTs, or engaging with decentralized applications—investors must own SOL. As more users flock to the platform, Solana’s popularity continues to rise, offering significant upside potential. Strong user adoption, especially in DeFi and NFTs Major upside potential with upcoming catalysts Involvement of high-profile figures (e. g. , Donald Trump’s meme coin launch) While the price of Solana can be volatile, its long-term trajectory looks promising. For investors with a longer time horizon, Solana could be an attractive entry point into a booming ecosystem. Why Bitcoin Remains a Safe Bet for the Future Bitcoin, the first and most well-known cryptocurrency, remains a powerhouse in the crypto world. With a market cap of over $2 trillion, Bitcoin continues to dominate the sector, offering a level of stability and recognition that few other assets can match. While Solana offers strong growth potential, Bitcoin offers the security of being the oldest, most widely distributed cryptocurrency with a capped supply. The key reason why Bitcoin is considered a solid investment is its scarcity. Only 21 million BTC can ever exist, creating a deflationary asset that could retain its value in the face of inflation. This feature has given Bitcoin the reputation of being “digital gold” as a hedge against economic downturns. And while Bitcoin’s price is known to fluctuate in cycles, it tends to rebound strongly after each downturn—making it a reliable long-term play for many investors. Bitcoin’s involvement in government strategies further strengthens its appeal. As governments begin exploring cryptocurrency reserves, Bitcoin is likely to be a key player, given its established reputation and widespread adoption. In fact, Bitcoin was the first cryptocurrency to be considered for such a reserve, making it a safe bet in uncertain times. Bitcoin’s cyclical price movements, influenced by mining reward halvings, are another reason many investors remain confident about its future. Even if you're cautious about jumping in at today’s price of around $105,000, Bitcoin is a perfect candidate for dollar-cost averaging. This method allows you to build your position gradually, mitigating short-term price volatility while capturing long-term price appreciation. Why Bitcoin is a strong investment: Deflationary asset with limited supply Considered a safe-haven asset for inflation protection Likely to be part of government cryptocurrency reserves Long-term price cycles favoring upward growth With Bitcoin's long history and major institutional backing, it’s difficult to ignore its dominance in the crypto world. If you're looking for a reliable, low-risk option in your crypto portfolio, Bitcoin is hard to beat. The Case for Diversification: Split Between Solana and Bitcoin If you’re leaning towards a $3,000 investment, consider splitting your funds between these two heavyweights. Solana offers significant growth potential with its expanding ecosystem, while Bitcoin provides a proven store of value and institutional credibility. By diversifying, you can take advantage of the unique strengths each cryptocurrency offers. A balanced strategy: $1,500 in Solana for growth potential $1,500 in Bitcoin for stability and long-term value Ultimately, the decision will depend on your personal investment goals and risk tolerance. Both Solana and Bitcoin are poised to play key roles in the future of finance. If you're ready to take a step into the crypto space, now is an excellent time to make your move.

---

- Published: 2025-01-30
- Modified: 2025-01-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/aquabotv3-mirai-botnet-exploits-mitel-sip-vulnerability/
- Categories: News, Technology

A new variant of the Mirai-based botnet malware, Aquabot, has surfaced, actively exploiting a command injection flaw (CVE-2024-41710) in Mitel SIP phones. Akamai’s Security Intelligence and Response Team (SIRT) has identified this as the third known version of the malware, which has now evolved with new evasion and monitoring capabilities. Aquabot’s Evolution: A Growing Threat Aquabot first appeared in 2023, quickly making its mark in the botnet ecosystem. Later that year, a second variant introduced persistence mechanisms, ensuring the malware could survive device reboots. Now, with the emergence of Aquabotv3, attackers have taken things a step further. This latest version incorporates a unique feature—reporting process kill attempts back to its command-and-control (C2) server. Akamai notes that this is an unusual tactic for botnets, suggesting that the malware’s operators are prioritizing real-time monitoring. This added visibility could help attackers fine-tune their campaigns, adjusting their tactics if security measures start disrupting infections. One sentence alone: This botnet isn't just spreading—it’s watching. Exploiting CVE-2024-41710 in Mitel SIP Phones Mitel's SIP phones are widely used in corporate offices, government agencies, hospitals, hotels, and financial institutions—making them attractive targets for cybercriminals. The vulnerability at play, CVE-2024-41710, is a command injection flaw that stems from improper input sanitization during the boot process. The flaw allows attackers with admin credentials to execute arbitrary commands. It impacts Mitel’s 6800, 6900, and 6900w Series SIP phones. Mitel released a security fix on July 17, 2024, urging immediate upgrades. Despite these patches, the situation escalated when security researcher Kyle Burns published a proof-of-concept (PoC) exploit on GitHub two weeks later. Attackers wasted no time, repurposing the PoC for real-world exploitation. By early January 2025, Akamai’s honeypots detected exploitation attempts that closely mirrored the PoC, confirming that threat actors had integrated this vulnerability into active attacks. How Attackers Are Exploiting Mitel Phones The attack sequence is sophisticated but effective. It starts with a brute-force attack to gain administrative access, allowing attackers to send a malicious HTTP POST request to the vulnerable 8021xsupport. html endpoint. This page is responsible for authentication settings on Mitel phones. From there, attackers inject a manipulated configuration file that tricks the device into executing a remote shell script on its next reboot. That script then downloads and installs Aquabotv3, setting the stage for further infections. Here’s how it works: Brute-forcing credentials – Attackers try weak or default admin passwords. Exploiting 8021xsupport. html – Malicious input is injected via an HTTP POST request. Executing a remote script – The injected payload fetches Aquabotv3 from the attacker’s server. Installing the malware – The script sets execution permissions and erases traces of installation. Once infected, the device becomes part of the botnet, ready to receive further commands and contribute to larger attacks. Aquabotv3’s Expanding Attack Arsenal Aquabotv3 isn’t just attacking Mitel devices—it’s using them as stepping stones to target other IoT and networking equipment. The malware actively exploits multiple known vulnerabilities, including: CVE-2018-17532 (TP-Link) CVE-2023-26801 (IoT firmware RCE) CVE-2022-31137 (Web App RCE) CVE-2018-10562 / CVE-2018-10561 (Dasan routers) Additionally, it attempts brute-force attacks on SSH and Telnet services, seeking poorly secured devices on the same network. One sentence alone: This isn’t just a Mitel problem—it’s a gateway to a broader cyber threat. A Weaponized DDoS Botnet for Sale Aquabotv3 isn’t just an experimental malware—it’s being actively marketed. Its operators advertise DDoS-for-hire services on Telegram, branding themselves under names like Cursinq Firewall, The Eye Services, and The Eye Botnet. They claim to offer a "testing tool" for DDoS mitigation but, in reality, are arming cybercriminals with a powerful attack platform. The botnet is capable of launching a variety of DDoS attacks, including: TCP SYN Floods – Overwhelming a target’s connection queue. TCP ACK Floods – Disrupting legitimate traffic. UDP Floods – Consuming bandwidth with junk traffic. GRE IP Attacks – Exploiting encapsulated packets for stealth. Application-layer attacks – Targeting specific services or websites. The combination of stealthy infection tactics and aggressive DDoS capabilities makes Aquabotv3 a serious concern. Detection and Mitigation Akamai has released indicators of compromise (IoCs), along with Snort and YARA rules to help detect Aquabotv3 infections. While Mitel has provided patches, organizations that fail to update their devices remain vulnerable. Security teams should take the following steps immediately: Apply Mitel’s security updates to patch CVE-2024-41710. Monitor authentication logs for unusual login attempts. Deploy intrusion detection rules using Akamai’s provided IoCs. Enforce strong admin credentials to prevent brute-force attacks. One sentence alone: Ignoring this vulnerability is an open invitation for an attack. As Aquabotv3 continues to evolve, organizations must stay vigilant. The malware’s ability to monitor kill attempts and adapt its tactics makes it more resilient than previous versions. With DDoS services being openly marketed, we can expect more attacks in the coming months.

---

- Published: 2025-01-30
- Modified: 2025-01-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/marvels-spider-man-2-pc-features-system-requirements/
- Categories: News, Technology

With just hours to go before Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 arrives on PC, Sony has pulled back the curtain on the platform's enhancements, offering a deep dive into what players can expect. Originally launched on PlayStation 5 in 2023, the game was praised for its stunning visuals and seamless web-slinging mechanics. Now, PC players will experience it with a suite of graphical upgrades and optimizations, courtesy of Sony-owned Nixxes. A Visual Upgrade for the PC Audience When Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 launched on PlayStation 5, it set a new benchmark for open-world visuals, with Digital Foundry calling it a “new showcase” for ray tracing and detailed cityscapes. The PC version builds on that foundation, introducing customizable settings to accommodate a range of hardware. Sony’s latest blog post highlights individual ray tracing quality settings, allowing players to tweak performance and fidelity as needed. Enhancements include raytraced interiors, shadows, and ambient occlusion, offering deeper realism with improved lighting and shading effects. For those with top-tier GPUs, there’s an increased ray tracing geometry detail setting, ensuring higher-quality reflections and environmental realism. Additionally, an object range slider gives users manual control over how far objects are considered for ray tracing, which could be key for balancing performance and visual fidelity. Support for Modern Rendering and Ultra-Wide Displays Beyond ray tracing, the PC version brings upscaling and frame generation technologies to the table, ensuring a smooth experience across different setups. The game will support: DLSS Ray Reconstruction, an AI-driven feature that enhances ray tracing quality. DLSS 3 and FSR 3. 1, offering improved performance via upscaling. Ultra-wide resolutions, including 21:9, 32:9, and even 48:9 for triple-monitor setups. These enhancements mean Spider-Man’s web-slinging across Manhattan will feel more fluid and immersive, whether playing on high-end rigs or more modest gaming setups. PC System Requirements: Can Your Rig Handle It? Sony has also detailed the system requirements for Marvel’s Spider-Man 2, spanning six different tiers. The minimum specs target 720p at 30 FPS, while the highest settings push for 4K at 60 FPS with Ultimate Ray Tracing. Setting Minimum (720p @ 30 FPS) Recommended (1080p @ 60 FPS) High (1440p @ 60 FPS) High RT (1440p @ 60 FPS) Very High RT (1440p @ 60 FPS) Ultimate RT (4K @ 60 FPS) GPU GTX 1650 / RX 5500 XT RTX 3060 / RX 5700 RTX 3070 / RX 6800 RTX 4070 / RX 7900 XT RTX 4080 / RX 7900 XTX RTX 4090 CPU i3-8100 / Ryzen 3 3100 i5-8400 / Ryzen 5 3600 i5-11400 / Ryzen 5 5600 i5-11600K / Ryzen 5 5600X i7-12700K / Ryzen 9 5900X i9-12900K / Ryzen 7 7800X3D RAM 16 GB 16 GB 16 GB 16 GB 16 GB 32 GB OS Windows 10/11 (64-bit) Windows 10/11 (64-bit) Windows 10/11 (64-bit) Windows 10/11 (64-bit) Windows 10/11 (64-bit) Windows 10/11 (64-bit) SSD Storage 140 GB 140 GB 140 GB 140 GB 140 GB 140 GB For those aiming for Ultimate Ray Tracing, an RTX 4090 and an i9-12900K (or AMD equivalent) will be required, which isn't surprising given the level of graphical fidelity on offer. Meanwhile, players with more modest hardware can still enjoy a solid experience by tweaking the settings. No PSN Account Requirement—A Welcome Surprise One of the more controversial aspects of recent Sony PC releases has been the requirement for a PlayStation Network (PSN) account to access single-player content. However, Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 will not require a PSN account to play. This change, following backlash over previous releases, means that PC players can jump into the game without needing additional logins or online authentication. Launch Details and Availability The wait is almost over. Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 will be available for PC players on Thursday, January 30, launching via Steam and the Epic Games Store. Pre-loads have already gone live, allowing players to get ready for launch. With enhanced graphics, customizable settings, and a flexible range of performance options, this PC release looks set to be a hit. Whether you’re swinging through Manhattan at 4K ultra settings or making do with a budget-friendly setup, Sony’s latest port aims to deliver a visually stunning and technically impressive experience.

---

- Published: 2025-01-29
- Modified: 2025-01-29
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-official-crypto-surges-after-treasury-confirmation/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The price of the Official Trump cryptocurrency is climbing again, shaking off yesterday’s sell-offs and riding a fresh wave of investor enthusiasm. The newly launched meme coin has jumped 6. 5% in the past 24 hours, outpacing gains in Bitcoin (+2. 7%) and Ethereum (+2. 2%), as the broader crypto market trends upward. Investors are linking today’s rally to the Senate’s confirmation of Scott Bessent as Treasury Secretary in a 68-to-29 vote. Bessent’s past support for cryptocurrency is fueling speculation that the industry could see more favorable policies under his watch. At the same time, traders are looking for a rebound after concerns about DeepSeek R1 AI software and macroeconomic risks triggered a downturn earlier in the week. Bessent’s Confirmation Sends Crypto Markets Higher Scott Bessent, a billionaire hedge fund manager, is now the new U. S. Treasury Secretary, and his stance on digital assets is catching the attention of crypto investors. Unlike past Treasury officials who have been skeptical of crypto, Bessent has previously expressed support for digital currencies and blockchain innovations. His confirmation follows President Trump’s January 23 executive order establishing an advisory group focused on cryptocurrencies. The panel, which Bessent was already a part of, is expected to deliver a verdict on a U. S. digital assets reserve within 180 days. The connection between Bessent and the Official Trump cryptocurrency has fueled speculation that the meme coin could benefit from potential pro-crypto policies in the coming months. It also helps that Trump himself has been increasingly vocal about digital assets, a shift from his earlier dismissive stance on cryptocurrencies. Official Trump Token Rides the Volatility Wave Since its launch on January 17, the Official Trump token has been a rollercoaster ride for investors. The coin soared 350% in its debut, but it has also dropped nearly 63% from its peak. These dramatic swings are typical of meme coins, but the political ties to a sitting U. S. president add an extra layer of unpredictability. The latest price surge comes after the token suffered from the broader market slump triggered by fears of a more hawkish Federal Reserve and the launch of the DeepSeek R1 AI model. Traders now appear to be regaining confidence, pushing the meme coin higher in a relief rally. One thing is certain: volatility is here to stay. Unlike Bitcoin or Ethereum, which are often treated as long-term stores of value, meme coins tend to move based on hype, headlines, and sentiment shifts. In this case, the confirmation of a crypto-friendly Treasury Secretary is enough to send prices higher—at least for now. What’s Next for the Official Trump Crypto? Looking ahead, there are several factors that could influence the Official Trump token’s price: Political Developments: The coin is directly linked to Trump, meaning any policy moves, statements, or controversies surrounding his administration could impact its valuation. Crypto Market Trends: While the token is unique, it still follows the broader crypto market. If Bitcoin and Ethereum continue rising, it could provide additional momentum. Macroeconomic Conditions: Inflation, Federal Reserve interest rate decisions, and regulatory policies will play a role in shaping investor sentiment. Regulatory Scrutiny: Given its ties to a sitting president, the token could attract extra attention from lawmakers and financial watchdogs. Investors should be aware that speculative assets like meme coins come with major risks. While today’s rally is a win for holders, the extreme price swings make this an unpredictable and high-risk investment.

---

- Published: 2025-01-29
- Modified: 2025-01-29
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/megan-fox-machine-gun-kelly-breakup-pregnancy/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Megan Fox is making it crystal clear—there's no going back this time. The actress, who split from Machine Gun Kelly during Thanksgiving, is reportedly not interested in rekindling their relationship. As she prepares to welcome their baby, sources say she’s completely cut him off. No Contact, No Reconciliation Fox and MGK are officially over, and according to insiders, they aren't even speaking. TMZ reports that Fox “doesn’t want anything to do with” her former fiancé, shutting him out of her life entirely. For those close to her, this decision seems long overdue. “Everyone in her orbit is happy about it... . They feel like she finally came to her senses by shutting him out of her life,” an insider shared. The relationship, once the epitome of rockstar romance, now seems like a cautionary tale. The Final Straw in Vail The couple, who have had their fair share of public breakups and makeups, hit their breaking point over Thanksgiving weekend in Vail, Colorado. Reports indicate Fox discovered text messages on MGK’s phone involving other women—something she could no longer overlook. This isn’t the first time infidelity rumors have swirled around the musician. Though they had managed to reconcile past issues, this time, Fox reportedly decided enough was enough. A Breakup Amid Pregnancy Their split comes just weeks after Fox publicly shared the news of her pregnancy. On November 11, she posted a photo on Instagram debuting her baby bump and tagged MGK in the post. The caption, “Nothing is ever really lost. welcome back,” seemed to reference their previous miscarriage. While some saw it as a moment of healing, the breakup that followed suggests otherwise. With her due date approaching in March, Fox appears focused on moving forward—without Kelly in the picture. The Fallout and What’s Next Megan Fox is prioritizing her peace: Those close to her believe this is the healthiest choice she's made in a long time. MGK has stayed silent: So far, he hasn’t publicly addressed the breakup. Fans are divided: Some support Fox’s decision to cut ties, while others still hope for a reconciliation. One thing is certain—this breakup doesn’t seem like just another bump in the road. Megan Fox is moving on, and this time, she’s making sure there’s no turning back.

---

- Published: 2025-01-29
- Modified: 2025-01-29
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/hackers-exploit-simplehelp-rmm-vulnerabilities/
- Categories: News, Technology

Security researchers are warning that cybercriminals may be actively exploiting recently patched vulnerabilities in SimpleHelp's Remote Monitoring and Management (RMM) software to gain unauthorized access to networks. The flaws, identified as CVE-2024-57726, CVE-2024-57727, and CVE-2024-57728, were disclosed just two weeks ago, yet attackers appear to be targeting unpatched systems. Flaws Enable File Manipulation and Privilege Escalation The vulnerabilities, first reported by researchers at Horizon3, allow attackers to upload and download files on compromised devices. Worse, they can escalate privileges, potentially gaining full administrative control over systems running vulnerable versions of SimpleHelp. SimpleHelp acted quickly, releasing patches between January 8 and 13 across versions 5. 5. 8, 5. 4. 10, and 5. 3. 9. However, security firm Arctic Wolf has observed a campaign targeting SimpleHelp servers that began about a week after the public disclosure of these security flaws. Arctic Wolf acknowledges that it cannot confirm with absolute certainty that the observed attacks are directly leveraging these vulnerabilities. However, given the timing and nature of the breaches, the firm has made a medium-confidence connection between the campaign and the Horizon3 report. Warnings from Security Firms Organizations using SimpleHelp are being urged to take immediate action: Upgrade to the latest patched versions to mitigate the risk of exploitation. Uninstall SimpleHelp if it's no longer in use to reduce the attack surface. Monitor systems for signs of unauthorized activity, especially unexpected communications with unapproved SimpleHelp servers. According to Arctic Wolf, some of the attacks appear to be leveraging previously installed instances of SimpleHelp that were originally used for remote support sessions. In these cases, the software was still running in the background when attackers initiated their breaches. Over 500 Vulnerable Servers Exposed Online Threat intelligence group Shadowserver Foundation has identified at least 580 exposed instances of vulnerable SimpleHelp servers accessible over the internet. The United States accounts for the largest share, with 345 affected servers. This is a major concern because exposed RMM tools are a common target for hackers seeking initial access to corporate environments. Cybercriminals frequently exploit such software to move laterally within a network, exfiltrate data, and deploy malware, including ransomware. How the Attacks Are Unfolding Arctic Wolf has shared details of one such attack in which the SimpleHelp Remote Access. exe process was already running on an infected system before the attacker took action. This suggests that either the vulnerabilities were exploited to hijack the client or the attacker had access to stolen credentials. Once inside, the intruders executed a series of reconnaissance commands: ‘net’ and ‘nltest’ commands were used to gather information on user accounts, groups, shared resources, and domain controllers. The attackers tested Active Directory connectivity, a common step before attempting privilege escalation or lateral movement within a network. The attack was interrupted before it could escalate further, leaving questions about the ultimate goal of the intrusion. However, the observed behavior is consistent with the early stages of a larger attack, possibly involving data theft or ransomware deployment. Mitigation Steps for SimpleHelp Users For organizations still using SimpleHelp, immediate action is critical. The following measures should be implemented as soon as possible: Action Item Description Upgrade Immediately Install the latest SimpleHelp versions (5. 5. 8, 5. 4. 10, 5. 3. 9) to patch vulnerabilities. Audit Usage If SimpleHelp was installed for one-time remote support, consider removing it to minimize risk. Monitor Traffic Check for unauthorized SimpleHelp server connections. Restrict Access Use firewalls to limit SimpleHelp access to trusted IP addresses only. Review Credentials Reset passwords and implement multi-factor authentication where possible. Security teams should also review Arctic Wolf's latest report and SimpleHelp’s security bulletin for further guidance on securing their deployments. The Bigger Picture Remote monitoring and management tools are a double-edged sword. While they provide IT teams with powerful remote access capabilities, they also create attractive targets for cybercriminals. The fact that hundreds of vulnerable SimpleHelp instances remain exposed online underscores the persistent security risks associated with outdated or improperly configured software. With cyberattacks becoming increasingly sophisticated, organizations must remain vigilant. Patch management, network monitoring, and strict access controls are essential to staying ahead of potential threats. The ongoing SimpleHelp attacks serve as yet another reminder that unpatched vulnerabilities can quickly become a gateway for cybercriminals.

---

- Published: 2025-01-28
- Modified: 2025-01-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-falls-amid-deepseek-ai-drama/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The cryptocurrency market stumbled early this week, with Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin plunging sharply. Surprisingly, it wasn’t a crypto-specific issue causing the turmoil. Instead, the disruption came from a surprising source: artificial intelligence. DeepSeek, a Chinese AI firm, unveiled a groundbreaking model threatening the economics of AI development, rattling tech stocks and indirectly hammering crypto markets. Could this signal a deeper trend or a potential recovery? Crypto’s Decline Amid Tech Sell-Off Bitcoin lost 5% in the last 24 hours, dropping to $103,053. Ethereum fell even more steeply, shedding 7. 7%, while Dogecoin tumbled 8. 5%. These are significant losses, even for notoriously volatile cryptocurrencies. But the cause of the downturn lies beyond the blockchain. DeepSeek’s new AI model, reportedly created at a fraction of the cost of leading systems, has raised eyebrows and fears across industries. If AI costs plummet, projections for data center spending could drop too, impacting the broader tech sector. The market’s reaction to this uncertainty has been swift, with investors pulling out of both tech stocks and correlated crypto assets. Why Crypto Moves with Tech Stocks Crypto often mirrors the performance of tech and growth stocks. When confidence in these markets falters, cryptocurrencies rarely emerge unscathed. This connection was evident during the sharp sell-off in 2022 and is playing out again now. Here’s why crypto is so intertwined with tech: Investor Overlap: Many tech investors also dabble in crypto, linking sentiment across the two markets. Speculative Nature: Both sectors thrive on high-risk, high-reward scenarios. When risk appetite wanes, both suffer. Tech Dependence: Cryptocurrencies rely heavily on technological advancements, such as blockchain innovation and scalability solutions, to justify their valuations. The DeepSeek revelation has reminded investors how fragile these connections can be. If AI infrastructure spending slows down, it could dampen broader market enthusiasm, hitting tech and crypto alike. Speculation vs. Real Value: The Current Crypto Dilemma Cryptocurrencies have enjoyed a bullish streak in recent months, fueled by speculative interest and regulatory optimism. Bitcoin and Dogecoin, in particular, saw their values soar. But now, cracks in that optimism are showing. The Problem with Speculation Much of crypto’s recent rally has been driven by speculative momentum rather than tangible utility. Bitcoin remains a store of value for many, but its lack of intrinsic utility beyond that raises questions. Dogecoin, meanwhile, is largely dependent on social media buzz and memes, making its valuation highly volatile. Ethereum’s Challenges Ethereum stands out as a blockchain with real-world utility, supporting decentralized applications and smart contracts. But even Ethereum faces obstacles. Its slower speeds and higher transaction costs have investors questioning its ability to compete with more efficient alternatives like Solana. The success of niche projects, including meme coins launched on rival blockchains, underscores these concerns. Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs) and Stablecoins There’s growing interest in NFTs and stablecoins, both of which operate on blockchain technology. These assets could offer more tangible use cases than traditional tokens, potentially signaling a shift in where value is being created within the crypto space. Lessons from 2022: Will History Repeat Itself? The parallels to 2022’s crypto collapse are hard to ignore. Back then, a sharp market downturn exposed the vulnerabilities of speculative assets. Cryptocurrencies faced steeper losses than tech stocks, as investors sought refuge in safer investments. This time, the crypto industry is in a slightly stronger position. Regulatory clarity has improved, and some tokens, like Ethereum, have shown signs of utility. But the underlying risks remain, particularly for tokens heavily reliant on speculative hype. A crucial question for investors is whether crypto assets can transition from speculation-driven to utility-driven investments. Without evidence of sustainable value creation, another prolonged downturn could be in store. Market Uncertainty and the Road Ahead Uncertainty is dominating market sentiment, and that’s never a good thing for high-risk assets. The fear surrounding DeepSeek’s AI model has raised broader questions about technology valuations and the sustainability of current spending trends. While the crypto market may recover from this week’s dip, long-term growth will depend on several factors: Regulatory Developments: Investors are eagerly awaiting new rules that could shape the future of crypto markets. Blockchain Innovation: Real progress in blockchain scalability and efficiency will be key to sustaining interest. Market Sentiment: A rebound in tech and growth stocks could lift crypto, but that’s far from guaranteed. The current environment demands patience and a focus on long-term fundamentals. For now, the market appears to be bracing for more turbulence.

---

- Published: 2025-01-28
- Modified: 2025-01-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-deleted-video-oscar-snub-immigration-empathy/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Selena Gomez, known for her candidness and connection with fans, offered a raw glimpse into her emotions in a now-deleted video. Following the announcement of the 2025 Oscar nominations, where she was notably absent despite significant buzz for her performance in Emilia Pérez, Gomez addressed a deeply personal issue, leaving fans and critics alike in conversation. A Night of Highs and Lows: Oscar Buzz and Snub The Academy's 2025 nominations were unveiled last week, and while Selena Gomez didn’t secure an individual nod, her Spanish-language film Emilia Pérez shone brightly with 13 nominations. This marked a major milestone for the film but a bittersweet moment for Gomez. Fans had hoped her role in the critically acclaimed movie would land her a Best Actress nomination. Even with the absence of personal recognition, Gomez remained a focal point of discussion due to her involvement in the highly-nominated film. Her fans flooded social media with mixed emotions, celebrating the movie's success while lamenting her Oscar snub. The Emotional Video: Crying and a Plea for Empathy On Monday, January 27, Gomez posted an emotional video to her followers, only to delete it shortly after. In the clip, she appeared teary-eyed, speaking directly to her audience while holding a Mexican flag emoji as a symbol of solidarity. "I just wanted to say that I’m so sorry," she said, referring to the deportations carried out by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents. Her words reflected frustration and helplessness: “All my people are getting attacked, the children. I don’t understand. I’m so sorry. I wish I could do something, but I can’t. I don’t know what to do. ” Fans quickly shared snippets of the video online, amplifying her heartfelt apology. Gomez’s remarks highlighted her empathy for those affected by immigration policies, particularly following recent actions under Donald Trump’s administration. Immigration Policies and ICE Operations Fuel Outcry On January 26, just a day before Gomez's video, ICE announced a significant operation that led to 956 arrests and 554 detainers in a single day. These developments came on the heels of Trump’s inauguration, where he reiterated a hardline stance on immigration and pledged to increase deportations of undocumented immigrants. For many, Gomez's video was a powerful moment of solidarity. She expressed concern for families facing separation and children caught in the crossfire of political policies. Her statement, “I’ll try everything, I promise,” resonated deeply with communities impacted by these events. Her vulnerability, however, also sparked polarized reactions. While many praised her courage, others criticized her for what they perceived as overstepping or politicizing the issue. The Backlash and Selena’s Response As the clip circulated, Gomez ended the video with a poignant line: “Apparently it’s not ok to show empathy for people. ” This comment seemed to address the criticism she anticipated—or perhaps had already received—for speaking out on such a contentious issue. The deleted video also reignited discussions about the role of celebrities in activism. Some argued that stars like Gomez have a platform that can bring attention to pressing issues, while others questioned the effectiveness of such public displays. Regardless of the debate, Gomez’s message added a personal layer to a nationwide conversation. The Road Ahead for Selena Gomez Despite the Oscars snub, Gomez’s role in Emilia Pérez and her broader impact remain significant. Her performance in the film has been lauded by critics, and the movie's 13 nominations position it as a favorite in multiple categories. Gomez’s fans have rallied behind her, emphasizing her contributions to the project and her ability to tackle meaningful roles outside her comfort zone. For now, Selena Gomez remains an artist unafraid to show her human side, whether through her roles, her music, or her activism. Her brief yet heartfelt video may have been taken down, but its impact continues to ripple across social media and public discourse.

---

- Published: 2025-01-28
- Modified: 2025-01-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/apple-security-update-zero-day-vulnerability-cve-2025-24085/
- Categories: News, Technology

Apple has rolled out critical software updates addressing several security flaws, including a zero-day vulnerability actively exploited in real-world scenarios. The issue, identified as CVE-2025-24085, is a use-after-free bug in Core Media, allowing malicious apps to escalate privileges on affected devices. CVE-2025-24085: What We Know So Far Apple’s advisory notes that the vulnerability may have been actively exploited in earlier versions of iOS, specifically those predating iOS 17. 2. This flaw stems from improper memory handling, creating opportunities for attackers to manipulate system processes. To counter the threat, Apple has implemented enhanced memory management across its product line, patching the following operating systems and devices: iOS 18. 3 and iPadOS 18. 3: Covers iPhone XS and newer models, multiple iPad generations, including iPad Pro and iPad Air variants. macOS Sequoia 15. 3: Secures Macs running the latest version of Sequoia. tvOS 18. 3: Applies to Apple TV HD and Apple TV 4K models. visionOS 2. 3: Focused on the Apple Vision Pro headset. watchOS 11. 3: Targeted for Apple Watch Series 6 and newer. Apple has provided no additional details about the real-world exploitation, such as the attackers, methods, or intended targets. The discovery has also not been attributed to any particular security researcher, leaving significant questions unanswered. AirPlay and CoreAudio Vulnerabilities Also Addressed Apple’s updates go beyond CVE-2025-24085, tackling multiple security gaps in other areas of its ecosystem: AirPlay Flaws Discovery by Uri Katz: Five vulnerabilities were reported in the AirPlay feature by Oligo Security’s Uri Katz. These flaws could lead to issues like denial-of-service (DoS), unexpected system shutdowns, or arbitrary code execution. Apple has since patched these vulnerabilities to improve overall system stability. CoreAudio Weaknesses Google’s TAG Involvement: The CoreAudio component was found to have three vulnerabilities (CVE-2025-24160, CVE-2025-24161, CVE-2025-24163) by Google’s Threat Analysis Group. Exploiting these could force an app to crash when parsing specific file types, posing a risk of disruption to users. While details remain limited, this collaboration between Apple and researchers like Google’s TAG reflects the growing focus on addressing potential entry points in multimedia processing components. What’s at Stake? The zero-day nature of CVE-2025-24085 underlines the urgency for users to update their devices. While technical specifics about the exploit are sparse, the active exploitation warning indicates a tangible risk. Older versions of iOS appear to have been the primary targets, but the updates aim to prevent future incidents across all supported devices. Security experts recommend prompt action: Check for Updates: Ensure all Apple devices are running the latest software versions. Be Cautious: Avoid installing untrusted apps or clicking on suspicious links. Stay Informed: Monitor updates from Apple and credible sources about emerging threats. A Growing Trend in Zero-Day Exploits This development highlights a concerning pattern in cybersecurity, with zero-day vulnerabilities becoming increasingly frequent. Major tech companies like Apple, Google, and Microsoft have all faced similar challenges, underscoring the need for constant vigilance. The role of external researchers, such as Google’s TAG and independent professionals, continues to be vital. Their efforts bring critical issues to light, often enabling companies to address threats before they spiral out of control. The Bigger Picture Apple’s quick response in releasing these updates demonstrates its commitment to safeguarding user security. However, the limited disclosure about the nature of the exploit and affected parties leaves some unanswered questions. Transparency about such incidents can enhance user trust while fostering a collaborative security ecosystem. Cyber threats are evolving, and even the most secure platforms are not immune. Apple’s latest updates serve as a reminder for users to prioritize digital hygiene and stay proactive against vulnerabilities.

---

- Published: 2025-01-28
- Modified: 2025-01-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/apple-security-update-zero-day-vulnerability/
- Categories: News, Technology

Apple has released critical software updates to fix multiple security flaws across its range of devices, including a zero-day vulnerability that the company says has been actively exploited in the wild. The vulnerability, tracked as CVE-2025-24085, raises concerns due to its potential to elevate privileges on compromised devices. The Zero-Day Vulnerability: A Closer Look The flagged vulnerability, CVE-2025-24085, is a use-after-free bug within Apple’s Core Media component. According to Apple, the flaw could allow malicious applications already installed on a device to gain elevated privileges, potentially leading to more severe attacks. In its advisory, Apple noted, "This issue may have been actively exploited against versions of iOS prior to iOS 17. 2. " However, the exact nature of these attacks and the identities of those targeted remain unclear. Devices Impacted and Updates Issued Apple has released patches with improved memory management to address the issue. Here’s a breakdown of the devices and corresponding updates: iOS 18. 3 and iPadOS 18. 3 For iPhone XS and later, iPad Pro 13-inch, iPad Pro 12. 9-inch (3rd generation and later), iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation and later), iPad Air (3rd generation and later), iPad (7th generation and later), and iPad mini (5th generation and later). macOS Sequoia 15. 3 For all Macs running macOS Sequoia. tvOS 18. 3 Covering Apple TV HD and all models of Apple TV 4K. visionOS 2. 3 Released for Apple Vision Pro. watchOS 11. 3 Targeting Apple Watch Series 6 and later. These updates reflect Apple’s swift response to safeguard its users from potential risks stemming from the vulnerability. Other Security Flaws Patched The updates also addressed additional security flaws, further emphasizing the critical nature of the patches. Here are some highlights: AirPlay Vulnerabilities Apple patched five security issues in the AirPlay feature, all reported by Uri Katz of Oligo Security. These flaws could allow attackers to: Trigger unexpected system terminations. Cause denial-of-service (DoS) conditions. Execute arbitrary code under specific conditions. CoreAudio Vulnerabilities Google’s Threat Analysis Group (TAG) identified and disclosed three vulnerabilities (CVE-2025-24160, CVE-2025-24161, and CVE-2025-24163) in Apple’s CoreAudio component. These bugs could cause applications to crash unexpectedly when processing maliciously crafted files. While the technical details remain limited, the vulnerabilities highlight the importance of handling media files from unknown sources with caution. What This Means for Apple Users CVE-2025-24085, labeled as “actively exploited,” is a stark reminder of the persistent threats targeting device users. Apple’s rapid response highlights the need for vigilance among its global user base. However, the company has yet to share details about: How the flaw has been used in real-world attacks. The threat actors behind the exploits. Potential victims. While these updates demonstrate Apple’s commitment to addressing vulnerabilities, users are urged to stay proactive by applying the patches immediately. How to Ensure Your Device is Safe Here are some steps users should take: Regularly check for software updates in device settings. Avoid installing applications from unknown sources. Refrain from opening untrusted files or links. The Broader Implications of Security Updates Apple’s quick release of these updates is part of a growing trend among tech companies to address security issues more transparently. Zero-day vulnerabilities are particularly concerning because they can be exploited before developers are even aware of their existence. While this wave of updates will bolster device security, it also raises questions about the frequency and scope of such vulnerabilities. With increasingly sophisticated attacks, companies like Apple face mounting pressure to stay one step ahead.

---

- Published: 2025-01-27
- Modified: 2025-01-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-cryptocurrency-decline-media-investor-concerns/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The Official Trump cryptocurrency has hit a rough patch. After a meteoric rise on its debut, the controversial meme coin saw its valuation plummet by 50% last week. The token, launched on January 17, initially captivated investors with its explosive debut, but recent trading suggests the hype is waning. The Rise and Fall of Official Trump The token’s launch coincided with Donald Trump’s return to political office, a calculated move that seemed to capitalize on his brand power. Official Trump surged over 360% in its first few days, fueled by speculation and meme coin frenzy. But as the dust settled, skepticism took over. The lack of post-inauguration price momentum has led to a sharp reversal, leaving many investors questioning its long-term viability. Adding fuel to the fire, media scrutiny of the token has intensified. Concerns over potential conflicts of interest and centralized control have dominated headlines, painting a less-than-rosy picture for the cryptocurrency. It didn’t help that two companies tied to Trump, CIC Digital LLC and Fight Fight Fight LLC, collectively hold 80% of the token supply. Investor Concerns Take Center Stage Negative press has amplified investor fears, pushing some to sell off their holdings. The concentration of supply in Trump-linked entities is a major sticking point, even with a three-year lockup in place for these large stakeholders. This raises questions about the token's decentralization and the risk of future sell-offs by big players. While some investors were banking on a post-inauguration rally, reality has been less exciting. The anticipated boom following Trump’s return to office didn’t materialize, triggering a wave of profit-taking by speculators. The result? A sharp decline in token value. Meme Coin or Political Branding? Meme coins often ride waves of internet hype, but the Official Trump token has added layers of complexity due to its political ties. With no clear utility or roadmap beyond its association with Trump, the token is seen by many as a branding exercise rather than a serious cryptocurrency. Its value is largely speculative, hinging on Trump’s brand strength and public actions. Unlike mainstream cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin or Ethereum, which offer decentralized finance (DeFi) functionality and smart contracts, meme coins like Official Trump are driven by sentiment—and that sentiment is volatile. Volatility: A Double-Edged Sword Like its meme coin predecessors Dogecoin and Shiba Inu, Official Trump’s performance is subject to extreme volatility. These tokens thrive on internet culture, humor, and community support, but they lack the fundamentals that underpin more established cryptocurrencies. Official Trump’s tie to a polarizing figure only adds to its unpredictability. For example, Dogecoin skyrocketed in value thanks to endorsements from Elon Musk, but even it has struggled to maintain long-term price stability. Similarly, Official Trump’s value could see dramatic swings depending on political developments, media coverage, or changes in investor sentiment. What Lies Ahead for Official Trump? Predicting the future of Official Trump is tricky. On one hand, its connection to a former U. S. president gives it unparalleled visibility. On the other, its speculative nature and negative press make it a risky bet. Whether it regains its footing or continues to slide will depend on a few factors: Investor confidence: Can the token shake off concerns about centralized control and potential conflicts of interest? Market trends: Will the broader crypto market support another meme coin resurgence? Trump’s influence: How much will Trump’s actions and public perception impact the token’s value? For now, Official Trump’s story is a cautionary tale for those drawn to meme coins. The allure of quick profits can be irresistible, but as this token shows, the risks are equally real.

---

- Published: 2025-01-27
- Modified: 2025-01-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/zayn-malik-ny-concert-downtime-one-direction/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Zayn Malik, the heartthrob known for his velvety vocals and chart-topping hits, was recently spotted unwinding after his latest concert. Following his electrifying performance at New York City's Hammerstein Ballroom, the former One Direction star was seen puffing on a cigarette in a rare moment of post-show relaxation. Casual and Cool: Zayn’s Relaxed Look Clad in a laid-back ensemble featuring a red plaid shirt and tan pants, Zayn exuded a casual charm that fans have come to adore. As he stepped out of an SUV, fans gathered nearby couldn’t help but admire the singer’s effortless style. It was a brief but candid glimpse into the personal downtime of the artist currently on his "Stairway to the Sky" tour. A Hint at Nostalgia: One Direction Talk During the concert, Malik sent the crowd into a frenzy when he hinted at the possibility of revisiting his One Direction days. While performing his solo hits, he paused to address the audience, saying, “Maybe I’ll mix it up at some point, maybe a 1D song in there or something. ” The mere suggestion had the audience screaming in excitement, only for Zayn to follow up with a playful disclaimer: “Don’t get excited, not tonight! Sorry, I didn’t mean to tease you like it’s not tonight. ” His cheeky comment left fans both amused and hopeful for a future moment of nostalgia. The Impact of One Direction Zayn Malik’s connection to One Direction remains a defining chapter of his career. As one-fifth of the boy band phenomenon that took the world by storm in 2010, Malik rose to fame alongside Harry Styles, Liam Payne, Niall Horan, and Louis Tomlinson. However, his departure on March 25, 2015, marked the beginning of the group’s eventual hiatus, leaving fans heartbroken. The band, which was formed on The X Factor UK, delivered iconic hits like "What Makes You Beautiful" and "Story of My Life," becoming a global sensation. Zayn’s departure shifted the dynamics of the group, but it also allowed him to carve out a distinct identity as a solo artist with hits like "Pillowtalk" and "Dusk Till Dawn. " A Night to Remember Zayn Malik’s New York concert and his post-show appearance provided fans with plenty to talk about. From his casual outfit to his playful nod to One Direction, every moment felt like a blend of the past and present. While his cryptic remarks about performing a One Direction song remain just a tease for now, fans are undoubtedly clinging to the hope of a reunion or a tribute to the band’s legacy. For now, Zayn seems content enjoying the journey, one cigarette break at a time.

---

- Published: 2025-01-27
- Modified: 2025-01-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/indian-passport-visa-free-countries-2025/
- Categories: News

Traveling the world just got easier for Indian passport holders. With visa-free or visa-on-arrival access to 57 countries, globetrotting is no longer an uphill battle. Whether you're dreaming of serene beaches or bustling cities, this newfound freedom has made international travel more accessible than ever. The Significance of Visa-Free Travel For many, the hassle of obtaining a visa often puts a damper on travel plans. Endless paperwork, interview appointments, and waiting periods are not exactly part of anyone's vacation dream. But with visa-free and visa-on-arrival agreements, Indian travelers can now skip the red tape for 57 destinations around the globe. This change highlights India's growing global presence. As more nations open their borders to Indian passport holders, the scope for exploring international cultures has expanded immensely. It’s not just about convenience; it’s a recognition of India's evolving global footprint. India’s Passport Ranking and What It Means India’s passport ranks 122nd on the Henley Passport Index, which measures global access based on visa requirements. While not in the top tier, this position reflects a steady improvement in international mobility for Indian citizens. This ranking is backed by: Increased diplomatic efforts fostering bilateral agreements. Expanding global recognition of India as a key player in trade, tourism, and international relations. For travelers, this means broader horizons, less hassle, and more adventures on the horizon. Countries Welcoming Indian Passport Holders Without a Visa The list of countries where Indian passport holders can travel visa-free or obtain a visa on arrival includes popular destinations and hidden gems alike. Here's a breakdown: Popular Tourist Hotspots: Maldives Thailand Mauritius Sri Lanka These countries are known for their pristine beaches, rich cultures, and tourist-friendly policies. Whether you’re looking for a tropical getaway or a spiritual retreat, these destinations have you covered. Exotic and Lesser-Known Gems: Comoro Islands Kiribati Timor-Leste Vanuatu For those with a taste for the road less traveled, these places offer unique experiences, from untouched landscapes to vibrant local traditions. Complete List: Here’s the full roster of destinations you can explore without a pre-approved visa: Region Countries Asia Bhutan, Cambodia, Indonesia, Iran, Kazakhstan, Laos, Macao, Malaysia, Maldives, Myanmar, Nepal Africa Burundi, Cape Verde, Comoros, Djibouti, Guinea-Bissau, Kenya, Madagascar, Mauritius, Mozambique Caribbean Barbados, Dominica, Grenada, Jamaica, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, Trinidad and Tobago Oceania Cook Islands, Fiji, Kiribati, Marshall Islands, Micronesia, Palau, Samoa, Tuvalu, Vanuatu Middle East Jordan, Qatar Other Regions Bolivia, Ethiopia, Seychelles, Zimbabwe This growing list reflects stronger diplomatic ties and an increasing recognition of Indian tourism’s value. Tips for Seamless Travel As exciting as this is, a smooth journey requires a bit of preparation. Here are some tips to make the most of your visa-free or visa-on-arrival trips: Check Updates Regularly: Rules and agreements change. Always confirm the visa policies for your destination through official government channels or the Ministry of External Affairs. Be Prepared for Visa-on-Arrival: While paperwork is minimal, ensure you have essentials like passport-sized photos, onward travel tickets, and proof of accommodation. Consider Travel Insurance: Even when not mandatory, insurance can save you from unexpected expenses and offer peace of mind. Budget Wisely: While entry might be free, check for any hidden costs, such as departure taxes or processing fees for visa-on-arrival. Why This Matters The ease of visa-free travel is a significant milestone for Indian passport holders. It’s not just about convenience—it’s about opportunity. Whether you're a seasoned explorer or someone looking to take their first international trip, these changes lower barriers and open the world to more people. For destinations, it’s a chance to welcome Indian tourists, known for their diverse interests and increasing spending power. For India, it’s a symbol of rising influence and partnerships in an interconnected world.

---

- Published: 2025-01-25
- Modified: 2025-01-25
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-market-declines-regulatory-shifts-solana-trump-meme-coin/
- Categories: News, Crypto

This week marked significant developments in the cryptocurrency world, with regulatory rollbacks and surprising market reactions. Despite a friendlier regulatory landscape emerging, the crypto market didn’t rally as many expected. Instead, several altcoins saw steep declines, and a new meme coin on Solana added another twist to the narrative. Altcoins Stumble Despite Regulatory Easing The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) reversed SAB 122, a rule that previously barred banks from holding crypto for their customers, and former President Trump ended certain crypto enforcement actions. These moves were heralded as victories for the industry. Yet, the market didn’t respond with enthusiasm. Cardano (ADA), Polkadot (DOT), and Uniswap (UNI) were among the biggest losers. Data from S&P Global Market Intelligence showed weekly declines of 13. 6%, 14. 4%, and 15. 4% for these tokens, respectively. This was a sharp contrast to the optimism surrounding potential regulatory clarity. Why the slump? One explanation could be a classic "sell the news" scenario. Investors, particularly large holders known as whales, offloaded significant amounts of tokens, with 180 million Cardano tokens sold last week alone. Lack of Demand: A Persistent Challenge The price declines highlight a persistent issue in the crypto space: demand. Even with improved market conditions, demand for specific tokens hasn't materialized. For a cryptocurrency to gain value, it must serve a purpose or provide utility that drives demand. Many blockchain companies are building innovative solutions, but these efforts don’t always translate into higher token prices. In some cases, the focus on innovation overshadows the economic model supporting the token itself. Solana’s Moment in the Spotlight The launch of the Trump meme token over the weekend brought unexpected attention to Solana. Unlike Ethereum’s Layer-2 solutions, the token was launched on Solana, leveraging its native tools and infrastructure. Solana has demonstrated impressive scalability, handling nearly 300 million transactions in the past month. This performance under pressure raised questions about the competitiveness of other platforms like Polkadot and Ethereum. Why pay higher fees on slower platforms when Solana offers a faster, cheaper alternative? Uniswap, Ethereum’s popular decentralized exchange, also took a hit. As more activity shifts to Solana, platforms like Uniswap could see their market share erode further, creating new challenges for Ethereum's ecosystem. Shifting Market Dynamics The emergence of meme coins and collectibles like NFTs has brought new energy to the crypto space. As investor David Sacks noted, these assets function like digital collectibles, capturing attention and sparking debate. But the rise of meme coins also underscores a broader question: What’s the future of native blockchain tokens? For many blockchains, the true value may lie in the products and services built on top, not in the tokens themselves. Here’s a quick snapshot of this week’s key points: Altcoin Declines: Cardano, Polkadot, and Uniswap saw double-digit losses despite regulatory wins. Regulatory Shifts: SEC rolled back SAB 122, and Trump halted enforcement actions, creating potential for bank involvement in crypto custody. Solana’s Growth: The platform’s efficiency and lower fees have made it a standout performer, especially with the successful launch of the Trump meme coin. A Long Road to Stability As the hype around meme coins and regulatory shifts fades, the crypto market faces a critical question: What’s next? Builders are working on real-world applications, but progress takes time. Patience isn’t a hallmark of the crypto market, and short-term sentiment often drives prices more than long-term fundamentals. For now, Solana appears to have momentum on its side, while other altcoins face an uphill battle. The coming weeks will test whether the market can sustain innovation while addressing its persistent challenges.

---

- Published: 2025-01-25
- Modified: 2025-01-25
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/zyxel-firewall-critical-errors-bad-update/
- Categories: News, Technology

Zyxel, a prominent provider of networking solutions, has issued a warning about a flawed security signature update that has triggered severe issues in its USG FLEX and ATP Series firewalls. These problems include devices being stuck in a boot loop, system crashes, and other significant functionality issues. A Troubling Update Causes Major Disruptions Zyxel’s advisory highlights the impact of an Application Signature Update distributed between January 24 and January 25. The problematic update has led to various complications for affected devices, including: Devices entering reboot loops. System login failures, with errors like "504 Gateway timeout. " High CPU usage. "ZySH daemon is busy" messages in system logs. Console issues, including inability to execute commands. Frequent coredump messages during device operation. Affected devices also display flashing system LEDs, signaling critical system issues. Zyxel clarified that this disruption is not related to a Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) flaw or a broader security vulnerability. However, the practical challenges for administrators are substantial. Impacted Devices and Scope of the Problem The issue appears limited to USG FLEX and ATP Series firewalls operating on ZLD Firmware Versions, provided they have active security licenses. Notably, Zyxel devices on the Nebula platform or USG FLEX H (uOS) series remain unaffected, offering some relief to administrators managing mixed environments. As first reported by Born City, the situation underscores the significant inconvenience caused by such errors, particularly when remote management is disabled. Recovery: A Manual Process Requiring On-Site Access Unfortunately, resolving the problem demands physical access to the affected firewalls. Zyxel specifies that recovery requires an RS232 serial cable to connect directly to the device console. Key steps for recovery include: Backing up the device configuration. Downloading and applying a specially provided firmware update. Restoring the backed-up configuration through the web GUI. These steps ensure that the firewall resumes normal functionality, but they involve manual intervention, which may disrupt operations for organizations with numerous distributed devices. Important Considerations Physical access is mandatory for recovery. Remote troubleshooting is not viable for this specific issue. Zyxel advises admins to review detailed instructions in its advisory before proceeding with recovery efforts. For organizations reliant on Zyxel firewalls, the need for manual intervention raises logistical challenges, particularly in distributed setups or environments with limited technical staffing. Zyxel’s Response: Support and Transparency Acknowledging the gravity of the issue, Zyxel is taking proactive measures to support affected customers. The company has scheduled Microsoft Teams Open Question Sessions on Saturday, January 25, to provide real-time assistance. These sessions are set to run from 9 a. m. to 12 p. m. and 1 p. m. to 5 p. m. (GMT +1). This initiative underscores Zyxel’s commitment to resolving the issue while ensuring that administrators have access to expert guidance. Despite these efforts, Zyxel has not disclosed the underlying cause of the faulty update or the exact number of affected devices. Additionally, BleepingComputer has reached out to the company for further information, but no immediate response has been received. Practical Implications for Admins The incident serves as a reminder of the challenges posed by automatic updates in critical infrastructure. While such updates are intended to enhance security, errors like these highlight the need for contingency planning. Administrators managing Zyxel firewalls should: Ensure backup configurations are always updated and stored securely. Maintain a supply of necessary recovery tools, including RS232 serial cables. Regularly monitor vendor advisories to preemptively address potential issues. Minimizing Future Risks For IT administrators, this incident underscores the importance of balancing automation with oversight. While automation simplifies updates, it also increases the potential for widespread disruptions when errors occur. Mitigation strategies should include staggered rollouts, robust testing protocols, and fallback measures. Zyxel, for its part, will likely face scrutiny over the robustness of its update verification processes. For now, the company’s immediate response and willingness to engage with affected users are positive steps. Still, the long-term impact on user trust remains to be seen.

---

- Published: 2025-01-25
- Modified: 2025-01-25
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/vivek-ramaswamy-elon-musk-doge-departure/
- Categories: News

Indian-American entrepreneur and former Republican presidential candidate Vivek Ramaswamy has stepped down from his role at the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), just hours after Donald Trump was sworn in as the 47th President of the United States. The department, co-led by Elon Musk, aims to streamline federal operations. Ramaswamy’s abrupt exit has sparked widespread speculation and debate, especially given the timing and underlying tensions. A Quick Departure Amid High Hopes Ramaswamy was personally selected by Trump to co-lead DOGE alongside Musk, marking a significant step in his political journey. Yet, mere hours into the role, he announced his departure via X (formerly Twitter), saying, “It was my honor to help support the creation of DOGE. I’m confident that Elon & team will succeed in streamlining the government. ” His brief tenure raised eyebrows, particularly as it followed weeks of rumored discord between him and Musk. Unnamed sources cited by Politico suggest that Musk had actively lobbied for Ramaswamy’s removal, citing philosophical differences and recent public controversies. Ramaswamy’s outspoken views on American culture, which resurfaced during the transition period, are believed to have intensified these tensions. A Controversial Post Resurfaces At the heart of the discord was a December 2024 social media post from Ramaswamy that reignited debates among conservatives. In the viral post, he criticized what he perceived as a cultural shift prioritizing mediocrity over excellence in America. “American culture has venerated mediocrity over excellence for way too long,” he wrote. The post quickly amassed over 118 million views and tens of thousands of comments, with reactions sharply divided. Some saw his remarks as a hard-hitting truth, while others accused him of undermining American values. A few standout responses highlighted the polarized sentiment: “Well, he was right, but America wasn’t ready for that conversation,” one user wrote. “I’d salute, but you need to respect America first, Vivek,” another retorted. Critics argue that such statements risk alienating the very audience Ramaswamy seeks to engage. Supporters, however, praised his willingness to address uncomfortable topics, viewing him as a bold voice in a party often cautious about self-critique. What Lies Ahead for DOGE? Elon Musk, now the sole leader of DOGE, has yet to comment on Ramaswamy’s departure. The department’s mission of “streamlining government” aligns with Musk’s penchant for tackling inefficiencies, whether in the private sector or now in the public domain. Many are watching closely to see how Musk navigates this politically charged environment. For Ramaswamy, however, the exit doesn’t signal a retreat from politics. Reports from the Associated Press indicate he is preparing for a gubernatorial run in Ohio, his home state. A trusted ally of Trump and Vice President JD Vance, Ramaswamy’s sights appear set on influencing governance at the state level. Divided Opinions and Political Calculations The split underscores broader ideological tensions within the Republican Party. While some GOP leaders appreciate Ramaswamy’s unfiltered critique of American culture, others worry it may alienate key voter blocs. His background as the son of Indian immigrants and his entrepreneurial success story add a unique dimension to his political persona, appealing to some as an embodiment of the American Dream. Still, Ramaswamy’s comments have sparked a larger conversation about cultural values and work ethic in the U. S. His assertion that foreign-born and first-generation engineers dominate American tech not because of an “IQ deficit” but due to cultural priorities has resonated with some, even as it alienates others. Moving Forward: Questions Remain As DOGE embarks on its mission to transform government operations, questions linger about Ramaswamy’s sudden departure. Was it a fundamental clash of philosophies, or a strategic decision to avoid internal conflict? Musk’s silence on the matter adds to the intrigue, leaving political analysts and the public speculating. Meanwhile, Ramaswamy’s political future remains as unpredictable as ever. His polarizing statements may pose risks, but they also solidify his reputation as a disruptive force in conservative politics. Whether that approach proves beneficial or detrimental in the long term will be closely watched as he potentially transitions to state-level leadership.

---

- Published: 2025-01-24
- Modified: 2025-01-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-drop-new-meme-coins-challenge/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin, the beloved dog-themed cryptocurrency, had a rough week as its value dropped sharply, leaving investors questioning its resilience. The coin, often referred to as the "king of memes," saw a significant 15. 5% dip as of Tuesday evening, with an earlier decline reaching 17. 5%. This downturn starkly contrasted the broader market's performance, with the S&P 500 and Nasdaq 100 posting gains of 2% and 2. 1%, respectively. New Meme Coins Shake Up the Crypto Landscape The cryptocurrency market thrives on innovation and speculation, but this week brought an unusual twist: the emergence of politically themed meme coins. The most notable among them, "Official Trump" ($TRUMP), made waves as it soared over 400% since its launch. At one point, its value was up nearly 1000% before shedding half its gains, showcasing the volatile nature of this new entrant. The $TRUMP token was released just days before Donald Trump assumed the presidency, accompanied by a clear message on its website that it’s intended as a meme rather than a serious financial tool. However, history has shown that meme coins can become incredibly profitable, and $TRUMP’s rapid rise underscores this potential. Adding to the mix, "Official Melania Meme" joined the fray, further intensifying competition. These new coins have sparked discussions about their impact on the meme coin market and whether Dogecoin’s position as the top meme coin is now under threat. Dogecoin’s Core Narrative Faces Scrutiny Dogecoin’s association with Elon Musk has been a key driver of its popularity and value. Musk’s playful tweets and public endorsements have often spiked the coin’s price and strengthened its cult following. However, with the arrival of $TRUMP and similar coins, Dogecoin’s narrative is being challenged. Investors who viewed Dogecoin as a unique, Musk-backed asset are now questioning whether it can maintain its edge. The Trump-themed tokens have introduced a fresh, albeit divisive, dynamic, making it harder for Dogecoin to stand out in a crowded market of memes. One investor sentiment seems to echo this shift: “If Dogecoin was about fun and community, $TRUMP has taken it to a new level. It’s ironic, loud, and has shaken up what we thought was a settled space. ” Market Implications of Political Meme Coins While the concept of meme coins has always been unconventional, the launch of politically themed tokens raises eyebrows for several reasons. First, it blurs the line between entertainment and financial instruments. Critics argue that tokens like $TRUMP could damage crypto's credibility by reinforcing its reputation as a speculative playground rather than a serious financial ecosystem. On the flip side, some believe these coins could bring more attention to cryptocurrencies in general. By appealing to specific communities—political supporters, in this case—these coins might introduce a new demographic to the crypto space. Whether this attention will translate into sustainable growth or short-term hype remains uncertain. Here’s what we know so far about the $TRUMP token and its impact: Market Reaction: $TRUMP’s explosive growth has created a ripple effect, with other meme coins experiencing increased trading volumes. Crypto Purists’ Concerns: Established players in the crypto community worry that such gimmicky tokens might distract from efforts to legitimize cryptocurrencies in mainstream finance. Short-Term Speculation: Like many meme coins, $TRUMP has proven to be a magnet for speculative traders. However, its long-term viability remains questionable. Dogecoin’s Challenges: Where Does It Go from Here? As Dogecoin grapples with this unexpected competition, it faces several key challenges: Sustaining Investor Interest: With newer, more attention-grabbing coins entering the market, Dogecoin needs to find ways to maintain its appeal. Whether through new partnerships or technological updates, it must offer more than nostalgia and memes. Market Dynamics: The crypto market is increasingly saturated with meme coins, each trying to carve out a niche. Dogecoin’s survival depends on its ability to adapt and innovate. Broader Crypto Sentiment: The emergence of $TRUMP has sparked debates about what cryptocurrencies should represent. If the market shifts toward utility-focused projects, Dogecoin and other meme coins could struggle to stay relevant. A crypto analyst commented, “Dogecoin isn’t just a coin; it’s a symbol. But symbols can lose their power if they stop resonating with people. Right now, Dogecoin needs to remind the world why it’s special. ”

---

- Published: 2025-01-24
- Modified: 2025-01-24
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/google-identity-check-android-biometric-security/
- Categories: News, Technology

Google has unveiled a new security feature called Identity Check, designed to protect sensitive settings on supported Android devices by locking them behind biometric authentication when users are outside of trusted locations. The feature aims to enhance device and account security, especially in situations where unauthorized access could compromise critical settings. “When you turn on Identity Check, your device will require explicit biometric authentication to access certain sensitive resources when you're outside of trusted locations,” Google explained in its announcement. Biometric Protection for Critical Actions The Identity Check feature introduces a robust layer of security by mandating biometric authentication for specific actions, which include: Accessing saved passwords and passkeys in Google Password Manager. Using autofill passwords in apps from Google Password Manager (excluding Chrome). Modifying screen lock settings such as PIN, pattern, and password. Changing biometric options like Fingerprint or Face Unlock. Running a factory reset. Turning off Find My Device and other theft protection features. Managing trusted locations and disabling Identity Check. Setting up a new device with the current one. Adding or removing a Google Account. Accessing Developer options. This feature also activates enhanced protection for Google Accounts, preventing unauthorized users from taking control of accounts logged into the device. Availability and Activation Currently, Identity Check is exclusive to Google Pixel devices running Android 15 and eligible Samsung Galaxy phones with One UI 7. Users can enable the feature by navigating to: Settings > Google > All services > Theft protection > Identity Check. The rollout is part of Google’s broader effort to enhance device security, complementing existing features such as Theft Detection Lock, Offline Device Lock, and Remote Lock. Expanding Theft Protection Tools Google has also extended its AI-powered Theft Detection Lock to all Android devices running Android 10 or later globally. This tool, developed in collaboration with the GSMA and industry experts, aims to combat mobile theft through shared information and prevention techniques. These advancements reflect Google’s commitment to improving device security across the Android ecosystem. Tackling Chrome Extension Threats In addition to mobile security, Google is addressing cybersecurity risks in web browsers. The company recently launched the Chrome Web Store for Enterprises, enabling organizations to curate lists of approved extensions. This initiative reduces the likelihood of employees installing harmful or unverified add-ons. Concerns about browser extension security are particularly timely following revelations about a spear-phishing campaign targeting Chrome extension developers. This campaign, identified by French cybersecurity firm Sekoia, injected malicious code into legitimate Chrome extensions. The attack compromised sensitive data, including API keys, session cookies, and authentication tokens for platforms such as ChatGPT and Facebook for Business. Sekoia’s analysis highlighted the persistence of the threat actor, who shifted tactics in late 2024 from distributing malicious extensions via fake websites to compromising legitimate ones. The shift involved phishing emails, malicious OAuth applications, and injected code, further illustrating the sophisticated strategies employed by cybercriminals. Implications for Users and Enterprises These developments underline the growing importance of securing digital devices and accounts in an era of increasing cyber threats. Google's Identity Check and Theft Detection Lock are timely responses to the rising risk of mobile theft and unauthorized access. Meanwhile, enterprise tools like the Chrome Web Store for Enterprises aim to protect organizations from vulnerabilities introduced through browser extensions. While these measures strengthen overall security, they also serve as reminders for users and organizations to stay vigilant. Cybercriminals are becoming more innovative, targeting both individual users and larger ecosystems like browser extensions.

---

- Published: 2025-01-23
- Modified: 2025-01-23
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-cryptocurrency-selloff-skepticism-risks/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The highly publicized "Trump Official" cryptocurrency token has hit a rocky patch, recording a steep 17. 8% drop in its price over the last 24 hours as of 5:15 p. m. ET on Wednesday. The token, which debuted just last Friday, has already stirred considerable attention—both positive and negative—across the cryptocurrency landscape. A Meme Coin with Explosive Beginnings Launched by former President Donald Trump under the ticker symbol "TRUMP," the cryptocurrency quickly became the focal point of heated discussions in crypto circles. Announced on social media late Friday night, the token enjoyed a spectacular launch, with its valuation skyrocketing seemingly overnight. Adding to the frenzy, former First Lady Melania Trump introduced her own token, "Official Melania Meme," just two days later. The market capitalization of the Trump Official cryptocurrency peaked above $10 billion shortly after launch. However, this meteoric rise has been followed by pronounced volatility. Industry analysts and investors alike have expressed growing doubts about the impact of such meme coins on the broader credibility of the cryptocurrency market. Despite today's sell-off, Trump Official remains up more than 500% since its launch. As of now, its market capitalization stands at approximately $7. 7 billion. However, concerns persist about the sustainability of its valuation and its influence on the already speculative nature of the crypto industry. Skepticism Clouds the Token's Outlook While the launch of Trump Official initially captivated attention, skepticism about its long-term value has risen sharply. Some experts argue that the emergence of such meme tokens undermines the legitimacy of cryptocurrencies as a whole. The lack of a solid use case or underlying utility further fuels apprehension among investors. Here’s a breakdown of the current situation: Rapid Initial Growth: Trump Official saw its market cap soar past $10 billion shortly after launch, driven by hype and speculation. Pullbacks and Doubts: Skeptics question the token’s value proposition and worry it may harm the industry's reputation. Continued Volatility: The token’s value has fluctuated wildly, signaling significant risks for investors. One crypto analyst noted, "The rise of meme tokens tied to political figures adds another layer of unpredictability to an already volatile market. While it might be appealing to some, the broader implications could deter institutional adoption. " XRP and the Broader "Trump Trade" Connection The rise of Trump Official follows a trend of speculative investments tied to political developments. XRP, another cryptocurrency, has seen its valuation climb by over 500% since Trump’s election win in November, fueled by hopes of regulatory relief under the new administration. However, there are significant differences between XRP and Trump Official: Established Case for XRP: XRP has a wider acceptance and a more concrete valuation basis, primarily due to its utility in cross-border payments. Pure Speculation with Trump Official: The Trump token lacks intrinsic value, relying entirely on speculative trading. XRP's rise has been partially attributed to expectations that the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) might drop an ongoing securities violation case. This optimism has drawn parallels to the speculative enthusiasm surrounding Trump Official, though XRP’s case rests on a stronger foundation. A Risky Bet in the Meme Coin Space For investors considering Trump Official, it’s essential to weigh the risks. While there’s potential for short-term gains, the token represents an extreme gamble in a market segment already known for its unpredictability. The table below compares Trump Official with XRP to highlight key distinctions: Feature Trump Official XRP Market Capitalization ~$7. 7 billion ~$315 billion Primary Use Case Meme Coin Cross-Border Payments Volatility Extremely High Moderate Regulatory Focus None SEC Scrutiny For now, Trump Official remains a high-risk, high-reward play. While some investors may see opportunities tied to Trump’s potential return to the White House, the speculative nature of the token—and its lack of real-world application—makes it a precarious choice.

---

- Published: 2025-01-23
- Modified: 2025-01-23
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/wordpress-realhome-easy-real-estate-vulnerabilities/
- Categories: News, Technology

Two critical vulnerabilities in the RealHome theme and the Easy Real Estate plugin for WordPress have put thousands of websites at risk of exploitation. Despite months of warnings and multiple vendor updates, these issues remain unresolved, leaving website administrators scrambling for solutions. Widespread Usage Heightens the Risk The RealHome theme and Easy Real Estate plugin are widely used by real estate professionals for their online platforms. According to Envanto Market data, the RealHome theme alone is active on over 32,600 websites. This popularity makes the flaws even more concerning, as the potential attack surface is vast. Patchstack, a security firm that discovered the vulnerabilities in September 2024, has attempted to contact the vendor, InspiryThemes, multiple times. Despite these efforts, the company has not acknowledged the flaws or implemented fixes in its three subsequent updates. With no patch in sight, the vulnerabilities remain exploitable. Understanding the Threats Flaw 1: Privilege Escalation via Registration in RealHome Theme (CVE-2024-32444) This critical vulnerability, assigned a CVSS score of 9. 8, allows attackers to register accounts with administrator privileges without authorization. The flaw resides in the inspiry_ajax_register function, which fails to enforce proper authorization checks or nonce validation. If user registration is enabled on a website using the RealHome theme, an attacker can craft a malicious HTTP request and assign themselves an administrator role. This access grants them complete control over the site, allowing them to: Modify or delete content. Inject malicious scripts. Access sensitive user data. Flaw 2: Social Login Exploit in Easy Real Estate Plugin (CVE-2024-32555) The Easy Real Estate plugin suffers from a similar privilege escalation issue, also scoring 9. 8 on the CVSS scale. The plugin’s social login feature enables attackers to bypass authentication by simply knowing the email address of an administrator. No password verification is required, giving them unrestricted access to the website. The potential consequences of this vulnerability are dire and mirror those of CVE-2024-32444, including site defacement, data theft, and malware installation. Mitigation Strategies for Affected Users With no official fix available, website owners and administrators must take immediate action to protect their sites. Experts recommend the following steps: Disable the Theme and Plugin: Immediately deactivate both the RealHome theme and Easy Real Estate plugin to eliminate the vulnerabilities. Restrict User Registration: If disabling the theme or plugin is not feasible, ensure that user registration is turned off to prevent unauthorized account creation. Monitor for Exploitation: Keep an eye on unusual activity, such as new administrative accounts or unexpected changes to site content. Table: Comparison of Vulnerabilities Vulnerability Impacted Component CVSS Score Exploitation Method Impact CVE-2024-32444 RealHome Theme 9. 8 Arbitrary role assignment via registration function Full site control, data theft, content tampering CVE-2024-32555 Easy Real Estate Plugin 9. 8 Social login bypass using admin email Full site control, data theft, content tampering Why This Matters Now The vulnerabilities are not just a theoretical risk. With the details now public, cybercriminals are likely to scan for and exploit vulnerable websites. Website owners who delay action may find their sites compromised in a matter of days or even hours. Patchstack’s failure to secure a response from InspiryThemes and the vendor’s refusal to address the issues raise questions about accountability in the WordPress ecosystem. As security concerns mount, users must remain vigilant and proactive in defending their platforms.

---

- Published: 2025-01-23
- Modified: 2025-01-23
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/shopify-arista-networks-surpass-palantir-2025/
- Categories: News, Finance

Palantir Technologies dominated the S&P 500 in 2024, riding a wave of investor enthusiasm for artificial intelligence. The company’s shares skyrocketed by 340%, boosting its market capitalization to $163 billion as of January 20. But Wall Street analysts believe two contenders—Shopify and Arista Networks—might surpass Palantir’s valuation by 2025. Let’s take a closer look at their cases. Shopify’s E-Commerce Empire Continues to Expand Shopify’s growth story has been remarkable, driven by its innovative approach to simplifying commerce. The company ended the third quarter of 2024 with revenues up 26% year over year, reaching $2. 1 billion. Subscription software and merchant services both saw robust growth, and non-GAAP earnings soared by 46% to $0. 35 per diluted share. Investors are watching closely as the company targets similar gains in the fourth quarter. Why Shopify Stands Out At its core, Shopify helps merchants manage sales across digital and physical channels from a single dashboard. Its services extend far beyond sales, covering payments, marketing, logistics, and even cross-border commerce. The company’s commitment to innovation has earned it accolades: International Data Corporation named Shopify the market leader in e-commerce platforms for mid-market businesses, and Forrester Research highlighted its leadership in business-to-business (B2B) e-commerce. B2B commerce, often overshadowed by retail, is a massive market. It’s three times the size of retail e-commerce and growing nearly twice as fast. This positions Shopify for long-term success, especially as it continues to build its AI capabilities. AI as a Growth Driver Shopify Magic, a suite of AI tools, is another feather in the company’s cap. These tools help merchants streamline tasks like creating storefronts, generating product images, and writing product descriptions. Anthony Chukumba at Loop Capital expects these features to drive significant revenue growth without a proportional increase in operating expenses. Wall Street analysts anticipate Shopify’s earnings will grow at 25% annually through 2025. While its valuation—currently 90 times adjusted earnings—looks steep, Shopify has consistently outperformed earnings estimates, averaging 22% above consensus in recent quarters. If this trend continues, Shopify could surpass Palantir’s market value by 2025, with analysts projecting a price target of $140 per share, representing 36% upside from its current level. Arista Networks: The Undisputed Leader in High-Speed Networking Arista Networks also delivered an impressive performance in 2024. The company reported third-quarter revenue growth of 20%, reaching $1. 8 billion, and non-GAAP earnings growth of 31% to $0. 60 per diluted share. Looking ahead, Arista has already provided guidance that exceeds Wall Street’s expectations, forecasting revenue growth of 16% in 2025. Dominance in Data Center Hardware Arista’s leadership in high-speed Ethernet switches—a critical component for data centers—sets it apart. The company controls 43% of the market for 100G, 200G, and 400G Ethernet switches, a market segment where its closest competitor, Cisco, holds just 10%. This dominance is no accident. Arista’s software-centric strategy simplifies network maintenance with a unified operating system across all its products. By contrast, legacy vendors like Cisco rely on multiple operating systems, adding complexity and cost. The AI Connection The surge in AI adoption has driven demand for high-speed networking solutions, and Bloomberg predicts this demand will increase fivefold by 2027. Arista is perfectly positioned to benefit, thanks to its durable competitive advantage in both hardware and software. Wall Street expects Arista’s adjusted earnings to grow at 12% annually through 2025. Although its valuation—56 times adjusted earnings—might seem pricey, the company has consistently beaten earnings estimates by 14% on average over the last four quarters. With a price target of $135 per share, Arista could easily eclipse Palantir’s market value by 2025. Comparing the Contenders Both Shopify and Arista Networks bring unique strengths to the table. Here’s a quick comparison: Metric Shopify Arista Networks Market Cap (Jan 20) $134 billion $150 billion 2024 Revenue Growth 26% 20% AI Integration Shopify Magic for merchants High-speed networking for AI Valuation Multiple 90x adjusted earnings 56x adjusted earnings 2025 Growth Target 25% annually 12% annually The Analyst Outlook Analysts see significant upside for both companies: Shopify: Loop Capital’s target price of $140 implies a 36% upside. Arista Networks: Goldman Sachs’ target price of $135 implies a 13% upside. With these growth rates and market dynamics, it’s no wonder investors are considering these stocks as serious contenders to surpass Palantir’s valuation. What It Means for Investors Palantir may have captured the spotlight in 2024, but Shopify and Arista Networks are making compelling cases for 2025. Both companies are leveraging innovation to tap into high-growth markets, and their strong track records suggest they could exceed Wall Street’s expectations. For investors, the choice comes down to their confidence in these companies’ ability to deliver on ambitious forecasts.

---

- Published: 2025-01-22
- Modified: 2025-01-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-spikes-elon-musk-support/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin is having a moment in the spotlight again. After a subdued period, the meme cryptocurrency saw a 3% jump in its value, climbing to $0. 37, even as Bitcoin and Ethereum experienced slight pullbacks. The catalyst? An unexpected appearance of the Dogecoin logo on the newly launched website for the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), an advisory commission headed by Elon Musk. The price movement has reignited conversations about Dogecoin’s market dynamics, Musk’s influence, and the speculative nature of the cryptocurrency market. A Government Department, Dogecoin, and Musk The Department of Government Efficiency was established alongside President Donald Trump's inauguration and is tasked with streamlining federal operations. While it may seem unrelated to cryptocurrency, the department’s acronym, "DOGE," and the inclusion of the Dogecoin logo on its website are unmistakable nods to the popular meme coin. Elon Musk, who leads the commission, has a well-documented history of supporting Dogecoin. From tweets to public endorsements, the Tesla and SpaceX CEO has been instrumental in driving Dogecoin’s popularity and price movements. Including the Dogecoin logo on a government website is seen as his latest playful gesture, blending meme culture with policymaking. Why Musk’s Influence Matters For Dogecoin investors, Musk’s involvement is both a blessing and a risk. His ability to sway the market with a single tweet or announcement is unparalleled. When Musk backs Dogecoin, the market often follows, making his actions a significant factor in the coin’s valuation. But why does Musk care about Dogecoin? It could be its origins as a joke cryptocurrency or its lighthearted appeal that contrasts with the seriousness of Bitcoin and Ethereum. Musk has often said Dogecoin represents the “people’s crypto,” and his playful take aligns with its meme-based branding. Musk’s leadership at X (formerly Twitter) has also fueled speculation about Dogecoin’s future. There’s talk of integrating the cryptocurrency into X’s upcoming payments system. While nothing is confirmed, such a move would give Dogecoin a practical use case and could trigger a substantial rally in its value. What’s Next for Dogecoin? Dogecoin’s future depends on multiple factors, ranging from broader crypto market trends to Musk’s next moves. Here are a few key elements to watch: Macroeconomic Trends: As with all cryptocurrencies, Dogecoin’s value is influenced by market conditions, regulatory news, and investor sentiment. Any positive developments in these areas could benefit Dogecoin. Integration with X’s Payment System: If Musk incorporates Dogecoin into X’s platform, it could significantly boost its adoption and utility. Speculative Investment: Dogecoin’s pricing remains highly volatile, with much of its value driven by speculative interest. This makes it a risky but potentially rewarding asset. However, it’s important to note that Dogecoin’s long-term success is far from guaranteed. While the current rally is exciting for investors, the cryptocurrency’s value is still largely tied to social and cultural trends rather than fundamental utility or adoption. The Numbers Behind Dogecoin’s Market Cap Dogecoin’s market cap now stands at $55 billion, placing it among the top cryptocurrencies. Below is a quick snapshot of its current market performance: Metric Value Current Price $0. 37 Market Cap $55 billion Day's Range $0. 34 - $0. 40 52-Week Range $0. 08 - $0. 48 Trading Volume 1. 28 billion tokens The 52-week range highlights Dogecoin’s volatility, and while recent movements are promising, they serve as a reminder of the coin’s speculative nature. Investor Takeaways For investors, Dogecoin presents an intriguing opportunity, but also a considerable risk. Here’s what to consider: Potential Gains: If Dogecoin becomes part of X’s payment system or sees further endorsements from Musk, its value could soar. High Volatility: As a meme coin, Dogecoin is subject to significant price swings. Only invest what you’re willing to lose. Broader Crypto Trends: Dogecoin’s success will likely mirror the performance of the overall cryptocurrency market. Keep an eye on Bitcoin and Ethereum for clues about market direction. While Dogecoin has its share of skeptics, it also has a dedicated community and the backing of one of the world’s most influential entrepreneurs. That combination makes it a wildcard in the crypto space—unpredictable, yet full of potential.

---

- Published: 2025-01-22
- Modified: 2025-01-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/stranger-things-season-5-cast-exit-news-2025/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

The hit Netflix series Stranger Things has taken an unexpected turn ahead of its much-anticipated fifth and final season. Fans were shocked to learn that two key cast members have officially left the show, adding to the suspense of what’s shaping up to be an unforgettable conclusion. The show's creators, the Duffer Brothers, have promised a gripping finale set in the fall of 1987, picking up a year after the dramatic events of season four. But this recent cast shake-up has left viewers wondering how the departure of these pivotal characters will impact the beloved series. Major Departures Shake Up the Cast With filming for season five now complete, the absence of two central cast members has raised questions. As per reports from Just Jared, 14 cast members are confirmed to return, but the identity of the departing stars remains under wraps. Fans have speculated about the implications of these exits. Could their characters meet a tragic end, or will their absence be explained through new story arcs? While Netflix has remained tight-lipped, the buzz around the departures has added an air of mystery to the season's release. It’s not just the fans who are feeling the weight of these changes. The ensemble cast, which includes Millie Bobby Brown, Finn Wolfhard, Sadie Sink, and others, has grown close over the years. The chemistry among the actors has been a cornerstone of the show’s success, making these exits all the more impactful. What’s in Store for Season 5? The teaser trailer for Stranger Things season five offered a glimpse of the upcoming drama, with the timeline set in the fall of 1987. Viewers will see the Hawkins crew confront new challenges as they face what promises to be their darkest chapter yet. The episode titles, including “The Crawl,” “Shock Jock,” and “The Rightside Up,” have sparked endless fan theories. Each title hints at twists, danger, and perhaps a return to the series’ roots in science fiction horror. The return of fan favorites like David Harbour, Winona Ryder, and Gaten Matarazzo. A deeper dive into the Upside Down and its mysteries. The emotional arcs of Eleven, Mike, and their tight-knit group of friends. A Star-Studded Cast Photo Netflix recently released an official group photo featuring the show’s main cast, including the Duffer Brothers themselves. The image has quickly become a sentimental favorite among fans, symbolizing the bond that has developed over nearly a decade of storytelling. The photo also hinted at the sheer scale of the final season, with both veteran and new cast members promising a dynamic mix of performances. But the absence of the two stars who departed is impossible to ignore, leaving fans with more questions than answers. When Will It Premiere? Although production has wrapped, Netflix has yet to confirm an official release date for season five. What we do know is that the final chapter will debut sometime in 2025, keeping fans on the edge of their seats for just a bit longer. For a show that has become a cultural phenomenon, the conclusion of Stranger Things marks the end of an era. The series has consistently delivered a mix of nostalgia, suspense, and heartwarming friendships, and the upcoming season is expected to be no different—though now, it comes with an added layer of intrigue. Behind the Curtain While Netflix and the Duffer Brothers are keeping details about the departures under wraps, this plot twist in real life has added another layer of drama to the show’s legacy. Whether these changes will be a creative opportunity or a challenge remains to be seen. One thing is certain: Stranger Things season five will be a must-watch event for fans across the globe.

---

- Published: 2025-01-22
- Modified: 2025-01-22
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/overheating-fitbit-sense-versa-3-google-fix-compensation/
- Categories: News, Technology

Certain Fitbit smartwatches may present a safety hazard, as Google has disclosed that their Fitbit Sense and Versa 3 models could overheat under certain conditions. The potential for injury, while reportedly low, has prompted swift action from the tech giant. A software update is rolling out to mitigate the risk, but the update also comes with trade-offs for users. The Overheating Problem and Its Risks Google has identified that lithium-ion batteries in the Fitbit Sense and Versa 3, a technology ubiquitous in modern mobile devices, may overheat. While Google emphasizes that the likelihood of severe overheating is relatively low, the implications of burns or wrist injuries have caused concern. Although neither smartwatch is currently available for purchase, many users still rely on these devices. The affected models have been widely used, making it critical to address the issue comprehensively. Software Fix: A Double-Edged Sword? Google's remedy for this issue is a software update designed to reduce the risk of overheating. However, the update has a downside—it will reduce the effective battery capacity of these wearables. As a result, users can expect shorter battery life and more frequent recharges. The company stresses that installing this update is mandatory. For users who fail to update their devices manually, Google has a failsafe: an automatic factory reset. This reset will erase all personal data and enforce the installation of the updated firmware during the device’s reconfiguration. While this measure ensures compliance, it leaves users with limited autonomy over their devices—a move that could spark frustration among those unwilling to accept decreased battery performance. Compensation and Verification Process In addition to the software update, Google is offering a $50 compensation to affected users, or the equivalent in their local currency. To determine eligibility, users must visit a specific landing page and confirm whether their smartwatch is impacted by the issue. The exact process for applying for this compensation has yet to be detailed, but the move indicates Google's acknowledgment of the inconvenience caused. Software Update: Reduces overheating risk but shortens battery life. Mandatory Reset: Devices not manually updated will reset to factory settings and automatically apply the update. Compensation: Eligible users can claim $50 for their impacted devices. Verification: Affected users must visit a dedicated webpage to confirm their eligibility. What’s Next for Fitbit Users? While the Sense and Versa 3 are no longer sold, users may still experience concerns about the durability and reliability of their existing devices. Meanwhile, the newer Fitbit Sense 2, which remains available for purchase at $149, has not been implicated in the overheating issue. Google has not provided specific details about the long-term battery performance after the update, leaving users in the dark about the precise impact on daily usage. The lack of clarity might push some to consider alternative devices, especially those who rely on their Fitbit for health tracking or other essential features.

---

- Published: 2025-01-21
- Modified: 2025-01-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/trump-official-cryptocurrency-launch-performance/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Donald Trump has made waves yet again—this time in the cryptocurrency world. The former president announced his new cryptocurrency, Official Trump (TRUMP), late last Friday night, and since then, the meme coin has skyrocketed. Despite some volatility, the token has shown incredible gains, climbing 647. 4% by 10:30 a. m. ET Monday. However, it wasn't all smooth sailing, as TRUMP also experienced a 10. 1% dip in the last 24 hours of trading. The Initial Surge: TRUMP Takes Off When Trump posted on his social media platform, Truth Social, to unveil the coin, it sent shockwaves through the crypto community. In his announcement, he declared: “My NEW Official Trump Meme is HERE! It's time to celebrate everything we stand for: WINNING! ” The enthusiasm was palpable, with investors jumping on board, hoping to capitalize on the buzz and Trump's enormous brand recognition. The numbers speak for themselves: Current Price: $1. 19 Change Since Launch: +647. 4% Market Cap: Approximately $10. 4 billion Trump’s new cryptocurrency became a magnet for meme coin enthusiasts and loyal supporters alike, driving rapid gains and frenzied weekend trading activity. However, as with many meme coins, volatility reared its head. A mix of profit-taking and broader crypto market trends contributed to recent price swings. Melania Joins the Crypto Scene Adding to the excitement, Melania Trump announced her own cryptocurrency, the Official Melania Meme, on Monday. While its launch wasn't as explosive as her husband’s, it still garnered significant attention, achieving a market cap of roughly $1. 6 billion shortly after its debut. The Trumps' dual foray into the crypto world has sparked debates about the role of high-profile figures in driving speculative investments. With both coins gaining momentum quickly, the family’s involvement has brought meme coins back into the spotlight. What Could the Future Hold for Official Trump? The timing of the coin’s launch couldn't be more strategic. With Trump’s recent political successes and his apparent inclination to support cryptocurrencies, the TRUMP token could benefit from favorable policy changes. For example, Ripple Labs, the creators of XRP, have seen a 444% rise in their token price over the past three months, as investors speculate that Trump’s administration might drop the SEC’s ongoing securities violation case against the company. There are also whispers that the new administration may establish a U. S. strategic cryptocurrency reserve, a move that could further fuel market optimism. Still, the cryptocurrency world is inherently risky, especially for meme coins. While some investors see Official Trump as a symbol of victory and potential profits, the volatile nature of the market means that fortunes could shift quickly. With all the buzz surrounding Trump’s new cryptocurrency, it’s worth keeping a few things in mind: Meme coins, including TRUMP, are highly speculative. Investors should approach with caution. The coin’s early performance is impressive but doesn’t guarantee sustained growth. Potential regulatory changes under Trump’s administration could shake up the crypto space. A Closer Look at TRUMP’s Performance Here’s a snapshot of TRUMP’s early days in the market: Metric Value Launch Date Jan. 19, 2025 Current Price $1. 19 Initial Price $0. 16 Market Cap $10. 4 billion 24-Hour Price Change -10. 1% The table highlights the incredible rise in TRUMP’s value since its launch and the volatility it faces in daily trading. The Broader Picture: Crypto and Politics Trump’s coin isn’t just about digital currency; it’s about branding and influence. His ability to rally supporters and create hype could set a new precedent for high-profile individuals entering the crypto space. But what does this mean for the market? If Trump’s administration moves to ease regulations or even promote crypto adoption, we could see significant shifts in investor behavior and market dynamics. For now, the focus is on TRUMP and whether its meteoric rise can continue. As Trump’s Official Trump cryptocurrency takes center stage, one thing is clear: meme coins aren’t going away. Love them or hate them, they continue to capture public attention and inspire wild speculation. For those considering investing, it’s a high-stakes game that requires a sharp eye and a strong stomach. One thing’s for sure—Trump has once again found a way to keep everyone talking.

---

- Published: 2025-01-21
- Modified: 2025-01-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/carrie-underwood-trump-2025-inauguration-performance/
- Categories: News

Carrie Underwood’s much-anticipated performance at Donald Trump’s 2025 presidential inauguration took an unexpected turn when a technical glitch disrupted her rendition of America the Beautiful. The event, held on January 20 inside the historic Capitol rotunda in Washington, D. C. , witnessed a poignant moment as Underwood turned adversity into an inspiring display of grace and unity. The country music superstar, alongside outgoing President Joe Biden, was in the spotlight when the music abruptly stopped mid-performance. Both Underwood and Biden shared a brief, somber glance before Underwood, demonstrating her professionalism, encouraged the crowd to join her in an a cappella version of the patriotic anthem. A Moment of Unity Amidst the Glitch As the technical issue silenced the instrumental track, Underwood urged attendees to sing along, saying, “You know the words. ” Her call resonated deeply with the crowd, which included key political figures such as former Vice President Kamala Harris and outgoing President Biden. For a brief moment, the Capitol rotunda became a choir, symbolizing a collective hope for unity despite the day’s challenges. Observers noted the emotional impact of seeing people across political divides come together through song. Carrie Underwood’s Perspective on the Historic Event In the weeks leading up to the inauguration, Underwood expressed her enthusiasm and honor at being invited to perform. Speaking to PEOPLE on January 13, she said, “I love our country and am honored to have been asked to sing at the Inauguration and to be a small part of this historic event. ” She also emphasized the significance of fostering unity, adding, “I am humbled to answer the call at a time when we must all come together in the spirit of unity and looking to the future. ” Underwood’s appearance followed a tradition of notable performers gracing the stage at inaugural events. At Trump’s first inauguration in 2017, artists such as Jackie Evancho, the Radio City Rockettes, and the Mormon Tabernacle Choir were part of the celebrations. Technical Difficulties: A Common Challenge at High-Stakes Events Large-scale events like presidential inaugurations often come with their fair share of challenges, including technical glitches. While such incidents are far from uncommon, their occurrence during a moment of national significance amplifies the spotlight on how performers respond. Underwood’s choice to persevere without accompaniment demonstrated her commitment to the moment and her ability to adapt under pressure. Her leadership in turning an awkward moment into a communal experience earned praise from attendees and viewers alike. Past Inaugural Performances: A Look Back Trump’s 2017 inauguration saw a mix of performances that reflected his outreach to a broad spectrum of Americans. Jackie Evancho, a young soprano and America’s Got Talent alum, performed the national anthem, while the Missouri State University Chorale and the Mormon Tabernacle Choir delivered stirring renditions of classic pieces. The inclusion of Underwood, a country music icon and American Idol alum, for the 2025 event underscores the tradition of featuring artists whose work resonates with a wide audience. Her performance, despite the hiccup, became a memorable highlight of the day. Inauguration Day Highlights Beyond Underwood’s musical contribution, the day was filled with ceremonies marking the peaceful transfer of power. Former presidents, dignitaries, and citizens from across the country gathered to witness the swearing-in of Donald Trump for his second term. While the glitch during Underwood’s performance might have caused initial frustration, it ultimately provided a chance for the nation to witness an impromptu display of togetherness. In many ways, it underscored the very message of unity that Underwood had hoped to convey.

---

- Published: 2025-01-21
- Modified: 2025-01-21
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/security-flaws-tunneling-protocols-expose-millions/
- Categories: News, Technology

New research has uncovered critical vulnerabilities in several widely used tunneling protocols, exposing millions of devices to potential exploitation. The findings highlight serious security gaps that could allow attackers to launch anonymous attacks, gain unauthorized access to networks, and disrupt services on a massive scale. Millions of Devices at Risk Worldwide A study conducted by Top10VPN, in collaboration with KU Leuven professor Mathy Vanhoef, has revealed that 4. 2 million internet hosts are vulnerable to attacks due to flaws in tunneling protocols. These include VPN servers, ISP home routers, core internet routers, mobile network gateways, and CDN nodes. China, France, Japan, the U. S. , and Brazil lead the list of countries with the most affected systems, making this a global concern. Attackers can exploit these systems to carry out denial-of-service (DoS) attacks, create one-way proxies, and even bypass network filters. How the Attacks Work The vulnerabilities stem from the lack of authentication and encryption in protocols such as IP6IP6, GRE6, 4in6, and 6in4. These protocols facilitate data transfers between disconnected networks but fail to include adequate security measures like Internet Protocol Security (IPsec). This omission creates an opportunity for attackers to inject malicious traffic into a tunnel. Simon Migliano from Top10VPN described the attack mechanism: The attacker sends a packet with two IP headers encapsulated using a vulnerable protocol. The outer header has the attacker's source IP and the vulnerable host’s IP as the destination. The inner header falsely claims the source IP is from the vulnerable host, with the target’s IP as the destination. When the host receives this packet, it strips the outer header and forwards the inner packet to the target. The target perceives the malicious packet as originating from the trusted host, bypassing network filters and leaving it open to further attacks. CVE Identifiers Assigned to the Vulnerabilities The vulnerabilities have been documented under the following CVE identifiers: CVE-2024-7595: GRE and GRE6 CVE-2024-7596: Generic UDP Encapsulation CVE-2025-23018: IPv4-in-IPv6 and IPv6-in-IPv6 CVE-2025-23019: IPv6-in-IPv4 These identifiers serve as critical references for organizations looking to address the security flaws. Recommended Defenses to Mitigate Risks Experts recommend several measures to prevent exploitation of these vulnerabilities: Authentication and Encryption: Use IPSec or WireGuard to secure tunneling protocols. Traffic Filtering: Implement filtering on routers and middleboxes to block unauthorized packets. Deep Packet Inspection (DPI): Conduct DPI to identify and reject malicious traffic. Restrict Tunneling Packets: Accept packets only from trusted sources. Block Unencrypted Packets: Prohibit all unencrypted tunneling traffic at the network level. Organizations that fail to adopt these defenses risk falling victim to attacks that can cause network congestion, disrupt services, and enable further exploitation like man-in-the-middle attacks. The Impact on Victims The consequences of these attacks are severe. Overloaded network devices can crash, and network congestion can cripple internet services. For enterprises, the disruptions can lead to significant financial losses and damage to reputation. Moreover, attackers can exploit these vulnerabilities to intercept sensitive data, posing a significant threat to user privacy and security. A Reminder of Old Flaws Interestingly, this isn’t the first time tunneling protocols have come under scrutiny. In 2020, a similar vulnerability (CVE-2020-10136) highlighted the same fundamental issue: the lack of adequate security measures in protocol design. The recurrence of such flaws underscores the urgency of adopting stricter security practices across the board.

---

- Published: 2025-01-20
- Modified: 2025-01-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/paris-nicky-hilton-host-young-hearts-friend-fest-2025/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Paris Hilton and her sister Nicky Hilton are putting their star power to good use, teaming up to host a family-friendly festival that promises both fun and philanthropy. Announced on Instagram, the Hilton sisters shared details about the upcoming Young Hearts Friend Fest, set to take place at the Museum of Ice Cream in New York City on January 28. The event, now in its third year, will benefit God's Love We Deliver, a non-profit organization dedicated to providing nutritious meals to individuals living with severe illnesses. It’s not just a party—it’s an invitation to give back to the community. A Festival for Families and a Cause Close to the Heart The Hiltons' announcement shined a spotlight on the importance of volunteering and family engagement in charity work. According to the Instagram post, the festival is designed to encourage children and their families to participate in meaningful ways to support their local communities. The evening promises a vibrant mix of activities aimed at all ages: Sprinkle Pool Fun: Take a dive into a pool of colorful sprinkles for a playful and photo-ready moment. Cotton Candy Art: Create sweet masterpieces with cotton candy that’s as fun to make as it is to eat. Music and Face Painting: Enjoy upbeat tunes while kids—and maybe a few adults—get creative with face paints. Cupcake Decorating: Channel your inner baker and decorate your own cupcake to take home—or eat on the spot. And, of course, there will be plenty of ice cream to go around! Fans Shower Love on Social Media As soon as the announcement went live, fans flocked to the comment section to express their admiration for the sisters’ charitable efforts. One fan commented, “You are a perfect person, everything you do should be an example,” while another wrote, “Loves it. Thank you, Hiltons. ” The outpouring of love also included praise for the sisters’ consistent commitment to giving back, with one follower saying, “This is why we love you! ! ! ! ! ! ! ” The Hilton sisters have long been advocates for philanthropy, using their platforms to raise awareness and funds for causes that matter. Events like this serve as a reminder of how celebrities can inspire positive change and bring people together for a greater purpose. A Growing Tradition The 2025 Young Hearts Friend Fest marks the third installment of what is becoming a cherished annual tradition. Hosted at the Museum of Ice Cream, a venue synonymous with whimsical fun and sensory delight, the event seamlessly blends entertainment with a mission. The partnership with God's Love We Deliver ensures that the festival’s proceeds go toward helping those in need, reinforcing the importance of kindness and community. In a world that often feels divided, initiatives like this bring people together in the spirit of giving. With activities that cater to all ages and a cause that resonates deeply, the Young Hearts Friend Fest is more than just an event—it’s a celebration of humanity and compassion.

---

- Published: 2025-01-20
- Modified: 2025-01-20
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/xrp-price-trump-crypto-support-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

XRP has been blazing a trail in the cryptocurrency market, with its price skyrocketing 450. 5% over the past year. Despite a minor dip of 4. 99% recently, XRP still boasts a 54% year-to-date gain, outpacing Bitcoin and Ethereum by a wide margin. With a market cap of $185 billion, XRP is now the third-largest cryptocurrency globally, and the stars seem to be aligning for even greater gains in 2025. Let’s unpack how shifting political dynamics under President-elect Donald Trump might impact the future of XRP. Ripple’s Legal Battles: A Turning Point? Ripple Labs, the company behind XRP, has been entangled in a legal battle with the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) since 2020. The SEC accused Ripple of offering XRP as an unregistered security, claiming the company raised funds from investors without proper regulatory approval. This led to a hefty legal tussle that culminated in Ripple being fined $125 million in 2023—far less than the $2 billion penalty initially sought. Fast forward to 2025, and the landscape looks drastically different. While the SEC is still pursuing its appeal, new political leadership in Washington could signal an end to Ripple’s regulatory woes. Trump’s incoming administration is poised to change the narrative, potentially easing the pressure on Ripple and XRP. The transition of power at the SEC, combined with signs of government support for crypto, could be pivotal for XRP investors. Dinner with a Message: Trump’s XRP Signals On Jan. 6, Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse and chief legal officer Stuart Alderoty met with President-elect Donald Trump for dinner. A photo from the gathering, showing Trump giving a thumbs-up, has since fueled speculation about the administration’s stance on XRP. Garlinghouse’s accompanying message on social media, calling it a "strong start to 2025," only added to the buzz. Although a dinner meeting doesn’t guarantee XRP’s regulatory clarity or future success, it’s hard to ignore the implications. Trump has openly discussed his ambition to make the U. S. a global leader in cryptocurrency. Reports even suggest he’s considering XRP as part of a strategic crypto reserve—a move that could drive institutional investments and send prices soaring. Leadership Changes at the SEC A significant factor in XRP’s potential growth is the anticipated leadership change at the SEC. Gary Gensler, known for his tough stance on crypto, will step down as chairman. In his place, Trump has tapped Paul Atkins, a known supporter of cryptocurrency, to lead the agency. Atkins is expected to bring a more crypto-friendly approach to the SEC. This includes the possibility of dropping the ongoing appeal against Ripple Labs. If that happens, it would remove a major overhang for XRP, likely sparking another rally. Why XRP Investors Should Care About Atkins’ Leadership Regulatory clarity: Dropping the Ripple case could set a precedent, benefiting XRP and other cryptocurrencies. Market confidence: A less adversarial SEC could attract more institutional investors to XRP. Global competitiveness: A crypto-friendly regulatory environment may position XRP as a preferred choice for international transactions. New Positions, New Priorities: Trump’s Crypto Vision Trump’s administration is making bold moves to integrate crypto into the national framework. A new White House role—the artificial intelligence and cryptocurrency czar—has been created, with David Sacks taking the helm. Sacks, a venture capitalist with crypto investments, is seen as an ally of the industry. His appointment underscores the administration’s commitment to fostering innovation in blockchain and digital currencies. These moves indicate that XRP’s future could be intertwined with federal support, offering a level of legitimacy that’s been elusive for many cryptocurrencies. The Bigger Picture: Political Support and Market Sentiment Trump’s plans to establish the U. S. as a crypto hub could have far-reaching implications for XRP. His administration’s crypto-friendly stance, combined with the strategic appointment of industry advocates, sets the stage for a transformative era. Here’s what this could mean for XRP: Price appreciation: Increased demand from government and institutional investors could drive up prices. Mainstream adoption: Federal support could make XRP more attractive for cross-border payments and financial institutions. Enhanced credibility: Official backing may reduce skepticism surrounding cryptocurrencies. While XRP’s recent performance has been stellar, the convergence of political and market forces in 2025 could propel it to unprecedented heights. Investors and enthusiasts will be watching closely as the year unfolds.

---

- Published: 2025-01-14
- Modified: 2025-01-14
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/chainlink-aptos-uniswap-sui-double-digit-drop/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Cryptocurrencies had a rough weekend, with major tokens like Chainlink, Aptos, Uniswap, and Sui facing double-digit percentage losses. Positive economic data unexpectedly became a bearish signal for the digital assets market, raising questions about the sector's future amid shifting macroeconomic trends. Economic Optimism Turns Crypto Sour The latest U. S. jobs report showed surprising strength, with 256,000 new jobs added in December and unemployment dipping to 4. 1%. On paper, this was a win for the economy. But in the crypto world, optimism quickly turned into sell-offs. Since markets closed Friday, Chainlink is down 9. 3%, Aptos has dropped 12. 3%, Uniswap is off by 11%, and Sui has fallen 13. 6%. Why the harsh reaction? In simple terms, a thriving economy reduces the need for speculative assets. Strong jobs data suggests the Federal Reserve might raise interest rates again, and higher rates historically push investors towards safer, yield-generating investments like bonds. The Inflation Factor Looms Large While jobs data kicked off the downturn, investors are already bracing for the next big economic update: the Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation report. Scheduled for Wednesday, the report could significantly impact markets. Analysts expect a 2. 8% annual increase in December. A hotter-than-expected number may embolden the Fed to stick with tighter monetary policies. Higher interest rates aren't great news for crypto. Rising bond yields—like the 10-year U. S. Treasury hitting 4. 79%—make risk-free investments more appealing than volatile tokens. If inflation surprises on the upside, expect crypto markets to remain under pressure. Utility Tokens Face Scrutiny One issue troubling the market is the unclear role of utility tokens like those offered by Chainlink, Aptos, Uniswap, and Sui. These tokens were designed with specific blockchain uses in mind, but their actual value proposition often feels murky to investors. A bigger concern is the growing popularity of stablecoins. With stablecoins gaining traction as a preferred medium of exchange, utility tokens risk losing relevance. As skepticism grows, so does selling pressure. Quick Insights on Market Data Here’s a snapshot of how these tokens are faring: Token Market Cap Price Range (52 weeks) Current Price Change Since Friday Chainlink $20B $8. 11 - $30. 93 $19. 56 -9. 3% Aptos N/A N/A N/A -12. 3% Uniswap N/A N/A N/A -11% Sui N/A N/A N/A -13. 6% Crypto's Correlation with Growth Stocks The crypto market often behaves like high-growth tech stocks, especially during times of economic uncertainty. In 2025, analysts predict that if growth stock valuations cool off, cryptocurrencies could follow suit. Last year’s crypto rally gave investors a taste of big gains, but without solid fundamentals, those gains can quickly disappear. Moreover, legislative changes aimed at regulating cryptocurrencies may shift value to newer blockchains or stablecoins. For traditional tokens, this could spell trouble. While regulations may help the industry long-term, they may not benefit every digital asset equally. Looking Ahead: Is the Worst Over? Will the sell-off end soon? That largely depends on macroeconomic signals. If inflation cools and the Fed slows rate hikes, crypto could see a rebound. But for now, cautious optimism dominates the space. Without the speculative momentum that previously drove prices, cryptocurrencies face an uphill battle in maintaining investor interest. For those still bullish on crypto, understanding the shifting landscape is critical. As markets become more discerning, only the strongest players with clear use cases and sound economics are likely to thrive.

---

- Published: 2025-01-13
- Modified: 2025-01-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-price-prediction-2025-tom-lee/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin enthusiasts have something to cheer about as Fundstrat's Tom Lee predicts a substantial price surge for the cryptocurrency. Lee's forecast of $250,000 for Bitcoin implies a staggering 163% upside from its current levels. His insights, coupled with political and economic developments, could make 2025 a pivotal year for the digital asset. How Tariffs Could Spark Interest in Cryptocurrencies The incoming Trump administration has floated the idea of imposing tariffs, which could shake up the economy in unexpected ways. Higher tariffs would likely increase the cost of goods, leading businesses to pass on these expenses to consumers. This, in turn, could slow economic activity as buyers cut back on spending. What happens next? A slowing economy often triggers a shift in investment behavior. Historically, during uncertain times, some investors seek alternative assets like gold or Bitcoin. Cryptocurrencies, with their decentralized nature, may be seen as a hedge against economic instability, driving up their demand. Even if tariffs remain a theoretical concern, they highlight how macroeconomic factors can steer interest toward digital currencies. Whether tariffs materialize or not, the conversation alone might push some investors to reconsider Bitcoin as a viable addition to their portfolios. Pro-Crypto Administration and Regulatory Support One of the more intriguing aspects of Lee's projection is its alignment with the incoming administration’s stance on cryptocurrency. President-elect Donald Trump and key figures in his circle, including RFK Jr. , have openly expressed support for Bitcoin. RFK Jr. even suggested that the U. S. Treasury should establish a Bitcoin reserve, marking a potential shift in how governments perceive digital assets. Moreover, Trump’s pick to lead the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Paul Atkins, is known for his favorable stance on cryptocurrencies. If Atkins ushers in crypto-friendly regulations, the market could experience a boost in investor confidence and institutional adoption. These factors create a fertile ground for Bitcoin's growth. While regulatory hurdles have often held back the sector, a supportive administration could help unlock Bitcoin’s potential as a mainstream asset. Is Bitcoin a Buy in 2025? Wall Street analysts are often met with skepticism when it comes to specific price targets. Yet, the narrative surrounding Bitcoin is hard to ignore. The combination of political backing, potential regulatory ease, and growing institutional interest could make 2025 a banner year for the cryptocurrency. Bitcoin’s resilience during Trump’s previous presidency provides a historical precedent for optimism. Back then, a Republican-led administration fostered conditions conducive to Bitcoin’s rise, including deregulation and low-interest rates. If similar policies emerge, Bitcoin’s upward trajectory could gain momentum. For those looking to invest in Bitcoin, several options exist: Spot Bitcoin ETFs: These funds provide direct exposure to Bitcoin’s performance. Brokerage Stocks: Companies like Coinbase and Robinhood offer indirect exposure with their significant crypto-related operations. Direct Ownership: Investors can purchase Bitcoin directly through crypto exchanges and wallets. The Bigger Picture: Why Bitcoin's Story Matters Beyond the numbers, Bitcoin represents a broader narrative about financial innovation and independence. Its decentralized nature appeals to those skeptical of traditional financial institutions. As global uncertainty persists, Bitcoin's appeal as "digital gold" remains strong. However, investors should approach this market with caution. Cryptocurrency investments can be highly volatile, and external factors like regulation or macroeconomic shifts can impact prices. Diversification and informed decision-making are key to navigating this dynamic market.

---

- Published: 2025-01-13
- Modified: 2025-01-13
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/cybercriminals-imessage-phishing-trick/
- Categories: News, Technology

Cybercriminals have found a cunning way to bypass Apple iMessage’s built-in phishing protection, targeting users with SMS phishing scams (smishing) that lure victims into re-enabling disabled links. This tactic exploits a combination of user behavior and iMessage’s features, leaving many unsuspecting people vulnerable to scams. Apple’s iMessage is designed to automatically disable links in messages from unknown senders to protect users from phishing attacks. However, if a recipient replies to the message or adds the sender to their contacts, these protections are removed, and links become clickable again. The Clever Manipulation: Tricking Users to Respond A sharp rise in smishing attacks over the past few months shows how criminals are evolving their methods. They’re no longer just sending suspicious links—they’re crafting messages designed to make users respond and inadvertently disable Apple’s safeguards. Take, for example, two common scams observed recently: one about a fake USPS shipping issue and another regarding unpaid road tolls. Both came from unknown senders, so iMessage automatically disabled the links. But these messages included an instruction: reply with "Y" to activate the link. It’s a seemingly harmless request, especially for those accustomed to replying "Yes," "No," or "STOP" to manage subscription texts or appointment confirmations. However, this simple action tells the scammers two things: The recipient is engaged. They’ve proven they read and respond to texts, making them a prime target for future scams. Phishing protection is gone. The links, once disabled, are now live and ready to trap users. Who Is Most at Risk? While tech-savvy users may spot these scams, the tactic is particularly effective against less vigilant or vulnerable populations. Older adults, for example, may not recognize the signs of a phishing scam and could mistakenly trust a seemingly urgent message about a missed delivery or unpaid toll. In fact, BleepingComputer reported one such incident where an older individual showed them a phishing message, unsure if it was real. This highlights how attackers rely on confusion and urgency to prompt a reaction. Even without clicking the now-enabled link, replying confirms to the scammer that the number is active and monitored, putting the recipient at greater risk for future phishing attempts. Why Smishing Is Becoming So Common The rise of smishing aligns with our growing reliance on mobile devices for daily activities—shopping, banking, and even work communication. Threat actors are targeting mobile numbers because texts often feel more personal and immediate than emails, making them harder to ignore. Apple’s iMessage protections, while effective, are not foolproof. They rely on users following best practices, such as avoiding interaction with unknown senders. But scammers are leveraging behavioral tricks that bypass these protections. How to Protect Yourself To avoid falling victim to these tactics, it’s essential to stay vigilant and remember a few key points: Never reply to suspicious messages. If a link is disabled, that’s a warning sign. Don’t enable it by replying. Verify messages with the source. If the text claims to be from a company or organization, contact them directly through their official website or phone number. Educate vulnerable individuals. Share information about these scams with family and friends who may be more susceptible. Use built-in reporting tools. Many messaging apps allow you to report phishing attempts. This helps improve spam filters and alerts others. The Bigger Picture: Balancing Security and Usability Apple’s iMessage feature to disable links from unknown senders is a smart move, but it relies on user understanding to remain effective. By tricking users into replying, cybercriminals expose a critical flaw in how protections are applied. While no system is perfect, awareness and education are the best defenses. Technology can only do so much; it’s up to individuals to recognize the signs of a scam and act cautiously. Cybercrime tactics are constantly evolving, but staying informed is your best shield. If something feels off about a message, trust your instincts and double-check before taking any action.

---

- Published: 2025-01-11
- Modified: 2025-01-11
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crypto-investors-flee-altcoins-rate-cut-concerns/
- Categories: News, Business

The cryptocurrency market took a sharp downturn this week, with major altcoins suffering significant losses. A combination of underwhelming economic indicators and Federal Reserve commentary weighed heavily on investor sentiment, leading to a selloff in popular tokens like Chainlink, Uniswap, and Aave. Altcoins Feel the Heat: Double-Digit Declines Across the Board Cryptocurrencies are no strangers to volatility, but the losses recorded this week have been especially steep. According to S&P Global Market Intelligence, Chainlink (LINK) saw its value plunge by nearly 16%. Uniswap (UNI) followed close behind with a 15% drop, while Bitcoin Cash (BCH) weathered a 10% dip. The hardest hit was Aave (AAVE), which plummeted by more than 19%. Such drastic drops have left investors reminiscing about the relatively steady gains seen in much of 2024. But in the absence of price-boosting catalysts, the market’s momentum has slowed significantly. Instead of bullish news, the past few days have been dominated by factors that eroded confidence in risky assets like cryptocurrencies. Why Macroeconomic News Spooked Investors Two key developments in the broader economy set the tone for this week’s selloff. First, the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) released its latest employment data, showing that job openings in the U. S. climbed to 8. 1 million in November, up from 7. 8 million in October. While this might seem like good news for the economy, for crypto investors, it painted a less rosy picture. Rising job openings typically signal that businesses are thriving, which could encourage the Federal Reserve to maintain or even raise interest rates. For cryptocurrency enthusiasts, higher rates are problematic. They make safer assets, such as government bonds, more attractive compared to the high-risk, high-reward allure of digital currencies. The second blow came from Federal Reserve Governor Michelle Bowman. Speaking on Thursday, Bowman described the Fed’s December rate cut as a final move in the current monetary policy cycle, implying that further cuts were unlikely. She also emphasized the importance of monitoring the incoming administration’s policies before making additional adjustments. Her remarks dampened hopes among crypto investors who had been banking on more accommodative monetary policy to fuel the next bull run. What’s Next for Crypto Prices? While this week’s downturn has been painful, it’s not entirely unexpected. The cryptocurrency market is notoriously volatile, and altcoins are often among the most affected by macroeconomic changes. However, these sharp declines could also set the stage for a rebound. For now, the market appears to be bracing for an extended period without rate cuts. But that could change quickly if economic conditions shift or the Fed’s tone becomes more dovish. A Snapshot of Recent Market Losses Cryptocurrency Weekly Loss (%) Chainlink (LINK) -16% Uniswap (UNI) -15% Bitcoin Cash (BCH) -10% Aave (AAVE) -19% These losses underscore how sensitive digital assets are to shifts in the economic narrative. For now, many investors are holding their breath, waiting for the next piece of good news that could turn the tide. Rate Cuts on Hold: Implications for Crypto The Fed’s stance on interest rates is a critical factor for cryptocurrency markets. Low rates tend to boost speculative assets by making borrowing cheaper and reducing the appeal of traditional safe havens. However, with rates holding steady—and potentially rising—crypto markets face a headwind. Fed Governor Bowman’s comments reinforced this outlook. Her emphasis on caution and clarity suggested that policymakers are prioritizing stability over market enthusiasm. This approach has made it clear that crypto investors can’t rely on rate cuts to provide a quick boost to prices. But it’s not all bad news. When markets adjust to this new reality, there’s potential for cryptocurrencies to stabilize and even rally. The volatility that currently scares off some investors could become an opportunity for those looking to buy in at lower prices.

---

- Published: 2025-01-11
- Modified: 2025-01-11
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sam-moore-soul-man-singer-dies-at-89/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Sam Moore, the legendary voice behind some of soul music's most enduring hits, has passed away at the age of 89. Known for his magnetic stage presence and timeless tracks with Sam & Dave, Moore left an indelible mark on the music industry. His representative confirmed he died Friday morning in Coral Gables, Florida, due to complications from a recent surgery. A Life Built on Soulful Harmony Sam Moore's journey to stardom began in the 1960s when he teamed up with Dave Prater to form the iconic duo Sam & Dave. Their fiery blend of gospel-inspired vocals and rhythm-and-blues grooves gave birth to unforgettable hits like Soul Man, Hold On, I’m Comin', and I Thank You. These tracks not only topped charts but became cultural anthems that defined the soul music era. The duo's partnership was rooted in serendipity. Moore met Prater during a talent show at a South Florida nightclub, and the chemistry was undeniable. Atlantic Records quickly signed them in 1965, launching a career that would span decades and influence countless musicians. Moore’s contributions weren’t just about music; they were about bridging divides. His songs carried messages of unity, resilience, and celebration, resonating across racial and social boundaries during a time of upheaval in America. Guided by Legends, Inspired by Icons Sam Moore’s entry into music wasn’t by chance. He was discovered while singing in church by the legendary Sam Cooke, who initially envisioned Moore as a gospel singer. However, Moore’s encounter with Jackie Wilson, another soul giant, inspired him to embrace pop music, setting the stage for his illustrious career. From gospel pews to concert arenas, Moore’s voice captivated audiences, blending raw emotion with polished artistry. His talent was a testament to his ability to adapt, evolve, and thrive. The Struggles and Triumphs of a Soul Legend Sam & Dave disbanded in 1970, leaving Moore to navigate personal challenges and a shifting music landscape. Struggling with heroin addiction, he faced some of his darkest moments. But with the unwavering support of his wife, Joyce McRae, Moore overcame his battles and emerged as a solo artist. His collaborations were as varied as they were impressive. Working with music legends like Bruce Springsteen, Billy Preston, and Jon Bon Jovi, Moore continued to push creative boundaries. Each partnership brought a new dimension to his artistry, reaffirming his status as a music icon. Despite his success, Moore never forgot his roots or the challenges that shaped him. His story became one of resilience, love, and the enduring power of music. Remembering the Man Behind the Music Sam Moore was more than a singer; he was a storyteller, a bridge between generations, and a beacon of soul. His music spoke to the heart, and his performances electrified audiences around the world. He is survived by his wife, Joyce, their daughter, and a granddaughter. As fans and peers reflect on his legacy, it’s clear that Moore’s influence extends far beyond his discography. For those who loved Soul Man and Hold On, I’m Comin', Moore's passing marks the end of an era. But his voice, his spirit, and his songs will live on, forever etched into the fabric of music history.

---

- Published: 2025-01-11
- Modified: 2025-01-11
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/telefonica-ticketing-system-breach-hackers-data-leaked/
- Categories: News, Technology

Telefónica, Spain’s largest telecommunications company, has confirmed an unauthorized breach of its internal ticketing system. The company’s acknowledgment comes shortly after hackers leaked a portion of the stolen data on a public hacking forum. The breach has raised concerns about cybersecurity vulnerabilities within major corporations, with Telefónica stating they are taking all necessary measures to secure their systems. Breach Details and Telefónica’s Response Telefónica, which operates in twelve countries and employs over 104,000 people, confirmed the incident via an email statement to BleepingComputer. The company disclosed that their internal Jira-based ticketing system, used for managing development and troubleshooting issues, was compromised using stolen employee credentials. A spokesperson from Telefónica stated: “We have become aware of an unauthorized access to an internal ticketing system which we use at Telefónica. We are currently investigating the extent of the incident and have taken the necessary steps to block any unauthorized access to the system. ” Hackers reportedly accessed the system on Thursday, obtaining approximately 2. 3 GB of data, including documents, tickets, and various internal information. Telefónica responded swiftly, resetting passwords for the affected accounts and blocking further access by the attackers. How Hackers Gained Access According to one of the attackers, who goes by the alias Pryx, the breach stemmed from compromised employee credentials. The hacker claims the attack targeted a Jira server used by Telefónica for handling internal issues. The attackers exploited these credentials to gain access to sensitive data stored on the server. The stolen information was subsequently leaked online, though it remains unclear whether the exposed data includes customer information. While some tickets were reportedly labeled as customer-related, they were linked to internal company email addresses (@telefonica. com), suggesting these tickets may have been opened by Telefónica staff on behalf of customers. Interestingly, Pryx and their group did not attempt to extort Telefónica or contact the company before releasing the data. This unconventional behavior underscores the group's intent to make a public statement rather than pursue financial gain. Links to Hellcat Ransomware Group The breach was claimed by a group of hackers using the aliases DNA, Grep, Pryx, and Rey. Three of these individuals—Grep, Pryx, and Rey—are reportedly affiliated with Hellcat, a recently launched ransomware group. Hellcat has made headlines for other high-profile attacks, including a recent breach of Schneider Electric, where 40GB of data was stolen from their Jira server. The group's involvement in multiple breaches indicates a focused strategy targeting Jira-based systems. Implications for Telefónica and Cybersecurity at Large Telefónica’s breach is the latest in a series of attacks targeting enterprise ticketing systems, which often contain sensitive internal information. The incident highlights the risks associated with employee credentials, which remain a significant vulnerability in corporate cybersecurity. To mitigate such risks, experts recommend companies adopt stronger authentication measures, such as multi-factor authentication (MFA), and conduct regular security training for employees to identify phishing attempts and other threats. This breach serves as a stark reminder that even the largest and most established corporations are not immune to cyberattacks. As hackers continue to evolve their methods, organizations must remain vigilant in protecting their digital infrastructure.

---

- Published: 2025-01-10
- Modified: 2025-01-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/health-ai-transparency-applied-model-card/
- Categories: News, Technology

In a significant move to address the lack of oversight in health-related artificial intelligence (AI), the Coalition for Health AI (CHAI) launched its Applied Model Card. The tool, unveiled on Thursday, is designed to provide transparency for health AI systems and set a precedent in the largely unregulated industry. Described as a “nutrition label” for AI, the card aims to give users clear insights into a model’s development, risks, and intended applications. CHAI's Bold Step Toward Transparency Since its inception in 2021, CHAI has worked tirelessly to create best practices for responsible AI use in healthcare. With over 3,000 private and public organizations in its network—including health systems, insurers, and tech companies—the coalition has made significant strides in aligning stakeholders on key principles. The Applied Model Card is its latest milestone, marking a collaborative effort to standardize transparency in health AI. Dr. Brian Anderson, CHAI’s co-founder and CEO, emphasized the importance of this initiative. Speaking to Newsweek, he described the card as a foundational step toward building trust and understanding in health AI. “This isn’t just about accountability; it’s about making these tools more reliable and equitable for everyone,” Anderson said. The card’s open-source nature invites feedback from the community until January 22, highlighting CHAI’s commitment to inclusivity and adaptability. Health tech companies are encouraged to test the model card and suggest improvements. What the Applied Model Card Brings to the Table The Applied Model Card introduces a structured approach to sharing critical information about health AI models. Developers can disclose details like release dates, regulatory approvals, and global availability. It also includes sections for intended use, risks, limitations, and ethical considerations. A standout feature is the “trust ingredients” section, where developers can answer pressing questions about their models: Does the AI require ongoing maintenance? How does it address bias in its algorithms? Who funded its development, and who was consulted during its design? These disclosures, alongside principles like fairness, safety, and usability, offer a comprehensive overview for potential users. Bridging the Gap Between Stakeholders One of the more contentious issues in health AI is data input transparency. Health systems need to understand the data used to train AI models to determine their suitability for specific populations. However, developers often hesitate to share proprietary details, fearing a loss of competitive advantage. CHAI has managed to broker an initial agreement on this front. While the model card is still a draft, it represents progress in reconciling these competing interests. Anderson acknowledged that the card will likely evolve over time, as stakeholders refine their expectations and standards. The Case for AI Nutrition Labels in Healthcare Health AI is a booming market, attracting approximately $11 billion in venture capital investments in the United States last year, according to the World Economic Forum. For healthcare providers, navigating the crowded field of vendors can be overwhelming. The Applied Model Card aims to simplify this process, enabling an “apples-to-apples comparison” between different AI systems. Dr. Daniel Yang, vice president of AI and emerging technologies at Kaiser Permanente, noted the deluge of pitches he receives daily—many of which lack relevance to his organization’s needs. The model card could streamline evaluations by presenting standardized information, reducing time spent on preliminary research. For health systems, these cards could become an integral part of procurement and governance processes. Anderson explained that many organizations are already requesting such disclosures for inventory management and internal governance. The Bigger Picture: Aligning Private and Public Standards Interestingly, CHAI’s efforts align closely with initiatives from federal agencies like the FDA and the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (ONC). Both have published sample model cards for AI-enabled medical devices and predictive tools, emphasizing risk management, performance, and limitations. Anderson pointed out that CHAI’s model card goes further, offering more comprehensive disclosures. “It’s encouraging to see the private and public sectors working together to establish transparency standards,” he said. “This alignment is critical for building trust in these technologies. ” What Lies Ahead for Health AI For now, participation in the Applied Model Card framework remains voluntary. While some hope the government will eventually mandate similar disclosures, others believe the private sector’s leadership is a more pragmatic approach. Either way, CHAI’s initiative sets a high bar for accountability in health AI. This effort could pave the way for greater adoption of standardized practices, helping health systems confidently integrate AI into their operations. As the industry grapples with balancing innovation and oversight, tools like the Applied Model Card offer a roadmap for responsible AI development.

---

- Published: 2025-01-10
- Modified: 2025-01-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/megan-thee-stallion-5-year-restraining-order-tory-lanez/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Megan Thee Stallion, the Grammy-winning artist, has been granted a five-year restraining order against rapper Tory Lanez. This decision comes after Lanez was convicted of shooting her in 2020, an incident that has remained at the forefront of public attention for its legal and emotional ramifications. The order, issued by a Los Angeles County Superior Court judge on Thursday, follows Megan's heartfelt testimony about the ongoing emotional distress and harassment she has faced since the shooting. Appearing via video, Megan shared the toll the situation has taken on her life. "I want my restraining order because I haven't been at peace since I shot,” she said. Emotional Testimony and Harassment Allegations In her testimony, Megan detailed the psychological challenges she's endured, including an alleged campaign of defamation orchestrated by Lanez. According to her, Lanez has been "waging psychological warfare" through an army of bloggers spreading defamatory remarks. Megan further claimed that Lanez, through his father, has been financially supporting one of these bloggers to fuel the narrative against her. Breaking down in tears during her testimony, Megan described the constant anxiety she experiences, admitting that she rarely leaves her home and feels unsafe even during her performances. "I'm a nervous wreck all the time," she confessed, adding that concertgoers shouting "Free Tory" only intensify her distress. Restraining Order Details The restraining order imposes strict conditions on Lanez. It requires him to stay at least 100 yards away from Megan, her home, workplace, and vehicle. Additionally, Lanez is prohibited from: Harassing, intimidating, threatening, or disturbing Megan's peace. Contacting Megan directly or indirectly, whether through phone, email, or any other electronic means. This legal measure aims to provide Megan with a sense of security and relief from the turmoil she described in court. Lanez's Legal Troubles Continue Tory Lanez is currently serving a 10-year sentence in state prison following his conviction for the 2020 shooting incident. The case has been a watershed moment, sparking widespread discussions about accountability and the treatment of women in the music industry. Megan’s decision to seek legal protection underscores her resolve to reclaim her peace amidst the ongoing challenges. The restraining order serves as a significant step in addressing Megan’s concerns, offering a legal framework to shield her from further harassment. For many, it also symbolizes the importance of standing firm against intimidation and seeking justice, no matter how high-profile the individuals involved may be.

---

- Published: 2025-01-10
- Modified: 2025-01-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/crowdstrike-phishing-job-offer-scam-monero-miner/
- Categories: News, Technology

A malicious phishing campaign impersonating cybersecurity firm CrowdStrike has been discovered, targeting job seekers with fake job offers to deploy a Monero cryptocurrency miner (XMRig). The scheme, identified by CrowdStrike on January 7, 2025, exploits job seekers’ trust by mimicking official recruitment communications. Phishing Emails and Fake Job Offers The attack begins with a deceptive email, seemingly from a CrowdStrike recruiter, thanking the recipient for applying for a developer position. The email instructs the victim to download a supposed "employee CRM application" to streamline the onboarding process. The link redirects users to a fraudulent website designed to resemble a legitimate CrowdStrike portal. The fake domain, "cscrm-hiringcom," offers downloads of the malicious application for both Windows and macOS. Once installed, the tool performs various system checks to confirm it is not being run in a sandbox or analysis environment. Sophisticated Infection Tactics The malicious application employs advanced tactics to avoid detection. It checks for factors such as the number of CPU cores, process numbers, and debugger presence. If the environment passes these tests, the application proceeds to deliver its payload. Victims see a fake error message stating that the installer is corrupted, masking the true nature of the activity. Behind the scenes, the downloader retrieves configuration files needed for the XMRig miner and downloads a ZIP archive from a GitHub repository. The files are extracted into the '%TEMP%\System' directory, and the miner begins operating stealthily in the background. Key Infection Mechanisms: Resource Utilization: The miner uses minimal processing power (up to 10%) to evade detection. Persistence Measures: It installs a batch script in the Start Menu Startup directory and adds a logon autostart key in the registry to ensure it runs after system reboots. Indicators of Compromise CrowdStrike has published a detailed report highlighting the campaign's technical indicators, providing essential data for organizations and individuals to safeguard themselves. These indicators include the malicious domain, GitHub repository URLs, and file hashes associated with the campaign. Protecting Job Seekers from Similar Threats Phishing campaigns often exploit emotions like urgency, excitement, or fear. Job seekers must remain vigilant when interacting with unsolicited job offers. Key Safeguards Against Phishing Attacks: Verify Email Authenticity: Ensure emails are from official company domains. Cross-Check Recruiters: Contact recruiters through the official website or LinkedIn profiles linked to the company. Avoid Downloading Executables: Legitimate employers rarely ask candidates to download applications for recruitment processes. Beware of Suspicious Offers: Offers that seem too good to be true or demand immediate action are red flags. Lessons from the Campaign This attack highlights the importance of cybersecurity awareness for individuals and organizations. While phishing is a common tactic, the sophistication of this campaign underscores how attackers continually evolve their methods. By impersonating a trusted company like CrowdStrike, the attackers leveraged brand credibility to execute their plan. CrowdStrike's swift identification of this campaign serves as a reminder of the value of proactive threat monitoring and public reporting. For job seekers and companies alike, the best defense lies in education, skepticism, and the consistent use of secure communication practices.

---

- Published: 2025-01-10
- Modified: 2025-01-10
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sony-psn-requirement-last-of-us-part-2-remastered-pc/
- Categories: News, Technology

Sony has officially announced that the PC version of The Last of Us Part 2 Remastered will require a PlayStation Network (PSN) account to play, even in single-player mode. The decision, echoing a trend with several other PlayStation titles, has reignited discussions about accessibility and the implications for players in regions without PSN availability. A Controversial Trend in PC Ports Sony's insistence on PSN integration for PC titles isn't new, but it remains polarizing. The backlash first gained traction last May when the company made PSN accounts mandatory for Helldivers 2 on PC. This decision effectively excluded players in 117 countries where PSN isn’t supported, making the game inaccessible even to those who purchased it. The outrage was enough for Sony to reverse the requirement for Helldivers 2, but the policy persists across other titles. Now, The Last of Us Part 2 Remastered joins the list of predominantly single-player PlayStation games with PSN mandates, following titles like Horizon Zero Dawn Remastered, God of War Ragnarök, and Until Dawn. While Sony initially justified the requirement for online multiplayer safety, its extension to single-player games continues to draw criticism. What Does This Mean for Players? For most players, logging into a PSN account is a minor inconvenience. But for those in unsupported regions, it’s a major barrier. Not only does this policy prevent access to purchased games, but it also leaves potential players in 117 regions entirely out of the conversation. Why is PSN Required? Sony’s official stance centers on “safety and security” for online play. Yet critics argue that single-player games, which don’t rely on real-time multiplayer interactions, shouldn’t need such oversight. Features like leaderboards—present in The Last of Us Part 2 Remastered’s No Return mode—may provide justification, but the frustration persists. A Growing List of Restrictions The mandatory PSN policy is steadily creeping into Sony’s PC portfolio. Recent examples include Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 and Ghost of Tsushima, which also require PSN integration despite being primarily solo adventures. For fans, it signals a potential shift in how Sony views its PC ecosystem, possibly prioritizing account-linked services over accessibility. The Bigger Picture The timing of The Last of Us Part 2 Remastered’s release—slated for April 3 on Steam and the Epic Games Store—aligns with the debut of HBO’s The Last of Us season two. While this synergy might boost sales, the looming accessibility issues for players in PSN-limited regions casts a shadow over the launch. Digital Foundry praised the remaster as “the best way to play a genuine classic” when it debuted on PlayStation 5, citing improved textures, enhanced shadow quality, and extended level-of-detail distances. Yet these technical feats could feel bittersweet to PC gamers excluded from the experience due to account restrictions. What’s Next? Sony’s commitment to this path is clear, but will continued backlash sway the company? For now, it seems unlikely. The integration of PSN requirements appears to be part of a larger strategy to unify the PlayStation and PC ecosystems. However, the frustration among players—and the lack of a workaround for unsupported regions—raises questions about the balance between corporate priorities and consumer accessibility. With The Last of Us Part 2 Remastered entering the spotlight, Sony’s policies are once again under scrutiny. For fans of the series, the hope remains that accessibility will eventually take precedence, ensuring these iconic games reach as many players as possible.

---

- Published: 2025-01-09
- Modified: 2025-01-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/marvel-phase-7-mutant-saga-leaks/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Marvel Studios has captivated audiences for over a decade, but if the latest Phase 7 leaks hold any truth, fans may be looking at a monumental shift in the MCU. Whispers of mutants, iconic team-ups, and unexpected villains are swirling, suggesting the end of the franchise as fans know it. Could the "Mutant Saga" rewrite Marvel’s future? X-Men Finally Take Center Stage For years, fans of the X-Men have waited for their favorite mutants to find a proper home in the Marvel Cinematic Universe. Aside from the brief appearance of Wolverine in Deadpool 3, the X-Men have largely been absent from Marvel's interconnected storytelling. That could all change soon. Industry insider @MyTimeToShineH shared tantalizing updates that suggest Marvel plans to integrate the X-Men and Fantastic Four into the same universe. While details remain sparse, this move represents a long-awaited reunion of Marvel’s most iconic characters under one cinematic umbrella. Even more intriguing, the insider suggests that Mister Sinister, a fan-favorite and deeply complex villain, will replace Magneto as the X-Men’s main adversary. While Magneto’s history is rich, the shift to a new villain signals a fresh narrative direction for Marvel’s mutant saga. One thing is clear: the X-Men are back in a big way, with their presence set to redefine the MCU landscape. Avengers vs. X-Men: The Next Big Blockbuster? The possibility of a cinematic showdown between the Avengers and the X-Men has set the internet ablaze. Leaks claim that this epic conflict will serve as the cornerstone of Marvel's next major phase, potentially taking the spotlight from other anticipated projects like Secret Wars or Doomsday. But how plausible is this rumor? Marvel Studios President Kevin Feige has hinted at the X-Men’s pivotal role in the MCU’s future, adding credibility to these leaks. “Secret Wars really leads us into a new age of mutants and of the X-Men,” Feige said in a recent interview, fueling speculation that the Avengers vs. X-Men concept is more than just wishful thinking. For fans, the prospect of seeing two of Marvel’s most celebrated teams clash on the big screen is an electrifying thought. However, Marvel has yet to confirm any of these developments, so excitement should be tempered with caution. The "Mutant Saga" and Marvel’s Changing Storytelling Style The leaked plans surrounding Phase 7 also hint at a larger shift in how Marvel tells its stories. Previous phases leaned heavily on interconnected narratives, culminating in sprawling crossovers like Endgame. While this formula has proven wildly successful, it has also faced criticism in recent years for feeling overstuffed and repetitive. By focusing on the X-Men and introducing the "Mutant Saga," Marvel could be setting the stage for a more focused storytelling approach. This shift might prioritize depth over breadth, allowing for richer character arcs and more intricate world-building. Fans can also expect a departure from Marvel’s traditional villain formula. Mister Sinister, with his genetic experiments and morally ambiguous motives, presents a layered antagonist that could breathe new life into Marvel’s storytelling. The move away from Magneto, a character exhaustively explored in Fox’s adaptations, signals Marvel's willingness to break from past interpretations and forge new paths. A Look Ahead: Thunderbolts, Fantastic Four, and Beyond While the focus remains on the X-Men, Phase 7 promises a slate of other exciting projects. One such title is Thunderbolts, a film that has flown under the radar amidst the mutant mania. Details are scarce, but the project could introduce darker, morally complex themes, aligning with Marvel’s recent experimentation in tone. The Fantastic Four also stand poised to make their long-awaited debut in the MCU. Though the leaks primarily highlight the X-Men, integrating the Fantastic Four into the same universe could open the door for countless crossover opportunities. A shared narrative involving these legendary teams has the potential to elevate Marvel’s storytelling to unprecedented heights. As Phase 7 looms on the horizon, speculation continues to swirl. Will the rumored "Mutant Saga" usher in a bold new era for Marvel, or will the studio stick to its tried-and-true formula? One thing is certain: the MCU is changing, and fans should brace themselves for whatever comes next.

---

- Published: 2025-01-09
- Modified: 2025-01-09
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/mandy-moore-jamie-lee-curtis-la-wildfires/
- Categories: News

The wildfires blazing through Pacific Palisades and nearby areas in Los Angeles have forced evacuations across the city, leaving countless residents, including Hollywood celebrities, grappling with uncertainty and loss. Mandy Moore and Jamie Lee Curtis were among those who turned to social media to share personal updates, offering a glimpse into the emotional toll of the disaster. Mandy Moore: Gratitude Amid Uncertainty Actress and singer Mandy Moore revealed that she and her family were able to evacuate safely but face an uncertain future regarding their home. Moore, who shares three children with husband Taylor Goldsmith, expressed gratitude for the support they’ve received from friends during this crisis. “Grateful for the kindness of friends that we had a place to land last night,” Moore wrote on Instagram, accompanying a photo of herself with her son Ozzie. Despite her best efforts to shield her children from the chaos, she admitted feeling an overwhelming sadness. “Praying for everyone in our beautiful city. So gutted for the destruction and loss. Don’t know if our place made it,” she added, underscoring the collective anxiety experienced by many in the community. Jamie Lee Curtis: A Community at Risk Actress Jamie Lee Curtis also took to Instagram to express her fears, posting a photo of the raging fire consuming parts of her neighborhood. Curtis shared a stark update: "My community and possibly my home is on fire. My family is safe. Many of my friends will lose their homes. Many other communities as well,” she wrote. Her message highlighted the far-reaching impact of the wildfire, which has threatened not only her property but also the homes of friends and neighbors. Affected Celebrities and Communities The wildfire has swept through areas home to some of Hollywood’s biggest names, affecting celebrities like Reese Witherspoon, Mark Hamill, Tom Hanks, Eugene Levy, and Steven Spielberg. Many of these stars have shared updates or offered their thoughts on the unfolding crisis, emphasizing solidarity and support for those in harm’s way. Meanwhile, rescue and firefighting efforts continue across Los Angeles as authorities work tirelessly to contain the blaze. The city's residents, from ordinary citizens to A-list celebrities, face the same daunting challenges: evacuating their homes, protecting their families, and waiting for news about their properties. Impact Beyond the Headlines Community Response: Shelters and relief centers across Los Angeles are providing assistance to those displaced by the fires. Local businesses and organizations have stepped up, offering resources like food, clothing, and temporary accommodations. Firefighting Efforts: Over 1,000 firefighters are battling the blazes, with support from aerial water drops and containment lines. Despite their efforts, shifting winds and dry conditions have complicated containment. Celebrity Support: Many affected celebrities have used their platforms to raise awareness about the disaster, urging donations to relief organizations and offering words of encouragement to their followers. What Comes Next As the fires continue to rage, the focus remains on safety and containment. While the full extent of the damage is yet to be assessed, the emotional and physical toll on those affected is evident. Celebrities like Moore and Curtis remind us that, despite their fame, they too experience the vulnerability and heartbreak of such disasters. For Los Angeles, this wildfire serves as a sobering reminder of the increasing frequency and intensity of natural disasters, which demand both immediate action and long-term solutions.

---

- Published: 2025-01-08
- Modified: 2025-01-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-drops-as-strong-economy-hurts-crypto-market/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies faced significant declines on Tuesday as robust economic data defied market expectations. The irony of crypto's negative reaction to positive economic news was on full display as Bitcoin fell 4. 9%, Ethereum dropped 7. 4%, and Dogecoin nosedived 8. 9% by late afternoon. The market's sensitivity to interest rate speculation has left riskier assets reeling. Positive Economic Data Spurs Crypto Sell-Off Two key economic reports set the tone for the day. The ISM Services PMI showed unexpected strength, climbing to 54. 1 in December from 52. 1 in November. This index measures activity in the services sector, and a reading above 50 indicates expansion. Meanwhile, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reported a surprising uptick in job openings, with 8. 1 million positions available compared to November's 7. 8 million. These indicators signal a resilient economy, but there's a catch. Alongside the positive data came concerns about inflation and costs, which could prompt the Federal Reserve to consider raising interest rates in 2025. For crypto investors, this spells trouble. The sector's high correlation with speculative growth stocks means that any hint of tighter monetary policy often results in steep declines. Leverage Amplifies the Fall The better-than-expected economic reports caught the crypto market flat-footed. As prices fell, leveraged positions in cryptocurrencies unraveled, amplifying the downward momentum. Over $457 million in long positions were liquidated in just 24 hours, showcasing how fragile the market remains. Leverage can act as both a boon and a bane in the crypto world. When prices rise, leveraged bets magnify gains. But when prices fall, the same mechanism triggers a cascade of selling, creating a self-perpetuating cycle. This phenomenon is not new, but it continues to underscore the speculative and volatile nature of digital assets. Crypto's Inflation Hedge Myth Fades Bitcoin's reputation as a hedge against inflation has been tested repeatedly, and the results are underwhelming. During periods of high inflation, Bitcoin's price largely declined. Paradoxically, the token has performed better as inflation eased. The data challenges the narrative that Bitcoin serves as a digital equivalent to gold. Instead, Bitcoin's price trends are increasingly dictated by broader market sentiment and liquidity conditions. As interest rate concerns grow, the idea of Bitcoin as an inflation hedge seems more theoretical than practical. Speculative Catalysts Lose Momentum The crypto rally that characterized much of late 2024 is showing signs of fatigue. Market optimism fueled by regulatory clarity and political shifts is beginning to fade as investors recognize the long road ahead for meaningful change. While the U. S. election brought hope for reduced regulatory pressures, tangible benefits for the crypto sector are likely years away. Adding to the malaise, innovation within the crypto space is moving away from flagship tokens like Bitcoin and Dogecoin. Ethereum's blockchain, with its ecosystem of stablecoins, Layer-2 solutions, and low-cost transaction platforms, is more likely to drive long-term growth. Yet even Ethereum faces challenges, as the value of its token doesn't always align with technological advancements on its network. Table: Key Crypto Performance Metrics on Tuesday Cryptocurrency 24-Hour Change (%) Market Cap (B) 52-Week High 52-Week Low Bitcoin (BTC) -4. 9% $450 $69,000 $15,000 Ethereum (ETH) -7. 4% $220 $5,000 $1,000 Dogecoin (DOGE) -8. 9% $52 $0. 48 $0. 07 The table highlights the dramatic swings in the crypto market and underscores the risks tied to these assets. For investors accustomed to volatility, Tuesday was yet another reminder of crypto's unpredictable nature. Looking Ahead: Where Crypto Stands in 2025 The crypto market continues to evolve, but its speculative tendencies remain a defining feature. As blockchain technologies mature, the focus is shifting toward practical applications rather than speculative trading. Stablecoins, decentralized finance (DeFi) platforms, and Layer-2 technologies are becoming the new darlings of the crypto ecosystem. For now, the speculative fervor that drove Bitcoin and Dogecoin's meteoric rises seems to be waning. Investors are recalibrating expectations, and the path forward is likely to favor projects with tangible use cases and scalability. While the crypto market digests Tuesday's economic surprises, one thing is clear: strong economies and rising interest rate fears aren't a recipe for crypto success.

---

- Published: 2025-01-08
- Modified: 2025-01-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/taylor-swift-music-record-milestone-eras-tour/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Taylor Swift has done it again. The global pop sensation and chart-topping artist has achieved a career milestone, cementing her position as one of the most influential figures in modern music. Fresh off her wildly successful Eras Tour, Swift has now been credited with helping music sales and streaming reach heights not seen in two decades. Streaming and Vinyl Surge to Record Highs According to the Entertainment Retailers Association (ERA), 2024 marked a historic year for music, driven by unprecedented growth in both streaming and vinyl sales. ERA's chief executive, Kim Bayley, shared with Daily Mail: “2024 was a banner year for music, with streaming and vinyl taking the sector to all-time-high records in both value and volume. ” Bayley emphasized that this resurgence reflects a monumental turnaround for the music industry, saying: “This is the stunning culmination of music’s comeback which has seen sales more than double since their low point in 2013. We can now say definitively – music is back. ” Taylor Swift’s music played a starring role in this revival, showcasing her ability to connect with fans across formats, from digital streams to physical vinyl records. The Year of "Tortured Poets Department" One of Swift’s most notable accomplishments this year was the extraordinary success of her album Tortured Poets Department. The album emerged as the top-selling record of 2024, racking up an impressive 783,820 total sales. Out of these, a staggering 111,937 copies were sold on vinyl—a format that has been steadily climbing in popularity among music enthusiasts. This feat comes at a time when vinyl records are enjoying a renaissance, fueled by fans’ desire for tangible connections to their favorite artists. Swift, a long-time advocate for releasing special-edition vinyls, has clearly tapped into this growing trend. The Legacy of the Eras Tour Swift’s latest milestone is the cherry on top of an already historic year. Her Eras Tour, which concluded on December 8, 2024, shattered records, grossing over $2 billion in ticket sales. This monumental achievement made it the highest-grossing tour in history, surpassing even the most legendary acts. The tour showcased Swift’s catalog of hits, spanning from her country roots to her recent introspective works. It also served as a celebration of her enduring bond with fans, many of whom traveled across states and countries to catch a glimpse of her live performances. The impact of the Eras Tour extended beyond just ticket sales. The buzz surrounding the tour fueled an increase in her music streams, album sales, and merchandise, creating a ripple effect that boosted the entire industry. What's Next for Taylor Swift? While Swift’s achievements this year are unparalleled, the question remains: what’s next? Her ability to reinvent herself and connect with audiences suggests that even greater milestones may lie ahead. With her unmatched influence in the music industry, she’s likely to continue shaping its trajectory. For now, Swifties can celebrate the fact that their favorite artist isn’t just topping charts—she’s making history.

---

- Published: 2025-01-08
- Modified: 2025-01-08
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/powerschool-cyberattack-student-teacher-data-breach/
- Categories: News, Technology

PowerSchool, a major provider of education software solutions, confirmed a cyberattack that compromised personal data of students and teachers. The breach targeted its PowerSchool SIS platform, widely used by K-12 schools across the U. S. and globally. Sensitive information, including Social Security numbers and medical records, may have been exposed. The Scope of the Incident PowerSchool provides critical software to over 18,000 customers, supporting more than 60 million students. The platform integrates services ranging from student records to staff management. The breach occurred via the PowerSource support portal, which attackers accessed using stolen credentials. This access allowed them to export database tables containing student and teacher data. The stolen data included: Contact details like names and addresses. Potentially, more sensitive information such as Social Security numbers, grades, and medical information in certain districts. A spokesperson clarified that not all PowerSchool SIS customers were impacted. However, the breach is significant due to the scale and the sensitive nature of the stolen information. Steps Taken by PowerSchool In response to the breach, PowerSchool collaborated with cybersecurity experts, including CrowdStrike, to investigate and address the situation. Key measures included: Rotating passwords for all PowerSource accounts. Implementing stricter password policies to prevent future unauthorized access. Engaging a third-party advisor, CyberSteward, to negotiate with the attackers. Unusually, PowerSchool admitted to paying a ransom to secure assurances from the attackers that the data had been deleted. The company stated that they received a video confirmation of the deletion but acknowledged there is no absolute guarantee. Customer Guidance and Transparency PowerSchool has pledged transparency and provided impacted school districts with resources to manage the fallout. These include: Communication packages for notifying teachers and families. Detailed instructions for checking whether their systems were affected. IT personnel were also advised to review audit logs for evidence of unauthorized data exports, with a specific focus on entries associated with a maintenance user named "200A0. " Industry and Expert Reactions This incident underscores the growing vulnerability of educational institutions to cyberattacks. Education software platforms, due to their extensive data repositories, have become prime targets for cybercriminals. Experts have pointed out that the use of a single support tool for troubleshooting customer data, while efficient, also creates a significant security risk if not adequately safeguarded. The involvement of CrowdStrike and other cybersecurity professionals highlights the complexity of modern cyberattacks. Ongoing Investigations and Next Steps The investigation remains active, with CrowdStrike expected to deliver a comprehensive report by January 17, 2025. In the meantime, PowerSchool is monitoring the dark web for signs of the stolen data being leaked. For affected individuals, PowerSchool is offering: Credit monitoring for impacted adults. Identity protection services for minors. The company emphasized that its operations are unaffected, and services continue uninterrupted despite the breach. However, questions remain about the long-term implications for affected school districts and the broader K-12 education community.

---

- Published: 2025-01-07
- Modified: 2025-01-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-climbs-microstrategy-buying-spree-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin is making headlines again, climbing over 4% in the past 24 hours after MicroStrategy announced its latest purchase of 1,070 Bitcoin. The company’s bold plan to raise another $2 billion for future acquisitions is fueling excitement among investors. Meanwhile, other cryptocurrencies like Ethereum and Dogecoin are also seeing modest gains as market optimism spreads. MicroStrategy’s Bold Bet on Bitcoin MicroStrategy’s strategy to leverage its stock and debt for Bitcoin purchases is no secret, but the scale of its commitment is staggering. The company has adopted what it terms a "Bitcoin yield strategy. " Essentially, this means raising capital through stock issuance or debt to acquire Bitcoin, betting on the long-term appreciation of the asset. Currently, the market price of MicroStrategy’s stock significantly exceeds the value of its Bitcoin holdings per share. This allows the company to issue shares at a premium, amplifying its Bitcoin acquisitions. In 2024, MicroStrategy reported a 74. 3% Bitcoin yield—a figure that underscores its aggressive approach. But there’s a risk. What happens if MicroStrategy’s stock price drops below the value of its Bitcoin holdings? The bullish narrative could shift dramatically, leaving investors questioning the sustainability of this strategy. For now, however, the market seems to be rewarding the company’s relentless buying spree. Ethereum and Dogecoin: Riding Bitcoin’s Momentum While Bitcoin is stealing the spotlight, Ethereum and Dogecoin are quietly riding the wave. Ethereum is up 1. 1% over the past 24 hours, and Dogecoin has climbed 1. 4%. Unlike Bitcoin, these tokens lack major catalysts at the moment, but broader market sentiment is lending support. What’s next for these cryptocurrencies? Utility remains a key factor. For Ethereum, developments in decentralized finance (DeFi) and scalability solutions could boost adoption. Dogecoin, on the other hand, continues to benefit from its strong community, though its use cases remain limited. One thing is clear: the crypto market isn’t just about price speculation anymore. Real-world applications and technological advancements are becoming increasingly important. Crypto Market Trends in Early 2025 The start of 2025 has been marked by a return to high-risk assets, including cryptocurrencies and growth stocks. Bitcoin’s rally isn’t happening in isolation—it’s part of a broader trend as investors regain confidence in the market. Some key trends to watch: Increased Institutional Involvement: With players like MicroStrategy leading the charge, institutional interest in crypto could reach new heights. Regulatory Clarity: The incoming administration in the U. S. is expected to bring more defined rules for the crypto market, potentially boosting investor confidence. Technological Innovations: Faster, cheaper blockchain networks could reshape the industry, making cryptocurrencies more practical for everyday use. Yet, history offers a cautionary tale. The euphoria of 2021 gave way to the brutal crash of 2022. Could we be on a similar trajectory? Only time will tell. Cryptocurrency 24-Hour Change Current Price Bitcoin (BTC) +4. 0% $101,656. 33 Ethereum (ETH) +1. 1% Data not specified Dogecoin (DOGE) +1. 4% Data not specified Investor Sentiment: Cautious Optimism or Overhyped Euphoria? The correlation between cryptocurrencies and growth stocks remains strong. This trend suggests that the recent surge in crypto prices is more a function of market sentiment than fundamental developments. Investors appear to be betting on a continued bull market for risky assets in 2025. However, the presence of significant leverage in the crypto system—particularly from major players like MicroStrategy—adds a layer of complexity. A sudden market downturn could have amplified effects, leading to rapid sell-offs and heightened volatility. For now, traders are enjoying the ride. But some seasoned investors are approaching the market with caution, preferring to take profits on days like this rather than chase higher prices.

---

- Published: 2025-01-07
- Modified: 2025-01-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/jennifer-lopez-ben-affleck-finalize-divorce-settlement-details/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

After five months of legal proceedings, Jennifer Lopez and Ben Affleck have officially settled their divorce. The high-profile couple, who tied the knot in 2022, ended their marriage in 2024. Now, with the paperwork finalized, both stars are poised to move forward, albeit in separate directions. A Love Story Ends Ben Affleck and Jennifer Lopez's reunion was a Hollywood fairy tale when they rekindled their relationship two decades after their initial romance in the early 2000s. Their 2022 marriage captured global headlines and sparked widespread excitement among fans. However, despite their undeniable chemistry, the couple decided to part ways in 2024, citing irreconcilable differences. According to sources close to the matter, the divorce will be legally finalized by March 2025. While the split marks the end of their romantic journey, both parties have made it clear that they intend to remain amicable for the sake of their families. Financial Agreements and Asset Distribution A significant point of interest in the divorce settlement was the division of assets and earnings. TMZ reports that both Affleck and Lopez will retain ownership of whatever they individually earned during their marriage. This agreement has important implications: Ben Affleck will keep his stake in Artists Equity, the production company he co-founded with Matt Damon in 2022. The company has already gained recognition for producing films like The Instigators and The Accountant 2. Jennifer Lopez will retain control over her earnings from various projects, including her music, film, and business ventures during the marriage. Although the couple also reached a settlement concerning their $61 million mansion, the specifics remain confidential. Co-Parenting and Family Dynamics Despite their separation, insiders emphasize that Lopez and Affleck are committed to maintaining a healthy relationship for their blended family. A source told PageSix: “They have every intention of continuing to be in each other’s lives despite not being romantically involved. Ben and Jennifer are still connected and communicate when it involves their kids. ” The couple’s dedication to co-parenting underscores their commitment to putting their children first. While details about their custody arrangements have not been disclosed, their willingness to remain in communication highlights their efforts to ensure stability for their family. Looking Ahead The end of Lopez and Affleck's marriage comes as both stars focus on their individual careers and personal lives. Affleck’s work with Artists Equity continues to thrive, while Lopez remains a powerhouse in music, film, and fashion. This split may mark the conclusion of their romantic chapter, but their mutual respect and shared history will likely keep their names intertwined in the public eye.

---

- Published: 2025-01-07
- Modified: 2025-01-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/india-draft-digital-personal-data-protection-rules/
- Categories: News, Technology

The Indian government has released a draft of the Digital Personal Data Protection (DPDP) Rules, 2023, inviting public consultation on a framework designed to safeguard citizens’ digital privacy and provide greater control over personal data. These draft rules aim to operationalize the DPDP Act, which was passed in August 2023, following years of deliberation and amendments. Citizens Gain New Digital Rights At the heart of the draft rules lies a commitment to empowering individuals with robust rights to manage their personal data. According to the Press Information Bureau (PIB), citizens can now demand data erasure, appoint digital nominees, and access tools to control how their data is used. These rights are anchored in the principles of informed consent and transparency. Under the proposed framework, data fiduciaries—entities that collect and process personal data—must ensure that users understand how their data is processed. This includes providing clear, accessible information about data handling practices. Users can demand the deletion of data that is no longer needed and must be notified 48 hours in advance of any planned erasure. One unique provision allows users to appoint "digital nominees," who can oversee the management of their data in cases of incapacitation or death, ensuring continuity and protection of personal information. Stricter Accountability for Companies The draft rules impose significant obligations on companies operating in India to enhance data protection measures. Businesses must adopt comprehensive security protocols such as encryption, access controls, and data backups to safeguard personal information. They are also required to report data breaches promptly, providing detailed accounts of the incident to the Data Protection Board (DPB) within 72 hours. Other key compliance measures include: Annual audits and Data Protection Impact Assessments (DPIAs) for "significant" data fiduciaries. Parental or guardian consent for processing the data of minors and individuals with disabilities, with specific exemptions for healthcare, education, and safety services. A three-year limit for retaining personal data, with provisions to notify users before deletion. Additionally, companies must display the contact details of their designated Data Protection Officer (DPO) prominently on their platforms, making it easier for users to address concerns or queries about data handling. Cross-Border Data and Government Safeguards Cross-border data transfers—a contentious issue in previous iterations of the Act—will be subject to new federal regulations. The government plans to define the categories of data that must remain within India’s borders, ensuring compliance with national security and economic considerations. For federal and state government agencies, the draft rules introduce safeguards requiring transparent and lawful data processing aligned with policy standards. These provisions aim to balance citizen privacy with the government’s need for data in policy implementation and governance. Penalties and Enforcement Organizations that violate the proposed regulations face severe financial repercussions, with penalties reaching up to ₹250 crore (approximately $30 million) for failing to safeguard user data or notify the DPB of a breach. These stringent measures reflect the government’s resolve to establish accountability in data protection practices. Telecom Cybersecurity Rules Raise Concerns The draft DPDP rules arrive on the heels of new cybersecurity guidelines under the Telecommunications Act, 2023. These regulations mandate that telecom providers report security incidents within six hours and appoint an Indian Chief Telecommunication Security Officer (CTSO). However, privacy advocates have raised concerns about the vague language around "traffic data," warning of potential misuse. The Internet Freedom Foundation (IFF) has called for greater clarity, arguing that the lack of a clear definition could lead to excessive surveillance. Critics emphasize the need for safeguards to ensure the rules are not exploited to infringe on individual privacy rights. Public Consultation Open Until February 2025 The Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) has opened the draft rules for public feedback until February 18, 2025. Submissions will remain confidential, encouraging citizens and stakeholders to provide candid input. This public consultation marks a crucial phase in India’s journey toward establishing a comprehensive digital data protection framework. With the DPDP Act and related rules, the government seeks to build a regulatory environment that balances individual privacy with the economic and technological needs of the nation.

---

- Published: 2025-01-07
- Modified: 2025-01-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/amazfit-active-2-budget-smartwatch-launch/
- Categories: News, Technology

The Amazfit Active 2 smartwatch is here, and it’s not just another wearable. Offering a premium experience at an affordable price, it challenges heavyweights like Apple and Samsung with standout features, starting at just $99. 99. Feature-Rich Yet Affordable Amazfit Active 2 bridges the gap between budget and premium smartwatches. At its core is a dazzling 1. 32-inch AMOLED display, boasting an impressive 2,000 nits of brightness. Whether you're under the midday sun or in a dimly lit room, visibility is never an issue. The stainless-steel frame, coupled with the option of a sapphire glass cover, ensures durability while maintaining a sleek aesthetic. What truly grabs attention is the price. The base model starts at $99. 99, while the upgraded version with premium materials costs $129. 99. For context, the Apple Watch Series 10 and Samsung Galaxy Watch7 are priced well above $200, making the Amazfit Active 2 a compelling choice for cost-conscious buyers. Packed with Health and Fitness Tools The Active 2 doesn’t skimp on health tracking. Equipped with the advanced BioTracker 6. 0 PPG sensor, the smartwatch continuously monitors heart rate, SpO₂ levels, and stress. It also provides comprehensive sleep analysis, offering insights that rival those of more expensive models. For fitness enthusiasts, over 160 sports modes are available, covering everything from basic running to specialized activities like Hyrox Race and strength training. The strength training mode is particularly unique, automatically tracking reps and sets—something rarely found even in premium competitors. One standout feature is its extensive battery life. Typical use stretches up to 10 days, while GPS-heavy activities yield around 21 hours. This far outpaces many high-end alternatives, which often require daily charging. The two-hour recharge time via a magnetic charger adds convenience to the mix. Navigation and Outdoor Use For adventurers and outdoor enthusiasts, navigation capabilities shine. The Active 2 supports five satellite positioning systems, ensuring accurate location tracking no matter where you are. Offline maps and turn-by-turn navigation bring additional utility, making it a practical companion for hiking or biking trips. A Tough Competitor for Apple and Samsung When compared to pricier alternatives like the Samsung Galaxy Watch7 ($239) or Apple Watch Series 10 ($359), the Amazfit Active 2 holds its ground remarkably well. Key areas where it excels include: Battery Life: Up to 10 days in typical scenarios, a notable edge over Apple and Samsung devices. Sports Modes: Over 160 options, including niche activities. Display and Materials: AMOLED screen with optional sapphire glass, combining functionality and durability. Price: A fraction of what premium smartwatches cost. Despite its lower price, Amazfit hasn’t cut corners. The watch is designed to meet the needs of both casual users and fitness-focused individuals without breaking the bank. Feature Amazfit Active 2 Apple Watch Series 10 Samsung Galaxy Watch7 Starting Price $99. 99 $359 $239 Display Type AMOLED Retina OLED AMOLED Sports Modes 160+ 80+ 90+ Battery Life (Typical Use) 10 days 1. 5 days 2 days Navigation Offline maps No offline maps No offline maps Materials Stainless steel Aluminum/stainless Aluminum Availability and Pre-Orders The Amazfit Active 2 is now available for pre-order, with shipments starting in mid-January. Customers can choose between the Red Sport Silicone variant at $99. 99 or the Black Leather model priced at $129. 99. Given the combination of high-end features and aggressive pricing, this smartwatch is likely to draw significant attention from buyers seeking value without compromise. The Amazfit Active 2 has arrived, ready to shake up the smartwatch market. Whether you’re a fitness enthusiast, tech lover, or someone looking for a stylish yet functional wearable, this device makes a strong case for itself.

---

- Published: 2025-01-07
- Modified: 2025-01-07
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/acer-nitro-blaze-11-handheld-gaming-pc-launch/
- Categories: News, Technology

Looking for a handheld gaming PC that doubles as a conversation starter? Acer’s latest release, the Nitro Blaze 11, might be what you’re after. Featuring a massive 10. 95-inch display, this gaming device pushes the boundaries of portability and practicality. Alongside it, Acer also introduced the more modest Blaze 8 for those who prefer smaller, lighter alternatives. A Giant Among Handhelds At first glance, the Nitro Blaze 11 is a showstopper—if not for its sleek design, then certainly for its sheer size. Measuring 36. 4 cm x 17. 1 cm x 1. 59 cm and weighing 1050 grams (1. 5 times the weight of a Steam Deck), this device teeters on the edge of what most would call “handheld. ” Acer hasn’t clarified whether its weight includes the detachable controllers, but even without them, it’s clear this isn’t your average portable console. Its size isn’t just for show, though. The Nitro Blaze 11 boasts an impressive 10. 95-inch WQXGA 2560 x 1600 touch display with a 120 Hz refresh rate and brightness levels reaching up to 500 nits. Inside, it packs an AMD Ryzen 8040HS processor, 16GB of LPDDR5X RAM, and up to 2TB of NVMe SSD storage. Additional features include a built-in kickstand and detachable controllers equipped with back buttons for added functionality. But all these bells and whistles come with a hefty price tag. Acer’s Nitro Blaze 11 starts at $1099. 99, depending on your chosen storage configuration. Blaze 8: A Smaller, Cheaper Alternative For gamers who find the Nitro Blaze 11 too cumbersome—or too pricey—Acer’s Nitro Blaze 8 steps in as a more compact solution. With an 8. 8-inch, 144 Hz display, it’s easier to carry around and weighs only 720 grams. Unlike its bigger sibling, the Blaze 8 features non-detachable controllers, making it more streamlined. Despite its smaller size, the Blaze 8 doesn’t skimp on performance. It’s designed to handle modern games with ease, offering a competitive alternative to other handheld devices in the market. The Nitro Blaze 8 will set you back $899. 99—still a significant investment, but a noticeable drop compared to the Blaze 11. Features Worth Highlighting Both devices come with a few perks to sweeten the deal: Xbox Game Pass: Buyers will receive three months of Xbox Game Pass, giving them access to a library of games right out of the box. Build and Design: The Nitro Blaze line focuses on versatility, offering options for those who value either performance or portability. Launch Timeline: Acer plans to release both devices in Q2 2025, giving potential buyers time to consider their options. What About AMD’s New APUs? Interestingly, Acer’s Nitro Blaze series doesn’t include AMD’s recently announced Ryzen Z-series APUs, which are designed specifically for handheld gaming PCs. While it’s unclear why Acer opted not to integrate these new chips, the decision could influence how the Nitro Blaze devices stack up against competitors in the long run. Who’s This For? The Nitro Blaze 11 is likely to attract gamers looking for a high-performance device with a large display—perfect for those who prioritize screen real estate over portability. Meanwhile, the Blaze 8 caters to players who want something more traditional in size but still powerful enough to handle demanding titles. With both devices entering an increasingly competitive market, it remains to be seen how Acer’s latest innovations will perform. However, the unique features and bold design choices are sure to grab attention.

---

- Published: 2025-01-06
- Modified: 2025-01-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/shiba-inu-2025-price-prediction/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The meteoric rise and fall of Shiba Inu (SHIB) is a cautionary tale of hype-driven investing. From its near-zero debut in 2021 to its jaw-dropping peak that turned pocket change into life-changing wealth, Shiba Inu captured the imagination of speculators worldwide. Yet, the meme token’s struggle to sustain value has reignited questions about its viability, especially as some believers dare to dream of a $1 price tag. A Spectacular Ascent and a Hard Reality Check Shiba Inu entered the cryptocurrency market in 2021 at an almost comically low price of $0. 00000000008. Yet, fueled by speculative frenzy, it surged by an unprecedented 107,499,900%, peaking at $0. 000086 that October. This staggering rally meant that $1 invested at launch could have ballooned to over $1 million. But the euphoria was short-lived. By mid-2022, Shiba Inu had shed over 90% of its value. Despite a modest recovery in 2024, its current price of $0. 000023 remains a shadow of its former glory, over 70% below its all-time high. This trajectory highlights the dangers of relying on speculative assets with little real-world utility. Favorable Winds for Crypto in 2025 Cryptocurrencies broadly benefited from a confluence of economic and political factors in 2024, and these tailwinds might persist into 2025: Economic Optimism A booming U. S. economy and easing inflation led the Federal Reserve to slash interest rates in late 2024. Lower rates diminished the allure of risk-free assets, encouraging investors to seek growth opportunities in sectors like cryptocurrencies. Pro-Crypto Political Climate The election of Donald Trump in November 2024 spurred optimism among crypto enthusiasts. His administration’s crypto-friendly stance, including the nomination of blockchain advocate Paul Atkins to head the SEC, signals an environment ripe for digital assets to thrive. Speculative Appetite With a record-breaking $3. 9 trillion in circulating cryptocurrencies by the end of 2024, investors flooded into meme tokens like Shiba Inu, hoping for another explosive rally. Still, Shiba Inu’s reliance on speculation rather than substance remains a significant obstacle. The Challenges of Use and Supply Shiba Inu’s lack of real-world utility is a glaring limitation. Fewer than 1,000 businesses globally accept SHIB as payment, according to Cryptwerk, and most of them are niche players in industries like online gambling and crypto services. The token's volatility and Ethereum-based architecture, which is often slow and costly, further discourage adoption. Efforts to address these shortcomings, like the launch of Shibarium, a Layer-2 solution, haven’t moved the needle much. Without broader adoption, Shiba Inu’s long-term prospects hinge on reducing its massive token supply. The Math Doesn’t Add Up With 589. 5 trillion tokens in circulation, Shiba Inu’s current market cap is about $13 billion. For the token to hit $1, its market cap would need to balloon to $589. 5 trillion — an unfathomable figure far exceeding the combined wealth of all individuals on Earth. The community has attempted to address this issue through token burns, but progress is glacial. At the current pace, only 28. 8 billion tokens are burned annually. This rate suggests it would take over 20,000 years to burn enough tokens to justify a $1 price. Even if the supply were drastically reduced, it wouldn’t create real value. A higher price per token would merely reflect fewer tokens in circulation, leaving investors with the same market capitalization. Should Investors Bet on Shiba Inu? For all its flaws, Shiba Inu remains a speculative darling for some investors. The potential for short-term gains in a risk-on environment is enticing, but the fundamentals suggest that sustained growth is unlikely without meaningful use cases or a drastic reduction in supply. The cryptocurrency market is no stranger to surprises, and Shiba Inu’s past performance proves it’s capable of defying expectations. However, the odds of it reaching $1 in 2025 are astronomical, if not outright impossible. For investors, it’s a gamble—one that might not pay off in the long run.

---

- Published: 2025-01-06
- Modified: 2025-01-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/selena-gomez-benny-blanco-golden-globes-2025/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Selena Gomez may have walked away without a Golden Globe on Sunday night, but she didn’t leave without a moment of romance. The pop sensation and actress received a heartfelt kiss from her fiancé, Benny Blanco, as a show of support after losing the Best Supporting Actress award to her co-star Zoe Saldaña from Emilia Pérez. Making their first public appearance since their engagement last December, Gomez and Blanco showcased their love with subtle yet sweet moments of affection throughout the evening. While Selena didn’t walk the red carpet with Benny, the couple’s bond was evident during the ceremony. A Night of Glamour and Laughter Selena, 32, stunned the audience in a chic Prada off-the-shoulder blue gown paired with a scarf for a vintage-inspired touch. Complementing the look, she wore a dazzling diamond necklace and stud earrings from Tiffany & Co. , effortlessly exuding timeless elegance. The night was also filled with humor. During the opening monologue, host Nikki Glaser couldn’t resist cracking a joke about Selena and Benny’s relationship. “A double nominee tonight for Emilia Pérez and Only Murders in the Building, and she's here with her new fiancé, Benny Blanco,” Glaser quipped. “Benny Blanco is here because of the genie who granted him that wish. ” The audience erupted in laughter, setting a lighthearted tone for the evening. Selena’s Double Nominations Selena was nominated in two categories: Best Supporting Actress for Emilia Pérez and Best Performance by an Actress for Only Murders in the Building. While she didn’t secure a win, her portrayal in Emilia Pérez was widely praised. Zoe Saldaña ultimately took home the award for Best Supporting Actress, adding to the film’s incredible haul of ten nominations. Gomez’s reaction to losing was gracious and heartwarming. She was seen smiling and applauding Zoe during the announcement, embodying true sportsmanship. Benny’s Support Shines Though Selena’s Golden Globe dreams didn’t come to fruition, Benny Blanco’s unwavering support took center stage. The couple’s affectionate moments, including Benny’s kiss, were a highlight for fans watching the event. This public display of affection comes just weeks after their engagement, marking a new chapter in Selena’s personal life. Fans couldn’t get enough of the duo, flooding social media with messages of admiration and support. What’s Next for Selena? Despite the Golden Globe loss, Selena has a packed year ahead. Between the continued success of her beauty brand, Rare Beauty, and her much-anticipated projects, the star shows no signs of slowing down. And while awards are a recognition of talent, moments like these remind us of the importance of love and support—both on and off the stage.

---

- Published: 2025-01-06
- Modified: 2025-01-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/microsoft-windows-11-dynamic-wallpapers-canceled/
- Categories: News, Technology

Microsoft is known for exploring innovative ideas for its Windows operating system, but not all of them make it to the finish line. One such concept, "Dynamic Wallpapers," promised an immersive and animated desktop experience for Windows 11 users but was quietly shelved, leaving fans and developers curious about what might have been. The Concept of Dynamic Wallpapers Dynamic wallpapers aimed to transform the traditional desktop background into an animated and interactive feature. These moving wallpapers would have added a visually striking layer of customization to Windows 11, creating an engaging experience similar to third-party tools like Lively Wallpaper. The idea gained traction internally at Microsoft, particularly during the development of Windows 11. Sergey Kisselev, a former Microsoft design team member, revealed that the feature was part of the company's efforts to embrace the modern design language of Windows 11. The wallpapers were meant to highlight the OS's new centered Start Menu and taskbar, celebrating its sleek and minimalistic aesthetic. Kisselev's insights, shared on Behance before the post was removed, hinted at the creative potential of this feature. He noted that the work was part of the Windows Creative Direction Team's mission to elevate Windows 11's visual appeal. Unfortunately, despite its promise, the project never reached the public. A Missed Opportunity for Low-End Devices? Interestingly, Kisselev mentioned that Dynamic Wallpapers were being developed with low-end devices for students in mind. While he did not specify which devices, Microsoft's history includes efforts like "Windows Lite," a pared-down operating system designed for budget-friendly PCs. These projects often cater to students and emerging markets, where affordability is key. However, "Windows Lite" never made it to market, and it appears that Dynamic Wallpapers met the same fate. The feature was seen in early builds of Windows 11, including version 23H2, but was ultimately removed in later updates like 24H2. This indicates that the idea may have been abandoned altogether, much to the disappointment of users who had been following its development. Why Was Dynamic Wallpapers Canceled? Microsoft has not provided a clear reason for shelving Dynamic Wallpapers, leading to speculation among industry watchers. One possible explanation is a shift in the company's priorities. Under CEO Satya Nadella's leadership, Microsoft has increasingly focused on AI-driven productivity tools, such as the integration of Copilot and enhancements to Microsoft 365. The departure of Panos Panay, the head of Microsoft's Surface and Windows divisions, may also have played a role. Known for his passion for design and innovation, Panay's exit could have led to a realignment of resources and priorities, sidelining projects like Dynamic Wallpapers. Another factor could be technical challenges. Dynamic wallpapers, while visually appealing, could pose performance issues for low-end devices, the very market they were intended for. Ensuring smooth animations and interactivity on budget hardware might have proven too resource-intensive, prompting Microsoft to abandon the idea. What Could Have Been The removal of Dynamic Wallpapers is not an isolated incident. Microsoft has a history of experimenting with ambitious features that never make it to final releases. While these ideas often spark excitement, they also serve as reminders of the trade-offs involved in software development. Bullet Point: Possible reasons for canceling Dynamic Wallpapers: Shift in priorities toward productivity and AI features. Panos Panay's departure and leadership changes. Technical challenges with performance on low-end devices. Dynamic Wallpapers would have been a welcome addition for users looking to personalize their desktops. They could have bridged the gap between aesthetics and functionality, offering a feature that appealed to both casual users and tech enthusiasts. Fans Turn to Third-Party Solutions While Microsoft's official support for Dynamic Wallpapers may have ended, the concept itself is far from dead. Tools like Lively Wallpaper and Wallpaper Engine continue to offer similar functionality, allowing users to set animated backgrounds on their desktops. These third-party solutions have gained popularity, demonstrating a strong demand for features like Dynamic Wallpapers. The decision to cancel the feature may leave some users disappointed, but it also underscores the vibrant ecosystem of developers creating tools to fill gaps left by major platforms. For now, those who want animated wallpapers will have to look beyond Microsoft for solutions.

---

- Published: 2025-01-06
- Modified: 2025-01-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/lg-oled-g5-wireless-m5-launch-2025/
- Categories: News, Technology

LG has set the stage for a leap in home entertainment with its 2025 OLED Smart TV lineup, showcasing significant innovations at CES. The OLED G5 and Wireless M5 models promise enhanced brightness, smoother frame rates, and a deeper integration of AI features to redefine the smart TV experience. OLED G5: Brightness Boost and Gaming Potential The OLED G5 is the star of LG's lineup, equipped with the new "Brightness Booster Ultimate" technology that aims to significantly outshine its predecessors. While LG has not disclosed exact brightness levels, it claims these TVs are "three times brighter" than conventional OLEDs, a notable claim given the stiff competition from Samsung’s 4,000 nits QD-OLED TVs. But brightness isn't the only highlight. The G5 boasts a refresh rate of up to 165 Hz, making it an attractive choice for PC gamers. The inclusion of AMD FreeSync Premium and Nvidia G-Sync support ensures a smooth and tear-free gaming experience. Screen sizes range from 48 to 97 inches, though the brighter panels are reserved for models between 55 and 83 inches. Gaming Features: Refresh rate: Up to 165 Hz. FreeSync Premium & G-Sync compatibility. AI-enhanced 4K upscaling via the Alpha 11 Gen 2 processor. Wireless M5: Cutting the Cord, Keeping the Quality The OLED M5 carries forward LG’s ambition to simplify living spaces with its wireless design. Building on the Zero Connect Box concept, the M5 eliminates the need for a direct cable connection between the TV and external devices like a Sony PlayStation 5. Instead, it streams high-quality visuals seamlessly, promising improved reliability over its predecessors. However, the M5’s refresh rate caps at 144 Hz, slightly below the G5, but still more than sufficient for most users. This model also integrates Filmmaker Mode, which dynamically adjusts display settings based on ambient lighting conditions, a thoughtful addition for daytime viewing. Key Specifications Comparison Feature OLED G5 Wireless M5 Brightness "Three times brighter" "Three times brighter" Refresh Rate Up to 165 Hz Up to 144 Hz Wireless Capability No Yes (Zero Connect Box) AI Features Alpha 11 Gen 2 processor Alpha 11 Gen 2 processor Screen Sizes 48-97 inches (brighter panel: 55-83 inches) Not specified AI Integration: From Remote Control to Intelligent Assistance AI takes center stage in LG's latest TVs, with the Alpha 11 Gen 2 processor enabling smarter upscaling and content optimization. LG has also replaced its traditional Magic Remote with a new AI Remote, removing physical input buttons in favor of a streamlined WebOS interface. The AI Remote introduces a microphone button that facilitates direct interaction with LG’s AI chatbot and even Microsoft Copilot, signaling a shift towards conversational user experiences. Whether switching inputs, searching for content, or managing settings, AI is at the core of the user experience. A single-sentence interjection: The elimination of input buttons may frustrate some users accustomed to traditional controls. Screen Sizes and Market Positioning The OLED G5 and Wireless M5 aim to cater to diverse user needs with a broad range of screen sizes. While LG has reserved its brighter panels for mid-to-large models, the company seems determined to compete with Samsung and others in both performance and innovation. Notably, the inclusion of dynamic AI features and improved gaming capabilities suggests LG is targeting tech-savvy consumers and gamers alike.

---

- Published: 2025-01-06
- Modified: 2025-01-06
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/breaking-gaming-comfort-zones-discovering-new-adventures/
- Categories: News, Technology

We’ve all been there—clinging to what’s familiar, convincing ourselves it’s enough. In gaming, it’s the safety net of genres, mechanics, and titles we know inside out. But what happens when that comfort becomes a cage? For one gamer, the answer was transformative, reshaping their relationship with video games and themselves. The Prison of Familiarity It’s easy to settle into a routine with games we’re good at. Pokémon and Super Mario offered a haven for years, but the confines of comfort started to feel more like walls. Anything that pushed boundaries—underwater levels, timed events, shooters—was met with resistance. The result? A limited experience, more observer than participant. Exceptions existed, of course. The Legend of Zelda and Tomb Raider brought bursts of adventure, but always with a safety net: someone else ready to handle the tough parts. True immersion remained elusive, blocked by self-doubt and fear of failure. A Turning Point with Dragon Age 2 The catalyst for change came unexpectedly. An ex-partner struggled with the Arishock fight in Dragon Age 2 and handed over the controller. Surprisingly, it was a success. The once-daunting boss fell, leaving behind a sense of elation. Encouraged to try the game from the start, a new passion emerged. Customizing characters, building relationships, and exploring every corner of the RPG world turned into a joy previously thought unattainable. That said, even this newfound love came with limitations. The Dragon Age series provided endless replayability but couldn’t fill the gap forever. The absence of fresh challenges dulled the experience over time. Familiarity bred not just comfort, but stagnation. Rediscovering Gaming Through Work Ironically, a career shift forced the biggest leap. Writing game guides required firsthand experience with titles previously avoided. There was no sidestepping Ganon in The Legend of Zelda, no skipping murky depths in Metroid Prime Remastered. Suddenly, it was sink or swim. The result? Triumph. The games were finished, unpleasantries and all, and the lessons learned reshaped how games were approached entirely. The beauty of pushing boundaries became evident. Those dreaded underwater sections in Metroid Prime Remastered? Ethereal and breathtaking. Indiana Jones and the Great Circle stealth missions? Manageable with patience and persistence. Each challenge, once avoided, became a badge of honor. Lessons from Stepping Outside the Zone Here’s what stepping outside a gaming comfort zone revealed: It’s not about liking every game. You don’t have to force yourself into titles you dislike. The idea is to challenge assumptions about what’s “not for you. ” Small steps lead to big discoveries. A single boss fight in Dragon Age 2 unlocked a love for RPGs. Gradual experimentation can reveal what’s been missed. Even failure is progress. Failing in Bloodborne once felt unbearable, but revisiting similar mechanics in Elden Ring brought resilience—and fun. One sentence captures it best: assuming failure before trying is the surest way to miss out on being entertained and surprising yourself. Balancing New Challenges and Old Favorites Does this mean abandoning the games that brought comfort? Not at all. RPGs and cozy adventures remain staples. Titles like Dragon Age will always have a place, cherished for their stories and familiar mechanics. But taking breaks from them to explore new territory adds depth to the gaming experience. Returning to a favorite game after venturing into the unknown feels like reuniting with an old friend. The stories feel fresh again, and the gameplay becomes more rewarding. Balancing the familiar with the unfamiliar brings the best of both worlds. The Smug Gamer’s Reward There’s a satisfaction in seeing credits roll on a game once thought impossible. It’s not just about the gameplay but about proving something to yourself. For every frustrating stealth mission or seemingly insurmountable boss fight, there’s a moment of triumph waiting on the other side. The journey isn’t always smooth—controllers may fly, rage-quits might happen. But those moments are part of what makes gaming so human, so real. It’s not just about winning; it’s about the stories, the emotions, and the growth along the way.

---

- Published: 2025-01-04
- Modified: 2025-01-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/dogecoin-price-surge-x-payment-speculation/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Dogecoin (DOGE) surged 14. 6% in just 24 hours, outpacing Bitcoin’s modest 1. 6% gain and Ethereum’s 5% climb. As of Friday evening, the meme cryptocurrency stands at $0. 39, rekindling investor interest. With its market cap hitting $57 billion, the rally is being fueled by bullish momentum in the crypto market and speculation surrounding Elon Musk's X platform. The Catalyst Behind Dogecoin’s Recent Surge The broader crypto market has experienced a wave of optimism, but Dogecoin’s dramatic rise stems from specific developments tied to X, formerly known as Twitter. Investors are buzzing with anticipation that Musk’s platform might soon launch a payment-processing system, possibly integrating Dogecoin as a supported currency. Adding fuel to the fire, leaked source code allegedly linked to X’s upcoming payment platform has surfaced. While the authenticity of this code remains unconfirmed, its existence has intensified excitement around cryptocurrencies potentially being featured in the system. Dogecoin, with its deep ties to Musk, has naturally become a focal point of this speculation. Why Elon Musk’s Influence Matters Elon Musk has been a vocal supporter of Dogecoin, elevating its profile from a niche meme token to one of the most recognized cryptocurrencies globally. Whether through cryptic tweets, public endorsements, or direct integration into his ventures, Musk’s influence has repeatedly demonstrated its market-moving power. For instance: In 2021, Musk referred to Dogecoin as the “people’s crypto,” spurring significant price gains. Tesla and SpaceX, both led by Musk, briefly accepted Dogecoin for select payments, showcasing its potential in real-world transactions. If X incorporates Dogecoin into its payments ecosystem, it would mark the most significant step yet in legitimizing the token as a functional digital currency. Dogecoin’s Position in the Cryptocurrency Market Dogecoin currently ranks as the seventh-largest cryptocurrency by market cap and holds the title of the most valuable meme coin. Its market cap of $57 billion dwarfs competitors in the meme token category, reflecting its staying power and unique appeal. Despite being rooted in humor and internet culture, Dogecoin has evolved into a serious contender in the cryptocurrency space. Its primary use case lies in speculative investment and microtransactions, but its community-driven ethos sets it apart. A potential integration with X could redefine Dogecoin’s trajectory, transforming it from a niche asset to a mainstream payment option. Such a move would not only boost its utility but also position it as a leader in the intersection of social media and digital payments. What Investors Should Keep in Mind While the current rally is exciting, it’s important to approach with caution. Cryptocurrencies like Dogecoin are inherently volatile, and their valuations are heavily influenced by market sentiment and external factors. The possibility of Dogecoin being integrated into X’s payment system is just that—a possibility. Here’s a breakdown of key considerations: Market Sentiment: Dogecoin’s price is highly reactive to news and speculation. Positive developments can lead to dramatic surges, but setbacks or unfulfilled expectations can trigger sharp declines. Adoption Trends: Broader adoption of Dogecoin for payments, whether through X or other platforms, remains a critical driver for its valuation. Regulatory Environment: As with all cryptocurrencies, regulatory scrutiny could impact Dogecoin’s future. Investors should stay informed about developments in this area. A Look at the Numbers Here’s a snapshot of Dogecoin’s recent performance: Metric Value Current Price $0. 39 24-Hour Change +14. 6% Market Cap $57 Billion Day's Range $0. 34 - $0. 39 52-Week Range $0. 07 - $0. 48 Volume (24H) 6,424,205,457 Dogecoin’s year-to-date gains highlight its resilience and its ability to capitalize on speculative trends. As anticipation builds around X’s payment system, all eyes are on whether Dogecoin can convert its momentum into sustained growth.

---

- Published: 2025-01-04
- Modified: 2025-01-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/brenton-wood-passes-away-at-83/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Brenton Wood, the soulful singer known for the infectious charm of his 1967 hit “The Oogum Boogum Song,” has passed away at the age of 83. His manager, Manny Gallegos, confirmed the news on January 3, 2025. Wood died of natural causes at his home in Moreno Valley, California, surrounded by family and friends. A Voice That Defined an Era Brenton Wood, born Alfred Jesse Smith on July 26, 1941, in Shreveport, Louisiana, left an indelible mark on the music world with his distinct blend of R&B and pop. His career truly took off in 1967 when “The Oogum Boogum Song” climbed to number 19 on the Billboard R&B charts, cementing his place in the pantheon of soul music. Following the success of his breakout hit, Wood released another classic, “Gimme Little Sign,” which further showcased his ability to combine heartfelt lyrics with catchy melodies. These tracks became emblematic of his easygoing style and soulful resonance. The Man Behind the Music Wood’s unique ability to connect with audiences stemmed from his genuine approach to music. With a voice that carried warmth and sincerity, he crafted songs that felt deeply personal yet universally relatable. His catalog includes memorable tracks such as: The Oogum Boogum Song Gimme Little Sign Me and You I Like the Way You Love Me I Want You These songs are still cherished for their ability to transport listeners to a simpler time filled with love, heartache, and hope. A Bittersweet Goodbye Gallegos shared that Wood’s final words were “Catch you on the rebound,” a heartfelt nod to one of his iconic songs from 1967. It was also the name of his planned farewell tour, which was scheduled for 2024 but was cut short due to health issues. In May 2024, Wood was hospitalized, leading to the cancellation of the tour that would have been his last chance to connect with fans in person. Despite this, his music remained a source of comfort and joy for many. A Legacy That Lives On Brenton Wood’s influence on the music industry goes beyond his chart-topping hits. His style bridged the gap between traditional R&B and mainstream pop, paving the way for future artists to experiment with genre-crossing sounds. His songs have been covered and sampled by countless artists, keeping his legacy alive for new generations to discover. The universal appeal of his music is a testament to its timelessness, resonating with fans old and new alike. Remembering Brenton Wood As fans and fellow musicians mourn his loss, they celebrate a life filled with music and love. Social media has been flooded with tributes, with many sharing how his songs shaped their lives and memories. Wood’s passing marks the end of an era, but his music will continue to play on, a reminder of his remarkable talent and enduring spirit.

---

- Published: 2025-01-04
- Modified: 2025-01-04
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bad-tenable-plugin-updates-nessus-agents-offline/
- Categories: News, Finance

Tenable, a leading cybersecurity company, has acknowledged a widespread issue that rendered its Nessus vulnerability scanner agents offline. The incident, which began on December 31, 2024, was caused by buggy differential plugin updates. Affected customers must now take manual steps to bring their systems back online. What Went Wrong with Nessus Agents? The problem arose after plugin updates were applied to Nessus Agent versions 10. 8. 0 and 10. 8. 1. As per Tenable’s incident report, the updates disrupted agents for "certain users on all sites," leading to a global outage that affected systems in the Americas, Europe, and Asia. In response, Tenable paused plugin updates to prevent the issue from spreading further. Tenable has since released Nessus Agent version 10. 8. 2 to address the problem, pulling the flawed versions from circulation. The company announced plans to resume plugin feed updates by the end of the day, ensuring that future updates can be downloaded without triggering new issues. Manual Upgrades: A Necessary Step for Recovery While the new agent version fixes the problem, recovering affected systems requires manual intervention. Customers must either: Upgrade their agents to version 10. 8. 2. Downgrade to the older, stable version 10. 7. 3. However, for those using agent profiles for upgrades or downgrades, the recovery process also includes a plugin reset. This step is crucial to bringing the offline agents back into operation. Tenable provided detailed instructions for users, including: Downloading and installing the Nessus Agent 10. 8. 2 package. Resetting plugins using a shared script or the nessuscli reset command. The process may be cumbersome, but it’s the only solution to restore functionality. Broader Implications for Cybersecurity This isn’t the first time a software update has caused chaos on a global scale. In July 2024, a faulty CrowdStrike Falcon update triggered blue screen of death (BSOD) errors across hundreds of thousands of Windows systems worldwide. The incident brought down banks, airlines, hospitals, and other critical infrastructures. While the Tenable issue hasn’t reached the same level of disruption, it highlights a persistent challenge in the cybersecurity industry: balancing rapid deployment with rigorous testing. Faulty updates can jeopardize not just individual systems but entire networks and services. To manage this incident effectively, Tenable has advised users to take the following steps: Upgrade Agents: Move to Nessus Agent version 10. 8. 2 to prevent further disruptions. Downgrade if Necessary: For those unable to upgrade, version 10. 7. 3 remains a stable fallback. Reset Plugins: Perform a plugin reset if agent profiles are used. Here’s a quick checklist for affected organizations: Ensure access to the necessary installation packages. Verify agent versions and take appropriate upgrade or downgrade actions. Reset plugins manually using Tenable’s provided tools. This recovery process, while inconvenient, is critical for regaining operational functionality. Tenable’s swift response—pulling the faulty updates and providing a fixed version—has helped limit the damage. However, this incident underscores the need for robust quality control in software updates, especially for tools as critical as vulnerability scanners.

---

- Published: 2025-01-03
- Modified: 2025-01-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/solana-cardano-aptos-2025-kickoff/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The new year is off to a bright start for the crypto market, particularly for Solana, Cardano, and Aptos. These three cryptocurrencies have caught the attention of investors, posting significant gains while broader equity markets struggled. Let's break down the factors fueling their rally and what it could mean for the year ahead. A Promising Start for Solana, Cardano, and Aptos Cryptocurrencies often march to their own beat, and that's been evident this week. While stock indices faltered, crypto heavyweights like Solana, Cardano, and Aptos made impressive moves. Solana rose 5. 9%, Cardano climbed 4. 4%, and Aptos added 3. 1% in value over the past 24 hours. Bitcoin and Ethereum's strength continue to lift the entire crypto sector. However, these three projects have unique drivers pushing their prices higher. What's Driving Solana's Surge? Solana is no stranger to big moves, and 2025 is shaping up to be no different. One major catalyst is the pending decision on Grayscale's Solana ETF application, with the SEC set to announce its verdict by Jan. 23. Approval could mark a watershed moment, granting institutional investors easier access to Solana. Market watchers are bullish. With a market cap exceeding $100 billion, Solana is a cornerstone of decentralized finance (DeFi) and non-fungible token (NFT) ecosystems. Its low fees and high-speed transactions continue to attract developers and users alike. The combination of technical strengths and regulatory momentum has created a perfect storm for its recent price jump. Cardano’s Interoperability Edge Cardano stands out for its long-term vision and technical foundations. Known for its interoperability—its ability to interact with other blockchain networks—Cardano is positioning itself as a vital infrastructure for the broader adoption of blockchain technology. The buzz around Bitcoin layer-2 solutions and the expansion of smart contract capabilities adds fuel to Cardano’s growth narrative. Investors see it as a key player in the next phase of blockchain innovation. The sentiment has been overwhelmingly positive, reflected in its robust price action and increasing market cap of $34 billion. As blockchain adoption grows, Cardano’s potential to act as a bridge between different ecosystems could solidify its role as a critical player in the space. Aptos and Its Strategic Shift Aptos, the newcomer with a $5 billion market cap, has shown resilience despite leadership changes. The recent announcement of co-founder Mo Shaikh stepping down caught many off guard, but it hasn’t dampened investor confidence. Instead, the market views the transition as a chance to streamline the project’s strategic direction. Usage statistics for Aptos remain strong, and its position as a scalable blockchain platform aligns well with broader crypto trends. Many see 2025 as a pivotal year for the sector’s growth, and Aptos could ride that wave, leveraging its performance-focused network to capture more market share. How Broader Market Trends Factor In The rally in Solana, Cardano, and Aptos isn't happening in isolation. Bitcoin and Ethereum continue to dominate headlines, providing a strong tailwind for the rest of the crypto market. Additionally, regulatory developments like ETF approvals could further legitimize the space, opening the doors to new capital. This interplay of project-specific catalysts and macro trends has created an environment where large-cap tokens like Solana, Cardano, and Aptos thrive. Investors are optimistic, betting on both innovation and increasing adoption to drive returns.

---

- Published: 2025-01-03
- Modified: 2025-01-03
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/andrew-garfield-denies-spider-man-4-rumors/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Andrew Garfield has spoken up about swirling rumors of his involvement in the next Spider-Man film alongside Tom Holland. The actor, known for his portrayal of Peter Parker in The Amazing Spider-Man series, shared his thoughts during a candid interview with GQ. Fans hoping for another multi-Spidey reunion might find his response a bit disheartening—but should they trust him this time? Garfield Reflects on Spider-Man Rumors Andrew Garfield’s history with the Spider-Man franchise is one for the books. His appearances in The Amazing Spider-Man (2012), its sequel, and the groundbreaking crossover Spider-Man: No Way Home (2021) have cemented him as a fan favorite. Unsurprisingly, speculation about his return in Spider-Man 4 gained traction as fans envisioned another star-studded web-slinging adventure. Addressing the rumors, Garfield jokingly confessed, “I’m gonna disappoint you. Yeah, no. But I know no one’s gonna trust anything I say from now on. ” His lighthearted comment refers to his prior denials about No Way Home, which turned out to be untrue. Despite his playful tone, Garfield left the door slightly ajar. He added, “If it felt in line with my soul and was gonna be fun... maybe I’m gonna have like five kids at some point, and I’m gonna need to start saving up for the school tuition or something. ” Fan Speculations: Will He, or Won’t He? Garfield’s noncommittal stance has sparked debate among fans. Some believe his denial might be a smokescreen, while others think he’s genuinely moved on. After all, the secrecy surrounding his No Way Home cameo set a precedent for keeping fans guessing. Consider these points: Garfield previously denied involvement in No Way Home, later admitting he had to lie to preserve the surprise. The success of No Way Home proves audiences crave multiverse storylines, and Marvel is known for capitalizing on fan enthusiasm. Garfield’s mention of aligning roles with his “soul” suggests he’s open to roles that feel meaningful, leaving room for interpretation. Yet, as much as fans dream of another Peter Parker team-up, Garfield’s priorities may have shifted since his Spider-Man days. Other Career Moves and Rumors Addressed In the same interview, Garfield addressed another set of rumors—this time about potentially playing Jesus in a Martin Scorsese film. Shutting it down with humor, he said, “There was a rumor. It’s not true to my knowledge. ” He quipped about waiting for Scorsese’s call, adding, “He makes a movie every three years and a lot of the time Leo DiCaprio is in it. ” Garfield also discussed his latest project, We Live in Time, a romantic drama co-starring Florence Pugh. His pivot to such roles suggests he’s exploring diverse narratives beyond superhero sagas. Marvel’s Next Move: What We Know So Far While Garfield’s involvement in Spider-Man 4 remains unconfirmed, Marvel Studios continues to keep fans on their toes. Here’s what is certain: Tom Holland has been vocal about returning as Spider-Man, confirming his commitment to Peter Parker’s arc. Marvel has been expanding its multiverse storytelling through projects like Loki, Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness, and the animated series What If... ? . Rumors of additional Spider-Men joining the fray keep the buzz alive, though no official announcements have been made. A table summarizing Garfield’s Spider-Man appearances and related rumors: Year Movie/Project Role Status 2012 The Amazing Spider-Man Peter Parker/Spider-Man Lead 2014 The Amazing Spider-Man 2 Peter Parker/Spider-Man Lead 2021 Spider-Man: No Way Home Peter Parker/Spider-Man Cameo 2025 Spider-Man 4 (Rumored) Peter Parker/Spider-Man Denied (For Now) What Fans Are Saying Online Garfield’s comments have ignited social media debates. Fans are dissecting his words, hoping for hidden clues. Others are ready to move on, appreciating his honesty about prioritizing roles that resonate personally. Whether or not Garfield suits up again, one thing is clear: his portrayal of Spider-Man has left an indelible mark. For now, fans will have to wait and see if he ever returns to the Marvel Cinematic Universe.

---

- Published: 2025-01-02
- Modified: 2025-01-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/bitcoin-long-term-investment-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Bitcoin’s impressive resurgence in 2024 has left skeptics scrambling and long-time believers cheering. With a staggering 122% surge in value, this digital asset outperformed traditional markets yet again, proving that its relevance isn’t fleeting. Now, as it trades 12% below its December peak, investors are contemplating whether it’s still a smart buy. Here’s why Bitcoin deserves serious consideration for your long-term portfolio. Bitcoin’s Journey from Fringe to Financial Powerhouse Bitcoin has evolved from a niche interest into a widely recognized financial asset. It’s no longer just the curiosity of tech enthusiasts; it’s a cornerstone of serious investment discussions. With a market cap of $1. 9 trillion, Bitcoin now holds a place alongside global tech giants. In January 2024, the Securities and Exchange Commission approved Bitcoin exchange-traded funds (ETFs), marking a historic turning point. This opened the floodgates for institutional investors, providing an easier and regulated avenue for buying Bitcoin. When Wall Street and Washington align on a financial instrument, it signals permanence. Adding to its legitimacy, President-elect Donald Trump has openly supported Bitcoin. His speech at the Bitcoin Conference in Nashville emphasized his plans to create a U. S. strategic Bitcoin reserve. Such advocacy from the highest levels of government underscores how far Bitcoin has come since its inception in 2009. The Digital Edge: Bitcoin’s Competitive Advantage Bitcoin thrives in a digital-first economy, where portability and efficiency matter. At its core, Bitcoin is a decentralized database enabling seamless value transfer. Unlike gold, it’s easier to transact with, divide, and store—qualities that align with modern expectations. The increasing digitalization of our lives—from the internet to artificial intelligence—further bolsters Bitcoin’s relevance. Block CEO Jack Dorsey highlighted this in a 2024 shareholder letter, stating that the internet’s eventual native currency will likely be Bitcoin. If AI systems are to transact autonomously, a universal, decentralized protocol like Bitcoin could become indispensable. In essence, Bitcoin isn’t just keeping up with the digital age; it’s positioned to lead it. Scarcity: A Feature, Not a Flaw Bitcoin’s scarcity is one of its most compelling attributes. The blockchain’s rules cap the total supply at 21 million coins, creating an asset immune to inflation and monetary manipulation. This stands in stark contrast to fiat currencies, which are often subjected to overprinting and devaluation. For individuals in countries facing hyperinflation or economic instability, Bitcoin represents stability and independence. Even in developed economies, its scarcity appeals to those wary of traditional financial systems. Here’s a quick look at how Bitcoin’s supply dynamics compare to fiat currency trends: Metric Bitcoin Fiat Currencies Total Supply Limit 21 million coins Unlimited Governance Decentralized Centralized Inflation Control Algorithmic (halving) Policy-dependent As Bitcoin’s fixed supply becomes more apparent, demand among long-term investors will likely continue to grow. Bitcoin’s ability to withstand challenges, adapt to new economic realities, and maintain its core principles has solidified its standing in the financial world. While no investment is without risks, the factors driving Bitcoin’s success suggest it will remain a key player in portfolios for years to come.

---

- Published: 2025-01-02
- Modified: 2025-01-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/cole-savannah-labrant-done-having-kids/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Cole and Savannah LaBrant, the beloved YouTube couple with a massive following, have officially announced they’re done growing their family. In a lighthearted and candid TikTok video posted on December 30, 2024, the couple shared their big decision, marking the end of a seven-year chapter filled with pregnancies and parenthood. The video, set to the upbeat tune of Bruno Mars' Bonde Do Brunão, had a caption that read: “When you spent the past 7 years pregnant having 5 kids and you're officially done having kids. ” It was a moment of humor, relief, and celebration for the couple as they danced their way into a new phase of life. From Parenthood to a New Chapter The couple’s decision wasn’t made overnight. Back in July 2024, they first shared their thoughts about stopping at five children in a heartfelt YouTube video. Reflecting on their experiences, they opened up about how their family dynamic has shifted with each new addition. Cole, 28, humorously warned viewers, “If you are thinking about having five kids, think again. ” His comment captured the mix of joy and chaos that comes with managing a big household. Savannah, 31, added a more personal note: “Five kids is a lot of kids. I didn’t feel like four kids was a lot on me, but with five, I’m finally like, ‘Oh,’ I get stressed out a little bit. ” For her, the transition from four to five children marked a turning point where the challenges began to outweigh the idea of expanding further. A Family Full of Love and Laughter The LaBrants have built a community of followers who love watching their journey as parents. Their five children—Everleigh Rose Soutas, Posie Rayne LaBrant, Zealand Cole LaBrant, Sunday Savannah LaBrant, and Beckam Blue LaBrant—are often featured in their content. Each child brings their unique personality to the family’s online presence, making it clear why viewers are so invested in their story. But even with a thriving family and supportive fan base, the couple seems to be relishing the idea of a simpler, more focused life. As they said in their TikTok post, they’re now “having the most fun” in their marriage they’ve “ever had. ” Parenting Lessons from the LaBrants The LaBrants’ candid approach to parenting resonates with many families navigating the ups and downs of raising children. Here are some takeaways from their journey: It’s okay to set boundaries. The couple’s choice to stop at five kids highlights the importance of knowing your limits and prioritizing quality time over quantity. Parenting is a team effort. Cole and Savannah consistently show that communication and shared responsibilities are key to thriving as a family. Cherish the moments. Despite the challenges, they’ve captured countless memories with their children, from birthdays to everyday laughs. The Future of the LaBrants While they’ve decided to close the chapter on having more children, the LaBrants are far from stepping back from the spotlight. Their content continues to evolve, reflecting their family’s growth and their personal milestones. Fans can expect more updates, funny anecdotes, and heartfelt moments as they navigate life with their vibrant brood. For now, it’s clear that Cole and Savannah are ready to focus on the joys of parenting five wonderful kids while embracing the freedom that comes with stepping out of the baby stage.

---

- Published: 2025-01-02
- Modified: 2025-01-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/biggest-cybersecurity-stories-2024/
- Categories: News, Technology

Cybersecurity dominated headlines in 2024, with major breaches, crippling ransomware attacks, and even political ramifications. From the Internet Archive being hacked to infostealer malware wreaking havoc, the year was marked by incidents that left an indelible mark on global security. Here are the 14 biggest cybersecurity stories that defined 2024, presented in no particular order. Internet Archive Faces Dual Attacks In October, the Internet Archive, a trusted digital library, was hit with a double whammy: a data breach exposing 33 million user records and a disruptive DDoS attack. The breach occurred due to an exposed GitLab configuration file that gave attackers access to sensitive credentials. While one group claimed responsibility for the data theft, a separate pro-Palestinian group allegedly launched the DDoS attack. The incident was a wake-up call for organizations managing massive troves of user data. Faulty CrowdStrike Update Crashes Millions of Devices A July update from CrowdStrike Falcon caused chaos, crashing 8. 5 million Windows devices globally. Organizations ranging from financial firms to hospitals struggled with inaccessible systems. Making matters worse, cybercriminals exploited the chaos by distributing malware disguised as repair tools. This compounded the issue for organizations already grappling with downtime. Microsoft and CrowdStrike faced legal and reputational backlash, prompting discussions on stricter kernel driver handling. Kaspersky Banned in the U. S. , Replaced Without Consent In June, the U. S. government banned Kaspersky antivirus software, citing national security risks. By September, users discovered their software had been replaced with UltraAV without prior notice. This heavy-handed approach left users fuming and raised ethical concerns about consent in software transitions. Kaspersky’s abrupt U. S. exit underscored the escalating tension between governments and software providers. Russian Hackers Breach Microsoft’s Corporate Email Russian-backed hackers made waves early in the year by breaching Microsoft’s corporate email. Using a compromised test account, the attackers accessed sensitive data, including information about U. S. federal agencies. The breach, linked to the group known as Midnight Blizzard, exposed systemic weaknesses in email security and prompted debates about the security of cloud services. Massive Data Breach Exposes Social Security Numbers A staggering 2. 7 billion records were leaked in August, exposing Social Security numbers, addresses, and personal details. The data was stolen from National Public Data, a company specializing in background checks. The breach, labeled one of the largest in history, left millions vulnerable to identity theft. Security experts called for stricter regulations on how personal data is stored and shared. Ransomware Cripples Car Dealerships CDK Global, a key software provider for car dealerships, fell victim to a Black Suit ransomware attack, disrupting operations nationwide. Dealerships struggled to track inventory, process financing, and handle payroll. The incident highlighted the vulnerability of critical industries dependent on SaaS platforms. It also reignited conversations about the resilience of supply chains. Snowflake Credential Thefts Spark Industry Panic Threat actors used compromised credentials to infiltrate Snowflake accounts, leading to massive data thefts affecting companies like AT&T and Ticketmaster. Stolen databases were then used for extortion, with hackers demanding millions in ransoms. The breach underlined the dangers of weak credential management and the increasing sophistication of data theft techniques. North Korean IT Worker Scheme Unveiled North Korean operatives posed as IT workers to infiltrate U. S. companies, with some even landing high-profile jobs. Their activities funded North Korea’s nuclear program and compromised sensitive data. The U. S. government responded by arresting several facilitators and issuing advisories to companies to scrutinize remote hires more thoroughly. Healthcare Ransomware Attack Hits Millions Change Healthcare, a subsidiary of UnitedHealth, was paralyzed by a BlackCat ransomware attack, disrupting patient care and prescription processing. The attackers encrypted systems and stole 6 TB of data, demanding $22 million. Despite paying a ransom, Change Healthcare was extorted again, exposing the harsh realities of dealing with ransomware groups. Telecom Breaches Raise National Security Concerns A Chinese hacking group targeted telecom firms, stealing text messages and call data. This breach extended to government wiretapping platforms, raising significant security concerns. Lawmakers proposed stricter regulations on telecom providers, emphasizing the need for robust cybersecurity frameworks to prevent such incidents in the future. The Persistent Threat of Infostealers Information-stealing malware surged in 2024, compromising user credentials, cryptocurrency wallets, and financial data. Cybercriminals used innovative techniques, such as malicious ads and phishing campaigns, to distribute the malware. Experts stressed the importance of two-factor authentication as a safeguard against such attacks. These stories are a stark reminder of the vulnerabilities that persist in our digital landscape. The events of 2024 have set the stage for further innovation in cybersecurity—and more battles against those who seek to exploit its weaknesses.

---

- Published: 2025-01-02
- Modified: 2025-01-02
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/doubleclickjacking-timing-vulnerability-explained/
- Categories: News, Technology

A new class of vulnerabilities has emerged, potentially putting millions of users at risk. Dubbed "DoubleClickjacking," this timing-based exploit bypasses major web security measures, enabling attackers to hijack user accounts with startling ease. Security researcher Paulos Yibelo, who uncovered the flaw, warns that DoubleClickjacking is a game-changer in the world of clickjacking attacks. Unlike traditional single-click exploits, this method capitalizes on a seemingly harmless double-click, evading current defenses. What Is DoubleClickjacking? DoubleClickjacking is a variation of clickjacking, an attack technique designed to trick users into interacting with hidden or deceptive web elements. While clickjacking manipulates a single user interaction, DoubleClickjacking exploits the time gap between two clicks to achieve malicious outcomes. Here’s how the attack works: A user visits a malicious website, which opens a new browser window or tab without the user realizing it. The new window, often disguised as a CAPTCHA or another benign element, prompts the user to double-click. During the double-click, the attacker’s site redirects to a malicious page, often leveraging the second click to approve sensitive actions like granting OAuth permissions. The original window closes, leaving the user unaware of the malicious action they’ve unknowingly authorized. Yibelo emphasizes that defenses such as X-Frame-Options headers, SameSite cookies, and Content Security Policies are ineffective against this exploit. "DoubleClickjacking takes advantage of event timing, swapping benign UI elements for malicious ones faster than a user can react," he explained. Why This Exploit Is So Dangerous Most modern web security measures focus on preventing single-click manipulations. However, the introduction of timing between clicks allows attackers to bypass these protections seamlessly. X-Frame-Options Vulnerabilities: Designed to prevent clickjacking by disallowing the embedding of web pages in iframes, this defense fails to account for DoubleClickjacking's double-click sequence. SameSite Cookies and CSPs: Though robust against many threats, these measures cannot mitigate timing-based manipulations, leaving users exposed. In essence, attackers can exploit the natural behavior of users double-clicking, gaining access to sensitive actions like authorizing malicious applications or even taking over accounts. Real-World Examples and Risks DoubleClickjacking could have devastating implications, especially for popular services with OAuth integrations. Attackers can use these exploits to: Take Over Accounts: By redirecting a double-click to authorize malicious apps, attackers gain access to victim accounts on platforms like Dropbox or Coinbase. Exfiltrate Sensitive Data: Exploiting OAuth scopes, attackers can pull sensitive user data, including emails, files, and financial information. Yibelo's research has already demonstrated a similar attack, gesture-jacking, that used key presses to trigger unauthorized actions. Websites like Coinbase and Yahoo! were vulnerable, with attackers using predictable OAuth ID values to approve malicious actions. How To Protect Against DoubleClickjacking While browser standards have yet to catch up with this new threat, there are steps that website owners and developers can take to reduce the risk: Disable Critical Buttons by Default: Ensuring buttons remain inactive until a specific user gesture, like a mouse movement, is detected. Employ Client-Side Validations: Actively monitor and validate user interactions to prevent unauthorized actions during double-clicks. Adopt New Browser Standards: Yibelo recommends the development of browser-level protections similar to X-Frame-Options, explicitly tailored to defend against timing-based exploits. For example, Dropbox has already implemented proactive measures, such as requiring intentional user actions to activate critical buttons, effectively mitigating DoubleClickjacking risks. What’s Next? The discovery of DoubleClickjacking comes nearly a year after Yibelo revealed a related attack, cross-window forgery. Both techniques highlight the ongoing evolution of clickjacking strategies, underscoring the importance of vigilance in web security. As attackers continue to innovate, security researchers and developers must adapt. Implementing preventative measures now can help protect users from these sophisticated exploits. However, the responsibility also lies with browser vendors to address these vulnerabilities at a foundational level. DoubleClickjacking serves as a stark reminder: even the smallest changes in user behavior, like a double-click, can be weaponized with devastating effects.

---

- Published: 2024-12-31
- Modified: 2024-12-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/strategic-bitcoin-reserve-impact-price/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The idea of a strategic Bitcoin reserve, once a niche talking point among crypto enthusiasts, is now gaining significant traction. Sparked by political discourse during the 2024 U. S. presidential election, the proposal has grown into a potential policy with far-reaching economic implications. As Bitcoin edges past the $100,000 mark, proponents argue that such a reserve could stabilize the economy and help address the national debt. But what are the chances this will happen, and what might it mean for Bitcoin’s future? What’s the Deal with a Strategic Bitcoin Reserve? Think of it as the digital age’s answer to the Strategic Petroleum Reserve. Established in 1975, the petroleum reserve was a safeguard against energy crises. Similarly, the Bitcoin reserve is pitched as a tool to address modern financial challenges like the $35 trillion national debt. According to Michael Saylor, an early advocate of the concept, holding Bitcoin could strengthen the dollar and position the U. S. as a digital economy leader. But it’s not just about economic stability. If Bitcoin prices continue their meteoric rise, the reserve could potentially generate trillions in new wealth. Proponents claim that even a modest reserve could help the U. S. Treasury chip away at the colossal national debt. However, critics argue that these projections hinge on Bitcoin’s price soaring to astronomical levels. Why Is the Concept Gaining Momentum? The idea first gained prominence in mid-2024, when Senator Cynthia Lummis outlined a detailed plan at a Nashville Bitcoin conference. By late summer, Donald Trump had championed the concept during his campaign, calling it part of his broader effort to make America a global crypto leader. The appeal of a Bitcoin reserve is multifaceted: Fiscal Conservatives: They see Bitcoin as a hedge against inflation and a step toward financial discipline. Crypto Advocates: Bitcoin is hailed as "digital gold," making it an attractive alternative to traditional reserves like gold. Nationalists: The reserve aligns with the agenda to prioritize domestic Bitcoin mining and innovation. Under the proposed Bitcoin Act of 2024, the U. S. government would acquire one million Bitcoins—about 5% of the global supply—over five years. That’s a bold move, but it’s also fraught with logistical and economic challenges. Will It Actually Happen? While the concept is gaining steam, there are plenty of hurdles to clear. The math, for starters, is daunting. For Bitcoin to have a meaningful impact on the national debt, its total market cap would need to leap from $2 trillion to a staggering $1 quintillion—a figure that strains credibility. Logistical issues add another layer of complexity. How would the U. S. fund this massive Bitcoin purchase? Selling off gold reserves is one idea, but that risks destabilizing the existing financial system. And if the government prints money to buy Bitcoin, inflation could spiral out of control. For now, prediction markets estimate a 33% chance of the reserve becoming a reality during Trump’s first 100 days back in office. However, states like Texas and Florida might beat the federal government to the punch, experimenting with their own Bitcoin reserves as a testing ground. How Could This Impact Bitcoin Prices? If the U. S. government jumps into Bitcoin, it would send shockwaves through the market. Such a move could trigger a global "Bitcoin arms race," with rival nations rushing to build reserves of their own. Countries like China and Russia could respond in kind, sparking a surge in demand. Global Ripple Effect: Governments buying Bitcoin in bulk would drive prices upward and add legitimacy to the asset. Institutional Adoption: Greater government involvement could pave the way for broader adoption by corporations and financial institutions. Market Volatility: While prices might initially skyrocket, the long-term effects could be unpredictable. This scenario underscores the importance of monitoring what’s happening at the state level. For instance, Texas has proposed allowing Bitcoin miners to pay taxes in Bitcoin, a move that could gradually build up a reserve without significant federal involvement. The idea of a strategic Bitcoin reserve is more than a passing trend; it’s a bold vision that could reshape economic policy and the future of digital assets. Whether or not it becomes a reality, the conversation around it is a testament to Bitcoin’s growing influence in the global financial system.

---

- Published: 2024-12-31
- Modified: 2024-12-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/brad-pitt-angelina-jolie-divorce-settlement-8-years/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

After more than eight years of intense legal wrangling, Hollywood icons Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie have finally settled their divorce, bringing an end to a contentious chapter in their lives. The settlement was finalized on Monday, December 30, as confirmed by Jolie’s legal team. Both parties have also opted for a jury trial, signaling their intent to resolve outstanding disputes in a formal courtroom setting. The Long Road to Closure Jolie’s lawyer, James Simon, shared insight into the grueling process, highlighting the toll it has taken on his client and her family. “More than eight years ago, Angelina filed for divorce from Mr. Pitt,” he noted. “She and the children left all of the properties they had shared with Mr. Pitt, and since that time she has focused on finding peace and healing for their family. ” Simon described Jolie as "exhausted" but acknowledged her relief that this phase of the process is over. However, the journey is far from complete, as unresolved matters are set to be addressed in an upcoming jury trial. Mediation as a Path Forward The settlement doesn’t signify total agreement between the parties. According to case documents, both Jolie and Pitt have agreed to participate in mediation or a settlement conference to explore alternative dispute resolution methods. Jolie’s legal team clarified that the jury trial is expected to last between 10 and 15 days. Pitt has reportedly expressed willingness to engage in mediation, signaling a possible effort to avoid further legal entanglements. Allegations and Public Silence The legal battle has been intertwined with serious allegations. In 2016, shortly after filing for divorce, Jolie accused Pitt of abusive behavior during a private plane flight involving their six children. These claims have significantly shaped public perceptions of the case. Despite the acrimony, Jolie has reportedly refrained from criticizing Pitt in public or private. A source close to her shared, “She doesn’t speak ill of publicly or privately. She’s been trying hard to be light after a dark time. ” This commitment to maintaining a civil tone stands in stark contrast to the drama of their court proceedings, underscoring Jolie’s focus on her family’s well-being. A Legal Saga That Captivated the World Pitt and Jolie’s divorce saga has been one of the most closely followed legal disputes in Hollywood history. The couple, once affectionately dubbed “Brangelina,” married in 2014 after nearly a decade together. Their split in 2016 shocked fans and became a public spectacle marked by disputes over custody, finances, and allegations of misconduct. Key milestones in the case included: 2016: Jolie filed for divorce following the private plane incident. 2018: The couple reached a temporary custody agreement. 2019: A judge declared them legally single, but the division of assets and custody terms remained unresolved. What’s Next? The finalized divorce marks an important milestone, but it is only part of a larger process. The upcoming jury trial and mediation sessions will likely determine custody arrangements, financial settlements, and other lingering issues. For fans and observers, this chapter serves as a reminder of the complexities that accompany high-profile separations. For Jolie and Pitt, it’s a chance to close a painful chapter and focus on their futures.

---

- Published: 2024-12-31
- Modified: 2024-12-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/chinese-hackers-breach-us-treasury-beyondtrust/
- Categories: News, Technology

The U. S. Treasury Department confirmed a cyberattack by Chinese state-sponsored threat actors, marking a significant breach of federal systems. The hackers exploited a vulnerability in a remote support platform provided by BeyondTrust, a prominent security vendor. This attack, flagged on December 8, highlights a growing cybersecurity challenge posed by advanced persistent threats (APTs) linked to China. The Breach and Its Discovery The attack came to light when BeyondTrust, the Treasury’s remote support vendor, alerted the agency to unauthorized access to its platform. The intrusion allowed hackers to compromise computers and steal sensitive documents remotely. BeyondTrust's investigation uncovered two zero-day vulnerabilities—CVE-2024-12356 and CVE-2024-12686—that the attackers leveraged to infiltrate their systems. The Treasury Department labeled this a "major cybersecurity incident," underscoring the seriousness of the breach. How the Attack Unfolded Hackers exploited the stolen API keys from BeyondTrust’s Remote Support SaaS to reset account passwords, escalating their access to the platform. Using this foothold, they accessed computers within the Treasury Department's network. Key findings revealed: Two Zero-Day Vulnerabilities: Both exploited to breach BeyondTrust's Remote Support SaaS. Stolen API Keys: Used to reset application account credentials, enabling privileged access. Immediate Action by BeyondTrust: The vendor revoked compromised API keys and shut down affected SaaS instances. The FBI and CISA (Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency) quickly stepped in, conducting a thorough investigation. Officials reported no ongoing access to the Treasury's systems after mitigation efforts. Links to Broader Chinese Cyber Operations This breach is not an isolated event. The same state-sponsored actors, identified as "Salt Typhoon," have been implicated in a string of hacks targeting U. S. telecommunications giants such as Verizon, AT&T, and T-Mobile. The telecom breaches were especially invasive, granting hackers access to: Text messages and voicemails. Wiretap data from law enforcement investigations. Private phone calls of targeted individuals. These attacks extended to telecom networks in other countries, raising alarm across global cybersecurity agencies. Lessons and Countermeasures Cybersecurity experts and government officials stress the importance of proactive measures to combat such sophisticated threats. In response to these attacks: Encrypted Communication: CISA has urged senior officials to switch to secure messaging apps like Signal to protect against interception. Vendor Accountability: Companies like BeyondTrust face increased scrutiny over the robustness of their security measures. Strategic Counteractions: The U. S. government is considering bans on Chinese telecom operations in retaliation for the telecom breaches. A Broader Threat Landscape The breach of the Treasury Department is emblematic of a larger cybersecurity crisis. State-sponsored attacks are becoming increasingly targeted and sophisticated, challenging traditional defense mechanisms. To mitigate risks, federal agencies and private vendors must: Identify and patch vulnerabilities swiftly. Monitor API usage and revoke compromised credentials proactively. Adopt zero-trust security frameworks. The repercussions of this breach serve as a stark reminder of the persistent threats posed by state-sponsored actors. BeyondTrust’s compromised systems have reignited debates about vendor security and the critical need for rigorous cybersecurity protocols.

---

- Published: 2024-12-31
- Modified: 2024-12-31
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/whatsapp-testing-human-chat-support-feature-web/
- Categories: News, Technology

WhatsApp is stepping up its customer service game with a new feature aimed at simplifying user interactions. Dubbed “Chat with us,” this feature enables users to reach out to human representatives directly through the web client, providing an alternative to AI-generated responses when necessary. A Move Beyond AI-Driven Support For some time now, WhatsApp users have relied on AI-powered chat support to resolve their queries. While this system has streamlined assistance for many, it hasn’t been without its flaws. Automated responses often struggle with nuanced or complex user concerns, leading to frustration. To address this, WhatsApp is now testing an option for users to interact with human agents, ensuring a more comprehensive support experience. The new functionality is located in the app’s Help section. When users select this option, they’ll receive a message from the support team in their WhatsApp chat window. If AI-generated responses don’t suffice, users can request assistance from a human representative. What Sets the New Feature Apart? The standout aspect of this update lies in its integration directly into the web client. Users no longer have to navigate multiple layers of FAQs or external support systems to get the help they need. Instead, the process is streamlined, making it faster and more user-friendly. The beta rollout provides a glimpse of how this system works. Testers have reported that: The “Chat with us” option is prominently available in the Help section. Queries initially handled by AI can seamlessly escalate to a human agent upon request. Communication happens within the familiar WhatsApp interface, eliminating the need for third-party tools or email chains. This feature is a logical progression from WhatsApp's earlier foray into AI-driven support. By merging automation with human expertise, the company aims to create a balanced and efficient support system. Current Availability and Future Rollout At present, the feature is exclusive to the beta version of WhatsApp Web. WABetaInfo, a trusted source for WhatsApp developments, was among the first to spot and report on the new option. According to the platform, it may be a while before this feature is available to all users. Why the wait? Large-scale rollouts require rigorous testing to iron out any bugs or inefficiencies. WhatsApp is likely collecting feedback from beta testers to refine the experience before introducing it to its global user base. The Bigger Picture: WhatsApp's Focus on User-Centric Features This isn’t the first time WhatsApp has prioritized user satisfaction. Over the years, the messaging platform has introduced features like multi-device support, end-to-end encryption, and privacy-focused updates to cater to its massive global audience. The “Chat with us” option fits neatly into this broader strategy. By offering a mix of AI and human support, WhatsApp addresses a key pain point for many users: the lack of personalized assistance. While AI is excellent for quick, straightforward queries, there’s no substitute for human understanding when it comes to more complicated issues.

---

- Published: 2024-12-30
- Modified: 2024-12-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/litecoin-2025-breakout-potential-etf/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Litecoin, often overshadowed by Bitcoin and other major cryptocurrencies, might just be the overlooked gem of 2025. With a track record of explosive growth and a relatively low risk profile, this "digital silver" could shine brightly in the next bull market. Litecoin: A Brief Overview of Its "Digital Silver" Status Litecoin, created in 2011, is essentially Bitcoin's younger sibling. Its design intentionally mirrors Bitcoin, but with a few tweaks aimed at making it faster and more efficient. Litecoin processes transactions quicker and costs less in fees compared to Bitcoin. These traits earned it the nickname "digital silver," complementing Bitcoin's "digital gold. " While Litecoin has lost some of its former glory, it still holds a position among the top 25 cryptocurrencies, boasting a market cap near $8 billion. It operates on a capped coin supply and undergoes halving events every four years, just like Bitcoin. These features make it scarce and valuable, at least in theory. However, its most intriguing aspect lies in its potential to become the next cryptocurrency to have a spot exchange-traded fund (ETF). This could be a game-changer for Litecoin’s valuation. The Spot ETF Angle: Why Litecoin Stands Out Spot ETFs are making waves in the crypto world. They allow investors to gain exposure to cryptocurrency without directly owning the asset. Bitcoin ETFs have already demonstrated their impact, with price surges following approval announcements. Litecoin could be next in line. Crypto investment firm Canary Capital filed for a Litecoin ETF with the SEC in October. The news caused Litecoin’s price to jump 10%, underscoring how significant ETF approval could be for the asset. Unlike XRP or Solana, which face regulatory hurdles, Litecoin’s classification as a commodity rather than a security makes its path to approval smoother. Analysts suggest mid-2025 as a possible timeline for this ETF approval. If the SEC gives the green light, Litecoin could see a dramatic price rally, mirroring Bitcoin’s reaction to similar developments. Historical Performance and Correlation with Bitcoin History shows that Litecoin can deliver explosive returns. During the 2020-2021 bull run, Litecoin surged from $50 in October 2020 to over $400 by May 2021. A similar spike occurred in 2017. Despite these past successes, Litecoin trades at just $102 today—more than 75% below its all-time high. This undervaluation is striking, especially when compared to Bitcoin, which is nearing its previous highs. With a high correlation (0. 75) to Bitcoin's price movements, Litecoin is likely to follow Bitcoin's trajectory. If Bitcoin enters another bullish phase, Litecoin could ride the wave, offering significant upside. Risks and Caveats to Consider Despite its potential, Litecoin's decline in prominence raises questions. It has fallen out of the top 20 cryptocurrencies by market cap and underperformed Bitcoin this year. Skeptics argue that Litecoin’s glory days might be over, citing a lack of innovation and dwindling investor interest. Investors should also consider the broader crypto market dynamics. Regulatory clarity, macroeconomic conditions, and the pace of adoption will all influence Litecoin’s price. While the ETF angle is compelling, there’s no guarantee of SEC approval. What Makes Litecoin an Enticing Investment Opportunity? Here’s why Litecoin might appeal to investors seeking undervalued assets: Undervalued Status: Trading significantly below its all-time high, Litecoin has room for growth compared to other top cryptocurrencies. Regulatory Clarity: Unlike many altcoins, Litecoin is free from legal uncertainty, increasing its appeal for institutional investors. Historical Breakouts: Past bull runs have shown Litecoin’s ability to deliver massive returns. ETF Potential: If approved, a spot Litecoin ETF could attract new investors and drive demand. Metric Value Current Price $102 All-Time High $412 Market Cap $8 Billion Bitcoin Correlation 0. 75 The Road Ahead for Litecoin The next few years could be pivotal for Litecoin. With its strong fundamentals and potential for an ETF approval, 2025 might be the year Litecoin reclaims its status as a top-tier cryptocurrency. However, investors should remain cautious and weigh the risks alongside the potential rewards. For now, Litecoin remains an intriguing bet—a cryptocurrency with a solid foundation and a chance to surprise skeptics. Whether it can deliver another encore performance remains to be seen, but the pieces are in place for a potential breakout.

---

- Published: 2024-12-30
- Modified: 2024-12-30
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/botnets-ficora-capsaicin-target-dlink-routers/
- Categories: News, Technology

Two malware botnets, dubbed ‘Ficora’ and ‘Capsaicin,’ are escalating their efforts to exploit vulnerabilities in D-Link routers, particularly targeting devices with outdated firmware or end-of-life models. This surge underscores significant risks for both individual users and organizations relying on these vulnerable routers. D-Link Devices in the Crosshairs The attacks have centered on popular D-Link routers, including DIR-645, DIR-806, GO-RT-AC750, and DIR-845L—models widely deployed across homes and businesses. These devices are being breached using a series of known exploits tied to vulnerabilities CVE-2015-2051, CVE-2019-10891, CVE-2022-37056, and CVE-2024-33112. Once access is gained, attackers leverage weaknesses in D-Link’s management interface (HNAP), particularly via the GetDeviceSettings action, to execute malicious commands. This allows the botnets to: Steal sensitive data. Execute shell scripts for further compromise. Utilize the compromised devices for distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks. Ficora Botnet: The Persistent Threat Overview and Activity Patterns Ficora, a variant of the notorious Mirai botnet, has tailored its attack methods to specifically target D-Link routers. According to Fortinet’s telemetry, the botnet’s activities are geographically dispersed, with notable spikes observed in October and November. Japan and the United States appear to be hotspots for these infections. Ficora employs a shell script named ‘multi’ for downloading and deploying its payloads. The script uses various tools, including wget, curl, ftpget, and tftp, to infect devices. Advanced Brute-Force Capabilities The malware comes equipped with a brute-force component that uses hardcoded credentials to compromise additional Linux-based devices. Its capability to adapt to multiple hardware architectures—spanning arm, mips, and x86—further amplifies its reach. UDP Flooding: Overwhelms target servers with massive amounts of UDP packets. TCP Flooding: Exploits TCP connection resources to paralyze targets. DNS Amplification: Amplifies the attack impact by misusing DNS servers. Capsaicin Botnet: A Burst of Devastation Short but Impactful In contrast to Ficora’s prolonged activity, Capsaicin delivered a short-lived yet intense campaign between October 21 and 22, focusing on East Asian countries. Believed to originate from the Keksec group, known for developing other malware like ‘EnemyBot,’ Capsaicin exploits vulnerabilities similarly but with a distinct approach. Infection and Payload Deployment Capsaicin relies on a downloader script (‘bins. sh’) to retrieve binaries labeled with the prefix ‘yakuza’, designed for various hardware architectures. Once installed, it actively seeks out and disables other botnet payloads operating on the same host, ensuring its dominance. Surveillance and DDoS Features While its DDoS capabilities align with Ficora’s (UDP, TCP, and DNS floods), Capsaicin stands out for its ability to collect detailed host information and exfiltrate it to its command and control (C2) server. Defending Against Botnet Attacks The rise of Ficora and Capsaicin highlights the importance of robust defenses against botnet threats. Securing routers and IoT devices is crucial to preventing these infections. Recommended Actions: Update Firmware: Always ensure devices are running the latest firmware. This addresses known vulnerabilities. Replace End-of-Life Devices: Routers no longer supported with updates should be replaced with newer models. Strengthen Credentials: Replace default admin credentials with strong, unique passwords. Disable Remote Access: Turn off remote interfaces if they’re unnecessary to reduce attack surfaces. Botnet Origin Primary Targets Key Features DDoS Methods Ficora Mirai Variant Japan, United States Brute-forcing, Multi-architecture compatibility, Exploits D-Link firmware vulnerabilities UDP, TCP, DNS floods Capsaicin Kaiten Variant (Keksec) East Asia Disables rival malware, Collects host data, Short burst of activity UDP, TCP, DNS floods While these botnets are sophisticated and adaptive, following these best practices significantly reduces the chances of falling victim to such malware. Addressing vulnerabilities early and maintaining a secure network infrastructure remains critical.

---

- Published: 2024-12-28
- Modified: 2024-12-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/4-cryptocurrencies-spot-etfs-2025/
- Categories: News, Crypto

The cryptocurrency landscape could see a monumental shift in 2025 with the introduction of new spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs). Analysts predict that Litecoin, Hedera, XRP, and Solana may join Bitcoin and Ethereum in this ETF boom, driven by regulatory changes and a pro-crypto administration. A Shift in Regulatory Winds Cryptocurrency had a blockbuster 2024. Bitcoin hit a record $108,000, while altcoins enjoyed surging prices, particularly after Donald Trump’s election win. Trump's upcoming administration is seen as a turning point for the industry, with expectations of reduced regulatory hurdles and policies fostering growth in the sector. Central to this optimism is the SEC’s anticipated leadership change. Current SEC Chair Gary Gensler, who has faced criticism for a stringent approach to crypto, is expected to step down, paving the way for Paul Atkins, a crypto-friendly appointee, to take the helm. These shifts are predicted to accelerate the approval of spot crypto ETFs, which have already proven to be a boon for Bitcoin and Ethereum prices. Why Spot ETFs Matter Spot crypto ETFs have revolutionized how investors engage with digital assets. By directly holding the underlying cryptocurrencies, these ETFs simplify access for traditional investors who may find buying and managing crypto wallets too complex. Bitcoin spot ETFs, approved in January 2024, and Ethereum spot ETFs, which followed in July, significantly boosted market confidence. Their success has set the stage for broader adoption of spot ETFs for other cryptocurrencies. Eric Balchunas, a senior ETF analyst at Bloomberg, believes the floodgates are about to open. He predicts 2025 will see not just a combined Bitcoin-Ethereum ETF but also ETFs for Litecoin, Hedera, XRP, and Solana. Litecoin: The Next Likely Candidate Litecoin, often referred to as Bitcoin’s “younger sibling,” has long been a staple in the crypto market. Created in 2011 as a Bitcoin fork, Litecoin boasts faster transaction times and a strong user base. Its similarities to Bitcoin make it a logical candidate for the next spot ETF approval. Litecoin’s straightforward functionality and established presence in the market could make it a favorite among regulators and institutional investors alike. Analysts believe its approval could set a precedent for other altcoins. Hedera: The Blockchain Innovator Hedera’s potential as a spot ETF is rooted in its unique technology. Unlike traditional blockchains, Hedera uses a hashgraph consensus mechanism, which promises faster, more secure, and scalable transactions. This innovative approach has already attracted major institutional partnerships, including Google and IBM, bolstering its credibility. A Hedera ETF could appeal to investors seeking exposure to blockchain technologies beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum. XRP and Solana: Awaiting Legal Clarity XRP and Solana remain strong contenders for spot ETFs, though their journey is complicated by ongoing legal battles. XRP’s parent company, Ripple, has been entangled in a lawsuit with the SEC since 2020, accused of selling unregistered securities. Solana, too, faces allegations of being classified as a security. While these lawsuits have cast a shadow, resolutions in 2025 could clear the path for ETF approval. XRP’s utility in cross-border payments and Solana’s reputation as a high-performance blockchain make them compelling choices for investors once the legal dust settles. Balchunas' Predicted ETF Rollout Order: First: Combined Bitcoin-Ethereum ETF Second: Litecoin ETF Third: Hedera ETF Fourth and Fifth: XRP and Solana ETFs (subject to legal clarity) The Broader Impact on the Crypto Market Spot ETFs have the potential to bring a wave of traditional investors into the cryptocurrency market. Their accessibility and liquidity remove barriers for individuals and institutions hesitant to dive directly into crypto trading. The introduction of ETFs for Litecoin, Hedera, XRP, and Solana would further diversify the market and enhance the legitimacy of these altcoins. Historically, ETF approvals have had a direct impact on cryptocurrency prices, as seen with Bitcoin and Ethereum in 2024. The anticipated wave of spot ETF approvals in 2025 could mark a turning point for the industry, ushering in a new era of mainstream crypto adoption.

---

- Published: 2024-12-28
- Modified: 2024-12-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/olivia-hussey-passes-away-romeo-juliet-star-73/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Olivia Hussey, celebrated worldwide for her role as Juliet in Franco Zeffirelli’s 1968 adaptation of Romeo and Juliet, has passed away at 73. A statement shared on her Instagram account revealed that she died peacefully at home on December 27, surrounded by her loved ones. A Life Filled with Art, Love, and Dedication Hussey’s family described her as a “remarkable person whose warmth, wisdom, and pure kindness touched the lives of all who knew her. ” In their heartfelt message, they highlighted her passion for the arts, spirituality, and her enduring kindness toward animals. Born in Buenos Aires, Argentina, Olivia Hussey began her acting career as a young teenager. Her breakthrough came at 17 when she was cast as Juliet in Zeffirelli’s Romeo and Juliet. Her performance not only earned her global acclaim but also made her one of the youngest recipients of the Golden Globe Award for Most Promising Newcomer. “She was a beacon of grace and talent,” her family wrote. “Her work in film, theater, and her personal life left an indelible mark on the world. ” Remembering Her Iconic Role Hussey’s portrayal of Juliet was hailed as one of the most authentic and heartfelt renditions of Shakespeare’s beloved character. Her youthful innocence and emotional depth brought a new dimension to the tragic love story. The film was both a critical and commercial success, earning Academy Award nominations and cementing its place as one of the greatest adaptations of Shakespeare’s work. The iconic balcony scene from Romeo and Juliet, featuring Hussey and Leonard Whiting as Romeo, remains one of the most memorable moments in cinematic history. Hussey herself once reflected, “I was living every girl’s dream, and I felt like Juliet became a part of my soul. ” A Legacy Beyond Romeo and Juliet While Hussey’s role as Juliet defined her career, she continued to act in numerous films and television projects. From her roles in Death on the Nile and Jesus of Nazareth to her voice acting in animated features, Hussey showcased remarkable versatility throughout her decades-long career. She also pursued her passions outside of acting. Her family highlighted her deep love for animals, spirituality, and her unwavering dedication to kindness. Hussey’s children—Alex, Max, and India—along with her husband, musician David Glen Eisley, and grandson Greyson, survive her. They described her life as “full of passion, love, and dedication” and asked for privacy during this difficult time. A Farewell Filled with Gratitude Fans and colleagues have taken to social media to express their grief and celebrate Hussey’s legacy. “She was an icon and an inspiration to so many,” wrote one fan. Another remarked, “Her portrayal of Juliet taught us about love and loss in ways we’ll never forget. ” The family’s statement ended with a note of gratitude, thanking the public for their “thoughts and prayers” and inviting everyone to remember Olivia’s “enduring impact on our lives and the industry. ” Hussey’s death marks the end of an era for many who grew up admiring her work. Her contributions to cinema, art, and her tireless efforts in promoting compassion will remain a beacon for future generations. Her legacy lives on, not only in her films but in the countless lives she touched with her warmth and humanity.

---

- Published: 2024-12-28
- Modified: 2024-12-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/north-korean-hackers-ottercookie-malware-job-scam/
- Categories: News, Technology

North Korea’s cyber operatives have rolled out a new weapon in their digital arsenal: the OtterCookie malware. Disguised as part of a fake job recruitment campaign dubbed "Contagious Interview," the malware has been strategically deployed to steal data, target cryptocurrency assets, and strengthen the regime’s cyber-espionage capabilities. The Contagious Interview Ruse The "Contagious Interview" campaign, also known as DeceptiveDevelopment, is a sinister cyber tactic rooted in social engineering. Posing as recruiters, North Korean threat actors lure unsuspecting professionals into downloading malicious software under the pretense of job interviews. These attacks often involve the distribution of malware-laden videoconferencing applications or npm packages via platforms like GitHub or package registries. Once installed, the malware, including earlier variants like BeaverTail and InvisibleFerret, infiltrates the victim’s system. In September 2024, cybersecurity researchers from Group-IB flagged an upgraded attack chain, revealing a modular structure for BeaverTail, with its data-stealing operations executed through Python scripts collectively named CivetQ. Despite these updates, the essence of the attack—tricking job seekers—remains unchanged. OtterCookie: A New Player in the Cyber Game Recent findings by Japan’s NTT Security Holdings uncovered the introduction of OtterCookie, a JavaScript-based malware, in September 2024. This new malware works alongside BeaverTail, fetching and executing commands via a command-and-control (C2) server. OtterCookie employs the Socket. IO JavaScript library to establish communication channels, enabling attackers to execute shell commands. Its capabilities include stealing files, clipboard data, and cryptocurrency wallet keys. Interestingly, while earlier versions of OtterCookie integrated cryptocurrency theft features directly within the malware, newer iterations leverage remote shell commands, demonstrating the attackers' ongoing refinement of their tools. This evolution underscores the campaign’s effectiveness in achieving its malicious goals. Broader Implications: IT Scams and International Sanctions The deployment of OtterCookie is only one facet of North Korea’s expansive cyber operations. In a related development, South Korea’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs (MoFA) imposed sanctions on 15 individuals and one organization implicated in fraudulent IT worker schemes. These scams involve North Korean IT personnel seeking employment in Western companies under false identities. The income generated from these activities is allegedly funneled into funding the regime’s nuclear and missile programs. One sanctioned entity, the Chosun Geumjeong Economic Information Technology Exchange Company, was accused of dispatching IT workers to China, Russia, and other regions to support the regime's military ambitions. The sanctioned individuals include Kim Ryu Song, who was recently indicted by the U. S. Department of Justice for conspiracy to violate sanctions, wire fraud, and identity theft. The indictment alleges that Kim sought employment in U. S. -based organizations to divert funds back to North Korea. Key Findings on North Korea’s IT Worker Operations: Sanctioned Organization: Chosun Geumjeong Economic Information Technology Exchange Company. Activity: Dispatching IT personnel abroad to generate revenue for military and nuclear projects. Involvement: The 313th General Bureau, tied to North Korea’s Munitions Industry Department, oversees these operations. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs emphasized the global threat posed by North Korea’s cyber activities, labeling them as dual threats to cybersecurity and international stability. A Global Concern The Contagious Interview campaign and related IT worker scams reflect a broader trend in North Korea’s cyber strategy: leveraging digital deception to secure funds and intelligence. These operations not only endanger individual victims but also undermine the integrity of global cyber ecosystems. By continually updating their tools and tactics, North Korean threat actors demonstrate a disturbing level of resilience and adaptability. Governments and organizations worldwide must remain vigilant to counter these ever-present cyber threats.

---

- Published: 2024-12-28
- Modified: 2024-12-28
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/master-chief-fortnite-xbox-skin-controversy/
- Categories: News, Technology

Halo’s legendary Master Chief made a highly anticipated return to Fortnite’s item shop this week, but instead of excitement, his comeback stirred up a storm. Fans quickly noticed that the Xbox-exclusive Matte Black variant of the iconic Spartan armor had vanished, igniting backlash across the Fortnite community. Epic Games initially defended the move but later reversed its stance after fan outrage reached a boiling point. Missing Matte Black: What Happened? The Master Chief skin, first introduced to Fortnite in December 2020, included a special Matte Black style unlockable exclusively for Xbox players. This bonus design had been promoted as a timeless feature, allowing players on Xbox consoles or using Xbox Cloud Gaming to claim it “at any point in the future. ” But when the skin was reintroduced last night, buyers were in for an unwelcome surprise: the Matte Black variant was no longer included. Epic Games confirmed the change several hours later via their official Fortnite Support account on X (formerly Twitter), stating that the exclusive style was now “limited to players who purchased the skin before this month. ” This abrupt shift left many fans frustrated. The removal wasn’t announced beforehand, nor was it acknowledged during the skin’s relisting. For players who had hoped to grab the iconic design, it felt like the rug had been pulled out from under them. Fans Call Out Epic Games The backlash was swift. Fortnite enthusiasts unearthed Epic’s original 2020 announcement, which clearly stated that the Xbox-exclusive style had no expiration date. A growing number of fans voiced their dissatisfaction online, accusing Epic of breaking promises and eroding trust. Adding fuel to the fire, a community note was attached to Epic’s X post, highlighting the contradiction between the company’s original promise and its recent action. Fans pointed out that such changes undermine the goodwill built with console-specific collaborations and questioned whether other exclusives, such as Horizon’s Aloy skin for PlayStation, might face a similar fate. “I bought the Chief because of that Matte Black style,” one player commented on Reddit. “Epic just killed my excitement. What’s stopping them from doing this again with other exclusives? ” Epic’s Apology and Reversal Hours after the controversy erupted, Epic Games issued an apology and reversed its earlier decision. The company restored the Matte Black design for Xbox players, calling the confusion a mistake. “We hear your concerns,” Epic wrote. “The Matte Black style is once again unlockable for Xbox players who own the Master Chief skin, as initially promised. We sincerely apologize for the oversight and appreciate your patience. ” The move has calmed some of the frustration, though many fans remain wary of potential missteps in the future. For now, it appears Epic has averted a larger PR disaster—just in time for Christmas. Bigger Questions Linger The incident raises larger questions about the future of platform-exclusive content in Fortnite. Will PlayStation-exclusive skins, such as Aloy from Horizon Zero Dawn, remain unaffected? Could other crossovers see similar changes without notice? Epic has yet to provide clarity. Meanwhile, Fortnite’s ongoing collaborations continue to draw attention. The game recently debuted a Cyberpunk 2077 crossover, featuring skins for Johnny Silverhand and V, offering players a glimpse into Night City. These partnerships highlight Fortnite’s ability to keep its content fresh, but the Master Chief saga serves as a cautionary tale about handling exclusives and player expectations.

---

- Published: 2024-12-27
- Modified: 2024-12-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/why-xrp-sinks-today-crypto-fed-regulation/
- Categories: News, Crypto

Investors in XRP are waking up to a wave of caution. After an explosive year for cryptocurrencies, the digital token saw a steep decline of 6. 6% in the past 24 hours, closing at $2. 18. This mirrors a broader pullback in the crypto market, with Bitcoin slipping 4% and Ethereum shedding 5. 3%. What’s driving this drop? Let’s break it down. Profit-Taking and Risk Aversion Hit Crypto The crypto market has been on a roller coaster, and XRP is no exception. After a year where it gained roughly 270%, some investors are cashing out. The Federal Reserve’s recent policy announcement appears to be a key trigger. While the Fed delivered a 25-basis-point rate cut, aligning with expectations, its cautious tone on 2025’s economic outlook has rattled markets. The central bank now anticipates only two rate cuts next year, down from the four initially forecasted. Higher rates—or even a slower pace of cuts—tend to make speculative assets like cryptocurrencies less attractive. This cautious sentiment isn’t confined to crypto. Stock markets have also seen a retreat, signaling broader economic uncertainties. For XRP and its peers, the timing couldn’t be worse: many tokens, including XRP, had just hit multi-year highs. Federal Reserve Moves Send Ripples Through Crypto The Fed’s decisions are like a weather vane for crypto markets. Interest rates, after all, are a key driver of speculative investments. Cryptocurrencies thrive in low-rate environments where investors hunt for high-yield alternatives. XRP, up significantly year-to-date, now faces a market taking a hard look at macroeconomic risks. It’s not just about rates, though. The Fed’s signals are also shaping expectations about consumer spending, inflation, and the broader economy—all of which ripple into crypto valuation. Interestingly, XRP’s latest dip comes after years of steady momentum, fueled by regulatory victories and expanding adoption. But even the best-performing assets are not immune to profit-taking when broader markets sour. Political Changes Could Rewrite XRP’s Story While macroeconomic concerns weigh heavy, shifting U. S. political dynamics could open a new chapter for XRP. With President-elect Trump preparing to take office, significant regulatory shake-ups are anticipated. Current SEC Chairman Gary Gensler, known for his hardline stance on crypto regulation, is expected to step down. His likely replacement, Paul Atkins, is seen as more crypto-friendly. For XRP, this leadership change could potentially resolve ongoing legal battles. Ripple, the company behind XRP, has faced a drawn-out SEC lawsuit over whether XRP qualifies as a security. A leadership overhaul might pave the way for settlements or dropped cases, boosting investor confidence. The Balancing Act: Macro Risks vs. Political Tailwinds The next chapter for XRP remains unwritten. On one hand, political developments may breathe new life into the crypto sector. On the other hand, economic headwinds could offset any regulatory relief. Here’s what investors are weighing: Supportive political climate: A Trump administration might champion crypto in unprecedented ways. Macroeconomic pressures: High inflation, cautious Fed policy, and geopolitical uncertainties could dampen speculative interest. Market maturity: XRP’s meteoric rise this year leaves limited room for error. For now, the market seems to be adopting a "wait-and-see" approach. Investors should brace for volatility as these dynamics play out. Key Data Snapshot To give you a clearer picture of XRP’s current position: Metric Value Market Cap $218 billion Current Price $2. 18 52-Week Range $0. 38 - $2. 90 Year-to-Date Gain ~270% Daily Trading Volume 181. 2 million This data underscores the scale of XRP’s recent gains—and the risks of its ongoing volatility. XRP’s story is a microcosm of the broader crypto narrative: high rewards but equally high risks. Investors eyeing their next move should keep a close watch on both political and macroeconomic developments.

---

- Published: 2024-12-27
- Modified: 2024-12-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/khloe-kardashian-christmas-party-health-update/
- Categories: News, Entertainment

Khloé Kardashian had to make a tough call this Christmas Eve, choosing to stay away from her family’s annual celebration after her children faced a harrowing health scare. Instead, the Kardashians star opted for a quieter evening at her sister Kendall Jenner’s house, prioritizing her kids' recovery over festivities. On Christmas Day, the 40-year-old shared glimpses of her family-focused day on Instagram, offering fans a heartfelt update on her decision to skip the party and her children’s improving health. A Christmas Like No Other The usual glitz and glamour of the Kardashian-Jenner Christmas party took a backseat for Khloé this year. While her family gathered, she remained behind with her children True, 6, and Tatum, 2, who were under the weather. Khloé explained her absence in a candid video recorded from Kendall’s kitchen. “I didn’t make it to the Christmas Eve party, which was a bummer,” she shared. “But it wasn’t really a party this year. It was just us hanging out at Kendall’s house. Still, I was with my family. ” True had been especially unwell, battling a fever that spiked to a concerning 105 degrees. Khloé described the ordeal as “really scary” and “horrible,” but reassured fans that both kids were now doing much better. A Peek Into Khloé’s Christmas Day Despite the challenging lead-up to the holiday, Khloé embraced the Christmas spirit with her family in an intimate setting. Her Instagram story showed her whipping up meals and engaging in playful moments, like a round of Boxbollen—a game introduced by her nephew, Mason Disick. She captured a snippet of the lively exchange, calling out to her brother Rob Kardashian, “Rob, you want to play Boxbollen? ” He responded with a cheerful, “Yeah,” urging her to open a present he had brought along. These light-hearted moments were a welcome relief after days of stress and sleepless nights. Staying Close to Family Even with the change of plans, Khloé found solace in her family’s company. Her mom, Kris Jenner, joined the celebrations but opted to rest in another room while Khloé cooked breakfast. “We still wanted to be around the Christmas spirit,” Khloé shared. This adaptation to circumstances reflects the Kardashian clan’s strong family bond, even when their famous traditions take a hit. Challenges Behind the Glitter For many, the Kardashians’ lives seem like an endless stream of luxurious parties and high-profile appearances. But Khloé’s story is a reminder that life’s challenges don’t discriminate. While millions tune in to watch their every move, they, too, face moments of vulnerability and hardship. In this case, Khloé’s decision to skip the party wasn’t just about her kids’ health—it highlighted her role as a devoted mother who knows when to prioritize family over everything else.

---

- Published: 2024-12-27
- Modified: 2024-12-27
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/apache-mina-hugegraph-traffic-control-security-flaws/
- Categories: News, Technology

Apache Software Foundation has issued critical security advisories concerning vulnerabilities in three widely used software products: MINA, HugeGraph-Server, and Traffic Control. These flaws, patched in updates rolled out from December 23 to 25, come with urgent recommendations to mitigate risks, especially during the holiday season when exploitation risks are heightened. MINA Vulnerability Rated at Maximum Severity One of the most severe vulnerabilities, tracked as CVE-2024-52046, affects multiple versions of Apache MINA. With a critical severity score of 10 out of 10, this flaw stems from unsafe Java deserialization in the ObjectSerializationDecoder component, which could lead to Remote Code Execution (RCE). The vulnerability is triggered when the IoBuffer#getObject method interacts with specific classes. Affected Versions: MINA 2. 0 to 2. 0. 26, 2. 1 to 2. 1. 9, and 2. 2 to 2. 2. 3. Fixed Versions: Updates in MINA 2. 0. 27, 2. 1. 10, and 2. 2. 4 include stricter security defaults to address this flaw. However, Apache emphasized that upgrading alone won’t fully resolve the issue. Administrators must configure the software to reject all classes unless explicitly approved, using one of three provided methods. This step is essential to secure applications dependent on the framework. \ Authentication Bypass in HugeGraph-Server Apache also warned about a critical flaw in HugeGraph-Server, a tool designed for managing and analyzing graph-based data. Tracked as CVE-2024-43441, this vulnerability results from improper authentication logic validation, potentially allowing unauthorized access. Affected Versions: HugeGraph-Server 1. 0 to 1. 3. Fixed Version: Version 1. 5. 0 introduces stricter authentication protocols and is the recommended upgrade. This vulnerability poses a significant threat to organizations that rely on graph databases for storing and processing sensitive information. Prompt patching is advised to avoid unauthorized access that could compromise data integrity. SQL Injection Threat in Traffic Control The final critical flaw, CVE-2024-45387, impacts Apache Traffic Control, a tool for managing Content Delivery Networks (CDNs). Rated at 9. 9 on the severity scale, the issue allows attackers to execute arbitrary SQL commands through specially crafted PUT requests due to insufficient input sanitization. Affected Versions: Traffic Ops 8. 0. 0 to 8. 0. 1. Fixed Version: Version 8. 0. 2, released earlier this week. It is noteworthy that earlier versions (7. 0. 0 through 8. 0. 0) are unaffected. Nonetheless, organizations using vulnerable versions are urged to act swiftly to update their systems, especially given the high-risk nature of SQL injection flaws. Key Recommendations for System Administrators To mitigate these threats, Apache strongly advises immediate upgrades to the latest versions of the affected software. Beyond patching, users of MINA must configure additional safeguards to block unauthorized class deserialization. Here’s a summary of the necessary actions: Product Vulnerability ID Fixed Version(s) Key Mitigation Steps Apache MINA CVE-2024-52046 2. 0. 27, 2. 1. 10, 2. 2. 4 Configure class rejection post-upgrade HugeGraph-Server CVE-2024-43441 1. 5. 0 Upgrade to secure authentication mechanisms Traffic Control CVE-2024-45387 8. 0. 2 Update to prevent SQL injection vulnerabilities Holiday Period Heightens Risk The timing of these vulnerabilities coincides with the holiday season, a period when cybercriminals are more likely to exploit delayed response times from understaffed IT teams. Administrators are encouraged to prioritize these patches to ensure the resilience of their systems. While Apache’s swift response is commendable, these flaws underscore the importance of proactive security practices. Organizations should continuously monitor for vulnerabilities and maintain a robust patch management strategy to protect their infrastructure.

---

- Published: 2024-12-26
- Modified: 2024-12-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/oscal-pilot-1-rugged-smartphone-launch/
- Categories: News, Technology

The Oscal Pilot 1 has hit the market, offering rugged smartphone enthusiasts a device that prioritizes durability and functionality. With its standout features, such as robust speakers, a powerful flashlight, and a hefty battery, this smartphone stands apart from conventional models. Built for Extreme Durability and Utility Blackview, a brand synonymous with rugged smartphones, has launched the Oscal Pilot 1 to cater to users who value toughness and utility over sleekness. This smartphone boasts IP68, IP69K, and MIL-STD-810H certifications, making it resistant to water, dust, and extreme conditions. It’s designed to be a reliable companion for outdoor adventures or demanding work environments. Weighing 540 grams and measuring 22 millimeters thick, the device prioritizes endurance over portability. While not the lightest in your hand, it’s certainly a fortress in your pocket. Massive Battery with Power Bank Capabilities One of the Oscal Pilot 1’s defining features is its colossal 15,000 mAh battery. This capacity not only ensures days of uninterrupted use but also allows the phone to function as a power bank. It supports 33-watt fast charging for itself and can charge other devices at up to 10 watts. For users who rely on their devices in remote or challenging settings, the added power bank functionality is a practical touch. Whether you’re camping, working in the field, or traveling, this feature is a game-changer. Audio and Lighting Features for Practical Use The Pilot 1 isn’t just about durability and battery life. Blackview has also focused on sound and lighting. Equipped with stereo loudspeakers delivering a maximum output of 5 watts, this smartphone can produce sound levels up to 138 dB. Whether it’s for an impromptu outdoor party or broadcasting announcements, the sound system is designed to impress. Additionally, the smartphone includes a top-mounted flashlight with dual LEDs, capable of producing up to 170 lumens. This long-range flashlight is ideal for nighttime activities, emergency situations, or just finding your way in the dark. Performance and Display: Solid but Unremarkable While its rugged features steal the spotlight, the Oscal Pilot 1 also has respectable core specifications. It runs on a MediaTek Helio G81 processor, supported by 6 GB of RAM and 256 GB of expandable storage. However, the use of eMMC 5. 1 storage and USB 2. 0 connectivity might feel a bit dated to tech enthusiasts. The 6. 67-inch display is protected by Corning Gorilla Glass 5 and offers a resolution of 720 x 1,604 pixels with a 90 Hz refresh rate. Though the resolution isn’t groundbreaking, the Gorilla Glass protection aligns with the phone’s rugged ethos. Price and Availability The Oscal Pilot 1 is priced at approximately $320, positioning it as a budget-friendly option within the rugged smartphone category. While it may not compete with flagship smartphones in terms of processing power or camera capabilities, it offers tremendous value for users seeking durability and functionality. For those who prioritize reliability in challenging environments over cutting-edge tech specs, the Oscal Pilot 1 seems to be a practical and cost-effective choice.

---

- Published: 2024-08-08
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/exchange-bitcoin-to-monero/
- Categories: Crypto

Exchanging Bitcoin (BTC) for Monero (XMR) is a straightforward process, especially when using a reliable platform like StealthEX. This guide will walk you through the steps to swap Bitcoin to Monero securely and efficiently. Why Exchange Bitcoin for Monero? Monero is renowned for its strong privacy features, making it a popular choice for those looking to keep their transactions anonymous. Unlike Bitcoin, which has a transparent ledger, Monero uses advanced cryptographic techniques to ensure transaction details remain private. This makes Monero an attractive option for users who prioritize privacy and security in their cryptocurrency transactions. Step-by-Step Guide to Exchange Bitcoin for Monero on StealthEX Visit StealthEX. io: Navigate to the StealthEX website and select the BTC to XMR exchange pair. StealthEX is a non-custodial exchange, meaning it does not store user funds, which enhances security. Enter the Amount: Specify the amount of Bitcoin you want to exchange. The platform will automatically calculate the equivalent amount of Monero based on the current exchange rate. This real-time calculation ensures transparency and helps you make informed decisions. Provide Your Monero Wallet Address: Enter the wallet address where you want to receive your Monero. Ensure this address is correct to avoid any loss of funds. Double-checking the address is crucial as cryptocurrency transactions are irreversible. Send Bitcoin: StealthEX will provide you with a Bitcoin address to send your BTC. Transfer the specified amount to this address. The platform will monitor the transaction and update you on its status. Receive Monero: Once the transaction is confirmed, StealthEX will send the equivalent amount of Monero to your provided wallet address. The entire process is designed to be quick and efficient, minimizing the waiting time. Benefits of Using StealthEX No Registration Required: StealthEX allows you to exchange cryptocurrencies without the need for registration or KYC verification. This feature is particularly appealing for users who value their privacy. Wide Range of Cryptocurrencies: With over 1400+ coins and tokens available, StealthEX offers one of the broadest ranges of trading pairs. This diversity allows users to explore various cryptocurrencies and find the best trading opportunities. Privacy and Security: StealthEX ensures private transactions and does not store user funds, making it a non-custodial platform. This approach reduces the risk of hacks and unauthorized access to your funds. Competitive Rates: The platform aggregates rates from multiple service providers to ensure you get the best possible exchange rate. This feature helps you maximize the value of your trades. Mobile App: For those who prefer to trade on the go, you can download crypto exchange app from Google Play Store. The app provides a user-friendly interface and all the features available on the desktop version. Additional Features of StealthEX Instant Transactions: StealthEX is designed for speed, ensuring that your transactions are completed quickly. This is particularly useful in the volatile world of cryptocurrency where prices can change rapidly. No Limits: There are no upper limits on the amount you can exchange, making StealthEX suitable for both small and large transactions. Real-Time Price Updates: The platform provides real-time updates on exchange rates, allowing you to make informed decisions and get the best value for your Bitcoin. Advanced Price Calculator: Before making any exchange, you can use StealthEX’s advanced price calculator to get an accurate estimate of the Monero you’ll receive. This tool helps you plan your transactions more effectively. Tips and Tricks for a Smooth Exchange Double-Check Wallet Addresses: Always verify the wallet addresses you enter to avoid any mistakes. A small error in the address can lead to the loss of your funds. Monitor Exchange Rates: Keep an eye on the exchange rates to ensure you get the best deal. Cryptocurrency prices can be volatile, so timing your trades can make a significant difference. Use a Secure Wallet: Consider using recommended wallets like MetaMask, Trust Wallet, or Exodus for enhanced security. These wallets offer robust security features and are widely trusted in the crypto community. Conclusion Exchanging Bitcoin for Monero on StealthEX is a straightforward process that prioritizes privacy and security. By following the steps outlined in this guide, you can easily swap Bitcoin to Monero and enjoy the benefits of a secure and anonymous cryptocurrency.

---

- Published: 2024-07-17
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/y2mate-review/
- Categories: Technology

In the digital age, having a reliable tool to download and convert YouTube videos is essential. Y2Mate stands out as one of the best options available, offering a seamless experience for users looking to download videos and audio from YouTube and other social media platforms. This review will delve into how Y2Mate works, its main features, and why it is a top choice for many. How to Download YouTube Videos with Y2Mate Downloading videos with Y2Mate is straightforward and user-friendly. Here’s a step-by-step guide: Open YouTube and copy the URL of the video you want to download. Paste the URL into the search box on Y2Mate’s website. The tool will automatically fetch the video information. Select the desired format and quality (e. g. , MP3, MP4) and click the “Convert” button. Once the conversion is complete, click the “Download” button to save the file to your device. Enjoy your downloaded video or audio file anytime, anywhere. Why Choose Y2Mate? Y2Mate offers several compelling reasons to choose it as your go-to video downloader: Unlimited Conversions: Convert as many videos as you want without any restrictions. High-Speed Encoding: Benefit from fast conversion speeds, saving you time. No Signup Required: Use the service without the hassle of creating an account. Multiple Formats Supported: Download videos in various formats, including YouTube to MP3, MP4, M4V, FLV, WEBM, 3GP, WMV, and AVI. Completely Free: Enjoy all these features at no cost. Key Features of Y2Mate Unlimited Conversions Y2Mate allows you to convert an unlimited number of YouTube to MP4 and several other formats. This feature is perfect for users who need to download multiple videos without worrying about any limitations. Auto Fetch from YouTube The tool automatically fetches video data from YouTube. Simply paste the URL, and Y2Mate will handle the rest, making the process quick and easy. No Registration Required One of the standout features of Y2Mate is that it does not require any registration. You can start downloading videos immediately without providing any personal information. Faster Video Conversion Y2Mate uses advanced encoding technology to ensure fast video conversion. This means you spend less time waiting and more time enjoying your downloaded content. Browser Compatibility Y2Mate is compatible with all major browsers, including Chrome, Firefox, Safari, and Microsoft Edge. This ensures a smooth experience regardless of your preferred browser. Mobile Friendly Y2Mate is fully optimized for mobile devices, allowing you to download videos on the go. Whether you’re using a smartphone or tablet, Y2Mate provides a seamless experience. How I personally use Y2Mate? A Secret Shortcut One of the coolest tricks I’ve discovered with Y2Mate is a nifty shortcut that makes downloading videos even faster. Whenever I want to grab a video or audio file from YouTube, I simply insert “pi” after “youtube” in the URL bar. This little hack speeds up the process, allowing me to download MP4 and MP3 files in no time. It’s a game-changer for anyone who frequently downloads content from YouTube! Conclusion Y2Mate is a powerful and versatile tool for downloading YouTube videos. Its user-friendly interface, high-speed conversions, and support for multiple formats make it an excellent choice for anyone looking to download videos and audio from YouTube. With no registration required and unlimited conversions, Y2Mate stands out as a top choice for video downloading needs. Try Y2Mate today and experience the convenience of downloading YouTube videos effortlessly.

---

- Published: 2024-07-17
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/onlymp3-review/
- Categories: Technology

If you’re looking for a hassle-free way to convert YouTube videos to MP3 files, OnlyMP3 is your go-to solution. This web app simplifies the process, allowing you to convert videos with just a few clicks. Let’s dive into how OnlyMP3 works and explore its standout features. How to Convert YouTube to MP3 Online Converting YouTube videos to MP3 files with OnlyMP3 is straightforward and quick. Here’s a step-by-step guide: Open YouTube and Copy the Video Link: Find the video you want to convert and copy its URL. Paste the Link in the Search Box: Head over to OnlyMP3 and paste the copied link into the search box. Click the “Convert” Button: Hit the convert button and let the tool process the video link. Wait for the Conversion: The conversion process will take a few moments. Download the MP3 File: Once the conversion is complete, click the “Download” button to save the file to your device. Why Choose OnlyMP3? OnlyMP3 stands out for several reasons, making it a preferred choice for many users: Unlimited Conversions: Convert as many videos as you want without any restrictions. Fastest Encoders: Enjoy quick conversions thanks to high-speed encoders. Long Video Support: This YouTube Converter helps you to convert videos up to 6 hours long. No Login Required: Use the service without the need to sign up or log in. Dropbox Integration: Easily upload your MP3 files to your Dropbox account for convenient access. Features of OnlyMP3 No Signup Required One of the best features of OnlyMP3 is that it doesn’t require any registration. You can convert and download thousands of YouTube videos to MP3 files without signing up, making the process seamless and user-friendly. Hi-Speed MP3 Conversion OnlyMP3 uses high-speed encoders to ensure that your videos are converted to high-quality MP3 files in just a few seconds. The download link is ready almost instantly, allowing you to save the file on your PC, laptop, or mobile device. Fully Compatible The OnlyMP3 web app is compatible with all devices, including PCs, mobile phones, Macs, and tablets. It also works with all major browsers like Chrome, Firefox, Microsoft Edge, and Safari, ensuring a smooth experience no matter what platform you’re using. Cloud Upload Support With OnlyMP3, you can save your converted YouTube to MP3 files directly to your Dropbox account. This feature allows you to access your files from anywhere at any time, and you can listen to your converted files on your iPhone, iPad, or Android device using the Dropbox app. Auto Fetch from YouTube The conversion process is incredibly easy with OnlyMP3. Simply copy and paste the YouTube URL, and the tool will automatically fetch the video and convert it to an MP3 file. This automation saves you time and effort. Fully Safe & Secure OnlyMP3 prioritizes user security by using industry-standard SSL certificates to protect your data. The service is completely safe, with no viruses, and is monitored based on a secure database to ensure a secure conversion experience. Conclusion OnlyMP3 is a reliable and efficient tool for converting YouTube videos to MP3 files. Its user-friendly interface, high-speed conversion, and compatibility with various devices make it a top choice for anyone looking to download music from YouTube. Plus, with features like Dropbox integration and no signup requirement, it’s clear why OnlyMP3 is a favorite among users. Give it a try and enjoy unlimited, high-quality MP3 conversions today!

---

- Published: 2024-04-01
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/international-online-dating-guide/
- Categories: Lifestyle

Dating is a challenging task, especially in the modern age. Most people who find love are either lucky and meet someone special early on in life while studying, while others manage to get a match at work or within the pool of friends. However, today, everything seems more digitized. People study and work remotely, and this leaves us all with fewer options regarding dating. However, that depends on how you view these "fewer options. " The online dating world is huge. Moreover, it can be bigger if you consider relationships with people abroad. Some potential partners are open to traveling to another country. You may also consider moving out, especially if you work remotely. Thus, this article is about international dating and tips to find a match successfully. Consider Your Goals The most important part when dating online is to understand your goals. Do you want a long-term relationship, or are you into casual things? Are you into Ukrainian women, or do you want to meet someone closer to your continent? For example, most Americans prefer dating someone geographically closer, but that's not always the case. Similarly, people in Europe and Asia also want to date someone closer to their country. You should also consider the way this relationship should go. For example, some people prefer to keep things long-distance: they want companionship, even if it's online. Others are adamant about meeting the other person in real life after some time. You should consider all these factors and all other things that affect your choice. Be Open To Different Options Being open to different options is essential in international online dating. Explore various platforms and don't limit yourself to one; you don't yet have any obligations, you haven't signed a contract to speak only with one person, etc. You can increase your dating pool by communicating on several websites with different people and choosing a suitable partner by eliminating anyone who doesn't fit your preferences. Embrace the diversity of potential matches, considering different backgrounds and cultures: that's the key to international dating, as you will meet people from numerous cultural backgrounds. Keep an open mind when interacting with others, as you may discover unexpected connections. Remember that the goal is to find compatibility and mutual respect, regardless of geographical boundaries. By remaining open to different options, you increase your chances of finding meaningful relationships. Choose The Right Platform This is the most important part that will guarantee success. Therefore, we've prepared a few valuable tips: Find platforms with positive reviews and a history of success. The website must have a good reputation, but it's ok if you find a few negative reviews. As long as people don't claim it's an outright scam, the website should be fine. Choose a site that matches your dating goals, whether it's serious relationships or casual connections. Typically, sites provide both options (and more), but it's best to choose the app that focuses on long-term dating. Opt for platforms with several security measures to protect your privacy. Check out the website and what it claims to use to protect clients' data. These are simple tips, but they should protect you from getting scammed. Remember: never "buy" these stories about a dying family member, and that if you send some money, it will help them stay alive. It's best to report such users. Final Thoughts It's always important to stay transparent and engage in open communication with potential partners. You don't have to limit yourself to just one platform and chat with one person. You want to meet someone special. Thus, you should take your time and communicate with several matches.

---

- Published: 2024-03-19
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/how-to-bet-on-bare-knuckle-boxing/
- Categories: Casino

Bare Knuckle Boxing (BKB) harks back to the earliest forms of boxing, offering a raw and exhilarating combat sport experience. Its resurgence in popularity has not only captivated a growing audience but also opened up new avenues for sports betting enthusiasts looking for high-adrenaline action. As thrilling as it is to watch, betting on BKB can significantly enhance the excitement, provided you understand the nuances of the sport and the betting landscape. For those intrigued by the prospect of placing wagers on these gripping matches, this guide aims to navigate you through the process of how to bet on bare knuckle boxing, ensuring you're well-equipped with knowledge and strategies to make informed bets. Understanding Bare Knuckle Boxing Before diving into betting, it's essential to have a solid understanding of Bare Knuckle Boxing. Unlike traditional boxing, BKB fighters don't wear gloves, leading to shorter, more intense fights. Matches are typically held in smaller rings, emphasizing close-quarters combat and making for dramatic, fast-paced action. Key Differences from Traditional Boxing No Gloves: The absence of gloves changes the dynamics significantly, affecting both striking power and defense strategies. Round Structure: BKB rounds are usually shorter, but the exact structure can vary between organizations. Scoring: While similar to boxing, the emphasis on aggression and knockdowns can be more pronounced in BKB scoring. Getting Started with Betting Choose a Reputable Betting Site First things first, select a reputable betting sites like Sapphirebet that offers comprehensive coverage of Bare Knuckle Boxing events. Look for platforms that provide competitive odds, a variety of bet types, and reliable customer support. Security should also be a top priority; ensure the site is licensed and uses encryption to protect your information. Understand the Odds Odds are a fundamental aspect of betting, representing the likelihood of an event occurring. They can be displayed in several formats, such as decimal, fractional, or American odds. Take some time to understand how these work, as they will guide your betting decisions. Types of Bets BKB betting offers several types of wagers, each with its own strategy and level of risk: Moneyline Bets Moneyline bets are straightforward, focusing on the outright winner of a fight. This simplicity makes them an excellent starting point for newcomers. However, for those looking for more depth, over/under rounds bets add an additional layer of strategy, challenging you to predict the fight's duration relative to a benchmark set by bookmakers. Over/Under Rounds The over/under rounds bet type is a popular option for bettors who prefer to wager on the duration of a fight rather than picking a winner. This type of bet involves a sportsbook setting a line on the number of rounds they expect the fight to last, and bettors then decide whether they believe the actual number of rounds will be over or under that line. For example, if the line is set at 5. 5 rounds, betting on the "over" means you believe the fight will last into the 6th round or beyond, while betting on the "under" indicates you expect the fight to end before the completion of the 6th round. This betting option offers an engaging way to participate in BKB betting by focusing on the fight's pace and strategies, rather than solely on the outcome. Proposition Bets Proposition bets, or prop bets, delve even deeper into the specifics of a fight. These bets can range from predicting whether a fight will go the distance to guessing which fighter will land the first punch or achieve a knockout. Prop bets require a nuanced understanding of the fighters' styles and strategies, offering higher risk but potentially greater rewards. Betting Strategies Successful betting requires more than luck; it demands research and strategy. Here are some tips to help you get started: Research Fighters: Understanding the fighters' strengths, weaknesses, and fighting styles is crucial. Look at their previous fights, especially against opponents with similar styles to their upcoming match. Consider the Fighting Environment: The size of the ring, the organization's rules, and even the location can influence the outcome of a fight. Smaller rings favor aggressive fighters who excel in close combat. Manage Your Bankroll: Set a budget for how much you're willing to spend and stick to it. It's easy to get carried away, especially during exciting fights, but disciplined bankroll management is key to long-term success. Stay Informed: Follow BKB news and updates closely. Injuries, training camp reports, and changes in fighters' conditions can significantly impact odds and fight outcomes. Conclusion Betting on Bare Knuckle Boxing opens up a thrilling world of sports betting filled with opportunities for those willing to delve into its nuances. By understanding BKB's unique characteristics, selecting a reliable betting platform, and employing thoughtful betting strategies, you can enrich your viewing experience with the added excitement of potentially winning bets. Remember, responsible gambling practices are paramount; setting limits and betting within your means ensures that your engagement with Bare Knuckle Boxing remains enjoyable and sustainable.

---


---


## Pages

> Join The iBulletin as a contributor! 🚀 Share your insights, boost your SEO & expand your reach across niches. Contact us today at ceo.theibulletin@gmail.com!

- Published: 2024-02-12
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/write-for-us/

Are you looking to contribute to our website? If so, this "Write for Us" page is for you! At The iBulletin, we value diverse perspectives and invite passionate writers to share their expertise, insights, and opinions with our audience. By publishing your articles on our platform, you can significantly enhance your visibility and establish authority in your niche. If you are interested in contributing to our website, email us at ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Benefits of Contributing to Our Website When you write for us, you gain a unique opportunity to reach a broader audience while enjoying the following benefits: Increased Visibility and Exposure: Your content will be showcased to our extensive readership, increasing your online presence. Establishing Authority and Credibility: Share your knowledge and insights, positioning yourself as an expert in your industry. Building a Network: Connect with other contributors and readers, fostering relationships within your niche. Improving Writing and Communication Skills: Writing for a reputable platform helps refine your skills and gain valuable feedback. Generating Leads and Driving Traffic: High-quality content can attract traffic to your website or social media profiles. Enhancing Your Personal and Professional Brand: Showcase your expertise and build a solid online reputation. Contributing to Knowledge Sharing: Engage in meaningful conversations and help educate others in the community. How to Submit Your Content If you’re ready to share your insights with our audience, follow these steps to submit your content for consideration: Write Your Article: Ensure your article is well-researched, engaging, and relevant to our audience. Follow Our Guidelines: Articles should be between 800-1500 words, original, and should include any necessary citations or references. Contact Us: Reach out via email at ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com with your article attached or in the body of the email. Include a brief bio about yourself and any relevant links. How to Find Us on Google for Guest Posts To discover more about contributing to our platform, you can use the following advanced search queries on Google: write for us “Android” write for us “Mobile” write for us “Gadgets” write for us “Smartphone” write for us “Technology” write for us “Software” write for us “Laptop” write for us “Tech News” write for us “Mobile Company” write for us “Electronic Device” Other popular guest post search phrases to find our website, keyword intitle:”write for us” keyword intitle:”write for me” Keyword intitle:”contribute to” Keyword intitle:”submit” + inurl:blog Keyword “submit a guest post” Keyword inurl:/guest-post/ Keyword “guest post” Keyword “guest post by” Keyword “accepting guest posts” Keyword “guest post guidelines” Keyword “guest author” Keyword “guest article” Keyword “guest column” Keyword “become a contributor” inpostauthor:guest keyword inpostauthor:”guest blog” keyword inpostauthor:”guest post” keyword Your Keyword “guest post” Your Keyword “write for us” Your Keyword “guest article” Your Keyword “this is a guest post by” Your Keyword “contributing writer” Your Keyword “want to write for” Your Keyword “submit blog post” Your Keyword “contribute to our site” Your Keyword “guest column” Your Keyword “submit content” Your Keyword “submit your content” Your Keyword “submit post” Your Keyword “This post was written by” Your Keyword “guest post courtesy of ” Your Keyword “guest posting guidelines” Your Keyword “suggest a post” Your Keyword “submit an article” Your Keyword “contributor guidelines” Your Keyword “contributing writer” Your Keyword “submit tech news” Your Keyword “become a guest blogger” Your Keyword “guest blogger” Your Keyword “guest posts wanted” Your Keyword “looking for guest posts” Your Keyword “guest posts wanted” Your Keyword “guest poster wanted” Your Keyword “accepting guest posts” Your Keyword “writers wanted” Your Keyword “articles wanted” Your Keyword “become an author” Your Keyword “become guest writer” Your Keyword “become a contributor” Your Keyword “submit guest post” Your Keyword “submit an article” Your Keyword “submit article” Your Keyword “guest author” Your Keyword “send a tip” Your Keyword inurl: “guest blogger” Your Keyword inurl: “guest post” Your Keyword “guest post” Your Keyword “write for us”Your Keyword “guest article” Your Keyword “guest post opportunities” Your Keyword “this is a guest post by” Your Keyword “contributing writer” Your Keyword “want to write for” Your Keyword “submit blog post” Your Keyword “contribute to our site” Your Keyword “guest column” Your Keyword “submit content” Your Keyword “submit your content” Your Keyword “submit post” Your Keyword “This post was written by” Your Keyword “guest post courtesy of ” Your Keyword “guest posting guidelines” Your Keyword “suggest a post” Your Keyword “submit an article” Your Keyword “contributor guidelines” Your Keyword “guest posts wanted” Your Keyword “looking for guest posts” Your Keyword “guest posts wanted” Your Keyword “guest poster wanted” Your Keyword “accepting guest posts” Your Keyword “writers wanted” Your Keyword “articles wanted” Your Keyword “become an author” Your Keyword “become guest writer” Your Keyword “become a contributor” Your Keyword “submit guest post” Your Keyword “submit an article” Your Keyword “submit article” Your Keyword “guest author” Your Keyword “send a tip” Your Keyword inurl: “guest blogger” Your Keyword inurl: “guest post” Your Keyword “guest post” | write for us “startup funding” Your Keyword “write for us” Your Keyword “guest article” Your Keyword “this is a guest post by” Your Keyword “contributing writer” Your Keyword “want to write for” Your Keyword “submit blog post” Your Keyword “contribute to our site” Your Keyword “guest column” Your Keyword “submit content” Your Keyword “submit your content” Your Keyword “submit post” Your Keyword “This post was written by” Your Keyword “guest post courtesy of ” Your Keyword “guest posting guidelines” Your Keyword “suggest a post” Your Keyword “submit an article” Your Keyword “contributor guidelines” Your Keyword “contributing writer” Your Keyword “submit news” Your Keyword “become a guest blogger” Your Keyword “guest blogger” Your Keyword “guest posts wanted” Your Keyword “looking for guest posts” Your Keyword “guest posts wanted” Your Keyword “guest poster wanted” Your Keyword “accepting guest posts” Your Keyword “writers wanted” Your Keyword “articles wanted” Your Keyword “become an author” Your Keyword “become guest writer” Your Keyword “become a contributor” Your Keyword “submit guest post” Your Keyword “submit an article” Your Keyword “submit article” Your Keyword “guest author” Your Keyword “send a tip” Your Keyword inurl: “guest blogger” Your Keyword inurl: “guest post” Your Keyword + guest post Keyword + intext:”this is a sponsored post” Keyword + intext:”this was a sponsored post” Keyword + intext:”this is a paid post” Keyword + intext:”this was a paid post” Keyword + intext:”this is a Sponsored review” Keyword + intext:”this was a Sponsored review” Keyword + intext:”this is a paid review” Keyword + intext:”this was a paid review” Keyword + “top 10 resources”/”top resources” Keyword + “top 10 sites/”top sites” Keyword + “top 10 websites”/”top websites” Keyword + “top 10 articles”/ “top articles” Keyword + “top 10 tools”/”top tools” Keyword + “top 10 web resources”/”top web resources” Keyword + “top 10 internet resources”/”top internet resources” Keyword + “top 10 online resources”/”top online resources” Keyword + “recommended resources”/”suggested resources” Keyword + “useful resources”/”interesting resources” Keyword + “favorite resources” Keyword + “recommended sites”/”suggested sites” Keyword + “useful sites”/”interesting sites” Keyword + “favorite sites” Keyword + “recommended websites”/”suggested websites” Keyword + “useful websites”/”interesting websites” Keyword + “favorite websites” Keyword + intext:”this is a sponsored post” Keyword + intext:”this was a sponsored post” Keyword + intext:”this is a paid post” Keyword + intext:”this was a paid post” Keyword + intext:”this is a Sponsored review” Keyword + intext:”this was a Sponsored review” Keyword + intext:”this is a paid review” Keyword + intext:”this was a paid review” Additionally, you can try variations of the following keywords: guest post guest blogging sites guest bloggers wanted guest blog post submit a guest post accepting guest posts guest post guidelines Topics We Accept We welcome contributions from a wide range of niches, including but not limited to: Blockchain ICOs (Initial Coin Offerings) SAAS (Software as a Service) Product Reviews Technology Casino and Gambling Real Estate Business Strategies Health and Wellness CBD Products Cannabis-related Topics Sports Betting Gaming Insights Affiliate Marketing Football and Other Sports If you have unique knowledge or a fresh perspective on any of these topics, we encourage you to submit your content! Join Our Community of Contributors Becoming a contributor at The iBulletin means joining a vibrant community of writers and thought leaders. You’ll have the chance to engage with like-minded individuals, expand your network, and contribute positively to the digital landscape. We are excited to see what you bring to the table! Contact Us For inquiries about guest posts, sponsored posts, or any other related questions, please contact us at ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com. We look forward to hearing from you!

---

> Buy homepage ads on The iBulletin! Improve SEO rankings, drive traffic, and gain visibility. We accept ads from diverse niches, including sensitive industries. 📧

- Published: 2022-01-16
- Modified: 2025-07-12
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/homepage-ads/

Are you looking for a powerful way to improve your website’s SEO ranking, drive traffic, and increase your online visibility? Look no further! At The iBulletin, we offer homepage ads tailored to suit a wide range of niches, including sensitive industries. Our homepage advertising solutions are designed to help your brand stand out, reach a global audience, and achieve measurable results. For inquiries about Homepage Ads, Sponsored Posts, Sidebar Ads, Guest Posts, or Sitewide Links, reach out to us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Why Choose Homepage Ads? Homepage ads are one of the most effective ways to gain visibility and engage your target audience. Here’s how advertising on The iBulletin can benefit your business: SEO Boost: Quality homepage ads generate backlinks and boost your website’s domain authority, helping you climb the search engine rankings. Prime Visibility: Your ad will appear on the homepage of our platform, ensuring maximum exposure to thousands of daily visitors. Targeted Reach: With high-traffic global readership, you’ll connect with the right audience for your niche. Brand Awareness: Showcase your brand in a prominent position and build trust with potential customers. Cost-Effective Advertising: Get measurable results without breaking the bank – an ideal option for businesses of all sizes! We Accept Ads From Almost All Niches At The iBulletin, we embrace diversity, which is why we accept homepage ads from nearly every industry, including sensitive niches. Whether you’re in SEO services, entertainment, or niche-specific industries like gambling or CBD, we’ve got you covered! Popular Homepage Ad Niches: SEO homepage ad Casino homepage ad CBD homepage ad Betting homepage ad Football homepage ad Adult homepage ad Additional Niches We Accept: Our platform also welcomes ads from industries such as: Health & Wellness Fashion & Lifestyle Technology & Hosting Services Business & Finance Sports & Gaming Real Estate & Travel ... and many more! If your niche isn’t listed above, don’t worry – chances are we’ll accept it! Types of Advertising We Offer We provide flexible advertising solutions to meet your specific needs: Homepage Ads: Your ad will be featured prominently on our homepage, giving it unparalleled visibility to our readers. Sidebar Ads: Target specific sections of our website with sidebar placements for focused audience engagement. Sitewide Links: Enjoy full-site exposure with links displayed across multiple pages for maximum reach and impact. Sponsored Posts: Publish engaging content to promote your brand, product, or service while building backlinks and increasing authority. Why Advertise on The iBulletin? High-Traffic Website: The iBulletin attracts thousands of daily visitors who actively engage with our content. Credible Platform: As a trusted source for trending news and updates, our platform adds value to your brand’s reputation. Custom Solutions: We work closely with advertisers to deliver tailored packages that align with your goals and budget. Global Reach: Expand your audience beyond borders and tap into markets worldwide. How It Works Advertising on The iBulletin is simple and hassle-free: Contact Us: Send an email to ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com with the subject line “Homepage Ad Inquiry. ” Let us know your niche and preferred type of ad placement. Discuss Options: Our team will share available packages and pricing details based on your requirements. Submit Your Ad: Provide the necessary details (banner design, link, etc. ), and we’ll take care of the rest! Go Live: Once approved, your ad will go live on our platform within 48 hours. Who Can Benefit From Homepage Ads? Homepage ads are ideal for: Businesses looking to improve their online presence and SEO ranking. Brands wanting to increase traffic and sales through targeted advertising. Bloggers, influencers, and affiliates promoting products or services in niche markets. Companies in sensitive industries like CBD, gambling, or adult content seeking a reliable advertising platform. Let’s Get Started Today! Ready to take your brand’s visibility to the next level? Whether you’re looking to promote a product, service, or website, homepage ads on The iBulletin provide the exposure you need to succeed. For inquiries about Homepage Ads, Sponsored Posts, Sidebar Ads, Guest Posts, or Sitewide Links, reach out to us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Let us help you grow your business and achieve your digital marketing goals!

---

> Advertise with Sidebar Ads on The iBulletin! Boost SEO rankings, drive traffic & gain visibility. We accept ads across all niches, including sensitive industries.

- Published: 2022-01-16
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sidebar-ads/

Sidebar ads are a powerful and cost-effective way to improve your website’s SEO ranking, drive targeted traffic, and increase brand exposure. At The iBulletin, we offer premium sidebar ad placements designed to help businesses and content creators reach their desired audience effectively. Whether you’re looking to promote your products, services, or campaigns, our sidebar ad solutions are tailored to fit a wide array of niches, including sensitive industries. For inquiries about Sidebar Ads or other advertising opportunities, email us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Why Choose Sidebar Ads? Sidebar ads are strategically placed on the edges of web pages, ensuring they are visible to users without disrupting their browsing experience. Here’s why sidebar ads are an excellent choice for advertisers: High Visibility Unlike banner ads or pop-ups that users might overlook or close, sidebar ads remain constantly visible as readers scroll through the page. This prime positioning helps maximize your exposure to potential customers. SEO Benefits When you advertise with sidebar ads on a high-authority platform like The iBulletin, you gain valuable backlinks that improve your website’s domain authority and search engine rankings. Targeted Reach Sidebar ads allow you to target specific audiences based on their interests and behaviors. Whether you’re promoting casino services or CBD products, your ad will reach the right people at the right time. Cost-Effective Solution Compared to other forms of online advertising, sidebar ads offer excellent ROI by delivering consistent visibility without overspending on ad placement costs. What We Offer At The iBulletin, we accept sidebar ads from nearly all niches. Whether you’re in a mainstream industry or a sensitive niche, we provide a reliable platform to amplify your message and connect with your audience. Popular Sidebar Ad Niches Our sidebar ad options cater to a wide range of industries, including: SEO Sidebar Ads: Promote your SEO services and tools to businesses looking to optimize their online presence. Casino Sidebar Ads: Reach gaming enthusiasts with ads for casinos, poker rooms, and gambling platforms. CBD Sidebar Ads: Advertise CBD products, oils, and edibles to health-conscious readers. Betting Sidebar Ads: Showcase sports betting platforms and campaigns to fans of competitive sports. Football Sidebar Ads: Target football lovers with ads for merchandise, events, or betting opportunities. Adult Sidebar Ads: Discreetly promote adult products or services with professional ad placement. Additional Niches We Accept Our platform is versatile and welcomes advertisers from the following categories (and more): Health & Wellness Technology & Electronics Travel & Tourism Lifestyle & Fashion Finance & Investments Entertainment & Gaming If you don’t see your niche listed above, don’t worry—we accept sidebar ads from almost all industries! Benefits of Advertising on The iBulletin Advertising on The iBulletin comes with several advantages that set us apart from other platforms: Global Audience We attract thousands of daily visitors from around the world, giving your ad exposure to a diverse and engaged audience. Trusted Platform As a reputable source for trending news and updates, advertising on our website enhances your brand’s credibility and trustworthiness. Customizable Options Our sidebar ad placements are fully customizable to align with your goals—whether you want a static image, animated graphic, or text-based advertisement. Flexible Packages We offer competitive pricing packages for short-term campaigns or long-term advertising commitments. How It Works Getting started with sidebar ads on The iBulletin is simple: Reach Out: Contact us via email at ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com with the subject line “Sidebar Ad Inquiry. ” Let us know your niche and campaign goals. Discuss Options: Our team will provide detailed information about available ad placements, pricing packages, and customization options. Submit Your Ad: Provide your ad design (image or text) and any relevant links you want included in the ad. Go Live: Once approved, your sidebar ad will go live on our website within 48 hours! Who Can Benefit from Sidebar Ads? Sidebar ads are ideal for businesses, bloggers, influencers, and marketers looking to grow their online presence and reach new audiences. If you’re in industries like gambling, adult content, CBD products, or SEO services—sidebar ads can help you connect with niche markets effectively. Whether you’re promoting a new product launch or running a seasonal campaign, our sidebar ad placements ensure your message gets noticed. Additional Advertising Opportunities In addition to sidebar ads, The iBulletin offers various advertising solutions to suit your needs: Homepage Ads: High-impact placements for maximum visibility on our homepage. Sponsored Posts: Publish engaging content to promote your brand while boosting SEO rankings. Guest Posts: Share insightful articles across diverse niches to build backlinks and authority. Sitewide Links: Gain full-site exposure with links displayed across multiple pages for consistent traffic generation. Let’s Get Started Today! Ready to take your advertising game to the next level? Sidebar ads on The iBulletin provide the perfect combination of visibility, engagement, and SEO benefits to help you achieve your marketing goals. Whether you’re promoting products in sensitive niches or mainstream industries, our platform ensures your campaign gets the attention it deserves. For inquiries about Sidebar Ads or other advertising opportunities, email us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Let’s work together to create impactful advertisements that deliver results!

---

> Boost SEO rankings with The iBulletin's sitewide links! We accept ads from all niches, including sensitive industries like casino & CBD. Contact us today!

- Published: 2022-01-16
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sitewide-links/

When it comes to increasing your website's SEO ranking, few strategies are as effective as sitewide links. At The iBulletin, we offer premium sitewide link placement opportunities to help businesses, bloggers, and marketers increase their online visibility, drive targeted traffic, and improve search engine performance. Whether you're in a mainstream industry or a sensitive niche, our platform provides the perfect solution to amplify your presence and achieve measurable results. For inquiries about Sitewide Links or any other advertising options, email us today at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com What Are Sitewide Links? Sitewide links are hyperlinks placed across multiple pages of a website, usually in the footer, header, or sidebar. These links appear consistently on every page of the website, providing maximum exposure to your URL. Sitewide links are highly valued for their ability to: Improve SEO Rankings: By placing your sitewide links on a trusted platform like The iBulletin, you gain high-quality backlinks that increase your domain authority and improve your position in search engine results. Maximize Visibility: With links displayed across all the pages of our website, your brand will be seen by every visitor who browses our content. Drive Traffic: These prominent placements encourage users to click through to your website, boosting referral traffic and engagement. Build Brand Awareness: Consistent visibility across our platform ensures that readers become familiar with your brand name and offerings. Why Choose The iBulletin for Sitewide Links? At The iBulletin, we pride ourselves on being a trusted platform with a global audience. By advertising with us, you’ll benefit from: High-Quality Backlinks Search engines value backlinks from authoritative websites like ours. Adding a sitewide link to The iBulletin can significantly enhance your website’s credibility and ranking. Diverse Global Audience Our platform attracts thousands of daily readers from all over the world, making it an ideal space to promote your website regardless of the niche or industry. Customizability We work closely with advertisers to ensure that sitewide links are seamlessly integrated into our website without disrupting user experience. Flexibility Across Niches No matter what industry you’re in—mainstream or sensitive—we accept sitewide link ads from almost all niches and campaigns. Niches We Accept for Sitewide Links At The iBulletin, we cater to a wide range of industries with no compromise on quality or relevance. Some of the popular niches we accept include: SEO Sitewide Links: Promote your SEO tools, services, or platforms effectively. Casino Sitewide Links: Attract gaming enthusiasts and build trust within the casino industry. CBD Sitewide Links: Showcase CBD products like oils, edibles, and wellness supplements. Betting Sitewide Links: Reach sports enthusiasts with links to betting platforms or campaigns. Football Sitewide Links: Promote football-related products, services, or betting opportunities. Adult Sitewide Links: Discreetly advertise adult services or products with professional placement. Additionally, we accept sitewide links from industries such as technology, health, finance, travel, lifestyle, entertainment, and many more. If your niche isn’t listed above, feel free to reach out—we are open to almost all industries! How Sitewide Links Work on The iBulletin Getting started with sitewide links is simple and efficient: Contact Us Send an email to ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com with the subject line “Sitewide Link Inquiry. ” Share details about your niche and campaign goals so we can evaluate your request. Discuss Options Our team will provide information about available link placements, pricing packages, and campaign durations tailored to suit your needs. Submit Your Link After agreeing on the terms, share the URL you want us to display along with anchor text (if required). Go Live Once approved, your sitewide link will be added to all relevant pages on our website and remain active for the agreed duration. Track Performance Monitor the results as your website gains better rankings, more visibility, and increased traffic through our high-quality backlinks. Who Can Benefit from Sitewide Links? Sitewide links are perfect for businesses, entrepreneurs, bloggers, and marketers who want to: Improve Their Online Presence If you’re struggling to rank higher on search engines or gain visibility in competitive markets, sitewide links can give you the edge you need. Promote Products or Services From e-commerce stores to professional service providers, sitewide links can drive relevant traffic to your website and boost conversions. Build Authority in Niche Markets Whether you operate in sensitive niches like CBD or adult content or mainstream industries like technology or health, sitewide links provide credibility and make your brand more recognizable. Why Now is the Best Time for Sitewide Links With the ever-changing digital landscape and increased competition in online marketing, investing in sitewide links is one of the most reliable ways to stay ahead of the curve. By partnering with The iBulletin for sitewide link placement, you’ll not only improve your SEO ranking but also gain access to a global audience actively engaging with our content every day. Additional Advertising Opportunities Aside from sitewide links, we also offer a variety of advertising solutions tailored to meet different goals: Guest Posts Sponsored Posts Homepage Ads Sidebar Ads Review Articles Get Started Today! Ready to boost your website’s SEO ranking and reach new audiences? Let The iBulletin help you achieve your marketing goals with our powerful sitewide link placements. Our flexible options cater to businesses of all sizes and niches, ensuring that you get the best value for your investment. For inquiries about Sitewide Links or any other advertising options, email us today at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Let’s work together to create impactful campaigns that deliver results!

---

> Submit guest posts to The iBulletin! Boost SEO, gain visibility, and connect with a global audience. We accept posts across all niches. Contact us today! 📩

- Published: 2022-01-16
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/guest-post/

Are you looking to expand your reach, build quality backlinks, and boost your SEO rankings? At The iBulletin, we welcome guest post contributions from almost every niche, offering you the perfect platform to share your expertise with a global audience. Whether you’re a seasoned content creator, an aspiring writer, or a business looking to grow your digital footprint, we’ve got you covered! For inquiries about submitting a Guest Post or collaborating with us, email us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com. Why Submit a Guest Post to The iBulletin? Guest posting is one of the most effective ways to build authority in your niche, improve your website’s SEO, and connect with a wider audience. By contributing to The iBulletin, you gain access to: A Global Audience: Our readers span across the globe, creating an excellent opportunity to showcase your content to a diverse audience. High-Authority Backlinks: Improve your search engine rankings with quality backlinks from our credible platform. Enhanced Visibility: Increase awareness of your brand, website, or blog by publishing engaging and valuable content. Networking Opportunities: Build connections with like-minded individuals in your industry and expand your professional network. Credibility & Expertise: Establish yourself as a thought leader in your niche by sharing insightful, well-researched content. What We Accept At The iBulletin, we pride ourselves on providing a wide range of topics to our readers. That’s why we accept guest posts from almost every niche! Here are just a few of the niches we cover: Popular Guest Post Categories: Arts & Animation: Share insights on creativity, design, and the world of animation. Business & Marketing: From business growth strategies to innovative marketing tips – inspire entrepreneurs and professionals. Technology & Blockchain: Dive into tech trends, blockchain advancements, NFTs, and everything in between. Health & Wellness: Promote healthy living by sharing tips on fitness, mental health, and lifestyle changes. Finance & Investments: Educate readers on accounting, insurance, investments, and financial planning. Sports & Gaming: Explore sports betting, fantasy leagues, or gaming trends that excite enthusiasts worldwide. Travel & Tourism: Inspire wanderlust with travel guides, tourist recommendations, and rental tips. Lifestyle & Fashion: Cover everything from relationships to fashion trends and interior design tips. Full List of Niches We Accept: We accept posts in the following niches (and more! ): Arts guest post Animation guest post Music guest post Design guest post Business guest post Marketing guest post Real estate guest post Textiles guest post Health guest post Adult guest post Cannabis guest post Casino guest post Bingo guest post Gambling guest post Lottery guest post Poker guest post Sports betting guest post CBD guest post Addiction guest post Law guest post Blockchain guest post Bitcoin guest post Altcoin guest post NFT guest post DeFi guest post How To guest post Community guest post Society guest post Events guest post LGBTQ guest post Romance guest post Relationship guest post Electronics guest post Technology guest post Hosting guest post Graphics guest post Web design guest post Auctions guest post Coupons guest post Accounting guest post Finance guest post Insurance guest post Investment guest post Groceries guest post Restaurants guest post Cooking guest post Games guest post Pharma guest post Hobbies guest post Agriculture guest post Photography guest post Furniture guest post Gardening guest post Interior design guest post Jobs guest post Law guest post Lifestyle guest post Fashion guest post Gift guest post Jewelry guest post Tobacco guest post Wedding guest post Pets guest post Science guest post Biology guest post Education guest post Sports guest post Football guest post Baseball guest post Basketball guest post Boxing guest post Fantasy sports guest post Golf guest post Hunting guest post Rugby guest post Soccer guest post Tennis guest post Volleyball guest post Travel guest post Rental guest post Tourist guest post Motor guest post Guidelines for Submission To ensure high-quality content for our readers and maintain consistency across our website, please follow these guidelines: Original Content Only: All submissions must be unique and not published elsewhere. Plagiarism is strictly prohibited. Word Count: Articles should be between 800–1500 words to provide value and depth for our readers. Engaging Tone: Write in a conversational yet professional tone to keep the audience interested and informed. Formatting: Use subheadings, bullet points, and short paragraphs for better readability. Relevant Links: You may include 1–2 relevant links to your website or blog within the article (no spammy or irrelevant links). Media Usage: Feel free to include high-quality images or infographics (ensure proper attribution if necessary). Topics That Add Value: Choose topics that are relevant to our audience and align with the niches we accept. How to Submit Your Guest Post Submitting your article is quick and easy! Simply follow these steps: Write your article draft following our guidelines above. Send your submission via email to ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com with the subject line: “Guest Post Submission – . ” Include a short author bio (50–100 words) and a link to your website or social media profiles (optional). Await feedback! Our team will review your submission and get back to you within 3–5 business days. Collaborate With Us Today Ready to share your expertise and grow your online presence? The iBulletin is here to help you make an impact through engaging content that resonates with readers worldwide. Whether you’re promoting your brand or simply sharing valuable insights, our platform is the perfect place to amplify your voice. For inquiries about submitting a Guest Post or collaborating with us, email us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com. Let’s create something amazing together!

---

> Publish sponsored posts on The iBulletin! 🚀 Boost SEO rankings & promote across niches like blockchain, gambling & health. Contact us today 📩 ceo.theibulletin@gmail.com

- Published: 2022-01-16
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/sponsored-post/

Are you looking for a powerful way to boost your SEO, increase your website’s visibility, and reach a global audience? Sponsored posts are one of the most effective marketing tools to promote your brand, product, or service while building authority and trust with your target audience. At The iBulletin, we accept sponsored posts from almost all niches, making it easier for you to tap into our engaged readership and achieve your marketing goals. For all Sponsored Post inquiries, email us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Why Choose Sponsored Posts? Sponsored posts are a win-win for both advertisers and readers. They provide valuable content to the audience while promoting your business in an organic and trustworthy way. Here’s why sponsored posts are a smart choice: 1. Boost SEO Rankings Publishing a sponsored post on a high-authority platform like The iBulletin helps you gain quality backlinks that improve your domain authority and search engine rankings. 2. Increase Visibility Your sponsored post will be featured prominently on our platform, giving your brand maximum exposure to thousands of daily visitors from diverse industries. 3. Build Credibility and Trust Unlike traditional ads, sponsored posts offer informative and engaging content that positions your brand as an expert in your niche. This builds trust with readers and encourages them to take action. 4. Drive Targeted Traffic Promote your products or services directly to an audience that is already interested in what you offer, resulting in better conversion rates. 5. Long-Term Value Sponsored posts remain on our platform indefinitely, providing ongoing value by driving traffic and boosting SEO over time. What We Offer At The iBulletin, we believe in catering to a wide range of industries and niches. Whether you’re in tech, health, finance, or even sensitive niches, we’ve got you covered! Popular Sponsored Post Niches Here’s a list of niches we accept for sponsored posts: Blockchain Sponsored Post: Share insights about blockchain technology, cryptocurrencies, and the future of decentralized systems. ICO Sponsored Post: Promote Initial Coin Offerings (ICOs) to connect with tech-savvy investors and early adopters. SAAS Sponsored Post: Showcase software-as-a-service products to businesses seeking innovative solutions. Product Review Sponsored Post: Highlight the benefits of your products through detailed and engaging reviews. Tech Sponsored Post: Cover the latest gadgets, tech trends, and innovations shaping the industry. Casino Sponsored Post: Advertise casinos, poker platforms, or online gaming services. Gambling Sponsored Post: Reach audiences interested in betting platforms and gambling opportunities. Real Estate Sponsored Post: Promote properties, investment opportunities, and real estate services. Business Sponsored Post: Share business advice, strategies, and insights to engage entrepreneurs and professionals. Health Sponsored Post: Discuss wellness tips, healthcare products, or fitness regimes to inspire healthier lifestyles. CBD Sponsored Post: Advertise CBD oils, products, or services while reaching health-conscious readers. Cannabis Sponsored Post: Promote cannabis-related products or educational content in this growing industry. Sports Betting Sponsored Post: Connect with sports enthusiasts through betting platforms or related services. Gaming Sponsored Post: Engage readers with gaming platforms, reviews, or e-sports opportunities. Affiliate Sponsored Post: Promote affiliate programs that offer value to readers and businesses alike. Football Sponsored Post: Showcase football-related products, news, or betting platforms for fans of the game. If your niche isn’t listed above, don’t worry! We accept sponsored posts from almost all industries—just ask us if you’re unsure! Why Advertise with The iBulletin? The iBulletin is a trusted platform with a global audience that actively engages with our content every day. Here’s what makes us stand out: Global Reach Our website attracts thousands of visitors daily from around the world, ensuring your sponsored post gets seen by the right audience. Credibility & Authority As a leading source for trending news and updates across various industries, publishing on The iBulletin adds credibility to your brand. Customizable Options We work closely with advertisers to tailor sponsored posts that align with their goals while providing value to our readers. Diverse Audience Our readership spans multiple demographics and interests, making it easy to target specific markets based on your niche. How It Works Getting started with sponsored posts on The iBulletin is quick and hassle-free: Contact Us Email us at ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com with the subject line “Sponsored Post Inquiry. ” Let us know your niche and goals for the post. Share Your Content Provide the content you’d like us to publish (or request our team to create custom content for you). Ensure it aligns with our submission guidelines: Minimum length: 800 words Original and plagiarism-free content Engaging tone with relevant images (if applicable) Review & Approval Our team will review your submission for quality and relevance before publishing it on our platform. Go Live Once approved, your sponsored post will be live on The iBulletin within 48 hours! Additional Advertising Opportunities In addition to sponsored posts, we offer various advertising solutions tailored to meet your goals: Guest Posts Homepage Ads Sidebar Ads Sitewide Links Get Started Today! Ready to grow your brand and improve your SEO rankings? Publishing sponsored posts on The iBulletin is the perfect way to reach new audiences, build trust, and drive traffic to your website. Whether you’re promoting products in tech, health, or niche industries like blockchain or gambling, our platform ensures maximum visibility and impact for your campaign. For all Sponsored Post inquiries, email us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Let’s collaborate to create content that delivers results!

---

> Publish review articles on The iBulletin! Boost SEO rankings & promote products/services across niches like tech, crypto, movies & more. Contact us today! 📩

- Published: 2022-01-16
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/review-article/

Are you looking to publish review articles to enhance your online visibility, build authority, and improve your SEO rankings? At The iBulletin, we offer the perfect platform to showcase your expertise and connect with a global audience. Whether you’re a business promoting your products, a writer sharing insights, or a brand looking to reach more people, we accept review articles from almost all niches to help you achieve your goals. For inquiries about submitting review articles or other advertising options, email us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Why Publish Review Articles on The iBulletin? Review articles are one of the most effective ways to drive traffic, engage readers, and establish yourself as an industry leader. By publishing your review article with us, you can: Boost SEO Rankings: Get high-quality backlinks and improve your website’s domain authority through credible review articles hosted on our platform. Reach a Global Audience: Our website attracts thousands of visitors daily from across the world, ensuring maximum exposure for your content. Build Authority and Trust: A well-written review article not only informs but also establishes your credibility in your niche, creating trust among readers. Connect with Your Target Audience: Reach readers who are actively searching for reviews and insights on products, services, or topics related to your niche. Promote Your Brand or Product: Whether you’re reviewing a gadget, software, or service, our platform provides a space to highlight the features and benefits of what you’re offering. Review Articles We Accept – Covering All Niches At The iBulletin, we welcome review articles from almost every industry and niche. Here’s a list of popular review topics we accept: Tech & Gadgets Reviews: Movie Review Articles: Share your insights on the latest releases or timeless classics. Software Review Articles: Highlight features, functionality, and benefits of popular software tools. Hardware Review Articles: Dive into specifications, performance, and comparisons of computer hardware. Mobile Review Articles: Explore the latest smartphones and their features. Laptop Review Articles: Provide in-depth analysis of laptops for different user needs. Tablet Review Articles: Review tablets for productivity, entertainment, and more. Gadget Review Articles: From smartwatches to home automation devices, we accept reviews on all gadgets. Business & Crypto Reviews: SAAS Review Articles: Write about software-as-a-service tools that businesses rely on. ICO Review Articles: Share insights about Initial Coin Offerings and their potential impact. IPO Review Articles: Analyze Initial Public Offerings and their investment opportunities. Crypto Review Articles: Cover cryptocurrencies, wallets, exchanges, and blockchain technology. Web & Product Reviews: Website Review Articles: Evaluate websites for design, usability, functionality, and more. Adult Product Review Articles: Honest reviews of adult products or services with professional tone and discretion. Who Can Submit Review Articles? Whether you’re an individual writer, a blogger, a business owner, or part of a marketing team, anyone can submit review articles to The iBulletin. If you have expertise in a specific niche or want to promote a product or service through reviews, our platform is the ideal place to publish your content. Guidelines for Submission To ensure quality and consistency across our platform, please follow these guidelines when submitting your review articles: Original Content: Your review article must be unique and not published elsewhere. Plagiarized content will not be accepted under any circumstances. Word Count: Review articles should be detailed and engaging, with a minimum word count of 800 words for comprehensive coverage. Structure & Readability: Organize your article with headings, subheadings, bullet points, and short paragraphs for easy readability. Honest & Balanced Reviews: Your reviews should provide an honest evaluation of the product or service, discussing both its strengths and weaknesses where applicable. Relevant Links: You may include 1–2 relevant links to your website or product page within the article (spammy links will not be accepted). Media Usage: High-quality images (screenshots, product photos, infographics) are encouraged to make your article visually appealing and informative. Ensure proper attribution if needed. How to Submit Your Review Article Submitting your review article to The iBulletin is simple: Email us at ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com with the subject line “Review Article Submission – . ” Attach your article draft in Word format or paste it directly into the email body. Include a short author bio (optional) along with any relevant links or images for the article. Our editorial team will review your submission within 3–5 business days and notify you if it’s accepted for publication. Additional Opportunities In addition to review articles, we also offer advertising solutions such as: Paid Guest Posts Sponsored Posts Homepage Ads Sidebar Ads Sitewide Links Let’s Get Started Today! Publishing review articles on The iBulletin is a fantastic way to share your expertise, promote products or services, and connect with readers worldwide. Whether you’re reviewing tech gadgets, crypto trends, or movies, our platform ensures your content gets the attention it deserves. For inquiries about submitting review articles or other advertising options, email us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Let’s work together to create engaging content that drives results!

---

> Reach us for news tips, press releases, business collaborations, guest posts, or advertising inquiries at ceo.theibulletin@gmail.com. Let's connect! 📩✨

- Published: 2015-05-28
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/contact/

We’d love to hear from you! Whether you have a question, a tip, or just want to say hello, The iBulletin is here to connect with you. Got something exciting to share? Let’s make it happen together! How to Reach Us Email: For any News / Tips / Press Release, Business Inquiry / Sponsored Posts, Guest Posts, or Advertising Inquiry, reach out to us at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Social Media: You can also connect with us on social media for quick updates and responses. We’re Listening! Got a hot tip or breaking news that the world needs to know? Drop us an email, and we’ll take care of the rest. Have ideas for collaboration, advertising opportunities, or guest posts? We’re always open to working with creative minds and businesses. Business Inquiries: Looking to promote your brand through sponsored content or advertising? Let us help you reach our global audience with tailored solutions. Guest Posts: Are you a writer or influencer with a story that fits our platform? Pitch your ideas, and let’s collaborate on content that makes an impact. Our Promise Your feedback drives us forward. Whether you have questions about our stories, suggestions for improvement, or business proposals, we promise to respond promptly and professionally. Let’s Talk Today! Whether it’s a breaking story, a business inquiry, or a creative idea, The iBulletin is just an email away. Your voice matters, and we’re excited to hear it! Email us directly at: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Let’s connect, collaborate, and make great things happen together!

---

> Read The iBulletin's Terms of Use 📰. Learn how to access our website, use services, and comply with policies. Protect your rights while staying informed. 📩

- Published: 2015-01-15
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/terms/

Welcome to The iBulletin! By accessing or using our website, you agree to comply with and be bound by the following Terms of Use. These terms govern your use of our website, services, and content. If you do not agree with any part of these terms, please refrain from using our platform. Last Updated: March 26, 2025 1. Acceptance of Terms By accessing or using The iBulletin’s website, you acknowledge that you have read, understood, and agree to be bound by these Terms of Use, as well as our Privacy Policy. We reserve the right to update or modify these terms at any time without prior notice. Your continued use of the website constitutes your acceptance of any changes made to these terms. 2. Use of the Website a) Eligibility: You must be at least 18 years old to use this website. By accessing The iBulletin, you confirm that you meet this age requirement. b) Permitted Use: The content and services on The iBulletin are provided for informational purposes only. You may not use the website for any unlawful purpose or in violation of these terms. c) Restrictions: You agree not to: Copy, reproduce, distribute, or modify any content on our website without prior written consent. Use automated tools (e. g. , bots, spiders) to access or scrape data from the website. Attempt to disrupt or damage the functionality of The iBulletin through hacking or other means. Post or transmit any content that is defamatory, obscene, fraudulent, or violates intellectual property rights. 3. Intellectual Property Rights All content published on The iBulletin, including articles, images, logos, and design elements, is protected by copyright and intellectual property laws. a) Ownership: The iBulletin owns all intellectual property rights related to the content on our website unless otherwise stated. Unauthorized use of any content is strictly prohibited. b) User Contributions: If you submit guest posts, sponsored posts, or other content to The iBulletin, you grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use, modify, and distribute your content as part of our services. 4. Advertising and Sponsored Content The iBulletin accepts advertising and sponsored content from third parties. Any interaction with such content is solely between you and the advertiser. We make reasonable efforts to ensure that sponsored content is clearly marked; however, we are not responsible for the accuracy or reliability of third-party advertisements or promotional materials. 5. Disclaimer of Warranties The information provided on The iBulletin is for general informational purposes only and does not constitute professional advice. While we strive to ensure the accuracy of our content: No Warranty: The website and its services are provided “as is” without any warranties, express or implied. Limitation of Liability: We are not liable for any errors, omissions, or inaccuracies in the content available on our website. You agree to use the information on The iBulletin at your own risk and acknowledge that we are not responsible for any damages resulting from your reliance on such information. 6. Limitation of Liability To the fullest extent permitted by law: The iBulletin shall not be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential damages arising from your use of our website or services. We are not responsible for technical issues that may disrupt access to the website (e. g. , server downtime). 7. External Links The iBulletin may feature links to third-party websites for additional resources or advertisements. These links are provided for convenience only; we do not endorse or control these websites and are not responsible for their content or practices. You assume all risks associated with accessing third-party sites through links provided on The iBulletin. 8. User Accounts and Security If you subscribe to newsletters or create an account on The iBulletin: You are responsible for maintaining the confidentiality of your account credentials. Notify us immediately if you suspect unauthorized access to your account. We reserve the right to terminate accounts that violate these Terms of Use without prior notice. 9. Indemnification You agree to indemnify and hold harmless The iBulletin and its team from any claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses arising from: Your breach of these Terms of Use. Your use of the website in violation of applicable laws or regulations. Content you post or submit that infringes on third-party rights. 10. Termination We reserve the right to suspend or terminate your access to The iBulletin at any time for violations of these terms or for any other reason deemed necessary without prior notice. 11. Governing Law These Terms of Use shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of . Any disputes arising from these terms shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of courts in . 12. Contact Information If you have questions or concerns about these Terms of Use, please contact us: Email: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Thank you for choosing The iBulletin as your trusted source for news and updates! Your continued support helps us deliver quality content every day.

---

> Learn how The iBulletin collects, uses, and protects your data. Read our Privacy Policy to understand your rights and how we safeguard your information.

- Published: 2015-01-15
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/privacy/

At The iBulletin, we value your privacy and are committed to protecting the personal information you share with us. This Privacy Policy outlines how we collect, use, and safeguard your information when you visit our website or interact with our services. By using The iBulletin, you agree to the practices described in this policy. Information We Collect We collect information to enhance your experience and improve our services. The types of information we gather include: 1. Personal Information: When you interact with certain features of our website, such as subscribing to our newsletter, submitting a guest post, or contacting us via email, we may collect personal data such as: Name Email Address Contact Information 2. Non-Personal Information: We automatically collect non-personal data when you visit The iBulletin, including: Your IP Address Browser Type and Version Device Information Operating System Pages Viewed and Time Spent on the Website 3. Cookies and Tracking Technologies: We use cookies and similar technologies to enhance user experience, analyze website traffic, and customize content. Cookies are small data files stored on your device that help us track your preferences and website activity. How We Use Your Information The information we collect is used for the following purposes: To Provide Services: We use your personal information to deliver the services you request, such as newsletter updates, responses to inquiries, or guest post submissions. Website Improvement: Non-personal data helps us analyze user behavior and improve the functionality, design, and content of The iBulletin. Marketing and Communication: With your consent, we may use your email address to send newsletters, promotional offers, or updates about new features. You can opt out of these communications at any time. Security: We use the information collected to enhance the security of our website and prevent fraudulent activities. Legal Compliance: Your information may be used to comply with legal obligations or respond to lawful requests from public authorities. Sharing Your Information We respect your privacy and will never sell or share your personal information for profit. However, we may share certain types of data under the following circumstances: Third-Party Services: We work with trusted third-party service providers to manage website functionalities such as analytics, email marketing, and advertising. These providers are bound by confidentiality agreements and can only use your data for specific purposes related to their services. Legal Requirements: We may disclose personal information if required by law or if we believe that sharing is necessary to protect our rights or comply with a legal obligation. Business Transfers: In the event of a merger, acquisition, or sale of assets, your personal data may be transferred to the new entity as part of the business transaction. Your Rights As a user of The iBulletin, you have the following rights regarding your personal data: Access and Updates: You can request access to the personal information we hold about you and update or correct inaccuracies. Opt-Out: You have the right to opt out of receiving marketing communications from us by clicking the “unsubscribe” link in our emails or contacting us directly. Cookie Preferences: You can manage your cookie preferences through your browser settings or opt out of cookies entirely by disabling them in your browser. Data Deletion: You can request that we delete your personal data from our records unless it is required for legal or regulatory purposes. Cookie Policy Cookies are essential for providing a seamless browsing experience on The iBulletin. We use cookies for: Session Management: To remember your preferences during your visit. Analytics: To track website performance and user interactions using tools like Google Analytics. Personalization: To customize content based on your interests and browsing history. You can choose to disable cookies in your browser settings; however, some features of our website may not function properly without them. Data Security We implement comprehensive security measures to protect your personal data from unauthorized access, alteration, disclosure, or destruction. These measures include: Secure encryption protocols (SSL) for data transmission. Regular monitoring of website activity for vulnerabilities or threats. Restricted access to sensitive user data within our organization. Despite our efforts, no method of online data transmission is 100% secure. While we strive to protect your information, we cannot guarantee absolute security. Third-Party Links The iBulletin may contain links to third-party websites for additional resources or advertisements. Please note that we are not responsible for the privacy practices or content of these websites. We encourage you to review their privacy policies before sharing any personal information. Children’s Privacy The iBulletin does not knowingly collect personal information from children under the age of 13. If you believe that a child has provided us with their personal data, please contact us immediately so we can take appropriate action. Changes to This Privacy Policy We reserve the right to update this Privacy Policy at any time to reflect changes in our practices or legal requirements. Any updates will be posted on this page with an updated “Last Modified” date at the bottom of the policy. We encourage you to review this page periodically to stay informed about how we protect your privacy. Contact Us If you have questions, concerns, or requests related to this Privacy Policy, please don’t hesitate to reach out: Email: ceo. theibulletin@gmail. com Thank you for trusting The iBulletin as your source for news and updates! Last Modified: March 26, 2025

---

> Discover The iBulletin: your hub for breaking news, viral trends, and global updates. Stay informed, engaged, and ahead with stories that matter most! 🌍📢

- Published: 2014-12-19
- Modified: 2025-03-26
- URL: https://www.theibulletin.com/about/

Welcome to The iBulletin, your one-stop destination for everything newsworthy, trending, and relevant. We don’t just report stories; we connect you to the pulse of what’s happening around the world. Our mission is simple: keep you informed, engaged, and ahead of the curve with breaking news, viral trends, and stories that spark conversations. Our Story: From an Idea to a Movement It all started with a spark of curiosity in 2018. The internet was overflowing with information, yet finding credible, concise, and impactful stories was often a challenge. Our founder, a passionate news enthusiast, realized the need for a platform that wasn’t just another news aggregator but a hub for meaningful content that resonates with readers. Thus, The iBulletin was born – a space where headlines meet depth, and trending stories come alive. In the early days, The iBulletin operated as a small blog run by a handful of writers dedicated to covering the biggest stories of the moment. With an unwavering commitment to delivering accurate and engaging content, the blog began gaining traction. People were drawn not just by the news but by the storytelling – the way we presented complex issues in simple, relatable ways. By 2020, The iBulletin had evolved into a full-fledged news platform, covering global events, groundbreaking developments, entertainment buzz, tech innovations, and much more. It wasn’t just about reporting anymore; it was about creating a platform where readers could explore trending topics, dive deeper into critical issues, and share their thoughts. Our Journey: A Timeline 2018 – The Beginning The iBulletin started as a passion project with a vision to simplify news and bring trending stories to readers worldwide. Armed with a small team and big dreams, we focused on delivering fresh perspectives on current events. 2019 – Building Trust With growing readership came responsibility. We expanded our team of writers and fact-checkers to ensure every story was accurate, unbiased, and impactful. Transparency became our cornerstone. 2020 – Going Global The iBulletin transformed into an international platform covering stories across continents. From politics to pop culture, our coverage reflected the diversity of voices and experiences around the world. 2021 – Engaging Communities We launched interactive features like polls, reader insights, and comment sections to make our readers active participants in the news cycle. It wasn’t just about reading anymore; it was about engaging and sharing perspectives. 2022 – Multimedia Revolution To make our content even more dynamic, we introduced videos, infographics, and podcasts. Readers could now watch, listen, or read depending on their preference. The iBulletin became a multimedia powerhouse. 2023 – Innovation & Growth With cutting-edge technology like AI-driven news curation and personalized feeds, we ensured our readers were always up-to-date with the topics they cared about most. Growth became exponential as millions joined our community. 2025 – Today Now one of the fastest-growing news platforms globally, The iBulletin remains committed to delivering credible content that informs, inspires, and engages. Our journey continues as we aim to redefine how people consume news in an ever-evolving digital landscape. What Sets Us Apart? Credibility First: At The iBulletin, we prioritize accuracy above all else. Every story undergoes meticulous fact-checking because your trust matters to us. Trending & Relevant: We bring you the hottest stories from around the globe while ensuring they’re meaningful and timely. Engaging Content: From breaking news to viral trends, every piece is crafted to inform and captivate our readers. Global Perspective: Our diverse team ensures we cover stories from every corner of the world with fairness and empathy. Accessible & Multimedia: Whether you prefer reading articles or watching videos, The iBulletin has you covered with content tailored to your needs. Our Mission & Vision Our mission is to simplify news consumption while making it engaging and impactful for everyone. We strive to be the platform where readers can connect with stories that matter most without wading through unnecessary noise. Our vision is to build a global community where news is not just consumed but discussed and shared meaningfully. We believe in empowering individuals with knowledge so they can make informed decisions and contribute to positive change in their communities and beyond. Join Our Community The iBulletin isn’t just about keeping you informed; it’s about making you part of the conversation. Whether you’re here for breaking news updates, viral trends, or in-depth analysis of global events – we’re glad you’ve chosen us as your trusted source for information. Follow us on social media to stay connected. Thank you for being part of our journey! Together, let’s explore the stories that shape our world every day!

---


---